MASTER 
NEGATIVE 
NO. 92-81118-6 





MICROFILMED 1993 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 


| as part of the | 
Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Project” 


Funded by the 
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES 


Reproductions may not be made without permission from 
Columbia University Library 





COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 


The copyright law of the United States - Title 17, United 
States Code - concerns the making of photocopies or 
_other reproductions of copyrighted material. 


Under certain conditions specified in the law, libraries and 
archives are authorized to furnish a photocopy or other 
reproduction. One of these specified conditions is that the 
photocopy or other reproduction is not to be “used for any 
purpose other than private study, scholarship, or 
research." If a user makes a request for, or later uses, a 
photocopy or reproduction for purposes in excess of "fair 
use,” that user may be liable for copyright infringement. 


This institution reserves the right to refuse to accept a 
copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
would involve violation of the copyright law. 





XENOPHON 


TITLE: 


THE FIRST FOUR BOOKS 


OF ANABASIS... 


PLACE: 


BOSTON 


DATE: 


1889 





Master Negative # 


AL-Birg-b 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 





BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET 





Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 





a 
| 8820 
'IE892  =Xenophon. 
The first four books of Aenophon's Anabasis, 
with notcs adepted to the rev. and enl. ed. of 
Goodwin's Greek grarmar... Ed. by William ΤΙ. 
Goodwin... and John ‘lilliams White... 
Boston, Ginn, 1889. 


iv, 151, (1). 112, (2; p. fold. mp... 193, 


.-...ὄὄ.Β-.. ας... ee 


‘a 


Anabasis, 1889. ! 























Restrictions on Use: 


FILM SIZE: 
IMAGE PLACEMENT: JA 


DATE FILMED: __2°¢: INITIALS. _Avsgm Es Oh 
FILMED BY: RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS, INC_ WOODBRIDGE, CT 








12 ia: a. 15 mm 


Ό 11 


25 


22 
1.6 








9 








d Image Management 
, Suite 1100 


2.8 


32 





|.4 











Avenue 
301/587-8202 
ll 
Il 














Silver Spring, Maryland 20910 


NR τ ξεεσεισν 63 
τ᾽ 36 
= 
so 
— {4.0 
m 4 

Φ | al RE 


45 
a 


1100 Wayne 


125 


BY APPLIED IMAGE, INC. 





MANUFACTURED TO AIIM STANDARDS 


ξ 
ῷ 
ξ 
δ 
ΦΞ 
8 
E 
the 
S 
= 
he 
δ 
πον 
ξ 
6 
- 
a 
π᾿ 
8 
< 


2 


1 


Centimeter 























SVAN Lise 


Columbia Cnibersity 
inthe City of Mew Dork 


LIBRARY 











WVIUNKIIVIEK @ LANMSUN ¢ EARLE 








it 

} 

| 4 
t 

, 
1 
: 
? 
j 
ἰ 
᾿ 
ἢ 
i” 
ΐ 
δ 

| 4 
‘d 

| 7 


FIRST FOUR BOOKS 


XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 


With Notes 


ADAPTED TO THE REVISED AND ENLARGED EDITION OF 
GOODWIN'S GREEK GRAMMAR, 


AND A COPPERPLATE MAP. 


EDITED BY 


WILLIAM W. GOODWIN, Pu.D., LL.D., 


ELIOT PROFESSOR OF GREEK LITERATURE, 


AND 


JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Px.D., 


ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF GREEK, 


IN HARVARD COLLEGE. 


ἐλ 2", BOSTON, : U:S}A4% 
PUBLISHED (ΒΥ. GINN , & COMPANY. 
με are ae ᾿ ᾽ ΐ ἀδο. Ψ ὃ 5 











Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1877, 
BY WILLIAM W. GOODWIN. 
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 


Pxtasswork py Guin &.Co, *“Bos708, « 





PREFACE. 


Ta text and the notes in this volume are reprinted without 
change from the Editors’ Selections from Xenophon and Herod- 
otus. ‘The first four books of the Anabasis, which are here 
given entire, include the mustering of the Greek army which 
invaded Persia in the service of Cyrus the Younger, the march 
into the Great King’s country, the battle of Cunaxa, and the 
death of Cyrus; and they carry the narrative of the retreat 
of the Ten Thousand down to their arrival at Trapezus after 
their perilous march from the neighborhood of Babylon. 

The notes on the first two books have been prepared chiefly 
by Mr. White, those on the last two chiefly by Mr. Goodwin. 
It will be seen that these notes make no pretension to learn- 
ing, and aim merely at aiding beginners in laying a solid foun- 
dation for future scholarship. The grammatical aid is given in 
great measure in the form of references, in which form alone it 
can be systematic. Young students need to be referred to more 
detailed statements of the general principles involved in the 
new constructions which they constantly meet in reading than 
can be given in a commentary ; and frequent reference to the 
grammar is the only sure means of fixing in the mind the im- 
portant principles of syntax. It will be seen that the notes on 
the First Book, which it is assumed will be used for giving a 
solid foundation in the general principles of Greek syntax, are 
especially copious; while those on the three following books 
are written for pupils who are supposed to have mastered the 





iv PREFACE. 


rudiments of Greek. In the opinion of the Editors it is highly 
desirable to use as small a portion as possible of the classic 
literature as a corpus vile for the more minute dissection, and 
to enable pupils at the earliest possible moment to read Greek 
and Latin with an appreciative mind. 

It is of course impossible in notes like these to give special 
credit for every remark which is wholly or partly borrowed. 
The Editors must therefore express, once for all, their obliga- 
tions to the long and familiar line of commentators on Xenophon, 
whose diligence has rendered further originality wellnigh impos- 
sible. American scholars will long remember gratefully the 
learning and fidelity with which the late Professor Alpheus 
Crosby devoted himself to the interpretation of the Anabasis. 
The map of the march of the Ten Thousand Greeks in this 
volume is copied chiefly from Kiepert’s map in Rehdantz’s 
Anabasis (1873). 


CamBripce, Mass., April, 1877. 





In the present edition, the references in the notes have been 
adapted to the revised edition of Goodwin’s Greek Grammar, 
published in 1879. A few other changes have been made in 
the notes. 


March, 1880. 


7 
] 
: 
Ἔ 
; 


“cat moe : 


ANABASIS. 


— 


Ι.- ΤΥ. 
BOOK FIRST. 


a 4 
I. Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδος γίγνονται παῖδες δύο, 


πρεσβύτερος ᾿ μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος, ἐπεὶ /, νέμω, 


‘ a , Ν a / 3 Ft si 
δὲ ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος καὶ ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν TOU βίου, εβού- 
%; ε 3 , a "yee 9 v4 
λετο τὼ παῖδε ἀμφοτέρω Tapewat. 2 ὁ μεν οὖν πρεσβυ- 
N 2 » a . ͵ > 8 a 
repos παρὼν ἐτύγχανε" Κῦρον δὲ μεταπέμπεται ἀπὸ τῆς 
ti , 


᾽ a @ > 4 ' , ͵ ro. ‘ . > 8 

ἀρχῆς ἧς αὐτὸν σατράπην ἐποίησε, καὶ στρατηγὸν δὲ αὑτον ..... 

3 a γε a ’ 3 / 1 
ἀπέδειξε πάντων ὅσοι εἰς Καστωλοῦ πεδίον αθροίζονται. Coé<t 


? gale 2 a Ν td ε " Ν 
ἀναβαίνει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος λαβὼν Τισσαφέρνην ὡς φίλον, καὶ 
nae , . ¥ ε / PP s , ¥ ; 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων δὲ ἔχων ὁπλίτας ἀνέβη τριακοσίους, ἄρχον- 
‘ 2 a | ΓΝ 4 2. δὰ me ΄ 
τα δὲ αὐτῶν Ἐενίαν Παρράσιον. ἃ. ἐπεὶ δὲ ετελεύτησε 

a Ἢ ΄ ΕῚ δ ͵ 5 , 
Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, Τισ- 
4 r ‘ nw a > . e 3 
σαφέρνης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν adeddov ws ἐπι- 
’ > a ‘ / , a 
βουλεύοι αὐτῷ. ὁ δὲ πείθεταί τε καὶ συλλαμβάνει Kupov 
e >? a e ‘ , 3 / o> > , 
ὡς ἀποκτενῶν" ἡ δὲ μήτηρ εἐξαιτησαμενὴη avTOV ἀποπεμπει 
, δὲν, ‘ > ’ ε ΤῊΝ 3. ὦ 4 ‘ 
πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. 4. ὁ ὃ ὡς ἀπῆλθε κινδυνεύσας Kat 
3 θ A ὰ 4 ad , ¥ ¥ a. * ~ 
ἀτιμασθεὶς, βουλεύεται ὅπως μήποτε ETL ἔσται ETL TH 
3 a > > A ’ ’ > ᾿ ’ 4 
aderpo, adr, ἢν δύνηται, βασιλεύσει avT εκείνου. ITapv- 
Ν ‘ e ’ὔ ¢ 7 a 4 - ᾿ς, ἢ 
σατις ox δὴ ἡ μήτηρ ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ, φιλουσα αὑτον 
a 4 > ’ id a 
μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν βασιλεύοντα ᾿Αρταξέρξην. 5. ὅστις 6 ἀφι- 
a - A , N ? ft a 
κνεῖτο τῶν Tapa βασιλεως προς αὐτὸν, πάντας οὕτω διατι- 
? ΄ εἴ > «a “" x ad 
θεὶς ἀπεπέμπετο ὥστε αὐτῷ μᾶλλον φίλους εἶναι ἢ βασιλει. 
‘ a a. e Ν , 3 a e “ 
καὶ τῶν παρ ἑαυτῷ Se βαρβάρων εἐπεμέλειτο ὡς πολεμεῖν 





ε 4 oo “ὦ το ἣν ty 
τε ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν καὶ εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν αὐτῷ. 6. τὴν δὲ ᾿Ελ- 
δ , ν e " 3. 2 Β , 
ληνικὴν δύναμιν ἡθροιζεν. ws μάλεστα ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτο- 








2 Expedition of Cyrus the Yi ounger. [XEn. 
μενος, ὅπως ὅτι ἀπαρασκευότατον λάβοι βασιλέα. ὧδε οὖν 
ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν. ὁπόσας εἶχε φυλακὰς ἐν ταῖς πό- 
λεσι, παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις ἑκάστοις λαμβώνειν ἄν- 
Spas Πελοποννησίους ὅτι πλείστους καὶ βελτίστους, ὡς 
ἐπιβουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πόλεσι. καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν 

᾿Ιωνικαὶ πόλεις Τισσαφέρνους τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐκ βασιλέως 
δεδομέναι, τότε δ᾽ ἀφειστήκεσαν πρὸς Κῦρον πᾶσαι πλὴν 


Collecting an Army. 3 


9. ᾿Αρίστιππος 


ΑΝΑΒ. 1, 1. 


φόμενον ἐλάνθανεν αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα. 
δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς ξένος ὧν ἐτύγχανεν αὐτῷ, καὶ Seales ὑπὸ 
τῶν οἴκοι ἀντιστασιωτῶν ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον καὶ αἰτεῖ 
αὐτὸν εἰς δισχιλίους. ξένους καὶ τριῶν μηνῶν μισθὸν, ὡς οὕτω 
περιγενόμενος ἂν τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν. ὃ δὲ Κῦρος δίδω- 
σιν αὐτῷ εἰς τετρακισχιλίους καὶ ἕξ μηνῶν μισθὸν, καὶ 
δεῖται αὐτοῦ μὴ πρόσθεν καταλῦσαι πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιστα- 


, 3 / ‘ ’ 
Μιλήτου" 7. ἐν Μιλήτῳ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης προαισθόμενος 
ΤΩΣ ‘tera αὐτὰ ταῦτα βουλευομένους ἀποστῆναι πρὸς Κῦρον, τοὺς 
rer 
om τ Hug μὲν [αὐτῶν͵ ἀπέκτεινε τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξέβαλεν. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος, ὑπο- 
͵ ͵ ᾽ 
λαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας, συλλεξας στράτευμα επολιόρκει 
Mi Ν \ A ‘ ‘ , Ν > a 
tAnTOV καὶ κατὰ γὴν καὶ κατὰ θαλατταν, Kai επείρατο 
, Ἀ > , i 
κατάγειν TOUS ἐκπεπτωκότας. καὶ αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη προφασις 


9 > ὦ a 6 / , 
ἣν avt@ tov αθροίζειν στρατευμα. 


σιώτας πρὶν ἂν αὐτῷ συμβουλεύσηται. οὕτω δὲ αὖ 


τὸ ἐν Θετταλίᾳ ἐλάνθανεν αὐτῷ τρεφόμενον στράτευμα. 

A. Πρόξενον δὲ τὸν Βοιώτιον ξένον ὄντα [αὐτῷ Ἰἐκέλευσε ΡΝ 
λαβόντα ἄνδρας ὅτι πλείστους παραγενέσθαι, ὡς εἰς Πισί “Ὁ 
δας βουλόμενος, στρατεύεσθαι, ὡς πράγματα παρεχόντων 

᾿τῶν Πισιδῶν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ. Σοφαίνετον δὲ τὸν Στυμ- 
φάλιον καὶ Σωκράτην «τὸν ᾿Αχαιὸν, ξένους ὄντας καὶ TOU 

τους, ἐκέλευσεν ἄνδρας λαβόντας ἐλθεῖν ὅτε πλείστους, ὡς 
πολεμήσων Τισσαφέρνει σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι τῶν Μιλησίων. 

καὶ ἐποίουν οὕτως οὗτοι. 

Il, ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐδόκει; ἤδη πορεύεοθαι(αὐτῷ) ἄνω, τὴν μὲν Hug 
πρόφασιν ἐποιεῖτο ὡς ἐπ σἴδος βουλόμενος ἐκβαλεῖν παντά- 
πασιν ἐκ τῆς χώρας" καὶ ἀθροίζει ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους τό τε 
βαρβαρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν. ἐνταῦθα καὶ παραγγέλλει 
τῷ τε Κλεάρχῳ λαβόντι ἥκειν ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ στράτευμα, 
καὶ τῷ ᾿Αριστίππῳ συναλλαγέντι πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι ἀποπέμ- 





Ν Ἁ / 

8. πρὸς δε βασιλέα 
/ / ? Ν A ~ 4 Ν 
πέμπων ἠξίου ἀδελφὸς ὧν αὐτοῦ δοθῆναι of ταύτας τὰς 


πόλεις μᾶλλον ἢ Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ μήτηρ 
συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ ταῦτα" ὥστε βασιλεὺς τὴν μὲν πρὸς 
ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκ ἠσθάνετο, Τισσαφέρνει δὲ ἐνόμιξε 
πολεμοῦντα αὐτὸν ἀμφὶ τὰ στρατεύματα δαπανᾶν: ὥστε 
οὐδὲν ἤχθετο αὐτῶν πολεμούντων. 








καὶ γὰρ 0 Κῦρος ἀπέ- 
wees τοὺς “γιγνομένους “δασμοὺς, βασιλεὶ ἐκ τῶν πόλεων 
-ους ὧν Τισσαφέρνης ἐ ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων. 9. ἄλλο δὲ στράτευμα 


φί χα 4... 


ὝΡΥ αὐτῷ συνελέγετο ἐν Χερρονήσῳ τῇ καταντιπέρας ᾿Αβύδον 





/ Ν , 
“τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. 





/ Ν 
Κλέαρχος Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἦν" 
i / ε a ν ΄ a, % Ν / 
τουτῳ συγγενόμενος ὁ Κῦρος ἠγασθη τε αὑτὸν καὶ δίδωσιν 

> «a / , ΄ x Ν Ν , 
αυτῳ μυρίους δαρεικοὺς. ὁ δὲ λαβὼν τὸ χρυσίον στράτευ- 
/ > A ͵’ — , ‘ 
μα συνελεξεν ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων, καὶ ἐπολέμει ἐκ 
, e , a Ν lal Ν 
“Χερρονήσου ὁρμώμενος τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ ᾿Ελλήσπον- 
9 - Ν > ’ ‘ f Ν 
τον οἰκοῦσι, καὶ ὠφέλει τοὺς “Βλληνας " ὥστε καὶ χρήματα 
Γ. > A > ‘ Ν fal la 
συνεβάλλοντο αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν τροφὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν αἱ 
“EXrx . , c a - ᾽ ὁ ad 
EAAoTOVTiaKa, πόλεις ἐκοῦσαι. τοῦτο § αὖ οὕτω Tee 


owe, ζοῦεν 








Ce Tage 


RA A SE 


δ heal τὶ ene: 


eas πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα" καὶ Ἐξενίᾳ τῷ » Apu, 
ὃς αὐτῷ προειστήκει τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι ξενικοῦ, ἥκω» πα- 


ραγγέλλει λαβόντα τοὺς ἄνδρας πλὴν ὁπόσοι ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν ἀν σὺς 


τὰς ἀκροπόλεις φυλάττειν. 4. ἐκάλεσε δὲ καὶ τοὺς Μίλη- 
τον πολιορκοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκέλευσε σὺν αὐτῷ 
στρατεύεσθαι, ὑποσχόμενος αὐτοῖς, εἰ καλῶς καταπράξειεν 
ἐφ ἃ ἐστρατεύετο, μὴ πρόσθεν παύσασθαι πρὶν αὐτοὺς 


καταγάγοι οἴκαδε. οἱ δὲ ἡδέως ἐπείθοντο" ἐπίστενον γὰρ 


ny 





/ 
aS 


MLE 


4 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [Χεν. 


3 7 , 4 ee a 3 ’ 
αὐτῷ" καὶ λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα παρῆσαν εἰς Σάρδεις. 
»- ’ 4 Ν ‘ > - Λ “ , 

3. Ξενίας μὲν δὴ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λαβὼν παρεγένετο 
᾽ / e / > / / γ 
εἰς Σάρδεις ὁπλίτας εἰς τετρακισχιλίους, Πρόξενος δὲ πα- 
~ ΝΜ / x > / Ν / 7 
phy ἔχων ὁπλίτας μεν εἰς πεντακοσίους καὶ χιλίους, γυμνῆ- 
‘ / / ‘ ’ / 
τας δὲ πεντακοσίους, Σοφαίνετος Se ὁ Στυμφαλιος ὁπλίτας 
’ / ‘ ¢..2 Ν ¥ e 
ἔχων χιλίους, Σωκράτης Se ὁ Ayavos ὁπλίτας ἔχων ὡς 
‘ / ‘ e ‘ ΄ ‘ 
πεντακοσίους, Πασίων δὲ ὁ Μεγαρεὺς τριακοσίους μεν 
/ ᾽ν Ν ΜΝ , % 
ὁπλίτας, τριακοσίους δὲ πελταστὰς ἔχων παρεγένετο" ἦν 
‘ \ = ~ ὁ Ὁ ’ a > ‘ , 
δὲ καὶ οὗτος καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης τῶν ἀμφὶ Μίλητον στρατευο- 
/ φ ‘ > / 3. α » ’ 
μένων. 4. οὗτοι μεν εἰς Σάρδεις αὐτῷ ἀφίκοντο. Τίισσα- 
U ἈΝ , a ’ e ’ 2 
φέρνης δὲ κατανοήσας ταῦτα, καὶ μείζονα ἡγησάμενος εἶναι 
ΕΝ ε πο Ν / Ν ‘ / e , 
ἢ ὡς ἐπὶ Πισίδας την παρασκευην, πορεύεται ws βασιλέα 


φΦ γὼ) , ε , ¥” ¢ ’ ἧς 
Η] ἐδύνατο ταχίστα LTTEUS EY@V ὡς “π᾿εντακοσιοῦς. ὅ. καὶ 


Ν x ᾿ς «ὦ ᾿ς »# ΄ Ν / τ 
βασιλεὺς μεν δη, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε Τισσαφέρνους tov Κύρου στό- 
> ’ 
λον. αντυπαρεσκευάζετο. 
A a a ” ς a ne, , ‘ 
Κῦρος δὲ ἔχων ovs εἰρηκα ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σαρδεων" καὶ 
> ( Ν A / ‘ ” , Ν 
ἐξελαύνει δια τῆς Δυδίας σταθμοὺς τρεὶς παρασάγγας εἴ- 
ee ee oe / ’ , Wicx® 
κοσι καὶ δύο ἐπὶ tov Μαίανδρον ποταμὸν. τούτου τὸ εὖ- 
’ ΄ 4 s A ? / / e Ud 
pos δύο πλέθρα" γέφυρα Se ἐπῆν elevypevn πλοίοις ἑπτά. 
a Ν ? , \ ™ “ 
6. τοῦτον διαβὰς ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταθμὸν ἕνα πα- 
,ὔ + “ 5 | ἈΝ / " , > / 
pacayyas oxtw εἰς Κολοσσας, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, evdai- 
Ν , 3 A ¥ νν» ε U 
μονα καὶ μεγάλην. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ" καὶ 
φ ’ Ν ¥ / Ν 
ἧκε Μένων ὁ Θετταλὸς orditas ἔχων χιλίους καὶ πελτα- 
a , Λ ‘ ? - Ὁ f 
στας πεντακοσίους, Δόλοπας καὶ Αινιᾶνας καὶ Ολυνθι- 
3 a ᾽ ’ ‘ a ’ 
ovs. . ἐντεῦθεν εξελαύνει σταθμοὺυς τρεῖς παρασάγγας 
Ν ? ‘ a / ? ? , ; 
εἰκοσιν εἰς KeXawag τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν οἰκουμένην, μεγα- 
+ 29 , 3 A ’ Λ 3 ‘ , 
Anv καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα Καὶ vpw βασίλεια ἣν Kat παρα- 
/ ᾽ , ἢ . 3 «Ὁ 27 
δείσος μέγας ἀγρίων θηρίων πλήρης, ἃ ἐκεῖνος εθήρευεν 
5 ἄς οἷ e / ’ ’ ς ’ ‘ ‘ 
amo ἵππου, ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βούλοιτο ἑαυτὸν TE καὶ TOUS 
“ εν ’ὔ’ ‘ - / σας. ¢ / 
ἵππους. δια μέσου δὲ tov παραδείσου pet ὁ Μαίανδρος 


alo F9 


͵ ’ € A A > an ͵ὔ cn 
rm. dine ποταμὸς " αἱ Se πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων " ῥεῖ 


ὼω 


ΑΝΑΒ. 1, 11.) On the March. ὃ 


δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς Κελαινῶν πόλεως. 5. ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεγάλου 
βασιλέως βασίλεια ἐν Κελαιναῖς ἐρυμνὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς 
τοῦ Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπόλει" ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ οὗτος 
διὰ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐμβάλλει εἰς τὸν Μαίανδρον" τοῦ δὲ 
Μαρσύου τὸ εὗρός ἐστιν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ποδῶν. Cre: 
θα λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν, νικήσας ἐρίζοντ a 
of περὶ σοφίας, καὶ τὸ δέρμα κρεμάσαι ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ ὅθεν 
αἱ πηγαί: διὰ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ποταμὸς καλεῖται Μαρσύας. 
9. ἐνταῦθα Ἐέρξης, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς “Ελλάδος ἡττηθεὶς τῇ μαχῃ 
ἀπεχώρει, λέγεται οἰκοδομῆσαι ταῦτά τε τὰ βασίλεια καὶ 
τὴν Κελαινῶν ἀκρόπολιν. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε Κῦρος ἡμέρας 
τριάκοντα" καὶ ἧκε Κλέαρχοςὸ Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἔχων 
ὁπλίτας χιλίους καὶ πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας ὀκτακοσίους Kot 
τοξότας Κρῆτας διακοσίους. ἅμα δὲ καὶ Σῶσις παρὴν ὁ 
Συρακόσιος ἔχων ὁπλίτας τριακοσίους, καὶ Σοφαίνετος δ 
᾿Αρκὰς ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους. καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος εξέτα- 
σιν καὶ ἀριθμὸν τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων ἐπἰοίησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, 
καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ σύμπαντες ὁπλῖται μὲν μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι, 
πελτασταὶ δὲ ἀμφὶ τοὺς δισχιλίους. 10. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύ. 
νει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα εἰς Πέλτας, πόλιν 
οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς ἐν αἷς Ἐενίας 
ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς τὰ Λύκαια ἔθυσε καὶ ἀγῶνα ἔθηκε" τὰ δὲ ἄθλα 
> / -“ 3 ’ ‘ a .” A ω 

ἦσαν στλεγγίδες χρυσαῖ" εθεώρει δὲ τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ Κῦρος. 
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δώδεκα εἰς 


Κεραμῷν ἀγορὰν, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, ἐσχάτην πρὸς τῇ Μυ- 
/ 


cia ywpa. UL. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρα- 
σάγγας τριάκοντα εἰς Καὔστρου πεδίον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. 
ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας πέντε" καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ὠφεί- 
Aero μισθὸς ἤλέον 7) τριῶν μηνῶν, καὶ πολλάκις ἰόντες ἐπὶ 
τὰς θύρας ἀπήτουν. ὁ δὲ ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε, καὶ δῆλος 
ἦν ἀνιώμενος" οὐ γὰρ ἦν mpos τοῦ Κύρου τρῥύπου ἔχοντα 


ern , Cob ¢ 





6 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. ΓΧεν. 


Ἂν / A - 
ζκαὲδ μὴ ἀποδιδόναι. 12. ἐνταῦθα ἀφικνεῖται ᾿Επύαξα ἡ Svev- 
μι 


tT yero Κύρῳ δοῦναι χρήματα πολλά, τῇ δ᾽ οὖν Ege or, 


’ Ν ΄“ Ν ΝΣ 
νεσιος γυνὴ τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως ΜΡ» — καὶ ἐλέ. 


| . τότε ἀπέδωκε Κῦρος μισθὸν τεττάρων μηνῶν. εἶχε δὲ ἡ 
> 
wet Κίλισσα καὶ φύλακας περὶ αὑτὴν Κίλικας καὶ ᾿Ασπεν- 
’ > ΄ Ἀ Ἀ “- - 
δίους " ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ συγγενέσθαι Κῦρον τῇ Κιλίσσῃ. 
3 a ‘ ᾽ 4 Ν 
13. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα 
> 4 4 > / > “ ‘ ‘ 
εἰς Θύμβριον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθα ἦν παρὰ τὴν 
ἈΝ ’ ξ / A a 
ὁδὸν κρήνη ἡ Μίδου καλουμένη τοῦ Φρυγῶν βασιλέως, ἐφ᾽ 
φ / / Ν ΄ a δ ͵ > 
ἢ λέγεται Midas tov Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι οἰνῳ κεράσας av- 
͵ + a ᾽ , ‘ s , 
τήν. 14. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασώγγας 
] ͵ > - fh. ’ , 3 a ” 
_ascovdexa εἰς Τυριαῖον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν 
δ᾽ a Ν / A Λ 
ἡ έν, .(έ. ἡμέρας τρεῖς. καὶ λέγεται δεηθῆναι ἡ Κίλισσα Κύρου 
> a Ν ’ ¢ «a , 9 > r 
Vice, ἐπιδεῖξαι TO στράτευμα αὑτῇ" βουλόμενος οὖν επιδεΐῖξαι, 
μκ κυ %¥e ἢ »“ > A A a 
ag ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων καὶ τῶν Bap- 
ind o:4 . . @ , a 
ΑΕ, -βάρων. 15. ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς Ελληνας, ὡς νόμος αὐτοῖς 


ee ΕΝ ‘ A / 3 ὦ 
Fai ζοϊ»εἰς μάχην, οὕτω ταχθῆναι και στῆναι, συντάξαι ὃ ἕκαστον 
Tec. 
«ἦε Δ ἔ. 


‘ ΕΝ ἣ > So's, , > Ν Ν x 
Tous εαυτοῦ. ἐτάχθησαν οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων" εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν 
“ ¢ Ν ε Ν ΟΣ Ν Ν a ἢ , 
δεξιον Μένων καὶ ot σὺν αὑτῷ, τὸ δε εὐώνυμον Κλέαρχος 
Ν σ᾽. ’ὔ Ν Ν ΄ ¢ mw / ? ’ 
καὶ οἱ εκείνου, τὸ δε μέσον οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί. 16. εθεω- 
> ε a ~ Ν Ν / ε Ν , 
pet οὖν ὁ Κῦρος πρῶτον μὲν tous βαρβάρους" οἱ δε παρη- 
/ > ¥W. 4 Ν , 3 ἈΝ ‘ 
λαυνον τεταγμένοι κατ LAAs καὶ κατὰ τάξεις" εἶτα δὲ Tous 
ν , 9,? of ‘ ξ h >,? 
Ελληνας, παρελαύνων ef ἅρματος καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα ed 
e ’ φΦ Ν ’ , a Ν a 
ἁρμαμάξης. εἶχον δὲ πάντες Kpavn χαλκα καὶ χιτῶνας 
- ἈΝ - > / > / 
φοινικοῦς καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ Tas ἀσπίδας exxexaduppevas. 
17 ᾽ δὴ δὲ , 4 , \. o@ Ν “a 
. ἐπειδὴ O€ TuvTas παρήλασε, TTHTAS TO ἅρμα προ TNS 
I ’ , ἢ Ν e es ἈΝ ‘ 
φάλαγγος μέσης, πέμψας Πιγρητα tov ἐρμηνεα παρὰ τοὺς 
Ν ὅν. Φ , > δ ΄ νλσ 
στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ελλήνων EKENEUTE προβαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα 
καὶ ἐπιχωρῆσαι ὅλην τὴν φάλαγγα. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ew 
Mes τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, προβαχλύμενοι τὰ 


ων...) & ας, 
(Gt!) ὅπλα ἐπήεσαν. ἐκ δὲ τούτου θᾶττον προϊόντων σὺν κραυγῇ, 
? “Ὺ 
ς τς φιεσξεν Cot. Nurs 


{ 


~ 


Anas. 1, 11.] Entrance into Cilicia. T 


* , 3). 2 a , δ." 
ἀπὸ του αὐτομάτου δρόμος EyEVvETO τοῖς σ ia sec emt 





τὰς σκηνάς, 18. τῶν Se βαρβώρων φόβος πολὺς, καὶ ἥ TE / 
Κίλισσα ἔφυγεν ἐπὶ τῆς ὡρμαμάξης καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς 
καταλιπόντες τὰ ὦνια ἐφυγω»" οἱ Se” EXAnves σὺν γέλωτι 
ἡ δὲ Κίλισσα ἰδοῦσα τὴν λαμπρό- 


ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἦλθον. 

τητα καὶ τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατούμονον ἐθαύμασε. Κῦρος δὲ 

ἥσθη τὸν ἐκ τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους φόβον ἰδών. 

19. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρις παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν 

Ὁ ᾿Ικόνιο τῆς Φρυγίας, πόλιν ἐσχάτην. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε ͵ 
‘pa 


(τρεῖς, ἡμέρα ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Δυκαονίας σταθ- 
μοὺς πέντε παρασώγγας τριάκοντα. ταύτην τὴν χώραν 
ἐπέτρεψε διαρπάσαι τοῖς “Ελλησιν ὡς πολεμίαν οὖσαν. 
20. ἐντεῦθεν Κυρος τὴν Κίλισσαν. εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν ἀπο- 
πέμπει τὴν ταχίστην ὁδὸν" καὶ συνέπεμψεν αὐτῇι(στρατιώ- { < τοὺς. 
τας ovs Μένων εἶχε καὶ αὐτόν. "Kipos δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων 
— διὰ Καππαδοκίας σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγς- 
ογας εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε πρὸς Aava, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, μεγά- 
go καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" ἐν ᾧ 
>'Kipos ἀπέκτεινεν ἄνδρα Πέ ἐρσην '“Μεγαφέρνην, φοινικιστὴν 
, βασίλειον, καὶ ἕτερόν τινα τῶν ὑπάρχων ᾿δυνάστην, αἰτια- 
σάμενος ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτῷς 21. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσ- 
βάλλειν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν" ἡ δὲ εἰσβολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτὸς 
ὀρθία ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ ἀμήχανος εἰσελθεῖν eepanalipans εἴ τις 
ἐκώλυεν. ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ Συέννεσις εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων 


- φυλάττων τὴν εἰσβολήν" διὸ ἔ ceva ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. 


τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων ὅτι λελοιπὼς εἴη Συέν- 
τ N , , ¥ 

veow Ta ἄκρα, ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο ὅτι τὸ Μένωνος otpatevpa ἤδη 

? ae “ Ξ ιν " Φ , ¥ 

ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ἦν εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ ὅτε τριήρεις ἤκουε περι- 


͵ Ἵ / π᾿ ΝΜ a 
ον τα πλεούσας at ᾿Ιωνίας εἰς Κιλικίαν Ταμῶν ἔχοντα tag Aa- 
bin ACA a a > 4 ΠΥ 
“᾿κεδαιμονίων καὶ αὐτοῦ Κύρου. 22. Κῦρος ὃ οὖν ἀνεβη 


ΣΝ ᾽ Ν ΄ Ν ‘ ‘ Pie 
ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος, καὶ εἶδε τὰς σκηνὰς οὗ οἱ 


᾿ 
ae 


xi Tercparswras } 
Ἢ ; “* 


es , 
ous μένων ἔχε “se 





8 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [ Xen. 


3 3 a x , ? 
Κίλικες ἐφύλαττον! ἐντεῦθεν δὲ κατέβαινεν εἰς πεδίον 





/ Ν Ν ᾽ / Ν / ω 4 
μέγα καὶ καλὸν, ETLPPUTOYY Kat δένδρων παντοδαπῶν σὺμ- 
. 2 ee. / ‘ ‘ Ν , Ν , ‘ 
πλεων καὶ ἀμπέλων" πολὺ δὲ καὶ σήσαμον Kat μελίνην καὶ 
/ Ν ‘ Ν Ν / , Μ 3 Ψ Ἂς 
κέγχρον καὶ πυροὺς καὶ κριθὰς φέρει ρος δ᾽ αὑτὸ περι- 
/ .] Ν πε Ν , 3 ’ > 4. 
ἔχει ὀχυρὸν Kat ὑψηλον παντῃ εκ Paes εἰς θάλατταν. 
ἈΝ ‘ 4 A“ ‘ 
23. καταβὰς δὲ διὰ τούτου τοῦ πεδίου ἤλασε σταθμους 
4 , / Ν ¥ , ‘ a 
τέτταρας παρασάγγας πέντε καὶ εἰκοσιν εἰς Tapoouse τῆς 
, , , —_— , > a 9 ‘ 
Κιλικίας, πόλεν μεγάλην Kat εὐδαίμονα. ενταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ 
ey Λ a / oe ‘ 
Συεννεσίος βασίλεια τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως " διὰ μέσου δὲ 
a , Φ Ν ΄ ΝΜ J / / 
τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμὸς Κύδνος ὄνομα, εὖρος δύο πλέθρων. 
4 . , ω . A 4 , 
24. ταύτην την πολιν εξελίπον οἱ ενοίκουντες μετὰ Svevve- 
ς᾽ / 3 Ν > A 4 Μ ‘ e al 
σιος εἰς χωρίον OXUPOY ἐπὶ τὰ OPH, πλὴν οἱ τὰ καπηλεῖα 
» Ε Ν A e A Ἃ , 3 ~ 
ἔχοντες " ἔμειναν δὲ καὶ οἱ παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν οἰκοῦντες 
᾽ Λ A >? a ᾽ ’ Ν ξ 
ἐν Σόλοις καὶ ἐν ἸἾΙσσοῖς. 25. ᾿Επύαξα δὲ ἡ Συεννέσιος 
Ν / / / e / > Ν > / 
γυνὴ προτέρα Κύρου πέντε ἡμέραις ets Ταρσους ἀφίκετο " 
> Ἀ ae * ~ ΄ - 2 - > Ν / é ’ 
ἐν δὲ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ὀρέων τῶν εἰς τὸ πεδίον δύο do- 


= ’ / ᾽ / e Ν ¥ 
χοι τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος ἀπωλοντο" οἱ μεν ἐφασαν. 


e / / A ew. a 7 ξ ‘ 
ἁρπάζοντάς τε κατακοπῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων, οἱ δε ὑπο- 
΄ A > ͵ ¢ a“ A Ν ’ 
λειφθεντας Kat ου Suvapevous ευρειν TO αλλο στρατευμα 
sar 4 ΄ ‘ 3 , b / 9 ? 3 
οὐδὲ Tas ὁδοὺς εἶτα πλανωμένους ἀπολέσθαι" ἤσαν ὃ οὖν 

@ € ‘ a ᾿ > ¥ > , @ , 
οὗτοι ἕκατον ὁπλῖται. 26. οἱ δ ἄλλοι eres ἧκον. τὴν TE 
, ‘ x , Ἀ ‘ “ ¥ a 
modu | τοὺς Tapcovs | διηρπασαν, διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν 
ς A ’ ΄ Ν Ν 4. Ν 3 Σ κι 
συστρατιωτῶν ὀργιζόμενοι, καὶ τα βασίλεια Ta ἐν αὑτῇ. 
πὸ Ἁ > | A ? 4. " Ἅ 4. , a 
Kupos δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰσηλαόεν εἰς την πολιν, μετεπέμπετο TOV 
’ Ν ξ , ε > ΕΣ > ,ὔ 
Συεννεσιν προς ἑξαυτῦν" Oo ὃ οὔτε πρότερον ovoevt πω 
7, ῃ a . a a a Υ ¥ ’ Ri 
κρείττονι εαὑτοὺυ εἰς χείρας ελθεῖν edn OUTE TOTE ὕρῳ 
"7 ¥ ‘ ξ Ν > 8 ¥ ‘ , Ν 
ιεναι ἤθελε, πρίν ἡ γυνὴ αὑτον ἐπεῖίσε καὶ πίστεις ἐλαβε. 
A ‘ A > 4 ͵ ᾽ , ’ 

27. μετὰ Se ταῦτα ere GuveyevovTo ἀλληλοις, Συέννεσις 
x ¥ ’ ͵ a Ν ‘ - 
μὲν ἔδωκε Κύρῳ χρήματα πολλὰ εἰς τὴν oTpatiav, Kupos 

δὲ > / δῶ a 4 Ν B x “" / e 
€ ἐκείνῳ ὃωρα ἃ νομίζεται παρα βασιλεῖ τιμία, ὑτπὸν 
, XA a τ᾿ A / ᾿ 3 ΄ 
χρυσοχάλινον καὶ στρεπτὸν χρυσοὺν και ψέλια και ακινὰ» 


Anas. 1, πι.} Speech by Clearchus. 9 


a ‘ Ν ‘ “ V4 , 
κην χρυσοῦν καὶ στολὴν Περσικὴνςγκαὶ τὴν χωραν μήκετι 
Ν 4 , ? , ¥ > 
ἀφαρπάξεσθαιῶ τὰ δὲ ἡρπασμενα ἀνδρώποδα, nv που εν" 
3 ’ 
τυγχάνωσιν, ἀπολαμβάνειν. 
a a Ν μι κῃ; 4 
Ill. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμεινε Κῦρος καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ ἡμερᾶς εἰ» 
‘ n > ¥ 27 a / 2 
κοσιν" οἱ yap στρατιῶται οὐκ ἔφασαν ἱέναι τοῦ πρόσω 
ἣν > 4 ν᾽), A x ΡῚ 
ὑπώπτευον γὰρ ἤδη ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἱέναι" μισθωθῆναι δε οὐκ 
i n Ν ’ x ¢ n 
ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἔφασαν. πρῶτος de Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὐτοῦ στρα- 
a oe Υ — ἃ ἃ 
τιώτας ἐβιάζετο ἰέναι" οἱ δὲ αὑτὸν τε ἔβαλλον Kat τὰ ὑπο- 
‘ oh κὸν oat gah / Ν 
ζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου, ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο προϊέναι. ᾿.3. Κλεαρχος δὲ 
‘ hee ee Ca \ a ef > 
τότε μὲν μικρὸν ἐξεφυγε μὴ καταπετρωθῆναι, ὕστερον ὃ, 
’ , > 
ἐπεὶ ἔγνω ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται βιάσασθαι, συνηγαγεν ἐκκλη- 
a A a Ν a Ν 20. ἡ 
σίαν τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν. καὶ πρώτον μεν ἐδάκρυε 
Ν a ? ’ i a , 
πολὺν χρόνον ἑστώς" οἱ δὲ ὁρῶντες ἐθαύμαζον καὶ εσιω- 
’ ¥ a Ν 
πων" εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε τοιάδε, 8. ᾿Ανδρες στρατιωται, μὴ 
a , = = ’ 
θαυμάζετε ὅτι χαλεπῶς φέρω τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν. 
Ν P a » ,ὔ ’ὔ ? a 
ἐμοὶ yap (Eevos/Kupos) ἐγένετο καὶ μὲ φεύγοντα εκ τῆς πα- 
/ / ¥ > 7 Ὶ , ἔδω ὃ ᾿ς 
τρίδος τά τε ἄλλα ἐτίμησε καὶ μυρίους EdWKE δαρεικοὺς 
. “ow , φᾷ. HE Ir 
ods ἐγὼ λαβὼν οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἴδιον κατεθέμην ἐμοὶ adr οὐδὲ 
2 a 3 ’ a 
καθηδυπάθησα, ddd εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐδαπάνων. 4 καὶ πρῶτον 
‘ Ν ΕΝ 3 ’ πο  Ν a 4 ’ 
μεν πρὸς tous Θρᾷκας ἐπολεμησα, καὶ UTEP τῆς Ελλάδος 
3 U "ν᾽ Ὁ 3 A , > ee Nav 
ἐτιμωρούμην μεθ ὑμῶν, εκ τῆς Χερρονήσου αὑτοὺς ἐξελαύ- 
4 3 a \ > a ΧΆ, 
νων βουλομένους ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τοὺς ενοικουντᾶς nvas 
- x a” " 2 Ν ee 3 : ’ 
τὴν γῆν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ Κῦρος εκάλει, λαβὼν ὑμᾶς EeTropevo- 
, 3 , ne. > nan? @ o 
μην, ἵνα εἴ τι δέοιτο ὠφελοίην αὐτὸν ἀνθ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθον 
“ 3 4 , 
ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου. ὅ. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς ov βούλεσθε συμπορεύεσθαι, 
ee Ὧν ἃ «ἃ U a , / A 
ἀνάγκη δή μοι ἢ ὑμᾶς προδόντα τῇ Κυρου φιλίᾳ χρῆσθαι 
“ ’ δ ἢ. τἂν 7 > Ν ‘ 
ἢ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ψευσάμενον μεθ ὑμῶν eval, € μὲν δὴ 
“ ’ ? 9 καὶ >’ ® ς a Ν ‘ 
δίκαια ποιήσω οὐκ olda, αἱρήσομαι ὃ οὖν ὑμᾶς Kal σὺν 
ς» Ψ A ὔ / \ ¥ ? a 15 A ε ιν 
ὑμῖν ὅ τι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. καὶ οὔποτε Epel οὐδεὶς ὡς ἐγώ, 


“EdAnvas ἀγαγὼν εἰς [τοὺς βαρβάρους, προδοὺς τοὺς ἜΣ “2: 


ληνας τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φιλίαν εἱλόμην. 6. ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ 





10 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [Xzn, 


, ω > 4 > 57 / Ia Φὦ | Ν, Ἁ 
ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ οὐκ εθελετε πείθεσθαι οὐδὲ ἕπεσθαι, ἐγὼ συν 
v κ “ \a@¢ XN ὃ , , $4 a a. 
μὲν ἔψομαι καὶ ὃ τι ἂν Sen πείσομαι. νομέζω yap ὑμᾶς 
2 ν,. 4Φ Ν , \ / Ν / Ν Ν 
ἐμοὶ εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ συμμάχους, καὶ σὺν 


δ΄ δὲ Ν A 2 ? / ad A > δον οι \ 7 
ὑμῖν μὲν ἂν οἶμαι εἰναι τίμιος ὅπου ἂν ὦ, ὑμῶν δε ἔρημος 
KR ? Δ ¢ N 3 ? Μγ} ἃ Λ ? A yy? 
ὧν οὐκ ἂν LKaVOS εἶναι οἶμαι οὔτ av φίλον ὠφελῆσαι οὔτ 
ἂν ἐχθρὸν ἀλέξασθαι. ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπη ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖ 
, exOpov a ; ᾿ . ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἊΝ ος ὅπῃ ἂν Kat ὑμεῖς, 
Ἂ “ 4 ω ~~ 
οὕτω τὴν yvwunv ἔχετε. ἢ. ταῦτα εἶπεν" οἱ δε earn 
“ > a a , ‘ ¢ Κ΄ a ᾽ 
ται οἱ τε αὑτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ταῦτα axpucueres & ὅτι 


a οὐ φαίη παρὰ βασιλέα πορεύεσθαιμς ἐπήνεσαν" mapa de Be- 


viov καὶ Πασίωνος πλείους ἢ δισχίλιοι λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα 
καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ Κλεάρχῳ. 
= ἈΝ 4 > 7 4 
5. Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις απορῶν τε καὶ λυπούμενος μετεπέμ- 
Ν / ς » SP ‘ ? ” 7 Ἀ 
meto τὸν Κλέαρχον" ὁ δὲ ἱέναι μὲν οὐκ ἤθελε, λάθρᾳ δὲ 
aA - ͵ > nn Ν Υ - εξ 
τῶν στρατιωτὼν πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον ἐλεγε θαρρεῖν ws 
/ , > ] ‘ ‘ / > 
καταστησομένων τούτων εἰς τὸ δεον" μεταπέμπεσθαι ὃ 
a ? / > s ? ? ¥ γ᾽ ‘ ἃς a” 
ἐκέλευεν αὐτὸν" αὑτὸς ὃ οὐκ edn ἱέναι. 9 μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα 
<7: ΄ > ς a , ‘ x 
συναγαγὼν τοὺς 9 εαυτοῦ στρατίωτας καὶ τοὺς προσελ- 
, > A a ¥ Ν , Υ̓ ’ 
θόντας αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὸν βουλόμενον, ἔλεξε τοιάδε! 
y a ‘ . . ΄ an “ ed ” 
Avdpes στρατιῶται, τὰ μὲν δὴ Κύρου δῆλον ὅτι οὕτως ἔχει 
Ν ς «a og ἂν, ἃ / \ > κ ¥ A e “ 
προς ἡμᾶς ὥσπερ TA ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον" οὔτε yap ἡμεις 
? / aM rn ? / ? /, a δὰ ¥ 
εκείνου ETL στρατιῶται, ἐπεί γε οὐ συνεπόμεθα αὐτῷ, οὔτε 
MY. ¥ c a ’ “ / ? a“ 
exewvos ετὶ ἡμῖν μισθοδότης. 10. ὅτι μέντοι ἀδικεῖσθαι 
, πὰ Ἂν. ἡ 3 “ . ’ ? a 
νομίζει up ἡμῶν οἶδα" ὥστε καὶ μεταπεμπομένου αὐτοῦ 
? 37 3 a Ν Ν , > / ef ’Ἅ 
οὐκ ἐθελω ελθεῖν, τὸ μὲν μέγιστον αἰσχυνόμενος ὅτι σύν- 
; a / 3 4 ΟΝ, Μ ἈΝ Ν 
oda ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ϑϑναρδιη αὑτὸν, ἔπειτα καὶ δεδιὼς 
μὴ λαβών με δίκην ἐπιθῇ ὧν νομέξει ὑ ὑπ ἐμοῦ ἠδικῆσθαι. 
5 [abe ἐμοὶ οὖν δοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἷναι ἡμῖν καθεύδειν οὐδ᾽ ἀμε- 
λεῖν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσθαι ὅ O τι χρὴ ποιεῖν ἐκ 
τούτων. καὶ ἕως τε μένομεν αὐτοῦ σκεπτέον μοι δοκεῖ 


ΑΝΑΒ. 1, 1 Speeches by the Soldiers. 11 


ἄνευ γὰρ τούτων οὔτε στρατηγοῦ οὔτε ἰδιώτου ὄφελος οὐ- 
δέν. 19. ὁ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ πολλοῦ μὲν ἄξιος φίλος ᾧ ἂν φίλος 

ἦ, χαλεπώτατος δ᾽ ἐχθρὸς ᾧ ἂν πολέμιος Dh ἔχει δὲ .- 
δύναμιν καὶ πεζὴν καὶ ἱππικὴν καὶ ναυτικὴν ἣν πάντες 
ὁμοίως ὁρῶμέν τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεθα. καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ πόρρω 
δοκοῦμέν ~~ αὐτοῦ καθῆσθαι. ὥστε ὥρα λέγειν ὅ τι τις 
γιγνώσκει ἄριστον εἶναι. ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. 18. ἐκ 
δὲ τούτου ἀνίσταντο οἱ μὲν ἐκ son αὐτομάτου, λέξοντες 
ἃ epepieatinn οἱ δὲ καὶ ὑπ᾽. ἐκείνου ἐγκέλευστοι, ἐπιδει- 
κνύντες οἵα εἴη ἡ ἀπορία ἄνευ τῆς Κύρου γνώμης καὶ μένειν 
καὶ ἀπιέναι. 14. εἷς δὲ δὴ εἶπε, προσποιούμενος σπεύδειν 
ὡς σάχιστα πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, στρατηγοὺς μὲν 
ἑλέσθαι ἄλλους ὡς τάχιστα, εἰ μὴ βούλεται Κλέαρχος 
ἀπάγειν" τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδει ἀγοράξεσθαιν ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ ἦν ἐν 
τῷ βαρβαρικῷ στρατεύματι καὶ συσκευάζεσθαι" ἐλθόντας 
δὲ Κῦ bpov αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν" ἐὰν Se μὴ διδῷ 


ταῦτα, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν ἱΚῦρον ὅ ὅστις διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας orn Lob, 


ἀπάξει" ἐὰν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα διδῷ, συντάττεσθαι τὴν 
ταχίστην, πέμψαι δὲ καὶ προκαταληψομένους τὰ ἄκρα, 
ὅπως ψὴ φθάσωσι μήτε Κῦρος μήτε οἱ Κίλικες καταλαβόν- 
τες, ὧν πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες. 
οὗτος μὲν pera εἶπε" μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος εἶπε 
τοσοῦτον. 15. ‘Qs μὲν στρατηγήσοντα ἐμὲ ταύτην τὴν 
στρατηγίαν μηδ ὁ τρῶν λεγέτω" πολλὰ ad ἐνορῶ & ἃ 
ἐμοὶ τοῦτο οὐ ποιητέον" ὡς δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ ὃ ὃν ἂν ἕλησθε πεί- 
σομαι ἣ δυνατὸν μάλιστα, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπί- 
σταμαι ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων. 16. μετὰ 
τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη, ἐπιδεικνὺς μὲν τὴν εὐήθειαν τοῦ τὰ 
πλοῖα αἰτεῖν κελεύοντος, ὥσπερ πάλιν τὸν στόλον Κύρου 


_ 


Ca 2 σ΄ ? , , ¥ ¥ δον νὰ 
Mas> εἰναι ὅπως, ἀσφαλέστατα μένωμεν, εἰ τε ἤδη δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, 


oe ,3 / ” ,o@ % Ὁ , oe 
fof ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα ἄπιμεν καὶ ὅπως τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἕξομεν" 
<< 


3 x “ἡ Ν y rd , 3 “- Ν 

ποιουμένου, ἐπιδεικνὺς δὲ ὡς εὔηθες εἴη ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Tapa 
@ ᾿ - 3 Ν Ἀ ὅδ. 6 F / 

τούτου ᾧ λυμαινόμεθα τὴν πρᾶξιν. εἰ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι 


“irs > 
Cot. 








12 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [Xun. 


4 ἃ a - a“ / 4 Ν \ δ» 
πιστεύσομεν ὃν ἂν Κῦρος διδῷ, τε κωλύει καὶ τὰ AKPA μιν 
΄ a , 5" Ν > / - 
κελεύειν Κύρον προκαταλαμβανειν ; LT. ἐγὼ yap οκνοίην 
Ν “ ? Ν al > / &. -¢. & / >. = A > “ 
μὲν ἂν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα ἐμβαίνειν ἃ ἡμιν δοίη, μη ἡμᾶς αὑταῖς 
΄ , , / 7K ae , @ / 
ταῖς τριήρεσι KaTabvon, φοβοίμην δ᾽ ἂν τῷ ἡγεμόνι @ δοίη 
cf oS pe ee ? / cd ? φ' Ν > 6 
ἕπεσθαι, μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ ὅθεν ουχὶοίον τε ἔσται εξελθειν" 
/ > ἃ ¥ ᾽ x , ; - ΣΝ ᾽ 
βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν ἄκοντος ἀπιὼν Κύρου λαθεῖν αὑτὸν ἀπελ- 
, a ? / > 3 δ᾽. , A ‘ 
θών" ὃ ov δυνατὸν ἐστιν. ἀλλ ἐγὼ φημι ταῦτα μεν φλυ-" 
/ 3 “ / Me ? , Ν ΕΝ 
αρίας εἶναι" 15. δοκεῖ δὲ μοι ἄνδρας ἐλθόντας πρὸς Kupov 
“ ? , Ν / ? A ? “ / / 
οἵτινες ἐπιτήδειοι συν Κλεάρχῳ ἐρωταν ἐκεῖνον Tt βούλεται 
ΜΕΝ a ἂς ae ω e n Φ ’ “ 
ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι" και cay μεν ἢ πρᾶξις ἢ παραπλησία οἰᾷπερ 
Ν , > an a / d Ν ee Ν ‘ 
καὶ πρόσθεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς Eevois, ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς Kat μὴ 
ΝΑ 
19. εαν 


Ν , ε a - ’ , + 9 ’ 
δὲ μείζων ἡ πρᾶξις τῆς πρόσθεν φαίνηται Kat ἐπιπονωτερᾶ 


/ 4 - / 4 , 
κακίους εἰναι τῶν πρόσθεν τούτῳ συναναβαντων" 


- ἡ , > a4 , her ἡ Δ 
καὶ ἐπικινδυνοτέρα, ἀξιοῦν ἢ πείσαντα ἡμᾶς ἄγειν ἢ TE 
, ἈΝ , ess ed ‘ ae a 
σθέντα πρὸς φιλίαν ἀφιέναι" οὕτω yap καὶ ἐπόμενον ἂν 
Λ > ω ’ e / \ ? / 3 a 
φίλοι αὐτῷ καὶ πρόθυμοι ἑποίμεθα, καὶ ἀπιόντες ἀσφαλὼως 
λ me a 7K Ν a ’ 9.91 r 
ἂν ἀπίοιμεν" ὅ τι δ᾽ ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα λεγῃ avayyerdat δεῦρο" 
20. ἔδοξε 


a ‘ ¥” ¢. ’ Ν ’ ’ 
ταῦτα, καὶ ἄνδρας ἑλόμενοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ πεμπουσιν οὶ 


€ A > > 4 c - 4 
ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἀκούσαντας πρὸς ταῦτα βουλεύεσθαι. 
᾽ ’ὔ᾽ a . , a lal e > > / 
ἠρώτων Κῦρον ta δόξαντα τῇ στρατιᾷ. 0 δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο 
o 3 ΄ ‘ ” ta » 5 , 
ὅτι ἀκούει ᾿Αβροκόμαν ἐχθρὸν ἄνδρα em τῷ Εὐφράτῃ πο- 
“a ee ’ ‘ a 9 
ταμῷ εἶναι, ἀπέχοντα δώδεκα σταθμοὺς" προς τοῦτον οὖν 
Υ , ῃ rn ry . rg κα... / ¥ , 
ἔφη βούλεσθαι ελθεῖν" κἂν μὲν ἢ ἐκέυ, ΤΉΡ δίκην ἐφη χρῇ- 
> “ ? ” Ν ͵’ ¢ ”“ ᾽ a“ Ν a 
few ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτῷ, ἣν δὲ φεύγῃ, neers EKEL προς ταῦτα 
/ ᾽ , Ν κ ε e ng 
βουλευσόμεθα. 21. ἀκούσαντες δε ταῦτα οἱ αἰρετοὺ avary~ 
/ a , - Ν ς / ‘ = “ 
γέλλουσι τοὺς στρατιωταις " τοῖς δὲ ὑποψία μεν ἣν οτι 
Υ͂ Ν ͵ Ψ 3 96. [4 3: 
ἄγει πρὸς βασιλεα, ὅμως δὲ ἐδόκει ἕπεσθαι. προσαιτουσι 
. - T 7 a“ π᾿ lal 4 
δὲ prcOov® ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπισχνεῖται ἡμιόλιον πᾶσι δώσειν 
e , r ᾽ π- κι, 4 A 
οὗ πρότερον ἔφερον, ἀντὶ δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικα τοὺ μη- 
Ν . , «“ a , ¥ ων » 56, 
νὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ" ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἄγοι οὐδὲ ἐνταυθα 
Ν + Ν Ww 7” - 
ἤκουσεν οὐδεὶς ἐν γε τῷ φανερῷ. 




















Ana. 1, Iv-] Arrival of the Slaps. 13 
IV. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας 

δέκα ἐπὶ τὸν Ψάρον ποταμὸν, οὗ ἦν τὸ εὖρος τρία πλέθρα. 

ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε ἐπὶ τὸν 
Πύραμον ποταμὸν, οὗ τὸ εὖρος στάδιον. ἐσνεῦθεν. efehav- 
νει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα εἰς Ἰσσουςῃ 
τῆς Κιλικίας (ἐσχάτην πόλιν ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ οἰκουμένην, 
μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. 2 ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας Tpets " 
καὶ Κύρῳ παρῆσαν αἱ ἐκ Πελοποννήσου νῆες τριάκοντα καὶ 
πέντε καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὑταῖς ναύαρχος Πυθαγόρας Λακεδαιμονιος. 
ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐταῖς Ταμῶς Αἰγύπτιος ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, ἔχων yas 
ἑτέρας Κύρου πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν, αἷς ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον, ant 


͵ Jet Ὁ 


[ N ΄ Ν 
Τισσαφέρνει φίλη ἦν, και συνεπολέμει Κύρῳ προς auto, 


δ 


MAE 
A? 


,; 
ΝΆ; 


ν 


. fy 
yee * 


rf 
if 


: ᾿ς ἐλ ΟἿΣ / 3 : ἐπὶ TOV νεῶν 
ἃ. παρῆν Se καὶ Χειρίσοφος Λακεδαιμόνιος ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶνις, | 


μετώπεμπτος ὑπὸ Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας, ὧν 
ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύρῳ. αἱ δὲ νῆες ὥρμουν παρὰ τὴν ἣν 
ρου σκηνήν. ἐνταῦθα καὶ οἱ παρ ᾿Αβροκόμα μισθοφόροι 
Ἕλληνες ἀποστάντες ἦλθον παρὰ Κῦρον τετρακόσιοι ὁπλι- 


‘ 4 A. ‘ > a > re 
ται καὶ συνεστρατεύοντο ETE βασίλεα. 4. ἐντεῦθεν εξε 


λαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασώγγας πέντε ἐπὶ πύλας τῆς 
Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας. ἦσαν δὲ ταῦτα δύο τείχη, καὶ 
τὸ μὲν ἔσωθεν τὸ πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας Συέννεσις εἶχε καὶ 
Κιλίκων φυλακὴ, τὸ δὲ ἔξω τὸ πρὸ τῆς Συρίας βασίλεως 
ἐλέγετο φυλακὴ φυλάττειν. διὰ μέσου δὲ pel Fin: πο- 
ταμὺς Κάρσος ὄνομα. εὖρος πλέθρου. ἅπαν. be 70 μέσον 
τῶν τειχῶν ἦσαν στάδιοι τρεῖς" καὶ παρέλθειν οὐκ ἦν βίᾳ" 
ἦν γὰρ ἡ πάροδος στενὴ καὶ τὰ τείχη εἰς τὴν θάλατταν 
καθήκοντα, ὕπερθεν δ᾽ ἦσαν πέτραι ἠλίβατοι" ἐπὶ δὲ sats 
τείχεσιν ἀμφοτέροις ἐφειστήκεσαν πύλαι. ὅ. ταύτης ἕνεκα 
τῆς παρόδου Κῦρος τὰς ναῦς μετεπέμψατο, ὅπως sca 
ἀποβιβάσειεν εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν, καὶ βιασαμενου 


’ ? , 2% n 7 
τοὺς πολεμίους παρέλθοιεν, εἰ φυλάττοιεν ἐττ ταῖς Συρίαις 








14 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [Xen 


4 rd ” , ε iA Ν 3 
πύλαις, ὅπερ wWETO ποιήσειν ὁ Κῦρος τὸν ᾿Αβροκόμαν, 


¥ ‘ , 4 ‘ ᾽ a 
ἔχοντα πολυ στράτευμα. ΑΑβροκόμας δὲ ov τοῦτ᾽ ἐποίη-. 


> ᾧ ἰὼ . ¥ a ? Ὁ. = 3 
σεν, adr ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε Κῦρον ev Κιλικίᾳ ὄντα, ἀναστρέψας 
> Φ / Ν , > , » ΄ 3 ’ὔ 
ἐκ Φοινίκης παρὰ βασιλέα ἀπήλαυνεν, ἔχων, ὡς ἐλέγετο, 
, ‘ A ᾽ A 
τριάκοντα pupiudas στρατιᾶς. 6. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ 
/ . σ΄ / , ? 

Συρίας σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε εἰς Μυρίανδον, 
͵ » ra εξ Ν ’ ᾽ A a , > , 
πολιν sone ὑπὸ Φοινίκων ἐπὶ τῇ θαχάττῃ" ἐμπόριον 
δ᾽ ἦν τὸ χωρίον καὶ ὥρμουν αὐτόθι ὁλκάδες πολλαί. 
Ze ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἑπτώ" καὶ Ἐενίας ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς 
fs tems ᾿στρατηγὸς. καὶ Πασίων ὁ Μεγαρεὺς ἐμβάντες εἰς πλοῖον 
Cet. ” ? / δ on 

καὶ Ta πλείστου ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι ἀπέπλευσαν, ws μὲν τοῖς 
/ ὃ ’ὔ’ / ad ‘ ’ > 
πλείστοις ἐδόκουν, φιλοτιμηθέντες ὅτι τοὺς στρατιώτας av- 
a ‘ \ , > : rie ? , > ‘ 
τῶν τοὺς παρὰ Κλέαρχον ἀπελθόντας ws atiovtas εἰς τὴν 
c , , ‘ ? Ν / Ν A 
Ελλαδα παλιν καὶ ov πρὸς βασιλέα εἴα K ῦρος τὸν Κλέ- 
Μ ? Ν > Φ > a a ’ 
apyov ἔχειν. emer ὃ ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς, διῆλθε λόγος ὅτι διώ- 
> ‘ ΕΝ , Ν ε s Υ ‘ 
κοι αὐτοὺς Κῦρος τριήρεσι" καὶ οἱ μεν εὔχοντο ὡς δειλοὺς 
ΜΝ > A = e > yy > ] ra , 
ὄντας avtous ληφθῆναι, οἱ δ᾽ ῳὠκήειρον εἰ ἁλώσοόιντο. 
a ‘ / Ἁ ‘ 3 3 
Κῦρος δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγους εἶπεν. “Arro- 
, = , ‘ ’ a. , 
λελοίπασιν ἡμᾶς Ξενίας καὶ Πασίων. αλλ εὖ γε μεντοι 


7 ΄ Γι ae ” 2 / 3 \ of ¥ 
ἐπιστάσθωσαν OTL OUTE uTrodedpaxac tv Ὶ οἶδα γὰρ 0777) olyov- 


Υ ᾽ ἢ ¥ ‘ , Ψ ς΄ ὦ 
ται" οὔτε ἀποπεφεύγασιν" ἔχω γὰρ τριήρεις ὥστε ἑλεῖν 
Ν > / n b Ν Ν ‘ ‘ ? ΝΜ > ‘ 
TO εκείνων πλοῖον" adda pa τοὺς θεοὺς οὐκ ἔγωγε avTOUS 
’ i433. δ΄. “δῶ ὦ ε ῳ, Ὁ, 2 ‘ Δ a a 
διωξω, ovd ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς ws ἐγὼ ἕως μὲν ἂν παρῇ τις χρῶ- 
᾽ κ᾿ oe , , N \ ee 
pat, ἐπειδὰν Se ἀπιέναι βούληται, συλλαβὼν καὶ αὐτοὺς 
~ ~ ‘ Ν , > rn > 4 ’ 
κακῶς ποιῶ καὶ TA χρήματα aTOTVA®. ἀλλὰ ἰόντων, 
BY 4, d ’ > ‘ A e A A e »“" A 3 ’ 
εἰδότες OTL κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐκείνους. 
/ ΨΥ > an ‘ 4 A _ 5 | 
KQLTOL ἔχω γε AUTWY καὶ τέκνα καὶ γυναίκας εν Τράλλεσι 
’ 3 3 Fart ’ , > > > 
φρουρούμενα" αλλ οὐδὲ τούτων στερήσονται, αλλ, απο- 
, - ’ θ σ“ i ae Ἃ ᾽ a + Ae 
λήψονται τῆς πρόσθεν ἕνεκα περὶ ἐμὲ ἀρετῆς. Θ. καὶ ὁ 
‘ - [ e \@ ΜΚ Ν 
μὲν ταῦτα εἶπεν" οἱ de Ελληνες, εἰ τις καὶ “ἄθυμότερος ἦν 
᾿ . > + 4 ‘ , > ‘ Ψ ‘ 
πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, ἀκούοντες τὴν Κύρου ἀρετὴν ἥδιον καὶ 
’ ’ 
προθυμότερον συνεπορεύοντο. 











Δκαβ. 1, 1ν1 Real Object of the Expedition. 18 


Μετὰ ταῦτα Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρὸν 
σώγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Χάλον ποταμὸν, ὄντα τὸ εὖρος 
πλέθρου, πλήρη δ᾽ ἰχθύων μεγάλων καὶ πραέων, οὗς οἱ 
Σύροι θεοὺς ἐνόμιζον καὶ ἀδικεῖν οὐκ εἴων. οὐδὲ τὰς περι ons Cle 
στεράς. αἱ δὲ κῶμαι ἐν αἷς ἐσκήνουν Παρυσάτιδος ἦσαν, 
εἰς ζώνην δεδομέναι. 10. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει. σταθμοὺς 
πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Δάρδατος 
ποταμοῦ, οὗ τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου. ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ Bere -ν (6. 
συος βασίλεια τοῦ Σ υρίας ἄρξαντος, καὶ παράδεισος πώνυ ἣν 
μέγας καὶ καλὸς, ἔχων πάντα ὅσα ὧραι φύουσι. Κῦρος ὃ "᾿ 
αὐτὸν ἐξέκοψε καὶ τὰ βασίλεια κατέκαυσεν. UL. ἐντεῦθεν 
ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς Tpeis παρασιίγγας πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ 
τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν, ὄντα τὸ εὖρος τεττάρων σταδίων" 
καὶ πόλις αὐτόθι κεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων Θάψακος 
ὄνομα. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας, πέντε" καὶ ἄωρος μιν! - 
πεμψάμενος τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔλεγεν ὅτε ἡ 
ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο πρὸς βασιλέα μέγαν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα: καὶ κε- 
λεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ ἀναπείθειν 
ἕπεσθαι. 13. οἱ δὲ ποιήσαντες ἐκκλησίαν ἀπήγγελλον | 
ταῦτα" οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον τοῖς στρατηγοῖᾳῃ καὶ ι > 
ἐφασαν αὐτοὺς πάλαι ταῦτ᾽ εἰδότας KPUTTELY καὶ οὐκ ἔφα. 3 ). 
σαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις αὐτοῖς χρήμάταϊ ' διδῷ, ὥσπερ τοῖς ὁδανΣ- 
προτέροις μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσιϊ rapa τὸν πατέρα TOU Κύ- Cok. 
pou, καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐπὶ μάχην ἰόντων, ἀλλὰ καλοῦντος τοῦ 
πατρὸς ‘Kipov. 13. ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ Κύρῳ ἀπήγγελ» ἥν 
λον" ὁ δ᾽ ὑπέσχετο ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ δώσειν πέντε ἀργυρίου 
μνᾶς ἐπὴν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἥκωσι, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν ἐντελῆ 
μέχρι ἂν καταστήσῃ τοὺς ἝἜηνας εἰς ᾿Ιωνίαν πάλιν. τὸ 
μὲν δὴ πολὺ τοῦ ᾿Ελληνικοῦ. οὕτως ἐπείσθη. Μέ ἐγὼν. δὲ, 
πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι τί πρρήσουσιν οἱ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται, πότε- | 
ρον ἕψονται Κύρῳ ἢ οὗ,. συνέλεξε τὸ αὑτοῦ στράτευμα 
γωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε. 14. "Avdpes, ἐών μοι 


«ὅν. ᾿ Cot, , Saab, 


3 
at 























a 


16 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [Xen. 


r x 7 ¥ ’ ¥ ’ a ΝΥ 
πεισθῆτε, οὔτε κινδυνεύσαντες οὔτε πονήσαντες τὼν ἄλλων 
Ρ as oe ’ a ιν / re 
πλέον, προτιμήσεσθε στρατιωτῶν ὑπὸ Κύρου. τί οὖν κε- 
͵’ = nw a A “ A (74 
λεύω ποιῆσαι; νῦν δεῖται Κῦρος ἕπεσθαι τους Edd vas 
/ 4:5 9 ς A “a A Ν ? 
ἐπι βασιλέα" eyw οὖν φημι ὑμᾶς χρῆναι διαβῆναι tov Ev- 
ἤ Ν 4 aA 9 “ c ¥ ΥΩ 
φράτην ποταμὸν πριν δῆλον εἶναι 6 τι οἱ ἄλλοι Ελληνες 


» a 4 x Α 
e+. “αποκρίνουνται Κυρῳ. 1ὅ. ἣν μεν yap ψηφίσωνται ἕπε- 


ς: κε / ” 3 Υ κα , . 
σθαι, ὑμεῖς δόξετε αἴτιοι εἶναι ἄρξαντες τοῦ διαβαίνειν, Kat 
« ’ 9 cn , Ν A ‘ > 
ὡς προθυμοτάτοις οὖσιν ὑμῖν χάριν εἰσεται Κῦρος καὶ atro- 
΄ δ΄ 4 > ὦ ΝΙΝ x > 2 ᾿ς 
δώσει" ἐπίσταται δ᾽ εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος" ἢν ὃ ἀποψηφίσων- 


cm ” ‘ “ ¥ ¢ on Ν Β 
Tat οἱ ἄλλοι, ἀπιμεν μεν ἄπαντες τοὔμπαλιν, UAL δὲ ὡς 


o Wee r , / T ’ , Ν ? / 
4 © povois πειθομένοις πιστοτάτοις χρήσεται Kat εἰς φρούρια 


ΟΝ , ἃ Ψ φ A , 9 ed 
καὶ εἰς λοχαγίας. καὶ ἄλλου οὕτινος ἂν δέησθε οἶδα ὅτι ὡς 
Λ / 4 > , σι 3 
φίλου τεύξεσθε Kupov. 16. ἀκούσαντες ταῦυτα ἐπείθοντο καὶ 
, ᾿ \ ¥ 3 ͵ a ; 
διέβησαν πρὶν τοὺς ἄλλους ἀποκρίνασθαι. Κῦρος ὃ ἐπεὶ 
Υ ’ e ‘\ a “ ’ 
ἤσθετο διαβεβηκότας, ἥσθη τε και τῷ στρατεύματι πέμψας 
Γλοῦν εἶπεν. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ" ὅ 
οὖν εἶπεν, ᾿Εγὼ μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ" ὅπως 
Ν al 2% ᾽ >? Ν , A / “"» 
δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ ἐπαινέσετε ἐμοὶ μελήσει, ἢ μηκετι με Κύ- 
/ ΄ ‘ ‘ la > > ] , ’ 
ρον νομίζετε. 27. οἱ μεν δὴ στρατιῶται ἐν ελπίσε μεγά- 
¥ 7 > ᾽ a ’ \ Ἢ Ξ- 
λαις ὄντες εὔχοντο αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆσαι, Μένωνι δὲ καὶ δῶρα 


3 ’ ’ lal “ ‘ 
ἐλέγετο πέμψαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς. ταῦτα δε ποιήσας διέ- 


’ ‘ 4 Ν Ν . ? ΕΝ rd 
βαινε" συνείπετο δὲ καὶ τὸ αλλο OTPUTEVLA αὑτῳ ἅπαν. 


‘ a 7 “ Ων ᾽ ἢ." ᾽ , ᾽ , 
καὶ Τῶν διαβαινόντων TOV ποταμον οὐδεὶς εβρεχθη av@- 


- fe ‘ a 


, . a \ «ον Ν 
TEPW τῶν LATTWY UTO TOU ποταμου. 18. οἱ δὲ Θαψακηνοι 


μι “ 2 , Ir @ 1 e Ν Ν / 2 
ἔλεγον ὅτε ovTwod ‘outos ὁ ToTapos διαβατὸς γένοιτο st. 


- ΕῚ ‘ , b 4 Ἷ ἃ ’ > , ’ ‘o> 
πεΐζῃ εἰ μὴ τότε, ἀλλὰ πλοίοις, ἃ τότε ABpoKowas προΐων 
. / “ x a 7 In ἡ Ν a 4 
κατέκαυσεν, ἵνα μὴ Κῦρος διαβῃ. ἐδόκει δὴ θείον εἶναι 
4 - ς - ‘ Ν ͵ ε ’ 
καὶ σαφῶς ὑποχωρῆσαι. τὸν ποταμὸν Κύρῳ ὡς βασιλεὺ- 
> τ΄ 3 ’ Ν κι ,ὔ A 
σοντι. 19. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας σταθμους 


> / , ’ Ν ᾽ “ Ν ‘ 
evvea Tapacayyas πεντήκοντα" καὶ adixvouvtat προς Tov 
"A ’ ’ > 70. 3 e Ν Ν 
ράξην ποταμὸν. ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν κώμαις πολλαι, μεσται 
κε 


/ Ε΄... ἃ ὧδ 2 a ¥ a Κ n 4 ἢ 
σιτοῦυ Kat OLVOU. ἐνταῦθα εμειναν ἡμερᾶς τρεις καὶ ETTECL- 

, ἱὦ [ ᾶ» α΄᾽ ε Ν 
τισαντο. 1g Por, OvuuWadys οντοὺυς o hore, 


> ‘ 
ὦ ὁ et ΓΝ" : ©¢ ta Σε fcr, 
= ΓΙ 


Anas. 1, V.] The Desert of Arabia. 17 


Vv » 


a Ν κ᾿ / f ᾿ 

ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾳ EXWV, σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους πέντε Tapacay 

Ν ͵ ᾽ , ἣν - , 9 ‘ e 

yas τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε. ἐν TOUT δὲ τῷ τόπῳ ἦν μὲν ἡ 

i: 4 , ~ 

γῆ πεδίον ἅπαν ὁμαλὲς ὥσπερ θάλαττα; ἀψινθίου δὲ wr 

, K , ed > 

pes* εἰ δέ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐνῆν VANS ἢ καλάμου, aTavTAa σαν 

ἡώδη ὥ ἰρώ δένδρον δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐνῆν. 32. θηρία 
εὐώδη ὥσπερ ἀρώματα" δενὸρον ὃ οὐδὲν ἐνὴν. “- np 

e a ¥ Ν Ν ἈΝ Ν ε 

δὲ παντοῖα, πλεῖστοι ὄνοι ἄγριοι, πολλοί δὲ στρουθοι οἱ 


Ἢ \) \ 

oe wn ᾽ / » , 
Ὁ βετοῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς ᾿Αραβίας, τὸν Ἐυφράτην 
TX ς 


’ a ‘ A 
μεγάλοι" ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ ὠτίδες καὶ δορκάδες" ταῦτα δε Ta - 


θηρία οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐνίοτε ἐδίωκον. καὶ οἱ μὲν ὄνοι, ἐπεί τις 
διώκοι, προδραμόντες ἕστασαν" πολὺ γὰρ τῶν ἵππων ἐτρε- 
χον θᾶττον" καὶ πάλιν, ἐπεὶ πλήσιάζοιεν οὐ ὑπποι; ταντον 
ἐποίουν, καὶ οὐκ ἦν λαβεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαστάντες οἱ ἱππεῖς θη- 
ρῷεν διαδεχόμενοι. τὰ δὲ κρέα τῶν ἁλισκομένων ἦν παρα- 
πλήαια τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, ἁπαλώτερα δέ. 8. στρουθὸν δὲ 
οὐδεὶς ἔλαβεν" οἱ δὲ διώξαντες τῶν ἱππέων ταχὺ ἐπαύοντο" 
πολὺ γὰρ ἀπεσπᾶτο φεύγουσα, τοῖς μὲν ποσὶ δρόμῳ, ταῖς 
δὲ πτέρυξιν αἴρουσα ὥσπερ ἱστίῳ χρωμένη. τὰς δε ὠτί- 
δας ἄν τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ, ἔστι λαμβώνειν " πέτονται γὰρ 
βραχὺ ὥσπερ πέρδικες καὶ ταχὺ ἀπαγορεύουσι. ͵ τὰ δὲ 
κρέα αὐτῶν ἥδιστα ἦν. 4. πορευόμενοι δε δια ταύτης τῆν 
χώρας ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Μάσκαν ποταμὸν, τὸ εὗρος 
πλεθριαῖον. ἐνταῦθα͵ ἦν πόλις ἐρήμη. μεγάλη, ὄνομα ὃ 
αὐτῇ Κορσωτή" περιερρεῖτο δ᾽ αὕτη ὑπὸ τοῦ Μάσκα κὺ- 
κλῳ. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 
5. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρισκαίδεκα παρα- 
σάγγας ἐνενήκοντα, τὸν Εὐφρώτην ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων, 
καὶ ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ Πύλας. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς σταθμοῖς πολλὰ 
τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώλετο ὑπὸ λιμοῦ" οὐ γὰρ ἦν χόρτος οὐδὲ 
ἄλλο οὐδὲν δένδρον, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ ἦν ἅπασα ἡ χώρα" οἱ δε 
ἐνοικοῦντες ὄνους ἀλέτας παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ὀρύττοντες καὶ 


- a 9 Ν > , a > 4! 
“ποιοῦντες εἰς Βαβυλῶνα nyov καὶ επωλουμᾳ καὶ avTayopa 


δ᾽ 











--- 


Ἐπ SRT RS σ΄. ek ys 











18 Expedition 


of Cyrus the Younger. [ Xen, 


” Ψ a ‘ , e “ 
ζοντες σῖτον ἔζων. 6. τὸ Se στρατευμα O σιτος ἐἔπελίπε, 


‘ , > 9 + ne + / ᾽ A 
καὶ πρίασθαι οὐκ ἦν εἰ μὴ ev τῇ Avdia ἀγορᾷ ev τῷ Kv- 
- Ν ͵ ᾽ ’ ἃ ? 
pov βαρβαρικῷ τὴν καπίθην ἀλεύρων ἢ ἀλφίτων. τεττώρων 
ς a ͵ , 5 y 4 
ὁ δὲ σίγλος δύναται ἑπτὰ oBodouvs καὶ nutwBo- 
3 / ¢ Ν / ’ ΄ 3 
λιον ᾿Αττικούς" ἡ δὲ καπίθη δύο χοίνικας ᾿Αττικὰς ἐχώρει. 
ye A 
7. ἦν δὲ 
/ a 6 - aA / ‘ ¥ ς ’ ΕΥ 
τούτων τῶν σταθμῶν ovs πάνυ μακρους ἤλαυνεν, ὅποτε ἢ 


σίγλων. 
’ - 3 , e a / 
Kpea οὖν ἐσθίοντες οἱ στρατιῶται διεγίγνοντο. 


Ν ee ’ μ A Ν 
πρὸς ὕδωρ βούλοιτο διατελέσαι ἢ πρὸς χιλόν. \ καὶ δή ποτε 
/ Ν A 7 , 
στενοχωρίας καὶ πηλοῦ φανέντος ταῖς ἁμάξαις δυσπορεύτου, 
ἃ... Ψ ε a Ν a Ν > Ss ᾽ 
ἐπέστη ὁ Κῦρος σὺν τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρίστοις καὶ εὐδαιμο- 
, , ¥ A Ν .»" 
νεστάτοις καὶ ἔταξε Γλοῦν καὶ Πίγρητα, λαβόντας. τοῦ 
a Aa , ‘ 7 
βαρβαρικοῦ στρατοῦ, συνεκβιβάξειν τὰς ἁμάξας. 8. ἐπεὶ 
3 > ’ > a ’ a Γι > 
δ᾽ ἐδόκουν αὐτῷ σχολαίως ποιεῖν, ὥσπερ ὀργῇ ἐκέλευσε 
Ν ἈΝ ἝΝ ‘ x ’ ‘ δὺ 
tous περὶ αὑτὸν Περσας τοὺς κρατίστους ᾿συνεπισπεῦσαι 
να. ὦ ¥ “εν ὦ a 3 Δ: ὦ 
τὰς ἁμάξας. ἔνθα δὴ μέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας ἦν θεάσασθαι. 
«" ‘ ‘ a / σ΄ ¥ σ΄ 
ῥίψαντες yap τοὺς πορφυροῦς κάνδυς ὅπου ἔτυχεν ἕκαστος 
΄ Ν “ “ ‘a , ‘ 
ἑστηκῶς, ἵεντο ὥσπερ ἂν δράμοι τις περὶ νίκης καὶ para 
Ἀ - ’ »” : ’ ‘ “ 
κατα πρανοῦς γηλόφου. ἔχοντες τούτους τε TOUS πολυτελεις 
nw“ 7 ‘ Λ εἾ , Wf ‘ 4 
χιτῶνας καὶ Tas ποικίλας ἀναξυρίδας, ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ στρεπ- 
‘ Ν a , ’ bs a 
TOUS περί τοῖς τραχήλοις καὶ ψέλια περὶ ταῖς χερσίν" εὐ- 
Av δὲ ‘ ’ > ’ 3 ‘ Ν A 
us δὲ σὺν τούτοις εἰσπηδήσαντες εἰς τὸν πηλὸν θᾶττὸν ἢ 
a a ἮΝ ’ ? ’ ’ Ν 
ὥς τις ἂν weTo μετεώρους ἐξεκόμισαν τὰς ἁμάξας. Θ. τὸ 
x , = % a e , A 
δὲ σύμπαν δῆλος ἦν Κῦρος ὡς" σπεύδων πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδὸν 


a ? , “ . 3 a @ Ν 
καὶ ou διατρίβων ὅπου μὴ ἐπισιτισμοῦ EVEKA ἢ τινος ἄλλου - 


᾽ =, / % / “ Ν Ν 
ἀναγκαίου ἐκαθέζετο, νομίζων, ὅσῳ μὲν θᾶττον ελθοι, το- 
’ > / “-“ - [2 x ’ὔ 
σούτῳ απαρασκευοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχεῖσθαι, ὅσῳ δε σχολαί- 
’ / , nm 
τερον, τοσούτῳ πλέον συναγείρεσθαι βασιλεῖ στράτευμα. 
‘ ΄“ 323 Φ a ’ Ν a e 
καὶ συνιδεῖν δ᾽ “ἦν τῷ προσέχοντι τὸν νοῦν ἡ βασίλέως 
᾽ ν x ‘0 ‘ , αὐ , ? . 4 a 
apyn πληθει μὲν ywpas καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἰσχυρὰ οὖσα, τοῖς 
Ν “ἢ al taa A a ’ ‘ ᾽ 
δε μήκεσι τῶν ὁδῶν καὶ τῷ διεσπάσθαι τὰς δυνάμεις ἀσθε- 
. mW ‘ 7 ‘ Es al 
vys, εἰ τις διὰ ταχέων τὸν πόλεμον ἐποιεῖτο. 


΄ 


ποισετο σι -ΟὉἿΝ 


10. πέραν 


Quarrel of the Greek Troops. 19 
1 \\o 

δὲ τοῦ Βὐφρξνου ποταμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς ἐρήμους σταθμοὺς ἦ ἦν 
πόλις εὐδαίμων καὶ μεγάλη, ὄνομα δὲ Χαρμάνδη" ἐκ ταύ- 


ον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, σ εδίαις διαβαί- 
της οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον, τὰ ἤδεια, σχ 


AnaB. 1, ν.] 


νοντες ὧδε. 


— 


®yoptou κούφου, εἶτα συνῆγον καὶ συνέσπων, ὡς μὴ ἅπτε- 


ng = 
φθέρας" ἃς εἶχον σκεπάσματα ἐπόέμπλασαν ok. ,ϑ 


λοι. ξ ὦ. 
᾿ Rene 
Pn 


σθαι τῆς κάρφης τὸ Rap" ἐπὶ τούτων διέβαινον καὶ ἐλάμ- ΕΣ τὰ 


Saver τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, olvoy τε ἐκ τῆς βαλάνου πεποιημένον 
τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος καὶ σῖτον μελίνης" τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν ἐν 
τῇ χώρᾳ πλεῖστον. ΚΕΙ͂. ἀμφιλεξάντων δέ τε ἐνταῦθα τῶν 
τε τοῦ Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν καὶ τῶν τοῦ Κλεάρχου, ὁ 

Κλέαρχος κρίνας ἀδικεῖν τὸν τοῦ Μένωνος πληγὰς ἐνέβα- 


rev ὁ δὲ ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα ἔλεγεν" ἀκού-" 


σαντες δ᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον καὶ ὠργίζοντο ἰσχυρῶς 
τῷ Κλεάρχῳ. 33. τῇ δὲ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Κλέαρχος ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ 
τὴν διάβασιν τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ ἐκεῖ κατασκεψάμενος τὴν 
ἀγορὰν, ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν διὰ τοῦ Μένω- 
νος ἀνμενεύβοννν. σὺν ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν: Κῦρος δὲ 
οὕπω ἧκεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι προσήλαυνε᾽ τῶν δὲ Μένωνος στρα- 
Evra σχίζων bas ὡς εἶδε Κλέαρχον διελαύνοντα, 
ἵησι τῇ ἀξίνη" καὶ οὗτος μὲν αὐτοῦ ἥμαρτεν" ἄλλος be 
λέθῳ͵ ‘kal ἄλλος, εἶτα πολλοὶ, κραυγῆς γενομένης. 13. ὁ 
δὲ καταφεύγει εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, καὶ εὐθὺς παραγ- 
γέλλει εἰς τὰ ὅπλα" καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσε 
μεῖναι τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ yovara θίντας, αὐτὸς δὲ λα- 
βὼν τοὺς Θρᾷκας καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας, ot quae αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ 
στρατεύματι πλείους ἢ τετταράκοντα, τούτων δὲ οἱ πλεῖ- 
στοι Θρᾷκες, ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος, ὥστ᾽ ἐκείνους 
ἐκπεπλῆχθαι καὶ αὐτὸν Μένωνα, καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα: 
οἱ δὲ καὶ ἔντονιν sich τῷ πράγματι. ὁ δὲ 
IT pofevos, ἔ ἔτυχε yap ὄσνεμνι προσιὼν καὶ eee αὐτῷ ἕπο- 
μένη τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, εὐθὺς οὖν εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἄγων 


eh, αν, ἴ,}7}}0.5.7 


) 
i 


{ 


Mevaves 


€ AL 


ον 


ἐπ. 


ὌΝ, 











(THR Σ ἐς 


ωμςΔε 


(G4. 


20 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. ΓΧεν. 


ἔθετο τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐδεῖτο τοῦ Κλεάρχου μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. 

ὁ δ᾽ ἐχαλέπαινεν ὅ OTL αὐτοῦ ὀλίγου δεήσαντος καταλευσθῆ- 
ναι πράως λέγοι τὸ αὑτοῦ πάθος, ἐκέλευσέ τε αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ 
μέσου ἐξίστασθαι. 15. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ἐ ἐπῇει καὶ Κῦρος καὶ 
ἐπύθετο τὸ πρᾶγμα" εὐθὺς δ᾽ ἔλαβε τὰ παλτὰ εἰς τὰς 
χεῖρας καὶ σὺν τοῖς παροῦσι τῶν πιστῶν ἧκεν ἐλαύνων εἰς 


ἈΝ , ‘ ’ ’ 
TO μέσον, καὶ λέγει ταδε. 16. Κλέαρχε καὶ Πρόξενε καὶ 


οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες Βλληνες, οὐκ ἴστε ὅ τι ποιεῖτε. εἰ 
γάρ τινα ἀλλήλοις μάχην συνάψετε, νομέξετε € εν “one τῇ 
ἡμέρᾳ ἐμέ τε κατακεκόψεσθαι καὶ ὑμᾶς οὐ πολὺ ἐμοῦ ὕστε- 
pov: κακῶς γὰρ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐχόντων πάντες οὗτοι οὗς 
ὁρᾶτε βάρβαροι πολεμιώτεροι ἡμῖν ἔσονται τῶν παρὰ βασι- 
λεῖ ὄντων. ΕἼ. ἀκούσας ταῦτα ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐγένε- 
το" καὶ παυσάμενοι ἀμφότεροι κατὰ χώραν ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα. 

ΨΙ. ᾿Εντεῦθεν προϊόντων ἐφαίνετο ἴ ἰχνη ἵππων καὶ κό- 
ape eixatero δ᾽ εἶναι ὁ στίβος ὡς δισχιλίων i ἵππων. 
οὗτοι προϊόντες ἕκαον καὶ χιλὸν. καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο χρήσιμον 
-- ᾿Ορόντας δὲ Πέρσης a ἀνήρ, γένει. τε προσήκων βασιλεῖ 
καὶ τὰ πολέμια λεγόμενος ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις Περσῶν, ἐπι- 
βουλεύει Κύρῳ, καὶ πρόσθεν πολεμήσας πρύγομεν, μι δέ. 
2. οὗτος Κύρῳ εἶπεν, εἰ αὐτῷ δοίη ἱ ἱππέας χιλίους, ὅτι τοὺς 
προκατακάοντας ἱππέας ἢ κατακάνοι ἂν ἐνεδρεύσας ἢ ἢ ζῶν- 
τας πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἕλοι καὶ κωλύσειε τοῦ κάειν ἐπιόντας, 
καὶ ποιήσειεν ὥστε μήποτε δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς ἰδόντας τὸ 
Κύρου στράτευμα βασιλεῖ mayyrian, τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ axov- 
σαντι ταῦτα ἐδόκει ὠφέλιμα εἶναι, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν 
λαμβάνειν μέρος map ἑκάστου τῶν ἡγεμόνων. 8. ὁ δ᾽ 
᾿Ορόντας, νομίσας ἑτοίμους εἶναι αὑτῷ τοὺς ἱππέας, γράφει 
ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ βασιλέα ὅτι ἥξοὶ ἔχων ἱππέας ὡς ἂν 
δύνηται πλείστους" ἀλλὰ φράσαι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἱππεῦσιν 


ἐκέλευεν ὡς φίλιον αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι. ἐνῆν δὲ ἐν τῇ 


ΑΝΑΒ. 1, VI.] Trial of Orontas. 21 
ἐπιστολῇ καὶ τῆς πρόσθεν φιλίας ὑπομνήματα καὶ πίστεως. 
ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν δίδωσι πιστῷ ἀνδρὶ, ὡς ᾧετο" ὁ δὲ 
λαβὼν Κύρῳ δίδωσιν. 4. ἀναγνοὺς δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Κῦρος συλ- 
λαμβάνει ᾿Ορόνταν, καὶ συγκαλεῖ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν 
Πέρσας τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἑπτὰ, καὶ τοὺς τῶν 
ἝἙλληνων στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευεν ὁπλίτας aya εἰν; τούτους 
δὲ θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα περὶ, τὴν αὑτοῦ σκηνήν 
ἐποίησαν, ἀγαγόντες ὡς τρισχιλίους ὁπλίτας. 
apxov δὲ καὶ εἴσω παρεκάλεσε σύμβουλον, Os γε καὶ αὐτῳ᾿ 
καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκει προτιμηθῆναι μάλιστα τῶν ΛΑ η υν 
νων. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐξῆλθεν, ἐξήγγειλε τοῖς φίλοις τὴν κρίσιν 
τοῦ ‘Opovra ὡς ἐγένετο" οὐ γὰρ ἀπόρρητον ἦν. ἔφη | Se. 
Κῦρον ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγου ὧδε. - 6. Παρεκάλεςα, ὑμᾶς, ᾷν- 
δρες φίλοι; ὅπως σὺν ὑμίν βουλευόμενος, ὅ τι δίκαιόν ἐστι 
καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, τοῦτο πράξω περὶ 
᾿Ορόντου τουτουί. τοῦτον γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ 
ἔδωκεν ὑπήκοον εἶναι ἐμοί . ἐπεὶ δὲ ταχθεὶς, ὡς ἔφη αὐτὸς, 
ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ οὗτος ἐπολέμησεν ἐμοὶ ἔχων τὴν ἐν 
Σώρδοσιν ἀκρόπολιν καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν προστολεμῶν ἐποίησα 
ὥστε δόξαι τούτῳ τοῦ πρὸς ἐμὲ πολέμου παύσασθαι καὶ 
δεξιὰν ἔλαβον “δὲ ἔδωκα, ἢ. μετὰ Tears ἔφη, ὦ ᾿Ορόντα, 


ἱ δ: ταῦτα 


a 


Sa ae 


i 


5. EXE ες sim 


Ϊ 


ἔστιν ὅ τι σε ἠδίκησα; ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι οὔ. πάλιν δὲ ὁ 
ον 


Κῦρος ἠρώτα, Οὐκοῦν ὕστερον, ὡς αὐτὸς σὺ ὁμολογ 

οὐδὲν ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ a ἰδικρύμενος, | ἀποστὰς εἰς Μυσοὺς κακῶς 
ἐποίεις τὴν ἐμὴν χώραν ὃ τι ἐδύνω; ἔφη ὁ "Ὁρόντας. Ov- 
κοῦν, ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, ὁπότ᾽ αὖ ἔγνως τὴν σεαυτοῦ δύναμιν, 
ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος βωμὸν μεταμέλειν τέ σοι 
ἔφησθα καὶ πείσας ἐμὲ πιστὰ πάλιν ἔδωκάς μοι καὶ ἔλαβες 
παρ ἐμοῦ; καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὡμολόγει ὁ "Ορόντας. 5. Τί οὖν, 
ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, ἀδικηθεὶς ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ νῦν τὸ τρίτον ἐπιβουλεύων 
por φανερὸς γέγονας ; εἰπόντος δὲ τοῦ ᾿Ορόντα ὅτι οὐδὲν 





22 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [ Xen. 


\ 
- i CA 


L ’ A > ons i 
wm Coe” ἀδικηθεὶς, ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος αὐτὸν, Ομολογεῖς οὖν περὶ 


ὌΝ ῳ a 9 ‘ 2 δ, Ὁ ¥ 
ἐμὲ ἄδικος γεγενῆσθαι; “H yap ἀνάγκη, ἔφη ὁ ’Opovtas. 
» 4 Λ 5 ’ Ἢ A » > ft / 
ἐκ τούτου πάλιν ἡρωτησεν ὁ Kupos, ἔτι. οὖν͵, ἂν) γένοιο 
a + τὰ 3 = ΄ ᾽ Ny ‘ 4 Ἀ , ‘ 
τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ πολέμιος, ἐμοὶ Se φίλος καὶ πιστός ; ὁ δὲ 
Σ / Ψ 79> 3 / > a / a 
ἀπεκρίνατο OTL οὐδ εἰ γενοίμην, ὦ Κῦρε, σοί γ᾽ av ποτε 
ΕΣ , A 7 ~ 3 ΓῚ ΄κὭ" ε 
ert δόξαιμι. 9. πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος εἶπε τοῖς παροῦσιν, Ὃ 
‘ > n Χ ’ A a 
μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει" ὑμῶν δὲ 
‘ a 9 , ae , “ - 
συ πρῶτος, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀπόφηναι γνωμην ὅ τι σοι δοκεῖ. 
, + ὦ ͵ ͵΄ oi ἃ, Ν ¥ a 
Κλέαρχος δὲ εἶπε τάδε. Συμβουλεύω ἐγὼ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦ- 
» A »“Ὕ ΄ , / - 
Tov ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι ὡς τάχιστα, ὡς μηκέτι δέῃ τοῦτον 
, > Ν .s »® ς» a ‘ 7 > 
φυλάττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ σχολὴ ἢ ἡμῖν τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι 
Ν b Ν 4 τ a 
tous εθελοντας φίλους τούτους εὖ ποιεῖν. 





10. ταύτῃ δὲ . 


nas. 1, υπῇ Magnificent Promises to the Greeks. 28 
μετ 


Κύρῳ περὶ τῆς βασιλέως στρατιᾶς. Κῦρος δὲ συγκαλέσας 
τοὺς στρατηγοὺς kal λοχαγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων. ραν οἵ 
χεύετό τε πῶς ἂν τὴν μάχην ποιοῖτο καὶ αὑτὸς παρῇνει 
θαρρύνων τοιάδε. “Ἴῷ. Ὦ ἄνδρες “Ἕλληνες, ove mesa 
ἀπορῶν βαρβάρων συμμάχους ὑμᾶς ἄγω, tee eae st 
ἀμείνους καὶ κρείττους πολλῶν βαρβάρων ὑμᾶς εἶναι, δια 
τοῦτο προσέλαβον. ὅπως οὖν ἔσεσθε ἄνδρες ἄξιοι τῆς mange 
θερίας ἧς κέκτησθε καὶ ἧς ὑμᾶς eyo εὐδαιμονίζω. εὖ γὰρ 
ἴστε ὅτι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἑλοίμην ἂν avO ὧν ἔχω πάντων 
καὶ ἄλλων πολλαπλασίων. 4. ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε εἰς οἷον 
ἔρχεσθε ἀγῶνα, ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς διδάξω. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πλῆ- 
θος πολὺ, καὶ κραυγῇ πολλῇ ἐπίασιν" ἂν δὲ ταῦτα ava- 


σχησθε, τἄλλα καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαί μοι δοκῶ οἵους ἡμῖν γνώ-υ ve τ 
σεσθε τοὺς ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ὄντας ἀνθρώπους. ὑμῶν' δὲ ae se ri : Ἐν 
ὄντων καὶ εὐτόλμων γενομένων; ξγὼ ὑμῶν τὸν μὲν οἰκαδε . 

βουλόμενον ἀπιέναι τοῖς οἴκοι ζηλωτὸν ποιήσω ἀπελθεῖν, 
πολλοὺς δὲ οἶμαι ποιήσειν τὰ Tap ἐμοὶ ἑλέσθαι ἀντὶ τῶν 


ωὡ ’ » A A ΝΜ 4 ‘ aw 
Τῇ γνωμῃ ἔφη Kat τοὺς ἄλλους προσθέσθαι. μετὰ ταῦτα 
΄, ΄ Υ a , acs , » O@-Sy ae ἢ 

κελεύοντος Kupov ἐλαβον τῆς ζωνης tov Opovtav ἐπὶ "θα- 

/ “ ? , ar ie ea 3 S δὲ 
νάτῳ ἅπαντες ἀνάσταντες καὶ οἱ συγγενεῖς" εἶτα δὲ ἐξῆγον. ), 

> «A 2 , > ‘ Ἀ 4. δ... 7 ’ X 3 
αὑτὸν οἷς προσετάχθη. emer δε εἶδον αὐτὸν οἵπερ πρόσθεν κ᾿. 

’ 4 ’ 4 : / > ’ ¢ , 
προσεκύνουν, καὶ TOTE προσεκύνησαν, καίπερ εἰδότες ὅτε (ὦ a ; : ῷ , . 
an Oa 4 Ek. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν ᾽Α : πώ --- οἴκοι. ὅ. ἐνταῦθα Γαυλίτης παρὼν φυγὰς Σάμιος, πεστος 
ἔπι θάνατον ἄγοιτο. Ἀ n ταπάτου oKN- ec ictamtal P , Ψ . 

y “ δὲ Κύρῳ, εἶπε, Kai μην, ὦ Kupe, λεγουσὶ τινες ort Toda 








whe 
& 


. saroe . δ συ ’ ΄ ‘ 
: φ' Z 7 
νην εἰσηχθη του πιστοτατου τῶν Kup υ σκηπτούχων, μετα νυν νῦν διὰ τὸν νοιδύτῳ εἶναι [ τοῦ κινδύνου προσι- εν... Coty, 

[1 
of ¢ 

ἵντοςὶ ἂν δὲ εὖ γέ ΐ ) 10D. σέ φασιν" 
ὄντος) ἂν δὲ εὖ γένηται τι, ov μεμνησεᾶθαι Se ' 

“ Ν Ia? " as Υ ἂν ἄπο. 
ἔνιοι δὲ ovd εἰ μεμνῇο TE καὶ βούλοιο, δυνασθαι 


»“»"-Ἄ . Wf “- ν. 8 , ¥ , > ‘ .4 , 
ταῦτα οὔτε ζῶντα Ορονταν οὔτε τεθνηκότῳ͵ οὐδεὶς εἶδε πω- 


} A a : —< 
more οὐδὲ. ὅπως ἀπέθανεν οὐδρδ εἰδὼς ἔλεγεν" εἴκαζον δὲ 
έν. .\ ye Se S a 
“addi ἄλλως" τάφος δὲ οὐδεὶς πώποτε αὐτοῦ ἐφάνη. 


VII. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας στα- 
Ἁ - . a a 
θμους τρεῖς παρασάγγας δώδεκα. ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῷ 
Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται τῶν Ελλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων 


3. a 


δοῦναι ὅσα ὑπισχνεί. 6. ἀκούσας ταῦτα ἔλεξεν ὁ Kupos, 
‘ a 9 Κ "Hee ν e , N ‘ 
"AXN ἔστι μὲν ἡμῖν. ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡ ἀρχὴ ἢ TaTpwa πρὺς μὲν 
an ‘ ᾿ ᾿ 3 a 
μεσημβρίαν μέχρι ov διὰ καῦμα οὐ δύνανται οἰκεῖν ἄνθρω- 
ὃς δὲ a ; ὗ διὰ να" τὰ δ᾽ ἐν μέσ 
ποι, πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον μέχρι OV δια χειμῶνα" τὰ μέσῳ 





ὃ Ν , ’ a 5 , Ν Ἵ x 3 - 
EV τῷ πεδίῳ περὶ μέσας νύκτας" ἐδόκει γὰρ εἰς τὴν ἐπιοῦ- 
σ΄ “ ΄ ‘ a , , 

σαν ἕω ἥξειν βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι μαχούμενον" 
Oe δ , ‘ a a ’ ΄ “ ΄ 
και ἐκέλευε Κλεαρχον μεν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡγείσθαι, Μέ. 

. ore io a ? 4 7 8 Ν Ν ε “ 
᾿ψώνα δὲ τὸν Θετταλὸν ἰτοῦ εὐωνύμου, αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ 


τούτων πάντα σατραπεύουσιν οἱ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ φίλοι. 
7. ἣν δ᾽ ἡμεῖς νικήσωμεν; ἡμᾶς δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους φίλους 
τούτων ἐγκρατεῖς ποιῆσαι. ὥστε - — δέδοικα μη οὐκ 
ἔχω Ὁ τι δῶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν φίχων, ἂν ἢ τας ἄλλα μη 
οὐκ ἔχω ἱκανοὺς οἷς δῶ, ὑμῶν δε τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ore- 
crev GC. , 

- vue, Wag 


διέταξε. 2. μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐξέτασιν ἅμα τῇ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ 
» Ν > , 
ἥκοντες αὐτόμολοι παρα μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπήγγελλον 
ν 


. ας ἈΠ bane ee 
Utary ὁ OA ow ‘eed et 
i «=? Ν le 


ς-ς " »; 
as ws OV Tuy }: 


-- 


gf « 
᾿ 
᾿ 





24 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [Xen. Anas. 1, vit.] Apparent Retreat of the King. 25 


’ . 
davov ἑκάστῳ χρυσοῦν δώσω. 8. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες κατὰ γὰρ μέσον τὸν σταθμὸν τοῦτον τάφρος ἦν oper 

αὐτοί τε ἦσαν πολὺ προθυμότεροι Kai τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξήγ- βαθεῖα, τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργνιαὶ 

γέλλον. εἰσήεσαν δὲ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ καὶ τῶν “tpeis, 1ὅ. παρετέτατο δὲ ἡ τάφρος ἄνω eed πεδίου ἐπὶ 

ἄλλων “Ελλήνων τινὲς, ἀξιοῦντες εἰδέναι τί σφίσιν ἔσται δώδεκα παρασάγγας μέχρι τοῦ Μηδίας —— [ eva si i 
ἐὰν κρατήσωσιν. if διώρυχες, ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ ῥέουσαι " εἰσι δὲ Ter Oa 

Tapes, τὸ μὲν εὖρος πλεθριαῖαι, βαθείαι δὲ ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ at ded 

πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς σιταγωγώ" εἰσβαλλουσι δὲ εἰς τὸν Ν 

Εὐφράτην, διαλείπουσι δ᾽ ἑκάστη παρασάγγην, γέφυραι a 

ἔπεισιν. | ἦν δὲ παρὰ τὸν Εὐφρώτην πάροδος overt) i 

τοῦ ποταμοῦ Kat τῆς τάφρου ὡς εἴκοσι ποδῶν TO εὕρος " 


ee > Γ ἐ ce > : “ 4. ph 4 bbes 
16. ταύτην δὲ τὴν τάφρον βασιλεὺς Trove, μέγας ἀντι ἐρυ- ink ἢ 
y ~s 





tink oN, ¢ , 


ς δὲ ᾽ pw Ν ’ 
Ο ὃὲ εμπίμπλας ἁπάντων τὴν γνωμην 
> 4 a 
ἀπέπεμπε. 9Θ. παρεκελεύοντο δὲ αὐτῷ πάντες ὅσοιπερ 
4 Ν , ᾽ . lal 
διελέγοντο μὴ-μάχεσθαι, αλλ ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν τάττεσθαι. 
᾽ Ἁ A A é / - / a 
ο΄ ἐν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ὧδέ πως ἤρετο Tov Κῦρον. 
ἡ ¥ , τ . “να, 
συ ὦ Ove yap cot μαχεῖσθαι, ὦ Κῦρε, τὸν ἀδελφόν; Νὴ Ai’, 
Mics in ¢ wv ΄ a ” , κ᾿ , 4 - 
᾿ edn 0 Kupos, eLTrep γε Aupeov Kat Παρυσατ δῷς ἐφτή yr aes 
ee Ἐπ ἢ δὼ Ν > > ‘ “ἃ. «- , oat > 
ἐμὸς O€ ἀδελῴφος, οὐκ apayes ταῦτ ἐγὼ ληψόμαι. 10. ἐν- 


a sa Aloe. a : / b ] Ν - aes a \ 
ταῦθα δὴ ev τῇ εξοπλισίᾳ ἀριθμὸς ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν ᾿Ελλη»- 
> ‘ , Ν “ 
νων ἀσπὶς μυρία Kat τετρακοσία, πελτασταὶ δὲ δισχίλιοι 
, a \ Ν / / 
καὶ πεντακύσιοι, τῶν δὲ μετὰ Κύρου βαρβάρων δέκα μυρι- 


. ͵ ΄ μι) 
ματος, ἐπειδὴ πυνθάνεται Κῦρον προσελαύνοντα. ταὐτὴν ἡ ςς 


" 3 4 

a“ A { Ἀ a : 

δὴ τὴν πάροδον Kipos τε Kal ἡ στρατιὰ παρῆλθε καὶ eye 
΄ ν 9 a ¢ 

νοντο εἴσω τῆς τάφρου. ΕἼ. ταύτῃ μεν οὖν τῇ ἡμερᾷ οὐκ 


f 
Cot - 


‘ 


‘ 
ἐμαχέσατο βασιλεὺς. ἀλλ᾽ ὑποχωρούντων φανερὰ ἦσαν και 2\23 
ἵππων καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἴχνη πολλά. Kiss ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος 
Σιλανὸν καλέσας τὸν ᾿Αμβρακιώτην μάντιν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ 
δαρεικοὺς τρισχιλίους, ὅτι τῇ ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης ἡμερᾷ 
θυόμενος εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι βασιλεὺς οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα ἥμε- 
ρῶν, Κῦρος δ᾽ εἶπεν, Οὐκ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ ἐν TAVTALS 


Ὁ“ ᾽Ν > > 4 ς A ἕΥ 
οὐ μαχεῖται ταῖς ἡμέραις " eav ὃ ἀληθεύσῃς, ὑπισχνουμαι 


ades καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσι. 11. τῶν 
δὲ πολεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδες καὶ 
ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα διακόσια. ἄλλοι δὲ ἦσαν ἑξακισχί- 
λίοι ἱππεῖς, ὧν ᾿Αρταγέρσης ἦρχεν" οὗτοι δ᾽ αὖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ 
βασιλέως τεταγμένοι ἦσαν. 12. τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως στρατεύ- 
ἤματος ἦσαν ἄρχοντες καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνες τέτταρες, 
τριάκοντα μυριάδων ἕκαστος, ᾿Αβροκόμας, Τισσαφέρνης, Γω- 
βρύας, ᾿Αρβάκης. τούτων δὲ παρεγένοντο ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἐνενή- 
κοντα μυριάδες καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντή- 





Ν 


. 
σοι δέκα τάλαντα. τοῦτο τὸ χρυσίον τότε ἀπέδωκεν, ἐπεὶ 
παρῆλθον αἱ δέκα ἡμέραι. 19. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ τάφρῳ - 
ἐκώλυε βασιλεὺς τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, wot καὶ 
Κύρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπεγνωκέναι τοῦ μᾶἄχεσθαι" ὥστε τῇ 
ὑστεραίᾳ Κῦρος ἐπορεύετο ἠμελημένως μᾶλ μι go. τῇ δὲ 
τρίτῃ ἐπί τε τοῦ ἅρματος καθήμενος τὴν πϑρειαν ἐποιεῖτο 
καὶ ὀλίγους ἐν τάξει ἔχων πρὸ αὑτοῦ, τὸ δὲ πολυ avT@ 


κοντα" ᾿Αβροκόμας δὲ ὑστέρησε τῆς μάχης ἡμέραις πέντε, 
ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐλαύνων. 18. ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Κῦρον 
re. Cal οἱ αὐτομολήσαντες ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων παρὰ μεγάλου βασι- 
% ᾿ὕλέως πρὸ τῆς μάχης, καὶ μετὰ τὴν μάχην ot ὕστερον ἐλή- 
Ἔλεγον φθησαν τῶν πολεμίων ταὐτὰ ἤγγελλον. 14. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ 


ὔ᾽ 
. , ? ΄ Χ eee ἢ ᾿ ατιω- 
Cot. ἀνατεταραγμένον ἐπορεύετο Kal τῶν ὅπλων τοῖς στρ 


1, "ΝΗ, / 
ταις πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν ἤγετο καὶ ὑποζυγίων. \ 
VIII, Kai ἤδη τε ἦν api \aryopav πλήθουσαν Kat πλη- 
‘. ‘ ee Ὅ " ¢ ve . a ves : ia 


5 ᾽ , ‘ ῦΨ a 
Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας τρεῖς συντε- 
/ a , Ν ‘ a nw 
ταγμένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι παντὶ καὶ τῷ ᾿Ελληνικῷ καὶ TO 
o. Ν a , ae er “ 4 
βαρβαρικῷ" wero yap ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μαχεῖσθαι βασιλέα" 


sikh ν 





20 Expedition of Cyrus HE Younger. [Xen. 


ἐνθθον CoA 


σίον ἦν ὁ σταθμὸς ἔνθα ἔμελλε καταλύειν, , ἡνίκα Πατηγύας 

ἀνὴρ Πέ ἐρσης τῶν φμφὶ} Κῦρον πιστῶν πρόφαΐνεται. ἐλαύνων 

ἀνὰ κρώτος ἱδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ, καὶ εὐθὺς πᾶσιν οἷς ἐνετύγχα- 

- ἐστε (ψεν ἐβόα καὶ ‘PapBuain καὶ ἑλληνικῶς ὅτε βασιλεὺς σὺν 
Cob. στρατεύματι πολλῷ προσέρχεται ὡς εἰς “μάχην παρεσκειν 
ασμένος. 2. ἔνθα δὴ πολὺς τάραχος ἐχένφο" 4ὐτίκα γὰρ 
ἐδόκουν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ πώντες δὲ ἀτάκτοις ὀφισιν €TTLTT €= 
σεῖσθαι" 8. Κῦρός τε καταπηδήσας ὦ ὠπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος τὸν 
θώρακα ἐνέδυ καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐ ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον τὰ παλτὰ εἰς τὰς 
χεῖρας ἔλαβε, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλεν ἐξοπλέζε- 

σθαι καὶ καθίστασθαι εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τάξιν ἕκαστον. 4. ἔνθα 

δὴ σὺν πολλῃ σπουδῇ καθίσταντο, Κλέαρχος μὲν τὰ δεξιὰ 

τοῦ κέρατος ἔχων πρὸς τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ, Πρόξενος δὲ 
ἐχόμενος, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι μετὰ τοῦτον, Μένων δὲ καὶ τὸ oTpa- 
τευμα. τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας ἔσχε τοῦ “Ἑλληνικοῦ. ὅ. τοῦ δὲ 


βαρβαρικοῦ ἱ ἐππεῖς μὲν Παφλαγόνες εἰς χιλίους παρὰ Κλε. 
ἄρχον ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ καὶ τὸ “Ελληνικὸν πελταστικὸν, 
“- ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ ᾿Αριαῖός τε ὁ Κύρου ὕ ὕπαρχος καὶ τὸ ἄλλο 
βαρβαρικόν. 6. Κῦρος δε καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς τούτου ὅσον ἐξα- 


; 


δι cans KOC LOL, (ὡπλισμένοι θώραξι μὲν αὐτοὶ καὶ παραμηριδίοις καὶ 
Εν» "ἰχρώνεσι πάντες πλὴν Κύρου" Κῦρος δὲ ψιλὴν ἔχων τὴν 
af" κεφαλὴν εἰς τὴν μάχην καθίστατο 7. οἱ δ᾽ ἵπποι πάντες 
Crew n~) OL μετὰ Κύρου᾽ εἶχον καὶ “προμετωπίδια καὶ προστερνίδια . 
εἶχον δὲ καὶ μαχαίρας οἱ ἱππεῖς ᾿Ἑλληνικάς. 8. καὶ ἤδη 
wet , ἥτε ἦ ἣν μέσον ἡμέρας καὶ οὔπω καταφανεῖς 7 ἄγαν οἱ πολέμιοι" 
ἡνίκα δὲ δείλη ἐ ἐγίγνετο, ἐφάνη κονιορτὸς ὥσπερ νεφέλη 
λευκὴ, χρόνῳ δὲ συχνῷ ὕστερον ὥσπερ μελανία τις ἐν τῷ 
πεδίῳ ἐπὶ πολύ. ὅτε δὲ ἐ ἐγγύτερον ἐγίγνοντο, τάχα δὴ καὶ 
χαλκός τις ἤστραπτε καὶ αἱ λόγχαι καὶ αἱ τάξεις καταῴα: 
νεῖς ἐγίγνοντο. 9. καὶ ἦσαν ἱππεῖς μὲν λευκοθώραες ὁ ἐπὶ 


τοῦ εὐωνύμου τῶν πολεμίων" Τισσαφέρνης ἐλέγετο τούτων 





ΑΝΑΒ. 1, Vul.] The Battle. 27 


ἄρχειν" ἐχόμενοι δὲ τούτων ᾿γερροφόροι, ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὁπλῖται om: Nu ἢ 
.νΝ 
σὺν ποδήρεσι ξυλίναις ἀσπίσιν" Αἰγύπτιοι δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐλέ- 
γοντο εἶναι" ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἱππεῖς, ἄλλοι τοξόται. πάντες δ᾽ 
Ν One 4 vy’ 
οὗτοι κατὰ ἔθνη ἐ ἐν π αισιῷ emp: ἄν bgt ἕκαστον τὸ 
ἔθνος ἐπορέύετου 10. πρὸ δὲ ἀὐτῶν ἅρματα διαλείποντα 
ν Ν ’ ΄ Ψ 
συχνὸν ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων τὰ dn δρεπανηφόρα καλούμενα" εἶχον 
Ν ‘ > , > 4 Ν 
δὲ τὰ δρέπανα ἐκ τῶν ἀξόνων εἰς πλώγιον ἀποτεταμένα καὶ 
ον a ’ ’ A , ε ὃ , Ψ Ε 
ὑπο τοῖς δίφροις εἰς γῆν βλέποντα, ὡς διακόπτειν ὁτῳ εν- 
͵ ¢ a , ΓῚ ε Ἵ Ν ,ὔ - Ἔλλ , 
τυγχάνοιεν. 1 δὲ γνωμη ἣν ὡς εἰς τᾶς τάξεις τῶν 1 
νων ἐλῶντα καὶ διακόψοντα. LL. ὃ μέντοι Kupos εἶπεν ὅτε - “ο΄, 
. Ἢ ,  Φ ‘ N .- rit 
καλέσας παρεκελεύετο τοῖς Ελλησι ΤῊΝ "νύ λὰ των βαρ- κἂν 
βάρων ἀνέχεσθαι, ἐψεύσθη τοῦτο" οὐ γὰρ κραυγῇ ἀλλὰ 
ayn ὡς ἀνυστὸν καὶ ἡσυχῇ ἐν ἴσῳ καὶ i βραδέως προσεσαν. - rn 


183. καὶ ἐν τούτῳ Κῦρος Ξορελαύκων αὐτὸς σὺν Πίηγρητι 
τῷ ἑρμηνεῖ καὶ ἄλλοις τρισὶν ἢ τέτταρσι τῷ Κλεώρχῳ ἐβόα 


ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα κατὰ μέσον τὸ τῶν πολεμίων, ὅτι ἐκεῖ 
βασιλεὺς εἴη" κἂν τοῦτ᾽ ἔφη, νικῶμεν, πάνθ᾽ ἡμῖν πεποίηται. 

18. ὁρῶν δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος τὸ μέσον στῖφος καὶ ἀκούων Κύ- 

ρου ἔξω ὄντα τοῦ "Ἑλληνικοῦ. εὐωνύμου βασιλέα" τοσοῦτον 2.’ 
\yap πλήθει περιῆν βασιλεὺς ὥστε μέσον [τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἔχων nel deg 
TOU Κύρου εὐωνύμου ἔξω ἦν] ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁ Κλέαρχος οὐκ 
ἤθελεν ἀποσπάσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας, φο- 
βούμενος μὴ κυκλωθείη ἑκατέρωθεν, τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀπεκρί- 

vaTO ὅτι αὐτῷ μέλοι ὅπως καλῶς ἔχοι. 14. καὶ ἐν TOUT® thy 
τῷ καιρῷ τὸ μὲν βαρβαρικὸν στράτευμα ὁμαλῶς προΐξει, σοι 
τὸ δὲ ᾿Βλληνικὸν. ἔ ἔτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μένον συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν 

ἔτι προσιόντων. καὶ ὁ Κῦρος παρελαύνων οὐ πάνυ πρὸς 

αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι κατεθεᾶτο ἑκατέρωσε ἀποβλέπων εἴς 

τε τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς φίλους. 15. ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπὸ ‘i > 
τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ Ἐενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὑπελάσας" ὡς συναντῆς. 

σαι ἤρετο εἴ TL παραγγέλλοι" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπιστήσας εἶπε καὶ λέ. 


itl fet tora, 
Cat 


4 


Te wae ας Wiig 





5 


28 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [Χεν. 


> # aA Υ͂ Ν “ « ‘ ‘ ‘ Ν ὔ 
yew ἐκέλευσε πᾶσιν OTL καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ σφάγια 
καλά. 16. ταῦτα δὲ λέγων θορύβου ἤ i Sie διὰ τῶν τάξεων 


“ἢ ἰόντος, καὶ ἤρετο τίς ὁ θόρυβος εἴη. ὁ δὲ ᾿Κχέαρχος εἶπεν ὅτι 
᾿ς τὸ σύνθημα παρέρχεται δεύτερον ἤδη. καὶ ὃς ἐθαύμασε τίς 


παραγγέλλει καὶ ἤρετο ὅ τι εἴη τὸ σύνθημα. ὁ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο, 


ZETX XNTHP ΚΑΙ ΝΙΚΗ. 17%. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ἀκούσας 
3 Ν / / wv ‘x A » ~ 3 > “ 

Andra δέχομαί τε, ἔφη, καὶ τοῦτο ἔστω. ταῦτα δ᾽ εἰπὼν 
εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χώραν ἀπήλαυνε" καὶ οὐκέτι τρία ἢ τέτταρα 


στάδια διειχέτην τὼ φάλαγγε ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἡνίκα ἐπαιάνι- 


A 
meKe- ζόν τε οἱ “Ἕλληνες καὶ Ἐρο ἤρχοντο ἀντίοι ἱέναι τοῖς πολε- 


ντο 


ἥδε «4. pions. 18. ws δὲ πορευομένων ἐξεκύμαινέ τι τῆς φάλαγγος, 


“τὸ ἐπιλειπόμενον ἤρξατο δρόμῳ θεῖν" καὶ ἅμα ἐφθέγξαντο 


Om εις “πάντες οἷόνπερ τῷ ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἐλελέζουσι, καὶ πάντες δὲ ἔθεον. 


ΞΡ 


nrel “εἰ 


Ly - 


Ce ὁ 


[λέγουσι δέ τινες ὡς καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι “πρὸς τὰ δόρατα ἐδού- 
«ἼΤησαν, φόβον ποιοῦντες τοῖς ἵπποις. 19. πρὶν δὲ τόξευμα 


~ ἐξικνεῖσθαι, ἐκκλίνουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ φεύγουσι. καὶ 


᾽ a % Sas . Ν ’ eg ᾽ ’ Ν 
ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐδίωκον μὲν κατὰ Kpatos οἱ “Ελληνες, ἐβόων δὲ 
᾽ , ἣν “- , ᾽ Φ' 3 , “ κ ᾿ 
ἀλλήλοις μη θεῖν δρόμῳ arr ev τάξει ἕπεσθαι. 20. τὰ ὃ 
“ ἐδ ἃ ‘ ‘ + I A a ͵ ν ΟΝ x 
ἅρματα εφέροντο ta μὲν δι αὑτῶν τῶν πολεμίων, τὰ δὲ καὶ 
‘ φι ε , ἀξ... ἢ , ς on, A 
διὰ τῶν ϑρύμων κενα a ot δ᾽ επεὶ προΐδοιεν, 
~ δείσταντο" ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις καὶ κατελήφθη ὥσπερ ἐν ἵππο- 
“ὁ δρόμῳ ἐκπλαγείς". καὶ οὐδὲν μέντοι οὐδὲ τοῦτον παθεῖν 
a , > , > / 
‘eGacav, οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος δὲ τῶν “Ελλήνων ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ 
¥ %o δα Iar Ν ΨΆ" a > ’ a , 
ἔπαθεν οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοξευθῆναί τις 
3 / a 7 Ἃ “ a Ν 
ἐλέγετο. 21. Kupos δ᾽ ὁρῶν τους Ελληνας νικῶντας τὸ 
᾽ ¢ \ 4 , et ; Ν ’ 
καθ αὑτοὺς καὶ διώκοντας, ἡδόμενος καὶ πρυδοσδοψανοι 
Ν Γε πῆ ἐν" Ἂς - > > 7% 
ἤδη ws βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ τῶν — avrov, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐξήχθη διώ- 
_, ἀλλὰ συνεσπειραμένην ἔχων τὴν τῶν σὺν ἑαυτῷ ἑξα- 
κοσίων ἱππέων τάξιν ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅ τι ποιήσει βασιλεύς. 
‘ \ ¥ 7s “ ‘ ¥ - - / 
καὶ yap ἤδει αὐτὸν ὅτι μέσον ἔχοι τοῦ Περσικοῦ στρατεύ- 
Ν / ay ie a ’ ¥ / 
ματος. 22. καὶ πάντες ὃ οἱ τῶν βαρβάρων ἄρχοντες μέσον 
" , 
τ ἶν »Ἄ 


3 
. vr. ( * av τε δου rs Σ .¢ » ἡ εἱ 





AnaB. 1, VIU.] Death ὦ Cyrus. 29 


αἱ ev ἀσφα- 
ἔχοντες τὸ αὑτῶν ἡγοῦνται, νομίζοντες οὕτω καὶ ἐ i? 


3 
λεστάτῳ εἶναι, ἢν ῃ ῇ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἑκατέρωθεν, καὶ εἴ τι 


παραγγεῖλαι χρἤξοιεν,, ἡμίσει, ἂν χρόνῳ αἰσθάνεσθαι τὸ δ 
στράτευμα. 48. καὶ βασιλεὺς δὴ τότε μέσον ἔχων τῆς. 
αὑτοῦ στρατιᾶς ὅμως ἐξω ἐγένετο τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου 
κέρατος. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ ἐμάχετο ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου ‘ovde 
τοῖς αὐτοῦ τεταγμένοις ἔμπροσθεν, ἐπέκαμπτεν ὡς εἰς κύ- 
κλωσιν. 34. ἔνθα δὴ Κῦρος δείσας μη͵ ὄπισθεν γενόμενος 
κατακόψῃ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ἐλαύνει ἀντίος" Neat ἐμβαλὼν σὺν 
τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις νικᾷ τοὺς πρὸ βασιλέως τεταγμένους καὶ εἰς 
φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους; καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι λέγεται av- 
τὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χειρι ᾿Αρταγέρσην τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν. 3ὅ. ὡς 
δ᾽ ἡ τροπὴ ἐγένετο, διασπείρονται καὶ οἱ Κύρου ἑξακόσιοι εἰς 
τὸ διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, πλὴν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν κατε- 
λειῤθησαν, σχεδὸν οἱ i ὁμοτράπεζοι καλούμενοι. 46. σὺν τού- 
τοις δὲ ὧν uations βασιλέα καὶ τὸ ἀμφ᾽ ἐκεῖνον beth καὶ 
εὐθὺς οὐκ ἠνέσχετο, ἀλλ᾽ εἰπὼν Τὸν ἄνδρα ὁ ὁρῶ, ἵετο ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν 
καὶ παίει κατὰ τὸ στέρνον καὶ τιτρώσκει διὰ τοῦ θώρακος, 
ὥς byes Κτησίας ὁ tar posi) καὶ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτὸς TO τραῦμά φησι.͵ 
27. παίοντα δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀκοντέζει τις παλτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλ- 
μὸν βιαίως" καὶ ἐνταῦθα μαχόμενοι καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ Κυ- 
ρος καὶ οἱ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑκατέρου, ὁπόσοι μὲν τῶν aude 
βασιλέα ἀπέθνησκον Κτησίας λέγει" map ἐκείνῳ γὰρ ἦν" 
Κῦρος δὲ αὐτὸς τε re καὶ ὀκτὼ οἱ ἄριστοι τῶν περὶ 
αὐτὸν ἔκειντο ET αὐτῷ. ᾿᾿Αρταπάτης δ᾽ ὁ πιστότατος 
αὐτῷ τῶν σκηπτούχων leap λέγεται. ἐπειδὴ πεπτωκότα : 
εἶδε "Κῦρον, καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου περιπεσεῖν αὐτῷ. 
29. καὶ ob μὲν hows βασιλέα κελεῦσαί τινα ἐπισφάξαι av- 


τὸν Κύρῳ, οἱ δ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐπισφάξασθαι᾽ σπασάμενον τὸν 


ἀκινάκην" εἶχε γὰρ χρυσοῦν" καὶ στρεπτὸν δ᾽ ἐφόρει καὶ Oded 
ψέλια καὶ τἄλλα ὥσπερ οἱ ἄριστοι Περαία: ἐτετίμητο γὰρ ( RL Gant 7) 


Ἂ 


ὑπὸ Κύρου δι᾽ εὔνοιάν TE καὶ πιστότητα. ͵ : 


Υ̓ 


Cot - Wwraele © tm Ato = ¢ a4 





80 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [Xen. Anas.1,1x.] The Character of Cyrus. 31 
γὸ 


ΙΧ. Κῦρος μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀνὴρ ὧν Περ- σπονδὰς παθεῖν. Yo. τοιγαροῦν ἐπεὶ Τισσαφέρνει ἐπολε- 
σῶν τῶν μετὰ Κῦρον τὸν ἀρχαῖον γενομένων βασιλικώωτατός μησε, πᾶσαι αἱ πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι nae εἵλοντο ἀντὶ Τίισσα- 
τε καὶ ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος, ὦ ὡς παρὰ πάντων ὁμολογεῖται τῶν φέρνους πλὴν Μιλησίων" οὗτοι δὲ, ὅ ὅτι οὐκ ἤθελε τοὺς φεύ- "ὰ 
Κύρου δοκούντων ἐν πείρᾳ γενέσθαι. 2. πρϑτον μὲν γὰρ γοντας προέσθ gre βοῦντο see. ᾿ς τὲ ait ἔργῳ 
ἔτι παῖς ὧν, ὅτ᾽ ἐπαιδεύετο᾽ καὶ σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ σὺν 'rois | ΝΣ a ἔλεγεν ὁ ὅτι pie ¢ ἄν 14 ae 20470, ἐπεὶ ὥπάξ Eke crt 
ἄλλοις παισὶ, πάντων πάντα κράτιστος ἐνομέξετο. 3. πάν- φίλος ieee ἐγένετο, oak’ ex: fa yay ie i ok de gempro . Bote 
τες γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἀρίστων Περσῶν παῖδες ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως κάκιον πράξειαν. 1. φανέρος δ᾽ ἦν καὶ, εἰ τίς τι syle 
θύραις παιδεύονται" ἔνθα πολλὴν μὲν σωφροσύνην κατα- ἢ κακὸν ποιήσειεν αὐτὸν, νικᾶν πειρώμενος" κ καὶ εὐχὴν δέ 


μάθοι ἄν τις, αἰσχρὸν δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὔτ᾽ ἀκοῦσαι οὔτ᾽ ἰδεῖν & ἔστι. τινες͵ αὐτοῦ͵ "ἐξέφερον ὡς εὔχοιτο TOgOUTOy Χρόνον “ζῆν ἔ ἔστε 
Lg 


“ἢ Ym 


Al 


A n~i~k 
4. θεῶνται δ᾽ οἱ παῖδες καὶ τιμωμένους ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ νικῴη ΩΣ τοὺξ ev καὶ “Τοὺς κακῶς. ποιοῦντας ἀλεξόμενος. 


ἀκούουσι, καὶ ἄλλους ἀτιμαξομένους" ὥστε εὐθὺς ὦ 12. “καὶ ‘yap οὖν πλεῖστοι δὴ αὐτῷ ἑνί γε ἀνδρὶ τῶν ἐφ᾽ 
ὄντες μανθάνουσιν ἄ ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι. ὅ. ἔνθα Κῦρος | ἡμῶν ἐπεθύμησαν καὶ χρήματα καὶ πόλεις καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν 
αἰδημονέστατος μὲ μεν πρῶτον τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τοῖς σώματα προέσθαι. 18. οὐ μὲν δὴ οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἄν τις εἴποι 
τε πρεσβυτέροις καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ὑποδεεστέρων μδλλαν πεί- ὡς τοὺς κακούργους καὶ ἀδίκους εἴα eed τ' ἂν, ἀλλ φῤεις 
θεσθαι, ἔπειτα δὲ φιλιππότατος καὶ τοῖς ἵπποις ἄριστα δέστατα πάντων ἐτιμωρεῖτο. πολλάκις δ᾽ ἦν “Sev Tapa 
χρῆσθαι" ἔ ἔκρινον δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων, ras στειβομένας ὁδοὺς καὶ ποδῶν. καὶ χειρῶν καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν 
τοξικῆς τε καὶ ἀκοντίσεως, φιλομαθέστατον εἶναι καὶ μελε- στερομένους ἀνθρώπους" ὥστ᾽ ἐν τῇ Κύρου ἀρχῇ ἐγένετο 
τηρότατον. 6. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ἔπρεπε, καὶ  φιλοθηρότατος καὶ Ἕλληνι καὶ βαρβάρῳ μήδεν ἀδικοῦντι ἀδεῶς πορεύε- 
ἦν καὶ πρὸς τὰ θηρία μέντοι φιλοκινδυνότατος. καὶ ἄρκτον ota tama: τις ἤθελεν, ἔχοντι ὅ τι προγωροίη. 14. τούς ἢ 
ποτὲ ἐπιφερομένην οὐκ ἔτρεσεν, ἀλλὰ “υμάσως. κατεσπά- μέντοι ἀγαθοὺς εἰς πόλεμον ὡμολόγητο, διαφερόντως τιμᾶν. 


σθη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔπαθεν, ὧν καὶ τὰς ὠτειλὰς καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος πρὸς Πισίδας καὶ Μυ- 





εἶχε, τέλος δὲ κατέκανε" καὶ τὸν πρῶτον μέντοι βοηθήσαντα σούς" στρατευόμενος οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς ταύτας τὰς χώρας 
πολλοῖς μακοριστον ἐποίησεν. % ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεπέμφθη ὑ ὑπὸ obs ἑώρα ἐθέλοντας κιυδυνεύειν, τούτους καὶ ἄρχοντας ἐποίει 
τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης Δυδίας τε Kat Φρυγίας τῆς μεγάλης ἧς κατεστρέφετο χώρας, ὁ ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἄλλοις δώροις ἐτίμα" 
. καὶ Καππαδοκίας, στρατηγὸς δὲ καὶ πάντων ἀπεδείχθη οἷς 15. ὥστε φαίνεσθαι τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς εὐδαιμονεστάτους, 


καθήκει εἰς Καστωλοῦ πεδίον ἀθροίζεσθαι, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπέ- τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς δούλους τούτων ἀξιοῦσθαι εἶναι. Tomegour 


" 


δειξεν αὑτὸν ὅτι περὶ πλείστου ποιοῖτο, εἰ τῳ σπείσαιτο πολλή ἦν ἀφθονία αὐτῷ τῶν ἐθελόντων κινδυνεύειν, ὃ ὅπου 
καὶ εἴ τῳ συνθοῖτο καὶ εἴ τῳ ὑπόσχοιτό τι, μηδὲν ψεύδε- TLS οἴουτο Κῦρον αἰσθήσεσθαι. 16. εἴς γε μὴν δικαιοσύ- 
σθαι. 8. καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἐπίστευον μὲν αὐτῷ αἱ πόλεις ἐπι- νὴν εἴ τις αὐτῷ φανερὸς γένοιτο ἐπιδείκνυσθαι βουλόμενος, 
τρεπόμεναι, ἐπίστευον δ᾽ οἱ ἄνδρες. καὶ εἴ τις πολέμιος περὶ παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο τούτους πλουσιωτέρους ποιεῖν τῶν ἐκ 
ἐγέν:το, σπεισαμένου Κύρου ἐπίστευε μηδὲν ἂν παρὰ τὰς τοῦ ἀδίκου φιλοκερδούντων. 1. καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἄλλα τε. 








92 Expedition of Cyrus the Younger. [ Xen. soak = ve) Character of Cyrus. 33 
πολλὰ δικαίως αὐτῷ διεχειρίζετο καὶ στρατεύματι ἀληθινῷ 
oT ἐχρήσατο. καὶ γὰρ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ou ypnuatav 
povrtma~Evena open ἐκεῖνον ἔπλευσαν [ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἔγνωσαν κερδαλεώω- , 
« ced C A TEpov εἶναι Κύρῳ καλῶς πειθαρχεῖν ἢ τὸ κατὰ μῆνα κέρδος. νυ" 
feet nat ES. ἀλλὰ μὴν εἴ τίς γέ τι αὐτῷ προστάξαντι καλῶς ὑπηρ- 
a cg ty eth ELEY, οὐδενὶ πώποτε ἀχώριστον εἴασε THY προθυμίαν. "ἡ 
᾿ “τοιγαροῦν κράτιστοι δὴ ὑπηρέται παντὸς ἔργου Κύρῳ ἐλέ- 
χθησαν γενέσθαι. 19. εἰ δέ τινα ὁρῴη δεινὸν ὄντα οἰκονό- 
pov ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ κατασκευώζοντώ τε ἧς ἄρχοι χώρας 


i" Ν ‘5 a διὸ ὁ es , ? / ? ᾽ 
»ἐς καὶ προσόδους ποιοῦντα, οὐδένα av πώποτε ἀφείλετο, ἀλλ 


εν καὶ. τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι χαρίζεσθαι, tote ἔμοιγε μᾶλλον 
δοκεῖ ἀγαστὰ εἶναι. 538. Κῦρος operate Braet γάλα 
ἡμιδεεῖς πολλάκις ὁπότε πάνυ ἡδὺν λάβοι, λέγων ὅτι πέρα 
δὴ πολλοῦ χρόνου τούτου ἡδίονι OLV@ ἐπετύχοι" τοῦτον “Ὁ 
σοὶ ἔπεμψε καὶ δεῖταί σου τήμερον τοῦτον exmruely oUv olf 
μάλιστα φιλεῖς. 26. πολλάκις δὲ χῆνας ἡμιβρωτους ἔπεμπε 
καὶ ἄρτων ἡμίσεα καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐπιλέγειν κελεύων. τον 
φέροντα, Τούτοις ἥσθη Κῦρος" βούλεται οὖν ον σε rere a 
γεύσασθαι. 37. ὅπου δὲ χιλὸς σπάνιος πάνυ εἰ, ne δ᾽ ᾿ 7 i 
ἐδύνατο παρασκευάσασθαι διὰ τὰ πολλοὺς ἔχειν ὑπηρέτας xa, Coe 
καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, διαπέμπων ἐκέλευε τους φίλους bi ic A 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα ἄγουσιν ἵπποις ἐμβάλλειν τοῦτον ἰὼν 
χιλὸν, ὡς μὴ πεινῶντες τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ φίλους ΗΝ 28. εἰ 
ὰ 7, - 

δὲ δή ποτε πορεύοιτο καὶ πλείστου μέλλοιεν oper sy προσ 

καλῶν τοὺς φίλους ἐσπουδαιολογείτο, ἡ ΘΑ ΟῚ τιμᾳ. 

ὥστε ἔγωγε ἐξ ὧν ἀκούω οὐδένα κρίνω ὑπὸ πλειόνων ἫΝ" 
λῆσθαι οὔτε “Ελλήνων ours βαρβάρων. bes patie δε 
τούτου καὶ τόδε. παρὰ μὲν Κύρου δούλου wer εἰς 
ἀπῇει πρὸς βασιλέα, πλὴν ᾿Ορόντας ἐπεχείρησε - καὶ om : 
δὴ ὃν ῴετο πιστόν οἱ εἶναι ταχὺ αὖτ ὃν fupe Κύρῳ — 

ἢ ἑαυτῷ" παρὰ δὲ βασιλέως πολλοὶ πρὸς Κύρον απῆλ ον, 
ἐπειδὴ f ἰλλή eye + οὗ €vTOL οἱ 
ἐπειδὴ πολέμιοι ἀλληλοῖς EYEVOVTO, καὶ οὗτοι μέντοι | 
μάλιστα ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀγαπώμενοι, νομίζοντες παρα Κυρῳ ee 


- 
< 


- 


τ 
ται, SE COT GD ce 


—_ . 
eR ee Qe 0. 


ee ee 


am / ΄ ed ΕΝ, , > ,ὔ Ν 
ἀεὶ πλείω προσεδίδου" ὥστε καὶ ἡδέως ἐπόνουν καὶ θαρρα- 
/ ? A ἀγα. « 9 ef - ¥ 
λέως ἐκτῶντο Kat ὃ ἐπέπατο αὖ τις ἥκιστα F ὕρον ἐκρυπτεν" 
Niue ? Ν π᾿ a 7 = πὶ ᾽ / > A 
_) ov yap φθονῶν τοῖς φανερὼς πλουτοῦσιν εφαίνετο, adra 
’ A ΄σ ral > / 4 

Teipwuevos χρῆσθαι τοῖς τῶν ἀποκρυπτομένων χρήμασι. 

/ Λ ‘ “ , Ν ΝΜ / ΝΜ 
A220. φίλους γε μὴν ὁσοὺυς ποιησαίτο καὶ εὔνους γνοίη ὄντας 
- -€ ‘ : oe x > 7 / , 
καὶ ἱκανοὺς κρίνειε συνεργους εἶναι ὃ τι τυγχάνοι βουλο- 

< , ¢— e ‘ ΄ , 

μενος Kkatepyutec Pat, ὁμολογεῖται πρὸς πάντων κρώτιστος 

x / 4 ἈΝ Ν ΝΣ = φ 
δὴ γενέσθαι θεραπεύειν. 21. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὗπερ 
lee Λ Υ . e Ν ¥ Ν 
αὑτὸς ἕνεκα φίλων ᾧετο δεῖσθαι, ὡς συνεργοὺς ἔχοι, καὶ 

ΝΟ Ν ? - Ν a Λ , 3 , 
αὑτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο TUVEPYOS τοις φίλοις KPUTLOTOS εἰναι TOUTOV 
“ (a BY , ᾽ a n Ν a 
ὁτουίέκαστον αἰσθάνοιτο ἐπιθυμοῦντα. 22. δῶρα δε πλεῖ- 
x > 2 A a ᾽ ͵ Ν , A x 
στα MEV οἰμαι ELS γε WY ανὴρ ἐλάμβανε δια πολλα" ταῦτα δε 


/ ‘ Λ κ “ Ἁ 
πάντων δὴ μάλιστα τοῖς φίλοις διεδίδου, πρὸς τοὺς τρόπους 


/ A ~ , XA Ν Υ̓ iy . 
ὄντες ἀγαθοὶ ἀξιωτέρας ἂν τιμῆς τυγχάνειν ἢ Tapa βασιλεῖ. “ΡΣ 
Ν 3 a A a 
80. μέγα δὲ τεκμήριον καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ TOU βίου — 
ios 9 ? Ν N t " a 
γενόμενον ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀγαθὸς καὶ κρίνειν ὀρθῶς : v- " 
Ν ‘ ΝΥ Ν ᾽ὔ ο / 
Vato TOUS πιστοὺς και EVVOUS Και βεβαίους. 5» απ vy [ ϑ 
a e > > a 
σκοντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ πάντες οἱ παρ autov φίλοι καὶ UVTPA- ὁ ᾿ς, 
ἱπέ ͵ Γὑπὲρ Κύρου πλὴν ᾿Αριαίου" “ 
metor ὠπέθανον μαχόμενοι! ὑπερ υρου. πλῆ eo mot. Heap 
ἣν > 8 a > / “" 
οὗτος δὲ τεταγμένος ἐτύγχανεν ἐπί τῷ εὐωνυμῷ TOU pens | 
a ’ ¥” fee 
κοῦ ἄρχων" ὡς δ᾽ ἤσθετο Κῦρον πεπτωκότα, ἐφυγεν ἐχὼν / 4 


‘ , ra @ ¢ “ 
καὶ TO στρατευμα πᾶν OV NYELTO. 


δ ὮΝ - Ν Ψ ’ ς , σ“ / 
ἐκαστου σκοπῶν καὶ ὅτου μαλιστα ορῳὴ εἐκαστον δεόμενον. 


23 + Φ a / ? aT ΟἿ ] ΄ ."» 8 ? 
+ Kab OCA TW σωματι AVTOV κοσμον πέμποι TLS ἢ WS ELS 
/ roe ΄ > Ν 4 N / , 
πόλεμον ἢ WS εἰς KUAAWTTLOMOV, καὶ περί τούτων λεγεῖν 
“τὰ ΨΥ «“ Ν Ν ¢ a σι > x‘ 4 ͵ὕ 
αὐτὸν ἐφασαν ὅτι τὸ μεν ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο τού- 

“a A / ‘ ~ / ’ 

τοις πᾶσι κοσμηθῆναι, φίλους δὲ καλῶς κεκοσμημένους με- 
/ > ‘ / ‘ Ν Ν 4 , 

γίστον κόσμον avdpt νομίζοι. 24. καὶ τὸ μεν Ta μεγάλα 
A . 4 > ~ Ia’ ‘ > / 

νικᾶν Tous φίλους εὖ ποιοῦντα οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν, επειδὴ γε 
Ν La 93 ‘ ‘ a 3 / - - 4 

και δυνατώτερος ἣν" τὸ δὲ τῇ ἐπιμελείᾳ περιείναι τὼν φίλων 














“. 


c™ 





i 
i] 
i 
) 
| 
᾿ 
᾿ 
Ι 
t 
: 








Ὁ 
σνω.. Coe 


μιλεῖ. v¥ 


34 


Expedition of Cyrus the Yi ounger. [ Xen. 


> ” ‘ 4 > 
X. Ενταῦθα δὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνεται ἡ κεφαλὴ καὶ ἡ 
. - ’ Ν ‘a 3 a 
χείρ ἡ δεξιά. βασιλεὺς Se [καὶ of σὺν αὐτῷ ᾿διώκων εἰσ- 


“ys / ? ἧς , / 
ὠπέπτει εἰς TO Κύρειον στρατόπεδον" 


». 


καὶ οἱ μὲν μετὰ ᾿Αρι- 
, ners , φεύγουσι διὰ τοῦ αὑτῶν στρατο- 
πέδου εἰς τὸν σταθμὸν ἔνθεν ὥρμηντο" τέτταρες δ᾽ ἐλέγοντο 
παρασάγγαι εἶναι τῆς ὁδοῦ. Φ. βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ οἱ σὺν 
αὐτῷ τώ τε ἄλλα πολλὰ διαρπάξουσι, καὶ τὴν Φωκαΐδα τὴν 
Κύρου παλλακίδα τὴν σοφ 


3 4 ΄ 
αἰου οὐκετι ἰστανταῖι, ἀλλὰ 


‘ 4 ‘ / 
nv Kat καλὴν λεγομένην εἶναι 


ἃ 6 T , τ ξ ‘ ,. ἔς 
- Cob” λαμβάνει. 8. ἡ δὲ Μιλησία ῃ νεωτέρα! ληφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν ἢ 


ἀμφὶ βασιλέα ἐκφεύ ἡ πρὸς Tap ‘ 1 ὶ & 
ἐκφεύγει γυμνὴ πρὸς τῶν Ελληνων ot ἔτυ- 


> lal 
Ξ , ef y ἜΞΩ, C 
Xov ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις ὅπλα ἔχοντες, καὶ ἀντιταχθέντες , 


πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ὡρπαζοντων ἀπέκτειναν, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν 
/ 

ἀπέθανον" οὐ μὴν ἐφυγόν γε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτην ἔσωσαν καὶ 
ἄλλα ὁπόσα ἐντὸς αὐτῶν καὶ χρήματα καὶ ἄνθρωποι ἐγέ.- 

, ») ᾽ a 

vavre πάντα ἐὐώσαν. 4. ἐνταῦθα διέσχον ἀλλήλων βασι- 
λεὺς τε καὶ οἱ “EXXnves ὡς τριάκοντα στάδια, οἱ μὲν διώ- 
κοντες τοὺς καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς ὡς πάντας νικῶντες, 


ré e ¥ , “ > Ν > ¥ εξ Ν 
fem ἤδη πάντες νικῶντες. 5. ἐπεὶ ὃ ἤσθοντο οἱ μὲν Ελληνες 


σ ‘ Ν 
a / > “ 
ὅτι βασιλεὺς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις εἴη, 
‘ ee «ἢ , 4 
βασιλεὺς δ᾽ αὖ ἤκουσε Τισσαφέρνους ὅτι οἱ “Ελληνες νικῷεν 
? ς Ἃ δ» ἢ Ν , “ ν 
To καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς καὶ εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν οἴχονται διώκοντες, ἐν- 


~ Ν Ἁ Ν > / Ἁ A 
ταῦθα δὴ βασιλεὺς μὲν αθροίξει τε τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ συντάτ- 


(Chr. μ - 4 3 
‘teTat, ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἐβουλεύετο Πρόξενον καλέσας, πλη- 


͵ ν 9 ᾽ ͵ , , 
σιαίτατος γὰρ ἣν, εἰ πέμποιέν τινας ἢ πώντες ἴοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ 

/ > ’ ᾽ / ‘ 
στρατόπεδον ἀρήξοντες. 6, ἐν τούτῳ καὶ βασιλεὺς δῆλος 


- ἦν προσιὼν iw ὡς ἐδόκει ὅ Ἥ ὶ οἱ μὲν 
ρ παλιν ὡς ἐδόκει ὄπισθεν, καὶ οἱ μὲν Ελληνες 


MELE 


tract. . 


3 eh we 


. 
᾿ 


, 

στραφέντες παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς ταύτῃ προσιόντος καὶ δεξό- 

μενοι, ὁ ὃ 

ἔξω τοῦ εὐωνύμου κέρατος ταύτῃ καὶ arn Ἵ 2 
. τον ενωνυμου κέρατος ταύτῃ καὶ ἀπήγαγεν, ἀναλαβὼν 

Καὶ TOUS εν TH μαχῃ κατὰ τους Ἕλληνας! αὐτομολήσαντας 


: ᾿ ‘ / \ Ν x a 
Weng 5 καὶ Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ. ἢ. ὁ γὰρ Τισσαφέρ- 


ΤΡ οι 


Tt, 


r 
τι 


Ces 


> , 
οἱ δ᾽ ἁρπάζοντες | : 


] ‘ / ἈΝ ᾽ Ἀ - om 
εἰ βασιλεὺς ταύτῃ μὲν οὐκ ἦγεν, ἣ δὲ παρῆλθεν “ἢ 


ΨΥ 


(ε 


ιν 


Lid 


x 


anas.1,x.] Second Attack of the Greeks. 35 


> i, 4. A 
ὄδῳ οὐκ ἔφυγεν, ἀλλὰ διηλασε Tapa 
͵ , ’ ΝΥ 
πελταστάς" διελαύνων δε 

Ν ’ 5 ed Mv a 
KATEKAVE [LEV οὐδένα. διαστάντες ὃ οἱ Ελληνες ἔπαιον Kat 


᾿ἘἘπισθένης δὲ ᾿Αμφιπολίτης ἦρχε 
5. ὁ δ᾽ 


> “ , 
yns ἐν TH πρώτῃ συν 
Ν Ν Ν Ω͂ 
τὸν ποταμὸν κατὰ τοὺς Ελληνας 


καὶ ἠκόντιζον αὐτούς" ' 
τῶν πελταστῶν καὶ ἐλέγετο φρόνιμος γενέσθαι. oo 8 
οὖν Τισσαφέρνης ὡς μεῖον ἔχων ἀπηλλάγη, τϑλεν pat OUK 
€ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀφικόμενος το τῶν Ἐλχ- 


,ὔ 7 
ἀναστρέφει, εἰς ὃ : ᾿ 
σ -“ Ν , ἢ 
καὶ ὁμοῦ-δη παλιν συν- 


λήνων ἐκεῖ συντυγχάνει βασιλει, : bn πάλαι 
ταξάμενοι) ἐπορεύοντο. 9. ἔπει δ. ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων κέρας, ἔδεισαν οἱ ᾿ ἔλληνες μη Tpooayouer 
περιπτύξαντες ἀμφοτέρωθεν αὑτους κατα- 
ὑτοῖς ἀναπτύσσειν τὸ κέρας καὶ ποιή- 


@ «at Se : 
10. ἐν @ Ce ταῦτα εβου- 


a 4 ͵ἅ ", 

πρὸς TO κέρας και 
Ν 3 / 

κόψειαν" Kal ἐδόκει a 

i. / 
σασθαι ὄπισθεν Tov ποταμον. "δά, eee 
Ν Ν / 

λεύοντο, καὶ δὴ βασιλεὺς παραμειψάμενος εἰς TO αὐτὸ σχημᾶ 

‘ f cd Ν a 2 

κατέστησεν ἀντίαν THY purayye ὥσπερ TO πρῶτον μαχου- 

‘ ᾿ / 3 
ὡς δὲ εἶδον οἱ EdAnves eyyus τε ὄντας Kab 
/ > “ λν 

αὖθις παιανίσαντες EWNETAV πολὺ ETL προ- 

e ? =F , ? δέ 

11. οἱ δ᾽ αὖ βαρβαροι οὐκ εδε- 

σὺν 
γον" οἱ 5 εἐπε- 


μενος συνῇει. 
παρατεταγμένους, 
θυμότερον ἢ τὸ πρόσθεν. : 

An’ ἐκ πλείονος ἢ τὸ πρόσθεν Epev 
χοντο, ἃ «ὧν εὐ : 
δίωκον μέχρι κώμης τινός" 12. ἐνταῦθα ἣν ἐὐτῆσον οἱ 
Ἕλληνες" ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς κώμης γήλοφος ἦν, ep οὗ ἀνεστρώ- 
φησαν οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μεν φατε, τῶν δὲ incl 
ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη, ὥστε τὸ ποιούμενον μη γιγνώσκειν. 
καὶ τὸ βασίλειον σημεῖον ὁρᾶν ἔφασαν ἀετὸν τινα χρυσοῦν 
ὕλου͵ ἀνατεταμένον. 18. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τ 
ταῦθ᾽ ἐχώρουν οἱ ἽΒλληνες, λείπουσι δὴ καὶ τὸν λόφον οἱ 
ἱππεῖς" οὐ μὴν ἔτι ἀθρόοι ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοι nate? epaouve 
δ᾽ ὁ λόφος τῶν ἑππέων" τέλος δὲ καὶ πάντες ἀαπεχωρησᾶν. 


? / δὺς By Ν ἤ > > 

14. ὁ οὖν Κλέαρχος οὐκ ἀνεβίβαζεν ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, αλλ, 
“ / Ἂ, 

jm αὐτὸν στήσας τὸ στρατευμα πέμπει Λύκιον τὸν Συρα- 


U ‘\ “ Ν 
κόσιον καὶ ἄλλον ἐπὶ Tov λοφον καὶ κελεύει κατιδοντας τὰ 


> ἢ, ͵ aS es 
ἐπὶ πελτὴ ἐπὶ 

















| 
| 


36 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 


ς ‘ ΩΝ ͵’ ,’ὔ > > ἴω Ν φ ᾿ 
ὕπερ του λόφου Ti ἐστιν απαγγείλαι. 45. καὶ ὁ Λύκιος 
ΝΜ, 4 ν Jar > , “ , aly 7 
ἤλασε τε και ἰδὼν ἀπαγγελλει ὁτε φεύγουσιν ava κρατος. 
Ν ) ὦ a ΕῚ \ of In Z > aA 
σχεδὸν δ᾽ ὅτε ταῦτα ἦν Kai ἥλιος eSvero. 16. ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ 
») ed Ν / Ν 7 ? / 
eoTnoav οἱ ἔλληνες καὶ θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἀνεπαύοντο. καὶ 
“ x > , o > a A , a3 
ἅμα μεν ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ Κῦρος φαίνοιτο οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος 
> 9 b - 5. Ν > ‘ ¥ Ψ ἃς , 
aT αὑτοῦ ovoeis παρείη" ov yap ἤδεσαν αὐτὸν τεθνηκότα. 
> . ἐμ ’ Υ a 
arr εἰκαζον ἢ διώκοντα οίχεσθαι ἢ καταληψοόμενον τι προ- 
, \ > \ > 4 > a 
ἐληλακεναι" ΕἾ. καὶ αὐτοὶ εβουλεύοντο εἰ αὐτοῦ μείναντες 
κ , ᾽ A ¥ a ey > 4 δ , 
Ta oKxevopopa ἐνταῦθα ἄγοιντο ἢ ἀπίοιεν emt TO στρατο- 
» ? - ᾽ ’ “3 ᾽ Ν 
πέδον. εδοξεν αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἀμφὶ δορ- 
Ν 4 ‘ A e ’ὔ A 
WHOTOV ἔπι τὰς σκηνᾶς. 1S. ταύτης μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦτο 
a 4, “2 , ‘ A Υ. 
TO τέλος ἔγενετου καταλαμβώνουσι δὲ τῶν τε ἄλλων χρη- 
, A n / Ν ¥ / ὰ 
μάτων τὰ πλείστα διηρπασμένα καὶ εἴ τι σιτίον ἢ ποτὸν 
> \ be δ᾽, 2 Ν ᾽ ; Ἀ ¥ Aa 
ἥν, καὶ Tas ἁμάξας, μεστὰς ἀλεύρων καὶ οἰνουρ ἃς παρε- 
’ a 7 Μ \ . , , 
oxevacato Kupos iva, εἴ ποτε σφοδρὰ τὸ στρωτευμα λαβὸοι 
» / a ὦ Φ ? 2 / 
ἐνδεια, διαδοίη τοῖς Ἐλλησιν" ἦσαν δ᾽ αὗται TET paxootas 
ΓΝ “νι wit. 4 Ν ’ ’ e ‘ a ’ 
ὡς ἐλέγοντο ἅμαξαι" καὶ ταύτας τότε οἱ σὺν βασιλεῖ dinp- 
v4 ” > e A a @ 
Tacav. 89. wote ἄδειπνοι ἦσαν οἱ πλείστοι τῶν Εἰλλη- 
Φ ‘ Ν > , \ ‘ Ν A 
νων" ἤσαν de Kai avaptoTol* πρὶν yap δὴ καταλῦσα: τὸ 
, Ν v ‘ 3 ’ ’ Ν 3 
στρατευμα προς ἄριστον βασιλευς ἐφανη. ταύτην μὲν οὖν 
x , oe , 
τὴν νύκτα οὕτω διεγένοντο. 





BOOK SECOND. 


, ΝΜ 9 4 , , Ἣν» ᾿ Ψ - 
I. [ Ὥς μὲν οὖν ἠθροίσθη Κυρῳ to ᾿Ελληνικὸν ὅτε ἐπὶ 
ν ‘ > a , ? , .o¢ ᾽ oe 
peek ayy FOV αδελῴον ᾿Αρταξέρξην ἐστρατεύετο, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ ἀνόδῳ 
, ae - 7 ae \ ἢ a ᾽ , 
(fur ἐπραχθὴ καὶ ws ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο καὶ ὡς Κῦρος ετελεύτησε 
se . . \ e oe, Ν / ? / ed > , 
Revoche Καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ TO στρατόπεδον ἐλθόντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐκοιμή- 
77 ‘ , “A ‘ a A a 
θησαν οἰόμενοι τὰ πάντα νικῶν καὶ Κῦρον ζῆν, ἐν τῷ ἔμ- 


προσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 2. ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθόντες 


Oy, , Cer ; 


%®. 


ae ᾿ fe 
- eee 
Anas. 2,1.] Proposal to make Arineus King. 37 
» ya ‘ ; : 
οἱ, στρατηγοὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι Κῦρος οὔτε ἄλλον πέμποι “4 
= 4 . *, »ν ον Υ 

μανοῦντα ὅ τὶ χρὴ ποιεῖν οὔτε αὐτὸς φαίνοιτο. εδοξεν οὖν 
Ν ’ ee 
αὐτοῖς συσκευασαμένοις ἃ εἶχον καὶ" ἐξοπλισαμεένοις προῦ Γ΄" 
τ πιῇ , , Υ ‘ ὧν 
έναι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν ἕως Κύρῳ συμμΐἴξειαν. 8. ἤδη δὲ ev ἀξ 


ἤν. 
te EO ne 3 ἐξ. gs foe! 
ὁρμῇ ὄντων ἅμα ἡλίῳ «νίσχοντι ἦλθε Προκλῆς ὁ Τευθρα τ 


ry 
_ovs Chr) 
Cet. 


vias ἄρχων, γεγονὼς ἀπὸ Δαμαράτου τοῦ Λάκωνος, καὶ" 
Γλοῦς ὁ Ταμῶ. οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος μεν pecans 
᾿Αριαῖος Se πεφευγὼς ἐν Ψ σταθμῷ εἴη μετὰ —- ener 
βαρβάρων ὅθεν τῇ προτεραίᾳ ΝΟΣ mele eyes He Tav- ae 
την μὲν τὴν ἡμέραν περιμεί"ειεν ἂν ἀντονς, εἰ a ΘΝ A 
ἥκειν, TH δὲ ἄλλῃ ἀπιέναι φαίη “πὶ Ἰωνίας, ouneey ἦλθε. Wg (ἢ 
4. ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Ελληνες fre 
Κλέαρχος δὲ τάδε εἶπεν, 


π ὁ «μῆς ὦ 
aun C 
few. ) 


΄' ᾿ 
“ 
« 


πυνθανόμενοι βαρέως ἔφερον. ᾿ : , 
"AAN where μὲν Κῦρος ζῆν" ἐπεὶ δὲ τετελεύτηκεν, ἀταγ: : Ἢ 
γέλλετε ᾿Αριαΐῳ ὅτε ἡμεῖς νικῶμέν τε βασιλεα καὶ ὡς on 
οὐδεὶς ETL ἡμῖν μάχεται, καὶ εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα 
ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα. ἐπαγγελλόμεθα δὲ ᾿Αριπίῳ, εὰν ἐνθαδε 
ἔλθῃ. εἰς τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασίλειον καθιεῖν αὐτόν. τῶν γὰρ 
μώχῃ νικώντων καὶ τὸ ἄρχειν ἐστί. ᾿ 5. ee εὐπτῶν wit 
στέλλει TOUS ἀγγέλους καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς Χειρία oppor TOV Aa- 
κωνα καὶ Μένωνα tov Θετταλόν" καὶ yap avros Mevow 
ἐβούλετο" ἦν yap φίλος καὶ ξένος ᾿Αριαίου. Θ. - βὰν 
τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ἐπορί- 





ῴχοντο, Κλέαρχος δὲ περιέμενε. . : ν 
ζετο σῖτον ὅπως ἐδύνατο ἐκ τῶν ὑποζυγίων κόπτοντες τοῦς 
βοῦς καὶ ὄνους" ξύλοις δ᾽ ἐχρῶντο μικρὸν προϊόντες ἀπὸ 
τῆς φάλαγγος οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο were conyers — 
οὖσιν, ous ἠνάγκαζον ob “Ἕλληνες exhale τοὺς aia 
λοῦντας παρὰ βασιλέως, καὶ τοῖς γέρροις καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι 
ταῖς ξυλίναις ταῖς Αἰγυπτίαις" πολλαὶ δε καὶ wanna καὶ 
ἅμαξαι ἦσαν φέρεσθαι ἔρημοι" οἷς πᾶσι PNK ΚΑΘᾺ 
ἕψοντες ἤσθιον ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν. Ἶ. καὶ ἤδη TE ἦν περι 





Anas. 2,1.] Surrender of the Greeks demanded. 39 


38 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 
παραδόντες ὦ δ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα καὶ τῶν σωμάτων στερηθῆναι. μὴ 
οὖν οἴου τὰ μόνα ἀγαθὰ ἡμῖν ὄντα ὑμῖν παραδώσειν, ἀλλὰ 
σὺν τούτοις καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἀγαθῶν μαχούμεθα. 


€ ταῦτα ὁ ΐ Ξγέ ὲ εἶπεν, ᾿Αλλὰ, ¢ 
13. ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Φαλινος scien και ‘ i te 


“ 


πλήθουσαν ἀγορὰν καὶ ἔρχονται παρὰ βασιλέως καὶ Τισ- 
σαφέρνους κήρυκες οἱ μεν ἄλλοι βάρβαροι, nv δ᾽ αὐτῶν 
Φαλίνος εἷς “Ἕλλην, ὃς ἐτύγχανε παρὰ Τισσαφέρνει ἃ ὧν καὶ 
ἐντίμως ἔχων" καὶ γὰρ προσεποιεῖτο ἐπιστήμων εἶναι τῶν 


ἀμφὶ τάξεις τε καὶ , ὁπλομαχίαν. 5. οὗτοι δὲ προσελθόντες 














καὶ καλέσαντες τοὺς τῶν “Ελλήνων a ἄρχονται λέγουσιν ὅ οτι 
βασιλεὺς κελεύει τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, ἐ ἐπεὶ νικῶν τυγχάνει καὶ 
Κῦρον ἀπέκτονε, παραδόντας τὰ ὅπλα ἰόντας ἐπὶ τὰς βασι- 
λέως θύρας εὑρίσκεσθαι ἄ av τι δύνωνται ἀγαθόν. 9. ταῦτα 
μὲν εἶπον οἱ βασιλέως κήρυκες" οἱ δὲ" Ἕλληνες βαρέως μὲν 
ἤκουσαν, ὅμως δὲ Κλέαρχος τοσοῦτον εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐ τῶν νι- 
κώντων εἴη τὰ ὅπλα wapadibovas- ἀλλ᾽, ἔφη, ὑ ὑμεῖς μὲν, ὦ 

ἄνδρες στρατηγοί, τούτοις ἀποκρίνασθε ὃ ὅ Tt κάλλιστόν τε 
καὶ ἄριστον ἔχετε: ἐγὼ δὲ αὐτίκα ἥξω. ἐκάλεσε γάρ τίς 
αὐτὸν τῶν ὑπηρετῶν, ὅπως ἴδοι τά ἃ ἱερὰ ἐξηρημένα " ἔτυχε 
γὰρ θυόμενος. 10. ἔνθα δὴ ἀπεκρίνατο Κλεώνωρ μὲν ὁ 
᾿Αρκὰς πρεσβύτατος ὧν ὅτι πρόσθεν ἃ ἂν ἀποθώνοιεν ἢ τὰ 
ὅπλα παραδοῖεν" Πρόξενος δὲ ὁ Θηβαῖος. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγὼ, ἔφη, 
ὦ Φαλῖνε, θαυμάζω πότερα ὡς κρατῶν βασιλεὺς αἰτεῖ τὰ 
ὅπλα ἢ ὡς διὰ φιλίαν δῶρα. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὡς κρατῶν, τί δεῖ 
αὐτὸν αἰτεῖν καὶ οὐ λαβεῖν ἐλθόντα; εἰ δὲ πείσας βούλεται 
λαβεῖν, λεγέτω τί ἔσται τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἐὰν αὐτῷ ταῦτα 
χαρίσωνται. 11. πρὸς ταῦτα Φαλῖνος εἶπε, Βασιλεὺς νικᾶν 
ἡγεῖται, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτονε. τίς γὰρ αὐτῷ ἔστιν ὅστις 
77s ἀρχῆς ἀντιποιεῖται ; νομέξει δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἑαυτοῦ εἶναι, 
ἔχων ἐν μέσῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ καὶ ποταμῶν ἐντὸς ἀδιαβώ. 
των καὶ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς δυνάμενος a ἀγαγεῖν ὅσον 
οὐδ᾽ εἰ παρέχοι ὑμῖν δύναισθε ἂν ἀποκτεῖναι. 12. μετὰ 
τοῦτον Θεόπομπος ᾿Αθηναῖος εἶπεν, ἾὮὯ Φαλῖνε, νῦν, ὡς σὺ 
ὁρᾷς, ἡμῖν οὐδὲν ἔστιν ἀγαθὸν ἄλλο εἰ μὴ ὅπλα καὶ ἀρετή. 


ὅπλα μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες οἰόμεθα ἂν καὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ χρῆσθαι, 


εἰς οὐκ ἀχάριστα" κίε. SB 
φιλοσόφῳ μὲν ἔοικας, ὦ νεανίσκε, καὶ rey ς x ip 


ἴσθι μέντοι ἀνόητος ὧν, εἰ οἴει τὴν ὑμετέραν ak περι- 
γενέσθαι ἃ ἂν τῆς βασιλέως δυνάμεως. 14. ἄλλους δέ τινας 
ἔφασαν λέγειν ὑπομαλακιζομένους ὡς καὶ Κύρῳ πιστοὶ 
ἐγένοντο καὶ βασιλεῖ ἂν πολλοῦ ἄξιοι γένοιντο, εἰ βούλοιτο 
φίλος γενέσθαι" καὶ εἴτε ἄλλο τι θέλοι eee εἴτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ 

Αἴγυπτον στρατεύειν, συγκαταστρέψαιντ' ἂν αὐτῷ. 15. ἐν 
τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ἧκε, καὶ ἐρώτησιν εἰ ἤδη ἀποκεκριμᾶνοι 
εἶεν. Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν, Οὗτοι per, ὧ Κλέαρχε, 
ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει" σὺ δ᾽ ἡμῖν εἰπὲ τί λέγεις. 16. ὁ δ᾽ 

εἶπεν, ᾿Εγώ σε. ὦ Φαλίνε, ἄσμενον mpi οἶμαι δὲ καὶ οἱ 
ἄλλοι πάντες" σύ τε γὰρ “Ἕλλην εἶ καὶ ἡμεῖς τοσοῦτοι 
ὄντες ὅσους σὺ ὁρᾷς" ἐν τοιούτοις δὲ 6 arte πράγμασι ps 
βουλευόμεθι σοι τί χρὴ ποιεῖν περὶ ὧν λέγεις. : 17. συ οὖν 
πρὸς θεῶν συμβουλευσον ἡμῖν ὅ᾽ τί σοι δοκεῖ καλλιστον καὶ 
ἄριστον εἶναι, καὶ ὅ σοι τιμὴν οἴσει εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον 
λεγόμενον, ὅτι Φαλῖνος ποτε πεμφθεὶς παρὰ βασιλέως κε- 
λεύσων 'ἱ τοὺς᾽ “Ἕλληνας τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῦναι συμβουλευο- 
μένοις συνεβούλευσεν αὐτοῖς τάδε. οἶσθα δὲ ὅτι ἀνάγκη 
λέγεσθαι ἐν τῇ Ἕλλαδι ἃ ἂν συμβουλεύσῃς. 18. ὁ δε 
Κλέαρχος ταῦτα ὑπήγετο βουλόμενος καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν παρὰ 
βασιλέως πρεσβεύοντα da iaoag 6H μὴ παραδοῦναι τὰ 
ὅπλα, ὅπως εὐέλπιδες μᾶλλον εἶεν οἱ “Ελληνες. Parivos 
δὲ ὑποστρέψας παρὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, 19. Evo, εἰ 
μὲν τῶν μυρίων ἐλπίδων pia τις ὑμῖν ἐστι σωθῆναι πολε- 
μοῦντας βασιλεῖ, συμβουλεύω μὴ παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα" εἰ 
δέ τοι μηδεμία σωτηρίας ἐστὶν ἐλπὶς ἄκοντος βασιλέως, 


ἘΎΣΝ 


+e 


PEGs) 


—* 
πᾶς 


Se TR Pe 





40 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 


συμβουλεύω σῴώξεσθαι ὑμῖν & Ἵ 3 
al Ye : ae orn δυνατόν. ' 30. Κλεαρχος δὲ 
τμερδλρρην » AdAa ταῦτα μὲν δὴ σὺ λέγεις" Tap 
ἡμῶν ε ἀπάγγελλε τάδε, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἰόμεθα, εἰ μὲν δέοι βα- 
τ a we πλείονος ἂν ἄξιοι εἷναι φίλοι ἔχοντες τὰ 
ὅπλα ἢ παραδόντες ἄλλῳ, εἰ δὲ δέοι πολεμεῖν, ἄμεινον ἂν 
πολεμεῖν ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα ἢ ἄλλῳ παραδόντες. 21. ὁ δὲ 
5 a . ν᾿ Ε 
Padivos chre, Lavra μεν δὴ ἀπαγγελοῦμεν" ἀλλὰ καὶ τάδε 
en rigs ἐκέλευσε βασιλεὺς ὅτι μένουσι μὲν αὐτοῦ σπον- 
δαὶ onan, προϊοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἀπιοῦσι πόλεμος. εἴπατε οὖν 
καὶ περὶ τούτου πότερα μενεῖτε καὶ σπονδαί εἰσιν ὃ ἃ 
πολέμου ὄντος παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀπαγγελῶ snap 
. ) ὄντι “παγγελῶ. 22. Κλέαργος δ᾽ 
ἔλεξεν, Απάγγελλε τοίνυν καὶ περὶ τού ‘rt wad 4 
fe mst , pt τούτου OTL καὶ ἡμῖν 
ταῦτὰ δοκεῖ ἅπερ και βασιλεῖ. Τί οὖν ταῦτά ἐστιν. ἔφη ὁ 
᾿ ᾽ 
Φαλίνος. ἀπεκρίνατο Κλέαρχος͵ Ἢν μὲν μένωμεν, σπονδαὶ 
ἀπιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. 48. ὁ δὲ πάχιν ἠρώτ' 3 
σε, Σπονδὰς ἢ πόλεμον ἀπαγγελῶ; Κλέαρχος δὲ πρῶ 
“ὅλων. ἀπεκρίνατο, Σπονδαὶ μὲν μένουσιν, ἀπιοῦσι δὲ } 
προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. 0 τι δὲ ποιήσοι οὐ διεσήμηνε : 
» ‘ Ν ; 
ry It. meters μὲν δὴ wyeTo καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. οἱ δὲ παρὰ 
Apracou =e Προκλῆς καὶ Χειρίσοφος" Μένων δὲ αὐτοῦ 
ashes Αριαίῳ" οὗτοι δὲ ἔλεγον ὅτι πολλοὺς gat 
Apiatos εἶναι Πέρσας ἑαυτοῦ βελτίους, ods οὐκ ἂν ἀνασ H 
ones ae βασιλεύοντος arr εἰ βούλεσθε ΩΣ, 
ἥμειν ἤδη κελεύει τὴν νυκτός. εἰ δὲ μὴ, αὐτὸς πρῷ docdonk 
φησίν. μὴ ὁ δὲ Ἀλέαρχος εἶπεν, ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν" 
“αν μὲν ἥκωμεν, ὥσπερ λέγετε" εἰ δὲ μὴ, πράττετε ὁποῖον 
ἂν τι υμῖν ssc μάλιστα συμφέρειν. 6 τι δὲ ποιήσοι 
— τούτοις εἶπε. 8. μετὰ ταῦτα ἤδη ἡλίου δύνοντος συγ- 
aires TOUS στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἔλεξε τοιάδε. ᾿Εμοὶ 
ὦ ἄνδρες, θυομένῳ ἰέναι ἐπὶ βασιλέα οὐκ ἐγίγνετο Ta Le i. 
καὶ εἰκότως ἄρα οὐκ ἐγίγνετο" ὡς γὰρ ἀγὼ νῦ Ἔρχου 
cas eteoTas ὅρα, ove eyiy ὡς γὰρ ey@ νῦν πυνθάνομαι, 
εν μέσῳ ἡμὼν καὶ βασιλέως ὁ Τίγρης ποταμός ἐστι ναυσί. 


Anas. 2, π.] The Greeks join Ariaeus. 4] 


/ ¥ / A a 
mopos, ὃν οὐκ ἂν δυναίμεθα ἄνευ πλοίων διαβηναι" πλοία 


. rn > ¥ ? Ν Ν ? a ‘ @/ ᾿ 
δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἔχομεν. Ov μεν δὴ αὐτοῦ γε μένειν οἷον TE 


Ν ¥ 7 Ν Ν \ , 
ra yap ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ εστιν εχειν" tevat de Tapa τους Κυ- 


/ , Ν oe ν κ᾿ . 9 4 δ ὃ > > 
ρου φίλους Tavu καλὰ ἡμῖν τὰ lepa ἣν. 4. woe οὖν χρη 
» 3 , a «dd ν 9 \ Ν ,ὔ 
ποιεῖν" ὠπιόντας δεύπνειν ὁ τι τις EXEL* ἐπειδὰν δε σημηνῃ 
fal / e 3 ’ / θ > δὰ δὲ “ 
τῷ κέρατι WS ἀναπαύεσθαι, συσκευάζεσθε" emevoay ὃὲ TO 
<P > / tls | καὶ , “ὺς δὲ a , 
δεύτερον, ἀνατίθεσθε ἐπι τὰ ὑποζύγια" ἐπὶ δε τῷ τρίτῳ 
a , Ν fn ¢ / ν a a 
ἕπεσθε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, τὰ μεν ὑποζύγια ἔχοντες προς τοῦ 
= " ᾿ς ἡ a ᾽ ͵ ς 
ποταμοῦ, τὰ δὲ ὅπλα ἔξω. 5. ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρᾶ- 
Ν > fs Ν 2 / cd i) Ν 
τηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀπῆλθον καὶ ἐποίουν οὕτω. Kab τὸ 
Ν 3 / > ¢ , > | Ν 
λοιπὸν ὁ μὲν ἦρχεν, ot δὲ ἐπείθοντο, οὐχ ἐλομενοι, αλλα 
ἃ / , Poi. ΓῚ “ἦν Υ̓́ ea ¥ 
ὁρῶντες OTL μόνος εφρόνει ola δεῖ τὸν ἄρχοντα, οἱ ὃ ἄλλοι 
¥ 9 ? Ν ‘ -οΟ᾿ ie NET le 5. Ὁ , 
ἄπειροι ἦσαν. 6. ἀριθμὸς δὲ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἣν ἦλθον εξ Ede- 
a 3 / / a ’ Ν -“ ἐν». , 
σου τῆς Iwvias μέχρι τῆς μαχῆς σταθμοὶ τρεῖς καὶ ενενὴν» 
, / Ν ’ ’ 
κοντα, παρασώγγαι πεντε καὶ τριάκοντα καὶ πεντακόσιοι, 
΄ ¢ / \ / 2 Ν 
στάδιοι πεντήκοντα καὶ ἐξακισχίλιοι. καὶ μυρίοι" απὸ δὲ 
ΓῚ ’ > ͵ 9 , r ’ ς , 
τῆς μάχης ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ELS Βαβυλῶνα σταδιοι εξηκοντα 
‘ / > a 3 ‘ ‘ ᾽ , M , 
καὶ τριακοσιοι. ἢ. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπεὶ σκότος eyeveto ὲιλτοκυ- 
Ν ε - ¥ , ¢ , \ ψι Ὁ . Σ 
Ons μὲν ὁ Θρᾷξ ἔχων τοὺς τε ππεᾶς TOUS μεθ εαυτου εἰς 
Ν na a a ε ’ ? 
TETTAPUKOVTA καὶ τῶν πεζῶν Θρᾳκῶν ὡς τριακοσίους NUTO- 
, Ν / > / Ν tad ¥ « “~ 
μολησε προς βασίλεα. 8. ἔλεαρχος δὲ τοὺς ἀλλοῖς ἡγεῖτο 
\ Ν ’ ¢ » τ 3 a ? 
κατὰ τὰ παρηγγέλμενα, οὐ δ᾽ εἵποντο" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς 
Ν a Ν 6 a Ν Ν > , 
Tov πρῶτον σταθμὸν mapa Ἀριαῖον Kau τὴν ἐκείνου στραᾶ- 
‘ > 2S , / Ἡἢ, ͵ , ii ae 
Tiav ads μεσας vuKTas* καὶ εν τάξει θεμενοι Ta οπλα 
a e Ν Ν Ν δε" ὦ , \ 
συνῆλθον οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ oXayo. τῶν Ελληνων παρὰ 
3 a os “ / ὡς er8 ~ ‘ 
Ἀριαῖον" καὶ ὥμοσαν ot te Ελληνες καὶ ὁ Αριαίος Kat 
a ‘ ᾽ fal € ’ , , > 4 / 
τῶν συν αὐτῷ OL KPATLOTOL μῆτε προδωσειν αλληλους συμ- 
/ ¥ ς Ν ’ ὅδε ὦ , 
μαχοί τε ἔσεσθαι" οἱ δὲ βαρβαροι προσωμοσᾶν Kat ἡγῆσε- 
Io / a > # / a 
σθαι ἀδόλως. 9. ταῦτα δ᾽ ὥμοσαν, σφάξαντες Tavpov καὶ 
/ Ν , Ν Ν ? ? , ς a 
λύκον καὶ καπρον καὶ KpLOV εἰς ἀσπίδα, οἱ μὲν ᾿Ελληνες 
, , ¢ , , AEG HR. ‘ 
βάπτοντες μῶν οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι hoy. — €7TEL δὲ Ὁ 
e e 
πιστὰ ἐγένετο, εἶπεν ὁ Κλεαρχος, Aye δη, ὦ Aptase, ἐπεί- 








42 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen, 


μή ἡ ὁ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν στόλος ἐστὶ καὶ ἡμῖν, εἰπὲ τίνα γνώμην 


ἔχεις περὶ τῆς πορείας, πότερον ἄπιμεν ἥνπερ ἤλθομεν ἢ ” 
ἄλλην τινὰ ἐννενοηκέναι δοκεῖς ὁδὸν κρείττω. 11. ὁ δ᾽ εἷ- 


πεν, Ἣν μὲν ἤλθομεν ἀπιόντες παντελῶς ἂν ὑπὸ λιμοῦ 


ἀπολοίμεθα" ὑπάρχει γὰρ νῦν ἡμῖν οὐδὲν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. 


: : 
ἑπτακαίδεκα γὰρ σταϑμῶν τῶν ἐγγυτάτω οὐδὲ bigs ἰόντες 


ἐκ τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν εἴ εἰχομεν λαμβάνειν" ἔνθα δ᾽ εἴ τι ἦν, ἡμεῖς 


δια 
πορευόμενοι κατεδαπανήσαμεν. νῦν δ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν πορεύ- 


εσθαι μακροτέραν μὲν, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων οὐκ ἀπορήσομεν. 
12. πορευτέον, δ᾽ ἡμῖν τοὺς πρώτους σταθμοὺς ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα 
μακροτάτους, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστον ἀποσπασθῶμεν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ 
στρατεύματος" ἢν γὰρ ἅπαξ δύο ἢ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἀπό- 
σχομεν, οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται βασιλεὺς ἡ ἡμᾶς καταλαβεῖν. ὀλίγῳ 
μὲν γὰρ στρατεύματι οὐ τολμήσει ἐφέπεσθαι " πολὺν δ᾽ ἔ ἔχων 
στόλον οὐ δυνήσεται ταχέως πορεύεσθαι" ἴ Laws δὲ καὶ τῶν 
ἐπιτηδείων σπανιεῖ. ταύτην, ἔφη, τὴν γνώμην ἔχω ἔγωγε. 
18. Ἦν δὲ αὕτη ἡ στρατηγία οὐδὲν ἄλλο δυναμένη ἢ ἢ 
ἀποδρᾶναι ἢ ” ἀποφυγεῖν" ἡ δὲ τύχη ἐστρατήγησε κάλλιον, 
ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, emopevovro ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν 
ἥλιον. λογεξομενοι ἥξειν ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι εἰς κώμας τῆς 
Βαβυλωνίας χώρας * καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ eyet σθησαν. 
14. ἔτι δὲ ἀμφὶ δείλην ἐδοξαν πολεμίους ὁρᾶν ἱππέας" καὶ 
τῶν τε Ελλήνων ob μὴ ἔτυχον ἐν ταῖς τάξεσιν ὄντες εἰς τὰς 
τάξεις ἔθεον, καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος, é ἐτύγχανε γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἁμάξης πορευό- 
μένος διότι ἐ ἐτέτρωτο, “ἀνάβοι ἐθωρακίξετο καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. 
15. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ὡπλίζοντο ἧκον λέγοντες οἱ προπεμφθέντες 
σκοποὶ ὅτι οὐχ ἱππεῖς εἰσιν ἀλλ᾽ ὑποζύγια νέμοιτο. καὶ 
εὐθὺς ἔ νοσαν πάντες ὅτι ἐγγύς που ἐστρατοπεδεύετο Petes 
= as yap Kat καπνὸς ἐφαίνετο ἐν κώμαις οὐ πρόσω. 
6. Κλέαρχος δὲ ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους οὐκ ἦγεν" ἤδει 
γὰρ καὶ ἀπειρηκότας τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ ἀσίτους ὄντας" 


ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ ἦν' οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἀπέκλινε, φυλαττόμενος 


ANAB. 2, III.] Alarm of the King. 43 


μὴ δοκοίη φεύγειν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐθύωρον a ἄγων ἅμα τῷ ἡλίῳ δυο- 
μένῳ εἰς τὰς ἐγγυτάτω κώμας τοὺς πρώτους ἔχων κατεσκή- 
νωσεν, ἐξ ὧν διήρπαστο ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ στρατεύματος 
καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν ξύλα. 17. οἱ μὲν οὖν πρῶτοι 
ὅμως τρόπῳ τινὶ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο, οἱ δὲ ὕστεροι σκοταῖοι 
προσιόντες ὡς ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστοι ηὐλέζοντο, καὶ κραυγὴν 
πολλὴν ἐποίουν καλοῦντες ἀχλήλους, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς πολε- 
μίους ἀκούειν" ὥστε οἱ μὲν ἐγγύτατα τῶν πολεμίων καὶ 
ἔφυγον ἐκ τῶν σκηνωμάτων. 5. δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο τῇ ὕστε- 
ραίᾳ ἐγένετο" οὔτε γὰρ ὑποζύγιον ἔτ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐφάνη οὔτε 
στρατόπεδον οὔτε καπνὸς οὐδαμοῦ πλησίον. ἐξεπλάγη δὲ, 
ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ βασιλεὺς τῇ ἐφόδῳ τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἐδή- 
λωσε δὲ τοῦτο οἷς τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἔπραττε. 19. προϊούσης 
μέντοι τῆς νυκτὸς ταύτης καὶ τοῖς “Ἕλλησι φόβος ἐμπίπτει, 
καὶ θόρυβος καὶ δοῦπος ἦν οἷον εἰκὸς φόβου ἐμπεσόντος yly- 
νεσθαι. 20. Κλέαρχος δὲ Τολμίδην ᾿Ηλεῖον, ὃν ἐτύγχανεν 
ἔχων map ἑαυτῷ κήρυκα ἄριστον τῶν τότε, τοῦτον ἀνειπεῖν 
ἐκέλευσε σιγὴν κατακηρύξαντα ὁ ὅτι προαγορεύουσιν οἱ ἄρχον- 
τες, ὃς ἂν τὸν ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον εἰς τὰ ὅπλα μηνύσῃ, ὅτι λήψε- 
ται μισθὸν τάλαντον ἀργυρίου. Qi. ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐκηρύχθη, 
ἐγνωσαν οἱ ant parses ὅτι κενὸς ὃ φόβος εἴη καὶ οἱ ἄρχον- 
τες σῶοι. ἅμα δὲ ὄρθρῳ παρήγγειλεν ὁ Κλέδρχον εἰς τάξιν 
τὰ ὅπλα τίθεσθαι τοὺς “Ἕλληνας ἧπερ εἶχον ὅτε ἦν a μάχη. 
ΠΙ. Ὃ δὲ δὴ ἔγραψα ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη τῇ ἐφόδῳ, 
τῷδε δῆλον ἦν. τῇ μὲν γὰρ πρόσθεν ἡμέρᾳ πέμπων τὰ 
ὅπλα παραδιδόναι ἐκέλευε, τότε δὲ ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνάτέλλοντι 
κήρυκας ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν. 2. οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἦλθον πρὺς 
τοὺς προφύλακας, ἐζήτουν τοὺς ἄρχοντας. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπήγ- 
yinnee οἱ προφύλακες, Κλέαρχος τυχὼν τότε τὰς τάξεις 
ἐπισκοπῶν εἶπε τοῖς προφύλαξι, κελεύειν τοὺς κήρυκας περι- 
μένειν ἄχρι ἂν σχολάσῃ. 8. ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέστησε τὸ στρά. 
τευμα ὥστε καλῶς ἔχειν ὁρᾶσθαι πάντῃ φάλαγγα πυκνὴν, 





44 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xxn. 


A x >7 ͵ A 9 > Λ ‘ 3 , 
τῶν δὲ αὐπλων μηδένα Katadhavy εἶναι, ἐκάλεσε τοὺς αγγέ- 
Ν noe = ’ ? / 4 Ν 
λους, καὶ αὑτὸς τε προῆλθε τοὺς τε εὐοπλοτάτους ἔχων καὶ 
> / a ς a rf \ a ¥ 
εὐειδεστάτους τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν καὶ τος ἄλλοις στρα- 
- ΝΙΝ . ae oe Ν na 9 , 
τηγοις TavTa εφρασεν. Α. επεὶ δὲ ἦν πρὸς τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, 
> , ; / e 7 ¥ e/ - τ 
avnpwra tt βούλοιντο. οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον ὅτι περὶ σπονδῶν ἥκοιεν 
a “ ε > ὦ ‘ \ / al 
ἄνδρες οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται Ta TE mapa βασιλέως τοῖς 
ι ᾽ a“ Ν Ν \ n ς , “- 
ἔλλησιν ἀπαγγεῖλαι καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν Βλλήνων βασιλεῖ. 
5 ε δὲ ? / "A / / ad 
.0 O€ ἀπεκρίνατο, ATrayyEeXAETE τοίνυν αὐτῷ OTL μάχης 
δι a Υ 4 ee In? ε 
δεῖ πρῶτον" ἄριστον yap οὐκ ἐστιν οὐδ᾽ ὁ τολμήσων περὶ 
A / a ed ‘ / » "Ὁ 
σπονδῶν λέγειν τοῖς ᾿ Ελλησι μὴ πορίσας ἀρίστον. 6. ταῦ- 
> , εν ? , . @ / @ \ 
τα ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἀγγέλοι ἀπήλαυνον, καὶ ἧκον ταχὺ" @ καὶ 
7 > qa > , Ν 9 A mM” ΤῸΝ , 
δῆλον ἦν ὅτι eyyuvs που βασιλεὺς ἦν ἢ ἄλλος τις @ επετε- 
a / Ν ΝΥ > AN a ,ὔ 
TAKTO ταυτα πράττειν" ἔλεγον δὲ ὁτι εἰκότα δοκοῖεν λέγειν 
fa \o¢ ξ , ΕἾ \ 3 ‘ os 
βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἥκοιεν ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες Ol aUTOUS, ἐαν σπον- 
Ν ΄ ¥ 4 σ΄. aS , € ‘ 
dat γένωνται, ἄξουσιν ἔνθεν ἕξουσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Ὑ. ὁ δὲ 
’ > > al tal > / / . A Ν > a 
ἦρωτα εἰ αὑτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι σπένδοιτο ἰοῦσι καὶ ἀπιοῦσιν, 
ΕἾ Ν a Ν / σὰν α “ 
ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔσοιντο σπονδαὶ οἱ de, Απασιν, ἐφασαν, 
, XK a A . £2 A ? \ 
μέχρι av βασιλεῖ ta tap ὑμῶν διαγγελθῇ. 85. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
a 3 / > sau Ἢ e / > 4 
TaUTa εἶπον, μεταστησάμενος auTOUS ὁ Καὶ λέαρχος εβουλεύ- 
% Ia? Ν Ν Ν a \ ye 
ετο" Kal ἐδόκει ταχὺ τὰς σπονδὰς ποιεῖσθαι καὶ καθ᾽ ἡσυ- 
’ ᾽ lal > Ν “ΜΒ Ν a ξ ’ ’ 
χίαν ελθεῖν τε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ λαβεῖν. 9. ὁ δέ Κλέ- 
3 “ \ b a > / , 
apxos εἶπε, Aoxer μὲν κἀμοὶ ταῦτα" ov μέντοι ταχύ γε 
᾽ ἢ ‘ / ἃ. “τὰ ? , ¢ ¥ 
aTayyerXw, adrAa διατρίψω ἐστ ἂν οκνησῶωσιν οἱ ἀγγέλοι 
‘ > ’ e A A ἈΝ , / , 
μὴ ἀποδοξῃ ἡμῖν tas σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι" οἶμαί γε μὲν- 
y” ‘ A 7 , , Ν ἮΝ , 
ToL, Eby, καί τοις NMETEPOLS στρατιωταῖς τὸν avtov φοβον 
, 2 Ν Χ In ἡ Ν 3 > , “ 
παρέσεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει καιρὸς εἶναι, ἀπήγγελλεν ὅτε 
΄ 4 7A ξ a > ἢ ‘ ? , 
σπένδοιτο, καὶ εὐθὺς ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευε πρὸς τἀπιτήδεια. 
Ν e Ν e A ’ , 3 4 ἈΝ Ν 
10. Kat οἱ μὲν ἡγοῦντο, K λεαρχος MEVTOL ἐπορεύετο τας μεν 
Ν , ν ον / ¥ ? / κ᾿ 
σπονδὰς ποιησόμενος, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ἔχων ἐν τάξει, καὶ 
2% > ’ Ν > 4 , A > 
αὐτὸς ὠπισθοφυλάκει. καὶ ἐνετύγχανον τάφροις καὶ av- 
a [τὰ , ε Ν 4 ͵ ” 
λῶσιν ὕδατος πλήρεσιν ws μὴ δύνασθαι διαβαίνειν ἄνευ γε- 
~ > > ἃ ᾽ ta / > 3 
@up@v* arr ἐποιοῦντο ἐκ τῶν φοινίκων ol ἦσαν ἐκπεπτω- 


ANAB. 2, III. | Truce with the King. 45 


κότες, TOUS δὲ καὶ ἐξέκοπτον. 11. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἦν Κλέαρχον 
καταμαθεῖν ὡς ἐπεστάτει, ἐν μὲν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ τὸ δόρυ 
ἔχων, ἐν δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ βακτηρίαν" καὶ εἴ τις αὐτῷ δοκοίη τῶν 
πρὺς τοῦτο τεταγμένων Braxevew, ἐκλεγόμενος TOV ἐπιτή- 
δειον ὄπαισεν ἄν, καὶ ἅμα αὐτὸς porcine εἰς TOV 
πηλὺν ἐμβαίνων'" ὥστε πᾶσιν αἰσχύνην εἶναι μὴ οὐ συσπου- 
δάζειν. 12. καὶ ἐτάχθησαν μὲν πρὸς αὐτοῦ οἱ τριάκοντα 
ἔτη γεγονότες " ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ Κλέαρχον ἑώρων σπουδάζοντα, 
προσελάμβανον καὶ οἵ πρεσβύτεροι. 18. πολὺ δὲ ΩΝ 
ὁ Κλέαρχος ἔσπευδεν, ὑποπτεύων μὴ ἀεὶ οὕτω πλήρεις εἶναι 
τὰς τάφρους ὕδατος" οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὥρα οἵα τὸ πεδίον ἄρδειν" 
ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἤδη πολλὰ προφαίνοιτο τοῖς Ἕλλησι δεινὰ εἰς τὴν 
πορείαν, τούτου ἕνεκα βασιλέα ὑπώπτευεν ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον τὸ 
ὕδωρ ἀφεικέναι. 14. πορευόμενοι δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς κώμας 
ὅθεν ἀπέδειξαν ot ἥγμθνα λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ἐνῆν 
δὲ σῖτος πολὺς καὶ οἶνος φοινίκων καὶ ὄξος ἑψητὸν ἀπὸ τῶν 
αὐτῶν. 1ὅ. αὐταὶ δὲ αἱ βάλανοι τῶν φοινίκων οἵας μὲν ἐν 
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἔ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τοῖς οἰκέταις ἀπέκειντο, αἱ δὲ τοῖς 
δεσπόταις ἀποκείμεναι ἦσαν ἀπόλεκτοι, θαυμάσιαι τοῦ κάλ- 
λους καὶ μεγέθους, ἡ δὲ ὄψις ἠλέκτρου οὐδὲν διέφερε. τὰς 
δέ τινας ξηραίνοντες τραγήματα ἀπετίθεσαν. καὶ ἦν καὶ 
παρὰ πότον ἡδὺ μὲν, κεφαλαλγὲς δέ. 16. ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὸν 
ἐγκέφαλον τοῦ φοίνικος πρῶτον ἔφαγον οἵ στρατιῶται, καὶ 
οἱ πολλοὶ ἐθαύμασαν τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν ἰδιότητα τῆς ἡδονῆς. 
ἦν δὲ σφόδρα καὶ τοῦτο κεφαλαλγές. ὁ δὲ φοῖνιξ ὅθεν 
org ὁ ἐγκέφαλος ὅλος αὐαίνετο. [ ᾿ 
᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" καὶ παρὰ μεγάλου 
βου τὲς» ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης καὶ ὁ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς 
ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἄλλοι Πέρσαι Τρεῖς" δοῦλοι δὲ πολλοὶ εἵποντο. 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ τῶν Ελλήνων — ἔλεγε 
πρῶτος Τισσαφέρνης δι᾽ ἑρμηνέως τοιάδε. - ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ 
ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, γείτων οἰκῶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι, καὶ ἐπεὶ ὑμᾶς 


=f το 
) 


Se ae Bie 


awe ν. ane Roe 


oe ἥω 


ἘΠ, 

f 

Ἧ . 
a 
Ἷ 


-- Seth ae aa Pek tae 


tie α σ 


ee ein 


TPs See: 
Sieve: 


on es 








46 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen. 


3 > ‘ ee, , Pd ? , 
εἶδον εἰς πολλὰ καμήχανα πεπτωκότας, εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην 
4 ͵ Ν , > / a 3 \ 
εἰ πὼς δυναίμην παρὰ βασιλέως αἰτήσασθαι δοῦναι ἐμοὶ 
> σι ea ᾽ ‘ - , 3 ‘ a ? ? 
ἀποσῶσαι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Eddada. οἶμαι yap ἂν οὐκ ἀχα- 
7 ΕΝ ” Ν "eer ¥ Ν A , ε 
ρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε πρὸς ὑμῶν οὔτε πρὸς τῆς πάσης ᾿Ελ- 
͵ ΕΝ A ‘ > 4 , , > a“ 
λάδος. 19. ταῦτα de yvous nrovynv βασιλέα, λέγων αὑτῷ 
σ΄ ὃ / ¥ fe “ 3 a Ko / ? 
OTL δικαίως ἂν μοι χαρίζοιτο, ὅτι αὑτῷ Κῦρον τε ἐπιστρα- 
, "- Ν ‘ , ¥ Γ A > / 
τεύοντα πρῶτος ἤγγεῖλα καὶ βοήθειαν ἔχων ἅμα TH ἀγγελίᾳ 
᾽ ,ὕ Ν , a Ν ‘ ἡ , 
ἀφικόμην, καὶ μόνος τῶν κατὰ τοὺς “EdAnvas τεταγμένων 
ἂμ ? Ν , ‘ et a? nae 
οὐκ epuyov, ἀλλα διήλασα καὶ συνέμῤῥξα βασιλεῖ ἐν τῷ ὑμε- 
, J ΠῚ Ν γ4. "ἡ π᾿ ἣ τ ὁ 
τέρῳ στρατοπέδῳ, ἔνθα βασιλεὺς ἀφίκετο, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέ. 
Ἅ. s ‘\ 7 , > ΄ ‘ al 
κτεινε, καὶ τους συν Κύρῳ BapBupous ediwka σὺν τοῖσδε 
΄ ΓΟ - > > A ef > rf > , 
τοις παροῦσι VUY MET ἐμοῦ, οἵπερ αὑτῷ εἰσι πιστότατοι. 
Ν ἈΝ ‘ 4 ς / ’ ’ ) 4 
20. καὶ περὶ μεν τουτων ὑπέσχετο μοι βουλεύσεσθαι" ερε- 
’ ς “ , τα 3 ’ , ἉΨ >? 4 
σθαι δὲ με ὑμᾶς ἐκέλευσεν ἐλθόντα τίνος ἕνεκεν εστρατευ- 
2 9 a. 2 Ν , ¢ «a / ? / 
gate ἐπ᾿ αὑτον. Kat συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν μετρίως ἀποκρίνα- 
“ 2 , o 22 ΄ ? Ν δ» 
σθαι, ἵνα μοι εὐπρακτότερον ἢ ἐάν τι δύνωμαι ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν 
3 > A ’ x A / 
map αὑτοῦ διαπράξασθαι. 24. πρὸς ταῦτα μεταστάντες 
«ὦ, > 4 Ν > / ’ 3 
οἱ Exdnves εβουλεύοντο" καὶ ἀπεκρίναντο, Κλέαρχος ὃ 
” ε - ¥ , : . ΄ 
ἐλεγεν" Ἡμεῖς οὔτε συνήλθομεν ὡς βασιλεῖ πολεμήσοντες 
Ψ» 2 ’ > 4 , ᾽ ‘ \ ’ 
οὔτ ἐπορευόμεθα eri βασιλέα, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς προφασεις 
a ad ¢ Ν ‘ > 3 “ ¢ «a ? 
Κῦρος ἐΐὕρισκεν, ws καὶ ov εὖ οἶσθα, iva ὑμᾶς τε aTrapa- 
΄ ὕὔ a δ 2 ͵ 5 , + ‘ , 
σκεύους λάβοι καὶ ημας ἐνθάδε avayayot. 22. eet μέντοι 
ΝΜ | oe ς - » ἊΝ > ΄ Ν \ ‘ 
ἤδη αὑτὸν ἑωρῶμεν ev δεινῷ ὄντα, ἡσχύνθημεν Kai θεοὺς Kai 
> , ~ > a ’ ’ ’ 
ἀνθρωπους προδοῦναι αὐτὸν, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ παρε- 


οἐ χοντες ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εὖ ποιεῖν. 38. ἐπεὶ δὲ Κῦρος τέθνη- 


a - ? 4 A > - ¥>*y Ψ 
κεν, οὔτε βασιλεῖ ἀντιποιούμεθα τῆς ἀρχῆς οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν ὅτου 
Ψ / » A bs ’ , a a 
ἕνεκα βουλοίμεθ᾽ ἂν τὴν βασιλέως χώραν KAKWS ποιεῖν, 

ἥν, νὰ Β a a a) , >a ” 
οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι ἂν ἐθέλοιμεν, πορευοίμεθα δ᾽ ἂν οἱ- 

Ν ¢ π᾿ . / > - ’ ’ 
Kade, εἰ τις ἡμᾶς μὴ λυποίη" ἀδικοῦντα μέντοι πειρασόμεθα 

\ - - > ΄ ᾽Ν ’ δ oa ‘ 3 A 
συν Tos θεοῖς αμύνασθαι" ἐὰν μέντοι τις ἡμᾶς καὶ εὖ ποιῶν 
« / ‘ ΄ Ν 4 > e ’ > 
ὑπάρχῃ. Kat τούτου εἰς γε δύναμιν οὐχ ἡττησόμεθα εὖ ποι- 

a e ἢ “ 9 a ae Ne , 
euvtes. 24. ὁ μεν οὕτως εἶπεν" ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης 


ANAB. 2, Iv.] Conclusion of a Treaty. 47 


a a ἌΝ ee Λ - 

ἔφη, Ταῦτα ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ βασιλεῖ καὶ ὑμῖν πάλιν τὰ 
γ Δ »"».ὼΐ ε Ν , 

map ἐκείνου" μέχρι δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἥκω at σπονδαὶ μενόντων" 


ἀγορὰν δὲ ἡμεῖς παρέξομεν. 25. καὶ εἰς μὲν τὴν ὑστεραίαν 
οὐχ ἧκεν" ὥσθ᾽ οἱ Έλληνες ἐφρόντιζον" τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἥκων 
ἔλεγεν ὅτε διαπεπραγμένος ἥκοι παρὰ βασιλέως δοθῆναι 
αὐτῷ σῴζειν τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, καίπερ πάνυ πολλῶν ἀἄντι- 


λεγόντων ὡς οὐκ ἄξιον εἴη βασιλεῖ ἀφεῖναι τοὺς ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν 
" , \ 4 . τ oe. νὰ etn 
στρατευσαμένους. 26. τέλος δε εἶπε, Καὶ viv ἔξεστιν vps» 
πιστὰ λαβεῖν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἦ μὴν φιλίαν παρέξειν ὑμῖν τὴν 
χώραν καὶ ἀδόλως ἀπάξειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα ἀγορὰν παρέ- 
χοντας" ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν μὴ ἢ πρίασθαι, λαμβάνειν ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῆς 
χώρας ἐάσομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 27. ὑμᾶς δ᾽ αὖ ἡμῖν δεήσει 
ὀμόσαι 7 μὴν πορεύσεσθαι ὡς διὰ φιλίας ἀσινῶς σῖτα καὶ 
ποτὰ λαμβάνοντας ὁπόταν μὴ ἀγορὰν παρέχωμεν" ἢν δὲ Ta 
ρέχωμεν ἀγορὰν, ὠνουμένους ἕξειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 28. ταῦτα 
ἔδοξε, καὶ ὥμοσαν καὶ δεξιὰς ἔδοσαν Τισσαφέρνης καὶ ὁ τῆς 
βασιλέως γυναικὸς ἀδελφὸς τοῖς τῶν Ελλήνων στρατηγοῖς καὶ 
λοχαγοῖς καὶ ἔλαβον παρὰ τῶν Ελλήνων. 29. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα 
Τισσαφέρνης εἶπε, Νῦν μὲν δὴ ἄπειμι ὡς βασιλέα" ἐπειδὰν 
δὲ διαπράξωμαι ἃ δέομαι, ἥξω συσκευασάμενος ὡς ἀπάξων 
ς- ὁ ὦ ἡ ὰ , ho Mee, πως. ee an? , 
ὑμᾶς εἰς την Ελλαδα καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπίων ἐπὶ THY ἐμαυτοῦ αρχῆν. 
IV. Μετὰ ταῦτα περιέμενον Τισσαφέρνην οἵ τε Ελλη- 
ves καὶ ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων ἐστρατοπεδευμένοι ἡμέρας 
πλείους ἢ εἴκοσιν. ἐν δὲ ταύταις ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς ᾿Αριαῖον 
καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀναγκαῖοι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς σὺν ἐκεί- 
νῷ Περσῶν τινες, παρεθάρρυνόν τε καὶ δεξιὰς ἐνίοις παρὰ 
βασιλέως ἔφερον μὴ μνησικακήσειν βασιλέα αὐτοῖς τῆς σὺν 
Κύρῳ ἐπιστρατείας μηδὲ ἄλλου μηδενὸς τῶν παροιχομένων. 
2. τούτων δὲ γιγνομένων ἔνδηλοι ἦσαν οἱ περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἧτ- 
τον προσέχοντες τοῖς ᾿ Ελλησι τὸν νοῦν" ὥστε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο 
τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς τῶν ᾿ΕἙλλήνων οὐκ ἤρεσκον, ἀλλὰ προσι- 
όντες τῷ Κλεώρχῳ ἔλεγον καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατηγοῖς, ἃ. Τί 





48 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 


, a ν᾿ ? , “ «ὦ α΄ οἱ , 
μένομεν ; ἢ ove εἐπισταμεθα ott Bacireuvs ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι 
ΕἸ Ν Ν , “ Ν a ν ἫΝ σ 
ἂν περι παντὸς ποιήσαιτο, iva Kat τοῖς ἄλλοις Ελλησι φό- 

περι Hat," , , / Ν A ‘ ee. 
Bos ἢ emt Bacthea μεγαν στρατεύειν ; καὶ viv μὲν ἡμᾶς 
ξ ’ ’ Ν Ν ᾽ A A ’ 
ὑπώγεται μένειν δια τὸ διεσπάρθαι αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα" 
> Ν ‘ Λ ξ a ᾽ a e Ν > ¥ 7 > 
ἐπὴν δὲ πάλιν ἁλισθῇ QUT@ ἡ TTPATLU, οὐκ ἐστιν OTTWS οὐκ 
᾽ ’ δ» ” ’ δ 59 , a ? 
ἐπιθησεται ἡμῖν. 4. tows δὲ που ἢ ἀποσκάπτει τι ἢ ἀπο- 

, ς ¥ 4 ψ δ ᾽ ’ | 
τειχίζει, WS ἄπορος ἢ ἢ ὁδὸς. οὐ γάρ ποτε ἑκὼν ye βου- 

’ ς A > ’ > x e ‘ > a ς 
λήσεται ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντας εἰς τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα ἀπαγγεῖλαι ὡς 
ες: ε in ¥ ᾽ a ἘΠ᾿ - , oe 
ἡμεῖς τοσοίδε ὄντες ἐνικῶμεν βασιλέα ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις αὐτοῦ 

‘ , ? ΄ ’ προ ἃ / 
Kat καταγέλασαντες ἀπήλθομεν. ὅ. Κλεαρχος δὲ απεκρι- 

lal a , > Ν > A Ἁ λ A 
vato τοῖς ταῦτα λέγουσιν, Eyw ἐνθυμοῦμαι μεν καὶ ταῦτα 

’ ᾽ - » ὦ ? “ ΝΜ ͵ ; ae, / 
πάντα" ἐννοῶ ὃ ott εἰ νῦν ἄπιμεν, δόξομεν ἐπὶ πολέμῳ 
> ’ Ν Ν ‘ a ¥ - Ν 
ἀπιέναι καὶ Tapa Tas σπονδὰς ποιεῖν. ἔπειτα πρῶτον μὲν 
> Ν > ‘ ’ ΜΝ. δι 0. > , 9 
ayopav οὐδεὶς παρέξει ἡμῖν οὐδὲ ὅθεν ἐπισιτιούμεθα" αὖθις 

ae ἝΝ / ᾽ Ν ¥ aa A , 
δὲ ὁ ἡγησόμενος οὐδεὶς ἔσται" καὶ ἅμα ταῦτα ποιούντων 
"ες ta% 4 A ᾽ , “ ¢ ε Io \ 
ἡμῶν evOus Apraios ἀφεστήξει' ὥστε φίλος ἡμῖν οὐδεὶς 
, Β κ %. εἜ ’ ¥ , ho 
λελείψεται, αλλα καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν ὄντες πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἔσον- 
Ν > ᾽ / Ν ¥ ¥ oe > 
tat. 6. ποταμὸς ὃ εἰ μὲν TIS καὶ ἄλλος apa ἡμῖν ἐστι 
, ? 3 N ;  * ? , ” “ In7 
διαβατέος ove οἶδα" τὸν δ᾽ οὖν Εὐφράτην ἴσμεν ὅτι ἀδύνα- 
a , ἢ ἂν ἃ ν ἃ , / 
τον διαβῆναι κωλυόντων πολεμίων. οὐ μὲν δὴ ἂν μάχεσθαί 
4 @ . > ef fA ’ὔ - ‘ / e “ 
γε δέῃ ἱππεῖς εἰσιν ἡμῖν σύμμαχοι, τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ὑππεῖς 
€ a Ν ’ Ν “ συ 
εἰσιν οἱ πλείστοι καὶ πλείστου ἀξιοι" ὥστε νικῶντες μὲν 
/ A ? / e , Ν Ins e/ 
τίνα ἂν αποκτείναιμεν ; ἡττωμένων SE οὐδένα οἷον TE σω- 
a > ἃ . 3 , ®@ » ‘ 
θῆναι. 7. eyo pev οὖν βασιλέα, w οὕτω πολλὰ ἐστι τὰ 
a ” a ct a > , > 4 Ψ 
σύμμαχα, εὐπερ προθυμεῖται ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι, οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι 
A , ᾿] ’ " Ν - Ν ‘ ? a 
δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑμόσαι καὶ δεξιὰν δοῦναι καὶ θεοὺς ἐπιορκῆσαι 
‘ ws a — a ef , Ἀ 
καὶ Ta εαυτου πίστα ἄπιστα ποιῆσαι ἔλλησι τε καὶ Bap- 
, = " yw 
βάροις. τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ἐλεγεν. 
, κ ΄, φ , ¥ Ἢ ς eer. 
8. Ev δε τούτῳ ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύνα- 
ε > 3 ᾽ Ν 4. 3 , ‘ ς A v4 
μὲν ὡς εἰς οἶκον ἀπιὼν καὶ Opovtas τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν" 
9 . ᾿ς ἐς , ‘ , > 4 , ᾽ 
mye δὲ καὶ τὴν θυγατερα τὴν βασιλέως ἐπὶ γάμῳ. 9. ἐν- 

- ee , . , ly δ κ , 

τεῦθεν δὲ ἤδη Τισσαφέρνους ἡγουμένου καὶ ἀγορὰν παρέ- 


anas. 2,1v.] Beginning of the Κατάβασις. 49 


3 4 ‘ “ 2 Ὁ Ν 4 
NOVTOS ἐπορεύοντο" ἐπορεύετο δὲ καὶ Αριαιος τὸ ἀξ μὴν 
ἔ e/ , Ν 
βαρβαρικὸν ἔχων στράτευμα ἅμα Τισσαφερνει one Opovta 
ὶ ‘vy ἐκείνοις. 10. οὐ δὲ EdAnves 
καὶ συνεστρατοπεδεύετο συν εκείνοις. ΒΆΝ 
> » »υ» ς a 3 , 
ὑφορῶντες τούτους αὐτοὶ eh εαυτῶν ἐχωροὺυν ἡγεμονᾶς 


Ν ¢ / > / > ’ 
ἔχοντες. ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο δὲ EXUTTOTE ἀπέχοντες ἀλλη- 


λων παρασάγγην καὶ μεῖον" ἐφυλάττοντο δὲ ἀμφότεροι 
ὥσπερ πολεμίους ἀλλήλους, καὶ εὐθὺς vs one ae 
ρεῖχεν. 11. ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ξυλιζόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ αὑτοῦ καὶ χορ- 
Tov καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα συλλέγοντες πληγὰς peter sepia 
λοις" ὥστε καὶ τοῦτο ἔχθραν παρεῖχε. 12. διελθόντες δὲ 
τρεῖς σταθμοὺς ἀφίκοντο πρὸς τὸ Μηδίας καλούμενον τον 
xos, καὶ παρῆλθον εἴσω αὐτοῦ. ἦν δε φκοδομημένον “a 
θοις ὀπταῖς ἐν ἀσφάλτῳ κειμέναις, εὖρος εἴκοσι ποδῶν, ὕψος 
δὲ ἑκατόν" μῆκος δ᾽ ἐλέγετο εἶναι εἴκοσι παρασ ic 8 
ἀπέχει δὲ Βαβυλῶνος ov πολύ. 18. ἐντεῦθεν iss em opeu- 
θησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας ὀκτώ" καὶ διέβησαν διὰ 
ρυχας δύο, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ γεφύρας, τὴν δ᾽ ἐξευγμένην πλοίοις 
ἑπτά" αὗται δ᾽ ἦσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ" κατετετ- 
ς ποτὰ τὰ εἶν a ST ve ont 

μηντο δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ τάφροι ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν, αἱ μεν pare 
μεγάλαι, ἔπειτα δ᾽ ἐλάττους" τέλος δὲ καὶ μικροὶ ὄχετοι, 
ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ ᾿Ελλάδι ἐπὶ τὰς μελίνας " καὶ ΘΟΘΨΆΛΝΝ emt 
τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν" πρὸς ᾧ πόλις ἦν —— ons —- 
ἄνθρωπος 7 ὄνομα Σιττάκη, ἀπέχουσα τοῦ ποταμοῦ σταδι- 
ous πεντεκαΐδεκα, , 14. οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἕλληνες παρ αυτὴν 
ἐσκήνησαν ἐγγὺς παραδείσου μεγάλου καὶ καλοῦ καὶ δασέος 
παντοίων δένδρων" οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι διαβεβηκότες τὸν Ti- 
γρητα, οὐ μέντοι καταφανεῖς ἦσαν. one μετὰ δε τὸ δείπνον 
ἔτυχον ἐν περιπάτῳ ὄντες πρὸ τῶν iene TIpagevos Kat 
Ξενοφῶν" καὶ προσελθὼν ἄνθρωπός τις ἠρώτησε ner προ- 
φύλακας ποῦ ἂν ἴδοι Πρόξενον ἢ Κλέαρχον" Μενωνα δὲ 
οὐκ ἐζήτει, καὶ ταῦτα παρ᾽ ᾿Αριαίου ὧν τοῦ Μένωνος ξένου. 
16. ἐπεὶ δὲ Πρόξενος εἶπεν ὅτι αὐτὸς εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖς, εἶπεν 


ST το σαι ὧν 


ΩΝ 


ἕως peel 


- i. 





50 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [XEn. 


δ Ψ / 4 / > - 5 " ’ 
ὃ ἄνθρωπος τάδε. ᾿Ἐπεμψέ με ᾿Αριαῖος καὶ Αρτάοζος, 
Ἀν ’, ΟΝ ΕῚ Ν / , 
«πίστοι ὄντες Κύρῳ και ὑμῖν εὖνοι, καὶ κελεύουσι φυλάττε- 
x ξ - > πὶ ΕΝ A e ’ » ‘ 
σθαι μὴ ὑμῖν ἐπιθῶνται τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ βάρβαροι" ἔστι δὲ 
7 a a , / Ν \ 
στράτευμα πολὺ Ev TH πλησίον παραδείσῳ. 17. καὶ Tapa 
x ’ A , A / 4 
τὴν γέφυραν τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ πέμψαι κελεύουσι φυ- 
‘ - >, ἃ, ΓῚ ΄ - \ 
Aaxnv, ws διανοεῖται αὐτὴν λῦσαι Τισσαφέρνης τῆς νυκτὸς, 
᾽ 4 Ἀ κ᾿ > > > / > A fal 
ἐὰν δύνηται, ὡς μὴ διαβῆτε ἀλλ᾽ ev μέσῳ ἀποληφθῆτε τοῦ 
an ΕΣ ’ » 4 ~ ΝΜ 
ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς διωρυχος. 18. ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα ἄγουσιν 
ψ. ὃς Ὗ s , ‘ 7 A , ῃ ‘ 
αὑτὸν πάρα tov Κλέαρχον καὶ φράζουσιν ἃ λέγει. ὁ δε 
4 > 4 ? / a , A 
Κλέαρχος ἀκούσας ἐταράχθη σφόδρα καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο. 19. νεα- 
,ὔ a > , 4 ε > > £ 
νίσκος δέ τις τῶν παρόντων ἐννοήσας εἶπεν ὡς οὐκ ἀκόλουθα 
bad / 3 , ‘ s Ν / A ‘ 
εἰη τὸ Te ἐπιθήσεσθαι καὶ λύσειν THY γέφυραν. δῆλον yap 
id > / a a ’ a ec “ 38 . op 
ὅτε ἐπιτιθεμένους ἢ νικᾶν δεήσει ἢ ἡττᾶσθαι. ἐὰν μὲν οὖν 
χω / A > ἃ ΄ Ν , Ia Ν nN 
νικῶσι, τὶ δεῖ αὐτοὺς λύειν τὴν γέφυραν ; οὐδὲ yap ἂν πολ- 
Ν ΄ > » ΝΥ ΓΙ ͵’ ΄ a” A 
Aas γεφυραι ὦσιν, ἐχοιμεν ἂν ὅποι φυγόντες ἡμεῖς σωθῶμεν. 
74 . € a a ͵ a 2 ? oe, 
20. cav δὲ ἡμεῖς νικῶμεν, λελυμένης τῆς γεφύρας οὐχ ἕξου- 
> - iA 4 Ia ‘ 7 lal y¥ 
σιν ἐκεινοῦ ὅποι φυγωσιν" οὐδὲ μὴν βοηθῆσαι πολλῶν ὄν- 
’ > 4 > a ’ / - 
των πέραν ovders αὐτοῖς δυνήσεται λελυμενὴης τῆς γεφύρας. 
᾽ ΄ ἣ, ὦ / a ΝΜ Ν ¥ ’ 
21. ἀκούσας δε ὁ Κλέαρχος ταῦτα ἤρετο TOV ἄγγελον ποση 
¥ , e ? / ” / ‘ ~ , 
τις εἰ χωρα ἡ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Τίγρητος καὶ τῆς διωρυχος. 
e Ν 3 σ“ ‘ ~ » , 
o δε εἶπεν ὅτι πολλὴ καὶ κῶμαι ἔνεισι καὶ πόλεις πολλαὶ 
‘ , , Ν i ἃ ’ “ ᾿ 
καὶ μεγάλαι. Φ3. τότε δὴ καὶ ἐγνώσθη ὅτι οἱ βάρβαροι 
a ΝΜ ς / > ~ . @ ci 
τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑποπέμψειαν, ὀκνοῦντες μὴ οἱ Ελληνες διε- 
Ld 5 / / > f ’; > ¥ 
λοντες τὴν γέφυραν μεινείαν ἐν TH νήσῳ ἐρύματα ἔχοντες 
¥ ‘ Ν. ’ Ww ‘ Ν , Ν "2 , 
ἔνθεν μεν τὸν Τίγρητα, ἔνθεν δὲ τὴν διώρυχα" ta δ᾽ ἐπιτή- 
¥ ? “- > / , - A νος 7” ¥ 
Seva ἔχοιεν ἐκ τῆς ἐν μέσῳ χωρᾶας πολλῆς καὶ ἀγαθῆς οὔσης 
\ a > , 2 + ‘ ᾽ ‘ , 
καὶ τῶν ἐργασομένων ἐνόντων" εἶτα δὲ καὶ ἀποστροφὴ γε- 
y , a a A 
votto εἰ τις βούλοιτο βασιλέα κακῶς ποιεῖν. 23. μετὰ de 
- ᾽ ΄ i ν ΄, Ν , ¢ ‘ 
ταυτα aveTavovTo* ἔπι μέντοι THY γέφυραν ὅμως φυλακὴν 
ν Ν ΜΝ > ΄ > ‘ > / Ν x . 
ἐπέμψαν" καὶ οὔτε ἐπέθετο οὐδεὶς οὐδαμόθεν οὔτε πρὸς τὴν 
’, > x - ’ὔ e , 
γέφυραν οὐδεὶς ἦλθε τῶν πολεμίων ws οἱ φυλάττοντες 
᾽ ᾽ Ν ᾽" ἢ δ΄ -¥ ͵ ‘ 
ἀπήγγελλον. 24. ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ ἕως ἐγένετο, διέβαινον τὴν γέ- 


ANaD. 2, V-] Beyond the Tigris. 51 


͵ νι one @/ 
dupav ἐζευγμένην πλοίοις τριάκοντα καὶ ETTA ὡς οἷον τε 
3 / , a a 
μώλιστα πεφυλαγμένως" ἐδυγγβιλεν, yap Bors τῶν. ΨΆμι 
Τισσαφέρνους ᾿ Ελλήνων ὡς διαβαινόντων μέλλοιεν επιθη- 
A » = / ΄ 
σεσθαι. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ψευδῆ ἦν" διαβαινόντων μέντοι 
; a > / 
ὁ Γλοῦς αὐτοῖς ἐπεφάνη μετ᾽ ἄλλων σκοπῶν εἰ διαβαίνοιεν 
΄, A 9 Ν > 4 
τὸν ποταμόν" ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶδεν, ὠχετο ἀπελαυνων. δ νὼ: 
4 
95.’ Amo δὲ τοῦ Τίγρητος ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμους sab ωρ 
ἢ Ν ’ “ 3, 
ρας παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Φύσκον ποταμον, TO εὕρος 
3 a 3 a 4. 7 
πλέθρου" ἐπῆν δὲ γέφυρα. καὶ ἐνταῦθα κεῖτο πόλις με 
ἈΝ aA ? / ce @ ς 
γώλη ἡ ὄνομα Ὦπις" πρὸς ἣν ἀπήντησε τοὺς Βλλησιν ὸ 
Ξ 2 Ν > " 
Κύρου καὶ ᾿Αρταξέρξου νόθος ἀδελφὸς ἀπὸ Σούσων και Ex 
Ν i ¥ ¢ / δι 
βατάνων στρατιὰν πολλὴν ἄγων ὡς βοηθήσων βασιλεῖ 
Ν »“ / 
καὶ ἐπιστήσας TO ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα παρερχομένους βρη 
ἐθεώ ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἡγεῖτο μὲν εἰς Ovo, 
εὠρει. 226. ὁ O€ px 
weenie” sf ν᾿ αὶ ’ , ὅσον δὲ χρό- 
ἐπορεύετο δὲ ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε ἐφιστάμενος. Ν 
a / 3 ’ an 
νον TO ἡγούμενον τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐπιστήσειε, τόσουτον ἣν 
ἱνώ / ᾿ δ 5 στρατεύματος γίγνεσθαι τὴν επί- 
ἀνάγκη χρόνον δι ὅλου του στρατεῦμα yy ὃ 
Ν al 
στασιν" ὥστε TO στράτευμα καὶ αὑτοῖς τοις Ελλησι δόξαι 
3 a “ 

i tte : κπεπλῆχθαι θεωροῦντα. 
πάμπολυ εἶναι, καὶ τον Πέρσην € x : pobore 
27. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐπορεύθησαν δια τῆς Μηδίας σταθμοὺς ἐρή- 

᾿ a 
μους ἐξ παρασάγγας τριάκοντα εἰς τᾶς Παρυσάτιδος κώμας 
; : 
~~ Κύρου καὶ βασιλέως μητρός. ταῦτας Τισσαφέρνης, Κυρῳ 
Ἡμάμεο τ! L is Ἕλλ ἐπέτρεψε πλὴν avdpa- 
ἐπεγγελῶν, διαρπάσαι τοὺς λλησιν ᾿ , 
é € ot ὺς καὶ πρόβατα Kai ἄλλα χρήματα. 
πόδων. ἐνῆν δὲ σῖτος πολὺς Kab προβᾶτα καὶ ἃ , 
ἐντεῦ a 10 ταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τετταρᾶς 
πορεύθησαν σταῦθμ 
ee : aby Ti ὃν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχον- 
παρασάγγας εἴκοσι τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμον ἐν ἀριστερᾷ 4 
a 4 [ο͵ ι 
τες. ἐν δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ σταθμῷ πέραν τοῦ wera Ἧς: ς 
δ α- 
ὑκεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων ὄνομα Kawat, εξ ἧς οἱ βαρ 
lies δίαις διφθερίναις ἄρτους, τυρους, οἷνον. 
por διῆγον ἐπὶ σχεδίαις διφθεριναις ἀρ , . 
V. Mera ταῦτα ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ tov Ζαπαταν ΒΌΝΟΜΗΝΣ 
τ δε 2 - »ν α 
τὸ εὖρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμὲρ ις 
᾿ ὑποψίαι μὲν 7} φανερὰ δὲ οὐδεμία 
τρεῖς" ἐν δὲ ταύταις ὑποψίαι μεν ἧσαν, pa 6 





52 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. (Xen. 


> / 3 ’ ¥ J a ’ , 
efaiveto ἐπιβουλή. 4. ἔδοξεν οὖν τῷ Κλεάρχῳ συγγενέ- 
a ’ » / a 4 ¢ , 
σθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει, εἴ πως δύναιτο παῦσαι τὰς ὑποψίας 
Ἁ > ? A / / ἊΨ ’ > a 
πρὶν εξ αυτῶν πόλεμον γενέσθαι" καὶ ἔπεμψε τινα ἐροῦντα 
7) / > «a / ξ δ ¢ / a 2 Ψ 
ὅτι συγγενεσθαι αὐτῷ ypntor. ὁ δὲ ἑτοίμως ἐκέλευεν ἥκειν. 
? ν al a , e , , ? >. * 
8. ἐπειδὴ δὲ συνῆλθον, λέγει ὁ Κλέαρχος τάδε. ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ 
T / 75 Ἁ ct δὲ fod ’ Ν ὃ Ν 
ἐἰσσαφερνη, οἷδα μὲν ἡμῖν ὅρκους γεγενημένους καὶ δεξιὰς 
/ Ν ᾽ ’, ? , U ἃ / 
δεδομένας μὴ ἀδικήσειν ἀλλήλους " φυλαττόμενον δὲ σέ τε 
ς« ~ e 4 ε an Ν ¢ ΕΝ ΄ κι - > 
ὁρὼ WS πολεμίους ἡμᾶς καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁρῶντες ταῦτα αντιφυλατ- 
/ > Ν \ fo > / ¥ Ἁ > 4 
τόμεθα. 4. ἐπεὶ δὲ σκοπῶν ov δύναμαι οὔτε σὲ αἰσθέσθαι 
, e «n a“ n 3 , 2 d ¢ a 
πειρώμενον ἡμᾶς KAKWS ποιεῖν ἐγὼ τε σαφῶς οἶδα ὅτι ἡμεῖς 
a? » ΩΝ - Iai ¥ ’ ? , 
γε οὐδ emivoovpev τοιοῦτον οὔδεν, ἔδοξέ μοι εἰς λόγους σοι 
3 a vd > / ef 3 ,ὔ Ν ? / 
ελθεῖν, ὅπως εἰ δυναίμεθα ἐξέλοιμεν ἀλλήλων τὴν ἀπιστίαν. 
δ \ 2 > , ΝΜ ‘ \ ? A ‘ 
5. καὶ yap οἶδα ἀνθρώπους ἤδη, τοὺς μὲν ἐκ διαβολῆς τοὺς 
\ a ¢ ,ὔ AY / > , / / 
de καὶ ἐξ ὑποψίας, of φοβηθέντες ἀλλήλους φθάσαι βουλό- 
Ν cn > / ee Ν ‘ ¥ , 
μένοι πριν παθεῖν ἐποίησαν ἀνήκεστα κακὰ τοὺς οὔτε μελ- 
¥ ? > ΄ na Ia / \ 3 
λοντας οὔτ av βουλομένους τοιοῦτον οὐδέν. 8. τὰς οὖν 
΄ 2 ΄, ͵ ͵ , ΕἾ ΄ὕ 
TolauTas ἀγνωμοσυνας νομίζων συνουσίαις μάλιστα ἂν παύ- 
d \ / 4 e ao ae > > - 
εσθαι ἥκω καὶ διδάσκειν σε βούλομαι ὡς σὺ ἡμῖν οὐκ ορθῶς 
> e a \ ‘ x 7 e a a 
ἀπίστεις. Ἶ. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ Kai μέγιστον οἱ θεῶν ἡμᾶς 
“ id / 9 > , of ‘ 
OpKot κωλυουσι πολεμίους εἶναι ἀλλήλοις" ὅστις δὲ τούτων 
᾿΄ὕ ξ π᾿ A πὶ > ‘ Ν 7), 
σύνοιδεν αὑτῷ παρημεληκὼς, τοῦτον €y@ οὕποτ ἂν εὐδαι- 
, N ‘ a “ ? > ¥? 2 8 7 
μονίσαιμι. τὸν yap θεῶν πόλεμον οὐκ οἶδα οὔτ᾽ ἀπὸ ποίου 


A , 7 > ΄, Ὅν ἢ a a , 
av TAYOUS φεύγων τις ἀποφύγοι OUT εἰς ποιῶν ἂν σκοτος 


ἀποδραίη οὔθ᾽ ὅπως ἂν εἰς ἐνυρὸν ον a f Ἵ 
pain ς ἐχυρὸν χωρίον ἀποσταίη. παντῇῃ 


Ν ’ - a «“ Ἁ - , ¥ e 
yap TaVTaA τοις θεοῖς ὕυπόοχα Kat πανταχῇ Ταντῶν σον οἱ 


ἐ Ν A A ‘ Ἁ - - Ν A a 
EOL Κρατουσι. 8. Περι μεν δὴ των θεῶν TE καὶ Τῶν ορκων 


e/ , > A e a ‘ / / 
OUT@ γιγνώσκω, Tap οὗς ἡμεῖς THY φιλίαν συνθέμενοι κατε- 
θέ θ ‘ - δ᾽ > θ / ‘ δ ΣΝ ᾽ a ’ / 
μενα" τῶν ὃ ἀνθρωπίνων σε ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ παρόντι νομίζω 
/ oe > / Ἁ Ν A . - Ν 
μέγιστον εἶναι ἡμῖν ἀγαθόν. 9. σὺν μὲν γὰρ σοὶ πᾶσα μὲν 
tat ¥ A ‘ A Ν πὶ 3 / 
δος εὔπορος, πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς, τῶν τε ἐπιτηδείων 
? > / ¥ ‘ ~ ~ ‘ ‘ ’ e e / 
οὐκ ἀπορία" ἄνευ δὲ σοῦ πᾶσα μὲν διὰ σκότους ἢ ὁδὸς" 
Jar Ν > - > ’ A ‘ a 7 
οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐπισταμεθα" mas δὲ ποταμὸς δύσπορος, 





Anas. 2,v-] Conference with Tissaphernes. 68 


. 
mas δὲ ὄχλος φοβερὸς, φοβερώτατον δ᾽ ἐρημία: μεστὴ γὰρ 
πολλῆς ἀπορίας ἐστίν. 10. εἰ δε δη καὶ μανέντες σε κατα- 
κτείναιμεν, ἄλλο TL ἂν ἢ τὸν εὐεργέτην alpina is πρὸς 
βασιλέα τὸν μέγιστον ἔφεδρον ἀγωνιξζοίμεθα ; ὅσων δὲ δὴ 
καὶ οἵων ἂν ἐλπίδων ἐμαυτὸν στερήσαιμε, εἰ σὲ τε κακὸν 
ἐπιχειρήσαιμι ποιεῖν, ταῦτα λέξω. 11. ἐγὼ γὰρ Κῦρον 
ἐπεθύμησά μοι φίλον γενέσθαι, νομίζων τῶν Fore πράγμα 
τον εἶναι εὖ ποιεῖν ὃν βούλοιτο" σὲ δὲ νῦν ὁρῶ τὴν τε Ἀύρου 
δύναμιν καὶ χώραν ἔχοντα καὶ τὴν σαυτοῦ ἀρχὴν σῴζοντα, 
τὴν δὲ βασιλέως δύναμιν, 7 Κῦρος πολεμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο, Tos 
ταύτην σύμμαχον οὖσαν. 12. τούτων δὲ τοιούτων ὄντων 

; 
μὴν ἐρῶ γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα ἐξ ὧν ἔχω ἐλπίδας, καὶ σὲ βουλη- 
σεσθαι φίλον ἡμῖν εἶναι. 18. οἶδα μεν γάρ ὑμιν Μ υσους 
λυπηροὺς ὄντας, os νομίζω ἂν σὺν τῇ πἀρουσῃ δυνάμει τα- 
πεινοὺς ὑμῖν παρασχεῖν " οἷδα δὲ καὶ II eect ἀκούω δὲ καὶ 
ἄλλα ἔθνη πολλὰ τοιαῦτα εἶναι, ἃ οἶμαι ἂν παῦσαι ἐνοχλοῦν- 


er e¢ 


‘ @ s 
LeL ‘oa. εὖ ia. Al jous δε, οἷς μάλιστα 
a. Αἰγυπτίους δε, οἷς μ 
τα ἀεὶ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ EvdaLmovic Υ 


’ / Λ ΟΝ Ν 
τίς οὕτω μαίνεται ὅστις οὐ βούλεταί σοι φίλος εἶναι; ἀλλὰ 


Ἂς Ser ' 


a oe 


ee a 
7 


Te ee 
ὩΣ 


enter με Ὁ ἘΞ 


a 
2 Se 


~~ BES, 


ae ῥεῖ 


2 ἢ 


aS ie. Ἐν ae παῖς 


SS 
Sess 


2K, 


Ce yen, 


m4 
es 


a ee aks 
Mee a ian ty ὌΝ - 


Ceres 


ae 


/ > ec oa / , a nk ᾿ς 
ὑμᾶς νῦν γιγνώσκω τεθυμωμένους, οὐχ ὁρῶ ποίᾳ δυνάμει 


συμμάχῳ χρησάμενοι μᾶλλον ἂν κολάσαισθε τῆς νυν des: 
ἐμοὶ οὔσης. 14. ἀλλὰ μὴν ἔν γε τοις πέριξ οἰκοῦσὲ σὰν, δι 
μὲν βούλοιό τῳ φίλος εἶναι, ὡς μέγιστος ἂν εἴης, εἰ δέ τίς 
σε λυποίη, ὡς δεσπότης ἂν ἀναστρέφοιο, ἔχων ἡμᾶς ὑπηρέ- 
τας, οἵ σοι οὐκ ἂν τοῦ μισθοῦ ἕνεκα paper ὑπηρετθίνν ane 
καὶ τῆς χάριτος ἣν σωθέντες ὑπὸ σοῦ σοι ἂν μηρρϑλβέρ οτος 
15. ἐμοὶ μὲν ταῦτα πάντα ἐνθυμουμένῳ aime δοκεῖ )αυμα- 
στὸν εἶναι τὸ σὲ ἡμῖν ἀπιστεῖν ὥστε καὶ ἥδιστ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι 
τοὔνομα τίς οὕτως ἐστὶ δεινὸς λέγειν ὥστε σε πεῖσαι λέγων 
ὡς ἡμεῖς σοι ἐπιβουλεύομεν.υ Κλέαρχος μεν οὖν τοσαῦτα 
εἶπε: Τισσαφέρνης δὲ ὧδε ἀπημείφθη. ΕΣ ; 

16. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἥδομαι μὲν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀκούων. ew: povi- 
μους λόγους" ταῦτα γὰρ γιγνώσκων εἰ τι ἐμοὶ κακὸν βου- 





θ4 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen. 


/ “ wv « \ a / 9 e 3 
λεύοις, ἅμα ἂν μοι δοκεῖς καὶ σαυτῷ κακόνους εἶναι. ὡς ὃ 
“ἃ sf [4 Ia? A ς ω / ΝΜ κ ΜΒ. Ν 
ἂν μάθης ὅτι οὐδ ἂν ὑμεῖς δικαίως οὔτε βασιλεῖ οὔτ᾽ ἐμοὶ 

ὼ > ΄ > / > Ν ς “Ὁ > ’ > 
ἀπιστοίητε, ἀαντάκουσον. ΕἾ. εἰ yap ὑμᾶς ἐβουλόμεθα ἀπο- 

’ / / a « Ul / ᾽ a ay 
λέσαι, ποτερά σοι δοκοῦμεν ἱππέων πλήθους ἀπορεῖν ἢ πε- 

ἀκ ὦ ͵ a a ἃ ‘ , ε . » a 
Cav ἢ ὁπλίσεως ἐν ἢ ὑμᾶς μεν βλάπτειν ἱκανοὶ εἴημεν ἂν, 
? , Ν > . , > ‘ / 2 
ἀντιπάσχειν Se οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος; 18. ἀλλὰ χωρίων ἐπιτη- 

’ὔ OR. > / > r Mv nA > a 

δείων ὑμῖν ἐπιτίθεσθαι atropeww av σοι δοκοῦμεν ; ov τοσαῦτα 

‘ ‘jae oe - Δ ΝΜ ‘ a / / 

μεν πεδία ἃ ὑμεῖς φίλια ὄντα συν πολλῷ πόνῳ διαπορεύεσθε, 
“ x ¥ - ‘an ¥ / = Aa δ ¥ 
τοσαῦτα δὲ ὕρη ὑμῖν ὁρᾶτε ὄντα πορευτέα, ἃ ἡμῖν ἕξεστι 
- ” ¢ «A / “A > : ἢ 
προκαταλαβοῦσιν ἄπορα ὑμῖν παρέχειν, τοσοῦτοι δ᾽ εἰσὶ 
4 ει ὦ ¥ δ ὦ 4 ε ’ A e a 
ποταμοὶ eh ὧν ἐξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι, ὁπόσοις ἂν ὑμῶν 
’ ’ ἥν. 3 δι. ὍΣ aA 9.6.» A 7 
βουλωμεθα μάχεσθαι; εἰσὶ δ᾽ αὐτῶν ovs ovd ἂν παντά- 
/ > a ie r ¢c A / > > 
πασι diaBainre, εἰ μὴ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς διαπορεύοιμεν. 19. εἰ ὃ 
> a 4 ξ ’ ᾽ Ν ,ὔ ΄’ a “ - 
εν πᾶσι τούτοις ἡττῴμεθα, ἀλλα TO γέ τοι πῦρ κρεῖττον τοῦ 
a? ἃ δ΄ - δ ͵ 4 ἃ ΄, Ν 
καρποῦ ἐστιν" ὃν ἡμεῖς δυναίμεθ᾽ ἂν κατακαύσαντες λιμὸν 
Φ δι > / ? ¢ r Ia? ᾽ , b ‘ Ν , 
ὑμὶν ἀντιτάξαι, ᾧ ὑμεῖς οὐδ᾽ εἰ πανυ ἀγαθοὶ εἴητε μάχεσθαι 
ΕἾ ὃ ΄ ‘ - N > ¥ / / 
ἂν δύναισθε. 20. πῶς ἂν οὖν ἔχοντες τοσούτους πόρους 
Ν Ν Δ 14 a Ν / ΄ δ > 
πρὸς TO ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν, καὶ τούτων μηδενα ἡμῖν ἐπικίνδυνον, 
y¥ > ’ / ΕΝ A ‘ 4 
ἐπείτα EX τούτων πάντων τοῦτον ἂν τὸν τρόπον ἐξελοίμεθα 
A , ‘ . a ’ ‘ , ‘ Ν ? , 
ὃς μόνος μὲν πρὸς θεῶν aceBns, μόνος δὲ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων 
> / , ‘ ᾽ ’ > Ν . > , 
αἰσχρὸς; 92}. παντάπασι δὲ ἀπόρων ἐστὶ καὶ ἀμηχάνων 
+: Ψ > / 2 , Ν / a a 3 / 
kal ἐν ἀνάγκῃ ἐχομένων, καὶ τούτων πονηρῶν, οἵτινες ἐθέ- 
ὃ > 8 , Ν ‘ Ν ᾽ / Ν > , 
λουσι OL ἐπιορκίας Te πρὸς θεους καὶ ἀπιστίας πρὸς ἀνθρώ- 
/ ? ed ΄ a 9 / ” ? ,ὔ 
Tous πράττειν τι. οὐχ οὕτως ἡμεῖς, ὦ Κλέαρχε, οὔτε ἀλόγι- 
¥ > , ΑΙ, ᾽ ‘ / ~~ ΝΕ ΩΝ Ε] / 
στοι οὔτε ἠλίθιοι ἐσμεν. 32. ἀλλὰ τί δὴ ὑμᾶς ἐξὸν ἀπολέσαι 
- δ ie a ¥ θ 94 “ eS a ¥ / ¥ 
οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἤλθομεν ; εὖ ἐσθι ὅτι ὁ ἐμὸς ἐρως τούτου αἴτιος 
Ν a > \ N , 1 @ a " ὦ 
τὸ τοῖς ἔλλησιν ἐμὲ πιστὸν γενέσθαῳ καὶ ᾧ Κῦρος ἀνέβη 
» διὰ θοδοσί, ) ὕτῳ ἐμὲ ἦναι dv 
ξενικῷ διὰ μισθοδοσίας πιστεύων τούτῳ ἐμὲ καταβῆναι δι 

? / ᾽ , “ μαι οὐ, , δ. δὲ ἢ ‘ 

εὐεργεσίας ἐσχυρον. 38. ὅσα 5 ἐμοὶ χρήσιμοι ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὰ 

x 4 \ 9 . ‘ , ἂν 3 ΝΥ Ἀ a a) & 

μεν καὶ ov εἶπας, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον ἐγὼ οἶδα" THY μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ 

“ lal , a / ¥ 3 Ν »ν Ἃ >» oO 4 

τῃ κεφαλῇ τιάραν βασιλεῖ μόνῳ ἔξεστιν ὀρθὴν ἔχειν, τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ 

a | Rae x ς - ’ὔ Δ ? a ΝΜ 

τῇ καρδίᾳ Lows ἂν ὑμῶν παρόντων καὶ ἕτερος εὐπετῶς ἔχοι. 


ΑΝΑΒ. 2, V.] Clearchus entrapped. 55 


δι el Ν a ͵ 3 A ’ Ν 
44. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἔδοξε τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἀληθῆ λέγειν" καὶ 
»“- ἕ / i »“ > / of 
εἶπεν, Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη, οἵτινες τοιούτων ἡμῖν εἰς φιλίαν ὑπαρ- 
a s A / δ᾽ ὦ 
χόντων πειρῶνται διαβάλλοντες ποιῆσαι πολεμίους ἡμᾶς 
τ, FF a ‘a / ¥ e 
ἄξιοί εἰσε τὰ ἔσχατα παθεῖν; 25. Καὶ ἐγὼ μέν ye, edn ὁ 
’ > / ᾽ cd Ν Ν « 
Τισσαφέρνης, εἰ βούλεσθε μοι οἱ τε στρατηγοι Kat οἱ λοχα- 
ἣν 2 “ ? tl - / Ν Ν κα , é 
you ελθειν ev τῷ εἐμφανει, λεξω τοὺς πρὸς Ewe λέγοντας ὡς 
\ 3 Ν ᾽ 4 4 “a x ? ‘ we 26 "Ee a 
au ἐμοι ἐπιβουλεύεις Kat TH συν ἐμοι στρατιᾳ. . Eyo 
‘ / ΝΜ , Ν ‘ oS , @ 
δὲ, ἔφη ὁ Κλέαρχος, afm παντας, καὶ σοι av δηλώσω ὅθεν 
- ᾽ 4 Ν ΄“ , ξ΄ 
ἐγὼ περὶ σοῦ ἀκούω. 27. ἐκ τούτων δὴ τῶν λόγων ὁ Τισ- 
U / \ / δι νας Ν᾿ ἃ 
σαφέρνης φιλοφρονούμενος TOTE μεν μένειν TE αὑτον ἐκέλευσε 
͵ ᾽ , 
καὶ σύνδειπνον εποιήσατο. 
Ν Ν ’ a , > 4Φ 7 al ME 
ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον δῆλος τ ἣν πάνυ φιλικῶς o1ope- 
ἊΣ a / Αι A ». 2 x > , 
vos διακεῖσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει καὶ ἃ ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνος aTny- 


τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Κλέαρχος 


γεέλλεν, ἔφη τε χρῆναι ἰέναι παρὰ Τισσαφέρνην ods ἐκέλευσε, 
καὶ δὲ ἂν ἐλεγχθῶσι διαβάλλοντες τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων, ὡς προ- 
δότας αὐτοὺς καὶ κακόνους τοῖς “Ελλησιν ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι. 
95. ὑπώπτευε δὲ εἶναι τὸν διαβάλλοντα Μένωνα, εἰδὼς av- 
τὸν καὶ συγγεγενημένον Τισσαφέρνει μετ ᾿Αριαίου καὶ στα- 
σιάζοντα αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπιβουλεύοντα, ὅπως τὸ στρώτευμα ἅπαν 
πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λαβὼν φίλος 7 Τισσαφέρνει. 29. ἐβούλετο δὲ 
καὶ ὁ Κλέαρχος ἅπαν τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔχειν τὴν 
γνώμην καὶ τοὺς παραλυποῦντας ἐκποδὼν εἶναι. τῶν δὲ 
στρατιωτῶν ἀντέλεγόν τινες αὐτῷ μὴ ἰέναι πάντας TOUS sc 
χαγοὺς καὶ στρατηγοὺς μηδὲ πιστεύειν Τισσαφέρνει. δι. ὁ 
δὲ Κλέαρχος ἰσχυρῶς κατέτεινεν, ἔστε διεπτραάξατο πέντε μέν 
στρατηγοὺς ἰέναι, εἴκοσι δὲ λοχαγούς" συνηκολούθησαν δὲ 
ὡς εἰς ἀγορὰν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν ὡς διακόσιοι. 
81. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ταῖς Τισσαφεέρνονε, 
οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ παρεκλήθησαν εἴσω, Π ρόξενος βουῦνια 
Μένων Θετταλὺς, ᾿Αγίας ᾿Αρκὰς, Κλέαρχος Auxov, Σωκρά- 
της ᾿Αχαιός" οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ἔμενον. 82. ov 
πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σημείου οἵ τ᾽ ἔνδον συν- 


ee 


7 x pe ee oe ee ae ΩΣ μοί οο τὰ τις τόν, συσασα — 
ΣΕ Faas cs re aap a -= =F 4 - , ae = a; = ane 
Dg ricco is Se ee eS a gsren waters et Timed a ἊΣ 


“ας εἰς 


τ τῷ 4 τ΄ τ -- 


ε- 


a) ἜΤΟΣ τα “= 


ir 


pe ee 


Ss 


Ἐπ ane 
κοῖς 
por —- ὅν, J 


ro 


Be ee Re ee eee 


ΠΣ 
ee 





56 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. (Xen. 


, ‘ ec wv ’ hn Ἁ ~ = 
ἐλαμβάνοντο καὶ οἱ ἔξω κατεκόπησαν. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῶν 
, ἣν 4 ’ὔ Ν - , ᾽ / @ 9 
βαρβάρων τινες ἕππεων δια τοῦ πεδίου ἐλαύνοντες ᾧτινι ἐν- 
Υ“ ay ’ ἂν ? / , ¥ 
τυγχάνοιεν Ελληνι ἢ δούλῳ ἢ ἐλευθέρῳ Tuvtas ἔκτεινον. 
χῦ ’ ΄ bd a ? / 3 a 
88. οἱ δὲ “Ελληνες τήν τε ἱππασίαν αὐτῶν ἐθαύμαζον ἐκ τοῦ 
ecm ᾳ Ψ > , > ’ , 
στρατοπέδου ὁρῶντες καὶ ὅ τι ἐποίουν ἠμφεγνόουν, πρὶν Ni- 
᾽ . φ , , > ‘ ῃ oe, 
kapxos Αρκὰς ἧκε φεύγων τετρωμεένος εἰς THY γαστέρα καὶ τὰ 
¥ ? va Ν ¥ Ἁ > , Ν ’ 
ἐντερα ἐν TALS χερσίν ἔχων, καὶ εἶπε πάντα τὰ γεγενημένα. 
> / . ed eee φ 4 / 
34. ex τούτου δὴ ot Ελληνες ἔθεον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα πάντες 
᾽ ͵ N / > 4 oe ᾽ ὡς. ee 
ἐκπεπληγμενοι καὶ νομίζοντες auTixa ἥξειν αὑτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ 
, ¢ at , \ Φ Φ ? a Ἢ 
στρατόπεδον. 35. οἱ δὲ πάντες μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον, ᾿Αριαῖος δὲ 
ῃ..Φ ’ , 9 , 
καὶ Αρταοζος καὶ Μιθριδάτης, ot ἦσαν Κύρῳ πιστότατοι" 
¢ Je ξ \-7 % A” , ᾽ 
ὁ δε τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων ἑρμηνευς ἔφη καὶ τὸν Τισσαφέρνους ἀδελ- 
Ν Ἁ ? a “A , 4 Ν ‘ 
Pov σὺν αὑτοῖς ὁρᾶν καὶ γιγνώσκειν" συνηκολούθουν δὲ καὶ 
Ν - , > , ¢ 
ἄλλοι Περσῶν τεθωρακισμένοι εἰς τριακοσίους. 86. οὗτοι 
2 % s ‘ ᾿ “ "ἢ Ν Ν a ε , 
ἐπεί εγγυς ἤσαν, προσελθεῖν ἐκέλευον εἴ τις εἰη τῶν ᾿ Ελλή- 
A Ν a Ν “ > 4 ‘ ‘ 
vov ἢ TTpaTHYOS ἢ λοχαγος, va απαγγείλωσι Ta Tapa βασι- 
’ὔ Ἀ - A an 
λεως. 87. μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξῆλθον φυλαττόμενοι τῶν Ελλήνων 
‘ κ᾿ ͵ ᾽ , ‘ , 
otpatnyo μεν Kreavwp Ορχομένιος καὶ Σοφαίνετος Στυμ- 
, . δον κα ν a ᾿ a “ , 
φάλιος, συν αὑτοῖς δε Ξενοφῶν Αθηναίος, ὅπως μάθοι τὰ 
περὶ Προξένου" Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐτύγχανεν ἀπὼν ἐν κώμῃ τινὶ 
σὺν ἄλλοις ἐπισιτιζόμενος. 85. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔι ἐστησαν εἰς ἐπήκοον, 
εἶπεν ᾿Αριαῖος τώδε. Κλέαρχος μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ελληνες, ἐπεὶ 
᾽ a Φο > ἡ ‘ s ¥ ἈΝ , ‘ 
emLopxwy τε ἐφάνη Kat Tas σπονδὰς λύων, ἔχει THY δίκην καὶ 
4 ’ Ν ‘ Ψ , ? a ‘ 
τέθνηκε, Πρόξενος δὲ καὶ Μένων, ὅτι κατήγγειλαν αὑτοῦ τὴν 
᾽ ν ᾽ , Ὡ. ἢ ς « ‘ ‘ ,¢ 
ἐπιβουλην, ev μεγωλῃ τιμῇ εἰσιν. vas δε βασιλεὺς τὰ ὅπλα 
2 “- ¢ - Ν > / ᾽ / , - x 
ἀπαίτει" εαυτοῦ yap εἶναί φησιν, ἐπείπερ Κυρου ἦσαν τοῦ 
Ε] / 4 
ἐκείνου δούλου. 39. πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίναντο οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
ἔλεγε δὲ Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Ορχομένιος: ἾΩ κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων 
᾿Αριαῖε καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ὅσοι ἦτε Κύρου φίλοι, οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε 
οὔτε θεοὺς οὔτ᾽ ἀνθρώπους, οἵτινες ὀμόσαντες ἡμῖν τοὺς av- 
τοὺς φίλους καὶ ἐχθροὺς νομιεῖν, προδόντες ἡμᾶς σὺν Τισ- 
, a? , Q ͵ ΄ ν 
σαφερνει τῷ ἀθεωτάτῳ τε καὶ πανουργοτάτῳ τούς τε ἄνδρας 


Anas. 2, v1.] Character of the betrayed Generals. 57 


αὐτοὺς οἷς ὥμνυτε ἀπολωλέκατε καὶ TOUS ἄλλους ἡμᾶς προ- 
δεδωκότες σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἔρχεσθε; 40. ὁ δὲ 
᾿Αριαῖος εἶπε, Κλέαρχος γὰρ πρόσθεν ἐπιβουλεύων φανερὸς 
ἐγένετο Τισσαφέρνει. τε καὶ Opovta, καὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν τοῖς σὺν 
τούτοις. 41. ἐπὶ τούτοις Ἐενοφῶν τάδε εἶπε. Κλέαρχος μὲν 
τοίνυν εἰ παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους ἔλυε τὰς σπονδὰς, τὴν δίκην ἔχει" 
δίκαιον γὰρ ἀπόλλυσθαι τοὺς ἐπιορκοῦντας " Πρόξενος δὲ 
καὶ Μένων ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν ὑμέτεροι μὲν εὐεργέται, » ἡμέτεροι δὲ 
στρατηγοὶ, πέμψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο" δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι φίλοι γε 
ὄντες ἀμφοτέροις πειράσονται καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ἡμῖν τὰ βέλτιστα 
συμβουλεῦσαι. 42. πρὸς ταῦτα οἱ βάρβαροι πολὺν χρόνον 
διαλεχθέντες ἀλλήλοις ἀπῆλθον οὐδὲν ἀποκρινώμενοι. 

ΨΙ. Οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ οὕτω ληφθέντες ἀνήχθησαν 
ὡς βασιλέα καὶ ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλὰς ἐτελεύτησαν, εἷς 
μὲν αὐτῶν Κλέαρχος ὁμολογουμένως ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐμπεί- 
ρως αὐτοῦ ἐχόντων δόξας γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ καὶ πολεμικὸς καὶ 
φιλοπόλεμος ἐσχάτως. 2 καὶ γὰρ δὴ ὃ ἕως μὲν πόλεμος ἦν 
τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους παρέμενεν, ἐπεὶ 
δὲ εἰρήνη ἐγένετο, πείσας τὴν αὑτοῦ πόλιν ὡς Ob Θρᾷκες ἀδι- 
κοῦσι τοὺς" E ne και i διαπραξάμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο παρὰ τῶν 
ἐφόρων ἐξέπλει ὡς πολεμήσων τοῖς ὑπὲρ Χερρονήσου καὶ 
Π ερίνθου Θρᾳξίν. 8. ἐπεὶ δὲ μεταγνόντες πως οἱ ἔφοροι NON 
ἔξω ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἀποστρέφειν αὐτὸν ἐπειρῶντο ἐξ ᾿Ισθμοῦ, 
ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι πείθεται, ἀλλ᾽ ᾧχετο πλέων εἰς ᾿Ελλήσπον- 
τον. 4. ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐθανατώθη ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ 
τελῶν ὡς ἀπειθῶν. ἤδη δὲ φυγὰς ὧν ἔρχεται πρὸς Κῦρον, 
καὶ ὁποίοις μὲν λόγοις ἔπεισε Κῦρον ἄλλῃ γέγραπται, δίδωσι 
δὲ αὐτῷ Κῦ ρος μυρίους δαρεικούς " ὅ. ὁ δὲ λαβὼν οὐκ ἐπὶ 
ῥφδύμὼνὲ ἐτράπετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν rewneee συλλέ- 
ξας στράτευμα ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξί, καὶ μάχῃ τε ἐνίκησε καὶ 
ἀπὸ τούτου δὴ ἔφερε καὶ ἦγε τούτους καὶ woken διεγένετο 
μέχρι Κῦρος ἐδεήθη τοῦ στρατεύματος" τότε δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὡς 








58 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xew, 


σὺν ἐκείνῳ αὖ πολεμήσων. 6. ταῦτα οὖν φιλοπολέμου μοι 
δοκεῖ ἀνδρὸς ἔ ἔργα εἶναι, ὅστις ἐξὸν μὲν εἰρήνην ἔχειν ἄνευ 
αἰσχύνης καὶ βλάβης αἱρεῖται πολεμεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ ῥᾳθυμεῖν 
βούλεται πονεῖν ὥστε πολεμεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ χρήματα ἔχειν ἀκιν- 
δύνως αἱρεῖται πολεμῶν μείονα ταῦτα ποιεῖν" ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὥσ- 
περ εἰς παιδικὰ ἢ εἰς ἄλλην τινὰ ἡδονὴν ἤθελε δαπανῶν εἰς 
πόλεμον. οὕτω μὲν φιλοπόλεμος ἦν" ὝὙ. πολεμεκὸς δὲ αὖ 
ταύτῃ ἐδόκει εἶναι ὅτι φιλοκίνδυνός τε ἦν καὶ ἡμέρας καὶ 
νυκτὸς ἄγων ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς φρόνιμος, 
ὡς οἱ παρόντες ψτανταηρῦ πάντες ὡμολόγουν. 5. καὶ άρχι- 
xos δ᾽ ἐλέγετο εἶναι ὡς δυνατὸν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου τρόπου οἷον 
κἀκεῖνος εἶχεν. ἱκανὸς μὲν γὰρ ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος φροντίζειν 
ἦν ὅπως ἔχοι ἡ στρατιὰ αὐτῷ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ παρασκευά.- 
few ταῦτα, ἱκανὸς δὲ καὶ ἐμποιῆσαι, τοῖς παροῦσιν ὡς πει- 
στέον εἴη Κλεάρχῳ. 9. τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐποίει ἐκ τοῦ χαλεπὸς 
εἶναι" καὶ γὰρ ὁρᾶν στυγνὸς ἦν καὶ τῇ φωνῇ τραχὺς, ἐκόλα- 
be τε ἀεὶ ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ ὀργῇ ἐνίοτε, ὡς καὶ αὐτῷ μεταμέλειν 
ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε. καὶ γνώμῃ δ᾽ ἐκόλαζεν. ἀκολάστου γὰρ στρατεύ- 
μᾶτος οὐδὲν ἡ ἡγείτο ὄφελος εἶναι, 10. ἀλλὰ καὶ λέγειν av- 
τὸν ὄφασαν ὡς δέοι τὸν στρατιώτην (inate μᾶλλον τὸν 
ἄρχοντα ἢ τοὺς πολαμιύσε, εἰ μέλλοι ἢ φυλακὰς φυλάξειν 
ἢ φίλων ἀφέξεσθαι ἣ ἢ ἀπροφασίστως i ἱέναι πρὸς τοὺς πολε- 
μέους. 11. ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς δεινοῖς ἤθελον αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν 
σφόδρα καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον ἡροῦντο οἱ στρατιῶται" καὶ γὰρ τὸ 
στυγνὸν τότε φαιδρὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς προσώποις ἔφασαν hai- 
νεσθαι καὶ τὸ χαλεπὸν ἐρρωμένον πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐδό- 
wee εἶναι, ὥστε σωτήριον, οὐκέτι χαλεπὸν ἐφαίνετο * 42. ὅτε 
᾿ἔξω τοῦ δεινοῦ γένοιντο καὶ ἐξείη πρὸς ἄλλον ἀρχομένους 
ἀπιέναι, πολλοὶ αὐτὸν ἀπέλειπον" τὸ γὰρ ἐπίχαρι οὐκ εἶχεν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ χαλεπὸς ἦ ἦν καὶ ὠμός: ὥστε διέκειντο πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ 
στρατιῶται ὥσπερ παῖδες πρὸς διδώσκαλον. 18. καὶ γὰρ οὖν 
φιλίᾳ μὲν καὶ εὐνοίᾳ ἑπομένους οὐδέποτε εἶχεν" οἵτινες δὲ ἢ 


Anas. 2, ν1.] Character of the betrayed Generals. 59 


ὑπὸ πόλεως τεταγμένοι ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ 0 δεῖσθαι ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ ἀνάγκῃ 
κατεχόμενοι παρείησαν αὐτῷ, σφόδρα πειθομένοις ἐχρῆτο. 
14. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤρξαντο νικᾶν σὺν αὐτῷ τοὺς πολεμίους, ἤδη μεγάλα 
ἦν τὰ χρησίμους ποιοῦντα εἶναι τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ στρατιώτας" . 
τὸ τε γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους θαρραλέως ἔ ἔχειν παρῆν. καὶ τὸ 
τὴν Tap ἐκείνου τιμωρίαν een αὐτοὺς EVTUKTOUS ἐποίει. 
15. τοιοῦτος μὲν δὴ a ape ἦν" ἄρχεσθαι δὲ ὑπὸ ἄλλων οὐ μώ- 
λαεἐθέλειν ἐλέγετο. ἦν δὲ ὅτεἐέτελεύτα ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήκοντα ἔτη. 

16. Π ρόξενος δὲ ὁ Βοιώτιος εὐθὺς μὲν μειράκιον ὧν ἐπε- 

θύμει γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ τὰ μεγάλα πράττειν ἱκανός" καὶ διὰ 
ταύτην τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔδωκε ΓΙ ὀργίᾳ ἀργύριον τῷ Acowtings 
17. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνεγένετο ἐκείνῳ, ἱκανὸς νομίσας ἤδη εἷναι καὶ 
ἄρχειν καὶ φίλος ὧν τοῖς πρώτοις μὴ ἡττᾶσθαι εὐεργετῶν, 
ἦλθεν εἰς ταύτας τὰς σὺν Κύρῳ πράξεις . καὶ @ETO κτήσεσθαι 
ἐκ τούτων ὄνομα μέγα καὶ δίναμιν μεγάλην καὶ χρήματα, πολ- 
λώ: 18. τοσούτων δ᾽ ἐπιθυμῶν σφόδρα ἔνδηλον αὖ καὶ τοῦ- 
το εἶχεν ὅτι τούτων οὐδὲν ἂν θέλοι κτᾶσθαι μετὰ ἀδικίας, ἀλ- 
ha σὺν τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ wero δεῖν τούτων τυγχώνειν, ἄνευ 
δὲ τούτων μή. 19. ἄρχειν δὲ καλῶν μὲν κἀγαθῶν δυνατὸς ἦ ἦν" 
οὐ μέντοι οὔτ᾽ αἰδῶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἑαυτοῦ οὔτε φόβον ἱκα- 
νὸς ἐμποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἠσχύνετο μᾶλλον τοὺς σερατοῖταν 
ἢ οἱ ἀρχόμενοι ἐκεῖνον" καὶ φοβούμενος μᾶλλον ἦν φανερὸς 
τὸ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις ἢ οἱ στρατιῶτοι τὸ AT l= 
στεῖν ἐκείνῳ. 20. ᾧετο δὲ ἀρκεῖν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχικὸν εἶναι καὶ 
δοκεῖν τὸν μὲν καλῶς ποιοῦντα ἐπαινεῖν, τὸν δὲ ἀδικοῦντα μὴ 
ἐπαινεῖν. sp aston αὐτῷ οἱ μὲν καλοί TE κἀγαθοὶ τῶν συν- 
ὄντων εὖνοι ἕναν οἱ δὲ ἄδικοι poser a ὡς εὐμεταχειρί- 
στῳ ὄντι. ὅτε δὲ ἀπέθνησκεν ἦν ἐτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 

91. Μένων δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς δῆλος ἦ ἣν ἐπιθυμῶν μὲν πλου- 
τεῖν ἰσχυρῶς, ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ ἄρχειν, ὅπως πλείω λαμβάνοι, 
ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ τιμᾶσθαι, ἵ ἵνα πλείω κερδαίνοι" φίλος τε ἐβού- 
eto εἶναι τοῖς μέγιστον δυναμένοις, ἵνα ἀδικῶν μὴ διδοίη 








60 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 


, . " δὲ Ν ’ φ > , 
δίκην. 22. ἐπὶ de τὸ κατεργάζεσθαι ὧν ἐπιθυμοίη συντομω- 
, ” ear ? ‘ a? . ‘ ΄ Ἢ 
τάτην ῳετο ὁδὸν εἶναι͵ δια τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν τε καὶ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ 
> ~ Ν Se £ A > a. ‘ a ἘΣ" A , 
ἐξαπατᾶν" τὸ ὃ ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀληθὲς τὸ αὑτὸ τῷ ἠλιθίῳ εἶναι. 
, Ν Ν Ν 3 %a/ “ ‘ / / 
23. στέργων Se φανερὸς μεν ἦν ovdeva, ὅτῳ δὲ hain φίλος 
i” / ¥ a ἃ ? U Ν 7 
εἶναι, τούτῳ ἔνδηλος ἐγίγνετο ἐπιβουλεύων. καὶ πολεμίου 
Ἁ 3 Ν ,, a \ ’ ’ ε 
μεν ovdevos κατεγέλα, τῶν δὲ συνόντων πάντων ὡς κατα- 
- “ιν , ‘ a Ἁ ν᾿ / 
γέλων aeL διελέγετο. 24. καὶ τοῖς μεν τῶν πολεμίων κτή- 
> > , Ν Ν ¥ > x a 
μασιν οὐκ ἐπεβουλευε" χαλεπὸν yap weTo εἶναι Ta τῶν 
/ ’ Ν Ἁ a Λ ’ Υ̓ 
φυλαττομένων λαμβανειν" ta δὲ τῶν φίλων μόνος ᾧετο εἰ- 
, a) Nv > ’ ’ > oe Ἁ 
δέεναι ῥᾷστον ὃν ἀφύλακτα λαμβάνειν. 25. καὶ ὅσους μὲν 
> ’ ᾽ ’ ‘ as e y e ‘ > 
αἰσθάνοιτο ἐπιόρκους καὶ ἀδίκους ὡς εὖ ὡπλισμένους ἐφο- 
la a > ὃ / Ν 3 , ? ~ e > ‘ 
βεῖτο, τοῖς ὃ ὁσίοις καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦσιν ὡς avavdpos 
5 A ~ / , > ‘ ac '% 
ἐπειρᾶτο χρῆσθαι. 26. ὥσπερ δέ τις ἀγάλλεται ἐπὶ θεο- 
Ν ᾽ Ν ’ ’ 
σεβείᾳ και ἀληθείᾳ καὶ δικαιότητι, οὕτω Μένων ἠγάλλετο 
a > =~ ’ ~ , - A 4 
τῷ ἐξαπατᾶν δύνασθαι, τῷ πλάσασθαι ψευδῆ, τῷ φίλους 
- Ν Ἁ Ν a “ > “ ιν αν Ψ 
διαγελᾶν" τὸν δὲ μὴ πανοῦργον τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων ἀεὶ ἐνόμι- 
> ‘ > ®@ \ > , ’ , 
Gev εἶναι. καὶ Tap οἷς μὲν ἐπεχείρει πρωτεύειν φιλίᾳ, δια- 
/ ‘ ΄ ’ ¥ a , Ν 
βάλλων tous πρωτους τούτους ῳετο δεῖν κτήσασθαι. 27. τὸ 
Ἁ , Ἁ ’ ’ > a 
δὲ πειθομένους τοὺς στρατιώτας παρέχεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ συναδι- 
a a ἃ A A \ Ν “ 9g/ 
κειν αὑτοῖς Eunyavato. τιμᾶσθαι δε καὶ θεραπεύεσθαι ἠξίου 
> / «“ ε , \ 3Xf8 A ? ΄ 
ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι πλεῖστα δύναιτο καὶ ἐθέλοι ἂν ἀδικεῖν. 
᾽ , δὲ / e ’ ? a Πὰν / “ 
εὐεργεσίαν ὃὲ κατέλεγεν, ὁπότε τις αὐτοῦ αφίσταίτο, ὅτι 
‘ ιν ἢ ‘ 
28. καὶ τὰ μὲν δὴ 
+ a ¥ αὐ O24 - , A et ’ ” fo? 
αφανῆ ἐξεστι περὶ αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσθαι, ἃ δὲ πάντες ἴσασι Tad 


΄ » im > ? , ee 
χρώμενος αὐτῷ οὐκ αἀπωλεσεν αὑτον. 


? / 8 ’ \ ¥ ¢ a“ A »" 
ἐστί. Tapa Αριστίππῳ μεν ETE ὡραῖος ὧν στρατηγεῖν διε- 
/ - / ᾽ ’ Ἁ ’ Ν / 
πράξατο τῶν ἕενων, Apraiw δὲ BapBapw ὄντι, ὅτε μειρακίοις 
a ed ? , 4 e val A o£ SS Ἁ 
καλοῖς ἥδετο, οἰκειότατος ETL — ὧν ἐγένετο, αὑτος δὲ Tral- 
δικὰ εἶ εἴχε Θαρύπαν a ἀγένειος ὧν ᾿γενειῶντα. 29. ἀποθνῃσκόν- 
των δὲ τῶν συστρατήγων ὅτι ἐστράτευσαν ἐπὶ βασιλέα σὺν 
Κύρῳ, ταὐτὰ πεποιηκὼς οὐκ ἀπέθανε, μετὰ δὲ τὸν τῶν ἄλλων 
θάνατον. στρατ ηγῶν τιμωρηθεὶς ὑ ὑπὸ βασιλέως ἀπέθανεν, οὐχ 
σ ’ Ν c # 4.9 ’ ‘ 
ὥσπερ Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοι ἀποτμηθεντες τὰς 








ΑΝ ΑΒ. 3, 1-] Dejection of the Greeks. 61 


κεφαλὰς, ὅσπερ τάχιστος θάνατος δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ζῶν αἰκι- 


σθεὶς ἐνιαυτὸν ὡς πονηρὸς λέγεται τῆς τελευτῆς τυχεῖν. 
80. ᾿Αγίας δὲ ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς καὶ i Σωκράτης ὁ ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ τούτω 

ἀπεθανέτην. τούτων δὲ οὔθ᾽ ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ κακῶν οὐδεὶς κατε- 

γέλα: οὔτ᾽ εἰς φιλίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμέμφετο. ἤστην δὲ ἄμφω ἀμφὶ 


τὰ πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη ἀπὸ γενεᾶς. 





BOOK THIRD. 


I. | “Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου οἱ “Ελ» 
elie ἔπραξαν μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα ἐπεὶ Κῦρος 
ἐτελεύτησεν ἐγένετο ἀπιόντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων σὺν Τισ- 
σαφέρνει ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δε- 
δήλωται.} ῳ. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ συνειλημμένοι ἦσαν, 
καὶ τῶν λοχαγῶν καὶ τῶν στρατιμτῶν οἱ συνεπόμενοι 
ἀπωλώλεσαν, ἐν πολλῇ δὴ ἀπορίᾳ ἦσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
ἐννοούμενοι μὲν ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις ἦσαν, 
κύκλῳ δὲ αὐτοῖς πάντῃ πολλὰ καὶ ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις 
πολέμιαι ἦσαν, ἀγορὰν δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔτι παρέξειν ἔμελλεν, 
ἀπεῖχον ‘Ss τῆς Ἑλλάδος ov μεῖον ἢ μύρια στάδια, ἦγε- 
μὼν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἦν, ποταμοὶ δὲ διεῖργον "ἃ ἀδιά- 
Barou| ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, προὐδεδώκεσαν δὲ αὐτοὺς 
καὶ οἱ σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες βάρβαροι, μόνοι δὲ καταλε- 
λειμμένοι ὅσαν, οὐδὲ ἱππέα οὐδένα σύμμαχον ἔχοντες 
ὥστε εὔδηλον ἦν ὅτι νικῶντες μὲν οὐδένα ἂν κατακάνοιεν, 
ἡττηθέντων δὲ αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν λειφθείη. 8. ταῦτα ἐννοού- 
μενοι καὶ ἀθύμως ἔχοντες, ὀλίγοι μὲν αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν 
σίτου ἐγεύσαντο, ὀλίγοι δὲ πῦρ ἀνέκαυσαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ ὅπλα 
πολλοὶ οὐκ ἦλθον ταύτην τὴν νύκτα, ἀνεπαύοντο δὲ ὅπου 
ἐτύγχανεν ἕκαστος, ου ) δυνάμενοι καθεύδειν ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ πό- 
θου πατρίδων, γονέων, γυναικῶν, παίδων, οὺς οὔποτ᾽ ἐνόμιζον 
ἔτι ὄψεσθαι. οὕτω μὲν δὴ διακείμενοι πάντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 


ἧς 
» 
δ᾽ £ 
> ¢ 


eas ES Ae “ —s 


——- 


ete ke) 


> τ 


ὗς aa 


τὶς. aealenatrse 


yon Ως = ν 


- 


ee 
— 














62 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Ren. 


4. Ἦν δέ τις ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ Ἐενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὃς οὔτε 
στρατηγὸς οὔτε λοχαγὸς οὔτε στρατιώτης dv συνηκολούθει, 
ἀλλὰ Πρόξενος αὐτὸν μετεπέμψατο οἴκοθεν, ξένος ὧν 
ἀρχαῖος" ὑπισχνεῖτο δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ ἔλθοι, φίλον αὐτὸν Κύρῳ 
ποιήσειν, ὃν αὐτὸς ἔφη κρείττω ἑαυτῷ νομίξειν τῆς πατρί 
δος. ὅ. ὁ μέντοι Ἐενοφῶν ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν avaxot- 
voutat Σωκρώτει τῷ ᾿Αθηναίῳ περὶ τῆς πορείας. καὶ ὁ 
Σωκράτης ὑποπτεύσας μή τι πρὸς τῆς πόλεως ἐπαίτιον 
εἴη Κύρῳ φίλον γενέσθαι, ὅτι ἐδόκει ὁ Κῦρος προθύμως 
τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐπὶ τὰς ᾿Αθήνας συμπολεμῆσαι, συμ- 
βουλεύει τῷ Ξενοφῶντι ἐλθόντα εἰς Δελφοὺς ἀνακοινῶσαι 
τῷ θεῷ περὶ τῆς “πορείας. 6. ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ὁ Ξενοφῶν ε ἐπήρετο 
τὸν ‘Amora, τίνι av θεῶν θύων καὶ εὐχόμενος κάλλιστα 
καὶ ἄριστα ἔλθοι τὴν ὁδὸν ἣ mv ἐπινοεῖ, καὶ καλῶς πραξα: 
σωθείη. καὶ ἀνεῖλεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Απόλλων θεοῖς οἷς ἔδει 
θύειν. Ὑ. ἐπεὶ δὲ πάλιν ἦλθε, λέγει τὴν μαντείαν τῷ 
Σωκράτει. ὁ 8 ἀκούσας ἡτιᾶτο αὐτὸν ὅτι οὐ τοῦτο 
πρῶτον ἠρώτα, πότερον λῷον εἴη αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι ἢ μένειν, 
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς κρίνας ἱτέον εἶναι τοῦτ᾽ ἐπυνθάνετο, ὅπως ἂν 
κάλλιστα πορευθείη. ᾿Επεὶ — οὕτως ἤρου, ταῦτ᾽, ἔφη, 
χρὴ ποιεῖν ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐκέλευσεν. Ὁ μὲν δὴ Ἐενοφῶν 
οὕτω θυσώμενος οἷς ἀνεῖλεν ὁ θεὺς, pAb καὶ καταλαμ- 
βάνει ἐν Σάρδεσι Π ρόξενον καὶ Κῦρον μέλλοντας ἤδη 
ὁρμᾶν τὴν ἄνω ὁδὸν, καὶ συνεστάθη Κύρῳ. 9. προθυμουμέ- 
νου δὲ τοῦ Προξένουν καὶ ὁ Κῦρος συμπροὐθυμεῖτο μεῖναι 
αὑτὸν" εἶπε δὲ ὅτι, ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα ἡ στρατεία λήξῃ, 
εὐθὺς ἀποπέμψει αὐτόν. ἐλέγετο δὲ ὁ στόλος εἶναι εἰς 
Πισίδας. 10. ἐστρατεύετο μὲν én οὕτως ἐξαπατηθεὶς, οὐχ 
ὑπὸ Προξένου" οὐ yap ἤδει τὴν ἐπὶ βασιλέα ὁ ὁρμὴν, οὐδὰ 
ἄλλος οὐδεὶς τῶν “Ἑλλήνων πλην Κλεάρχου" ἐπεὶ μέντοι 
εἰς Κιλικίαν ἦλθον, σαφὲς πᾶσιν ἤδη ἐδόκει εἶναι ὅτι 











Anas. 3, 1 Xenophon’s Dream. 63 


ὁ στόλος εἴη ἐπὶ βασιλέα. φοβούμενοι Se τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ 
ἄκοντες, ὅμως οἱ πολλοὶ δι᾿ αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀλλήλων καὶ 
Κύρου συνηαιούθησαν" ὧν εἷς καὶ Ἐενοφῶν ἦ nv. ΑΙ. ᾿Επεὶ 
δὲ ἀπορία ἦν, ἐλυπεῖτο μὲν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις, καὶ οὐκ 
ἐδύνατο καθεύδειν. μικρὸν δ᾽ ὕπνου λαχὼν εἶδεν ὄναρ’ 
ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ βροντῆς γενομένης σκηπτὸς πεσεῖν εἰς τὴν TH 
τρῴαν οἰκίαν, καὶ ἐκ τούτου λάμπεσθαι πᾶσαν. 1232. : περί- 
φοβος δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀνηγέρθη, καὶ τὸ ὄναρ πῇ μὲν ἔκρινεν 
ἀγαθὸν, ὅτι ἐν πόνοις ὧν καὶ κινδύνοις pas μέγα ἐκ Διὸς 
ἰδεῖν ἔδοξε" πῇ δὲ καὶ ena. ὅτι ἀπὸ Διὸς μὲν βασι- 
λέως τὸ ὄναρ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ εἶναι, κύκλῳ δὲ ἐδόκει λάμπε- 
σθαι τὸ πῦρ, μὴ οὐ δύναιτο ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἐξελθεῖν τῆς 
βασιλέως, ἀλλ᾽ εἴργοιτο πάντοθεν ὑπό τινων ἀποριῶν. 
18. ὁποῖόν τι μέντοι ἐστὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον ὄναρ ἰδείν, ἔξεστν 
σκοπεῖν ἐκ τῶν συμβάντων μετὰ τὸ ὄναρ. . γίγνεται 
γὰρ τάδε. εὐθὺς ἐπειδὴ ἀνηγέρθη, πρῶτον μεν — 
αὐτῷ ἐμπίπτει" Ti κατάκειμαι ; ; ἡ δὲ νὺξ προβαίνει" aye 
δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ εἰκὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἥξειν. εἰ δὲ γενησό: 
μεθα ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ, τί ἐμποδὼν μὴ οὐχὶ πάντα μὲν τὰ 
χαλεπώτατα ἐπιδόντας, πάντα δὲ τὰ δεινότατα παθόντας, 
ὑβριζομένους ἀποθανεῖν; 14. ὅπως δ᾽ ἀμυνούμεθα οὐδεὶς 
παρασκευάζεται οὐδὲ ἐπιμελεῖται, ἀλλὰ κατακείμεθα ὥ ὥσπερ 
ἐξὸν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν. ἐγὼ οὖν τὸν ἐκ ποίας πόλεως στρα- 
τηγὸν προσδοκὼ ταῦτα πράξειν; ; ποίαν δ᾽ ἡλικίαν ἐμαυτῷ 
ἐλθεῖν ἀναμένω ; οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι πρεσβύτερος ἔσομαι, 
ἐὰν — προδῶ ἐμαυτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις. 

Ex τούτου ἀνίσταται; καὶ συγκαλεῖ τοὺς Προξένου 
πρῶτον λοχαγούς. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, ἔλεξεν" Ἄν ὦ 
ἄνδρες λοχαγοὶ, οὔτε καθεύδειν δύναμαι, ὥσπερ οἶμαι οὐδ᾽ 
ὑμεῖς, οὔτε κατακεῖσθαι ἔτι; ὁρῶν ἐν οἵοις ἐσμέν. 16. οἱ 
μὲν γὰρ πολέμιοι δῆλον ὅτι οὐ πρότερον πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸν 





64 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 


Λ > / ἈΝ 3 ’ ~ Ν ¢ »“ἪῈ 
πόλεμον ἐξέφηναν, πρὶν ἐνόμισαν καλῶς τα ἑαυτῶν παρε- 
/ ΄ a ] 3 Ν Ia’ > κ Ψ ξ 
σκευασθαι" ἡμῶν ὃ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν ἀντεπιμελεῖται ὅπως ὡς 
rt ? , ‘ Ν > ’ 
κάλλιστα ἀγωνιούμεθα. 17. καὶ μὴν εἰ ὑφησόμεθα καὶ 
ΦΝ κ ’ / 27 , ‘\ 
ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ γενησόμεθα, τὶ οἰόμεθα πείσεσθαι; ὃς Kai 
i / a. @ / > a ‘ , 
τοῦ ομομητρίου καὶ ὁμοπατρίου ἀδελφοῦ καὶ τεθνηκότος 
¥” ? ‘ ‘ ἈΝ Ν \ - ᾽ , 
ἤδη ἀποτεμὼν THY κεφαλὴν καὶ THY χεῖρα ἀνεσταύρωσεν" 
ς α 6 R ‘ Ν In Ss ͵ + ΄ 
ἡμᾶς δε, οἷς κηδεμὼν μὲν οὐδεὶς πάρεστιν, ἐστρατεύσαμεν 
‘ > > ee, e A > ‘ / ’ 
δὲ er αὑτὸν, ὡς δοῦλον ἀντὶ βασιλέως ποιήσοντεφ; καὶ 
᾽ a : , , ἃ 7 n 9? 
αποκτενοῦντες εἰ δυναίμεθα, τί ἂν οἰόμεθα παθεῖν ; 18. ἀρ 
> Ἁ >. ἡ, A Ν θ ΄ e - om " ’ πε 
οὐκ ἂν ἐπι πᾶν ἐλθοι, ὡς ἡμᾶς τὰ ἐσχατα αἰκισάμενος πᾶ- 
3 , , , an a / 2 3 
σιν avOpwros φόβον παράσχοι τοῦ otpatevaai ποτε er 
, ’ ᾽ Φ αὶ ‘ e 3 9 / ’ , 
αυτον ; αλλ ὅπως ToL μὴ ET ἐκείνῳ γενησόμεθα παντα 
/ > Ν Ν > ” x e ae 
ποιητέον. 19. Eyw μεν οὖν, ἐστε μὲν αἱ σπονδαὶ ἦσαν, 
¥ ? / Rie Ν ᾽ / , Ν Ν ‘ 
οὕποτε ἐπανόμην ἡμᾶς μεν οἰκτέίρων, βασιλέα δὲ καὶ τοὺς 


3 r \ > - , ’ Φ ἂν [ἡ ‘ / 
wd «ἐκείσυν αὐτῷ μακαρίζων, διαθεωμενος αὐτῶν ὅσην μὲν χωραν 


Ν “ ” e ‘ Mw ‘ > ‘ ed ‘ 
καὶ οἷαν ἔχοιεν, ws δὲ ἄφθονα ta ἐπιτήδεια, Ὅσους δὲ 
͵ “ x 4 ‘ hae , ἢ 
θεράποντας, Ὁσα δὲ κτήνη, χρυσὸν δε, ἐσθῆτα δέ: 20. τὰ 
3 a a ες» ? , { a N 
δ᾽ av τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὁπότε ἐνθυμοίμην, OTe τῶν μὲν 
"" δι , 5 . δ γα , 5 Ν , 
ἀγαθῶν πάντων ovdevos ἡμίν μετείη, εἰ μὴ πριαίμεθα, 
cd 3 ’ Ν » φὰς ἢ Ν ” ’ 
ὅτου δ᾽ ὠνησόμεθα ἤδειν ETL ὀλίγους ἔχοντας, ἄλλως δὲ 
’ \ > / Δ > ΄ Ω Ν 
πως πορίζεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἢ ὠνουμένους Ὁρκους ἤδη 
, δ᾽ a a> 9 / > / Ν Ν 
κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς" ταῦτ᾽ οὖν λογιζόμενος, ἐνίοτε τὰς σπονδὰς 
A ΄ “Δ - Ν / ? Ν , 
μᾶλλον ἐφοβουμὴν ἢ νῦν τὸν πόλεμον. Bl. ewer μέντοι 
> - Ν. 4 . / »“ Ν [ 
ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδὰς, λελύσθαι μοι δοκεῖ καὶ 7 
3 / ἢ ἣν ρα ἡ / ¢ / ᾽ , \ ΜΝ 
ἐκείνων ὕβρις καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ὑποψία. ἐν μέσῳ γὰρ ἤδη 
-“ A Ν > Ν 5 ΄ / XN e a ΝΜ 
κεῖται ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαθὰ, ἄθλα ὁπότεροι ἂν ἡμῶν ἄνδρες 
2 , ] ' ‘ » ε δ΄ ἃ ἃ ‘ ea e 
ἀμείνονες ὦσιν, αγωνοθέται δ᾽ οἱ θεοὶ εἰσιν, δὲ συν ἡμῖν, ὡς 
ἘΚ ah ” > ‘ Ἢ 5 os , 
TO εἰκὸς, ἐσονται. 23. οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ αὕτους ETLMPKNKACLD * 
9 ὦ Te ih ἦ Ἢ a 2A - , 
ἡμεῖς Se πολλὰ ὁρῶντες ἀγαθὰ, στερρῶς αὐτῶν ἀαπειχόμεθα 
ἈΝ 4 an a “ f 2 a , = ὙΠ 
διὰ τοὺς τῶν θεῶν ὅρκους" ὥστε ἐξεῖναί μοι δοκεῖ Lévas 


σα Ν > κα ‘ ‘ , / x , 
ἐπὶ τὸν αγῶνα πολὺ σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι ἢ τούτοις. 











ΑΝΑΒ. 3, L] Council of Officers. 65 


Ἔτι δ᾽ ἔχομεν σώματα ἱκανώτερα τούτων καὶ ψύχη 
καὶ μήνιμα καὶ πόνους φέρειν" ἔχομεν, δὲ καὶ ψυχὰς σὺν 
τοῖς θεοῖς ἀμείνονας" οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες καὶ τρωτοὶ καὶ θνητοὶ 
μᾶλλον ἡμῶν, ἣν οἱ θεοὶ ὥσπερ τὸ πρόσθεν νίκην ἡμῖν 
διδῶσιν. 24. ἀλλ᾽. ἴσως γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι ταῦτ᾽ ἐνθυμοῦνται, 
mpos τῶν θεῶν; μὴ ἀναμένωμεν ἄλλους ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν 
παρακαλοῦντας ἐπὶ τὰ κώλλιστα ἔργα, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς ἄρξωμεν 
τοῦ ἐξορμῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετήν. φώνητε 
τῶν λοχαγῶν ἄριστοι καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἀξιοστρατηγό- 
τεροι. 25. κἀγὼ δὲ, εἰ μὲν ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν ἐπὶ 
ταῦτα, ἕπεσθαι ὑμῖν βούλομαι, εἰ δ᾽ ὑμεῖς τὠττετέ ue 

ἡγεῖσθαι, οὐδὲν προφασίζομαι τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκμά- 
= ΠῚ pune ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ τὰ κακά. 

Ὃ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεξεν. οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἀκούσαντες 
"πώ ἐκέλευον πάντες, πλὴν ᾿Απολλωνίδης τις ἦν, 
βοιωτιάζων τῇ φωνῇ" οὗτος δ᾽ εἶπεν ὅτι φλυαροίη ὅστις 
λέγοι ἄλλως πως σωτηρίας ἂν τυχεῖν ἢ βασιλέα πείσας, 
εἰ δύναιτο, καὶ ἅμα ἤρχετο λέγειν τὰς ἀπορίας. 27. ὁ 
μέντοι Ξενοφῶν μεταξὺ ὑπολαβὼν ἔλεξεν ὧδε. "2 θαυμα. 
σιώτατε ἄνθρωπε, σύ γε οὐδὲ ὁρῶν γιγνώσκεις οὐδὲ ἀκούων 
μέμνησαι. ἐν ταὐτῷ γε μέντοι ἦσθα τούτοις, ὅτε βασιλεὺς, 
ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἀπέθανε, μέγα φρονήσας ἐπὶ τούτῳ, πέμπων 
ἐκέλευε παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα. 28. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐ — 
δόντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξοπλισάμενοι, ἐλθόντες παρεσκηνήσαμεν αὐ- 
τῷ, τί οὐκ ἐποίησε πρέσβεις πέμπων καὶ σπονδὰς αἰτῶν 
καὶ παρέχων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἔ ἔστε σπονδῶν ἔ ἐτυχεν ; 29. ἐπεὶ 
δ᾽ αὖ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ, ὥσπερ δὴ σὺ κελεύεις, 
εἰς λόγους αὐτοῖς ἄνευ ὅπλων ἦλθον, πιστεύσαντες ταῖς 
σπονδαῖς. οὐ νῦν ἐκεῖνοι παιόμενοι, κεντούμενοι, ὑβριζόμε- 
νοι, οὐδὲ ἀποθανεῖν οἱ τλήμονες δύνανται, καὶ par οἶμαι 
ἐρῶντες τούτου; ἃ σὺ πώντα εἰδὼς, τοὺς μὲν ἀμύνεσθαι 





66 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 


’ - Ἁ , ‘ Λ 4 7 
κελεύοντας φλυαρεῖν φὴς, πείθειν δὲ πάλι" κελεύεις ἰόντας ; 
δι. ὦ, Ν Φ γ a ‘ ¥” a , 
80. ἐμοὶ Se, ὦ ἄνδρες, δοκεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον μήτε 
] " -ῳν πὶ ᾽ ta > 4 Ν 
προσίεσθαι εἰς ταῦτο ἡμῖν αὑτοῖς, ἀφελομένους τε τὴν 
/ 4 > , e 4 ~ φΦ 
λοχαγίαν σκεύη ἀναθέντας ὡς τοιθύτῳ χρῆσθαι. οὗτος 
‘ ‘ Ἀ , / rn - Ra τῷ , 
γὰρ kat τὴν πατρίδα καταισχύνει καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ᾿ Ελλάδα, 
“ “ “A A ’ὔ > ~ . 
ὅτι Ελλην ὧν τοιοῦτος ἐστιν. B31. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ὑπολαβὼν 
ἢ , , 2 > δ ΄ ¥ a 
Ayacias Στυμφάλιος εἶπεν: Adda τούτῳ γε οὔτε τῆς 
7 , Ia ¥ - ε / , 
Βοιωτίας προσήκει οὐδέν, οὔτε τῆς Ελλάδος ϑαθδανν, 
ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν apt ὥσπερ Λυδὸν. ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα 
τετρυπημένον. καὶ εἶχεν οὕτως. 82. τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ἀπή- 
e \‘ Ν Ν / 27 “ δ 
λασαν" οἱ Se ἄλλοι παρὰ tas τάξεις ἰόντες, ὅπου μεν 
a - wy a A /. 
στρατηγὸς σῶς εἴη, τὸν στρατηγὸν παρεκάλουν, ὁπόθεν δὲ 
¥ ‘ ς , Pr 4 Ν a Ν 
οἴχοιτο, τὸν ὑποστρωτηγον, ὅπου δ᾽ αὖ λοχαγὸς σῶς εἰη, 
a 
TOV λοχαγόν. 
5 4 ‘ , a A a ’ a 
3. Ἔπει δὲ πάντες συνῆλθον, eis to πρόσθεν τῶν 
“ ᾽ Λ a Ν > ’ ec A . 
ὅπλων exabefovto* καὶ ἐγένοντο ot συνελθόντες στρατηγοὶ 
Ν Ν 3 Ν ‘ ¢ , e ‘ a > Ν 
καὶ Noyayot ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατὸν. ote δὲ ταῦτα ἦν, σχεδὸν 
, 3 , ? - ς , > . 
μέσαι ἦσαν νύκτες. 84. ενταῦθα ᾿Ιερωνυμος Ἠλεῖος, πρε- 
4 ay a , a” My” / φ 
σβύτατος ὧν τῶν Προξένου λοχαγῶν, ἤρχετο λέγειν ὧδε. 
΄ ΄ φν 4 Ν ‘ e - Ν ὔ 
Ἡμῖν, ὦ ἀνδρες στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ, ὁρῶσι τὰ παρόντα 
| ‘ 4 n a . ς A ’ [ 
ἐδοξε καὶ αὐτοῖς συνελθεῖν καὶ ὑμᾶς παρακαλεσαι, ὅπως 
’ Ὗ / > / ΄ 7 
βουλευσαίμεθα εἰ τι δυναίμεθα ἀγαθὸν. λέξον δ᾽, ἔφη, 
Ν ‘ > — ~ ed ᾿ 4 A e 7 ΕῚ ᾿ὕὔ 
καὶ συ, ὦ Ξενοφών, ἅπεῤ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς. B35. εκ τούτου 
4 ’ “ ᾽ 4 - ‘ Ν , ᾽ 
λέγει Tade Ἐενοφῶν. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ πάντες ἐπι- 
, “ ‘ N , ἃ Ν ᾽ , 
στάμεθα ort βασιλεὺς καὶ Τισσαφέρνης ovs μὲν ἐδυνήθησαν 
, e a A Ν. A ed ? 4 
συνειληφασιν ἡμῶν, τοῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοις δῆλον ὅτι επιβουλεύ- 
ε Δ ᾽ ᾽ ΄ ἃ ἃ , 9 
ουσιν, ws ἢν δύνωνται ἀπολέσωσιν. ἡμῖν δὲ γε οἶμαι 
’ / ες , ee ee nr ἤ , 
TavTa ποίητεα ὡς μήποτ ἐπὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις γενωμεθα, 
᾽ Ν - ΕἸ ΄ 9. » 2.,.} a > 
adda μᾶλλον, ἢν δυνώμεθα, ἐκεῖνοι eh ἡμῖν. 86. εὖ 
’ > / a e - A ΝΜ “ ΕΝ 
τοίνυν ἐπίστασθε ote ὑμεῖς τοσοῦτοι ὄντες ὅσοι νῦν συνε- 
/ , ¥ ’ e ‘ a 
ληλύθατε μέγιστον ἔχετε καιρόν. οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται 











ΑΝΑΒ. 3, L.] Xenophon's Advice. 67 


οὗτοι πάντες πρὸς ὑμᾶς βλέπουσι, κἂν μὲν ὑμᾶς δρῶσιν 


᾿ἀθύμους, πάντες κακοὶ ἔσονται, ἢν δὲ ὑμεῖς αὐτοί τε 


παρασκευαζόμενοι φανεροὶ ~~ ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ 
τοὺς ἄλλους παρακαλῆτε, εὖ ἴστε ὅτι ἕψονται ὑμὶν καὶ 
πειρόσονταα μιμεῖσθαι. 47. ἴσως δέ τοι καὶ δίκαιόν ἐστιν 
ὑμᾶς διαφέρειν τι τούτων. ὑμεῖς. γάρ ἐστε στρατηγοι, 
ὑμεῖς ταξίαρχοι καὶ λοχαγοί" καὶ ὅτε εἰρήνη ἦν ὑμεῖς, καὶ 
χρήμασι καὶ τιμαῖς τούτων ἐπλεονεκτείτε" καὶ νῦν τοίνυν, 
ἐπεὶ πόλεμος sarin, ἀξιοῦν δεῖ ὑμᾶς: αὐτοὺς ἀμείνους τε 
τοῦ πλήθους εἶναι καὶ προβουλεύειν τούτων καὶ προπανεῖν, 
ἤν που δέῃ. 85. καὶ νῦν πρῶτον μὲν οἶμαι ἂν ὑμᾶς μέγα 
ὀνῆσαι τὸ στράτευμα, εἰ ἐπιμεληθείητε᾽ ὅπως ἀντὶ τῶν 
ἀπολωλότων ὡς τάχιστα στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀντικα- 
τασταθῶσιν. ἄνευ γὰρ ἀρχόντων οὐδὲν ἂν οὔτε καλὸν 
οὔτε ἀγαθὸν γένοιτο, ὡς μὲν συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, οὐδαμοῦ, ἐν 
δὲ δὴ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς παντάπασιν. ἡ μὲν γὰρ εὐταξία 
σώζειν δοκεῖ, ἡ δὲ ἀταξία πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀπολώλεκεν. 
88, ἐπιιδὸν Se καταστήσησθε τοὺς ἄρχοντας ὅσους δεῖ, ἣν 
καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας συλλέγητε καὶ παραθαρρύ- 
ar οἶμαι ἂν ὑμᾶς πάνυ ev προς ποιῆσωι, 40. νῦν γὰρ 
ἴσως καὶ ὑμεῖς αἰσθάνεσθε ὡς ἀθύμως μὲν ἦλθον ¢ ἐπὶ τὰ 
ὅπλα, ἀθύμως δὲ πρὸς τὰς φυλακάς" ὥστε οὕτω ¥ ἐχόν- 
των οὐκ οἶδα Ὁ τι ἄν τις χρήσαιτο αὐτοῖς εἴτε νυκτὸς 
δέοι τι εἴτε καὶ ἡμέρας. 41. ἣν δέ τις αὐτῶν τρέψῃ τὰς 
γνώμας, ὡς μὴ τοῦτο μόνον ἐννοῶνται τί πείσονται ἀλλὰ 
καὶ τί ποιήσουσι, πολὺ εὐθυμότεροι ἔ ἔσονται. 43. bg 
σθε γὰρ δὴ ὁ ὅτι οὔτε πλῆθός ἐστιν οὔτε ἰσχὺς ἡ ἐν τῷ 
πολέμῳ τὰς νίκας ποιοῦσα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότεροι ἂν σὺν τοῖς 
θεοῖς ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐρρωμενέστεροι ἴωσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμί- 
ους, τούτους ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ οἱ ἀντίοι οὐ δέχονται. 


48. ἐντεθύμημαι δ᾽ ἔγωγε; ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ τοῦτο, ὅτι ὁπόσοι 


— or et τι.» mS PT i abe SE wee 
ΕΣ ΦΉΣ Wii ἀπ es » =’ 

“ΣῪ Sere νος τὸ “ Ξ 5 =a πον ὁ: σϑνς 

I See ae εν τς P= tone 


, i 


a Ν Ψ' a 2 
Oy, tet mage ote ey 


- 


7 = 
WOotouy 





68 Ketreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen, 


μὲν μαστεύουσι ζῆν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς, 
οὗτοι μὲν κακῶς τε καὶ αἰσχρῶς ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ἀποθνή- 
nena, ὁπόσοι δὲ τὸν μὲν θώνατον καὶ ἐγνώκασι πᾶσι κοινὸν 
εἶναι καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνθρώποις, περὶ δὲ τοῦ καλῶς ἀπο- 
θνήσκειν ἀγωνίζονται, τούτους ὁρῶ μᾶλλον πως εἰς τὸ 
γῆρας ἀφικνουμένους, καὶ ἕως ἂν ζῶσιν εὐδαιμονέστερον 
διώγοντας. 44. ἃ καὶ ἡμᾶς δεῖ νῦν καταμαθόντας, ἐν 
τοιούτῳ γὰρ καιρῷ ἐσμεν, αὐτούς τε ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι, 
καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παρακαλεῖν. 

45. Ὁ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον εἶπε 
Χειρίσοφος. ᾿Αλλὰ πρόσθεν μὲν, ὦ βενοῥᾶν, τοσοῦτον 
μόνον σε ἐγίγνωσκον ὅσον ἤκουον ᾿Αθηναῖον εἶναι, νῦν δὲ 
καὶ ἐπαινῶ σε ἐφ᾽ οἷς λέγεις τε καὶ πράττεις, καὶ βουλοῖ- 
μην ἂν ὅτι πλείστους εἶναι τοιούτους" κοινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη 
τὸ ἀγαθόν. 46. καὶ νῦν, ἔφη, μὴ μέλλωμεν, ὦ ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀλλ᾽ 
ἀπελθόντες ἤδη αἱρεῖσθε οἱ δεόμενοι ἄ ἄρχοντας, καὶ ἑλόμενοι 
ἥκετε εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ στρατοπέδου, καὶ τοὺς αἱρεθέντας 
ἄγετε. ἔπειτ᾽ ἐκεῖ συγκαλοῦμεν τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας. 
παρέστω δ᾽ ἡμίν, ἔφη, καὶ Τολμίδης ὁ κήρυξ. 47. καὶ 
ἅμα ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀνέστη, ὡς μὴ μέλλοιτο ἀλλὰ περαίνοιτο 
τὰ δέοντα. ἐκ τούτου ἠρέθησαν a ἄρχοντες ἀντὶ μὲν Κλε- 
apxou Τιμασίων “Δαρδανεὺς, a ἀντὶ δὲ Σωκράτους Ξανθικλῆς 
᾿Αχαιὸς, ἀντὶ δὲ ᾿Αγίου Κλεάνωρ ᾿Αρκὰς, ἀντὶ δὲ Μένωνος 
Φιλήσιος ’ Ἀχαιὸς, ἀντὶ δὲ Tpofevov Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος. 

Il. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 7 ἤρηντο, ἡμέρα τε σχεδὸν ὑπέφαινε, καὶ 
εἰς τὸ μέσον ἧκον οἱ ἄρχοντες. καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς τρο- 
φυλακὰς καταστήσαντας συγκαλεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται συνῆλθον, a ἀνέστη ἸῸΝ μὲν 
Χειρίσοφος ὁ “Δακεδαρμόνμρς, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. 4. ἾΩ ἄνδρες 
rns χαλεπὰ μὲν τὰ παρέντα, ὁ ὁπότε ἀνδρῶν στρα- 


τηγῶν τοιούτων στερόμεθα καὶ λοχαγῶν καὶ στρατιωτῶν, 











Anas. 3, 11. Chirisophus : Xenophon. 69 


πρὺς δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ _—- οἱ πρόσθεν oe 
ὄντες προδεδώκασιν ἡμᾶς" 8. ὅμως δὲ δεῖ ἐκ τῶν ἘΝ 
ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς τελέθειν καὶ μὴ ὑφίεσθαι, ἀλλὰ μήν ; 
ὅπως ἣν μὲν δυνώμεθα καλῶς νικῶντες σωξώμε α ts εἰ 
μὴ, ἀλλὰ καλῶς γε ἀποθνήσκωμεν, ὑποχείριοι. δὲ μη ae 
γενώμεθα δῶντον τοῖς πολεμίοις. οἶμαι γὰρ xe mH 
τοιαῦτα παθεῖν οἷα τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οἱ θεοὶ ποιήσειαν. 4. ἐπ 
τούτῳ Κλεάνωρ ᾿Ορχομένιος ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. τὰν 
ὁρᾶτε μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὴν βασιλέως arene pene 
Bevav, ὁ ὁρᾶτε δὲ τὴν Τισσαφέρνους ἀπιστίαν, ὅστις eye 
ὡς γείτων τε εἴη τῆς «Ελλάδος καὶ περὶ πλείστου ἂν 
ποιήσαιτο σῶσαι ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις αὐτὸς ὀμόσας 
ἡμίν, αὐτὸς δεξιὰς δοὺς, αὐτὸς ἐξαπατήσας ἐκῴαμ το ee 
στρατηγοὺς, καὶ οὐδὲ Δία ξένιον ἠδέσθη, ἀλλὰ Κλεώρχᾳ 
καὶ ὁμοτράπεζος agg αὐτοῖς τούτοις δρόσον 
τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπολώλεκεν. 5. ᾿Αριαῖος δὲ, ὃν ἡμεῖς ἦθὲ 
λομεν βασιλέα καθιστώναι, καὶ ἐδώκαμεν καὶ —— 
πιστὰ μὴ προδώσειν ἀλλήλους. καὶ οὗτος οὔτε τοὺς θεους 
δείσας οὔτε Κῦρον τεθνηκότα αἰδεσθεὶς, τιμώμενος μάλιστα 
ὑπὸ Κύρου ζῶντος. νῦν πρὸς τοὺς ἐκείνου ἐχθίστους — 
ἡμᾶς τοὺς Κύρου φίλους κακῶς ποιεῖν πειρᾶται. 96. ἀλλὰ 
τούτους μὲν οἱ θεοὶ ἀποτίσαιντο" ἡμᾶς δὲ δεῖ ταῦτα ὁρῶν- 
τας μήποτε ἐξαπατηθῆναι ἔτι ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀλλὰ μαχομέ- 
νους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα, τοῦτο ὃ τι ἂν δοκῇ τοῖς 
aie πάσχειν. 

. Ex τούτου Νυνυφδν ἀνίσταται ἐσταλμένος ἐπὶ πόλε- 
ee ὡς ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα, νομίζων, εἴτε νίκην διδοῖεν οἱ θεοὶ, 
τὸν κάλλιστον κόσμον τῷ νικᾶν πρέπειν, εἴτε τελευτᾶν 
δέοι, ὀρθῶς ἔχειν τῶν καλλίστων ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσαντα ἐν 
τούτοις τῆς τελευτῆς τυγχώνειν" τοῦ λόγου δὲ ἤρχετο 
ὧδε, &. Τὴν μὲν τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπιορκίαν τε καὶ ἀπιστίαν 





70 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. ΓΧΕΝ. 


, 4 ἢ ϑ. ». A, Ὁ 9 
λέγει μὲν Κλεάνωρ, ἐπίστασθε δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς, οὗμαι. εἰ 
‘ 9 , ͵ > a ‘ , 
μεν οὖν βουλευομεθα πάλιν αὑτοῖς διὰ φιλίας 1 ἰέναι, ἀνάγκη 
᾿ἡμᾶς πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν ἔ ἔχειν, ὁρῶντας καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς, 
ot διὰ πίστεως αὐτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἐνεχείρισαν, οἷα πεπόνθα- 
σιν" εἰ μέντοι διανοούμεθα σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὧν τε πεποιή- 
/ > a ᾽ .“ ‘ “ Ν Ἂ Ν. 
κασι δίκην ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν διὰ παντὸς 
4 > - ᾽, ‘ tod A Ν c a Ν 
πολέμου αὑτοῖς ἰέναι, σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς πολλαὶ ἡμῖν καὶ 
᾿ς Ὁ / ἿΙΑΝ / A A / b κ 
καλαὶ ἐλπίδες εἰσὶ σωτηρίας. 9. Τοῦτο de PORTS auTou 
, / 
πτάρνυται τις" ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται πάντες μιᾷ 
ὁρμῇῃ προσαύνησαν τὸν θεόν. καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπε" Δοκεῖ 
μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐ ἐπεὶ περὶ σωτηρίας ἡμῶν λεγόντων οἰωνὸς 
τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ οατῆροι ἐφάνη, εὔξασθαι τῷ θεῷ τούτῳ 
θύσειν σωτήρια ὅπου ἂν πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν χώραν ἀφικώ- 
μεθα, συνεπεύξασθαι δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς θύσειν κατὰ 
δύ \ @ ὃ lo - 3 » > , ‘ rf 
ὑνᾶμιν. καὶ ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτ, Edy, ἀνατεινάτω THY χεῖρα. 
he. 6 7] ᾽ , ” . 9 , 
Και avetewav ἅπαντες. ἐκ τούτου ηὔξαντο καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν. 
3 " ‘ Ν - ΄ a“ 9 ¥ / @ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ τῶν θεῶν καλῶς εἶχεν, ἤρχετο πάλιν ὧδε. 
3 ’ , , 4 Ν ee / 
Ervyyavov λεγων OTL πολλαὶ καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες 
eA 3 ΄ ΕΝ 4 A e 6 Ἁ > ω 
ἡμῖν εἶεν σωτηρίας. πρῶτον μέν γὰρ ἡμεῖς μὲν εμπεδοῦ- 
‘ o ΡΞ Ψ : . ἢ ? , ͵ 
μεν τοὺς τῶν θεῶν ὅρκους, οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπιωρκήκασι 
Ν bs Ἅ ¢ ‘ 7 “ ’ « 
τε καὶ Tas σπονδὰς καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους λελύκασιν. οὕτω 
a Ὁ ἃ 2 a ε \ ’ ᾽ ’ 3 x 
5 ἐχόντων, εἰκὸς τοῖς μὲν πολεμίοις ἐναντίους εἶναι τοὺς 
‘ Cia \ , “ ε / ? Ν Ν 
θεους, ἡμῖν δὲ συμμάχους, οἵπερ ἱκανοί εἰσι καὶ τοὺς 
, ‘ ‘ e ‘ . . Ka 5 
μεγάλους ταχυ μικροὺς ποιεῖν, καὶ TOUS μίκρους, κἂν εν 
“ 9 ’ > ~ “ , ¥ 
δεινοῖς ὦσι, σωζειν εὐπετῶς, ὅταν βούλωνται. UL. ἔπειτα 
ἢ. Ὁ , = ea ‘ Ν a / a e ΄ 
δε,ιαναμνήσω γὰρ ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἡμετε- 
’ cd Ian ς΄ > a Ce / 
ρων κινδύνους, wa εἰδῆτε ὡς ἀγαθοῖς τε ὑμῖν προσήκει 
εἶναι, σώζονταί τε σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ ἐκ πάνυ δεινῶν οἱ 
ἀγαθοί. ἐλθόντων μὲν γὰρ Περσῶν καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτοῖς 
a“ I. e 3 , 3 ‘ > , 
παμπληθεῖ στόλῳ ws ἀφανιούντων αὖθις τὰς ᾿Αθήνας, 
. a ? a, % ce , > 7 ? ’ 
ὑποστῆναι αὑτοῖς Αθηναῖοι τολμήσαντες ἐνίκησαν αὐτούς. 














ANAB. 3, π.} Xenophon’s Speech. 71 


12. καὶ εὐξάμενοι τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι ὁπόσους κατακάνοιεν τῶν 
πολεμίων τοσαὕτας χιμαίρας καταθύσειν τῇ θεῷ, ἐπεὶ οὐκ 
εἶχον ἱκανὰς εὑρεῖν, anager αὐτοῖς κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν πεντακο- 
σίας θύειν, καὶ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀποθύουσιν. 188. ἔπειτα ὅτε 
Ξέρξης ὕστερον ἀγείρας bass ἀναρίθμητον στρατιὰν ἦλθεν 
ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ τότε ἐνίκων οἱ ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι 
τοὺς τούτων προγόνους καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. 
ὧν ἔστι μὲν τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν τὰ τρόπαια, μέγιστον δὲ μαρτύ- 
ρίον ἡ ἐλευθερία τῶν πόλεων ἐν αἷς ὑμεῖς ἐγένεσθε καὶ 
ἐτράφητε" οὐδένα γὰρ ἄνθρωπον δεσπότην, ἀλλὰ τοὺς 
θεοὺς προσκυνεῖτε. τοιούτων μέν ἐστε προγόνων. 14. Οὐ 
μὲν δὴ τοῦτό γε ἐρῶ, ὡς ὑμεῖς καταισχύνετε αὐτούς" ἀλλ᾽ 
οὔπω πολλαὶ ἡμέραι ud οὗ ἀντιταξάμενοι τούτοις τοῖς 
ἐκείνων ἐκγόνοις πολλαπλασίους ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἐνικῶτε σὺν 
τοῖς θεοῖς. 15. καὶ τότε μὲν δὴ περὶ τῆς Κύρου fact 
λείας ἄνδρες 7 ἥτε ἀγαθοί" νῦν δ᾽, ὁπότε περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας 
σωτηρίας ὁ ἀγών ἐστι, πολὺ δήπου ὑμᾶς προσήκει καὶ 
ἀμείνονας καὶ προθυμοτέρους εἶναι. 16. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ 
θαρραλεωτέρους νῦν πρέπει εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. 
τότε μὲν γὰρ ἄπειροι ὄντες αὐτῶν τό τε ee ἄμετρον 
ὁρῶντες, ὅμως ἐτολμήσατε σὺν τῷ πατρίῳ φρονήματι 
ἰέναι εἰς αὐτούς" νῦν δὲ, ὁπότε καὶ πεῖραν ἤδη ἔχετε αὐτῶν, 
ὅτι θέλουσι καὶ πολλαπλάσιοι ὄντες͵ μὴ δέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς, 
τί ἔτι ὑμὶν προσήκει" τούτους φοβεῖσθαι; 17. Μηδὲ μέντοι 
τοῦτο μεῖον δόξητε ἔχειν, εἰ οἱ Κύρειοι casein σὺν ἡμῖν 
ταττόμενοι νῦν ἀφεστήκασιν. ἔτι γὰρ οὗτοι κακίονές εἰσι 
τῶν ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἡττημένων" ἔφευγον γοῦν πρὸς ἐκείνους 
καταλιπόντες ἡμᾶς. τοὺς δ᾽ ἐθέλοντας guys ἄρχειν πολὺ 
κρϑῦεαν σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ταττομένους ἢ ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ 
τάξει, ὁρᾶν. 18. Εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν ἀθυμεῖ ὅτι ἡμῖν μὲν οὐκ 


εἰσὶν ἱππεῖς, τοῖς δὲ πολεμίοις πολλοὶ πάρεισιν, ἐνθυμή»- 








72 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen, 


θητε ὅτι οἱ μύριοι ἱππεῖς οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ μύριοί εἰσιν ἄνθρω- 
ποι" ὑπὸ μὲν γὰρ ἵππου ἐν μάχῃ οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτε 
δηχθεὶς οὔτε Ἀακίονθῶς ἀπέθανεν, οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες etary οἱ 
ποιοῦντες ὅ τι ἂν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις γίγνηται. 19. οὐκοῦν 
τῶν ἱππέων πολὺ ἡμεῖς ἐπ᾽ ἀσφαλεστέρου ὁ ὀχήματός ἐσμεν" 
οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων κρέμανται, φοβούμενοι οὐχ ἡμᾶς 
μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καταπεσεῖν" ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐπὶ γῆς βεβηκό. 
τες πολὺ μὲν ἰσχυρότερον παίσομεν, ἦν τις προσίῃ, πολὺ 
δὲ μᾶλλον ὅτου ἂν βουλώμεθα τευξόμεθα. ἑνὶ μόνῳ 
προέχουσιν οἱ ἱππεῖς ἡμᾶς" φεύγειν αὐτοῖς ἀσφαλέστερόν 
ἐστιν ἢ ἡμῖν. 90. Εἰ δὲ δὴ τὰς μὲν μάχας θαρρεῖτε, ὅτι 
δὲ οὐκέτι ἡμῖν Τισσαφέρνης ἡγήσεται οὐδὲ βασιλεὺς 
ἀγορὰν παρέξει, τοῦτο ἄχθεσθε, σκέψασθε πότερον κρεῖττον 
Fiscapepoy 9 ἡγεμόνα ἔχειν, ὃς ἐπιβουλεύων ἡμῖν φανερός 
ἐστιν, ἢ οὗς ἂν ἡμεῖς ἄνδρας λαβόντες ἡγεῖσθαι κελεύωμεν, 
δὲ εἴσονται ὅτι, » τί περὶ ἡμᾶς ἁμαρτάνωσι, περὶ τὰς 
ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα ἁμαρτάνουσι " 21. τὰ δὲ 
ἐπιτήδεια πότερον ὠνεῖσθαι κρεῖττον ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἧς 
οὗτοι παρέχον, μικρὰ μέτρα πολλοῦ ἀργυρίου, μηδὲ τοῦτο 
ἔτι ἔχοντας, ἢ αὐτοὺς λαμβάνειν, ἤ ἤνπερ κρατῶμεν, μέτρῳ 
χρωμένους ὁπόσῳ ἂν ἕκαστος βούληται. 22. Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα 
μὲν γγνώσκετε OTL κρείττονα, τοὺς δὲ ποταμοὺς ἄπορον 
vouitere εἶναι, καὶ μεγάλως ἡγεῖσθε ἐξαπατηθῆναι διαβάν- 
τες, σκέψασθε εἰ ἄρα τοῦτο καὶ βοῦν πεποιήκασιν 
οἱ βάρβαροι. πάντες γὰρ ποταμοὶ, ἣν καὶ πρόσω τῶν 
πηγῶν ἄποροι ὦσι, προϊοῦσι πρὸς τὰς πηγὰς διαβατοὶ 
γίγνονται, οὐδὲ τὸ γόνυ βρέχοντες. 48. Εἰ δὲ μήθ᾽ οἱ 
ποταμοὶ διήσουσιν ἡγεμών τε μηδεὶς ἡμῖν ἀνα, οὐδ᾽ 

ὡς ἡμῖν γε ἀθυμητέον. ἐπιστάμεθα γὰρ Μυσοὺς, οὃς οὐκ 
ἂν ἡμῶν φαίημεν βελτίους εἶναι, δὲ βασιλέως a ἄκοντος. ἐν 
τῇ βασιλέως χώρᾳ πολλάς τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας καὶ μεγάλας 








ANAB. 9, IL] Xenophon’s Speech. 73 


πόλεις οἰκοῦσιν, ἐπιστάμεθα δὲ Πισίδας ὡσαύτως, Avedovas 
δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις. τὰ ἐρυμνὰ κατα- 
λαβόντες, τὴν τούτων χώραν sesso 94. καὶ ἡμᾶς δ᾽ 
ἂν ἔφην ἔγωγε χρῆναι μήπω φανεροὺς εἶναι οἴκαδε ὡρμη- 
μένους, ἀλλὰ κατασκευάζεσθαι ὡς αὐτοῦ που οἰκήσοντας. 
οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι καὶ Μυσοῖς βασιλεὺς πολλοὺς μὲν ἡγεμόνας 
ἂν δοίη, πολλοὺς δ᾽ ἂν ὁμήρους. τοῦ ἀδόλως ἐκπέμψειν, καὶ 
ὁδοποιήσειέ Y ἂν αὐτοῖς, καὶ εἰ σὺν τεθρίπποις βούλοιντο 
ἀπιέναι. καὶ ἡμῖν y ἂν οἷδ᾽ ὅτι τρισάσμενος ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίει, | 
εἰ ἑώρα ἡμᾶς μένειν παρασκευαξομένους. 25. ἀλλὰ yap | 
δέδοικα μὴ, av ἅπαξ μάθωμεν ἀργοὶ ζῆν καὶ ἐν ἀφθόνοις 
βιοτεύειν, καὶ Μήδων δὲ καὶ Περσῶν καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις 
γυναιξὶ καὶ παρθένοις ὁμιλεῖν, μὴ ὥσπερ οἵ λωτοφάγοι 
ἐπιλαθώμεθα τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ. 26. δοκεῖ οὖν μοι εἰκὸς 
καὶ δίκαιον εἶναι, πρῶτον εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς 
οἰκείους πειρᾶσθαι ἀφικνεῖσθαι, καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν 
ὅτι ἑκόντες πένονται, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς τοὺς νῦν οἴκοι ἀκλήρους 
πολετεύοντας, ἐνθάδε κομισαμένους, πλουσίους ὁρᾶν. ἀλλὰ 
γὰρ, ὦ ἄνδρες, πάντα ταῦτα τἀγαθὰ δῆλον ὅ ὅτι τῶν κρατούν- 
των ἐστί. 2%. Τοῦτο δὴ δεῖ λέγειν, πῶς ἂν πορευοίμεθά 
τε ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα, καὶ εἰ μΐχεσθαι δέοι, ὡς κράτιστα 
μαχοίμεθα. Rc oped μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη, δοκεῖ μοι κατακαῦσαι 
τὰς ἁμάξας ἃς ἔχομεν, ἵνα μὴ τὰ ζεύγη ἡμῶν στρατηγῇ, 
ἀλλὰ πορευώμεθα ( ὅπῃ ἂν τῇ στρατιῇ συμφέρῃ" ἔπειτα 
καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς συγκατακαῦσαι. αὗται γὰρ αὖ ) ὄχλον μὲν 
παρέχουσιν ἄγειν, separ δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὔτε εἰς TO μάχε- 
σθαι οὔτ᾽ εἰς τὸ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔ ἔχειν. 3228. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν 
ἄλλων σκευῶν τὰ περιττὰ ἀπαλλάξωμεν, πλὴν ὅσα πολέ- 
μου ἕνεκεν ἢ σίτων ἢ ποτῶν ἔχομεν, ἵν ὡς πλεῖστοι μὲν 


ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὦσιν, ὡς ἐλάχιστοι δὲ σκευοφορῶσι. 
Lvov ῥὲν yap ἀκίστασθε ὅτε πάντα. ἀλλέπριαν 
κρατουμένων pev yap ἐπιστασῦε ὁτὲ TavTa ρ 











74 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xex 


ἣν δὲ κρατῶμεν, καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους δεῖ -σκευοφόρους ἡμε- 
τέρους νομέξειν. 29. Λοιπὸν μοι εἰπεῖν ὅπερ καὶ μέγιστον 
νομίζω εἷναι. ὁρᾶτε γὰρ καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ὅτι οὐ ™po- 
σθεν ἐξενεγκεῖν ἐτόλμησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς πόλεμον, πρὶν τοὺς 
στρατηγοὺς ἡμῶν συνέλαβον, νομίζοντες ὄντων μὲν τῶν 
ἀρχόντωυς. καὶ ἡμῶν πειθομένων, ἱἑ ἱκανοὺς εἶναι ἡμᾶς περι- 
γενέσθαι τῷ πολέμῳ" λαβόντες δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ἀναρχίᾳ 
ἂν καὶ ἀταξίᾳ ἐνόμεξον ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσθαι. 80. δεῖ οὖν 
πολὺ μὲν τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐπιμελεστέρους γενέσθαι τοὺς 
νῦν τῶν πρόσθεν, πολὺ δὲ τοὺς ἀρχομένους εὐτακτοτέρους 
καὶ πειθομένους pete τοῖς ἄρχουσι νῦν ἢ πρόσθεν. 
81. ἣν δέ τις ἀπειθῇ, ἢ ἢν ψηφίσησθε τὸν ἀεὶ ὑμῶν ἐντυγχώ- 
vovTa σὺν τῷ ἄρχοντι κολάζειν, οὕτως οἱ πολέμιοι πλεῖ- 
στον ἐψευσμένοι ἔσονται" τῇδε γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μυρίους 
ὄψονται — ἑνὸς Κλεάρχους, τοὺς οὐδενὶ ἐπιτρέψοντας 
κακῷ εἶναι. . ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ καὶ περαίνειν ἤδη ὦ apa ἴσως 
yap ot πλέονι αὐτίκα παρέσονται. ὅτῳ οὖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ 
καλῶς ἔχειν, ἐπικυρωσάτω ὡς τάχιστα, iv ἔργῳ περαίνη- 
ται. εἰ δέ τι ἄλλο βέλτιον ἢ ἢ ταύτῃ, τολμάτω καὶ ὁ ἰδι- 
ὦτης διδάσκειν" πάντες γὰρ Πρ: σωτηρίας δεόμεθα, 
88. Μετὰ ταῦτα “Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν " ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ μέν τινος 
ἄλλου δεῖ πρὸς τούτοις οἷς λέγει Ξενοφῶν, καὶ αὐτίκα 
ἐξέσται ποιεῖν" ἃ δὲ νῦν εἴρηκε δοκεῖ μοι ὡς τάχιστα 
ψηφίσασθαι ἄριστον εἶναι" καὶ ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνα- 
τεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. ἀνέτειναν ἅπαντες. 84. ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ 
πάλιν εἶπε Ἀενοφῶν. ἾΩ ἄνδρες, ἀκούσατε ὧν προσδεῖν 
δοκεῖ μοι. δῆλον ὅ OTL πορεύεσθαι mas δεῖ ὅπου ἕξομεν 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" ἀκούω δὲ κώμας εἶναι καλὰς οὐ πλέον 
εἴκοσι σταδίων ἀπεχούσας" 35. οὐκ ἂν οὖν θαυμάζοιμι εἰ 
οἱ πολέμιοι ---- ὥσπερ οἱ δειλοὶ κύνες τοὺς μὲν παριόντας 
διώκουσί τε καὶ δάκνουσιν, ἣν δύνωνται, τοὺς δὲ διώκοντας 








The Order of March. 


ANAB, 3, π|.} 


οιεν. 
φεύγουσιν — εἰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡμῖν ἀπιοῦσιν ἐπακολουθοῖ, 


86. ἴσως οὖν ἀσφαλέστερον ἡμῖν πορεύεσθαι πλαίσιον"" 
ποιησαμένους τῶν ὅπλων, ἵνα τὰ σκευοφόρα καὶ ὁ πολὺς 
ὄχλος ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ ἢ. εἰ οὖν νῦν ἀποδειχθείη τίνα 
χρὴ Ἰγήσθοι τοῦ πλαισίου καὶ τὰ πρόσθεν κοσμεῖν, καὶ 
τίνας ἐπὶ τῶν eee ἑκατέρων εἶναι, τίνας δ᾽ ὀπισθοφυ- 
λακεῖν, οὐκ ἂν ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι ἔλθοιεν βουλεύεσθαι 
ἡμᾶς δέοι, ἀλλὰ χρῴμεθ᾽ ἂν εὐθὺς τοῖς τεταγμένοις. 37. εἰ 
μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τις βέλτιον ὁρᾷ, ἄλλως ἐχέτω" εἰ δὲ ph, 
Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγοῖτο, ἐπειδὴ καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιος ἐστι" 
τῶν δὲ πλευρῶν ἑκατέρων δύο τὼ πρεσβυτάτω στρατηγὼ 
ἐπιμελοίσθην" dati i aiaat δ᾽ ἡ ἡμεῖς οἱ νεώτατοι, ἐγώ 
τε καὶ Τιμασίων, τὸ νῦν εἶναι. 88. τὸ δὲ λουπὸν πειρώμε- 
νοι ταύτης τῆς τάξεως, βουλευσόμεθα & τι ἂν ἀεὶ κράτι- 
στον δοκῇ εἶναι. εἰ δέ τις ἄλλο ὁρᾷ βελτιον, λεξάτω. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, εἶπεν " “Ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνα- 
τεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. ἔδοξε ταῦτα. 39. Nouv τοίνυν, ἔφη, 
ἀπιόντας ποιεῖν δεῖ τὰ δεδογμένα. καὶ ὅστις τε ὑμῶν 
τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπιθυμεῖ ἰδεῖν, μεμνήσθω ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι" 
οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄλλως τούτου τυχεῖν" ὅστις τε ζῆν ἐπιθυμεὶ, 
πειράσθω νικᾶν" τῶν μὲν γὰρ νικώντων τὸ κατακαίνειν, 
τῶν δὲ ἡττωμένων τὸ ἀποθνήσκειν ἐστί" καὶ εἴ τις δὲ 
χοημάτων ἐπιθυμεῖ, κρατεῖν πειράσθω᾽ τῶν γὰρ νικώντων 
ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν σῴζειν καὶ τὰ τῶν ἡττωμένων λαμ- 
βάνειν. ot 
III. Τούτων λεχθέντων ἀνέστησαν, καὶ ἀπελθόντες 
κατέκαον τὰς ἁμάξας καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς, τῶν δε περιττῶν 
ὅτου μὲν δέοιτό τις μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις, τὰ δε ἄλλα εἰς 
τὸ πῦρ ἐρρίπτουν. ταῦτα ποιήσαντες ἠριστοποιοῦντο. 
ἀριστοποιουμένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἔρχεται Μιθριδάτης σὺν ἱππεῦ- 
σιν ὡς τριάκοντα, καὶ καλεσάώμενος τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἰς 














76 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Az~, 


ἐπήκοον, λέγει ὧδε. 2. ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ ἄνδρες᾿ Ἕλληνες, καὶ Κύρῳ 
πιστὸς ἦν, ὡς ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, καὶ νῦν ὑμῖν εὔνους " καὶ 
ἐνθάδε εἰμὲ σὺν πολλῷ φόβῳ διάγων. εἰ οὖν ὁρῴην ὑμᾶς 
, / ’ ¥. KA Ν δὺς & Ν A 
σωτηριον τι βουλευομένους, ἔλθοιμι ἂν προς ὑμᾶς, καὶ τοὺς 
, / ¥ ’ 9 ’ 4 3 a 
θεράποντας πάντας ἔχων. λέξατε οὖν πρὸς με TL ἐν νῷ 
¥ ε Λ Ν ¥ Ν ’ a \ 
ἔχετε, ws φίλον τε Kat εὔνουν καὶ βουλόμενον κοινῇ συν 
Φ. ὦ ‘ 4 ω , fa 
ὑμῖν τὸν στόλον ποιεῖσθαι. Βουλευομεένοις τοῖς στρα- 
- » > , ’ \ »¥. / 
τηγοῖς ἐδοξεν ἀποκρίνασθαι ταδε" καὶ ἔλεγε Χειρίσοφος" 
‘H “ ὃ a ? ’ a= ¢€ A > / ” ὃ § / 
μὲν OOKEL, εἰ μὲν TLS EG ἡμᾶς ATLEVAL οἰκαδε, διαπορεὺύ- 
Ν , € XA ἤ ? / sf ’ 
εσθαι τὴν χωραν ὡς ἂν δυνωμεθα ἀσινεστατα" ἢν δε 
ς An ~ ε A > ΄ κ 4 e ΕΥ̓ 
TLS ἡμᾶς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀποκωλύῃ, διαπολεμεῖν τούτῳ ὡς ἂν 
’ / > ΄ Ἵ a / 
δυνώμεθα κράτιστα. | 4. Ex τούτου ἐπειρᾶτο Μιθριδάτης 
, εξ » y , ” A 
διδάσκειν ὡς ἄπορον ein Bacirews ἄκοντος σωθῆναι. 
» s 3 , “ ς , 4 Ν ‘ an 
ἐνθα δὴ ἐγυιγνώσκετο OTL ὑπόπεμπτος εἴη" καὶ γὰρ τῶν 
/ ? / / / 7 
Tiscadgepvous τις οἰκείων παρηκολούθει πίστεως ἕνεκα. 
κ᾿ 3 4 b | / 7 re / 3 
5. καὶ ἐκ τούτου ἐδόκει τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βελτιον εἶναι 
’ , Ν Λ δι 3 ¥ See 
δόγμα ποιήσασθαι τὸν πόλεμον ἀκηρυκτον εἶναι ἔστ εν 
- / 5 ’ \ ‘ A 
τῇ πολεμίᾳ εἶεν" διεφθειρον yap προσιόντες τοὺς στρατι- 
, , κ / / ᾽ , 
wras, καὶ ἕνα ye λοχαγὸν διέφθειραν, Νίκαρχον Apxada, 
See > Ν A Ν 7 “ e ὟΝ 
καὶ WYETO ἀπιὼν νυκτὸς σὺν ἀνθρωποις ὡς ειἰκοσι. 
A a ? , Ν ’ Ν 
6. Mera ταῦτα, ἀριστήσαντες καὶ διαβάντες τὸν Ζα- 
/ Ν ᾽ ’ ’ π᾿, ’ Ν 
πᾶάταν ποταμὸν. ἐπορεύοντο τεταγμένοι τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ 
ὃν ὄχλον ἐν μέσῳ ἔ ) πολὺ δὲ ληλυθό 
τὸν ὄχλον ἐν μέσῳ ἔχοντες. οὐ πολυ OE προεληλυθοτων 
3 “ > / ’ e / e , » e 
αὑτῶν, ἐπιφαίνεται πάλιν ὁ Μιθριδατης, ἱππεας ἔχων ὡς 
’ Ν ’ὔ Ν , e / 
διακοσίους, καὶ τοξότας καὶ σφενδονητας ὡς τετρακοσίους, 
/ ? \ x Ig / / \ e Λ 
μᾶλα eXadpous και εὐζωνους. 7. καὶ προσῇει μὲν ὡς φίλος 
XK Ν Ἁ a > Ν a ῃ Ἁ > / >? / e 
ὧν πρὸς τοὺς Ελληνας, ἐπεὶ ὃ eyyus ἐγένετο, ἐξαπίνης οἱ 
\ > A > x, ¢ κ Ν Ν ε > > / 
μὲν αὑτῶν ἐτόξευον, Kai ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοὶ, οἱ ὃ εσφενδόνων 
A > / c \ 3 ’ κ / 
καὶ ἐτίτρωσκον. οἱ δὲ ὀπισθοφύλακες τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων 
“ \ a 
οἵ τε yap Κρη- 


¥ \ - > / > Ia? 
ἔπασχον μὲν κακῶς, ἀντεποίουν ὃ οὐδεν" 


’ A “ ’ / 4 
τες βραχύτερα τῶν Περσῶν ἐτόξευον, καὶ ἅμα ψιλοὶ ὄντες 


Attack by Mithridates. ΤΙ 


ΑΝΑΒ. 3, 11|.} 


εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων “κατεκέκλειντο, οἵ τε ἀκοντισταὶ βραχύ- 
i 2 ἠκοντιζον ἢ ἢ ὡς ἐξικνεῖσθαι τῶν σφενδονητῶν. S. ἐκ 
τούτου Ξενοφῶντι ἐδόκει διωκτέον εἶναι" καὶ ἐδίωκον τῶν 
τε ὁπλιτῶν καὶ τῶν πελταστῶν OL ἔτυχον σὺν αὐτῷ ὁπι- 


aA Ν > / , - 
σθοφυλακοῦντες " διώκοντες δὲ οὐδένα κατελάμβανον τῶν 


ΝΜ Ν € a 3 a @ ΕΥ̓ 
9. οὔτε γὰρ ἱππεῖς ἦσαν τοῖς ἔλλησιν, οὔτε 


/ 
πολεμίων. 
« Ν ‘ ἈΝ 9 A“ 4 δύ 
οἱ πεζοὶ τους πεζους εκ πολλου ἰϑήψε σαῤήνῃν εδύναντο κατα- 
ea, 


λαμβάνειν ἐν ὀλέγῳ χωρίῳ" πολὺ γὰρ οὐχ οἷον τε ἦν ἀπὸ 
10. οἱ δὲ βώρβαροι 


ἱππεῖς, καὶ ψγονναι ἅμα ἐτίτρωσκον εἰς τοὔπισθεν τοξεύ- 


τοῦ ἄλλου στρατεύματος διώκειν. 


οντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων, ὁπόσον δὲ διώξειαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
- ; "»" / ΨΥ 
τοσοῦτον πάλιν ἐπαναχωρεῖν μαχομένους ἔδει. ΕἸ. ὥστε 
a A > , ‘ . ” 
τῆς ἡμέρας ὅλης διῆλθον ov πλέον πέντε και εἰκοσι στα- 
» Ν , 
Ενθα $n παλιν 


᾽ . ‘ « ’ a 
ἀθυμία ἦν. καὶ Χειρίσοφος καὶ οἱ πρεσβυτατοι τῶν στρα- 


, 4 ‘ 3 " Ἂ 'd 
δίων, ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίκοντο εἰς τας κωμας. 


A in »" "ἡ / In / Ti. a , 
τηγῶν Ἐενοφῶντα nti@vto, ὅτι ἐδίωκεν ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος 
Ν Ν δ . ΄ Ν δ / ᾽ὃ a 
καὶ αὐτὸς τε ἐκινδύνευε, καὶ TOUS πολεμίους οὐδεν μαλλον 


In 4 ? , Ἁ al a ¥. d 
ἐδύνατο βλάπτειν. 2. ἀκούσας δε Ἀενοφῶν sg i OTL 


»»"» ᾽ > 
ὀρθῶς ἡτιῶντο, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῖς μαρτυροίη. Αλλ 
εγὼ, ἔφη, ἠναγκάσθην διώκειν, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρων ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ 


μένειν κακῶς μὲν πάσχοντας, ἀντιποιεῖν δὲ οὐ δυναμένους. 


13. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδιώκομεν, ἀληθῆ, ἔφη, ὑμεῖς λέγετε" κακῶς 


Ν " on AS a > / Ν / 
μὲν yap ποιεῖν οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδυνάμεθα τοὺς πολεμίους, 


᾽ a a lo 9 ω , 
ἀνεχωροῦμεν δὲ πώνυ χαλεπῶς. 14. τοῖς οὖν θεοῖς yapis 


6 Ν ‘ 0 9 A 
OTL οὐ σὺν πολλῇ ῥώμῃ ἀλλὰ συν ὀλίγοις ἦλθον, ὥστε 
a ΔΝ © ’ - 
βλάψαι μὲν μὴ μεγάλα, δηλῶσαι Se ὧν δεόμεθα. 15. vuv 
be G4 5% / Ν a “ ΝΜ 
γὰρ οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι τοξεύουσι καὶ σφενδονῶσιν οσον οὔτε 
έ a ? , , ¥ δ ἢ Ν Λ 
οἱ Κρῆτες ἀντιτοξεύειν δύνανται, οὔτε οἱ ex χειρὸς βαλλον- 
᾽ » a Ν 3 Ν ’ Ν Ἁ 2 
τες poneneet ὅταν δὲ avTous διώκωμεν, πολυ ΠΧ 
οἷόν τε χωρίον. ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος διώκειν, ἐν ὀλίγῳ 


δὲ, οὐδ᾽ εἰ ταχὺς εἴη, πεζὸς πεζὸν ἂν διώκων καταλάβοι ἐκ 


~ 


> 


— 
Δ 


Ane 
R: 


wy 
am 
oo 
2 


Ree ee ae 


ae 


τὰ 


τῷ 


ees 


PS ae 


Siete 


ee 





78 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen, Ruins of Nineveh. 79 


Ana. 3, IV.] 
τάξον ῥύματοι. πρόσθεν προσβολῇ ὀλίγους ἔχων ἔπαθε μὲν οὐδὲν, πολλὰ 
δὲ κακὰ ἐνόμιζε ποιῆσαι. 8. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ “Ἑλληνες διαβε- 
βηκότες ἀπεῖχον τῆς χαράδρας ὅσον ὀκτὼ σταδίους, διέ- 
βαινε καὶ ὁ Μιθριδάτης ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν. παρήγγελτο 
δὲ τῶν TE πελταστῶν ods ἔδει διώκειη; καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, dy 


καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἴρητο θαρροῦσι διώκειν ὡς ἐφεψομένης 
ἱκανῆς δυνάμεως. 4. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ Μ ιθριδάτης. κατειλήφει, 


καὶ ἤδη σφενδόναι καὶ τοξεύματα ἐξικνοῦντο, ἐσήμηνε τοῖς 


ε ω Φ ? / ’ x 
6. Ἡμεῖς οὖν εἰ μέλλομεν τούτους εἰργειν 
[72 Ν ’ ΄ e A ’ 
ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι βλάπτειν ἡμᾶς πορευομένους, σφενδονη- 
τῶν τὴν ταχίστην δεῖ καὶ ἱππέων. ἀκούω δ᾽ εἶναι ἐν τῷ 
’ ¢ - « , - ‘ , ? , 
στρατεύματι ἡμῶν Ῥοδίους, ὧν tous πολλοὺς φασιν ἐπί- 
- / os 
στασθαι σφενδονᾶν, καὶ τὸ βέλος αὐτῶν καὶ διπλάσιον 
΄ - a rn 3 a ω Ν 
φερεσθαι τῶν Περσικῶν σφενδονῶν. 17%. ἐκεῖναι γὰρ, διὰ 
a ’ ω / sn » 4 - 
τὸ χειροπληθεσι τοῖς λίθοις σφενδονᾶν, ἐπὶ βραχυ εξικνοὺν- 
ε a > a 
ται, οἱ δὲ ᾿Ρόδιοι καὶ ταῖς μολυβδίσιν ἐπίστανται χρῆ- 


XN φ Tm ? , ,ὔ / 
σθαι. 18. ἢν οὖν αὐτῶν ἐπισκεψωμεθα τινες TWETTAVTAL 
σφ ὃ a Ν , ἃ δῶ > A ? ’ a δὲ 

ενόονᾶς, καὶ τούτῳ μὲν ὄωμεν αὐτῶν ἀργύριον, τῷ OE 
wy. , bi, aa Ν > / a Ν A 
ἄλλας mrexew ἐθέλοντε ἀλλο ἀργύριον τελῶμεν, καὶ TO 


~ > 4 ᾿] / Ν Ν : eh. 
σφενδονᾶν εντεταγμένῳ ἐθέλοντι ἄλλην τινὰ ἀτέλειαν 


“Ἕλλησι τῇ σάλπιγγι, καὶ εὐθὺς ἔθεον ὁμόσε οἷς εἴρητο, 
καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἤλαυνον" οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευγον 
ἐπὶ τὴν χαρώδραν. ὅ. ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ διώξει τοῖς βαρβάροις 
τῶν τε πεζῶν ἀπέθανον πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἐν τῇ 


(lm 
a 








χαράδρᾳ Cwot ἐλήφθησαν εἰς ὀκτωκαίδεκα. τοὺς δὲ ἀπο- =: ζω - 


δι εν yy \ - ξ Ν ς - > a 
ευρίσκωμεν, LOWS τινὲς φανουνται ἱκανοὶ ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖν. 





ξ a aS @ ¥ > A ‘ ‘ / 
19. Op@ Se ἵππους ὄντας ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι, TOUS μεν 
 ..9 Ν Ν \ a / ; 
Twas Tap ἐμοί, Tous δὲ τῶν Κλεάρχου καταλελειμμένους, 
\ ‘ . Ϊ᾽ , A KA 
πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ἀλλους αἰχμαλώτους σκευοφορουντας. ἂν 
J 4 ’ ε] ’ , ‘A > ] a 
οὖν τούτους πάντας εκλέξαντες σκευοφόρα μεν αντιδῶμεν, 
» .ψΨ ἌΣ. , / a .  @ ! 
Tous δὲ ἵππους εἰς ἱππεας κατασκευάσωμεν, LOWS καὶ OUTOL 
Ἁ , > / » ~ Ν 
TL τοὺς φεύγοντας ἀνιάσουσιν. ἐδοξε ταῦτα. 20. Kai 
/ A Ν - 4 > / 
ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς σφενδονῆται μὲν εἰς διακοσίους ἐγένοντο, 
σ A ἣν | .“ > ’ὔ ἥν ¢ ’ > , 
immo. δὲ καὶ ἱππεῖς ἐδοκιμάσθησαν TH ὑστεραίᾳ εἰς πεντη- 
Ν ’ Ν , > a > / \ 
κοντα, καὶ σπολάδες Kat Owpaxes αὑτοῖς ἐπορίσθησαν, καὶ 
“ a 2 / / e , > a 
ἵππαρχος δὲ ἐπεστάθη Λύκιος ὁ Πολυστράτου Αθηναῖος. 
ιν Μ / δὲ , Ν δι.) a TAX 3 ’ 
. Μείναντες Se ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν, τῇ ἀλλῃ ἐπορεῦ- 
’ ’ ‘ > Ἃ » 
οντὸ πρῳαίτερον ἀναστάντες" χαράδραν yap αὕτους ἐδει 
, ia) Φ 3 A 4-79 a > a tS 
διαβῆναι, eb ἡ ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ ἐπιθοῖντο αὐτοῖς διαβαϊνου- 
e , / Ἁ > a ’ / 
σιν οἱ πολέμιοι. 2 διαβεβηκοὸσι δὲ αὐτοῖς πάλιν φαίνεται 
’ ” ε , ’ Ἁ Ν 
ὁ Μιθριδάτης, ἔχων ἵππέας χιλίους, τοξότας δὲ καὶ σφεν- 
, ? / , Ν ¥ 
δονητας εἰς τετρακισχιλίους * τοσούτους yap ἤτησε Τισσα- 
, . φὉ - ’ XN ͵ 
φέρνην, καὶ ἔλαβεν ὑποσχόμενος, ἂν τούτους λάβη, παρα- 
, > «A Ν “ , “ ? i 
δωσειν αὐτῷ τοὺς Εἴλληνας, καταφρονησας, ott ev Τῇ 





θανόντας αὐτοκέλευστοι οἱ “Ἕλληνες — ὡς ὅτι YC? 


φοβερώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις εἴη ὁρᾶν. . Καὶ οἱ μὲν 


πολέμιοι οὕτω πράξαντες ἀπῆλθον, οἱ δε τ. ἄσφα- 
λῶς πορευόμενοι, τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας, barevtis ἐπὶ τὸν 
Τίγρητα ποταμόν. 7. ἐνταῦθα TONS ἦν ἐρήμη μεγάλη, 
ὄνομα δ᾽ αὐτῇ ἦν Adposa: ᾧκουν δ᾽ αὐτὴν τὸ παλαιὸν 
Μῆδοι. τοῦ δὲ τείχους αὐτῆς ἦν τὸ εὖρος πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι 
πόδες, ὕψος δ᾽ ἑκατόν" τοῦ δὲ κύκλου ἡ ἡ περίοδος δύο παρα- 
σάγγαι" φκοδόμητο δὲ πλίένθοις Kepapeais κρηπὶς δ᾽ 
ὑπῆν Bion, τὸ ὕψος εἴκοσι ποδῶν. 8. ταύτην βασιλεὺς 

ὁ Περσῶν, ὅτε παρὰ Μήδων τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐλάμβανον Πέρσαι, 
πολιορκῶν οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ ἐδύνατο ἑλεῖν" ἥλιον δὲ νεφέλη 
προκαλύψασα ἠφάνισε, μέχρι ἐξέλιπον οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ 
οὕτως ἑάλω. 9. παρὰ ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἦν πυραμὶς 
λιθίνη, τὸ pen εὖρος ἑνὸς πλέθρου, τὸ δὲ ὕψος δύο πλέ- 
θρων. ἐπὶ ταύτης πολλοὶ τῶν — ἦσαν, ἐκ τῶν 
πλησίον κορῶν ἀποπεφευγότες. . ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθη- 
σαν σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας ἕξ, mpos τεῖχος ἔρημον μέγα 





7D rar | 


2 


80 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen. 


Ν a β , ¥ \ 9 a , , 
πρὸς τῇ πόλει κείμενον" ὄνομα δὲ ἦν τῇ πόλει Μεέεσπιλα' 
ΓῚ ee Ν Ν , 
ἣν δὲ ἡ μεν κρηπὶς λίθου 
a / Ν 3 ᾽ὔ -" ‘ Ἀ 
ξεστοῦ κογχυλιάτου, τὸ εὖρος πεντήκοντα ποδῶν, καὶ τὸ 


A ᾽ > Ν 
Μῆδοι δ᾽ αὐτὴν ποτε ᾧκουν. 
/ , ee ime 1, ΄, ? 
ὕψος πεντήκοντα. UL. eri δὲ ταύτῃ ἐπῳκοδόμητο πλίνθι- 

lal ‘ ‘ 9 ’ a ‘ 
νον τεῖχος, TO μὲν εὖρος πεντήκοντα ποδῶν, TO δὲ ὕψος 
e ’ “Ὁ Ν / e / a , > a 
ἑκατὸν" τοῦ δὲ κύκλου ἡ περίοδος ἕξ παρασάγγαι. ἐνταῦ- 
/ / ‘ / .“ 
θα λέγεται Μηδεια yuvn βασιλέως καταφυγεῖν, ὅτε ἀπώ- 
ἣν» > Ν ξ Ν A a 4 Ν 
λεσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπὸ Περσῶν Μῆδοι. 13.ταύτην δὲ τὴν 

/ a e a Ν ᾽ In 7 
πόλιν πολιορκῶν ὁ Περσῶν βασίλευς ove edvvato οὔτε 

’ ¢. “ Μ / ‘ 5" ᾽ ’ “ Ν 
χρόνῳ ελεῖν οὔτε Bia: Ζευς δ᾽ ἐμβροντήτους ποιεῖ τοὺς 
> “ Ν / 
ἐνοικοῦντας, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. 

> “ > +s 
13. Εντεῦθεν ὃ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας 
/ » A ‘ Ν 
τέτταρας. εἰς τοῦτον δὲ τὸν σταθμὸν Τισσαφέρνης ἐπε- 

, d > ἃ ε / 5 v7 ἈΝ ‘ - , 

φάνη, ovs τε αὑτὸς immeas ἦλθεν ἔχων Kat τὴν OpovTa 

/ - Ν / Ν \ ᾿ 

δύναμιν, τοῦ τὴν βασιλέως θυγατέρα ἔχοντος, καὶ ovs Κῦρος 

¥ ee / Ν A ¢ ? 

ἔχων ἀνέβη βαρβάρους, καὶ ovs ὁ βασιλέως ἀδελφὸς ἔχων 

“Ἕν / 4 Ν 4 ‘ 

βασιλεῖ ἐβοήθει, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὅσους βασιλεὺς ἔδωκεν 
> Ν ᾽ 

14. ἐπεὶ ὃ 


2 Ν > , Ν Ν a / 3 ΝΜ , 
eyyus ἐγένετο, Tas μεν τῶν τάξεων εἰχεν ὄπισθεν καταστη- 


᾽ Aa τ“ ‘ / / > / 
αὑτῷ, WATE TO στράτευμα παμπολὺυ εφανη. 


‘ ee ‘ ͵ Ν ᾽ a \ ? 
σας, Tas δὲ εἰς τὰ πλάγια παραγαγὼν ἐμβαλεῖν μὲν οὐκ 
᾿ I. ? ? 4. 4 ~ \ 
ἐτόλμησεν, οὐδ᾽ εβούλετο διακινδυνεύειν, σφενδονᾶν δὲ πα- 

/ Ν 4 > Ν ‘ / 
pnyyerre καὶ τοξεύειν. 15. ἐπεὶ Se διαταχθέντες οἱ ‘Pod. 
? ’ Ν ς / ’ Ψ Ν δὼ ν 
ἐσφενδόνησαν, καὶ οἱ Σκύθαι τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν, καὶ οὐδεὶς 
ς > A at Ν ὅ / a e?7 5 
ἡμάρτανεν ἀνδρος, οὐδὲ yap εἰ πάνυ προυθυμεῖτο ῥᾳδιον ἣν. 

a / 4 4, Ν. al 5 ’ Ν 
καὶ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης μάλα ταχέως ἔξω βελῶν ἀπεχώρει, καὶ 
« Ν. / > , Ν Ν Ν - 
αὐ ἄλλαι τάξεις ἀπεχώρησαν. 16. Καὶ to λοιπὸν τῆς 
ae Φ ὦ ἢ ΄ eae Ψ > as 2 
ἡμέρας οἱ μεν ἐπορεύοντο, οἱ δ᾽ εἵποντο" καὶ OUKETL ἐσίνοντο 
ε / - , > f U Ν € 
ot βάρβαροι τῇ τότε axpoBodicer* μακρότερον yap οἱ 
c , - κ ᾽ - / 
Ῥόδιοι τῶν te Περσῶν ἐσφενδόνων καὶ τῶν πλείστων 

- ͵ \ ͵ 1 ,» 9 
τοξοτῶν. 7%. μεγάλα δὲ καὶ τὰ τόξα τὰ Περσικά ἐστιν" 
[4 , 3 δ 4 / n , fs 
ὥστε χρήσιμα ἣν ὁπόσα ἁλίσκοιτο τῶ» τοξευμάτων τοῖς 











The Order of March. 81 


Anas. 3, Iv.] 


, a ra] ’ 4 

Κρησὶ, καὶ διετέλουν χρώμενοι τοῖς τῶν πολεμίων τοξεὺυ- 
/ 4 ΝΜ “ἢ, 5 / ¢ ’ 

μασι, καὶ ἐμελέτων τοξεύειν ἄνω ἱεντές μακρᾶν. εὑρί- 


‘ Ν “ Ν " ΄“ ’ Ν ’ ὃ 
σκετο δὲ καὶ νευρα πολλὰ EV ταῖς κωμαῖς, καὶ μολυβὸος, 


¢ Ξ A ’ \ / 
ὥστε χρῆσθαι εἰς τὰς σφενδόνας. 
Ν , \ ee ἡ ,. ᾿ ΄, 
18. Καὶ ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐπεὶ κατεστρατοπεδεύοντο 
ς ? / > “ «ς 7 
οἱ Ἕλληνες κώμαις ἐπιτυχόντες, ἀπῆλθον οἱ βάρβαροι 


an » 3 fa ’ὔ > / " ἈΝ Ἢ > a 
μειον ἔχοντες EV Τῇ τότε ἀκροβολίσει" τὴν ἐπίουσαν 


¢ [ἢ Ν ᾽ 7 ᾿ ΓῚ Η͂ 
ἡμέραν ἔμειναν οἱ “Ελληνες καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο" ἣν γὰρ 
\ a 3 “ / a Wek ἡ , ? 4 
πολὺς σῖτος ἐν ταῖς κώμαις. τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύοντο 

Ν - ied > / 
διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ Τισσαφέρνης εἵπετο ἀκροβολιζόμενος. 
Ν ¥ “ / ω 
19. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ“ Ελληνες ἐγνωσαν ὅτι πλαίσιον ἐἰσοπλευρον 
Ν ” / ς ’ | aa , : 
πονηρὰ τάξις εἴη πολεμίων ἐπομένων. ἀνωγκὴ γάρ ἐστιν, 
Ἀ 4 Ν ’ κα / A ¢ “ 4 
ἣν μὲν συγκύπτῃ τὰ KEpaTa TOU πλαισίου, ἢ ὁδοῦ στενωτέ- 
t 
¥ ἃ Ὁ κ > ἢ a ΄ 2 , 
pus οὔσης, ἢ ὀρέων ἀναγκαζόντων ἢ yepupas, εκθλιβε- 
Ν / ‘ 4 , ed Ν 
σθαι τοὺς ὁπλίτας, καὶ πορεύεσθαι πονήρως, ἅμα μεν 
/ f Ν Ν / " d , 
πιεζομένους, ἅμα δὲ Kal ταραττομένους " ὥστε δυσχρη- 
9 a 9 dant ¥ cd δ᾽ > ὃ , 
στους ELVAL AVUYKN UTUKTOUS OVTAS. 20. oTay ὃ av ὀιασχῇῃ 
‘ , ee Δ a 6 ‘ , 2 θλ ΄ 
τὰ κέρατα, ἀνάγκη διασπᾶσθαι τοὺς τότε εἐκθλιβομενους, 
Ν Ν ’ Ν / “ , Ν .θ “-“ 
καὶ κενὸν γίγνεσθαι τὸ μέσον τῶν κεράτων, καὶ ἀθύυμειν 
\ ~ / © ΄ ‘ e ’ 
τοὺς ταῦτα πάσχοντας, πολεμίων ἑπομένων. καὶ Οποτε 
ἢ , δι ‘ , ¥ 
δέοι γέφυραν διαβαίνειν, ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ διάβασιν, ἐσπευδεν 


7 / , a . Ν > / 9 
ἕκαστος βουλόμενος φθώσαι πρῶτος" καὶ εὐεπίθετον ἣν 


5 A πὶ / A ‘\ a 9 y¥ ¢ i ( 
ἐνταῦθα τοῖς πολεμίοις. 21. ᾽Επει δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἔγνωσαν οἱ--κεοδο. 


= 3 , ἃ , ek PA ἣν Υ̓ ὃ ν 
στρατηγοὶ, ἐποίησαν ἕξ λόχους ἀνὰ ExaTov avopas, και 
‘ > / A ΝΜ. a A Ν 
λοχαγους ἐπέστησαν, καὶ ἄλλους TEVTNKOVTNPAS, Καὶ αλ- 
3 , e Ἂ ’ e / s 
λους ἐνωμοτάρχας. οὗτοι δὲ πορευόμενοι, ὁπότε μεν 
΄, . “ἢ e ε a 
συγκύπτοι TA κέρατα, ὕπεμενον ὕστεροι OL λοχαγοι, ὥστε 
Ἢ 2 εκ - Ul , ‘ a 4 a 
μὴ ἐνοχλεῖν τοῖς κέρασι, τότε δὲ παρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν 
ξ / Ν s € ὶ A Ἃ, mn 
κερώτων. 22. ὁπότε Se διασχοιεν αἱ πλευραὶ Tov Tat 
’ 5) / ? ‘ , ἡ 
σίου, τὸ μέσον ἀνεξεπίμπλασαν, ---- εἰ μεν TTEVWTEPOV ELN 
Ν ΄ ἣν , By \ , . : 
τὸ διέχον, κατὰ λόχους, εἰ δὲ πλατύτερον, KATA TEVTN 


or 


Vicor 


a 


ou Zea) 





82 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen, 


A 3 ‘ / ‘ + ? / A >A 
KooTUS, εἰ δὲ πάνυ πλατυ, κατ᾽ ἐνωμοτίας" ὥστε ἀεὶ 
» > ‘ ‘ ? ‘ \ / ‘ 
ἐκπλεων εἶναι TO μέσον. 23. εἰ δὲ καὶ διαβαίνειν τινὰ 

, , Δ , > ᾽ ͵ τ δὰ a 
δέοι διάβασιν ἢ γέφυραν, ove ἐταράττοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ 
, e Ἁ / Ν 4 ’ π 
μέρει οἱ λοχαγοὶ διέβαινον’ καὶ εἰ που δέοι τι τῆς 
, > / φ , a , 3 4 
φάλαγγος, ἐπιπαρήεσαν οὗτοι. τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἐπορεὺυ- 
Ν / 

θησαν σταθμοὺς τέτταρας. 
¢ 7 Ν Ν / 3 , 9 Λ ’ 
Ἡνίκα δὲ τὸν πέμπτον ἐπορεύοντο, εἶδον βασίλειόν 

A A δ" ’ Ν ‘ ‘ tat Ν, ἈἉ 
Tl, καὶ περὶ αὑτὸ κωμας πολλᾶς, τὴν δὲ ὁδὸν πρὸς τὸ 

, a \ , 5 a , N A 
χωρίον τοῦτο diva γηλόφων ὑψηλῶν γίγνομενην, ot καθῆκον 
> ee, ~ 9+ st O = : , Ν 35 ‘ Ν , 
ἀπὸ τοὺ ὄρους Up w ἣν ἡ κώμη. καὶ εἶδον μὲν τοὺς λόφους 
¥ ed ε LAM, n / Μ ς ΄ 
ἄσμενοι οἱ ἔλληνες, ὡς εἰκὸς, τῶν πολεμίων ὄντων ἱππέων" 

> Ν Ν ’ ᾽ A / > / πος, Ν 
25. επεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι εκ τοῦ πεδίου ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸν 

a , ‘ ͵ » Ee, ‘ oe ᾽ 
πρῶτον γηλοῴον καὶ κατέβαινον, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀνα- 

/ 2 - > / ς ’ Ν . ἌΒ Ἢ ΩΝ 
βαίνειν, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιγίγνονται ot βάρβαροι, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ 
ς fa > ‘ ‘ » > ,ὔ 3 ’ Ν 
ὑψηλοῦ εἰς τὸ πρανες ἔβαλλον, ἐσφενδόνων, ἐτόξευον ὑπὸ 

, Ν Ν ae Ν 3 , 
μαστίγων" 26. καὶ πολλοὺυς ετίτρωσκον καὶ ἐκράτησαν 
a ς , , Ν / ? Ν ΜΝ 
τῶν pw γυρνήτων, Kat κατέκλεισαν αὑτοὺς εἰσω 
τῶν ὅπλων" ὥστε παντάπασι ταύτην τὴν ἡ ἡμέραν ἄχρηστοι 
ἦσαν, ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄντες, καὶ οἱ σφενδονῆται καὶ οἱ τοξόται. 
27. ἐπεὶ δὲ πιεζόμενοι οἱ “Ελληνες ἐπεχείρησαν διώκειν, 

A x } Ν ΝΜ > A“ ξ΄ κ Μ « ‘ 
σχολῃ μὲν ἔπι TO ἄκρον αφικνοῦνται ὁπλῖται ὄντες, οἱ δὲ 

, ‘ > , Λ Ν e ’ > / 

πολέμιοι Tayv ἀπεπήδων. 28. πάλιν δὲ ὁπότε ἀπίοιεν 

Ν oa , ys ὦ ‘ a. ς ε 
προς τὸ ἄλλο orp TIA, TavTa SHOAL Kat επι TOU 
δευτέρου γηλόφου ταὐτὰ ἐγίγνετο, ὥστε ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίτου 
γηλόφου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς μὴ κινεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας, πρὶν 
ἀπὸ τῆς δεξιᾶς πλευρᾶς τοῦ πλαισίου ἀνήγαγον πελταστὰς 
πρὸς τὸ ὅρος. 29. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐγένοντο ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπο- 
μένων πολεμίων, οὐκέτι ἐπετίθεντο οἱ πολέμιοι τοῖς κατα- 
βαίνουσι, δεδοικότες μὴ ἀποτμηθείησαν καὶ ἀμφοτίρωθεν 
αὐτῶν γένοιντο οἱ πολέμιοι. 80. Οὕτω τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς 


ἡμέρας πορευόμενοι, οἱ μὲν τῇ ὁδῷ κατὰ τοὺς γηλόφους, οἱ 











The Persian Camp. 83 


ANAB. 3, IV. ] 


δὲ κατὰ TO ὄρος ἐπιπαριόντες, ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὰς κώμας 
καὶ ἰατροὺς κατέστησαν ὀκτώ" πολλοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ τε- 
τρωμένοι. 81. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρῶς καὶ τῶν 
τετρωμένων ἕνεκα, καὶ ἅμα ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ εἶχον, ἄλευρα, 
οἶνον, κριθὰς ἵπποις συμβεβλημένας πολλάς. ταῦτα δὲ 
συνενηνεγμένα ἦν τῷ σατραπεύοντι τῆς χώρας. τετάρτῃ 
δ᾽ ἍΝ καταβαίνουσιν εἰς τὸ πεδίον. 

. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ κατέλαβεν αὐτοὺς Τισσαφέρνης σὺν τῇ 
ὩΣ ἐδίδαξεν αὐτοὺς ἡ ἀνάγκη mariage οὗ πρῶ- 
τον εἶδον cee, καὶ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἔτι μαχομένους " πολ- 
λοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἀπόμαχοι, οἱ τετρωμένοι καὶ οἱ ἐκείνους 
φέροντες καὶ οἱ τῶν φερόντων. τὰ ὅπλα δεξώμενοι. 33. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ κατεσκήνησαν, καὶ ἐπεχείρησαν αὐτοῖς ἀκροβολίζεσθαι 
οἱ βάρβαροι πρὸς τὴν κώμην προσιόντες, πολὺ περιῆσαν 
οἱ Bape πολὺ γὰρ διέφερον ἐκ χώρας ὁρμῶντες ἀλέ- 
ξασθαι, ἢ πορευύμονοι ἐπιοῦσι τοῖς πολεμίοις μάχεσθαι. 
84. Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἤδη δείλη, ὥρα ἦν ἀπιέναι τοῖς πολεμίοις " 
οὔποτε γὰρ μεῖον ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο οἱ βάρβαροι τοῦ 
ἘΆΝ ἑξήκοντα σταδίων, φοβούμενοι μὴ τῆς νυκτὸς 

ἱ “Ἕλληνες ἐπιθῶνται αὐτοῖς. 8ὅ. πονηρὸν γὰρ νυκτὸς 
ἐστι στράτευμα Περσικόν. οἵ τε γὰρ ἵπποι αὑτοῖς δέδεν- 
Tat, καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ TO πολὺ πεποδισμένοι εἰσὶ, τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν 
ἕνεκα εἰ λυθείησαν . ἐάν τέ τις θόρυβος γέγνηται, δεῖ ἐπι- 
σάξαι τὸν ἵππον Πέρσῃ ἀνδρὶ, καὶ χαλινῶσαι δεῖ, καὶ 
θωρακισθέντα ἀναβῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα 
χαλεπὰ νύκτωρ καὶ θορύβου ὄντος. τούτου ἕνεκα πόρρω 
ἀπεσκήνουν τῶν Ελλήνων. 86. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐγίγνωσκον αὐτοὺς 
οἱ ἽἝλληνες βουλομένους ἀπιέναι καὶ διαγγελλομένους, 
ἐκήρυξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι συσκευάξεσθαι ἀκουόντων τῶν πολε- 
μίων. καὶ χρόνον μέν τινα ἐπέσχον τῆς πορείας οἱ βάρ- 
βαροι, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὀψὲ ἐγίγνετο, ἀπῇεσαν" οὐ γὰρ ἐδόκει 


ΩΝ 





84 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. ΓΧεν. 


λύειν αὐτοὺς νυκτὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ κατώγεσθαι ἐπὶ τὺ 
στρατόπεδον. 87. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ σαφῶς ἀπιόντας ἤδη ἑώρων 
οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐπορεύοντο καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀναζεύξαντες, καὶ 
διῆλθον ὅσον ἑξήκοντα σταδίους. καὶ γίγνεται τοσοῦτον 
μεταξὺ τῶν στρατευμώτων, ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οὐκ edu- 
e ; I ar a - 
νησαν οἱ πολέμιοι, οὐδὲ τῇ τρίτῃ" τῇ δὲ τετώρτῃ νυκτὸς 
προελθόντες καταλαμβάνουσι χωρίον ὑπερδέξιον οἱ βάρ- 
βαροι, ἣ ἔμελλον οἱ Ελληνες παριέναι, ἀκρωνυχίαν ὄρους, 
up ἣν ἡ κατάβασις ἦν εἰς τὸ πεδίον. 
y νων 
38. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἑώρα Χειρίσοφος προκατειλημμένην τὴν 
ἀκρωνυχίαν, καλεῖ Ἐενοφῶντα ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς, καὶ κελεύει 
λαβόντα τοὺς πελταστὰς παραγενέσθαι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν. 
39. ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν τοὺς μὲν πελταστὰς οὐκ ἦγεν" ἐπιφαι- 
νόμενον γὰρ ἑώρα Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τὸ στράτευμα Trav: 
αὐτὸς δὲ προσελάσας ἦρωτα, Τί καλεῖς ; ὁ δὲ λέγει αὐτῷ" 
Εξεστιν ὁρᾶν" προκατείληπται γὰρ ἡμῖν ὁ ὑπὲρ oh 
καταβάσεως λόφος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι παρελθεῖν εἰ μὴ τούτους 
«ποκόψομεν. ἀλλὰ τί οὐκ ἦγες τοὺς πελταστάς; 40. ὁ δὲ 
λέγει ὅτε οὐκ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἔρημα καταλιπεῖν τὸ ὄπισθεν, 
πολεμίων ἐπιφαινομένων. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ὥρα γ᾽, ἔφη, βου- 
- Ἁ 

a = τις τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπελᾷ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόφου. 
δι. ἄντα a Ξενοφῶν ὁρᾷ TOV opous THY κορυφὴν ὑπὲρ 
αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑαυτῶν στρατεύματος οὖσαν, καὶ amo ταύτης 
ἐφοδον ἐπὶ τὸν λύφον ἔνθα ἦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ λέγει" 
ἥρέπεστου, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμῖν ἵεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα ἐπὶ τὸ 
βηριν" ἂν γὰρ τοῦτο λάβωμεν, οὐ δυνήσονται μένειν οἱ 
Nei TS ὁδοῦ. ἀλλὰ, εἰ βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ τῷ στρατεύματι, 
ἐγὼ ἦ ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι" εἰ δὲ χρήζξεις, πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ 
ὅρος, εγὼ δὲ μενῶ αὐτοῦ. 42. ᾿Αλλὰ δίδωμί σοι, ἔφη ὁ 
“Χειρίσοφος, ὁπότερον βούλει ἑλέσθαι. εἰπὼν ὁ Ξενοφῶν 
OTL νεωτερὸς ἐστιν, αἱρεῖται πορεύεσθαι, κελεύει δέ οἱ 


i (f 














ANAB. 3, V-] Along the Heighis. 85 


ei A ; ΕΣ Ν ᾿, = A 
συμπέμψαι ἀπὸ TOU στόματος ἄνδρας" paKpoVv γὰρ ἣν ἅπὸ 
κ᾿ “ 
τῆς οὐρᾶς AaBewv. 
/ ’ Ν a , 
43. Kai ὁ Χειρίσοφος συμπεμπει Tous ἀπὸ του στομα- 
’ ». ‘ Ν \ / a a , 
ros πελταστάς" ἔλαβε Se Tous κατὰ μέσον τοὺ πἴλαισιου. 
 "ῇῦ > a Ν Ν 7 ἃ 
συνέπεσθαι δ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν αὑτῷ καὶ TOUS τριακοσίους, οὕς 
- > / . ἃ A / A / 
αὐτὸς εἶχε τῶν ἐπιλέκτων ETL τῷ στόματι TOV πλαισιίου. 
- 7 ς 3 4 , ¢ ἢ bY 
44. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ws ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. οἱ ὃ επὶ 
a“ ; ς ᾿] / 3 na Ν ’ > ἈΝ Ν 
του λόφου TOANEMLOL, ὡς EVONTAVY AVTWY τὴν πορείαν ETL TO 
\ N Sa ς A 2. % ᾷ ΠΝ 
ἄκρον, εὐθὺς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὥρμησαν ἁμιλλᾶσθαι ἐπι TO ἄκρον. 
i ἐνταῦ ἡ μὲ n ἢ υ ᾿Ελληνικοῦ 
45. καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ μὲν κραυγὴ ἣν του nv 
’ rn rg a ‘ ‘ 
στρατεύματος διακελευομένων τοὺς EAUTWY, πολλὴ δὲ κραυ- 
x a , .“ ς a , 
yn τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφερνην τοῖς εαὐτῶν διακελευομένων. 
ΩΝ Ἁ 7 ? Ν a ef ine : 
46. Ξενοφῶν δὲ, παρελαύνων ἐπὶ τοῦ ἱππου, TApEKEAEVETO 
ΕΝ Ν ε / / ¢ “ “ 
"Avdpes, νῦν ἐπὶ τὴν Ελλάδα νομίζετε ἁμιλλᾶσθαι, νὺν 
Ν Ν ΄ ‘ Ν - a 2. ἢ , 
πρὸς τοὺς Taidas καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, νῦν ολίγον πονησᾶντες 
3 ‘ x Ν / 6 - ὃ δὲ e 
apayel THY λούπην πορευσομεῦα. 47. Σωτηρίδας O€ O 
> ων Φ μι a ? i ‘ \ 
Σικυώνιος εἶπεν. Οὐκ εξ toov, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐσμὲν" ov μεν 
Ν ‘A " - " » f / Ν ᾽ / 
yap ἐφ᾿ ἵππου ὀχεῖ, eyo δὲ χαλεπῶς κάμνω, THY ἀσπίδα 
> ΄ “"Μ , ᾽ Ν A 
φέρων. 48. καὶ ὃς ἀκούσας ταῦτα, καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ TOU 
An > ? a / cs > , oe 
ἵππου, ὠθεῖται αὐτὸν εκ τῆς τάξεως, καὶ τὴν ἀσπίδα ude 
, Ν > A i) 
λόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο τάχιστα ἔχων ἐπορεύετο" ἐτύγχανε 
Ν ξ / e ? / Ν 
δὲ καὶ θώρακα ἔχων τὸν ἱππικὸν" ὥστε ἐπιέζετο. καὶ 
rn , 7 a 1, 
τοῖς μὲν ἔμπροσθεν ὑπάγειν TApEKEAEVETO, τοὺς δὲ ὄπισθεν 
Γ᾿ / e > Νν. - 
παριέναι μόλις ἐπομένοις. 49. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται 
\ Ἂ Ny ͵ ¥” 
παίουσι καὶ βάλλουσι καὶ λοιδοροῦσι τὸν Σωτηρίδαν, ἔστε 
“ 3 ’ὔ ς \ >? 
ἠνώγκασαν λαβόντα τὴν ἀσπίδα πορεύεσθαι. ὁ δὲ ava- 
Ν ψ 7 / c 3... 5 a @/ 9 3 ‘ δὲ ἄβατα 
βὰς, ἕως μὲν βάσιμα ἣν ἐπι τοῦ ἵππου NYEV, ἔπει OE ἃ 
ἣ DY τὸν ¢ ἐσπευὃ η i φθάνουσιν 
ἣν, καταλύπων τὸν ἵππον ἐσπευὸε πεΐζῃ. κα 
> A , % / 
ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ γενόμενοι TOUS πολεμίους. 
¢ Ν / / ¥ @ 
V. Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν βάρβαροι στραφέντες epevyov ἢ 
/ , € a? αὶ > ..- <a € ον 
ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο, οἱ δ᾽ “Ἕλληνες εἶχον τὸ ἄκρον. οἱ δὲ 





86 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 


ee 
aude Τισσαφέρνην καὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἀποτραπόμενοι ἄλλην ὁδὸν 
ᾧὥχοντο. οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον, καταβάντες εἰς τὸ πεδίον, 
ce ἃ 
ἀγηρατονϑδούσασνο ἐν κωμῃ μεστῇ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν. ἦσαν 
δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι κῶμαι πολλαὶ πλήρεις πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐν 
gpd τῷ πεδίῳ παρὰ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν. 2. ἡνίκα δ᾽ 
ἤν δείλη, ἐξαπίνης οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπιφαίνονται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
καὶ τῶν Ελλήνων κατέκοψάν τινας τῶν louttecuiias i 
τῷ πεδίῳ καθ᾽ ἁρπαγήν καὶ yap νομαὶ πολλαὶ βοσκημά- 
των διαβιβαξόμεναι εἰς τὸ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ eee 
σαν. * Ἐνταῦθα Τισσαφέρνης καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ κάειν 
“πεχείρησαν τας κῶμας. καὶ τῶν Ελλήνων pitdes ἠθύμη- 
| σάν Teves, ἐννοούμενοι μὴ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, εἰ κάοιεν, οὐκ 
= ἔχοιεν ὁπόθεν λαμβάνοιεν. 4. καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Rincheo- 
gov amperap ἐκ τῆς βοηθείας - ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἐπεὶ κατέβη 
παρελαύνων τὰς τάξεις ἡνίκα ἀπὸ τῆς βοηθείας βυώνύν 
οἱ λληνες, ἔλεγεν " ὅ. Opate, ὦ ἄνδρες "ErAnves, ὑφιέν- 
τας τὴν χώραν ἤδη ἡμετέραν εἶναι ; ἃ γὰρ ὅτε ἐσπένδοντο 
διεπράττοντο, μὴ κάειν τὴν βασιλέως χώραν, νῦν αὐτοὶ 
ee — ἀλλοτρίαν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν που καταλίπωσί γε av- 
ΤΩΣ τα glactcaan ὄψονται καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα πορευομένους. 
.. arr, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἔφη, δοκεῖ μοι βοηθεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
—* ὡς — τῆς ἡμετέρας. ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν. 
κουν ἐμούγε . χ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἔ Ἵ ὶ 
οὕτω ΔΕ Parle Wisin Gini: ian 
> Ν \ 3 ‘ Ν 
; ᾿. ἔπει δὲ ἐσ! τᾶς σκηνὰς ἀπῆλθον, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι περὶ 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἤσαν, στρατηγοὶ δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὶ συνῆλθον. 
καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ ἀπορία ἦν. ἔνθεν μὲν γὰρ ὄρη ἦν 
ὑπερύψηλα, ἔνθεν δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς τοσοῦτος ee βάθος, ὡς 
A Ν ὲ ? 
μηδὲ τὰ δόρατα ὑπερέχειν πειρωμένοις τοῦ βάθους. 
= Gropoupavors ὃ αὐτοῖς προσελθὼν τις ἀνὴρ “Ῥόδιος 
εἶπεν. Eryw θέλω, ὦ ἄνδρες, διαβιβάσαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τετρα- 





Awan. 8 v.] Plan for bridging the Tigris. 87 


é e / xX 3 a @ ’ ec , a 
κισχιίλίους ὁπλίτας, ἂν ἐμοῦ ὧν δέομαι ὑπηρετήσητερ καὶ 
Ν / > ’ \o¢@¢ / 
τάλαντον μισθὸν πορίσητε. 9. ἐρωτώμενος δὲ ὅτου δέοιτο, 
a ΝΥ / / Ν 3. -& ral , 
᾿Ασκῶν, ἔφη, δισχιλίων δεήσομαι" πολλὰ δ᾽ ὁρῶ πρόβατα 
Ν 2 \ - mar Ὁ ͵ Q 7 
καὶ αἶγας καὶ βοῦς καὶ ὄνους, ἃ ἀποδαρέντα καὶ φυσηθέντα 
ΕΥ̓ / iis / , Ν a n 
ῥᾳδίως ἂν παρέχοι THY διάβασιν. 10. δεήσομαι de και τῶν 
. a @ a \ i ᾿ ΄ ,ὕ ἈΝ 
δεσμῶν οἷς χρῆσθε περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" τούτοις ζεύξας Tous 
᾽ ‘ Ν ? h ε / A 2 » / 
ἀσκοὺυς προς ἀλλήλους, ορμίσας ἕκαστον ἀσκὸν λίθους 
+ , ii Ν [2 2 ’ ~~ 2 Ν 
ἀρτήσας καὶ ἀφεὶς ὥσπερ ἀγκύρας εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, διαγαγων 
. 9 ͵ , ᾽ i | N eal , 
καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δησας, ἐπιβαλῶ ὕλην καὶ γῆν ἐπιφορήσω * 
A Φ ? Mo , ” 
11. ὅτι μὲν οὖν ov καταδύσεσθε αὐτίκα pada εἰσεσθε" 
A Ν. > “ 4 Ν ed. “ hi a ec ‘ 
mas yap ἀσκὸς δύο ἄνδρας ἕξει τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι" ὥστε δὲ 
Ν > ἡ 7 Ν Ε “ 3 4 
μὴ ὀλισθάνειν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἡ YN σχήσει. 12. Axovoact 
a a a Ν κ᾿... , , Ins 9 
ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς TO μὲν ἐνθύμημα χαρίεν ἐδόκει εἶναι, 
" ΄ι. τ In 7 > Ν ε ’ / 
τὸ δ᾽ ἔργον ἀδύνατον" ἦσαν yap ob κωλύσοντες πέραν 
xe a ἃ φαἣ a , Ia ΕἾ Teme 
πολλοὶ ἱππεῖς, ct εὐθὺς τοῖς πρώτοις οὐδὲν ἂν ἐπέτρεπον 
Ὁ 3 “ Ν Ν ἡ / > , 
τούτων ποιεῖν. 13. ἐνταῦθα την μεν ὑστεραίαν ἐπανέχω- 
.] Ν ΕΥ Ν ‘ “a 3 Ν > 4 
pouv εἰς τοὔμπαλιν [ ἢ πρὸς Βαρυλῶνα] εἰς τὰς ἀκαύστους 
, ¥ γ., ἢ 7 e , > 
κώμας, κατακαύσαντες ἔνθεν ἐξήεσαν " ὥστε οἱ πολεμιοι OV 
. ἃ" a 9 ἢ 
προσήλαυνον, ἀλλὰ ἐθεῶντο, καὶ ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμάζει: 
ef δ / eo“ ‘ , Ὁ a 
ὅποι ποτὲ τρέψονται οἱ Ελληνες καὶ TL ἐν νῷ ἔχοιεν. 
> la 4 % Mv. nw > 4 ‘ 3 , 
14. ᾿Ενταῦθα ou μεν ἄλλοι στρατιωται ἀμφὶ Ta ἐπιτη- 
5 ¢ ar ἣν “ e Ν / a 
Seva ἦσαν " οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ Kat οἱ λοχαγοι πᾶλεν συνῆλθον, 
‘ ‘ ς t ¥ ‘ , 
και συναγαγόντες τοὺς ἑαλωκότας ἤλεγχον τὴν κύκλῳ 
A / / ς , »ν e δ᾽ ». [4 Ν 
πᾶσαν χώραν τίς ἐκαστῆ εἰῆ. 15. οἱ ἔλεγον OTL τὰ 
x Ν ’ a ΨΝ a 4 ἈΝ / 
μὲν πρὸς μεσημβρίαν τῆς ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνα εἴη καὶ Μηδιαν, 
> Φ e Ν Ν cd Tae a , + ἵν 
δ᾽ ἧσπερ ἥκοιεν" ἢ δὲ πρὸς ew ent Σοῦσά τε καὶ Ex- 
, / ΝΜ ͵ Ν / / 4 
Burava φέροι, ἔνθα θερίζειν καὶ ἐαρίζειν λέγεται βασιλεὺς " 
e ‘ / “ Ν Ν ¢ / a. -% A δέ Ν 
ἡ δὲ διαβώντι τὸν ποταμὸν πρὸς ἐσπέραν ἐπὶ «ἀυθιᾶν Καὶ 
) I / / ς δὲ ὃ Ν α Ta Ν Ν ¥ 
wriav φέροι" ἡ δὲ δια τῶν OpEWY, καὶ προς ἄρκτον τε- 
, od ? 7 ” ΄ὕ ΝΙΝ 
τραμμένη, ὅτι εἰς Καρδούχους ἄγοι. 16. τούτους δε εφα- 
? a 7 8 ν Ν Ν 3 \ B x ; 
σαν οἰκεῖν ἀνὰ TU OPN, καὶ πολεμίκους εἰναι, καὶ HATLACWS 


ὡδὶ αἰ διε ἃς: 
τι. κτανς " 
pie. Reg Pi 
= νὰ ὁ εις τς 


ΠΝ, ον π᾿ τις ἀ 
nm - 9 rags tas 
AE che meet 


Pn 
ee * 
i te 


Senn’ 
~ 


τ 


pS ee 





88 ]ίοίγοας of the Ten Thousand. [XEN 


οὐκ ἀκούειν" ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε εἰς αὐτοὺς βασιλικὴ» 


στρατιὰν, δώδεκα μυριάδας ‘ τούτων δ᾽ οὐδένα a ἀπθυσπῆραι 


διὰ τὴν δυσχωρίαν. 


ἐκείνους καὶ ἐκείνων πρὸς ἑαυτούς. 17. 


σθαι ἔμελλον. 


διελθόντας ἔφασαν εἰς ᾿Αρμενίαν ἥξειν, ἡ 
meas καὶ εὐδαίμονος. 


ὅποι τις ἐθέλοι πορεύεσθαι. 15. ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθύσαντο, 


ὅπως ἡνίκα καὶ δοκοίη ™_ ὥρας τὴν πορείαν ποιοῖντο . τὴν 


γὰρ ὑπερβολὴν τῶν ὀρέων ἐδεδοίκεσαν μὴ τροκαταληφθείη. 
καὶ παρήγγειλαν, ἐπειδὴ δειπνήσειαν, συσκευασαμένους 


πώντας ἀναπαύεσθαι, καὶ ἕπεσθαι ἡ ἡνίκ᾽ av τις παραγγέλλῃ. 





BOOK FOURTH. 


τ} "Oca μὲν δὴ ἐν 7 ἀναβάσει ἐγένετο μέχρι τῆς 
μάχης, καὶ ὅσα μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς ἃς βασι- 
λεὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες " Ἕλληνες ἐ ἐποιήσαντο, 
καὶ ὅσα, παραβάντος τὰς σπονδὰς βασιλέως καὶ Τισσα- 
φέρνους, ἐπολεμήθη πρὸς τοὺς “Ἕλληνας ἐπακολουθοῦντος 
τοῦ Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλω- 


ται. 2. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο ἔνθα ὁ μὲν Τίγρης ποταμὸς 


παντάπασιν ἄπορος ἦν διὰ τὸ βάθος καὶ “μέγεθος, πάροδος 
δὲ οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλὰ τὰ Καρδούχεια ὄὅ ὄρη ἀπότομα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ 


τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐκρέματο, pie: δὴ τοῖς “στρατηγοῖς διὰ τῶν 


ὀρέων πορευτέον εἶναι. . ἤκουον γὰρ τῶν ἁλισκομένων 


ὁπότε μέντοι πρὸς τὸν σατράπην τὸν 
ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ σπείσαιντο, καὶ ἐπιμειγνύναι σφῶν τε πρὸς 


᾿Ακούσαντες 
ταῦτα, οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐκάθισαν χωρὶς τοὺς ἑκασταχόσε 


φάσκοντας εἰδέναι, οὐδὲν δῆλον ποιήσαντες ὅποι φύρειν. 


ἐδόκει δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι 
διὰ τῶν ὀρέων εἰς Καρδούχους ἐμβάλλειν. τούτους “γὰρ 


ἧς Οροντας 7 ἤρχε 


ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ εὔπορον ἔφασαν εἶναι 


Anas. 4,1 Villages of the Mountaineers. 89 


ὅτι. εἰ διέλθοιεν τὰ Καρδούχεια, ὄρη, ἐν τῇ Appevia τὰς 
͵ Ν - 
πηγὰς = ee ποταμοῦ, ἣν μὲν —_ διαβή 


> 


δὲ τὰς πηγὰς ἐλέγετο οὐ πρόσω τοῦ Sinpiil εἶναι, = 
ἔστιν οὕτως ὄχον. 4. τὴν δ᾽ εἰς τοὺς Καρδούχους ἐμβολὴν 
ὧδε ποιοῦνται, ἅμα μὲν λαθεῖν πειρώμενοι, » ἅμα δὲ φθάσαι 
= TOUS πολεμίους καταλαβεῖν τὰ ἄκρα. 

Ἡνίκα 8 ἦν apps τὴν τελευταίαν φυλακὴν, καὶ 
δε τῆς νυκτὸς ὅσον σκοταίους διελθεῖν τὸ πεδίον, 
τηνικαῦτα ἀναστάντες ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως, a 
ἀφικνοῦνται ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. 6 ενθα a 
Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγεῖτο τοῦ στρατεύματος, λαβὼν τὸ ἀμ 
αὑτὸν καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτας πάντας, Ξενοφῶν δὲ σὺν τοῖς 
ὀπισθοφύλαξιν ὁπλίταις εἴπετο, οὐδένα ie. a peer 
οὐδεὶς γὰρ κίνδυνος ἐδόκει εἶναι, μή τίς ἄνω ἰὸν enaser 
ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν ἐπίσποιτο. ‘Ys καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τὸ ἄκρον ava- 
βαίνει Χειρίσοφος, πρίν τινα αἰσθέσθαι τῶν πολεμίων" 
ἔπειτα δ᾽ ὑφηγεῖτο . ἐφείπετο δὲ ἀεὶ τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τοῦ 
στρατεύματος εἰς τὰς fee τὰς ἐν τοῖς —— TE ἔχῃ 
puget τῶν ὀρέων. Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν Καρ οὔχοι ἐκ 
πόντες τὰς οἰκίας, ἔχοντες καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παίδας, ἔφευ- 
ἊΝ ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἦν λαμβάνειν, 
ἦσαν δὲ καὶ χαλκώμασι, παμπόλλοις κατεσκευασμέναι αἱ 


υ 
οἰκίαι, ὧν οὐδὲν ἔφερον οἱ “Ελληνες, οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 


οὐ τε 
ἐδίωκον, ὑποφειδόμενοι, εἴ πως ἐθελήσειαν οἱ Καρδοῦχ 


διιέναι αὐτοὺς ὡς διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας, ἐπείπερ βασιλεῖ 
πολέμιοι ἦσαν " 9. τὰ μέντοι senna ὅτῳ τις ἐπιτυγχά- 
vou ἐλάμβανον : ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἦν. οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι οὔτε 
“ἘΝ ὑπήκουον, οὔτε ἄλλο φιλικὸν οὐδὲν ἐποίουν. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ τελευταῖοι τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων κατέβαινον 


-- ap τὸ 
Pax τὰς κώμας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου, ἤδη σκοταῖοι, διὰ γὰρ 


3 ν + . ἊΝ = 
ΝΟΣ ἐν Sets : 3 
. = F 7 aos 


cnt 


oy 





90 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen 
στενὴν εἶναι τὴν ὁδὸν, ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἡ ἀνάβασις αὐτοῖς 
ἐγένετο καὶ κατάβασις εἰς τὰς κώμας, ---- τότε δὴ συλλε- 
γέντες τινὲς τῶν Καρδούχων τοῖς τελευταίοις ἐπέθεντο, 
καὶ ἀπέκτεινάν τινας, καὶ λίθοις καὶ τοξεύμασι κατέτρωσαν, 
ὀλίγοι ὄντες " ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐπέπεσε τὸ 
᾿ΕἙλληνικόν. 11. εἰ μέντοι τότε πλείους συνελέγησαν, 
ἐκινδύνευσεν ἃ ἂν διαφθαρῆναι πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος. καὶ 
ταύτην μὲν τὴν νύκτα οὕτως ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ηὐλίσθησαν. 


οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι πυρὰ πολλὰ ἔκαον κύκλῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων, 


καὶ συνεώρων ἀλλήλους. Φ. "Aua δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελ- 


θοῦσι τοῖς στρουῴγοι καὶ χηγημς τῶν “Ἑλλήνων ἔδοξε 
τῶν τε ὑποζυγίων τὰ ἀναγκαῖα καὶ δυνατώτατα ἔ θύπτας 
πορεύεσθαι, καταλίποντας τἄλλα, καὶ ὅσα ἦν νεωστὶ 
αἰχμώλωτα ἀνδράποδα ἐ ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ πάντα ἀφεῖναι. 
13. σχολαίαν γὰρ ἐποίουν τὴν πορείαν, πολλὰ ὄντα, τὰ 
ὑποζύγια καὶ τὰ αἰχμάλωτα" πολλοὶ δὲ οἱ ἐπὶ τούτοις 
ὄντες ἀπόμαχοι ἦσαν, διπλάσιά τε ἐπιτήδεια ἔδει πορίζε- 
σθαι καὶ φέρεσθαι, πολλῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὄντων. δόξαν 
δὲ ταῦτα, ἐκήρυξαν οὕτω ποιεῖν. 


14. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀριστήσαντες ἐπορεύοντο, ὑποστάντες ἐν 


στενῷ οἱ στρατηγοὶ, εἴ τί εὑρίσκοιεν τῶν εἰρημένων un 


ἀφειμένον, ἀφῃροῦντο. οἱ δ᾽ ἐπείθοντο, πλὴν εἴ τίς τι 
ἔκλεψεν, οἷον ἢ παιδὸς ἐπιθυμήσας ἢ 7 γυναικὸς τῶν εὐπρε- 
πῶν. καὶ ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡ ἡμέραν οὕτως ἐπορεύθησαν, τὰ 
μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι. 15. εἰς δὲ τὴν 
ὑστεραίαν γνέτοι χειμὼν πολὺς, ἀναγκαῖον. δ᾽ ἦν πορεύ- 
εσθαι" οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἱκανὰ τἀπιτήδεια. καὶ ἡγεῖτο μὲν 
Χειρίσοφος, ὠπισθοφυλάκει δὲ Ἀπεγοφῶν. 16. καὶ οἱ 
πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπετίθεντο, καὶ στενῶν ὄντων τῶν x 
ρίων, ἐγγὺς προσιόντες ἐτόξευον καὶ ἐσφενδόνων ᾿ ὥστε 


ἠναγκάζοντο οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐπιδιώκοντες καὶ πάλιν ἀναχά- 


Anas. 4,11 Attacks of the Mountaieers. 9] 


ζοντες, σχολῇ πορεύεσθαι . καὶ θαμινὰ παρήγγελλεν ὁ 
“ὦ... ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπικέοιντο. 
Ἔνθα ὁ Χειρίσοφος ἄλλοτε μὲν ὅτε παρεγγυῷτο ὑπέ. 
μενε, τότε δὲ οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἦγε ταχέως καὶ —— 
ἕπεσθαι, ὥστε δῆλον ἢ ἦν ὅτι πρᾶγμά τι εἴη " σχολή οὐκ 
ἣν ἰδεῖν παρελθόντι τὸ αἴτιον τῆς σπουδῆς" ὥστε 9 ἵετο 
ὁμοία φυγῇ ἐγίγνετο τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι. 18. καὶ —— a 
ἀποθνήσκει ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὺς ΔΛακωνικὸς Κλεώνυμος, τοξευ εἰς 
διὰ τῆς ἀσπίδος καὶ τῆς σπολάδος εἰς τὰς ἔπεα τη = 
Βασίας ᾿Αρκὰς, διαμπερὲς τὴν πο αλημι met ὃς 
ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ σταθμὸν, εὐθὺς ὥσπερ εἶχεν ὁ Ἀενοφῶν 
ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφονρ ἡτιῶτο αὐτὸν ὅτι οὐχ ὑπέμει- 
νεν, ἀλλ, ἠναγκάζοντο φεύγοντες ἅμα μάχεσθαι. καὶ res 
δύο καλώ τε κἀγαθὼ ἄνδρε τέθνατον, καὶ οὔτε ἀνελὲσ ᾿ 
οὔτε θάψαι ἐδυνάμεθα. 20. ἀποκρίνεται ὁ Knees 
Βχέψον, ἔφη, πρὸς τὰ ὄρη, καὶ ἰδὲ ὡς ἄβατα πάντα εστί 
μία δ᾽ αὕτη ὁδὸς ἣν ὁρᾷς ὀρθία, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ ἀνθρώπων 


v, δὲ κατειληφότες φυλάτ- 
ὁρᾶν ἔξεστι σοι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον, no 


evdov, καὶ διὰ 
τουσι τὴν ἔκβασιν. Qi. ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ ἔσπ 


τοῦτο σε οὐχ ὑπέμενον, εἴ πως δυναίμην ῥϑίαν: πριν 
CATED τὴν — τ᾿ - οἱ δ᾽ ἡγεμόνες ous ees 
φασιν εἶναι ἄλλην ὁδόν. 42. ὁ δὲ ϑνυῤῶν λέγει" 

ἐγὼ ἔχω δύο ἄνδρας, ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμῖν πράγματα παρεῖχον, 
ἐνηδρεύσαμεν, ὅπερ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀναπνεῦσαι ἐποίησε, καὶ 
ἀπεκτείναμέν τινας αὐτῶν, καὶ ζῶνταν προὐθυμήθημεν λα- 
βεῖν αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκα, ὅπως ἡγεμόσιν εἰδόσι τὴν χώραν 


— 
ῥα . Καὶ εὐθὺς ἀγαγόντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἤλεγχον 


e 


benaplre εἴ τινα εἰδεῖεν ἄλλην ὁδὸν ἢ τὴν φανεράν. ὁ 


μὲν οὖν ἕτερος οὐκ ἔφη, μώλα πολλῶν φόβων προσαγομέ-. =< 


νων" ἀπεὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ὠφέλιμον ἔλεγεν, ὁρῶντος τοῦ ἑτέρου 


Διὶ 


- 
ὡ- 


Ὁ" are 


= sien 


τὶ 


ee 


= 


z ee . 


, nw =e Tek: Ἐν σοι 


PEE OT NR ; 
ἐφ ν eh coed pred Ca | 
5 - - es me 





92 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen. 


, ‘ Ν Ν Υ Φ ᾿" 
κατεσφάγη. 34. ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς ἔλεξεν ὅτι οὗτος μεν οὐ φαίη 
4 a In ἡ Ν᾽ ἧς uaa τὰν ὦ , Δ ΩΝ 
dia ταῦτα εἰδέναι, ὅτι αὑτῷ eTUyyave Ovyatnp εκεῖ παρ᾽ 
; ee , > 4 > »¥ δ Ὁ Ν 4 
ἀνδρὶ ἐκδεδομένη" αὐτὸς ὃ edn ἡγήσεσθαι δυνατὴν καὶ 
ς , ͵΄ το > , 2 = 
ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι odov. 25. ερωτωμενος δ᾽ εἰ ein τι 
᾽ oa , Ν 9 ¥ A ? 
ev αὑτῇ δυσπάριτον χωρίον, edn εἶναι ἄκρον, 0 εἰ μή τις 
’ ᾽ 4 y - 
προκαταλήψοιτο, ἀδύνατον ἐσεσθαι παρελθεῖν. 26. ᾽Εν- 
5 Ios , ‘ ‘ ‘ \ 
ταῦθα edoxet, συγκαλέσαντας λοχαγους καὶ πελταστὰς Kal 
-" - , τὰ ν 
τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, λέγειν τε τὰ παρόντα; καὶ ἐρωτᾶν εἴ τις 
ae Ν Ψ > Xs , κ Ink ry ͵ κ᾿ 
αὑτῶν ἐστιν ὅστις ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ἐθέλοι ἂν γενέσθαμς; καὶ 
e ‘ > ‘ 4 ς / - Ν 
ὕποστας εθελοντης πορεύεσθαι. 2%. ὑφίσταται τῶν μεν 
ε aA > , ‘ > Ν > 
ὑπλιτῶν Αριστωνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς ᾿Αρκὰς καὶ ᾿Αγασίας 
Λ Ν > Ν ᾽ lal 
Στυμφάλιος ᾿Αρκὰς, ἀντιστασιάζων δὲ αὐτοῖς Καλλίμαχος 
’ > \ ‘ e ¥ 3 4 4 
[Iappuctos Apkasg καὶ οὗτος ἐφη ἐθέλειν πορεύεσθαι, 
Ν > Ν * Ν aA 4 Φ Ὁ 
προσλαβὼν εθελοντὰς ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ στρατεύματος" eyo 
‘ » 3 σ“ / ‘ n 4 > ry 
yap, ἔφη, οἶδα ὅτι ἕψονται πολλοὶ τῶν νέων ἐμοῦ ἡγου- 


’ὔ ? / ? a Ν Ν aA , 
μενου. 425. εκ τούτου ἐρωτωσιν εἰ TLS καὶ τῶν γυμνητων 
wala ’ ¢ / 3 / 
ταξιάρχων εθεέλοι συμπορεύεσθαι. υφίσταται Apioteas 
- a ~~ a Mw A a ᾽ A ~ 
Χίος, ὃς πολλαχοῦ πολλοῦ ἀξιος TH στρατιᾷ εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα 
ιν 
EYEVETO. 


a. Ὁ Ἂ Λ ΝΜ ς > eat Ν b] ‘ , 
IT. Καὶ ἣν μεν δείλη ἤδη, οἱ δ ἐκέλευον αὑτοὺς ἐμ- 
, / Ν Ν ¢ , , 
φαγόντας πορεύεσθαι. καὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα δήσαντες παρα- 
, ? - Ν / ‘ Ν ’ ny / 
διδόασιν αὑτοῖς, καὶ συντίθενται THY μεν νύκτα, ἢν λάβωσι 
x »” Ν / ’; τ Ν A e / ~ 7 
TO ἄκρον, TO χωρίον φυλάττειν, ἅμα de τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σαλ- 
᾽,, 3 
ik I σημαίνειν" καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄνω ὄντας ἰένας ἐπὶ τοὺς 
κατέχοντας τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβασιν, αὐτοὶ δὲ συμβοηθήσειν 
> / ἔξ xX / , 7 ’ 
εκβαίνοντες ὡς ἂν δύνωνται τάχιστα. Ταῦτα συνθεμε- 
“Sa. SE , - ε k \¢ ‘ 
VOL, οἱ μὲν ἐπορεύοντο πλῆθος ws δισχίλιοι" Kat ὕδωρ πολυ 
> > > A — - ‘ ” A τ / 
nv εξ οὐρανοῦ" Ἐενοφῶν δὲ ἔχων τοὺς οπισθοφύλακας 
e a Ν 4 ‘ Ν (od , a “δῶ , 
ἤγειτο πρὸς τὴν φανερὰν ἐκβασιν, ὅπως ταὐυτῃ τῇ ὁδῷ οἱ 
’ / Ν - ἣν ¢ } / e 
πολέμιοι προσέχοιεν TOV νοῦν, καὶ ὡς μάλιστα λάθοιεν οἱ 


/ > ‘ > / » / 
περιιόντες. 8. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ yapadpa οἱ ὀπισθοφύλα- 





Anas.4,1.] Fighting in the Highlands. 93 


KES, ἣν ἔδει διαβάντας πρὸς τὸ ὄρθιον ἐκβαίνειν, τηνικαῦτα 
ἐκυλίνδουν οἱ i βάρβαροι ὁλοιτρόχους ἀμαξιαίους, καὶ μείζους 
καὶ ἐλάττους, σὲ φερόμενοι πρὸς τὰς πέτρας παίοντες 
διεσφενδονῶντο . καὶ παντάπασιν οὐδὲ πελάσαι οἷόν T ἦν 
τῇ εἰσόδῳ. 4. ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν λοχαγῶν, εἰ μὴ ταύτῃ δύναιν- 
το. ἄλλῃ ἐπειρῶντο" καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίουν μέχρι σκότος 
ἐγένετο Ὁ ἐπεὶ δὲ wovTo ἀφανεῖς εἶναι ἀπιόντες, τότε ἀπῆλ- 
θον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον" ἐτύγχανον δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι ὄντες 
αὐτῶν οἱ i ὀπισθοφυλακήσαντες. οἱ μέντοι πολέμιοι οὐδὲν 
ἐπαύσαντο Se ὅλης τῆς νυκτὺς κυλινδοῦντες τοὺς λίθους" 
ἐν: δ᾽ ἦν τῷ ψόφῳ. 

. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα, κύκλῳ περιιόντες, κατα- 
πν τοὺς φύλακας ἀμφὶ πῦρ καθημένους - καὶ τοὺς 
μὲν κατακανόντες, τοὺς δὲ καταδιώξαντες, αὐτοὶ ἐνταῦθ᾽ 
ἔμενον ὡς τὸ ἄκρον κατέχοντες. 6. οἱ δ᾽ οὐ κατεῖχον, 
ἀλλὰ μαστὸς ἦν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, wap ὃν ἦν ἡ στενὴ αὕτη 
ὁδὸς, ἐφ᾿ ἢ ἡ ἐκάθηντο οἱ φύλακες. ἔφοδος μέντοι αὐτόθεν 
ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἦν, δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ φανερᾷ ὁδῷ ἐκάθηντο. 
7. Καὶ τὴν. μὲν νύκτα ἐνταῦθα διήγαγον " ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα 
ὑπέφαινεν, ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ συντεταγμένοι ἐπὶ τοὺς πολε- 
μίους " καὶ γὰρ ὁμίχλη ἐγένετο, ὥστ᾽ ἔλαθον ἐγγὺς προσελ- 
θόντες. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον ἀχλήλους, ἥ τε σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο, 
καὶ ἀλαλάξαντες ἵεντο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους " οἱ δὲ οὐκ 
ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλὰ λιπόντες. τὴν ὁδὸν, φεύγοντες ὀλίγοι ἀπέ- 
θνησκον" εὔζωνοι γὰρ ἦσαν. 85. ot δε ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον, 
ἀκούσαντες τῆς σάλπιγγος, εὐθὺς ἵεντο ἄνω κατὰ τὴν 
φανερὰν ὁδόν" ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν στρατηγῶν κατὰ ἀτριβεῖς 
ὁδοὺς ἐπορεύοντο, ἡ ἔτυχον ἕκαστοι ὄντες, καὶ ἀναβάντες 
ὡς ἐδύναντο, ἀνίμων ἀλλήλους τοῖς δόρασι. 9. καὶ οὗτοι 
πρῶτοι συνέμιξαν τοῖς προκαταλαβοῦσι τὸ χωρίον. Ἐενο- 
φῶν δὲ, ἔχων τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων τοὺς ἡμίσεις, ἐπορεύετο 


aE Sirs TA = 


2 are 


% 
CA Sewers tet se δα, 
= SG ee ἐν 





94 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen, 


@ δι" ξ , Ν ᾽ , Φ -“ Ὁ 
ἤπερ οἱ TOV ἤγεμονα ἔχοντες " εὐοδωτατη γάρ nv τοῖς ὑπο- 
, ‘ ee eee ¥ a ε΄ / ¥ 
ζυγίοις " tous δὲ ἡμίσεις ὄπισθεν τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἔταξε. 

’ 2 / ’ ΙΕ ΜΝ, - a 
10. Πορευόμενοι ὃ ἐντυγχάνουσι λόφῳ ὑπερ τῆς ὁδοῦ, 
, es a , A A? , δι 
κατείλημμεένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, οὺς ἢ ἀποκόψαι ἀνάγκη 
a “ a a »* ε , - “ἢ 
ἢ διεζεῦχθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ᾿Ελλήνων. καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἂν 
? ΄ e ¢ * Ν = ὦ ΄ ? 3 
ἐπορεύθησαν ῃπερ οἱ ἄλλοι, Ta δὲ ὑποζυγια οὐκ nv ἄλλῃ ἢ 
4 > ~ ¥ Ν , > , 
TaUTN ἐκβῆναι. U8. evOa dn TApaKehevoupevol αλληλοις, 
Λ “ Ν , > ’ “ 
προσβαλλουσι πρὸς τὸν λοῴφον ορθίοις τοῖς λόχοις, οὐ 
,ὔ 4 ry , ” - 
κύκλῳ, αλλὰ καταλιπόντες ἀφοδον τοῖς πολεμίοις, εἰ βού- 
’ Ν / ‘ ? ‘ ? ’ 
AowrTo φεύγειν. 13. καὶ τεως μὲν αὑτοὺς αναβαίνοντας, 
Ψ In 7 “ e , ᾽ ~ 
ὅπῃ ἐδύναντο ἕκαστος, οἱ βάρβαροι ετόξευον καὶ ἔβαλλον, 
? Ν 3 ? , ’ Ν a ’ Ν ’ 
eyyus ὃ οὐ προσίεντο, αλλὰ φυγῃ λείπουσι τὸ χωρίον. 
Ν a“ , 4 e 
καὶ τοῦτον τε παρεληλύθεσαν ot “Ελληνες, καὶ ἕτερον 
ca ¥ , , δ᾽ ἃ, κα 3 
ὁρῶσιν ἔμπροσθεν λόφον κατεχόμενον" ἐπὶ τοῦτον αὖθις 
In ἡ / > / > κ᾿ Ν ᾽ 
ἐδόκει πορεύεσθαι. 13. ᾿Εννοήσας δ᾽ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, pn, εἰ 
¥ / Ν ¢ ’ Ν Λ 
ἔρημον καταλίποι TOY ἡλωκότα λόφον, καὶ πάλιν λαβόντες 
e , 3 - a ς ’ A ᾽ 
οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπιθοῖντο τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις παριοῦσιν, ---- ἐπὶ 
Ν = ‘ ς 4 Ἁ Ν ~ a e A ’ 
πολὺ δ᾽ ἦν τὰ ὑποζύγια, ἅτε διὰ στενῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ πορευο- 
/ > ~ ’ Ἁ 
μενα, ---- καταλείπει ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου λοχαγοὺς Κηφισόδωρον 
a > al a3 , 3 ’ 
Κηφισοφῶντος Αθηναῖον, καὶ Αμφικράτην Αμφιδημου 
> a Ν Τῷ > ” , a ἃ ‘ ‘ 
A@nvaiov, καὶ ᾿Αρχαγόραν ᾿Αργεῖον φυγάδα, αὐτὸς δὲ συν 
” a ? 4 a % Ν ’ ’ ‘\ a 
Tots λοιποῖς ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν δεύτερον λόφον, καὶ τῷ 


> «A , 6 - ε - Ν 3 > cal 
αὐτῷ Τροτῳ Kat τΤοῦυτον αιρουσιν. 4. Er ὃ avuTols 


/ Ν Ν > ee , e-e24 ὡς > BAN 
τρίτος μαστὸς λοιπὸς HY, πολυ ορθιωτατος, ὁ ὕπερ τῆς ETL 
κεν Ν Ξ / ~ a Ν Φ.».᾿, a ? 
τῷ πυρὶ καταληφθείσης φυλακῆς τῆς νυκτὸς ὕπο τῶν εθε- 


λοντῶν. 15. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο οἱ Ἕλληνες, λείπου- 


ε , > . Ν ef - 

ow ot βάρβαροι ἀμαχητὶ τὸν μαστὸν, ὥστε θαυμαστον 

a , % 6 , ’ 2 Ν Ν 

πᾶσι γενέσθαι, καὶ ὑπωπτευον δείσαντας αὐτοὺς μὴ κυκλω- 

θ / - 3 = ε > Ψ ι΄ ὦ a ¥ 

ἐντες πολιορκοίντο ἀπολιπεῖν. οἱ ὃ apa ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου 
es =: # , ’ P--% ‘ 3 

καθορωντες τὰ ὄπισθεν γιγνόμενα, πάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ὁπι- 


4 “μψ ‘ Ἁ a 
σθοφύλακας ἐχώρουν. 16. καὶ Ἐενοφῶν μὲν συν τοῖς νεω- 


ANnAB. 4, 11.] Battle for the Height. 95 


TUTOUS ἀνέβαινεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἐκέλευσεν 


ὑπάγειν, ὅπως οἱ τελευταίοι λόχοι προσμίξειαν, κι καὶ προ- { 


ἐλθόντας κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐν τῷ ὁμαλῷ θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα 
εἶπε. 

17. Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ ἦλθεν ᾿Αρχαγόρας 0’ Ἀργεῖος 
πεφευγὼς, καὶ λέγει ὡς ἀπεκόπησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου λόφου, 
καὶ ὅτι τεθνᾶσι Κηφισόδωρος καὶ ᾿Αμφικράτης, καὶ ἄλλοι 
ὅσοι μὴ ἁλλόμενοι κατὰ τῆς πέτρας πρὸς τοὺς ὀπισθοφύ- 
λακας ἀφίκοντο. 18. ταῦτα δε διαπραξάμενοι. οἱ βάρβα- 
pot ἧκον ἐπ᾽ ἀντίπορον λόφον τῷ μαστῷ" καὶ Ἐενοφῶν 
διελέγετο αὐτοῖς Se ἑρμηνέως περὶ σπονδῶν, καὶ τοὺς 
19. οἱ δὲ ἔφασαν ἀποδώσειν ἐφ᾽ ᾧ μὴ, 

συνωμολόγει ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. ἐν @ 


νεκροὺς ἀπήτει. 
κάειν τὰς οἰκίας. 
δὲ τὸ μὲν ἄλλο στράτευμα παρήει, οἱ δὲ ταῦτα mgrigee δ 
πώντες οἱ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ τόπου συνερρύησαν. 20. ἐνταῦθα ΄ 
ἵσταντο ob πολέμιοι. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤρξαντο καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ 
τοῦ μαστοῦ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους, ἔνθα τὰ ὅπλα ἔκειντο, ἵεντο 
δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι πολλῷ πλήθει καὶ θορυβῳ" καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐγέ- 
vovTo ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ μαστοῦ, ag ov Be οφῶν κατέ- 
βαινεν, ἐκυλίνδουν πέτρας" καὶ ἑνὸς μεν κατέαξαν τὸ σκέλος, 
Ξενοφῶντα δὲ ὁ ὑπασπιστὴς ἔχων τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀπέλιπεν" 
21. Εὐρύλοχος δὲ “ουσιεὺς ᾿Αρκὰς προσέδραμεν αὐτῷ, 
ὁπλίτης, καὶ πρὸ ἀμφοῖν προβεβλημένος γάρ ας καὶ οἱ 
ἄλλοι πρὸς τοὺς συντεταγμένους ἀπῆλθον. . Ἐκ δὲ 
τούτου πᾶν ὁμοῦ ἐγένετο τὸ ᾿Ελληνικὸν, καὶ ἐσκήνησαν 
αὐτοῦ, ἐν πολλαῖς καὶ καλαῖς οἰκίαις καὶ ἐπιτηδείοις δαψυ- 
λέσι" καὶ γὰρ οἶνος πολὺς ἦν, ὥστε ἐν λάκκοις κονιατοῖς 
εἶχον. 28. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος διεπράξαντο ὥστε 
λαβόντες τοὺς νεκροὺς ἀπέδοσαν τὸν ἡγεμόνα" καὶ πάντα 
ἐποίησαν τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν, ὥσπερ νομέ- 


ἕεται ἀνδράσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 


“ 
a 


- 





νος Re 
ed Fa 


= τ - To a 
ows - be re 
ΕΝ τὰ Oe 





96 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen. 


Th δὲ ξ ’ ¥ ς , > , " 
ἢ ὃὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄνευ ἡγεμόνος ἐπορεύοντο" μαχό- 
e ΄ ‘ ¥ a 7 
μενοι δ᾽ οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ ὅπῃ εἴη στενὸν χωρίον προκαταλαμ- 
ἢ ἢ ’ ‘ 9 ‘ 
Bavovres, ἐκώλυον τὰς παρόδους. 25. ὁπότε μὲν οὖν τοὺς 
, ’ ee a ¥ ? ’ Ν \ 
Tpwrovs κωλύοιεν, Ἐενοφῶν ὄπισθεν exBatvwv πρὸς τὰ 
2 Ἃ > , 7” ἢ ~ , ? 
ὄρη ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς πρωτοίῖς, ἀνω- 
/ a ‘ 
“τέρω πειρώμενος γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων: 46. ὁπότε δὲ 
= yy , ~ 4 > ,ὔ Ν , 
tos ὄπισθεν ἐπιθοῖντο. Χειρίσοφος ἐκβαίνων, καὶ πειρώ- 
> / / - Ν. Ν > 
μενος ἀνωτέρω γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων, ἔλυε THY ἀπό- 
- ’ δε" ια΄ > , 
φραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς ὄπισθεν" Kai ἀεὶ οὕτως ἐβοήθουν 
> > a“ 3 4 ‘ 
ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἰσχυρῶς αλληλων ἐπεμέλοντο. 27. ἦν δὲ 
καὶ ὁπότε αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀναβᾶσι πολλὰ πράγματα a a 
οἱ βάρβαροι πάλιν καταβαίνουσιν " ἐλαφροὶ γὰρ ἤσαν, 
“ 
ὥστε καὶ ἐγγύθεν φεύγοντες ἀποφεύγειν" οὐδὲν γὰρ ax 
ἄλλο ἢ τόξα Kai σφενδόνας. 28. ἄριστοι δὲ τοξόται ἧσαν" 
‘ ‘ / 
᾿ εἶχον δὲ τόξα ἐγγὺς τριπήχη, τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα πλέον ἢ 
@. ‘ 4 ‘ 4 ‘ 
διπήχη" εἷλκον δὲ τὰς vevpas, ὁπότε τοξεύοιεν, προς TO 
’ A a ? .“ Ν ’ὔ ‘ ‘ 
κάτω τοῦ τόξου τῷ ἀριστερῷ ποδὶ προβαίνοντες. τὰ δὲ 
τοξεύματα αὶ ἐχώρει διὰ τῶν ἀσπίδων καὶ διὰ τῶν θωράκων. 
ἐχρῶντο δὲ αὐτοῖς οἱ “Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ λάβοιεν, ἀκοντίοις, 
ἐναγκυλῶντες. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χωρίοις οἱ Κρῆτες χρησι- 
μώτατοι ἐγένοντο. ἦρχε δὲ αὐτῶν Στρατοκλῆς Κρής. 
za 4 Ν τ > > r 
TIT. Ταύτην δ᾽ αὖ τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλίσθησαν ἐν ταῖς κώ- 
a ς ‘ τὸ 7 Ν ἈΝ ’ 
μαις ταῖς ὑπερ τοῦ πεδίου τοῦ παρὰ τὸν Κεντρίτην ποτα- 
. . ς / A ‘ 4 , . ‘ 
μον, εὕρος ws δίπλεθρον, ὃς ὁρίζει τὴν "Appeviay καὶ τὴν 
- ’ ΄ Ν ea > a > , 
τῶν Καρδούχων χώραν. καὶ οἱ λληνες ἐνταῦθα ἀνεπαύ- 
e 
σαντο ἄσμενοι, ἰδόντες πεδίον " ἀπεῖχε δὲ τῶν ὀρέων 0 
ποταμὸς ἐξ ἢ ἑπτὰ στάδια τῶν Καρδούχων. 2. τότε μὲν 
οὖν ηὐλίσθησαν μάλα ἡδέως, καὶ τἀπιτήδεια ἔχοντες καὶ 
πολλὰ τῶν παρεληλυθότων πόνων μνημονεύοντες. ἑἕπτα 
γὰρ ἡμέρας, ὅσασπερ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῶν Καρδούχων, 
πάσας μαχόμενοι διετέλεσαν, καὶ ἔπαθον κακὰ ὅσα οὐδὲ 





Anas. 4, πι}. The Armenian Frontier. 97 


Ta σύμπαντα ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους. ὡς οὖν 
"Ὁ τούτων, ἡδέως ἐκοιμήθησαν. 

“Apa δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁρῶσιν ἱππέας που πέραν τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ, ἐξωπλισμένους ὡς κωλύσοντας διαβαίνειν, πεζοὺς 
δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὄχθαις παρατεταγμένους ἄνω τῶν ἱππέων, ὡς 
κωλύσοντας εἰς τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν ἐκβαίνειν. 4. ἦσαν δ᾽ οὗτοι 
᾿Ορόντα καὶ ᾿Αρτούχαλ ᾿Αρμένιοι καὶ Μάρδοι καὶ Χαλδαῖοι 
μισθοφόροι. ἐλέγοντο δὲ οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ 
ἄλκιμοι εἶναι" ὅπλα δ᾽ εἶχον γέρρα μακρὰ καὶ λόγχας. 
ὅ. αἱ δὲ ὄχθαι αὗται, ἐφ᾽ ὧν παρατεταγμένοι οὗτοι = 
τρία ἢ τέτταρα πλέθρα ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀπεῖχον" ὁ Ν 
δὲ μία ἡ ὁρωμένη ἦν ἄγουσα ἄνω, ὥσπερ ere 
ταύτῃ ἐπειρῶντο διαβαίνειν οἱ “EdAnves. 6. επεί ε 
πειρωμένοις τὸ τε ὕδωρ ὑπὲρ τῶν μαστῶν Rar καὶ 
τραχὺς ἦν ὁ ποταμὸς μεγάλοιβ λέθοις καὶ ὀλισθηροῖς, ---- 
καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν, εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἥρπαζεν ὁ 
ποταμός" ἐπί τε τῆς κεφαλῆς τὰ ὅπλα εἴ τις φέροι, γυμνοὶ 
ἐγίγνοντο πρὸς τὰ τοξεύματα καὶ τᾶλλα βέλη,--- ἀνεχώρη- 
= Kat αὐτοῦ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν. 

Ἔνθα δὲ αὐτοὶ τὴν πρόσθεν νύκτα ἦσαν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, 
ἑώρων τοὺς Καρδούχους πολλοὺς συνειλεγμένους ἐν τοῖς 
ὅπλοις. ἐνταῦθα 8 πολλὴ ἀθυμία ἦν τοῖς “Ἕλλησιν, 
ὁρῶσι μὲν τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν δυσπορίαν, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοὺς 
διαβαίνειν κωλύσοντας, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοῖς διαβαίνουσιν ἐπικει- 
σομένους τοὺς Kapbouxous ὄπισθεν. 8. ταύτην μὲν οὖν 
τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν νύκτα ἔμειναν ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ ὄντες. 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ ὄναρ εἶδεν - ἔδοξεν ἐν πέδαις ἌΓΟΝ, — 
δὲ αὐτῷ αὐτόμαται περιρρυῆναι. ὥστε nen Kab ιαβαί 
νειν ὁπόσον ἐβούλετο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὄρθρος ἦν, ἔρχεται ὌΝ 
τὸν Χειρίσοφον, καὶ λέγει ὅτι ἐλπίδας ἔχει καλῶς ἔσεσ at, 


Νὴ ὡς τὸ 
καὶ διηγεῖται αὐτῷ τὸ ὄναρ. 9. ὁ δὲ ἥδετι σο καὶ 





98 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen, 


Ψ wl 4 9A? , , e 
χιστα ews ὑπέφαινεν, ἐθύοντο πώντες TAPOVTES οἱ στρατη- 
,ὕ ‘ ἈΝ € ‘ 4 ΕῚ Int “ιν = , Q 
you" καὶ τὰ lepa Kaha Hv εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου. καὶ 
» ’ὔ SS - e a A A 
ἀπίοντες ATO τῶν ἱερῶν οἱ στρατηγοὶ Kai λοχαγοὶ παρή 
A A ᾽ val 
γέλλον TH στρατιᾷ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι. 
Ν > a a / 
10. Καὶ ἀριστῶντι τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι προσέτρεχον δύο 
’ 0 ¥ \ , σ ? / > A x ᾽ 
νεανίσκω" ἤδεσαν γὰρ πώντες ὅτι ἐξείη αὑτῷ καὶ ἀρι- 
= A ~ - 
στῶντι καὶ δειπνοῦντι προσελθεῖν. 
? ~ 
pavta εἰπεῖν, 


\ ? / ? , 
kat εἰ καθεύδοι ἐπεγεί- 
μ᾿, / ¥ a ‘ Ν Λ 

Tis τὸ ἔχοι τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον. 
Ν / 3. Ψ , 4 , 

ΕἸ. καὶ τότε ἔλεγον ὅτι τυγχάνοιεν φρύγανα συλλέγοντες 
e = 7 “ ¥ , ? a / 
ὡς ἐπὶ TuUp, καπειτα κατίδοιεν ἐν τῳ πέραν, 


3 , 

εν πέτραις 
4 9 4 

καθηκούσαις ἐπ᾽ a 


> 8 ‘ ‘ , 7 ‘ 
ὑτὸν τὸν ToTapov, γέροντά τε καὶ γυ- 
-“ Ν ‘ “ ’ 
ναίκα καὶ παιδίσκας ὥσπερ μαρσίπους ἱματίων κατατι- 
5 > / ᾽ ’ ? A 
θεμένους ἐν πέτρᾳ ἀντρωδει. 12. ἰδοῦσι δέ σφισι δόξαι 
> 4 3 a Jar 4 - ,ὔ ΄ “- 
ἄσφαλες εἶναι διαβῆναι" οὐδὲ Yap τοις πολεμίοις ἱππεῦσι 
. >? 4 ns b 4 >, ¥ ¥ 
προσβατον εἶναι κατὰ τοῦτο. ἐκδύντες ὃ ἐφασαν ἔχοντες 
ἂρ τὰ ’ ΧΙ. , / 
Ta ἐγχειρίδια γυμνοὶ ὡς νευσόμενοι διαβαίνειν " πορευό- 
\ , a 4 4 ? A 
μενοι δὲ πρόσθεν διαβῆναι πρὶν βρέξαι τὰ αἰδοῖα" καὶ 
ee oe λ 7] > 
διαβάντες καὶ λαβόντες τὰ ἐματια παλιν ἥκειν. 18. Εὐ- 
‘ Φ “ fom a ee. ¥ ‘ “" , 
θυς οὖν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν αὐτός τε ἐσπενδε, καὶ τοῖς νεανίσκοις 
? a ‘ Μ ” ’ .“ / > / 
ἐγχεῖν ἐκέλευε, καὶ εὔχεσθαι τοῖς φηνασι θεοῖς τά τε ὀνεί- 
4 ‘ ‘ Ν ? Ν ? / 
pata καὶ tov πόρον, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐπιτελέσαι. 
/ i, Ν᾿ ‘ , Ν a é 
σπείσας δ᾽ εὐθὺς NYE τοὺς νεανίσκους παρὰ τὸν Χειρίσο- 
Η a δὰ ᾽ ͵ a wey ’ 
pov, καὶ διηγοῦνται tavtd. 14. ἀκούσας δὲ καὶ o Χειρί- 
. > ’ , ‘ a ΕΣ 
σοῴφος σπονδὰς ἐποίει. σπείσαντες δὲ τοῖς μεν ἄλλοις 
΄ ’ ᾽ ‘ ‘ ΄ 
παρηγγέλλον συσκευάζεσθαι, αὐτοὶ δὲ, συγκαλέσαντες 
‘ ‘ ᾽ ᾽ “ A Λ a 
Tous στρατηγους, ἐβουλεύοντο ὅπως ἂν κώλλιστα διαβαῖεν, 
Ν ΄ ¥ A ‘ ‘ a ¥ ‘ 
καὶ Tous τε ἔμπροσθεν νικῷεν, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄπισθεν μηδεν 
, 4 ‘ »ν > A / 8 
τάσχοιεν κακὸν. 15. καὶ ἐδοξεν αὐτοῖς Χειρίσοφον μὲν 
en ia 4 ͵ ν ow a 
ἡγείσθαι, καὶ διαβαίνειν ἔχοντα τὸ ἥμισυν τοῦ στρατεύματος, 
Ν > eo ¥ ¢ , \ — - ‘ ‘ ΄ 4 
τὸ ὃ ἥμισυ ἔτι ὑπομένειν σὺν Βενοφῶντι, τὰ δὲ ὑποζύγια 
᾿ ‘ ¥ ? , , , ᾽ ‘ 
Καὶ τὸν ὄχλον ἐν μέσῳ τούτων διαβαίνειν. 16. ἐπεὶ δὲ 





7 99 

ANAB. 4, 111.] Ford of the Kentries. 
9 e ͵ ᾽ 
Dru εἶχεν, ἐπορεύοντο" ἡγοῦντο δ᾽ of νεανίσκοι ἐν 


ε 4 
ages δέ, “ον ᾿ς αὶ δὲ a- 
τὸν ποταμόν" δος δὲ ἣν ἐπι τὴν δὲ 


a sm” 
ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες ᾿ 

« / 

σταδιοι. : 

βασιν ὡς τέτταρες σταδίο. ΡΣ ΝΣ 
| Πορευομένων ὃ αὐτῶν αντιπαρῇεσ ξεις 
ΡΝ x τὴν διά καὶ τὰς οχθας 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἦσαν κατὰ τὴν διαβασιν 


e / 
LITTTEDV. oe : 
ο τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ αὑτος πρῶτος Χειρίσο 


a 
pct ῶ wack + ἀποδὺς, ἐλάμβανε τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ 
καὶ ἀποδυς, 
iy cng a } i τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἐκέλευεν 
τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλε, καὶ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἐὰ oy 
‘\ a ὺς 
ὀρθίους ν ἀριστερᾷ, TO 
1 ὺς λό θίους, τους μεν € Q 
ayew Tovs λοχοὺς OP θετὸν 4 a i 
“ ἑαυτοῦ. 18. καὶ ol μὲν pavTels γ | 
cee é : ἐτόξευόν τε καὶ ἐσφενδόνων " 
c ‘y+ οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐτόξευον φενδόν 
pee 19. ἐπεὶ δὲ καλὰ nv ta σφαγια, 
IAN’ οὔπω ἐ ὕντο 2 € 
X οὕπω εξικνουντο. ee 
ot tnt saat οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ ἀνηλαλαζον, συνωλο 
ov π boy, ἢ 
eras pie ixes ἅπασαι" πολλαὶ yap Noav εται- 
λυΐζον δὲ καὶ αἱ yuva ; ; ΣΕ 
ty τῷ στρατεύματι. 20. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μ ε 
T ε ᾿ 
See . ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν, τῶν ὀπισθοφυλακων λα 
καὶ οἱ συν εκείνῳ : κω bows νι 
ν ἐπὶ τον 
ὺς εὖ 1 θει ava κρατὸς πα 
? ἅτους, € 
ὼν τοὺς εὐζωνοτ ρατοῖ. wane 
ἱ nv ἔκβασιν τὴν εἰς Ta τῶν Δρμενίων 
'' 
ταύτῃ διαβὰς ἀποκλέίσειν τυὺς παρὰ 
. e A a ea e 7 
c auov ἱππέας. 2. οἱ δὲ πολεμίιοι; ὁρῶντες μὲ 
τὰς ἀμφὶ 3 ᾿πετῶς τὸ ὕδωρ περῶντας, OPWYTES 
τοὺς ἀμφὶ Χειρέσοφον εὐπετῶς τοῦ ft a . 
ἱ σαντ 
δὲ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ξενοφῶντα θέοντας εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, εἰσαντε 
ey j va κράτος, ὡς πρὸς τὴν 
ἡ a ἐσθεί εὔγουσιν ava κρᾶτος, 
ισθείησαν, φευγ ὡς πρὶ 
ἐπι Κατ : ἑ κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐγένοντο, 


a A 
πόρον τὸν κατὰ T 
, 
ὄρη, προσποιούμενος 


᾽ 4 
a” ΝΜ ὃ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἄνω ἐκβασιν. ἐπει ἶ ee eee 
ate τὸ ὄρος. 223. Λύκιος δ᾽ ὁ την ταξιν ex 
ἔτεινον ἄνω᾽ προς TO OPS. 22. Xe 
a. . Lovins ὃ τὴν τάξιν TOV πελταστῶν τῶν 
τῶν ἱππέων, καὶ Αισχίνης ὁ THY ταςὶν τ΄ στον ΤΌΣ 
᾿ 4 οντας. εἰ- 
᾿μφὶ 'σοφον ἐπεὶ ἑώρων ava KPATOS pevy ᾿ς ϑ΄ν 
ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον, Κ᾿. re 
ὅων pn απολείπεσθαι, λα 
f ᾿ αὖ ἐπεὶ 
48. Χειρίσοφος ὃ αὖ em 
εὐθὺς δὲ κατα τας 


- ᾽ 
ποντο" οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται εβ 
“-“΄,. ν᾿ “ 
συνεκβαίνειν ἐπὶ TO ἌΣ. τῇ 
διέβη, τοὺς μὲν ἵππεας οὐκ εδιώκεν, 
ν 


a 
ov ἐξέ ἐπὶ TOUS 
) ” Aas ἐπὶ tov ποταμὸν εἐξεβαινεν 
προσηκουσᾶς OX 


a ns -ὦ: 5 π.-.----- τ 
oa — Ψ Ἶ 


μα, δον μας, αν ee 


FAS Ee ΞῚ 


ce 


an 


e? ta -< «΄ 
“ERY; ἀτ-σϑα ~ 
= ω ΕΣ 





100 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen. 


ἄνω πολεμίους. οἱ δὲ ἄνω, ὁρῶντες μὲν τοὺς ἑαυτῶν 
ἱππέας φεύγοντας, ὁρῶντες δ᾽ ὁπλίτας σφίσιν ἐπιόντας, 
ἐκλείπουσι τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἄκρα. 

24. Ξενοφῶν δ᾽, ἐπεὶ τὰ πέραν ἑώρα καλῶς γιγνόμενα, 
ἀπεχώρει τὴν ταχίστην πρὸς τὸ διαβαῖνον στράτευμα. καὶ 
γὰρ οἱ Καρδοῦχοι φανεροὶ ἤδη ἦσαν εἰς τὸ πεδίον κατα- 
βαίνοντες, ὡς ἐπιθησόμενοι τοῖς τελευταίοις. 48. καὶ 
“Χειρίσοφος μὲν τὰ ἄνω κατεῖχε, Αύκιος δὲ σὺν ὀλίγοις 
ἐπιχειρήσας ἐπιδιῶξαι ἔλαβε τῶν σκευοφόρων τὰ ὑπολει- 
πόμενα, καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἐσθῆτά τε καλὴν καὶ ἐκπώματα. 
36. καὶ τὰ μὲν σκευοφόρα τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ὁ ὄχλος 
ἀκμὴν διέβαινε ° Βενοῥῶν δὲ στρέψας πρὸς τοὺς Καρδούχους 
ἀντία τὰ ὅπλα ἔθετο, καὶ παρήγγειλε τοῖς λοχαγοῖς κατ᾽ 
ἐνωμοτίας ποιήσασθαι ἕ ἕκαστον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόχον, map 
ἀσπίδα Tapayayovras τὴν ἐνωμοτίαν ἐπὶ φάλαγγος καὶ 
τοὺς μὲν λοχαγοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐνωμοτάρχους πρὸς τῶν Καρ- 
δούχων ἰέναι, οὐραγοὺς δὲ καταστήσασθαι πρὸς τοῦ ποτα- 
μοῦ. 7. Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι ὦ ὡς ἑώρων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας 
τοῦ ὄχλου ψιλουμένους, καὶ ὀλέγους ἤδη φαινομένους, θᾶττον 
δὴ ἐ ἐπήεσαν ὠδάᾶς τινας ἄδοντες. ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος, ἐπεὶ τὰ 
Tap αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς εἶχε, πέμπει παρὰ Ξενοφῶντα τοὺς 
πελταστὰς καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ τοξότας, καὶ κελεύει ποιεῖν 
; τι ἄν παραγγέλλῃ. 95. ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτοὺς διαβαίνοντας, 

ὁ Ἐενοφῶν πέμψας ἄγγελον κελεύει αὐτοῦ μεῖναι ἐπὶ τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ μὴ διαβάντας ὅ ὅταν δ᾽ ἄρξωνται αὐτοὶ διαβαίνειν, 
ἐναντίους ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν σφῶν ἐμβαίνειν ὦ ὡς διαβησομένους, 
διηγκυλωμένους τοὺς ἀκοντιστὰς, καὶ ἐπιβεβλημένους τοὺς 
τοξότας" μὴ πρόσω δὲ τοῦ ποταμοῦ προβαίνειν. 29. τοῖς 
δὲ Tap ἑαυτῷ παρήγγειλεν, ἐπειδὰν σφενδόνη ἐξικνῆται 
καὶ ἀσπὶς ψοφῇ, παιανίσαντας θεῖν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους : 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀναστρέψωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ 





ΑΝΑΒ. 4, τν.] Crossing the Ford. 101 


ὁ σαλπικτὴς σημήνῃ τὸ πολεμικὸν, ἀναστρέψαντας si 
δόρυ ἡγεῖσθαι μὲν τοὺς οὐραγοὺς, θεῖν δὲ π πάντας, καὶ δια- 
βαίνειν ὅτι τάχιστα, ἢ ἕκαστος τὴν τάξιν εἶχεν, ὡς μὴ 
ἐμποδίζειν ἀλλήλους" OTL οὗτος ἄριστος ἔσοιτο, κω ἂν 
πρῶτος ἐν τῷ πέραν γένηται. 80. οἱ δὲ Kap οὔχοι, 
ὁρῶντες ὀλίγους ἤδη τοὺς λοιποὺς, ----- πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ τῶν 
μένειν τεταγμένων ᾧχοντο, ἐπιμελησόμενοι Ob μὲν ὑποξυ- 
γίων, οἱ δὲ σκευῶν, οἱ δ᾽ ἑταιρῶν, ---- ἐνταῦθα δὴ ao aa 
θρασέως, καὶ ἤρχοντο ΦΌΝΩΝ καὶ τοξεύειν. Si. οἱ ἀκ 
"EXAnves παιανίσαντες yaaa δρόμῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς " οἱ δὲ 
οὐκ ἐδέξαντο" καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ὡπλισμένοι ὡς μὲν ἐν τοῖς 
ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς πρὸς τὸ ἐπιδραμεῖν καὶ φεύγειν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ 
εἰς χεῖρας Sexeotas οὐχ ἱκανῶς. 82. ἐν τούτῳ σημαΐνει 
ὁ σαλπικτής" καὶ οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι ἔφευγον πολὺ ἔτι θᾶττον, 
οἱ δ᾽ “ pangs τἀναντία στρέψαντες ἔφευγον διὰ τοῦ ποτα- 
μοῦ ὅτι rages. 33. τῶν δὲ πολεμίων οἱ μέν τινες 
αἰσθόμενοι πάλιν ἔδραμον ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν, καὶ τοξεύοντες 
ὀλέγους ἔτῥωσαν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ πέραν ὄντων τῶν ᾿ Ελλή- 
νὼν ἔτι φανεροὶ ἦσαν φεύγοντες. 84. οἱ δὲ ὑ ὑπαντήσ αντες, 
ἀνδριξόμενοι καὶ προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ προϊόντες, ὕστερον | 
τῶν μετὰ Ἐενοφῶντος διέβησαν πάλιν" καὶ éerpwOno uv 
τινες καὶ τούτων. 
IV, ᾿Επεὶ δὲ διέβησαν, συνταξάμενοι ἀμφὶ μέσον ἡμέ- 4 
pas, ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ TH ᾿Αρμενίας πεδίον ἅπαν καὶ 
λείους γηλόφους, οὐ μεῖον ἢ πέντε παρασάγγας" ov γὰρ 
ἦσα αν ἐγγὺς τοῦ ποταμοῦ κῶμαι, διὰ τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς 
πρὸς τοὺς Καρδούχουν. 2. εἰς δὲ ἣν ἀφίκοντο κώμην 
μεγάλη τε ἦν, καὶ βασίλειον εἶχε τῷ σατράπῃ. rend ἐπὶ 
ταῖς πλείσταις οἰκίαις τύρσεις ἐπῆσαν" ἐπιτήδεια δ᾽ ἦν 
δαψιλῆ. 8. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς al πα- 
pacayyas δέκα, μέχρι ὑπερῆλθον τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τύγρητος 





᾿ 


" καὶ γὰρ ἐδόκει διαιθριάζειν. 


102 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen 


ποταμοῦ. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρα- 
σάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Τηλεβόαν ποταμόν. οὗτος δ᾽ 
ἦν καλὸς μὲν, μέγας δ᾽ οὔ" κῶμαι δὲ πολλαὶ περὶ τὸν 
ποταμὸν ἦσαν. 4. ὁ δὲ τόπος οὗτος ᾿Αρμενία ἐκαλεῖτο ἡ 
ὕπαρχος δ᾽ ἦν αὐτῆς Τιρίβαζος, ὁ καὶ 
βασιλεῖ φίλος γενόμενος, καὶ ὁπότε παρείη, οὐδεὶς ἄλλος 
βασιλέα ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνέβαλλεν. 


Ν ξ΄ / 
προς εσπεραν. 


βασιλέα. ὶ ς ὅ. οὗτος προσήλασεν 
ἱππέας ἔχων, καὶ προπέμψας ἑρμηνέα εἶπεν ὅτι βούλοιτο 
διαλεχθῆναι τοῖς ἄρχουσι. τοῖς δὲ στρατηγοῖς ἔδοξεν 
ἀκοῦσαι" καὶ προσελθόντες εἰς ἐπήκοον ἠρώτων τί θέλοι 

e Ν Ν 
stam εἶπεν ὅτι σπείσασθαι βούλοιτο, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ μήτε αὐτὸς 
τοὺς Ελληνας ἀδικεῖν, μήτε ἐκείνους κάειν τὰς οἰκίας, λαμ- 
βάνειν τε τἀπιτήδεια ὅσων δέοιντο. ἔδοξε ταῦτα τοῖς 
στρατηγοῖς, καὶ ἐσπείσαντο ἐπὶ τούτοις. 

7. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς διὰ πεδίου, 
παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα " καὶ Τιρίβαζος παρηκολούθει 
ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἀπέχων ὡς δέκα σταδίους" με 


τὰ ὁ " ‘ 
«ἀφίκοντο εἰς βασίλεια καὶ κώμας πέριξ πολλὰς πολλών 


4 - b / 
τῶ i 
Vv ἐπιτηδείων μέστας. 8. στρατοπεδευομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν, 


/ 
t A a ‘ ’ 
. γίγνεται τῆς νυκτὸς χίων πολλή " καὶ ἕωθεν ἔδοξε διασκη- 


3 - Ν , 4 4 x 
νησαι TAS τάξεις Kat τοὺς στρατήγους κατὰ τὰς κώμας" οὐ 


Ν ς᾽’; / > 
a ΐ ia 
Yap ἑώρων πολέμιον οὐδένα, καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι διὰ 


Ν - 
τὸ A ’ > A ‘ 
πλῆθος τῆς χιόνος. 9. ἐνταῦθα εἶχον πάντα τὰ ἐπιτή- 


ὃ σ 3 Ν 3 4 
j eva ° κι - Ν 
ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀγαθὰ, ἱερεῖα, σῖτον, οἴνους παλαιοὺς εὐώ- 


~ . > 
as, ὃ τῶν δὲ αἀποσκεδαν- 
νυ 7, 
sik τίνες ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατοπέδου ἔλεγον ὅτι κατίδοιεν 
. 4 QA 
στράτευμα, καὶ νύκτωρ πολλὰ πυρὰ φαίνοιτο. 10. ἐδόκει 


» / 
des, ἀσταφίδας, ὄσπρια παντοδαπά. 


: > TOL a ? > Ν 9 A 
δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι διασκηνοῦν, ἀλλὰ 


σ τὰ »» , /. A 

υναγαγεῖν TO στράτευμα πάλιν. ἐντεῦθεν συνῆλθον" 
’ > > - 

Al. vuxrepevovtwy ὃ αὑτῶν 


> 7 > , ‘ ” 
ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐπιπίπτει χιὼν ἄπλετος, ὥστε ἀπέκρυψε καὶ τὰ 


Anas. 4, 1ν.1 - Snow in the Highlands. 103 


o & Ν 3 ’ ΄ Ν wo hi 3 , 
ὅπλα καὶ Tous ἀνθρώπους κατακειμένους" καὶ τὰ ὑποζυγια 

/ e , 
συνεπόδισεν ἢ χίων" 
΄ Ν ᾽ Ν 93 
κατακειμένων yup ἀλεεινὸν ἣν 
᾿ . "ὦ a > 3 δ 
1 δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἐτόλμησε γυμνος 
, re ν , . Κ᾿ ra ἢ 
ξύλα, τάχ ἀναστὰς TIS Καὶ ἄλλος, ἐκεί- 


ξ . ; ay ed 
{) χίων ETTLTTETTTMKULA, OTM 


: ; j 
μη wapappvely. 12. ἐπε 
ἀναστὰς σχίζειν 
νου ἀφελόμενος, ἔσχιξεν. 
στάντες πῦρ ἔκαον καὶ ἐχρίοντο" 
εὑρίσκετο χρῖμα, ᾧ ἐχρ 
μινον καὶ ἀμυγδάλινον ἐκ τῶν πικρῶν καὶ τερεβίνθινον. ἐκ 


18. πολὺ yap ἐνταῦθα 


nm > > a J 4 a fe 
@vTO ἀντ ἐλαίου. συειον καὶ ONGU- 


Ν “ Ε] ΕΝ ’ ‘ r ΄ / 
δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων και μυρον EUPLOKETO. 
A ’ : , ᾽ Ν 
14. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδόκει πάλιν διασκηνητέον εἶναι εἰς τὰς 
‘ € a i a 
ἔνθα δὴ οἱ στρατιῶται avy πολλῇ 


, ᾽ ΄ 
κώμας εἰς στεγας. 
Ἂν a , » a , 
αν ἐπὶ Tas στέγας καὶ TA ἐπιτήδεια" 


= a W 
κραυγῇ Kat ἡδονῇ neo 
Ν Ν , ’ ‘ 0 > lM. 
ὅσοι δὲ, ὅτε TO πρότερον ἀπῇεσαν, TAS οἰκίας ἐνέπρησαν ὑπὸ 
~ , “ a ᾽ 
τῆς αἰθρίας δίκην ἐδίδοσαν κακῶς oxnvouvTes. 15. ev- 
~ Ν , / vie 
τεῦθεν ἔπεμψαν νυκτὸς 4ημοκρατὴν Τημνίτην, ἄνδρας 
. ᾽ us 
δόντες, ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη ἔνθα ἔφασαν οἱ ἀποσκεδαννύμενοι καθο- 
a φ N In7 N ῃ . ¥ 
pav τὰ πυρά" οὗτος yap ἐδόκει καὶ πρότερον πολλὰ ἤδη 
- a Ν ° »¥ ‘ A .” e 
ἀληθεῦσαι τοιαῦτα, τὰ ὄντα TE ὡς ὄντα καὶ τὰ μὴ OYTO ὡς 
> ‘ . s . > Ν 3 ΕΟ 
οὐκ ὄντα. 16. Πορευθεὶς δὲ, τὰ μὲν πυρὰ οὐκ ἔφη ἰδεῖν, 
¥ , atk” Ν 
ἄνδρα δὲ συλλαβὼν ἧκεν ἄγων, ἔχοντα τόξον Περσικὸν Kat 
¢ ῆ,. Ἢ ¥ 
φαρέτραν καὶ σάγαριν οἰανπερ καὶ Αμαΐζόνες ἔχουσιν. 
> Ν Ν Ν ‘ x ¥ 
17. ἐρωτώμενος δὲ τὸ ποδαπὸς ecm, Πέρσης μὲν ἔφη εἶναι, 
’ ΠΝ ie. a , 4 [72 5 
πορεύεσθαι δ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ Τιριβαζου στρατευματος, ὅπως επι- 
‘2. ’ νὼ» νυν γα N ’ δ Ὑ- 
τήδεια λάβοι. οἱ δ᾽ ἠρώτων αὑτὸν TO στρατευμα ὁπόσον 
Υ ; e Ἂ ed 
τε εἴη, καὶ ἐπὶ τίνι συνειλεγμένον. 18. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι 
’ Ν ξ a“ ? Ν ’ 
Τιρίβαζος εἴη, ἔχων τήν τε ἑαυτοῦ δυναμιν καὶ μισθοφο- 
, ‘ οε»κ 
ρους Χάλυβας καὶ Ταόχους" παρεσκευάσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν 
¥ e OK, a ¢ a a 3 a a φ 
ἔφη ὡς ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ του Opous EV τοὺς στενοῖς, ἤπερ 
a + a ? , “. @ 
μοναχῇ εἴη πορεία, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιθησομενον τοὺς Ελλησιν. 
> “ ~ ” “ , 
19. ἀκούσασι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς TAVTA ἔδοξε τὸ στράτευμα 


. i — oe " 
καὶ πολὺς ὄκνος ἦν ἀνίστασθαι" “ 


— 


4 Ἀ 4 a εξ mM. > 
ἐκ δὲ τούτου καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ανα- “- 


- , 
ee eee ees 


a ca ar Se egg Me 
ae] ᾿ “ {τς 


phar nt 70" 
* 


abe 





104 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen. 


a ‘ » Ὅλ , ’ ἣν 
συναγαγεῖν" καὶ εὐθυς φύλακας καταλιπόντες καὶ στρατη- 
“ σις ne , " , > / 
yov ἐπὶ τοῖς μένουσι Σοφαίνετον Στυμφαλιον, ἐπορεύοντο 
¥ e , ‘ Ν > Ν 
ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνα τὸν ἁλόντα avOpwrov. 20. Επειδὴ δὲ 
¢ , a aa ¢ ‘ .ο Ν 
ὑπερέβαλλον τὰ Opn, οἱ πέλτασται, προΐοντες καὶ κατι- 
’ Ν ’ ᾽ »“ Ν ¢ / 93 ᾽ 
δόντες τὸ στρατόπεδον, οὐκ ἔμειναν τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἀλλ 
> ’ Υ ΠΝ 5. , ¢ ον ἢ 
ἀνακράγοντες ἔθεον ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 21. οἱ δὲ Bap- 
᾽ ’ . , ? ς , 3 > ¥ 
Bapo, ἀκούσαντες tov θόρυβον, οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, arr ἔφευ- 
Ψ ‘ ‘ ok ἃ δον a ’ Ὺ 
γον" ὅμως δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανον τινες τῶν βαρβάρων, καὶ 
“ “, ? ” oe i ἃ ͵ es 
immot ἥλωσαν εἰς εἰκοσι, Kat ἡ σκηνὴ ἡ Τιριβάζου ἑάλω, 
ἢ ne - > , . 9 
Kal ἐν αὑτῇ κλῖναι ἀργυρόποδες καὶ ἐκπώματα, καὶ οἱ ἀρτο- 
’ Ν ε ᾽ ’ ‘ 
κόποι καὶ οἱ οἰνοχόοι φάσκοντες εἶναι. 432. ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
᾽ a ~ ε - A s 
ἐπύθοντο ταῦτα οἱ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν στρατηγοὶ, ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς 
> ΄ ‘ / > Ν Ν ’ ᾽ 
ἀπίεναι τὴν ταχίστην ETL τὸ στρατόπεδον, μῆ τις ἐπίθεσις 
, - / Ian’ ᾽ . 
γένοιτο τοῖς καταλελειμμένοις. καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνακαλεσάμενοι 
a Λ + £ S δὼ ὁ ? Ν > ‘ 
TH σαλπιίγγι ἀπῇεσαν, καὶ ἀφίκοντο αὐθημερὸν emi τὸ στρα- 
΄ 
τόπεδον. 
a e / a7 ’ 4 “ / 
V. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόκει πορευτέον εἶναι ὅπῃ δύναιντο 
’ 4 7 Ν / 
τάχιστα, πρὶν συλλεγῆναι TO στράτευμα πάλιν, καὶ κατα- 
a Ἁ ’ , +, Pe ? / 
λαβεῖν ta στενά. συσκευασάμενοι δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἐπορεύοντο 
ὃ Ἁ , - ε ’ ¥ ’ Ν ᾽ 
ta χίονος πολλῆς, ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες πολλοὺς " καὶ avOn- 
ἈΝ ΄ a Ν ΜΝ >,? oe ¥£ > 
μερὸν ὑπερβαλόντες τὸ ἄκρον ep ᾧ ἔμελλεν ἐπιτίθεσθαι 
’ ; > a 9 ’ 
Τιρίβαζος, κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο. 2 ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύ- 
Ν o.- 9 a / 
θησαν σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρεῖς, παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα, 
7 Ss . E ? , Ν 4 ὃ / > Ss FY 
emt Tov Kudparnv ποταμὸν, καὶ διέβαινον αὑτὸν Bpexo~ 
εν ‘ ᾽ ’ > / Ν ᾽ - ‘ 3 
μενοῖ πρὸς τὸν ὀμφαλὸν. ἐλέγοντο δὲ αὑτοῦ αἱ πηγαῖ ov 
/ > γ᾽ = > , ‘ ’ “ 
πρόσω εἰναι. 3. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς 
x ’ \ a , ’ ω ’ 
καὶ πεδίου, σταθμοὺς τρεῖς, παρασάγγας πέντε. ὁ δε τρί- 
> 4 ‘ ‘ Μ ~ 93 ’ Ν 
τος ἐγένετο χάλεπος, καὶ ἄνεμος βορρᾶς ἐναντίος ἔπνει; 
, ? , , Ν ‘ 
παντάπασιν ἀποκάων πάντα καὶ πηγνὺς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. 
¥ 6 δὴ Ν , , > , a $20 
4. evla on τὼν μάντεων τις εἶπε σφαγιάσασθαι τῷ ἀνέμῳ, 
τ 4 , Ὗ a ‘ : ¥ a - 
καὶ σφαγιάζεται" καὶ πᾶσι δὴ περιφανῶς ἔδοξε λῆξαι τὸ 


Famine and Frost. 105 


ΑΝΑΒ, 4, V.] 


ὃ D ) . ἣν 8e τῆς χιόνος τὸ βάθος 
χαλεπὸν TOU La n : ἘΠΕ Σ 
ὀργυιά" ὥστε καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων καὶ τῶν ἀνδραπὸ ων 
πολλὰ ἀπώλετο, καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὡς TRACTS: 
5. Aveyevovto δὲ τὴν νύκτα πῦρ κάοντες " ἔυλα ϑ bg εν 
τῷ σταθμῷ πολλά" οἱ Se owe Tpoavovtes ξυλα οὔκ €or. 
οἱ οὖν πάλαι ἥκοντες καὶ τὸ πῦρ κάοντες οὐ προσιεσαν προς 
τὸ πῦρ τοὺς ὀψίζοντας, εἰ μὴ μεταδοῖεν αὐτοῖς πυρους, ἢ 
ἄλλο τι εἴ τι ἔχοιεν βρωτόν. 6. ἔνθα δὴ μετεδίδοσαν αλλη- 


Ν Ν ‘ a 2 4 
λοις ὧν εἶχον ἕκαστοι. ἔνθα δὲ τὸ πῦρ ἐκάετο διατηκο- 


A / ‘ “ ’ 4. y ἐπὶ τὸ 
μένης τῆς χιόνος, βοθροι ἐγίγνοντο μεγάλοι ἐστε € 7 


δάπεδον: οὗ δὴ παρῆν μετρεῖν τὸ βάθος τῆς χιόνος. 
γ. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ὅλην ἐπορεύοντο δια 
χιόνος, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐβουλιμίασαν. Ἐενο- 
φῶν δ᾽ ὀπισθοφυλακῶν, καὶ καταλαμβάνων TOUS ia te 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἠγνόει ὅ τι τὸ πάθος εἴη. 85. ἐπειδη δὲ 
εἶπέ τις αὐτῷ τῶν ἐμπείρων ὅτι σαφῶς βουλιμιῶσι, κἂν τι 
φάγωσιν ἀναστήσονται, περιιὼν περὶ TA. ὑποζύγια, εἰ ποῦ 
τι ὁρῴη βρωτὸν, διεδίδου. καὶ διέπεμπε διδόντας τοὺς δυνα- 


- - 3 Ν ,’ Σ . 
μένους παρατρέχειν τοῖς βουλιμιωώσιν. ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμ- 
’ 


φίγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο και ἐπορεύοντο. ; : 
. , . > ‘ 
9. Πορευομένων δε, Χειρίσοφος μεν appr κνεφας προς 


, A ’ a 
κώμην ἀφικνεῖται, καὶ vdpohopovaas εκ τῆς κώμης προς | 


a ‘ , , Μ “ 
™ κρήνῃ γυναικας Kat Kopas καταλαμβάνει ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ 


toe , ? ‘ ’ e lite 
ἐρύματος. 10. αὗται ἠρώτων αὑτοὺς τίνες εἶεν. ὁ ὃ 


¢ of xy ’ὔ ’ 
ἑρμηνεὺς εἶπε περσιστὶ, ὅτι παρα βασίλέως πορεύονται 


, eas » , ad ᾽ ¥ a | 
πρὸς τὸν σατράπην. αἱ δὲ ἀπεκρίναντο OTt οὐκ ἐνταῦθα 


, ew τι" @ 
εἴη, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπέχει ὅσον παρασάγγην. οἱ 5, ἐπεὶ oe ἤν, 


‘ ’ . ,. . a | 
πρὸς τὸν κωμαρχην συνεισερχονται εἰς TO ερυμα συν ταις 


ea, nat τς ae pla te a eR ang a SA ~~ 
oes a se - 


Son are 
7 ΜΕ - ἐξ 


rh, 


ee 


a 


ΟὟ. « 


τι ἄν 


-αὐδοι 


.; 


SS Seat ᾧ τὸν τὰ νι ES J 


os. eee 


ae 
= 
Ow 


ee ee 
ἘΣ το ΟΣ oer gs 


Ln 


“"" 
¢ 


a = ν΄ > ld ag 

ὑδροφόροις. 11. Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν: καὶ ὅσοι ἐδυνήθησαν 24 
“ 2 ’ - 2A 

τοῦ στρατεύματος, ἐνταῦθα ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο, τῶν δ᾽ 3. 
n / ᾿ δ σον, 

ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν ot μὴ δυνάμενοι διατελέσαι τὴν δον 1. 





106 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen. 


> ’ δ Ν Μ , Ν > - ’ 
ενυκτερευσαν ἄσιτοι καὶ ἄνευ πυρὸς " καὶ ενταῦθώ τινες 
> , ” - 4 ’ ‘ lal 
ἀπώλοντο τῶν στρατιωτῶν. . Εφείποντο δε τῶν πολε- 
΄ / ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ’ ~ ᾿ 
μίων συνειλεγμένοι τινες, καὶ Ta μὴ δυνάμενα τῶν ὑποζυ- 
, oe a , φ᾽ δὰ ‘ er 2 , 
γίων ἥρπαζον, Kab om ἐμάχοντο περι αὐτῶν. ελει- 
ποντο δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἵ τε διεφθαρμένοι ὑ ὑπὸ τῆς χιόνος 
τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, οἵ τε ὑπὸ τοῦ ψύχους τοὺς δακτύλους τῶν 
ποδῶν ἀποσεσηπότες. 18. ἦν δὲ τοῖς μὲν ὀφθαλμοῖς ¢ ἐπι- 
κούρημα τῆς χιόνος, εἴ τις μέλαν τι ἔχων πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλ- 
μῶν ἐπορεύετο, τῶν δὲ ποδῶν εἴ τις κινοῖτο καὶ μηδέποτε 
ἡσυχίαν ἔχοι καὶ εἰς τὴν νύκτα ὑπολύοιτο: 14. ὅσοι δὲ 
ς ὃ ΄ > 6 ? 4 > Ν , aE , 
ὑὕποδε μένοι ἐκοιμῶντο, εἰσεδύοντο εἰς TOUS πόδας οἱ »» 
τες, καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα περιεπήγνυντο" καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν, 
ἐπειδὴ ἐπέλιπε τὰ ἀρχαῖα ὑποδήματα, καρβάτιναι aon 
μέναι ἐκ τῶν νεοδάρτων βοῶν. 15. Διὰ τὰς τοιαύτας οὖν 
- Α BaP 
ἀνάγκας ὑπελείποντο τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν" καὶ ἰδόντες 
μέλαν τι χωρίον διὰ τὸ ἐκλελοιπέναι αὐτόθι τὴν χιόνα, 
εἴκαζον τετηκέναι . καὶ τετήκει διὰ κρήνην τινὰ ἣ πλησίον 
ἦν ἀτμίζουσα ἐν νάπῃ. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐκτραπόμενοι ἐκάθηντο, 
A > » 4 e Ν a » 
καὶ οὐκ ehacav πορεύεσθαι. 16. ὁ δε Ἐενοφῶν ἔχων 
3 / e Ν In » 2 a , , 5 
οπισθοφύλακας ὡς ἥσθετο, ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ 
= . 3 ’ὔ / rd ad A / 
μηχανῇ μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, λεγων OTL ἔπονται πολλοι πολε- 
- 3 , e ‘ 
μίοι συνειλεγμένοι, καὶ τελευτῶν ἐχαλέπαινεν. οἱ δὲ 
, $0 κή 3 Α a , a 
σφαττειν εκέλευον" ov yap av δύνασθαι πορευθῆναι. 
> ry , \ € / 
ΕἼ. ἐνταῦθα ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι τοὺς ἑπομένους πολε- 
΄ a y , ‘ 7 ’ a ’ 
μίους φοβῆσαι, εἰ τις δύναιτο, μὴ ἐπίοιεν τοῖς κάμνουσι. 
+ ». ‘ , ¥ . ‘ , » , 
καὶ ἣν μὲν σκότος ἤδη, οἱ δὲ προσήΐεσαν πολλῷ θορύβῳ, 
Φ΄ ὼς. 4 ’ ¥ a> ig ‘ 3 
audi ὧν εἶχον διαφερόμενοι. 18. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν ome 
A ef ε , ἢ ’ τ᾿ ἢ > ‘ 
σθοφύλακες, ἅτε ὑγιαίνοντες, ἐξαναστάντες ἐδραμον εἰς TOUS 
/ € ω , > ’ “ In 7 
πολεμίους" οἱ δὲ κάμνοντες, ἀνακραγόντες ὅσον ἐδύναντϑ 
Ud . > / . ἈΝ , ¥ e δὲ 
μέγιστον, τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ δόρατα ἔκρουσαν. οἱ δὲ 
΄ / * e x ‘ , ? aed 
πολέμιοι δείσαντες Nav ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ τῆς χιόνος εἰς τὴν 
, ‘ δ ἃ,-- o- 5 Α, 9 , 
νάπην, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔτι οὐδαμοῦ ἐφθέγξατο. 


Avan.4,v.] An Underground Village. 


19. Καὶ πῶσ μὲν καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰπόντες τοῖς 
opevo= 
ἀσθενοῦσιν ὅτι τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἥξουσί τινες ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς, Top 


δ. ὰ 
μενοι, πρὶν τέτταρα στάδια διελθεῖν, aes ἐν τῇ 
ὁδῷ ἀναπανομένοις ἐπὶ τῆς χιόνος τοῖς στρατιώταις ge 

καλυμμένοις, καὶ οὐδὲ φυλακὴ οὐδεμία mengioge καὶ 
ἀνίστασαν αὐτούς. οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον ὅτι οἱ ἔμπροσ εν οὐχ 
ὑποχωροίεν. 40. ὁ δὲ παριὼν, καὶ παραπέμπων τῶν TE 

ταστῶν τοὺς ἰσχυροτάτους, ἐκέλευε onan τί εἴη τὸ 
κωλῦον. οἱ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι ὅλον οὕτως ἀναπαύοιτο τὸ 
στράτευμα. 3}. ἐνταῦθα καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἐενοφῶντα wa 
σθησαν αὐτοῦ, ἄνευ πυρὸς καὶ ἄδειπνοι; φυλακὰς « οἵας ἐδύ- 
yavTo καταστησάμενοι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἦν, ὁ μὲν. 


οὔντας τοὺς νεωτάτους, 
Ξενοφῶν πέμψας πρὸς τοὺς ἀσθεν 


> a 
οἵέναι. 22. ev δὲ 
ἀναστήσαντας ἐκέλευεν ἀναγκάζειν πρ 


τούτῳ Χειρίσοφος πέμπει τῶν ἐκ τῆς κώμης, σκεψομένους 


σμενοι ἰδόντες, τοὺς μὲν. 
πῶς ἔχοιεν οἱ τελευταῖοι. οἱ δὲ, ἄσμ : 


ἀσθενοῦντας τούτοις παρέδοσαν κομέζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, 


στάδια διεληλυθέναι 
αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ πρὶν εἴκοσι n 


ἦσαν πρὸς τῇ κώμῃ ἔνθα Χειρίσοφος ηὐλέξετα. 23. se 
δὲ reopen ἀλλήλοις, ἔδοξε κατὰ τὰς κώμας ἀσφα) ες 
εἶναι τὰς τάξεις σκηνοῦν. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν αὐτοῦ ἔμε- 
νεν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι διαλαχόντες ἃς ὌΝ κώμας ἐπορεύοντο 
ἕκαστοι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες. . Ἔνθα δὴ Πολυκράτης 
᾿Αθηναῖος λοχαγὺς ἐκέλευσεν μές ἑαυτόν " καὶ λαβὼν 
τοὺς εὐζώνους, θέων ἐπὶ τὴν κώμην ἣν εἰλήχει Ξενοφῶν, 
καταλαμβάνει πάντας ἔνδον τοὺς κωμήτας καὶ τὸν κωμάρ- 
χην, καὶ πώλους εἰς δασμὸν βασιλεῖ τρεφομένους ἑπτακαίς-. 
δεκα, καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ κωμάρχου, ἐνάτην ἡμέραν 
γεγαμημένην . ὁ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς λαγὼς ᾧχετο θηράσων, wat 
25. ai δ᾽ οἰκίαι ἦσαν κατάγειοι, 


οὐχ ἥλω ἐν ταῖς κώμαις. 
: ᾿ κάτω δ᾽ εὐρεῖαι" αἱ δὲ 


τὸ μὲν στόμα ὥσπερ φρέατος, 








108 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen 


4 δ a Ἁ e t / > ‘ ς δὲ ¥ a , 
εἰσοδοι τοίς μεν ὑποζυγίοις OpuKTaL, οἱ ὃε ἄνθρωποι KaTe- 
Δ Ν᾿ / ᾽ ‘ - _ Κ᾽ 9 4 
βαινον ἐπὶ κλίμακος. ev Se ταῖς οἰκίαις ἦσαν αἶγες, oles, 
/ ¥ Ἁ ἈΝ Μ ’ ἈΝ ‘ , , 
βόες, ὄρνιθες, καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα τούτων" τὰ δὲ κτήνη πάντα 

-ι-«Ν 3 , 3 ‘ Ν Ν Ν 
χιλῷ ἔνδον ἐτρέφετου 26. ἦσαν δὲ καὶ πυροὶ καὶ κριθαὶ 
᾿ ἫΝ ‘ 9 / 3 a Ia ‘ 
και ὄσπρια Kat οἶνος κρίθινος ev κρατῆρσιν. ενῆσαν δε 
Ν ? Ν ς οὖν. al Ν Λ Re Ψ e 
καὶ avtat at κριθαὶ ἰσοχειλεῖς, Kat κάλαμοι ἐνέκειντο, οἱ 
x ͵ 5 te ς ἢ , ? " , 
μὲν μείζους οἱ δὲ ἐλάττους, yovata οὐκ ἔχοντες" 2. του- 
»ν ς ’ , ΄ ᾿ Ν ’ ’ὔ 
tous ὃ ἔδει ὁπότε τις διψῳη λαβόντα εἰς τὸ στόμα μύζειν. 
Ν , ¥ 9 Ἴ , “ ᾽ , \ , 
καὶ πάνυ ἄκρατος ἦν, εἰ μὴ τις ὕδωρ εἐπιχέοι" καὶ πάνυ 
ta , ‘ a“ > ε ‘ ~ ‘ 
nov συμμαθόντι τὸ πῶμα ἦν. 28. O de Ἐενοφῶν τὸν 
ΕΣ “ 7 ΄ 4 > 4 ᾿ 
ἄρχοντα τῆς κωμὴῆς ταύτης σύνδειπνον ἐποιήσατο, καὶ θαρ- 
- “4 τα ᾿ ἢ ͵ ῦ{Ψ ¥ a ’ , 
ρεῖν αὑτον ἐκέλευε, λέγων OTL οὔτε τὼν τέκνων στερήσοιτο, 
’ aT 3 a ? , a > ’ 3 
THY τε οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ἀντεμπλήσαντες τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀπία- 
a ? / a ΄ 3 ’ 
σιν, ἢν ἀγαθὸν τι τῷ στρατεύματι ἐξηγησάμενος φαίνηται, 
we 3 ἃ 5 ” ω ’ e A “ ς 
ἐστ᾽ ἂν ἐν ἄλλῳ ἔθνει γενωνται. 29. ὁ δὲ ταῦτα ὑπισ- 
a 4 / 4 4 4 9 
χνεῖτο, καὶ φιλοφρονούμενος οἶνον eppacer evOa ἣν κατορω- 
’ U be 3 ζω. A , 
ρυγμένος. ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν νύκτα διασκηνήσαντες, 
od > ’ὔ ᾽ A > f , e = 
οὕτως ἐκοιμήθησαν ev πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται, 
> -~ Ν , 4 Ν ’ ᾽ “».ςε - 
ἐν φυλακῇ ἐχοντες τὸν κωμάρχην καὶ TA TEKVA αὐτοῦ ομοὺ 
᾽ > = 
ev οφθαλμοῖς. 
a > -s ΄ ΄ yt ee A 4 , 
30. Τῇ δ επιουσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ξενοφῶν λαβὼν τον κωμαρχὴν 
‘4 ’ > 4 a ‘ / , > / 
πρὸς Χειρίσοφον ἐπορεύετο" ὅπου δὲ παρίοι κωμην, ἐτρε- 
Ν Ἁ ᾽ σ΄ , . ’ - 
METO πρὸς TOUS ἐν ταῖς κωμαῖς, καὶ κατελάμβανε πανταχοῦ 
᾽ , Ν > Ν᾿ Ὁ Ν > , >, 
εὐωχουμένους καὶ εὐθυμουμένους, καὶ οὐδαμοθεν adiecav 
4 a ? - Μ > Φ » ὦ ᾽ 
πρὶν παραθεῖεν αὑτοῖς ἄριστον" BE. οὐκ ἣν ὃ ὅπου ov 
’ > νΝ κ ΠῚ 7 / ν ee, 
παρετίθεσαν ἐπὶ THY αὐτὴν τράπεζαν κρεα apvela, ερίφεια, 
/ ’ 3 ’ ‘ “ ¥ ω ‘ 
χοίρεια, μοσχεια, ορνιίθεια, συν πολλοῖς ἄρτοις τοῖς μεν 
/ ‘ / e ’ / ’ 
πυρίνοις τοῖς δὲ κριθίνοις. 82. ὁπότε Se τις φιλοφρονού- 
, 4 a ς ψ. ἃ - “ Ν 
μενός τῳ βούλοιτο προπιεῖν, εἷλκεν ἐπι τὸν κρατῆρα, ἐνθεν 
b 4 ” e A / “ A A a 
ἐπικύψαντα ἐδει ῥοφοῦντα πίνειν ὥσπερ βοῦν. Kat τῷ 
᾿ , , , Ψ ᾽, Ν 
κωμάρχῃ ἐδίδοσαν λαμβώνειν ὅ τι βούλοιτο. ὁ δὲ ἄλλο 


Anas. 4, 7 The Guide and his Boy. 109 


μὲν οὐδὲν ἐδέχετο, ὕπου δέ τινα τῶν συγγενῶν ἴδοι, πρὸς 
ἑαυτὸν ἀεὶ ἐλάμβανεν. 88. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθον προς Χειρίσο- 
φον, κατελάμβανον κἀκείνους σκηνοῦντας, ἐστεφανωμένους 
τοῦ ξηροῦ χιλοῦ στεφώνοῖς, καὶ διακονοῦντας Appevious 
παῖδας σὺν ταῖς βαρβαρικαῖς στολαῖς " τοῖς δὲ παισίν 
ἐδείκνυσαν ὥσπερ ἐνεοῖς ὅ τι δέοι ποιεῖν. 84. emret δ 
ἀλλήλους ἐφιλοφρονήσαντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ξενοφῶν, κοινῇ 
δὴ ἀνηρώτων τὸν κωμάρχην διὰ τοῦ περσίξοντος ἑρμηνέως, 
τίς εἴη ἡ χώρα. ὁ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν ὅτι Appena. Sci πάλιν 
ἠρώτων τίνι οἱ ἵπποι τρέφοιντο. ὁ δ mi " eatin: 
δασμός " τὴν δὲ πλησίον χώραν ἐφη εἰναι anager καὶ 
τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν ἡ εἴη. 88. καὶ αὑτὸν Tore μὲν exer 
ἄγων Ἐενοφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκέτας, καὶ ἔνατον ὃν 
εἰλήφει παλαΐτερον δίδωσι τῷ κωμάρχη ἀναθρέψαντι κα- 
ταθῦσαι, ὅτι ἤκουσεν αὐτὸν ἱερὸν εἶναι τοῦ ᾿Ηλιου, δεδιὼς 
μὴ ἀποθάνῃ " ἐκεκάκωτο γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς πορείας " αὐτὸς se 
τῶν πώλων λαμβάνει, καὶ TOV ἄλλων στρατηγῶν καὶ 
λοχαγῶν ἔδωκεν ἑκάστῳ πῶλον. 86. ἦσαν δ᾽ οἱ ταῦνῃ 
ἵπποι μείονες μὲν τῶν Περσικῶν, θυμοειδέστεροι Se πολυ. 
ἐνταῦθα δὴ καὶ διδώσκει ὁ κωμάρχης περὶ τοὺς πόδας τῶν 
ἵππων καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων σακία περιειλεῖν, ὅταν διὰ τῆς 
χιόνος ἄγωσιν " ἄνευ γὰρ τῶν σακίων κατεδύοντο μέχρι 
τῆς γαστρος. /\e eu 

VI. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα ἦν ὀγδόη, τὸν μὲν ἡγεμόνα παρα- 
δίδωσι Χειρισόφῳ, τοὺς δ᾽ οἰκέτας καταλείπει τῷ κωμαρχῇ, 
πλὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἄρτι ἡβάσκοντος " τοῦτον δ᾽ ᾿Επισθεένει 
᾿Αμφιπολίτῃ παραδίδωσι φυλάττειν, ὅπως, εἰ καλῶς ΜῈ 
σοιτο, ἔχων καὶ τοῦτον ἀπίοι. καὶ εἰς τὴν ae αὐτοῦ 
εἰσεφόρησαν. ὡς ἐδύναντο πλεῖστα, καὶ ἀναζεύξαντες ene: 
pevovto. 2 ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὁ κωμάρχης pani δια 
χιόνος " καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῳ, και Χειρίσοφος 





110 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen. 


i On| , ed 2 ’ , ¥ ΄ > κ᾿ 
αὐτῷ ἐχαλεπάνθη, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κώμας ἤγαγεν. ὁ ὃ ἔλεγεν 
rd ? 93 ᾽ a / 4 e ‘ / ΟΝ, 
ὅτι οὐκ εἶεν EV τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ. ὁ Se Χειρίσοφος αὑτὸν 
»” Χ 4 > ¥ 2 ‘ ’ ? ” a” 
ἔπαισε μὲν, ἐδησε ὃ OV. 8. εκ SE τούτου EKELVOS τῆς νυ- 

Ν > Ν » Ν Ν @ 2 A , ‘ 
KTOS ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο καταλιπὼν τὸν υἱόν. τοῦτο γε δὴ 
¥ , \ — a / ὃ / 3 a ,ὔ 

εἰρισόφῳ καὶ Ἐενοφωντι μόνον διαφορον ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ 
> / ξ΄ na ¢ , , ἈΝ > 4 > , 
ἐγένετο, ἡ TOU ἡγεμόνος κάκωσις καὶ ἀμέλεια. ΕἘπισθένης 

‘ , κ“" Ν Ν ΝΥ 
δὲ ἠρώσθη τοῦ παιδὸς, καὶ οἰκαδε κομίσας πιστοτάτῳ 
> = Ν n 3 4 € \ Ἃ 
ἐχρῆτο. 4. Μετὰ τοῦτο επορεύθησαν ἑπτὰ σταθμους, 
Ἄν, / , A e / Ν ‘ lal 
ἀνα πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας, Tapa Tov Φᾶσιν ποτα- 
5 3 Ν ? ? ΄ \ 
pov, εὖρος πλεθριαῖον. 5. εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμους 

’ ’ / : ‘ A ’ Ν ͵ e A 
δυο παρασάγγας δέκα" ἐπὶ Se τῇ εἰς TO πεδίον ὑπερβολῇ 
δον δι ἊΝ ἥ N ’ Ν 
ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς Χάλυβες καὶ Τάοχοι καὶ Φασιανοί. 

/ Β.- ἃ Ν κ Ν / > .* a ¢ 
Χειρίσοφος ὃ ἐπεὶ κατεῖδε τους πολεμίους ETL TH ὑπερ- 
- 3 4 ’ > / > / / 
βολῇ, ἐπαύσατο πορευόμενος, ἀπέχων εἰς τριάκοντα σταδι- 
“ ‘ ‘ ‘ ¥ , “ , 
ους, Wa μὴ κατα κέρας ἄγων πλησιάσῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις " 
’ Ν Ν a ΝΥ / ‘ ’ σ 
παρηγγείλε δε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παράγειν τοὺς λόχους, ὅπως 

‘ ’ ͵ Ν ’ ? ‘ \ 9 
ἐπὶ φάλαγγος γένοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. 7. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦλθον 
e723 4 ’ x Ν Ν 
ot ὁπισθοφύλακες, συνεκάλεσε στρατηγους καὶ λοχαγοῦς, 

ἮΝ Φ e ‘ , e em , κ᾿ 
καὶ ἐλεξεν ὧδε: Οἱ μεν πολέμιοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, κατέχουσι τας 
ς “- e ‘ / d ¢ / 
ὑπερβολὰς του ὄρους " wpa δε βουλεύεσθαι ὅπως ws καλ- 

? 4 ? ‘ ‘ 9 “ a 
λιστα αγωνιούμεθα. 5. ἐμοὶ μεν οὖν δοκεὶ παραγγείλαι 

‘ > a rf , ξ΄ A Ν 4 
μεν ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι τοῖς στρατιωταῖς, ἡμᾶς de βουλεύε- 

” ’ Ν Ν ΚΝ ’ \ ¥ 
σθαι evte τήμερον εἴτε αὔριον δοκεῖ; ὑπερβάλλειν TO opos. 
᾽ \ , y , »ν Se , 3 

Ἐμοὶ δέ ye, ἐφη ὁ Κλεάνωρ, δοκεῖ, ἐπὰν τάχιστα ἀρι- 

, > / e / 7 - ΞΒ,} ‘ 
στήσωμεν, εξοπλισαμένους WS τάχιστα ἱέναι ETL TOUS 
»” ὃ > \ , Ν ’ὔ e ’ “ 
ἄνδρας. εἰ γὰρ διατρίψομεν τὴν τήμερον ἡμέραν, οἱ TE 
~ ec oA ct on / , ¥ ν 
νῦν ἡμᾶς ὁρῶντες πολέμιοι θαρραλεωτεροι ἐσονταῖι, καὶ 
¥ r Bi. 4 4 / , 
ἄλλους εἰκὸς τούτων θαρρούντων πλείους προσγενέσθαι. 

ἈΝ - a 3 > ‘ @ 
0. Mera τοῦτον Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν" ᾿Εγὼ δ᾽ οὕτω γι- 

, > x a ? Ν ’ A » 
γνώσκω. εἰ μὲν ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ μάχεσθαι, τοῦτο δεῖ παρα- 

, “ ε / ΄ Γ Ν 
σκευάσασθαι, ὅπως ὡς κράτιστα μαχούμεθα" εἰ δὲ βου’ 


ΑΧΑΒ. 4, VI] Consultation on the March. 111 


λόμεθα ὡς ῥᾷστα ὑπερβάλλειν, τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ σκεπτέον 
εἶναι, ὅπως ἐλάχιστα μὲν τραύματα λάβωμεν, ὡς haynes 
δὲ σώματα ἀνδρῶν vag apap 11. τὸ μὲν οὖν ὄρος 
ἐστὶ τὸ ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια, ui δ᾽ 
οὐδαμοῦ φυλάττοντες "ρῶς φανεροί εἰσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ κατ᾽ 
αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδόν" πολὺ οὖν κρεῖττον τοῦ ὑήῖμαν ὄρους καὶ 
κλέψαι τι πειρᾶσθαι naar, καὶ ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντας, 
ἣν δυνώμεθα, μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ χωρία καὶ ἄνδρας 
παρεσκευασμένους μάχεσθαι. 12. πολὺ γὰρ poor ὄρθιον 
ἀμαχεὶ | ἰέναι ἢ ὁμαλὲς ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν πολεμίων ὄντων, καὶ 


νύκτωρ ἀμαχεὶ μᾶλλον ἂν τὰ πρὸ ποδῶν ὁρῴη τις ἢ μεθ᾽ 


ἡμέραν μαχόμενος, καὶ ἡ τραχεῖα τοῖς ποσὶν ἀμαχεὶ ἰοῦσιν 
εὐμενεστέρα ἢ ὁμαλὴ τὰς κεφαλὰς βαλλομένοις. ' aa. καὶ 
κλέψαι δ᾽ οὐκ ἀδύνατόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἐξὸν μὲν νυκτὸς 
ἰέναι, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι, ἐξὸν δὲ ἀπελθεῖν τοσοῦτον ὡς μὴ 
αἴσθησιν παρέχειν. δοκοῦμεν δ᾽ av μοι ταύτῃ προσποιού- 
μενοι προσβαλεῖν ἐρημοτέρῳ ἂν τῷ ἄλλῳ ὄρει χρῆσθαι" 
μένοιεν yap αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον ἀθρόοι οἱ πολέμιοι. 14. ἀτὰρ 
τί ἐγὼ περὶ κλοπῆς συμβάλλομαι; ; ὑμᾶς δῇ ἔγωγε, ὦ 
Χειρίσοφε, ἀκούω τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, ὅσοι ἐστὲ τῶν 
ὁμοίων, εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων κλέπτειν μελετᾶν, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν 
εἶναι ἀλλὰ καλὸν κλέπτειν ὅσα μὴ κωλύει νόμος. 15. ὅπως 
δὲ ὡς κράτιστα κλέπτητε καὶ πειρᾶσθε λανθάνειν, νόμιμον 
ἄρα ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ἐὰν ληφθῆτε κλέπτοντες. μαστυγοῦσθαι. 
νῦν οὖν μάλα σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, 
καὶ φυλάξασθαι μὴ ληφθῶμεν κλέπτοντες τοῦ ὄρους, ὡς μὴ 
ἊΣ λάβωμεν. 

᾿Αλλὰ μέντοι, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς 
Abydos ἀκούω δεινοὺς εἶναι κλέπτειν τὰ δημόσια, καὶ 
μάλα ὄντος δεινοῦ τοῦ κινδύνου τῷ κλέπτοντι, καὶ τοὺς 


ε 
κρατίστους μέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ ὑμῖν οἱ κράτιστοι ἄρχ ἐν 


4 SE 
td 


Se ρῳ 


~ tai aa 





112 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen, 


> ΕΝ (Jd ee ‘ ie , ‘ ; 
afwouvtat* ὥστε wpa καὶ σοὶ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι THY παιδείαν. 
> ‘ x / »” - ’ > \ 
17. ἔγω μὲν τοίνυν, edn. ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ἕτοιμος ELL τοὺς 
+ ͵ ¥ > \ , 27 
οπισθοφύλακας ἔχων, ἐπειδὰν δειπνήσωμεν, ἱέναι κατα- 
" ἧς δὴ ΝΜ ‘ ‘ e , ε ‘ 
ληψόμενος TO Opos. ἔχω SE καὶ ἡγεμόνας" οἱ yap γυμ- 
a A ¢ / Fr a ΝΜ ’ , 4 
νῆτες τῶν ἐπομένων ἡμίν κλωπῶν ἐλαβὸν τινας ενεδρεύ- 
’ Ἀ , ad ? ΝΜ ’ 3 A 
σαντες" τούτων καὶ πυνθάνομαι oTt οὐκ ἄβατον ἐστι τὸ 
¥ 3 ‘ , Per Ν ’ « 2» ef 
ὄρος, ἀλλὰ νέμεται ati καὶ βουσὶν" ὥστε ἐάνπερ ἅπαξ 
, , ῬΨΝ Ν Ν a ς ’ » 
λαβωμεν τι τοῦ ὄρους, Bata καὶ τοῖς ὑποξυγίοις ἔσται. 
> , Ν Ia’ Ν ’ r ¥ ? \ 
IS. ελπίζω δὲ οὐδὲ τοὺς πολεμίους μενεῖν ἔτι, ἐπειδὰν 
[ὃ ξ A ? a ξ / a, rn Ν " δὲ ‘ ΕΥ 
ἰδωσιν ἡμᾶς εν τῷ ὁμοίῳ ETL τῶν ἄκρων" οὐδὲ yap νῦν 
ς ‘ / 
19. O δε Χειρίσο- 
> ee tee. ‘ a oh li 
gos εἶπε. Καὶ ti δεῖ σε ἱέναι καὶ λιπεῖν τὴν ὁπισθοφυλα- 
/ > Ὄ 46 ’ A ’ ᾽ 4 / 
κιαν ; adda adXous πέμψον, av μὴ τινες εθελούσιοι φαι- 
/ > s Ἁ ¥ 
νωνται. 20. "Ex τούτου Αριστωνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς epyeras 
e U ¥ S419 / 0 a Ν ,ὔ 
ὄπλίτας ἔχων, καὶ Αριστεας Χίος γυμνῆτας, καὶ Nixopayos 
> - “-- A 4 > 4 ξ ’ My 
Οιταῖος γυμνῆτας " καὶ σύνθημα εποιήσαντο, ὅποτε eyotev 
% τ Ψ ‘ / ’ 
Ta ἄκρα, πυρὰ Kaelv πολλα. 


If? / ς Ὁ“ > ἫΝ 
ἐθελουσι καταβαίνειν ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ σον. 


- , / 
21. ταῦτα συνθέμενοι npi- 
> Ν An > ’ ’ ad ’ Ν 
στων" εκ δὲ τοῦ ἀρίστου προηγαγεν ὁ Χειρίσοφος τὸ 
’ ~ e ’ / Ν ‘ , 
στράτευμα πᾶν ws δέκα σταδίους πρὸς Tous πολεμίους, 
“ ΄ / , ᾽ / 
ὅπως ὡς μάλιστα δοκοίη ταύτῃ προσάξειν. 
3 ‘ Ν 2 , ‘ ‘ _ ε ‘ 
22. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ εδείπνησαν καὶ νὺξ ἐγένετο, οἱ μὲν 
/ Ν Ν ’ ΝΙΝ e ‘. νῷ 
τάχθεντες ὠχοντο, καὶ καταλαμβάνουσι TO ὅρος, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι 
? a ? 4 ¢ ‘ , 3 % af > , 
αὑτοῦ ἀνεπαύοντο. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπεὶ ἤσθοντο ἐχόμενον 
et > ’ ‘ my Ν ‘ ἈΝ / 
TO Opos, ἐγρηγόρεσαν καὶ Exaov πυρὰ πολλὰ Sia νυκτός. 
᾽ ἈΝ ΝΜ 7 Oe / , ͵ 
48. ἐπειδὴ Se ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, Χειρίσοφος μὲν θυσαμενος 
φ Ν ‘x “δὲ ε δὲ Ν »” , ‘ ‘ 
NYE KATA τὴν οὗον, OL OE TO Opos καταλαβόντες κατὰ τὰ 
ν ? / a δ᾽ 3 / ‘ " A, Ἂν 
ἄκρα ἐπῆεσαν. 324. των ὁ αὖ πολεμίων TO μεν πολὺ εἐμε- 
Φ.(Α͂Ι A ς A A Μ 3 > 7 > , 
vey ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῃ TOU ὁρους, μερος ὃ αὐτῶν ἀπήντα 
a A ᾿ς 2 Ν “7.6 a 9 x Ν ᾽ 
τοις κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα. πρὶν δε ὁμοῦ εἶναι τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀλ- 
λ, ἥλω 4 ε x = 2 Ν rn e "EX 
NAWY, συμμιγνυασιν OL KATA TA ἄκρα, καὶ νικῶσιν οἱ - 


Ν ’ > / x ‘ = > ~ / 
Anves καὶ διώκουσιν. 38. εν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου 


On the Heights. 113 


ANAB. 4, VII] 


a , , » Ν ‘ 
οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων δρόμῳ ἔθεον προς Tous 


; 


¢ ¢ Ba ὺ ἐφείπετο σὺν 2. 
παρατεταγμένους, Χειρίσοφος δὲ βαδην ταχυ εφ 


“ τὰ ἢ ς 
τοῖς ὁπλίταις. 26. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι οἱ ἐπὶ τῇ ὁδῷ, ἐπειδὴ 
τὸ ἄνω ἑώρων ἡττώμενον, φεύγουσι" καὶ améBavov μὲν ov 
πολλοὶ αὐτῶν, γέρρα δὲ πάμπολλα ἐλήφθη" ἃ οἱ ᾿Ἑλληνες 
ταῖς μαχαίραις κόπτοντες ἀχρεῖα ἐποίουν. 27. ὡς ὃ ἀνέ- 
βησαν, θύσαντες καὶ τρόπαιον στησάμενοι, κατέβησαν εἰς 
τὸ πεδίον, καὶ εἰς κώμας πολλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν γεμούσας 
ἦλθον. ' ' 
VII. Ἔκ δὲ τούτων ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς Tuoxovs, ove 
θμοὺς πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα " καὶ μην έν ον ταν 
la γὰρ ᾧ ἱ : οἱ Τάοχοι, ἐν οἷς καὶ 
ἐπέλιπε" χωρία yap ῳκοὺυν ἰσχυρά Ob " χοι, so id 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πάντα εἶχον ἀνακεκομισμένοι. γε —_ ὃ 
ἀφίκοντο πρὸς χωρίον ὃ πόλιν μὲν οὐκ εἶχεν οὐδ᾽ οἰκίας, 
συνεληλυθότες δ᾽ ἦσαν αὐτόσε καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ γαῖ ae 
κτήνη πολλὰ, Χειρίσοφος μὲν πρὸς τοῦτο ᾿ προσεβαλλαν 
εὐθὺς ἥκων " ἐπειδὴ δὲ ῇ πρώτη τάξις απεκαμνεν, _ 
προσήει Kat αὖθις ἄλλη" οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἀθρόοις περιστῆναι, 
ἀλλὰ ποταμὸς ἦν κύκλῳ. 8. ἐπειδὴ δὲ evopew ἤλθε 
σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι καὶ πελτασταῖς καὶ ὁπλίταις, ἐν- 
ταῦθα δὴ λέγει Χειρίσοφος" Εἰς καλὸν ἥκετε" TO γαρ 


- = > v A > / 

χωρίον αἱρετέον " τῇ γὰρ στρατιᾷ οὐκ ἐστι τᾶ ἐπιτήδεια. 

/ 3 “' A - " 

εἰ μὴ ληψόμεθα τὸ χωρίον. 4 Ἐνταῦθα δὴ κοινῃ εβου 

a n ᾽ a / \ a . 

λεύοντο" καὶ TOU Ἐενοφώντος ἐρωτῶντος TL ” ΜΕΝ él 

a / / [4 
εἰσελθεῖν, εἶπεν ὁ Χειρίσοφος " Mia αὕτη πάροδος en 
/ 

ἣν ὁρᾷς " ὅ : a κυλίνδουσι 

ἣν ὁρᾷς " ὅταν Se τις ταύτῃ πειρᾶται παριέναι, 


a ΄ ’ a A A 
λίθους ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς ὑπερεχούσης πέτρας" OS δ᾽ ἂν 


ἅμα δ᾽ ἔδειξε συντετριμ- 
ὅ. Ἢν δὲ 


a / 
καταληφθῇ, οὕτω διατίθεται. ; 
’ Ν 
μένους ἀνθρώπους καὶ σκέλη καὶ πλευρᾶς. 


᾿. 


) 


» 
ν Ἐπ᾿ 
or fT 


' ” cm a ὦ ee eee 
τοὺς λέθους ἀναλώσωσιν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ado τι ἢ οὐδεν : 


" Ἁ 


\ a ? / ee: " 
κωλύει παριέναι ; οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ορώμεν eb μῆ 2) 





τ e »...... “-.. -.«““-----.-.--... 


.««.....5 


a Fm 10+ 


114 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [XEN 


ἀν ἃ , ? , Ny , ἃ ον “ὦ 
ὀλέγους τούτους ἀνθρώπους, καὶ τούτων δύο ἢ τρεῖς ὡπλι- 
/ Ν \ ,ὔ ς Ν \ ¢ a ᾿ ͵ 
σμένους. 6. τὸ δὲ χωρίον, ὡς καὶ σὺ ὁρᾷς, σχεδὸν τρία 
, δ᾽ Ξ Ἁ a ’ - - , 
ἡμίπλεθρα ἐστιν, 0 Set βαλλομένους διελθεῖν. τούτου δὲ 
7 / Ἁ / ’ / ? 
ὅσον πλέθρον δασὺ πίτυσι διαλειπούσαις μεγάλαις, ἀνθ᾽ 


φ e ’ ¥ 7K / ν᾿ ἃ a ΄ 
ὧν εἐστήκοτες ἄνδρες TL ἂν πασχοίεν ἢ ὑπὸ των φερομενων 
Ἁ 


λίθων ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν κυλινδομένων ; τὸ λοιπὸν οὖν ἤδη γίγνε- 
ται ὡς ἡμίπλεθρον, ὃ δεῖ ὅταν λωφήσωσιν οἱ λίθοι παρα- 
7. ᾿Αλλὰ εὐθὺς, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, ἐπειδὰν 
ἀρξώμεθα εἰς τὸ δασὺ προσιέναι, φέρονται οἱ λίθοι πολλοί. 
Αὐτὸ ἄν, ἔφη, τὸ δέον εἴη" θᾶττον γὰρ ἀναλώσουσι τοὺς 
λίθους. ἀλλὰ πορευώμεθα ἔνθεν ἡμῖν μικρόν TL παραδρα- 
μεῖν ἔσται, ἣν δυνώμεθα, καὶ ἀπελθεῖν ῥᾷδιον, ἣν βουλώ- 
μεθα. 


δραμεῖν. 


> - ? , a \ 
8. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ 
ρ ρ 
΄ , / ’ ‘ e Ld / 
Kaddcuayos IIappacws Aoxaycs* τούτου yap ἡ ἡγεμονία 
> - > / - 3 ’ “ e ,ὔ ξ \ 
nv τῶν οπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγῶν ἐκεινῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ. οἱ δὲ 
M” ‘ y ᾽ τ > “~ ‘ ” 93 
ἄλλος λοχαγοῖ ἐμενον ev τῷ ἀσῴφαλει. μετα τοῦτο οὖν 
> ~ A A / ΝΜ e , = > 
ἀπῆλθον ὑπο ta δένδρα ἀνθρωποι ὡς ἑβδομήκοντα, οὐκ 
? / > Ἁ > / 7 , ? , 
ἀθρόοι ἀλλα καθ᾽ ἕνα, ἕκαστος φυλαττόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο. 
> Ν , φ, καὶ , 
9. “Ayacias δὲ ὁ Στυμφαάλιος καὶ Αριστωνυμος Mebv- 
‘ Ἢ 2 A ᾿ , . ‘ 
δριεὺυς, καὶ οὗτοι τῶν ὁπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγοῖ οντες, Kat 
Υ ς 920 ” a , ᾽ ᾳ- 8 ῃ : 
ἄλλοι δε, epectacay ἐξω τῶν Sevdpwv* ov yap ἣν ἀσφαλες 
᾽ .- ’ ς ’ , ΠΝ , ” 
ev τοῖς δενδροις ἑἕσταναι πλέον ἢ τὸν eva λόχον. 10. ενθα 
δὴ , A / ’ o> a“ / 
ἡ Καλλίμαχος μηχανᾶταί τι" mpoetpeyev ἀπὸ τοῦ dev- 
¢,? δὃ.Ὸ es oar | το ‘ ε / 
Spov up w@ ἦν αὐτὸς δύο ἢ τρία βήματα" ἐπεὶ δὲ ot λίθοι 
΄ ? ’ ? a 93? Ἂν \ ‘on 
φέροιντο, ἀνεχάζετο εὐπετῶς - ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης Se προδρομῆς 
μ δ / / aA ? e \ 
πλέον ἢ Sexa ἅμαξαι πετρῶν avnricxovTo. ΚΕ. ὁ δε 
"A ’ ς 8. (Νὰ Ν Κ ) A ? , a x / 
yaotas, ws opa Tov αλλίμαχον ἃ ἐποίει, καὶ TO στρα- 
a ΄ , \ > ω ’ ? 
τευμα πᾶν θεωμενον, δείσας μὴ ov πρῶτος Tapadpapot εἰς 
> / ¥ Ν ? , ῳ 
τὸ χωρίον, οὔτε τὸν ᾿Αριστωνυμον πλησίον ὄντα παρακα- 
λέ ¥ Eb / Ν ’ ξ / Ν ¥ 
eas, οὔτε υρύλοχον tov Aovorea, eTaipovs ovTas, οὔτε 


ANAB, 4, VIL] Cumbing the Cliffs. 115 
, 

ἄλλον οὐδένα, ὶ χωρεῖ αὐτὸς, καὶ παρέρχεται wavtan. 
12. ὁ δὲ Καλλίμαχος, ws ὁρᾷ avTov παριόντα, salt ia? 
νεται αὐτοῦ τῆς ἴτυος " ἐν δὲ τούτῳ παραθεὶ αὐτοὺς Apt- 
στώνυμος Μεθυδριεύς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ε upudoxos Δουσιεὺς" 
πώντες γὰρ οὗτοι ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς. καὶ διηγωνίζοντο 
πρὸς ἀλλήλους " καὶ οὕτως epee aspowrs TO an tapi 
ὡς yap ἅπαξ εἰσέδραμον, οὐδεὶς πέτρος ἄνωθεν ἠνέχθη. 
13. Ἐνταῦθα δὴ δεινὸν ἦν θέαμα. at yap γυναῖκες, pl- 
πτουσαι τὰ παιδία, εἶτα καὶ ἑαυτὰς ἐπικατερρίπτουν, καὶ οἱ 
ἄνδρες ὡσαύτως. ἔνθα δὴ καὶ Αἰνέας Στυμφάλειος λοχαγὸς 
ἰδών τινα θέοντα ὡς ῥέψοντα ἑαυτὸν, στόλην ἔχοντα καλὴν, 
ἐπιλαμβάνεται ὡς κωλύσων 14. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸν death 
καὶ ἀμφότεροι @YOVTO κατὰ τῶν πετρῶν Pepopenos καὶ 
ἀπέθανον. ἐντεῦθεν ἄνθρωποι μὲν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἐλήφθησαν, 
βόες δὲ καὶ ὄνοι πολλοὶ, καὶ πρόβατα. : 

15. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Χαλύβων, σταθμους 
ἑπτὰ παρασώγγας πεντήκοντα. οὗτοι ἦσαν ὧν διῆλθον 
ἀλκιμώτατοι, καὶ εἰς χεῖρας ἤεσαν. εἶχον δὲ θώρακας 
λινοῦς μέχρι τοῦ ἥτρου. ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν πτερύγων ie 40 
πυκνὰ ἐστραμμένα. 16. εἶχον δὲ καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ κράνη, 
καὶ παρὰ τὴν ζώνην μαχαίριον ὅσον ξυήλην Annee ? 
ἔσφαττον ὧν. κρατεῖν δύναιντο, καὶ ἀποτέμνοντες ἂν τας 
κεφαλὰς ἔχοντες ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ ἧδον καὶ ἐχόρευον ὁκῦτε 
οἱ πολέμιοι αὐτοὺς ὄψεσθαι ἔμελλον. εἶχον ne καὶ δόρυ 
ὡς πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων, μίαν λόγχην ἔχον. οὗτοι wages 
νον ἐν τοῖς πολίσμασιν" ΕἾ. ἐπεὶ δὲ παρέλθοιεν οἱ Ἐλ- 
Anves, εἵποντο ἀεὶ μαχόμενοι. ᾧκουν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὀχυροίς, 
καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐν τούτοις ἀνακεκομισμένοι ἦσαν" ὥστε 
μηδὲν λαμβάνειν αὐτόθεν τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἀλλὰ διετραφη- 
σαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν ἃ ἐκ τῶν Ταύχων ἔλαβον. 

18. Ἔκ τούτου οἱ “Ελληνες ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ “Αρπασον 


. 


, eg a - ἐφ: τρῶν" oe 


Ἂ — 


a ἐταδαξ 


— 





116 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen, 


> 9 ’ / ? a ? , 
ποταμον, εὕρος τεττάρων TAEOpwY. εντεῦθεν eTropevOncapy 
\ a \ , , ” 
dua Σκυθινῶν, σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγγας εἰκοσι, διὰ 
’ , , ᾽ @ » e / r “+3 
πεδίου εἰς κώμας " EV Als ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτί- 
᾽ - - Ν / 
σαντο. 19. εντεῦθεν διῆλθον σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρα- 
, ” . t , 5 > , 
σώγγας εἰκοσι, πρὸς πολιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα καὶ 
’ , \ > κ , > ’ ~ , 
οἰκουμένην, ἣ ἐκαλεῖτο Γυμνιὰς. εκ ταύτης ὁ τῆς χώρας 
Χ - @ ς ’ / co Ν A ς 
ἄρχων τοῖς Βλλησιν ἡγεμόνα πέμπει, ὅπως διὰ τῆς ἐαυ- 
a“ / , ΝΜ > 4 ᾽ . > 3 re 
τῶν πολεμίας χωρας ἄγοι αὐτούς. 20. ελθων δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος 
/ “ Ν ? Ν , ξ .- > ’ “ Μ 
λέγει ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε ἡμερῶν εἰς χωρίον ὅθεν οψον- 
θ /. > ‘ Ν , > Λ Ν 
ται θάλατταν" εἰ δὲ μη, τεθνώναι ἐπηγγείλατο. καὶ 
ξ 4 > Ν ᾽ / ᾽ x ς a / 
ἡγούμενος, ἐπειδὴ ἐνέβαλεν εἰς THY ἑαυτοῦ πολεμίαν, παρε- 
4 ¥ Ν / Ν , @ ‘ ~ > ,ὔ 
κελεύετο αἰθειν καὶ φθείρειν τὴν χώραν" ᾧ καὶ δῆλον ἐγέ- 
“ ’ “ " ? - a c / ? / 
VETO OTL τούτου ἕνεκα EOoL, ov τῆς τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων εὑνοίας. 
21. Καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ 6 ) πέ ἡμέρᾳ * 
: ν ἐπὶ τὸ Opos τῇ πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 
¥ δὲ ἫΝ — ’ ᾽ ‘ ‘ e a ? , 
ὄνομα Oe τῷ Oper HY Onyns. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ πρῶτοι εγένοντα 
> ‘ A Μ Ν r ‘\ Λ Ν Ἀ 
ἐπὶ τοῦ OpoUs καὶ κατεῖδον τὴν θάλατταν, κραυγὴ πολλή 
ς ? / » Ἢ i i ee ΄, 
eyeveTo. 22. axovoas δε ὁ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ ot ὁπισθοφύλακες 
᾿ ¥” ¥ ᾽ / / “ 
φήθησαν ἐμπροσθεν ἄλλους επιτίθεσθαι πολεμίους " εἴπον- 
Ἁ A y¥ ε > “~ / ’ A > 7 
To yap καὶ ὄπισθεν οἱ Ex τῆς καομένης χωρας, καὶ αὐτῶν 
σι 4 > ΄ / ’ὔ Ν > / 3 , 
ot ὁπισθοφύλακες ἀπέκτειναν TE τινας καὶ εἐζωγρησαν ενεέ- 
, Ν / δ an A > 
Spay ποιησάμενοι, καὶ γέρρα ἔλαβον δασειῶν βοῶν wpo- 
’ > Ν 4 Ν' «“ 3 Ν Ν ‘ / 
Boea audi ta εἴκοσιν. 23. επειδὴ δὲ Bon πλείων τε 
ee ‘ ? ’ Ν ςε 7s > , ¥ / 
ἐγίγνετο καὶ εγγύτερον, Kai οἱ ἀεὶ ἐπιόντες ἔθεον δρόμῳ 
‘ “ἢ n ἈΝ a ; 5 Ὁ e ‘ 
ἐπὶ Tous ἀεὶ βοῶντας, καὶ πολλῷ μείζων ἐγίγνετο ἡ βοὴ 
“ Ν ἤ a 4 53. ἢ Ν rel 3 ΕΝ 
ὅσῳ δὴ πλείους ἐγίγνοντο, ἐδόκει Sn μεῖζον τι εἶναι τῷ 
— “ S53 77 Ν 4 Ν ‘\ 
ενοφωντι" 24. και ἀναβὰς ed ἵππον, καὶ Λύκιον καὶ τοὺς 
€ / > Ν , Ἢ , Ν > / 
immeas avakaBwv, παρεβοηθει" Kat τάχα δὴ ἀκούουσι 
’ n ~ ’ ; 4 
βοωντων τῶν στρατιωτῶν Θάλαττα, Θάλαττα, καὶ 
, ¥ \ ¥ , ay a ΄ 
παρεγγυωντων. ἐνθα dn ἐθεον πάντες καὶ οἱ οπισθοφύλακες, 
Ν \ ¢ / ΄ Ν εὦ ᾽ Ν \ a, 
Kat τὰ ὑποζύγια ἠλαύνετο καὶ οἱ ἵπποι. 25. ἐπεὶ δὲ adé- 


, a eee ? A \ ΄ ᾽ f 
κοντὸ πάντες ἐπὶ TO ἄκρον, ἐνταῦθα Sn περιέβαλλον ἀλλῃ- 


AnAB. 4, VIII. Prospect of the Sea. 117 


» 4 1 He αι 
λους καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς δακρύοντες. Καὶ ears 
e “ , 
νης, ὅτου δὴ παρεγγυήσαντος, οἱ στρατιῶται φέρουσι λίθους 
: > - 3 / 
καὶ ποιοῦσι κολωνὸν μέγαν. 26. ἐνταῦθα ἀνετίθεσαν δερ- 


Seyi ho 
μάτων πλῆθος ὠμοβοείων, καὶ βακτηρίας, καὶ τὰ igen 
γέρρα, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν AUTOS TE κατέτεμνε τὰ 7eppa a Ἢ 
ὄχλοις διεκελεύετος 2. μετὰ ταῦτα τὸν ἡγεμόνα οἱ ν 
ληνες ἀποπέμπουσι, δῶρα δοντες ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, er: ἊΨ 
φιάλην ἀργυρᾶν καὶ σκευὴν Περσικὴν καὶ δαρεικοὺς ἑκα. 
nel δὲ μάλιστα τοὺς δακτυλίους, Kab ἔλαβε rere Tapa 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν. κώμην δὲ δείξας αὐτοῖς οὐ eRHOTOUTS, 
καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν πορεύσονται εἰς Μάκρωνας, ἐπεὶ ἐσπέρα 
ἐγένετο, ᾧχετο τῆς νυκτὸς ἀπιών. εν ' 
VIII. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν οὗ Ελληνες διὰ Ma- 
κρώνων, σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δέκα. ' — δε 
ἡμέρᾳ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἊΝ pie την ἌΡ" axpe- 
νων καὶ τὴν τῶν Σκυθινῶν. 2 εἶχον ὃ ὑπερδέξιον χόριον 
οἷον χαλεπώτατον; καὶ ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς — er ἊΝ ov 
ἐνέβαλλεν ὁ ὁρίζων, δ οὗ ἔδει διαβῆναι. ἣν δὲ οὗτος 
δασὺς δένδρεσι, παχέσι μὲν οὗ, πυκνοῖς δέ, ταῦτα ashe 
προσῆλθον οἱ EAAnves ἔκοπτον, abate eto χωρίου 
ὡς τάχιστα ἐξελθεῖν. 8. οἱ δὲ Μάκρωνες, κιΑΜαῃ ς να 
καὶ λόγχας καὶ τριχίνους χιτῶνας, RETOVTUTEPOR τῆς δια- 
βάσεως παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν, Kat ΔΆΝ peumapeeaie 
καὶ λίθους εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἐρρίπτουν ἐξικνοῦντο δε οὗ, 
οὐδ᾽ ἔβλαπτον οὐδέν. : ι 
4. Ἔνθα δὴ προσέρχεται τῷ Ξενοφῶντι τὰν ΜΙΝ 
στῶν τις ἀνὴρ; ᾿Αθήνησι φάσκων δολυνδιοωνανμε, ΜΡ 
γιγνώσκοι τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ οἶμαι; με i 
ἐμὴν ταύτην πατρίδα εἶναι" καὶ εἰ μῆ το KONE, ε a 
αὐτοῖς διαλεχθῆναι. 5- ᾿Αλλ οὐδεν κωλύει, ἐφη, ar é 
διαλέγου καὶ μάθε πρῶτον τίνες εἰσίν. οἱ ὃ εἶπον ἐρωτην 





118 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [ Xen, 


[v4 , ᾽ / ¥ ? ‘ 4? 

σαντος ott Maxpwves. Epwra τοίνυν, edn, avtous, τί avti- 
, Ν / ea / 9 ς > 

TeTayaTat Kat ypnfovow ἡμῖν πολέμιοι εἶναι. 6. Οἱ ὃ 


> / a ‘ e ~ ei x e / , 
ἀπεκρίναντο" Οτι καὶ ὑμεῖς emt τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν 


» / > e ἈΝ [14 >? a 
ἔρχεσθε. Δέγειν ἐκέλευον οἱ στρατηγοὶ ὅτι οὐ κακῶς γε 
’ > ‘ r ’ὔ > ’ > 
ποιήσοντες, ἀλλα βασιλεῖ πολεμήσαντες ἀπερχόμεθα εἰς 
Ν ε ’ ΟΝ Δι , 
τὴν Ελλάδα, καὶ ἐπὶ θάλατταν βουλόμεθα ἀφικέσθαι. 
> , > - 3 »“" A 4 ‘ ’ὔ e > 
7. npwrev exewo εἰ δοῖεν Gv τούτων τὰ πιστά. οἱ ὃ 
» Ν a” Ν a” ᾽ Λ > ~ 
εφασαν καὶ δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν ἐθέλειν. ἐντεῦθεν διδόασιν 
ς 7 x , a d Ν 
ot Μάκρωνες βαρβαρικὴν λόγχην τοῖς ἔλλησιν, οἱ δὲ 
“ 2 / ᾽ , A Ν ¥ Ν 
Ελληνες εκείνοις Ελληνικήν" ταῦτα yap epacay πιστὰ 
3 Ν ἣν. 4 > / 
εἶναι" θεους δὲ ἐπεμαρτύραντο ἀμφότεροι. 
Ν Ν Ν Ν +, Χλ ε 7 Ν 
5. Μετὰ de τὰ πιστὰ εὐθὺς οἱ Μάκρωνες τὰ δένδρα 
’ , ear ¢ , e ͵ > 
συνεξέκοπτον, THY τε ὁδὸν ὡδοποίουν ws διαβιβάσοντες. ἐν 
, ᾽ , a @ ‘cs ‘ “ In 7 
μέσοις ἀναμεμίγμενοι τοῖς Ελλησι" καὶ ἀγορὰν οἵαν ἐδύ- 
“ Ν 3 Ν ΄ Ν 
ναντο παρεῖχον, καὶ παρήγαγον ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἕως ἐπὶ 
x /. ad / ae ᾽ -᾿ 
ta Κολχων ὅρια κατέστησαν τους Βλληνας. 9%. ενταῦθα 
ς Υ ͵ ‘ , ς “gies ΄ ς , 
ἣν opos μέγα, προσβατον δέ" καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου οἱ Κολχοι 
΄ 3 Ν Ν ‘ a ed 
παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν. καὶ TO μὲν πρῶτον οἱ ᾿ ἔλληνες 
> / A Λ yy Ν 
ἀντιπαρετάξαντο Kata φάλαγγα, ὡς οὕτως ἄξοντες πρὸς 
Ν ¥ »ν ἈΝ Ν r ἴω 4 
TO opos* ἔπειτα δὲ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βουλεύσασθαι 
A / , ᾽ - y 
συλλεγεῖσιν, ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα αγωνιοῦνται. 10. ἔλεξεν 
3 — “ / κ 4 Ν / 
οὖν Ξενοφῶν, ὅτι δοκεῖ παύσαντας τὴν φάλαγγα λόχους 
> / “a e ‘ Ν , , ? 
ὀρθίους ποιῆσαι" ἡ μὲν yap φάλαγξ διασπασθήσεται ev- 
4 a x ἈΝ ” A ‘ ΝΜ ς ’ Ν ¥ 
θὺς " τῇ μὲν yap ἄνοδον, τῇ δὲ εὔοδον εὑρήσομεν τὸ ὄρος " 
ς . Sat A ᾽ / , Ψ / ᾿ ͵ 
καὶ εὐθυς τοῦτο ἀθυμίαν ποιήσει, ὅταν τεταγμένοι εἰς φά- 
’ / con y ΕἾ Ἀ 
λαγγα ταύτην διεσπασμένην ὁρῶσιν. UL. ἔπειτα ἢν μὲν 
> «a ‘ / ft 4 al 
ἐπὶ πολλους τεταγμένοι προσάγωμεν, περιττεύσουσιν ἡμῶν 
ε ’ Ν a a , “Ὁ vA / 
οὐ TOAEMLOL, καὶ τοῖς περιττοῖς χρήσονται OTL ἂν βούλων- 
be Ν 233ϑ»Λ0.ὉὁἊὙ . / , Ν Far N Ν 
ται" ἐὰν δὲ ew ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι ἴωμεν, οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη 
Ν > / a ‘ 3 
θαυμαστὸν εἰ διακοπείη ἡμῶν ἡ φάλαγξ ὑπὸ ἀθρόων καὶ 
“Ὁ ‘ ν fal > ’ 9 / “Ὁ 
βελῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων πολλῶν ἐμπεσόντων" εἰ δέ πῃ τοῦτο 


ANAB. 4, VIII.) Arrival in Colchis. 119 
ἔ 7 ὅ ΐ Sy ἔσται. 32. adr μοι δοκεῖ 
ἔσται, τῇ ὅλῃ φάλαγγι Κακὸν - ᾿ , ὡς 
ὀρθίους τοὺς λόχους ποιησαμένους, venen χωρίον Ka 
σχεῖν διαλείποντας τοῖς λόχοις, ὅσον ἔξω τοὺς bee 
λόχους γενέσθαι τῶν πολεμίων κεράτων". καὶ βόα δὰ 
μεθα τῆς τε τῶν πολεμίων φάλαγγος Eo οἱ ἐσχατου OX» 
καὶ ὀρθίους ἄγοντες οἱ κράτιστοι ἡμῶν “pores προσίασιν, 
ἡ τε ἂν εὔοδον ἢ, ταύτῃ ἕκαστος ἄξει ὁ λόχος. oe καὶ εἰς 
τε τὺ διαλεῖπον οὐ ῥάδιον ἔσται τοῖς πολεμίοις εἰσελθεῖν, 


/ > e7# yy 
ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν λόχων ὄντων, διακόψαι TE OV ῥᾷδιον ἔσται 


» ’ / a / 
λόχον ὄρθιον προσιόντα * €av TE TUS πιεζηται τῶν λόχων, 


- “ , Me 
ἷ ἐπὶ 

ὁ πλησίον βοηθήσει " ἤν τε εἷς πῇ δυνηθῇ τῶν λόχων ' 
A > ‘ / / a ων. 

τὸ ἄκρον ἀναβῆναι, οὐδεὶς μηκέτι μεινῃ τῶν πολεμιὶ 


> 


’ > / Ν ’ =| vo- 
14. ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ ἐποίουν ὀρθίους τους AOXOUS. FE 


2 a a Ν. “ 
φῶν δὲ ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον ἀπὸ τοῦ δεξιου, eneye τοῖς 
/ ° A “ἃ ᾽ 
στρατιώταις " ἤάνδρες, οὗτοί εἰσιν οὺς ὁρᾶτε μονοῦ ETL TPL 
4 


“a / 
ὺν τὸ μὴ ἤδη εἴναι € L ἐσπεύδομεν " τούτους͵, 
ἐμποδὼν τὸ μὴ ἤδη εἰναι ἔνθα Taha μ 


5 N - ny 
ἤν πως δυνώμεθα, καὶ ὠμοὺς δεῖ καταφαγειν. 
, 


d ΝΥ x Ν 
15. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς χώραις ἕκαστοι ἐγένοντο, καὶ τοῦς 
, ἐγέ ἐν λό ὃν ὁπλιτῶν 
λόχους ὀρθίους ἐποιήσαντο. ἐγένοντο μὲν λοχοι sii _— . 
e ‘ / “ 
ἀμφὶ τοὺς ὀγδοήκοντα; ὁ δὲ λόχος ἕκαστος σχεδὸν εἰς τοὺς 


Ν 


eae gli 
ἑκατόν " τοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς καὶ τοὺς τοξότας τριχῇ ἐποιή- 
σαντο, τοὺς μὲν τοῦ εὐωνύμου ἔξω, τοὺς δὲ τοῦ δεξιοῦ, τοὺς 
δὲ κατὰ μέσον, σχεδὸν ἑξακοσίους ἑκάστους. ' 0. Ex 
τούτου παρηγγύησαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ εὔχεσθαι ° εὐξάμενοι δε 
καὶ παιανίσαντες ἐπορεύοντο. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν καὶ 
Ξενοφῶν καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πελτασταὶ τῆς γῶν πολεμίων 
φάλαγγος ἔξω γενόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο . ΕΥ. οἱ δὲ πολεμίοι 
ὡς εἶδον αὐτοὺς, ἀντιπαραθέοντες οἱ μὲν emt " δεξιον, δὲ 
δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον, διεσπάσθησαν καὶ πολυ τῆς ne φά- 
λαγγος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ κενὸν ἐποίησαν. 15. ἰδόντες O€ αὐτοὺς 


Ν ~~ ἐδ Ν " δὼ - εν 
διαχάζοντας οἱ κατὰ τὸ Αρκαδικὸν πελτασται, ὧν PX 





120 Retreat of the Ten Thousand. [Xen 


pe 
Manes ὁ Axapvav, νομίσαντες φεύγειν ἀνὰ κράτος ἔθεον" 
"Ν᾽ οὗτοι πρῶτοι ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀνάβαίνουσι: αεθνδήνομῆ 
Ge αὐτοῖς και τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικὸν ὁπλιτικὸν, ὧν ἦρχε Κλεάνωρ ὁ 
Opxomentos. 19. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤρξαντο θεῖν nt 
ἔστησαν, ἀλλὰ φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο. οἱ : δὲ “ “BAX 


ves ἀναβάντες 5 ne agate ἐν πολλαῖς κώμαις καὶ 
τραντῆδοια πολλὰ ἐχούσαις. . Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οὐδὲν 
ἦν ὅ τι καὶ ἐθαύμασαν. τὰ ee σμήνη πολλὰ ἢ ” αὐτοθι ὅν 
τῶν κηρίων ὅσοι ἐφαγον τῶν στρατιωτῶν πάντες ἄφρονέ, 
τε ἐγίγνοντο, καὶ ἤμουν, καὶ κάτω διεχώρει αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὀρθὸς 
οὐδεὶς ἠδύνατο ἵστασθαι" ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν ὀλέγον ἐδηβοκύνο 
σφόδρα μεθύουσιν ἐῴκεσαν, ot δὲ πολὺ, μαινομένοις, οἱ δὲ 
καὶ ἀποθνήσκουσιν. 21. ἔκειντο δὲ οὕτω πολλοὶ ἫΝ 
τροπῆς γεγενημένης, καὶ πολλὴ ἦν ἀθυμία. τῇ δ᾽ ὕστε wa 
er μὲν — ἀμφὶ δὲ τὴν αὐτήν που ὥραν Saabs 
ν" τρίτῃ δε καὶ 
ri ῃ τετάρτῃ ἀνίσταντο ὥσπερ ἐκ φαρμα- 
. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν δύο σταθμοὺς παρασάγ- 
γας ἑπτὰ, καὶ ἦλθον ἐ ἐπὶ θάλατταν εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα _ 
Ἑλληνίδα, οἰκουμένην ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, Ὄουϑόον 
ἀποικίαν, ἐν τῷ Κόλχων χώρᾳ. ἐνταῦθα ἔ ἐμεῖναν ἡμέρας 
a τὰς τριάκοντα, ἐν ταῖς τῶν Κόλχων κώμαις" κἀντεῦ- 
εν ὁρμώμενοι ἐληίζοντο τὴν Κολχίδα. 28. ἀγορὰν δὲ 
παρεῖχον τῷ στρατοπέδῳ Τραπεξούντιοι, καὶ ἐδέξαντό τε 
τοὺς “Thanos, καὶ ξένια ἔδοσαν βοὺς καὶ ἄλφιτα και οἶνον 
44. συνδιεπράττοντο δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν πλησίον Kor ὧν 
τῶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ μάλιστα οἰκούντων, καὶ ξένια καὶ “it 
ἐκείνων ἦλθον βόες. é 
γέρο ετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τὴν θυσίαν ἣν εὔξαντο παρεσκευά- 
ed . ἦλθον δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἱκανοὶ βόες ἀποθῦσαι τῷ Ad τῷ 
( d 


Σωτῇ ι Ν ae e ¢ 
npt, καὶ τῷ Ηρακλεῖ ἡγεμόσυνα, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς 


Anas. 4, να Thanksgiving and Games. 121 


ησαν δὲ καὶ ἀγῶνα γυμνικὸν ἐν τῷ ὄρει 
εἵλοντο δὲ Αρκνόννων Σπαρτιάτην, 
κων κατακανὼν ξυήλῃ 


¥ 
a εὔξαντο. ἐποί 


sill ἐσκήνουν. 
ἐφυγε παῖς ὧν οἴκοθεν. παῖδα ἃ 


δρόμου T ἐπιμεληθῆναι καὶ τοῦ ἀγῶνον προστα- 
46. ἐπειδὴ de ἡ θυσία ἐγένετο, τὰ δέρματα παρέ- 
δοσαν τῷ Δρακοντίῳ, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι. ἐκέλευον ὅπου τὸν 
δρόμον πεποιηκὼς εἴη ὁ δὲ δείξας οὗπερ ἑστηκότες ἐτύγ- 
Οὗτος ὁ λόφος, ἔφη, κάλλιστος τρέχειν ὅπου ἂν τις 
apart: δυνήσονται παλαίειν ἐν 
ὁ δ᾽ εἶπε, Μᾶλλόν τι ἀνιάσεται 


ὃς € 
πατάξας, 


τῆσαι. 


χανον, 
βούληται Πῶς οὖν, 
σκληρῷ καὶ δασεῖ οὕτως ; 


ὁ καταπεσών. 327. ἠγωνίζοντο δὲ 
αἰχμαλώτων οἱ πλεῖστοι, δόλιχον δὲ Κρῆτες πλείους ἢ 


ρα ἔθεον, πάλην δὲ καὶ πυγμὴν καὶ παγκράτιον 
ἕτεροι. καὶ καλὴ θέα ἐγένετο" πολλοὶ γὰρ κατέβησαν, 
καὶ, ἅτε θεωμένων τῶν ἑταίρων, πολλῇ φιλονεικία. ἐγίγνετο. 
29. ἔθεον δὲ καὶ ἵπποι, καὶ ἔδει αὐτοὺς κατὰ τοῦ pee 
ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ ἀναστρέψαντας, πάλιν ἄνω πρὸς 
καὶ κάτω μὲν οἱ πολλοὶ ἐκυλινδοῦντο ς 


παῖδες μὲν στάδιον τῶν 


ἐλάσαντας, 


τὸν βωμὸν ἄγειν. 
ἄνω δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἰσχυρῶς ὄρθιον μόλις βάδην ἐπορεύοντο οἱ 


ὕπποι" ἔνθα πολλὴ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως καὶ παρακέλευσις 


ἐγίγνετο αὐτῶν. 





SOME OF THE IMPORTANT DATES UF GREEK HISTORY. 


Legislation of Solon ; . . B.C. 594 
Tyranny of Pisistratus and his Sons 560 ~ 510 
Conquest of Asia Minor by Cyrus . . 546 
Hippias, son of Pisistratus, expelled . 510 
Democratic Constitution of Clisthenes . ° ‘ - 507 
Ionic Revolt in Asia Minor. : : ‘ 500 
Defeat of the Revolt: Miictus taken Ξ ‘ ‘ ° ‘ . 494 
First Persian Invasion: Battle of Marathon ‘ . : 490 
Invasion of Xerxes: Thermopylae and Artemisium (July), 

Salamis (September) ; “ : ° ; ‘ 480 
Battles of Plataea and Mycale. : ‘ ; . ᾿ ; . 479 
Athens fortified by Themistocles . ‘ ‘ . ‘ ‘ 478 
Confederacy of Delos. ° ‘ . ‘ (about) 477 
Cimon banished: Ascendency of Pericles . ‘ ‘ ‘ : 461 
Thirty Years’ Truce between Athens and Sparta. . 445 
PELOPONNESIAN WAR ‘ . . ‘ 431-404 

Death of Pericles. ᾿ . 429 
Seditions at Corcyra . ‘ . ° 427 
Pylus and Sphacteria : ἃ : ‘ . 425 
Peace of Nicias (Truce for Fifty Years) ‘ . 421 
Sicilian Expedition . ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ . . 415-413 
Revolution at Athens: Oligarchy of 400 ‘ ° 411 
Sea-Fight at Arginusae . ‘ . 400 
Battle of Aegospotami . . . ° ‘ 405 
Capture of Athens: Thirty Tyrants. . 404 
Athenian Democracy restored ὃ , , : 403 
Retreat of the Ten Thousand . ‘ ‘ ; , ° 400 
Death of Socrates . ; ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ . : 999 
Battle of Leuctra: Spartans defeated by Epaminondas . 371 
Battle of Mantinea: Death of Epaminondas ° ‘ ‘ 362 
Accession of Philip of Macedon . ° . ὃ . 800 
Phocian or Sacred War . . . ᾿ 357 -- 346 
Amphissean Sacred War . . ‘ ‘ . 839 
Battle of Chaeronea: Death of Isocrates . . 338 
Death of Philip: Accession of Alexander . 336 
Campaign of Alexander: Conquest of Persia 334 - 330 
Death-of Alexander Ἢ . 323 


Death of Demosthenes 322 





NOTES. 


XENOPHON: ANABASIS. 


Tus Expedition of Cyrus the Younger against his brother Arta- 
xerxes to wrest from his possession the throne of Persia — the ANa- 
BASIS — Was made in the year 4018.0. The march from Sardis began 
in the spring, and about six months later a battle was fought at the 
village of Cunaxa, some forty or fifty miles from Babylon. In this 
battle Cyrus was killed in a hand to-hand encounter with his brother; 
and the Greeks, though victorious over that part of the opposing force 
which they had attacked, suffered virtual defeat in losing their leader. 
They had marched more than 1800 miles from Ephesus to Cunaxa. 
(Sce ii, 2. 6.) But this route, the only one with which they were 
acquainted, was closed to them; for the first part of it lay through 
the desert of Arabia, in which, had they undertaken to return as they 
came, they would have perished of hunger. They set out, therefore, 
northward under the guidance of Ariaeus, who had been the com- 
mander of the barbarian forces of Cyrus; but subsequently they en- 
tered into negotiations with the King which led to a treaty. By the 
terms of this treaty Tissaphernes, one of the King’s. four generals in 
the battle, was to lead them back in safety to Ionia. Beyond the 
Tigris, however, Tissaphernes treacherously entrapped five of the 
generals, four of whom were soon after put to death. Great dejection 
fell in consequence upon the army; but recovering their courage, 
especially under the exhortations of Xenophon, they elected new 
generals, and began their retreat along the upper waters of the Tigris 
and through the highlands of Armenia to the Greek colonies on the 
Black Sea. This “Retreat of the Ten Thousand” from the river Zapa- 
tas to Trapezus was one of incredible hardship, — a constant fight for 
about 700 miles through an enemy’s country in the winter-time. The 
account of it by Xenophon contains by far the most vivid picture that 
has ever been given of the temper, discipline, and endurance of those 
citizen-soldiers who constituted the armies of Greece; and along 
with that an authentiv and most interesting account of the tribes of 








2 XENOPHON. 


Asiatic mountaineers, who lived just outside the circle of the then 
civilized world. The Greeks reached Trapezus, the modern Trebi- 
zond, at the end of the winter of 400 8. c., and after a month’s halt 
proceeded westward, partly by land and partly by sea, to Chryso- 
polis on the Thracian Bosphorus opposite Byzantium, which they 
reached in the summer. After passing over into Thrace and subse- 
quently returning to Asia, in the spring of 399 B. o. they joined the 
army of Thibron, and, as the “Ten Thousand,” disappeared from 
history. Consult more at length, on the events here described, Smith’s 
History of Greece, Chap. XXXVI, or the three excellent chapters of 
Grote, LXIX.-LXXI. The last constitute a good running commen- 
tary on the Anabasis. 

Cyrus the Younger, the unfortunate leader of this expedition, was 
the second of the four sons of Darius II., who was the grandson of 
Xerxes I. In 407 B.c. he was made by his father satrap of Lydia, 
Phrygia the Greater, and Cappadocia, and military commander (κάρα- 
vos) of the forces that mustered at Castdlus (Anab. i. 1. 2). He 
could not have been at this time more than seventeen years of age at 
most, for he was born after his father’s accession to the throne. The 
commission given him by Darius is found in Hell. 1. 4. 3: καὶ Κῦρος 
(sc. ἀπήντησεν), ἄρξων πάντων τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ καὶ συμπολεμήσων Aake- 
δαιμονίοις, ἐπιστολήν τε ἔφερε τοῖς κάτω πᾶσι τὸ βασίλειον σφράγισμα 
ἔχουσαν, ἐν ἣ ἐνῆν καὶ τάδε, Καταπέμπω Κῦρον κάρανον τῶν εἰς Καστωλὸν 
ἀθροιζομένων. His high position made it possible for him to aid the 
Lacedaemonians in the war they were then waging with Athens. 
And he did this, partly at the direction of his father, who had sent 
with him large sums of money for this purpose, and partly from his 
own desire. For there is evidence that even at this time he aspired 
to the throne, and that foreseeing as possible what eventually took 
place, the succession of his brother, he was preparing to wrest the 
government from him by violence if need be. He became the warm 
friend of Lysander; and, on being summoned to his father’s bedside 
at Babylon in 405 8. 0., he turned over to the Spartan admiral the 
money which he had in hand, and placed at his disposal his entire 
personal revenue from the province of which he was satrap. The 
timely aid thus rendered to the Lacedaemonians did much to hasten 
the end of the Peloponnesian War. As to the fact that funds were 
furnished by Cyrus, see Thucydides ii. 65: Κύρῳ re (sc. ἀντεῖχον) 
ὕστερον βασιλέως παιδί προσγενομένῳ, ὃς παρεῖχε χρήματα Πελοποννη- 
σίοις ἐς τὸ ναυτικόν. An account of him from this time until his death 
is given in the first book of the Anabasis. Consult further-Smith’s 
Dict. of Biography and Mythology, 5. v. Cyrus THE YOUNGER. 


ANABASIS 1, 1. 3 


Xenophon, the historian of the expedition, was an Athenian gentle- 
man of culture, the pupil and friend of Socrates the philosopher. 
Neither the date of his birth nor that of his death is known with cer- 
tainty. It is generally believed, however, that he lived to be more 
than ninety years of age. From a story that was current in antiquity 
that he fought at Delium in 424 B. c., it has been concluded that at the 
time of the expedition of Cyrus he must have been past forty ; but 
judging from the internal evidence afforded by the Anabasis itself, he 
could not have been at this time more than thirty. He himself relates 
(Anab, iii. 1) the circumstances under which he came to join the 
army of Cyrus. His friend Proxenus was already with the Persian 
prince, and invited Xenophon to come and join him at Sardis, promis- 
ing to introduce him to Cyrus. Xenophon did this after consulting 
the oracle at Delphi, and at the urgent solicitations of Cyrus he joined 
the expedition. He does not appear, however, with any prominence 
until after the murder of the generals, when his rare qualities became 
known and he became the inspiration of the army. During their per- 
‘lous retreat northward to the sea, he always showed that high-born 
courage and endurance that have since won the admiration of pos- 
terity as they then gained him the complete confidence of his fellow- 
soldiers. When in 399 8. c. the “Ten Thousand” became incorporated 
with the forces of Thibron, Xenophon appears to have returned to 
Athens, but in 396 B. c. he was again in Asia, and in 394 B. c. fought 
at the battle of Coronéa with the Spartans against the allies. Though 
an Athenian, he was anti-democratical, and much more in sympathy 
with the institutions of Sparta than with those of his native city. 
He was now banished, and took up his residence in Scillus in Elis, 
where in entertaining his friends, hunting, and writing, he is reported 
to have lived a happy life. He was subsequently expelled from 
Scillus by the Eléans and went to Corinth, where he died. Though 
the decree of banishment against him was eventually repealed, there 
is no evidence that he ever returned to Athens. Xenophon was ἃ 
prolific writer. His most celebrated works besides the Anabasis are 
the Memorabilia (Memorials of Socrates) in 4 books, the Hellenica 
(a continuation of the history of Thucydides) in 7 books, and the 

Cyropedeia (an historical novel) in 8 books. His style is perspicuous 
and unaffected. Consult also Smith’s Dict. of Biography and My- 
thology, 8. V. XENOPHON; and on the question of his age at the time of 
the Anabasis, an interesting article by Professor Morris in the Pro- 


ceedings of the American Philological Association for 1874. 





XENOPHON. 


BOOK FIRST. 


THE LEVYING oF AN ArmMy.—THE MARCH TO THE NEIGHBORHOOD oF 
BaByLon. — THE BATTLE AT CUNAXA AND DEATH OF CYRUS. 


CHAPTER I. 


Synopsis: Darius, falling dangerously sick, summons to him his two sons, 
Artaxerxes and Cyrus (1, 2). On the King’s death the former succeeds to the 
throne, and being persuaded by the satrap Tissaphernes that his brother is plot- 
ting against him, he has him arrested. Cyrus, saved from death only by his 
mother’s entreaty, returns disgraced to his province and concerts measures against 
the king (3, 4). He conciliates all who come to him, sees to his own native troops 
(5), and secretly collects Greek mercenaries. A part of this army he enlists in 
western Asia Minor, alleging as a reason that the Greek cities which have put 
themselves under his protection are in danger from the machinations of Tissa- 
phernes, and lays siege to Miletus (6-8). Other Greek mercenaries are enlisted 
in the Thracian Chersonésus (9), in Thessaly (10), and in Greece (11). 


1. Δαρείου, Darius 11. or Nothos (νόθος, bastard), a natural son of Arta- 
xerxes I., and a man of feeble character. He died late in 405 B. c., after 
a reign of nineteen years. For the case, a predicate gen. of possession, sce 
6." 169, 1. — Παρυσάτιδος, Parysitis, the half-sister, as well as wife, of 
Darius, a woman of an intriguing and cruel disposition, and of great in- 
fluence with her husband. — γίγνονται, were born. For this use of the 
pres., see G. 200, N. 1. — δύο: there were other sons (thirteen children in 
all), but these are the two now prominently in the mind of the writer. — 
These were Artaxerxes 1]., surnamed Mnemon (μνήμων), on account of his 
great memory, and Cyrus the Younger, so named to distinguish him from 
Cyrus the Great, founder of the Persian empire. — ἠσθένει, was sick, the 
impf. to denote the continuance of the state (G. 200). The aor. ἠσθένησε 
would mean fell sick (G. 200, N. 55). ἀσθενέω is a denominative verb 
(G. 128,2 ὃ; 130, 2) from ἀ-σθενής, weak, and this from a- priv. (G. 131, 
4 a) and σθένος, strength. — ὑπώπτενε : peculiar in augment (G. 105, 1, N. 
2). Give its derivation (G. 130, 4) and Latin equivalent. — τοῦ, his (G. 
141, N. 2). — τὼ παῖδε : dual, but above, the pl. (G. 33, 1). For the case, see 
6. 134, 2. — παρ-εῖναι, to be by (him), i. 6. at Babylon, where he died. 

2. piv... δέ: used to correlate the two sentences. See the lexicon, 
and cf. the casein 81. μέν is not to be translated. — οὖν, now, is here con- 
tinuative, not inferential. Cf. igitur in Lat. — παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, was, as i 
happened, (already) there (G. 279, 4).— μετα-πέμπεται, sends for, sends af- 
ter (G. 191, VI. 3, end), swmmons.— ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς, from his province. 





* The references under G. are to the sections of Goodwin’s Greek Grammar, revisee 
and enlarged edition. 


x on ahedin , Arfasernet, ancl a young, Cyrus 


ANABASIS 1, 1. 5 


For the prep. ἀπό, see G. 191, 1. 2. -- σατράπην : pred. acc. (G. 166). The 
satrap was a viceroy, but with great discretionary powers. According to 
Herod. (iii. 89), Darius I. divided the Persian empire into twenty satrapies. 
- ἐποίησε, had made. The Greek was content simply to refer the action to 
the past, without specifying the time as exactly as we do by the plup. — 
mal... St... ἀπέδειξε, and (δέ) he had also (καί) appointed him, etc., ἃ 
transition from a relative to an independent clause ; not uncommon in Greek. 
καί adds the new particular of the investment of Cyrus with military au- 
thority (the office of satrap was at first chiefly a civil one); δέ is the con- 
junctive word, and the word between the two is emphatic. — πάντων: 
accent (G. 25, 8, N. 1).— ὅσοι, who, lit. (so many) as, the rel. of quantity or 
number (G. 87, 1). — els... ἀθροίζονται, muster in the plain of Castolus, 
lit. gather themselves into, ete. For the prep. els, see G. 191, III. 1. ἀθροί- 
tovrat is not the historical pres., but pres. to denote a standing fact. It is 
derived from ἀθρόος, close together (G. 130, 6). The position of the plain 
of Castolus, a large and level tract of land in which the troops were annu- 
ally reviewed, is uncertain, though probably it was in Lydia. — ἀναβαίνει, 
ἀνέβη: this change of tense from the historical pres. to the aor. is common. 
Note the chiastic arrangement (χιασμός, crossing, named from the letter x), 
ἀναβαίνει λαβὼν Τισσαφέρνην, ἔχων ὁπλίτας ἀνέβη. --- ὁ Κῦρος : proper 
name with the art. (6. 141, N. 1 α). -- λαβών : the part. denotes the atten- 
dant circumstance (G. 277, 6). So ἔχων following. — ὡς φίλον : Tissapher- 
nes, at this time satrap of Caria, whom Cyrus had superseded on becoming 
satrap himself, was in fact his enemy, and Cyrus had him accompany him, 
probably because he feared to leave him behind. He proved, however, a 
dangerous companion. — Kal... δέ : see above. — τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὁπλίτας 
τριακοσίους : ἃ body-guard selected from the Greeks then in his service. 
Cyrus knew well the superiority of the Greeks over the Persians as soldiers. 
The hoplite, lit. heavy-armed ( foot) soldier (ὅπλον), was armed with shield, 
belmet, breastplate, greaves, spear, and sword. Note the suffix της, signify- 
ing in denominatives one who has to do with (G. 129, 2 b).— ἄρχοντα: 
appos. (G. 187, N. 4). — Παρράσιον: Parrhasia was a district of Arcadia 
(in the Peloponnesus) about Mt. Lycaeus. 
3. ἐτελεύτησε, had ended (his life), died. See note on ἐποίησε in § 2. This 
use of the aor. for the plup. is especially common after particles of time like 
ἐπεί, etc. Cf. the Lat. historical (aoristic) perf. with postquam. τελευ- 
raw (G. 130, 1) is derived by successive steps from τέλος : τέλος, τελέω, TE- 
λευτή, τελευτάω. --- καὶ κατέστη... . ᾿Αρταξέρξης, and Artaxerxes had been 
established in the kingdom, lit. settled into, and so els with the acc. — δια- 
βάλλει, falsely accuses. The current story, that Cyrus had planned to kill 
Artaxerxes at the time of his coronation, Xenophon evidently believed to 
be false. For the prep. πρός, see G. 191, VI. 6.— ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοι : opt. by 
quot. after the idea of saying in διαβάλλει (G. 248 ; 201, Rem.). Give the 
dir. form.—atr@: after the.compound verb (G, 187).— ὁ δέ, but he (G. 148, 
1, N. 2). --- συλλαμβάνει : cf. comprehendere in Lat. — ὡς ἀποκτενών, with 
the avowed object of putting him to death (G. 277, 3, and N. 2a). — arryoa- 





XENOPHON. 


μένη ... πάλιν: note the diff. between the Greek and English idioms. In 
Eng., rescues (ἐξ) him by entreaty and sends him off again ; but in Greek, 
having rescued (G. 277, 1), lit. begged him off, sends him, etc. The use of 
the part. is much more frequent in Greek than in Eng., and in translating 
this fact must be constantly kept in mind. — ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν : for the prep. 
ἐπί, see G. 191, VI. 2. 

4. ὃ δέ: cf. note on ὁ δέ in § 3. — ὡς, as, when, rel. adv. of time. — 
ἀπῆλθε: accent (G. 26, N. 1). — ἀτιμασθείς : ἀτιμάζω is derived (G. 130, 5) 
from ἄ-τιμος (without honor). Cf. τιμή, tle. — βουλεύεται . . . ἐκείνου, 
plans that he may never (G. 283, 2) in future be (G. 217) in the power of 
(6. 191, V1. 2, 2, end) his brother, but if possible may be king (G. 223) im 
his stead. For the accent of δύνηται, seeG. 122, 2,N.2. For the prep. ἀντί, 
see G, 191, I. 1.— μέν : correl. to δέ, § 5; his mother’s support is con- 
trasted with the steps taken by Cyrus himself to bring about the desired 
end. — ὑπῆρχε, supported, followed by the dat. (ἃ. 184, 2). ὑπάρχω, to be 
a foundation or beginning (ἀρχή) : τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, what one can depend on. 
So fond was Parysatis of Cyrus, who in energy and spirit probably resem- 
bled her much more than did his brother, that she had endeavored before 
the death of Darius to induce him to name Cyrns as his successor to the 
throne, on the ground that he was the first son born after his own succes- 
sion. It was on this ground, that he was the first son of the King, that 
Xerxes I. obtained the sovereignty. — βασιλεύοντα : the simple attributive 
part. (G. 276, 1) modifying as an adj. the foll. noun. 

5. ἀφικνεῖτο: common usage would require ἀφικνοῖτο (G. 233, N. 1: 
Moods and Tenses, ὃ 62, N. 1). — παρὰ βασιλέως, from the presence of the 
King, is used with τῶν as an adj., the noun ἄνδρες being omitted (G. 141, 
ν. 3). The whole expression is compressed and would read in full: ὅστις 
δ᾽ ἀφικνεῖτο παρὰ βασιλέως τῶν παρὰ βασιλεῖ, x. τι λ. For the prep. παρά, 
see G. 191, VI. 4.— βασιλέως : βασιλεύς, when used to designate the king 
of Persia, commonly omits the art. — πάντας : pl., because of the distribu- 
tive force of ὅστις. --- οὕτω διατιθεὶς... ὥστε, 80 dis-posing (them) that, etc. 
With δια-τίθημι, cf. Lat. dispono. — αὐτῷ: case (G. 185). So αὐτῷ below 
at the end. — εἶναι : result (G. 266, 1). — Kal... δέ: this position of δέ, so 
far from the beginning of the sent., is rare. —ta@v βαρβάρων : to give a 
substantive a more emphatic position, it is often transferred, generally with 
change of case, from the dependent to the principal clause. E. g. ὁρῶ τὸν 
ἄνδρα, ὅστις ἐστίν, and in Eng., ‘See the learned Bellario how he writes.” 
So here, normally, we should have ἐπεμελεῖτο ὡς οἱ παρ᾽ ἑαντῷ βάρβαροι 
πολεμεῖν, x. τι Δ. For the case οἵ βαρβάρων as it stands, see G. 171, 2. — 
πολεμεῖν : with ἱκανοί (G. 261, 1). — ὡς εἴησαν, ἔχοιεν : object clause with 
ὡς and the opt. (G. 217, Ν. 1). — εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν : ἔχω and an adverb are 
often joined in the sense of the verb éo be and an adj., as καλῶς ἔχει = κα- 
λόν ἐστιν, it is well, lit. it has (itself) well, bene habet. For the forma- 
tion and derivation of εὐ-νοϊκῶς, see G. 74, 1; G. 129, 13a. 

6. τὴν 8... βασιλέα, and he collected his (G. 141, N. 2) Greck force as 
secretly as possible (lit. concealing himself, G. 277, 2, as most he was able), 


ANABASIS 1, 1. 7 


that he might catch the King as unprepared as possible. Cyrus knew that an 
army of Greeks was his only hope for wresting the throne from his brother 
with all the resources of the empire at his command. Cf. i. 7. 3. —‘Eh- 
ληνικήν : a denom. in κός (G. 129, 13 a). ties 

Page 2. — ὅτι ἀπαραισκευότατον : ὅτι or ὡς is very often prefixed in this 
way to the superlative to strengthen it. (Cf. quam maxime.) In these 
constructions there is an ellipsis of some form of δύναμαι. Sometimes in 
the ease of the superlative with ὡς the verb is expressed, as in 111. 4. 48, ὡς 
ἐδύνατο τάχιστα ἐπορεύετο. Ci. with this the simple ὡς τάχιστα ἴῃ 1. 3. 14. 
Cf. also with ὅτι πλείστους, as many as possible, in this section, ὡς ἂν δύ- 
νηται πλείστους in i. 2. 3. — ὅπως λάβοι: purpose (G. 216). — abe, in the 
following manner. — ἐγοιεῖτο: middle (G. 199, 2).— συλλογήν : from συλ- 
λέγω. --- φυλακάς : antecedent attracted (G. 154). Normally τῶν φυλακὼν 
ὁπόσων (6. 153) εἶχε, ». τ΄ λ. The accent shows that φυλακάς is from 
φυλακή, and not from φύλαξ (G. 25, 1). State the difference in meaning 
of the two nouns, and for the suffix of φυλακή, see G. 129, 1.—& ταῖς 
πόλεσι: for the prep. ἐν, see G. 191, 11. 1. --- φρουράρχοις : φρουρός, 
watcher, guard (πρό and dpdw), and ἄρχω (G. 131,1& 3). — AapBave, en- 
list. —@s.. . πόλεσι, on the ground that Tissaphernes was plotting against 
the cities (G. 278, 1). Compare os ἀποκτενῶν in § 3. - καὶ γάρ.. - τὸ 
ἀρχαῖον, and (this was a plausible reason), for the cities of Ionia had origt- 
nally (τὸ ἀρχαῖον, G. 160, 2) belonged to Tissaphernes (G. 169, 1). ἦσαν: 
impf. used with τὸ ἀρχαῖον of a time prior to the main action. ἄρχαιος 
is derived from ἀρχή, beginning (G. 129, 12; cf. 128, 2 Ὁ). ---- ἐκ βασιλέως 
δεδομέναι, having been given (G. 277, 6) him by (ἐκ to express the agent) the 
King. For the prep. ἐκ, see G. 191, 1. 3. --- ἀφειστήκεσαν : the perfect of 
ἴστημι was originally σειστη-Κκα, which with the ε of the plup. (G. 101, 4) 
prefixed would become €-ce-oTn-Ketv. The o was then transposed and be- 
came ἵν and from this form by contraction came εἱστήκειν. The form ἑστή- 
xew also occurs (G. 101, 4, N.). — Mudryrov: case (G. 191, I. 5). Cyrus 
had not been invested by his father with the command of the Greek cities 
of Ionia (Grote, Chap. LXIX.), but these remained, so far as they were sub- 
ject to Persian control, under the charge of Tissaphernes. When, how- 
ever, after the accession of Artaxerxes, trouble arose between Cyrus and 
Tissaphernes, these Greek cities revolted to the former with the single ex- 
ception of Miletus. See i. 9. 8, 9. This was greatly to the advantage of 
Cyrus, as it kept his way open to the sea. See the map. 

7. προαισθόμενος, having become awa~é (or in Eng. more commonly, be- 
coming aware) beforehand. — τὰ αὐτά: distinguish carefully from the fol- 
lowing tatra (G. 79, 2). In the pl., because the Greek looked at the action 
of revolting with reference to its parts; but in Eng., this same thing. = 
βουλενομένους (sc. τινάς) is in indirect discourse (G. 280). — gee i 
in app. to the preceding τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα. --- τοὺς μὲν . . - τοὺς δέ: relic ὁ 
the original demon. meaning of the art. (G. 143, 1). —atrav: vart. gen. 
(ἃ. 168). — ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας 19 subordinated to συλλέξας ὀπολι- 








8 ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


ὄρκει, when he had taken the fugitives under his protection, he collected an 
army and laid siege, etc. ὑπολαβὼν καὶ (mark the conjunction) συλλέξας 
ἐπολιόρκει would mean when he had taken, etc., and had collected, etc., he 
laid siege, οἷο. --- ἐπολιόρκει: continued action. From πόλις and εἴργω, to 
hem in. — καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, both by land and sea. For the 
prep. κατά, see G, 191, IV. 2.— ἐκβάλλω, ἐο eject, banish ; φεύγω, to flee, be 
in banishment ; κατάγω, to lead back, restore from banishment ; ἐκπίπτω, to 
fall out, be banished. — καὶ αὕτη... στράτευμα, and in this again he 
had (G. 184, 4) another pretext for collecting (G. 262, 2) an army. αὕτη in 
agreement with the noun in the pred., since otherwise it'would be τοῦτο. 
8. ἠξίον ... αὐτοῦ: he urged (ἀξιόω, to think ἄξιον, to claim) on the 

ground that he was (G. 277, 2) a brother of his, etc. — δοθῆναι : obj. of 
ἠξίου (G. 260, 1), with πόλεις for its subj.—ot: the indir. reflex. (G. 144, 2). 
Accented because it is emphatic (G. 28, Ν. 1). — ἄρχειν : parallel in const. 
to δοθῆναι, i. 6. he thought it right rather that the cities should be given 
to him than (he thought it right) that Tissaphernes should control them. 
— αὐτῶν: case (G. 171, 3). — συνέπραττεν... . αὐτῷ, co-operated with him 
in this, lit. did this with (σύν) him. Why is ταῦτα in the pl.? See note 
on τὰ αὐτά in § 7. — πρὸς éavrdv: used adj. (G. 141, N. 3). πρός of perso- 
nal relation that is hostile (G. 191, VI. 6,3 2). — ὥστε ἠσθάνετο : ὥστε 
with the ind. after a full stop (G. 237). Cf. ὥστε εἶναι in § 5. — Tio- 
σαφέρνει. .. δαπανᾶν, but thought that he (αὐτόν, i. 6. Cyrus) was incurring 
expense (G. 260, 2) about his forces, because he was at war (G. 277, 2) with 
Tissaphernes (G. 186, N. 1). For the prep. ἀμφί, see G. 191, VI. 1.— ὥστε 
+. πολεμούντων, consequently he was not at all (οὐδέν͵ G. 160, 2) displeased 
at their being at war (G. 278, 1). — καὶ γάρ, and (the more) because, in- 
volving an ellipsis, as always. Cf. § 6. — ἀποπέμπω, to send what is due 
(ἀπό), remit. — ὧν : assimilation in case (G. 153). — ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, had 
previously, as it happened, possessed. Cf. παρὼν ἐτύγχανε in § 2. For the 

tense of ἐτύγχανεν, cf. ἦσαν in § 6. Note throughout this sect. the use of 

the impf. to express continwance. 

9. ἐν Χερρονήσῳ: the Thracian Chersonésus (χέρσος, later χέρρος, dry 
land, as opposed to water, and νῆσος, island; Lat. peninsula). See map. 
--᾿ Αβύδου : case (6. 182, 2). -- τόνδε τὸν τρόπον, in the following (G. 148, 
wn. 1) manner (G. 100, 2), equal to ὧδε in § 6. --- Κλέαρχος : the general 
most trusted by Cyrus. An account is given of him in ii. 6. 1-15. — ἠγά- 
σθη, came to admire (G. 200, x. 5 δ), aor. of ἄγαμαι. --- δίδωσιν : change 
to the historical pres. Cf. ἀναβαίνει, ἀνέβη in § 2 and n.— δαρεικούς : 
the darics mentioned here were gold coins worth about $5.40. See note on 
i. 7. 18.—ypvelov, gold money, more lit. a gold piece, der. from χρυσός 
with the suffix vo- (see G. 129, 8). — dard, by means οἵ. ---- συνέλεξεν, ἐπο- 
λέμει : note the diff. in tense. — τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ rots... οἰκοῦσι : position of 
the attributive adj. phrase (G. 142,2). Cf. ἐν Χερρονήσῳ τῇ, x. τ. A» 
above. The acc. Ἑλλήγποντον with reference to a preceding state of mo- 
tion, as in the phrase εἰς τόπον οἰκῶ, to (go into and) dwell in a place. For 
the prep. ὑπέρ, see G. 191, IV. 3.— els, for, of purpose (G. 191, III 1d). 


ANABASIS 1, I. 9 


— ἑκοῦσαι: to be translated by an adv. (G. 138, N. 7). — τοῦτο... - —_ 
τευμα, and ἴῃ this way again this army was secretly supported (G. 279, ) 
gg 3. —10. ξένος : in the sense often of guest-friend, a citizen of an- 
other state with whom one has a treaty of hospitality, used of both ον 
though commonly, as here, of the guest as contrasted with the host. ᾿ . 
word. often means also simply stranger, and again, as below, hired και υρε 
mercenary. ---- ὑπό: for this ῬΓΘΡ.» here used to express agency, see G. : ; 
VI. 7. -- οἴκοι: used as adj. (G.141,N.3). For its accent, see G. 22, N. os 
ἀντι-στασιωτῶν, opponents, antagonists, στασιώτης from predic be “i 
(t-ora-par), the suffix σι- signifying action (see G. 129, 3). Ont 4 
of the suffix ra-, cf. ὁπλίτας in §2 and note. —alreé... μισθόν, asks hum 
for pay for (es) 2000 mercenaries (and) for three months (G. “Ὁ a Some- 
times rendered, asks him for about (εἰς, cf. note on els, i. 2. 3) 20 Ὁ merce- 
naries, etc., but it seems impossible that Cyrus should have been willing to 
send off 4000 Greeks on so distant an expedition, when his whole — = 
to gather Greek troops about him as rapidly as possible. On t ον οὗ . 
hand, it was an easy matter for him to furnish Aristippus the — τε μι - 
lecting this number. — ds... ἀντιστασιωτῶν, 0” the ground rr byt - 
use of ὡς with ἐπιβουλεύοντος in § 6) in this way he would “Ἐ geht 4 
his opponents. περιγενόμενος ἄν (G. 277, 2) would, if expresse y a es 
mood, be περιγένοιτο ἄν (ἃ. 211). The prot. to this apod. is a pet fs 
οὕτω (G. 226, 1). — μή: with the inf. (G. 283, 3). = qongal sh ᾿ 
his quarrel). —mplv ἂν συμβουλεύσηται : πρίν with the subj. (α. 240, 
γεν Πρόξενον : the particular friend of Xenophon, at Ὁ ἜΠΟΣ 
the latter took part in the expedition. An account is given of him in in Ξ 
16-20. — ὡς βουλόμενος, ὡς παρεχόντων : the first ὡς shows ene ὅδε με- 
vos, K. τ᾿ λ., gives the cause assigned by Cyrus for his command to πῆρε Ἐπ 
the second ὡς shows that παρεχόντων does the same for βουλόμενος, while 
ὡς further on before πολεμήσων shows that this part. gives the puget 
declared by Cyrus for ἐκέλενσεν, κ. τ. λ. The further idea, implied in the 
first and third cases, that the cause and the purpose were not the true 
grounds of his action, is derived from the context and is not map 
implied by this use of ὡς. Neither is there any conditional force πῇ the 
part. with ὡς. Cf. with these three cases of ὡς with the part., the places 
where it occurs in 88 3, 6, and 10. — els, into the country of. — vei 
the Pisidians were a marauding race, occupying the western range 0 
Mt. Taurus. See map. — évous..- TOUTOUS, these (G. 137) also _ μ 
friends (G. 136) of his. — σὺν τοῖς φύγασι, with the aid of the on es. ᾿ “i 
with this the simple dat. Τισσαφέρνει that precedes (G. 186, N. y " : 
the prep. σύν, see G. 191, IT. 2 — As stated in the prefatory so = 
m coming down to the coast as satrap, had used all the means In Ais “0 
to get the good-will of the Lacedaemonians. On the —. ο ἐν 
Peloponnesian War in the spring of 404 B. c., many men wae ἊΝ 
been wholly spent under arms were left without employment. m 





10 ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


the easier now for Cyrus to collect the army that he wished, an army of 
trained veterans that could be thoroughly depended upon in a dangerous 
enterprise. Some of those who accompanied him were, like Xenophon, men 
of a superior grade, disheartened by the political condition of things that 
followed the war, and drawn into this expedition by personal admiration for 
the prince, or personal attachment to some of his officers. 


CHAPTER IL. 


Synopsis: Cyrus, being now ready to set out inland, assembles his troops at 
Sardis, announcing, in order to conceal his real object, his intention of expelling 
the Pisidians from their territory (1-4). The king, informed of the real facts 

“by Tissaphernes, makes ready to meet him. Cyrus sets out from Sardis and 
‘marches through Lydia across the Maeander to Colossae in Phrygia, where he is 
joined by Menon (5, 6). Thence he proceeds to Celaenae, a city which the his- 
torian describes at some length, where he waits a month and is joined by the 
rest of his Greek troops. He reviews and numbers these (7-9). Thence he 
- proceeds northwest through Peltae to Κεραμῶν ἀγορά (11), and then east to 
Καύστρου πεδίον, where Epyaxa, the wife of the king of Cilicia, meets him and 
furnishes him money with which to pay his troops (11, 12). Thence southeast 
to Thymbrium and Tyriaeum, where he reviews his whole army (13-18). 
Thence through Iconium into Lycaonia (19). From here Menon, accompanied 
by Epyaxa, proceeds due south into Cilicia; Cyrus northeast to Dana (20). 
After some delay caused by the king of Cilicia, Cyrus himself crosses the moun- 
“tains and enters Tarsi, which had been abandoned by the king (21-24). Menon 
had reached this city five days before, having lost two companies in the passage 
of the mountains (25). Syennésis the king finally obeys a summons from Cyrus, 
- and they seal their compact of friendship with gifts (26, 27). 


1. ἐπεὶ... ἄνω, but when at length it seemed good (not simply it seemed, 
ef. note on i. 3. 11) to him to proceed (G. 202, with 1) inland. More than 
a year had been spent in preparation. ἄνω, up, inland, from the coast. 
So ἀνα-βαίνω, ἀνά-βασις. -- τὴν piv... βουλόμενος, he gave as his pretext 
indeed (that he was going) because he wished. Note the voice of ἐποιεῖτο 
(G. 199, 2). μέν implies the clause with δέ, which if expressed might be, 
τῇ δ᾽ ἀληθείᾳ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἐπορεύετο. On ὡς βουλόμενος, cf. the note on 
ὡς βουλόμενος in i. 1. 11. --- ἐκβαλεῖν ἐκ : prep. repeated, as often. — 
παντά-πασιν: der.? — ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους, avowedly against these. —d βαρ- 
βαρικόν: sc. στράτευμα. So with τὸ “Ἑλληνικόν. Note the suffix κός 
(G. 129, 18 a), and cf. gerxos, below. — ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἥκειν, 0 come there 
also, i. 6. to Sardis, § 4. — λαβόντι, with (G. 277, 6). ---- ὅσον ... στράτευ- 
μα, whatever troops he had, Cf. ὁπόσας εἶχε φυλακάς in i. 1. 6, with the 

note, and ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα, below, This attraction of the antecedent 
(G. 154) is a common const. in Eng. also. —’Apterimm: Aristippus did 
not come in person, but sent Menon (i. 2. 6, and ii. 6. 28). — συναλλα- 
γέντι: cf. for the meaning καταλῦσαι in i. 1. 10, —~ ἀποπέμψαι : cf. note 
on ἀπέπεμπε in i, 1. 8, — τοῦ ξενικοῦ: sc. στρατεύματος, and for the case 


EE 
ἢ 


᾿ 
ΓΝ 


ANABASIS 1, τι. 11 


sco G. 171, 8. --- λαβόντα : so far removed from Elevlq, with which we should 
expect it to agree (cf. λαβόντι and συναλλαγέντι, above), that it takes the 
case of the (unexpressed ) subject of ἥκειν. See G. 138, n. 8 ὃ (Dat.). — 
πλήν: 50. τοσούτων (G. 191, I. 5) as antecedent to ὁπόσοι (α. 87, 1).— 
ἀκροπόλεις : show how ἀκρό-πολις came to have the meaning of citadel. 

9. ἐκάλεσε: short vowel of the stem retained (G. 109, 1, N. 2b). —éxédevore, 
urged. Note the chiastic arrangement, ἐκάλεσε δὲ τοὺς πολιορκοῦντας καὶ 
τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκέλευσε. --- ὑποσχόμενος... - οἴκαδε, promising (see ὑπισχνέο- 
por) them, if he should successfully accomplish the objects (G. 152) Sor which 
he was taking the field, not to stop until he should restore them to their homes 
(οἴκαδε, G. 61). Verbs of promising (G. 203, N. 2) may take the infinitive 
either in indirect discourse (i. e. the future), or not in indirect discourse 
(G. 202) as here. (The fut. παύσεσθαι here has only the authority of a 
correction in one MS.) The dependent verbs, however, except ἐστρατεύετο, 
are constructed on the principles of indirect discourse (G. 248, 1), and we 
might have had ἐὰν καταπράξῃ and πρὶν ἂν καταγάγῃ, representing ἐὰν 
καταπράξω and πρὶν ἂν καταγάγω of the direct form. On the other hand, 
ἐστρατεύετο, for which, on the principles of indirect discourse, we might 
have had either στρατεύοιτο or στρατεύεται (as representing στρατεύομαι 
of the direct form), is not included in the indirect discourse, but 1s con- 
structed like an ordinary past verb (like those mentioned in G. 248, N. 2); 
for a fuller explanation of this, see Moods and Tenses, ὃ 77,1, N. 2; § 74, 2, 
N. 2; § 70, N. 2.— πρόσθεν πρίν : ef. i 1.10, and Moods and Tenses, ὃ 67, 
N. 4, — ἡδέως : adv. der. from ἡδύς (G. 74, 1). 

Page 4. — αὐτῷ: dat. of indir. obj. (ἃ. 184, 2). — παρῆσαν εἰς, arrived 
at, i. e. came to (els) Sardis and were by (παρ-ἢσαν) it. The army was en- 
camped probably outside the city, so that εἰς means simply ἕο. Sardis was the 
capital of Lydia and at this time the residence of Cyrus as satrap. See map. 

4, ποὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων: cf. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως in i. 1. 5, and the N. — 
els, to the number of, with numerals (G. 191, III. 1, ὃ. This word and 
ἀμφί, about (G.191, VI. 1,3), when used in this sense, are still prepositions 
and take the numeral in the accus. Cf. πελτασταὶ ἀμφὶ τοὺς δισχιλίους, 
about two thousand (acc.) peltasts (nom.) below in § 9, where ἀμφὶ... . δισ- 
χιλίους is an adj. phrase. ὡς and ὅσον, on the other hand, are in this 
sense adverbs and do not affect the case of the numeral that follows. — 
γυμνῆτας : the accent determines the dec. to which the noun belongs, the 
termination -ag being long in the first dec. and short in the third (G. 22, 2). 
The term γυμνής, light-armed soldier (der. from γυμνός, with which ef. the 
use of ψιλοί in iii. 3. 7), as opposed to hoplite, is generic, and comprehends 
the πελταστής, targeteer, τοξότης, bowman, and σφενδονήτης, slinger. — OS, 
about, see note on és, above. — Μεγαρεύς : for the suffix see G. 129, 10. 
- ἣν: in agreement with the nearer subj. (G. 135, N. 1). — τῶν στρατενο- 
μένων : pred. part. gen. (G. 169, 1). 

4. οὗτοι μέν: in contrast with those who joined him later (§ 6 and § 9). 
Sentences in Greek begin in general, contrary to the practice in Eng., with 
a conjunction, The exceptions to this principle in Xen. are mainly such 





12 XENOPHON. 


sentences as begin with demonstratives or adverbs of place ; cf. οὗτοι μὲν 
Ke ὌΝ ἊΝ τούτου τὸ εὖρος, κι T. X., in 8 5, τοῦτον διαβὰς, κ. τ. λ. and 
ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν, K. τ. X., in 8 6, ete. Such sentences are called cases of 
. —— (ἀ-σύν-δετον, δέω, to bind). —atr@: dat. of advantage (G 184 3 
nes ἰσσαφέρνης πορεύεται, x. τ. X.: he declares this himself in ii 3 19 ἡ 
κατα-νοήσας, remarking, secing. — ἡγησάμενος : der. from the same ᾿ t ΒΝ 
ἄγω. It has, like duco in Lat., the two general meanings of to lead 1 to 
think. — εἶναι : quoted inf. (G. 260, 2). — μείζονα ἢ ὡς, too extensi te 7 be, 
lit. greater than as (it would be, if), etc. — ὡς before βασιλέ to, ἃ ed : ly 
with the acc. of a person (G. 191, II]. 2). — βασιλέα: cf. a on Seddon 
Ν pee a oe jet as rapidly as possible, lit. in what way (sc. ὁδῷ, 
: ν Ἶ Ἷ could most quickly. — ἱππέας : a denominative in evs (G. 129, 
Pea ΤΟΝ obj. (6. 171, 2, N. 1). --- οὕς : antec. omitted 
nh? be pe : march began in the spring of 401 8. c. — ἀπό: 
pes " a ᾿ be = ᾿ 16 army was not encamped within the city. — διά, 
oe . 191, ΕΥ̓. ). — σταθμοὺς tpeis, three days’ journey (G. 161). 
pos was properly the halting (ἴσταμαι) place (cf. Lat. sta-bulum) 
and so the day’s jowrney or march that preceded. — παρασά: S$: acc f 
extent of space (G. 161). The parasang was a Persian mines prea a 


cid Gi. 2. 6), or about a league (34 statute miles). — εἴκοσι καὶ δύο: 
no e φανῇ. (G. 77, 2, Ν. 2). This made their rate of travel greater tise 
ordinary; according to vii. 8. 26, the average rate was 54 parasangs per 


day. — Μαίανδρον : position (G. 142, 2, n. 6). Give the Eng. der. See 
ΤΩΔΡ. --- πλέθρα : the plethrum measured about 101 Eng. feet. — ἥξδονα 
ἑπτά, and there was a pontoon-bridye over (it) made of seven boats (G. 188 ». 
6. διαβάς: relatively past (G. 204). Still we render loosely, crossing thes 
etc. — οἰκουμένην, inhabited, many of the cities of Asia being then, as now, 
deserted, ἔρημοι. -- εὐδαίμονα, prosperous. Give its der. -- ἀμέραι: ace. 
of extent of time (G. 161). — Mévev: the general sent by Aristip int rie 
unfavorable account of him is given in ii. 6. 21-29. oe 
=e — -+. hy, there Cyrus had (6. 184, 4) a palace. — βασίλεια : sc. 
με ees ith the pl. used in this way of the separate buildings composing 
e oy cf. aedes in Lat. Distinguish this word from βασίλεια and 
we = (both of the first dec.) respectively.— ἣν : agreeing with the nearer 
subj. (ἃ. 135, 2, and N. 1). — παράδεισος : a Persian word meaning prop- 
erly a@ walled place. What is the Eng. der.?— θηρίων : limiting πλήρης 
(G. 180, 1; 172, 1). — ἀπὸ ἵππου, on horseback, lit. from a horse απο ᾶρ 
in hunting the attack upon the animal hunted proceeds from the ieee. 
Where this relation is not to be expressed, the phrase is ἐφ᾽ ἵππον, as in iii. 
4. 49, ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου ἦγεν, he led them on horseback. — διτότε βούλοιτο: a 
cond. rel. sent. expressing a gen. supposition in past time (G. 233). — διὰ 
ots παραδείσου, and through the middle (ἃ. 142, 4, N. 4) of the park, etc 
— αὐτοῦ: in the pred. pos. (G. 142, 4, Ν. 8 α). --- πηγαί εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασι. 
λείων : the more precise statement would be ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις, but the gen. 


is used with é with reference to the subse i 
eaueeee ae subsequent flowing of the water out 


ANABASIS 1, π. 13 


Page 5.— 8. ἔστι: accent (G. 28, N.1(1), end). — ἐπί, close upon, with 
the dat. and a verb of rest. So ὑπό (next line), under, at the foot of. —Kar 
οὗτος, this also, i.e. the Marsyas as well as the Maeander. — ἐμβάλλει, 
empties, intransitively. - ποδῶν: pred. gen. of measure (G. 169, 3). — hé- 
γεται . . . ἐκδεῖραι, Apollo is said to have frayed, ete., the pers. const. for 
the impers., λέγεται ᾿Απόλλωνα ἐκδεῖραι. The dir. form of the anecdote 
would be ἐνταῦθα ᾿Απόλλων ἐξέδειρε . . . ἐκρέμασε (G. 246, with note). 
Μαρσύαν : Marsyas is said to have challenged Apollo to a musical contest, 
on the terms that the vanquished should be at the mercy of the victor. 
When Apollo gained the day, he punished Marsyas for his insolence by 
hanging him to a tree and flaying him alive. (See Marsyas in a Class. 
Dict.) — ἐρίζοντα (G. 277, 2), in @ contest. — ot as indir. reflexive (G. 144, 
2a) refers to Apollo. — περί : properly around (G. 191, VI. 5). So in a de- 
rived sense here, concerning, Lat. de. — σοφίας, musical skill, lit. wisdom, 
der. from σοφός (6. 129, 7). — δέρμα : note the suff. par-, signifying the 
result of the action (G. 129, 4), and for the stem cf. ἐκ-δεῖραι (Sep-), above. 
δείρω shows the same root that the Eng. word tear does. — ὅθεν, whence, for 
ὅθι or οὗ, where (G. 87, 2). Cf. εἰσὶν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων in §7 and note. — 
διά: with the acc. on account of (G. 191, IV. 1, 2). — Μαρσύας: pred. 
nom. (G. 136). 

9. τῇ μάχῃ, in the well-known (rq) battle (G. 188, 1), that of Salamis, 
480 B. c. For the suffix of μάχη, see G. 129, 1. — λέγεται οἰκοδομῆσαι: 
cf. λέγεται ἐκδεῖραι in § 8 and the ποῖο. --- τοξότας Κρῆτας : the Cretar 
bowmen were celebrated in antiquity. — Lopaiveros: if this is the genera. 
mentioned in § 8, the purpose for which he had been left behind must 
remain in doubt. The numbers given in the preceding sections and the 
sum total given here (at the end of the section) will not tally. — ἐξέτασιν : 
from ἐξ-ετάζω, to examine thoroughly, ἐτάζω, from éreds, real. — ἐγένοντο οἱ 
σύμπαντες, the whole together amounted to. — δπλῖται, πελτασταί : a case 
of part. appos. (ἃ. 137, N. 2). The second of these nouns is used generi- 
cally for /ight-armed troops in general, including the γυμνῆτες (ξ 3) and 
the τοξόται (mentioned in this section). — ἀμφὶ τοὺς δισχιλίους : see note 
on εἰς in ὃ 3. 

10. Up to this time the march has been southeast. Cyrus now turns 
back and marches northwest as far as Κεραμῶν ἀγορά, probably with the 
double object of increasing his supplies and getting on the main high-road 
to the east. —év als: sc. ἡμέραις. --- τὰ Λύκαια ἔθυσε, ce’ebrated the Lycaea 
with sacrifice, a festival in honor of “Ζεὺς Λυκαῖος, so named from Mt. Ly- 
caeus in Arcadia. τὰ «Λύκαια is a cogn. acc. (G. 159). Cf. the phrase 
πέμπειν Βοηδρόμια, to celebrate the Boedromia by a procession. — ἦσαν: in 
agreement with the pred. nom. (G. 185, N. 4). — στλεγγίδες : ἃ sort of tiara, 
made of gold, as here stated, and worn as an ornament for the head. — 
χρυσαῖ: der. from χρυσός (G. 129, 14).— Kepapov : probably the gen. 
of Kepapot, the Ceramians, though this is uncertain. With Kepapav ἀγορά 

ef. the Eng. Newmarket. --- ἐσχάτην πρός, the last bordering on, on the road to. 

11. The rate at which Cyrus marched these three days was very rapid. 





14 XENOPHON. 


His object probably was to meet Epyaxa before his troops became clamor. 
ous for their pay. — Kavorpov πεδίον, the name of a town (lit. plain of 
the Caijster), a compound noun like Κεραμῶν ἀγορά, above. Cf. the Eng. 
names of places, Dartmoor and Springfield. — ὠφείλετο, there was due. — 
πλέον : used indeclinably for πλεόνων. --- θύρας, quarters, just as ἐπὶ ταῖς 
βασιλέως θύραις in i. 9. 3 means αὐ court. — ὃ Bt... διῆγε, but he continu. 
ally put them off with the hope (of getting their pay). — avrdpevos: quoted 
after δῆλος ἣν (ἃ. 280, N. 1). — πρός, in accordance with (G.191, VI. 6, 
1 a). — τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου : the article limits τρόπου (G. 142, 1). — ἔχον- 
ta, when able (G. 138, N. 8 δ). 

Page 6. — ἀπ-ἥτουν, ἀπο-διδόναι: note the force of the preposition. 
But in 8.12 simply δοῦναι, because Cyrus had in fact no claims on Epyaxa. 

12. Syennésis is said to have pursued a double policy and to have en- 
deavored to propitiate both Cyrus and Artaxerxes, determined to keep his 
throne whichever of the two prevailed. The kings of Cilicia were at this 
time tributary to Persia. On the Ionic gen. in Zvewvéovos, see G. 53,1,N.3.— 
τοῦ βασιλέως : note the article. — ἐλέγετο δοῦναι : the pers. const., but be- 
low ἐλέγετο ovyyevio bat Kipov. — οὖν, at any rate, i. e. however he got 
the money, he at any rate certainly had it to pay his troops with. Cf. οὖν, 
below, in 88 22, 25. --- στρατιᾷ: his Greek army. — φύλακας : note tlic 
accent, and cf. the note on φυλακάς in i. 1. 6. 

13. παρά: with the ace. because of the course of the water, after it has 
left the κρήνη, along by the road. Cf. πηγαὶ ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων in § 7 and 
the note. — κρήνη . . . καλουμένη, the so-called (G. 276, 1) spring of Midas, 
lit. the spring called (that) of Midas. — τὸν Σάτυρον : Midas, the prover- 
bially wealthy king of Phrygia, is said to have caught the satyr Silenus (the 
early protector and constant companion of Bacchus) by making the foun- 
tain here mentioned flow with wine, instead of water. Another form of 
the story appears in the account of the ‘‘Gardens of Midas,” placed by 
Herodotus (viii. 158) in Macedonia, in which Silenus is said to have been 
made prisoner by garlands of roses. — οἴνῳ. .. αὐτήν, by mixing wine in 
it, lit. by mixing it with wine (the means, G. 188, 1). 

14. Κύρου: genitive object of δεηθῆναι (G. 172, N. 1). The object inf. 
ἐπιδεῖξαι (G. 260, 1) is in this case the acc. — βουλόμενος : Cyrus was the 
more willing to gratify her, since he saw the advantage of giving Syennesis 
a vivid impression of the strength of his army. — τῶν “EAAfvev καὶ τῶν 
βαρβάρων : the article repeated, because the Greeks and barbarians are not 
viewed as a single army, but as separate forces. 

15. ds... μάχην, as their custom (was) for battle (sc. ταχθῆναι). νό- 
pos, regulation, custom, law, from νέμω, to distribute, portion out. — στῆναι, 
to take their places, not to stand. —tkarrov: sc. στρατηγόν. --- ἐπὶ τεττά- 
ρων, fowr deep. This made the front of the army very extended. — εἶχε: in 
agreement with the nearer subj. (G. 135, N. 1). — τὸ μὲν δεξιόν, x. τ. A.: the 
positions were respectively the right, the left, and the centre, named in the 
order of danger and honor. The right was the most honorable position, be- 
cause a flank attack on this side left the soldier unprotected, the shield 


ANABASIS 1, 11. 15 


being carried on the left arm. — εὐώνυμον : εὖ and ὄνομα, properly of good 
name or omen. Hence left, used euphemistically to avoid the ill-omened 
word ἀριστερός, omens from the left being unlucky with the Greeks. 

16. πρῶτον μέν : correlated by εἶτα δὲ in the next line. For the oye 
parison of πρῶτος, see G. 78, 2. --- κατ᾽ tras... τάξεις, by (G. 191, IV. 2, 
2c) troops and companies, respectively of cavalry and infantry. — τάξις 
(ταγ-σις), properly a drawing up, as of troops, see G. 129, 3. - — 
Ἕλληνας : governed by ἐθεώρει, above. — παρελαύνων : Cyrus rode by the 
Greeks with Epyaxa rather than have them march by him, probably because 
in this way they presented a more solid and imposing front. Eppes pve 
(two-wheeled) ; ἅμαξα, wagon ; ἁρμ-άμαξα, cvsy-carriage (four-wheeled), 
for women and children. — χαλκᾶ: derived from χαλκός (G. 129, 14). — 
ἐκκεκαλυμμένας, wncovered, a circumstantial part. of manner (G. pn 2). 

17. στήσας: first aorist and so transitive; for its relation to ™ μψας, 
see note on ὑπολαβών in i. 1. 7.— πρό, before (G. 191, 1. 4 a). — μέσης : 
cf. μέσον in §7 and note. — προβαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, to present (throw before 
themselves their) arms. — ὅλην τὴν φάλαγγα, the phalanx ina body (G. sti 
4, N. 5). —ot δέ, but they (G. 143, 1, N. 2). — ἐσάλπιγξε: an impers. ver 
(G. 184, N. 1d). —& δὲ... σκηνάς, and they (se. αὐτῶν, 6. 278, 1) after 
this (G.191, 1. 3 ὃ) advancing more and more rapidly with a shout, of their 
own accord the soldiers (G. 184, 4) began to run toward the camp. 

Page ὅ.. — αὐτόματος, acting of one’s own will (αὐτός and μάω, — 
eagerly), Eng. automaton.— ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς: to give the i on . ge 
pression that they intended an “eae pact γῆς —_ = the Greeks, 
is said, ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἦλθον, dispersed to their OLN LET». 
ig a lean pants gen. (G.167,2). With ᾧσβος, sc. ἦν. — καὶ 

τ σε. καί: the first καί connects the statement that precedes with the 
double (re... καί, both ...and) one that follows. — ot ἐκ τῆς ayopas ἔφυ- 
γον, i.e. οἱ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἔφυγον. : Cf. § 3, and ae ae 
λαμπρότητα : from λαμπρός (see α. 129, 7).— τὴν τάξιν τοῦ —— 
τος : position (6. 142, 2, N. 2, end).— ἥσθη: see ἥδομαι. --- τὸν ; * : , 
seeing the terror with which the Greeks inspired the barbarians (G.1 aie ). 

19. ταύτην... Ἕλλησιν, this country he gave over to the Greeks to plun- 
der (G. 265). It is at this point that Cyrus first gets out ΜΝ wii 
satrapy. — πολέμιος : from πόλεμος (G. 129, 12). — ὡς οὖσαν, on the groun 

t it was (G. 277, N. 2). 
ΠΝ cts pri by the shortest road (G. 159, Ν. 5), peculiar use 
of the cogn. ace. (G. 159) to include the road or way over which ogre 
proceeds. --- ἀποπέμπει, συνέπεμψεν : cf. note on ἀναβαίνει, ἀνέβη, i. 1. 2. (αὶ 
στρατιώτας : without the article, as if attracted into the rel. clause, οὕς 
στρατιώτας, K. τ. λ. (6. 164). --- αὐτόν, himself, 1.6. Menon. — μετά: -_ 
erly among (G. 191, VI. 3). Here in company with. -- Δάνα: 8 neut. pl. 
See map for the two routes into Cilicia here mentioned. — ἐν ᾧ : 86. χρόνω, 
and cf. ἐν als in § 10.— φοινικιστήν βασίλειον, a wearer of the roya air 
ple (φοῖνιξ), i.e. ἃ nobleman of the highest rank. — kal songs : 7 
στην, and a certain other powerful man of his subordinates. i, 8. 





16 XENOPHON. 


Ariaeus is called ὕπαρχος (lit. subordinate commander). Give the Eng. 


der. from δυνάστης. --- ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτῷ : his charge was, ἔπιβουλεύουσιν 


ἐμοί (α. 260, 2). 

21. ἡ εἰσβολή : the so-called Πύλαι τῆς Κιλικίας.--- ἁμαξ-ιτός : give the 
der. and cf. G. 131, 1. — ἀμήχανος .. . στρατεύματι, impracticable for an 
army (G. 184, 3) to enter (261, 1). — εἴ τις ἐκώλνεν, if there was anybody to 
oppose (lit. trying to prevent, G. 200, N. 2) them. — εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων: not 
with the intention of real opposition, but to give color to his asserted al- 
legiance to the king. — εἶναι : quoted (G. 246). — διὸ, wherefore, i. 6. διὰ 8. 


--- ὑστεραίᾳ: sc. ἡμέρᾳ. For the case, see G. 189. --- ὅτι λελοιπὼς εἴη, ͵ 
«x. τ᾿ X.: the messenger’s announcement continues to the end of the section. ° 


He said, λέλοιπε, or λελοιιτώς ἐστι (see G. 118, 4), Σνέννεσις, x. τ΄ X., 
Syennesis has left the heights since (ἔπει) he learned, etc., and because (καὶ 
ὅτι) he heard, etc. The clause beginning ὅτι τὸ Μένωνος is quoted after 
ἤσθετο (see on this form G. 247, with N. 2), ἣν occurring where εἴη or ἐστί 
would be more regular (G. 243, N. 2). The order of the last of the sentence 
is, ὅτι ἤκουε (G. 247) Ταμῶν (G. 42, 2) ἔχοντα (G. 280) τριήρεις περιπλεού- 
σας. The τριήρεις περιπλεούσας, being a much more important fact than 
the Tapév ἔχοντα, is put first, and seems to be the clause quoted after ἤκονε, 
but is not. 

22. οὖν, at any rate, i. 6. whatever the reason was that Syennesis left the 
heights. Cf. § 12. — οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος, without hindrance, manner (G. 278, 
1). — τὰς σκηνάς, the camp, antecedent of the relative adverb οὗ, where. 

Page 8. — ἐφύλαττον : cf. ἦσαν in i. 1. 6, ἐτύγχανεν in i. 1. 8. — ἀνέβη, 
κατέβαινεν : mark the change of tense.— émlppvrov: der.? see G. 15, 2.— δέν- 
Spev: with σύμπλεων (G. 180, 1). — σύμπλεων : Attic second dec. (G. 64). 
— πολύ : agreement (G. 138, N. 1 a). — φέρει : not the hist. pres. Cf. note 
on ἀθροίζονται, i. 1. 2. — ὄρος (Mt. Taurus) δ᾽ αὐτὸ (i.e. τὸ πεδίον) περιέχει, 
x. T. X.: see the map. 

23. Ταρσούς, Tarsi or Tarsus, the birthplace of St. Paul. — ἦσαν : ir- 
regular agreement (G. 135, 2). Cf. § 7. — μέσου: neut. of μέσος used as a 
noun, as in the phrase μέσον ἡμέρας, midday. The following gen. is part. 
(6. 167, 6). — ὄνομα, edpos: acc. of specification (G. 160, 1). — πλέθρων : 
limits ποταμός (G. 167, 5), not εὖρος. 

24. of ἐνοικοῦντες : substantively (G. 276, 2). — els, ἐπί : with the acc. 
in each case, because of the subsequent motion implied in ἐξέλιπον, aban- 
doned the city for (and fled into) a stronghold up on the mountains. — πλὴν 
οἱ... ἔχοντες: sc. οὐκ ἐξέλιπον. --- of mapa ... οἰκοῦντες : cf. τοῖς ὑπὲρ 
Ἑλλήσποντον οἰκοῦσι, i. 1. 9 and note. Those that remained did so for 
purposes of trade with the army and fleet respectively. 

25. προτέρα... ἀφίκετο, reached Tursi five days (G. 188, 2) before 
(G. 138, x. 7) Cyrus (G. 175, 1). For the comparison of πρότερος, see 
G. 73, 2. — εἰς τὸ πεδίον : adjectively (G. 142, 1N. & 2). — of pév... οἱ δέ, 
some... others (G. 143, 1). — ἁρπάζοντάς τι κατακοπῆναι, had been cut to 
pieces (G. 260, 2) while committing some act of plunder (G. 159, N. 2). — 
τὸ ἄλλο, the rest of (G. 142, 2, N. 3). — εἶτα, then, taking up the two pre- 


ANABASIS 1, ut. 17 


ceding participles. — οὖν, however that was. Cf. § 22. — ἑκατόν : ordinarily i 
a single λόχος numbered 100 men. ne ᾿ 
96. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι, i. 6. οἵ Menon’s army. Emphatic position, as also be- 
low, Κῦρος δὲ ἐπεὶ, x. τ. A. — τοὺς Ταρσούς : appositive (. 137). — διήρ- 
πασαν: mark the force of the prep. — μετεπέμπετο πρὸς ἑαυτόν, summoned 
repeatedly to himself. Cf. μεταπέμπεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς, 1. 1. 2. ----- δ᾽ οὔτε 
τον οὔτε. . « ἤϑελε, but he both declared that he had never before, etc., and 
was then unwilling, ete. The Greek often says οὐκ ἔφη ἐλθεῖν, where we say 
he sid that he did not go, ob φημι having the sense I deny. ; Here οὔτε ae 
τς ove... ἤθελε, lit. he neither declared (i. 6. he denied) nor wished, 
is perfectly regular, though it cannot be translated literally. In —_ eee 
ἔφη the direct discourse was ἦλθον (G. 246) ; In οὔτε. . . ἤθελε there is no 
indirect. discourse. — οὐδενί (G. 283, 9): the dat. follows els χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν 
((. 186, N. 1), which implies wnion or approach, and commonly means to 
come to a conflict with some one, and here properly to come into close rela- 
tivns with (or into the hands of) some one. See Lidd. and Scott, s. ν. χείρ, 
Il. d. —tévan: sc. εἰς χεῖρας. --- πρὶν ἔπεισε, ἔλαβε (G. 240, 1). Note the 
change of subject in ἔλαβε. 
a ee ρὶ "... παρὰ βασιλεῖ, at court, i. 6. at the great 
King’s, the article being omitted. — χρυσο-χάλινον, with gold-studded bridle 
λινός). -- ἀκινάκην, « short sword. 
ἘΝ aaa : one of the obj. of ἔδωκε supplied above (G. 260, 
1). So ἀπολαμβάνειν in the next line. — τὰ St... ἀπολαμβάνειν, ae (the 
privilege of) taking back the slaves that had been seized, if they (i. 6. Syen- 
nesis and the Cilicians) should fall in with them (). 6. the slaves) anywhere 
(G. 223). The apodosis is the inf. (fut. in time) ἀπολαμβάνειν. In place of 
ἤν που ἐντυγχάνωσιν we might have had εἴ που ἐντυγχάνοιεν (G. 248, 1). 


CHAPTER III. 


Synopsis: A delay of 20 days at Tarsi is caused by the Greek soldiers, who 
now suspect that they are being led against Artaxerxes and refuse to go farther. 
Clearchus, who attempts to force his own troops forward, narrowly escapes being 
stoned to death. Afterwards, seeming to yield to their wishes, he calls them to- 


v 


gether and after shedding many hypocritical tears (1-3) details the benefits he 


has received at the hands of Cyrus, but nevertheless declares his intention to 
desert him and accompany them wherever they may go (4-6). _More than ΜῈΝ 
men desert Xenias and Pasion, and encamp with Clearchus (7). Cyrus sent 3 
for Clearchus, who refuses to go but returns an encouraging message (8). οὐ 
archus again assembles his soldiers, and in a cunningly constructed = — 
points out to them the difficulties which lie in the way of their withdrawa ag 
Jyrus (9-12). He is followed by several others (13), one of whom pl sess να 
plan at some length which another immediately proves to be πολεσήσανῃς τς mei 
ing at the secret suggestion of Clearchus. They finally agree to sen¢ τ a 
and ask his designs (14-19). Cyrus answers that he wishes to — aga . 
Abrocdmas, and promises them half again as much pay as before, whereupo 
they agree to sollow him (20, 21). . 





18 XENOPHON. 


1. οὐκ ἔφασαν ἱέναι, refused to go, said they would not go. Cf. i. 2. 26, 
and note, and μισθωθῆναι δὲ οὐκ ἔφασαν, below. — τοῦ πρόσω, forward, a 
prose use of the gen. of place (ἃ. 179, 2), like the adverbs in ov, as ποῦ, 
where, ὁμοῦ, in the same place, together, ete. — ὑπώπτευον : cf. i. 1. 1. — 
ἐπὶ τούτῳ, for this (G. 191, VI. 2, 2 a). — πρῶτος : he was the first to do 
it; πρῶτον would mean, he did this first, and something else afterwards. 
πρῶτον μέν, on the other hand (correl. to εἶτα δέ below in § 2), means in the 
first place. Cf. i. ἃ. 16. — ἐβιάζετο : attempted action (ἃ. 200, N. 2). But 
below the aor. ἤρξατο, (actually) began to move forward. Clearchus is said 
in ii. 6.8 to have been a man of stern will. — ἔβαλλον, stoned, sc. τοῖς λίθοις 
(G. 188, 1), as appears from καταπετρωθῆναι in § 2. 

2. μικρόν, by a little, narrowly (G. 160, 2). — ph: added to the inf. to 
strengthen the neg. idea contained in ἐξέφυγε (G. 283, 6). — καταπετρωθῆ- 
vat, being stoned to death (κατά). --- ἔγνω, had come to know (cf. note on ére- 
λεύτησε, i. 1. 3), and so perceived. — ὅτι δυνήσεται : quoted (G. 243 ; 280, 
N. 3). — ἐκ-κλησία (καλέω): the Eng. der.?— ἐδάκρυε. . . ἑστώς, stood 
(G. 124, 1) and wept a long time (G. 161). — τοιάδε: with ref. to what fol- 
lows (G. 148, N. 1). 

3. ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, fe/low-so’dicrs, ἄνδρες prefixed as a term of respect, 
as in the phrase of the courts, ἄνδρες δικασταί. Clearchus deals with the 
difficulty with great skill. — μὴ θαυμάζετε : pres. imperative in prohibition 
(G. 254). — χαλεπῶς . . . πράγμασιν, am greatly distressed (φέρω intrans. ) 
on account of the present troubles (G. 188,1). πρᾶγ-μα is properly the thing 
done (ἃ. 129, 4). — ξένος : cf. note on ξένος in i. 1. 10. — ἐγένετο, be- 
came, not was, cf. i. 1. 9. ---τά te... καί, both honored in other ways 
(G. 160, 1) and in particular, etc. — ots... οὐκ... ἐδαπάνων, which I 
did not, when I had received them, lay wp for myself (used reflexively) for 
private use (or, more freely, did not devote to my own personal use), and (lit. 
but) did not even squander in pleasure (κατά, ἡδύς, πάσχω), but expended 
(impf.) on you. 

4. ὑπέρ, for, in behalf of (G. 191, IV. 3, 1 b). — ἐτιμωρούμην (sc. av- 
τούς), took vengeance upon or punished (them). τιμωρεῖν = to avenge, Tipw- 
ρεῖσθαι (mid.) = to avenge one’s self upon (some one). — ἀφαιρεῖσθαι : double 
obj. (G. 164, with N. 2). — wa... ἐκείνου, that, in case he should have (we 
might have had ἐάν τι δέηται, G. 248, n.; Moods and Tenses, ἃ 55, 2) any 
(G. 172, ν. 1) need (of me), I might aid (G. 216, 1) him in return for the 
benefits I[ had received from him, i. 6. ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν (G. 153, with Ν. 1) εὖ 
ἔπαθον (G. 165, N. 17) ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου. 

5. ὑμεῖς : emphatic (G. 144, 1). So ἐγώ, below. Cf. also the beginning 
of § 6. — ἀνάγκη : 56. ἐστί. --- φιλίᾳ: an instrumental dat. (G. 188, 1, N. 2). 
— εἰ, whether (G. 282, 4). — δίκαια : der. from δίκη (G. 129, 12). — οὖν: 
ef. note on οὖν, i. 2. 12. — 6 τι ἂν δέῃ (sc. πάσχειν) : a cond. rel. sent. 
(G. 232, 3). — οὕποτε οὐδείς : emphatic negation (G. 283, 9). — ὡς εἱλόμην : 
quoted without change of mood (G. 243). Give the form of the verb in dir. 
disc. — ἀγαγών, προδούς : for the relation of the two participles, see the 
note on ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς. φεύγοντας in i. 1. 7, and cf. στήσας . . . πέμψας 
. - » ἐκέλευσε in i. 2. 17. 


ANABASIS 1, III. 19 


Page 10. — 6. ἐμοί : dat. of indir. obj. (G. 184, 2). --- ὅ τι... πείσο- 
par: for the use of the moods, ef. § 5, above. — Kal... Kal... cat, equally 
., and... and, — σὺν ὑμῖν, i. 6. if I should remain with you, is the prot. 
(G. 226, 1) to the following ἂν εἶναι, which stands by quot. (ἃ. 246) for ἂν 
εἴην. In the alternative sentence that follows, the prot. to ἂν εἶναι lies in 
ἔρημος ὦν, = εἰ... εἴην (α. 226, 1; 277, 4). The cond. rel. clause ὅπου 
ἂν ὦ, ubicunque ero, presents the supposed future case more vividly than 
the more regular &rov εἴην would have done, — wherever I may be, for 
wherever I might be. See Moods and Tenses, § 63, 4, (a). The opt. with ἄν, 
it should be remembered, is sometimes merely a softened expression for the 
fut. indic. (G. 226, 2, N. 1). — τίμιος : der. from the same stem with τιμή 
(G. 129, 12), — ὑμῶν : gen. after an adj. of want (G. 180, 1). — οὐκ ἂν 
ἱκανὸς εἶναι (= οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς εἴην) : ἄν (still belonging to εἶναι) is repeated 
after οὔτε before each of the dependent infinitives (G. 212, 2). — ὠφελῆσαι, 
ἀλέξασθαι : infinitives limiting ἱκανός (G. 261, 1). — ὡς wee ἔχετε, be of 
this opinion, therefore, that I shall go, etc.; or more lit., to show the force 
of the causal gen. abs. with ὡς (ἃ. 278, 12, end), since, therefore, 1 shall 
(as I say, ὧφ) go, etc., be of this mind. — ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς : sc. tyre (Moods 
and Tenses, ὃ 42, 3, N. 27). 

7. ταῦτα: with reference to what precedes (6. 148, nN. 1). — οἵ τε, the 
art. receiving the accent from the following enclitic. — ὅτι ove πορεύεσθαι : 
explanatory of ταῦτα (G. 243). The direct discourse of od φαίη πορεύεσθαι 
would be οὔ φημι πορεύεσθαι, I deny that I am going (see note on i. 2. 26). 
- πλείους for πλείονες (G. 72, 2, N. 1). -ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο : der. — 
στρατόπεδον (G. 181, 1). — Note that παρά occurs in this section wit 
each of the three cases (G. 191, N. 1). i 

8. τούτοις: dat. of cause (G. 188, 1). --- στρατιωτῶν : gen. with adverb 
(G. 182, 2, end). — αὐτῷ : indir. obj. (G. 184, 1). = ἔλεγε θαρρεῖν, bade “ 
not to be discowraged (G. 260, 1): λέγω in this use is equivalent to κελεύω; 
so εἶπον when used with the inf. (α. 260, 2, N. 1). — ὧδ ....ὁ δέον, since this 
matter would be settled (G. 278, 17) in the right way (G. 139); ὧς (. 277, 
N. 2) shows that the participial sentence gives the ground on which me 
archus bade Cyrus to be encouraged. — μεταπέμπεσθαι » to continue to se 
for (him). —abrds... ἱέναι, but for himself (modifies subj. of ἱέναι, G. 13 : 
N. 8) he said he should not go. αὐτός marks the opposition of the two per- 
sons, the thought being: “‘ You continue to send for me, but still [’d/ not 
go.” | oes 
9. ἃ δέ ταῦτα, after this (G. 191, VI. 3, 3 δ). --- θ΄, 1. 6. τε (G. 17, 1). 
τῶν. ae, “ee one of the rest (G. 168) that wished (. “oe 2). — 
τὰ Κύρου: πράγματα omitted (ἃ. 141, N. 4). — δῆλον: sc. ἐστί. --- οὕτως 
«ον ἐκεῖνον, i. 6. his relations to us are in just (περ in ὥσπερ) the ΠΝ — 
tion as ours to him. —étel ye, since at any rate. — hptv : with the fo oe 
ing noun (G. 185). — μισθο-δότης: compound noun expressing the agen 

G. 1 : 2 δ). 
. πλῳμολλλαρηεῖοιν ᾿ sinister sense: ‘f Though our relations are at an = 
he may, however, not be done with us.” — καὶ μεταπεμπομένου αὐτοῦ, thoug 


er re ΕΙΣ 
6α::..5 υδέξι - Ὁ 


"IPE ae 


ΣΡ ITO SN ἘΝ 


se 





20 XENOPHON. 


he continues to send, etc. (G. 277, N. 1b).— τὸ μὲν μέγιστον, chiefly (G. 160, 
2): the correl. follows in ἔπειτα καί. --- αἰσχυνόμενος, from shame. — ἐψευ- 
σμένος : quoted after σύνοιδα (G. 280, N. 2). --- μὴ... ἔπιθῇ : obj. clause 
(G. 218). — δίκην av... ἠδικῆσθαι, punishment for those things (sc. τούτων 
limiting δίκην, G. 153, N. 1) in which (ὧν for &, cognate ace., G. 159, Ν. 2) 
he thinks he has been wronged (G. 260, 2) by me, —i. e. punishment for the 
wrongs he thinks he has suffered from me. 

11. épol... καθεύδειν, the time, therefore, does not seem to me to be (one) 
for sleeping (G. 261, 1). δοκέω in the sense simply of to seem takes the inf. 
in indir. dise. (G. 246). In the sense of to seem good or best, as in the phrase 
δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, below, the accompanying inf. is not in indir. disc. In either 
case it is the subj. (not obj.) of δοκέω. Cf. the uses of videor in Lat. — 
ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ourselves (G. 80; 171, 2). — ὅ τι χρή: an indir. question 
(G. 149, 22). — ἐκ τούτων, next (G. 191, I. 8 δ), expressing time (sequence) 
with an implied idea of consequence, in consideration of, in consequence of, 
the present circumstances. — ἕως μένομεν αὐτοῦ, as long as, while, we are 
staying here (αὐτοῦ, adv.). ἕως with the pres. ind. never can mean until. 
-- σκεπτέον εἶναι: in the dir. form (G. 246) σκεπτέον ἐστί (G. 281, 2). — 
ἀσφαλέστατα: superlative adv. (G. 75). — ὅπως μένωμεν : an obj. clause 
after a verb of caring for with the subj. (G. 217, N. 1). But in the alterna- 
tive sentence we have the reg. constr. (G. 217), ὅπως ἄπιμεν (G. 200, N. ὃ ὁ), 
ὅπως ἕξομεν. Many editions have μενοῦμεν for μένωμεν by conjecture. 

Page LB. - ἄνευ, without (G. 191,1. 5). --- οὔτε. . . οὐδέν, neither gen- 
eral (ἃ. 167, 1) nor private is of any use. 

12. ὃ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ... φίλος ἡ, but the man (i. 6. Cyrus) is a valuable (lit. 
worth much, G. 178, N.) friend, to whomsoever he is a friend (G. 233). — 
ἐχθρός, πολέμιος, i. 6. whomsoever he is at war with (ἐν πολέμῳ), he comes 
to hate as a personal enemy, so earnest is he. — vavruxhv: from ναύτης, ὦ 
sailor, and that from vats. Note the suff. in each case, ικός, THs. — ὁμοίως: 
with πάντες, which we all alike. — δοκοῦμέν μοι καθῆσθαι: cf. δοκεῖ in 
8. 11, and the note. — αὐτοῦ : construe with πόρρω, at a distance from him 
(6. 182, 2). — ὥρα (se. éorl): cf. § 11, above. 

13. ἐκ τούτον, after this, upon this. — ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου : cf. ἀπὸ τοῦ 
αὐτομάτου, i. 2. 17. --- λέξοντες, to say (G. 277, 3); in the next line émde- 
κνύντες, showing (G. 277, 3 and 6; Moods and Tenses, ὃ 109, 5, last ex.). — 
ἐκείνου, i. 6. Clearchus. — εἴη : indir. question (G. 243). — ἀπορία : give its 
derivation. — μένειν, ἀπιέναι : with ἀπορία (G. 261, 1). 

14. εἷς δὲ δὴ εἶπε, but one in particular proposed. Both this man and 
the one who answered him in § 16 doubtless spoke at the instigation of 
Clearchus. — ἑλέσθαι : with εἶπε, with which in the sense of propose or 
command the inf. is not in indirect disc. (Moods and Tenses, ὃ 15, 2, N. 3). 
Cf. 8 8. The six following infinitives, beginning with ἀγοράζεσθαι, have the 
same construction with ἑλέσθαι. The conditional sentences dependent on 
these inf., εἰ μὴ βούλεται and ἐὰν διδῷ (bis), — being dependent clauses in 
indirect discourse, — might have been each in the opt. (G. 248, 1), although 
εἰ βούλοιτο would have been ambiguous. So ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι might have 


ANABASIS 1, 111. 21 


been opt., like ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν, above (G. 248, N.). — ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ... oTpa- 
τεύματι : thrown in parenthetically by the historian to show the absurdity 
of the proposition. — αἰτεῖν : with two aces. (G. 164). — πλοῖα : transport- 
vessels, boats. — ἐὰν μὴ διδῷ: the verb of the apod. is αἰτεῖν, which after 
εἶπε, proposed, is fut. in force. See G. 223. — φιλίας (sc. οὔσης) : pred. 
adj. (G. 188. Rem.). — ὅστις ἀπάξει: purpose (ἃ. 236). — μηδέ, not even 
(G. 283, 2). — συντάττεσθαι, ἀγοράζεσθαι, συσκευάζεσθαι : the three uses 
of the mid. voice (G. 199, 1, 2, 3). — τὴν ταχίστην : adv. acc. (ἃ. 160, 2). 
— προκαταληψομένους : sc. ἄνδρας. The part. expresses purpose (G. 277, 
3). — τὰ ἄκρα, i.e. of Mt. Taurus, the pass by which they had entered 
Cilicia. — ὅπως φθάσωσι : purpose (G. 216). Note the three ways in which 
purpose has been expressed in this section. — Smeg... καταλαβόντες, might 
not seize them first (G. 279, 4). — ὧν (the antec. is οἱ Κίλικες) is a part. gen. 
with πολλούς, but a poss. gen. with χρήματα (G. 167, 1 and 6). — πολλοὺς 
kal πολλὰ χρήματα, many men (as captives) and much property. — ἔχομεν 
ἀνηρπακότες = ἀνηρπάκαμεν καὶ ἔχομεν : notice the sudden change to direct 
discourse. — τοσοῦτον, so much only (as follows). This refusal to take the 
lead would embarrass them still more. 

15. ὡς piv... λεγέτω, let no one speak of me as likely to be general on 
this occasion ; the part. with ὡς after λεγέτω on the analogy of the constr. 
explained in G. 280. See also Moods and Tenses, ὃ 113, ¥. 10, (c). — 
στρατηγίαν : cogn. acc. (G. 159). — μηδείς : prohibition (G. 254). — ἐν-ορῶ, 
see in the undertaking. — ποιητέον : sc. ἐστί (G. 281). Since τοῦτο is in 
the neut. sing. the construction may be regarded either pers. or impers. at 
pleasure. — ὡς πείσομαι : sc. οὕτω λέγετε from the preceding μηδεὶς λεγέτω. 
- ὃν ἂν ἕλησθε (6. 232, 3), quemcunque elegeritis. We might have had 
ᾧ ἂν (G. 153), for which there is slight MS. authority. — qj δυνατὸν μά- 
λιστα, to the best of my ability ; μάλιστα belonging to πείσομαι, and ἡ, as 
(G. 87, 2), to ἐστί understood with δυνατόν. Cf. ὡς μάλιστα, ὡς τάχιστα, 
and note on ὅτι ἀπαρασκευότατον, i. 1. 6. --- ἵνα εἰδῆτε : purpose (α. 216). 
- ὅτι καὶ... ἀνθρώπων, that I know how also to submit to authority as well 
as any other man that lives ; μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων, in the highest degree (best 
of all men, G. 168), belongs to ἐπίσταμαι, and is really superfluous to the 
sense after ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος, (as well) as any other man whatsoever (καί 
being emphatic). For the latter, εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος is more common (see 
i. 4. 15). 

16. εὐήθειαν : from εὐήθης, simple-minded, from εὖ and ἦθος. Note the 
suffix (G. 129, 7). — ὥσπερ... . ποιουμένου, just as (we might ask for 
them, G. 277, N. 8), if Cyrus should make his eapedition back again, i. 6. 
should give up his plans and return home, so as not to need the boats 
longer. Κύρου ποιουμένου = εἰ Κῦρος ποιοῖτο. --- ὡς εὔηθες εἴη, that a 
was silly (G. 243), corresponding to τὴν εὐήθειαν in the clause with μέν. 
In the dependent clause ᾧ λυμαινόμεθα there is a change to direct discourse 
(otherwise we should have λυμαίνονται or Avpalvowro, G. 247), which con- 
tinues to the close of the speech in § 19. — παρὰ τούτου : in the place of 
the simple τοῦτον. (Cf. the const. with αἰτεῖν in § 14). — @: dat. of dis- 





22 ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


advantage (G. 184, 3). — πρᾶξις, i. 6. πραγ-σις (G. 129, 8), i. 6. plan of 
operations. 

Page 82. - εἰ πιστεύσομεν (G. 221, N.), if we propose to trust; not 
equivalent to ἐὰν πιστεύσωμεν, if we shall trust. —tl kodve... προκατα- 
λαμβάνειν (ironical): the order is τί κωλύει (sc. ἡμᾶς) καὶ κελεύειν K. προκ. 
τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν; The meaning is, that if they propose to trust Cyrus's guide, 
they might as well show still greater confidence in Cyrus himself, and tell 
him to secure the heights for them ! 

17. ἐγώ: emphatic. — γάρ : the sect. states the grounds for the distrust 
οἵ Cyrus which the speaker would entertain under the conditions supposed. 
— ἃ Soin: cond. rel. clause (G. 232, 4); so also @ (G. 153) δοίη, following. 
— μὴ καταδύσῃ : obj. clause after a verb of fearing (G. 218); so μὴ ἀγάγῃ, 
following. — αὐταῖς ταῖς τριήρεσι, triremes and all (G. 188, 5). The tri- 
reme (τρεῖς, dpw ; Lat. tri-remis) was a war-vessel with three banks of 
oars. It is hardly possible that the πλοῖα, transports for troops, here 
mentioned, can be soberly called ériremes; it is probable that avrais 
ταῖς τριήρεσι is added to καταδύσῃ to heighten the absurdity, — “‘ fleet 
and all,” as we sometimes say “‘ horse, foot, and dragoons” or ‘‘ bag and 
baggage.” There is, however, some MS. authority for omitting αὐταῖς, 
in which case ταῖς τριήρεσι will mean by his own triremes. — φοβοίμην : 
a stronger word than ὀκνέω, used to indicate a climax of feeling. — ὅθεν, 
i. 6. ἐκεῖσε ὅθεν, to the place from which. — οὐχ οἷόν τε ἔσται, it will not be 
possible (G. 151, N. 4). The antecedent of ὅθεν is obviously definite (note 
the neg., G. 230). If he had wished to speak less vividly he would have 
said, ὅθεν οὐκ ἂν οἷόν τε εἴη. --- ἀπιών = εἰ ἀπίοιμι (G. 277, 4). — ἄκοντος 
Κύρου, sc. ὄντος : the adjs. ἑκών and ἄκων are often used in this way with- 
out ὧν, as if themselves participles. — λαθεῖν .. . ἀπελθών, fo get off withoui 
his knowing it (G. 279, 4). 

18. ἄνδρας: subj. of ἐρωτᾶν. The whole sentence from ἄνδρας to the 
end of § 19 (except the parenth. οὕτω . . . ἀπίοιμεν) is the subj. of Soxet.— 
οἵτινες, such as are (sc. εἰσί). ---τί... χρῆσθαι, what (G. 149, 2?) use he 
wishes to make of us (G. 188, 1, N. 2, entire). The Same use of the cases 
in οἵᾳπερ (for οἵανπερ by assimilation, G. 153)... τοῖς ξένοις. --- πρόσθεν: 
for the time referred to, οἷ. i. 1. 2. 

19. τῆς πρόσθεν, than the former one, sc. πράξεως (G. 175, 1). — tav 
φαίνηται, ἀξιοῦν : note the not infrequent use of the inf. in a future sense 
as the apod. of this class of cond. sentence (G. 223). A case just precedes 
in § 18 in ἐὰν ἢ, ἕπεσθαι, and another follows in ὅ τι δ᾽ ἂν λέγῃ ἀναγγεῖλαι 
(G. 232, 3). — ἀξιοῦν, demand, i. 6. the deputies (ἄνδρας) mentioned in 
§ 18. ἀναγγεῖλαι has the same subj.; but βουλεύεσθαι has ἡμᾶς expressed. 
-- πείσαντα: e.g. by means of greater pay. Cf. § 21. --- πρὸς φιλίαν, in 
friendship. — ἑπόμενοι, ἀπιόντες : these might be respectively εἰ ἑποίμεθα, 
εἰ ἀπίοιμεν (G. 277, 4). --- φίλοι, πρόθυμοι : pred. adjs. Give the der. of 
πρό-θυμος. — πρὸς ταῦτα, with respect to this (G. 191, VI. 6,3 c). 

20. ἔδοξε ταῦτα, this was approved. The ordinary beginning of an Athe- 
nian decree was ταῦτα ἔδοξε τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ, i. 6. be it enacted by the 


ANABASIS 1, IV. 93 


Senate and the People. — ἠρώτων τὰ δόξαντα, made the inquiries agreed wpon 
(i. e. ἃ ἔδοξεν). For the dat. with δοκέω in this sense (¢o seem good or best), 
see G. 184, 2. --- ὅτι ἀκούει : he said ἀκούω, 7 have heard, ete. The Greek, 
like other languages, often uses the pres. of such verbs as J hear, I learn, 
I say, even when their action is strictly finished (Moods and Tenses, § 10, 
1, N. 5). — ἐχθρὸν ἄνδρα : note the difference between ἐχθρός and todépros 
(see note on § 12, above). — εἶναι, was, as a matter of hearsay, while ὄντα 
would have implied more responsibility for the fact on the part of the 
speaker (G. 280, with N. 3). — ἀπέχοντα... «'σταθμούς, twelve stages off or 
distant (ἀπέχοντα with ᾿Αβροκόμαν, G. 276, 1). — πρὸς τοῦτον, to him, 
with an implied sense of agauvst, which would be expressed properly by 
ἐπί. --- χρήζειν ἐπιθεῖναι : give the dir. form. — ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖ, κ΄ τ΄ λ.: the quot. 
here becomes direct. It should be noted with what remarkable ease the 
Greek, contrary to the Eng. idiom, allows this transition from the indirect 
to the direct form. Cf. § 16. 

21. aiperot: verbal from αἱρέω (G. 117, 8). — τοῦς δὲ . . . ἦν, but they 
had, ete. (G. 143, 1, N. 25 184, 4). — ὑπ-οψία : the suff. expresses action 
(cf. G. 129, 3). — ὅτι ἄγει : quoted without change of mood after rots δὲ 
ὑποψία ἣν = ὑπώπτευον δέ. But below, after ἤκουσεν, with change of 
mood, ὅτι ἄγοι (G. 243). — πρὸς βασιλέα : as πρὸς τοῦτον in 8 20. — ἐδόκει : 
why ἐδόκει here, but ἔδοξε (aor.) in ὃ 20 ? — προσαιτοῦσι μισθόν, ask ad- 
ditional (πρός) pay. — ἡμι-όλιον : der. ?— δώσειν : note the tense (G. 203, 
N. 2). — οὗ, ie. τούτου οὗ, than that which, οὗ for ὅ by attraction : cf. ᾧ 
in 8 17 and οἵᾳπερ in § 18. The gen. goes with ἡμιόλιον, which has the 
force of a comparative, @ half more (G. 175, 1, 3. 1 ϑαρεικοῦ: see note 
on i. 7. 18. — τοῦ μηνός, each month (G. 179, 1). — ἐν τῷ φανερῷ = φανε- 
ρῶς (G. 139, 2). This implies that there was ἃ secret understanding of the 
real facts on the part of some. The soldiers accuse the generals of this in 
i. 4. 12. — By the expedient here described Cyrus led the Greeks nineteen 
stages farther inland (in place of the twelve proposed in § 20) before an- 


nouncing publicly his real purpose. 


CHAPTER IV. 


Synopsis: Cyrus proceeds to the river Psarus, thence to the river Pyramus, 
and finally reaches Issi upon the sea-coast, the last city In Cilicia (1). Here he 
remains three days, during which time his fleet arrives. He is also joined by 
the Greek mercenaries who desert from Abrocimas (2, 3). Hence he proceeds 
to the Gates of Cilicia and Syria. Abrocomas does not attempt to bar his pas- 
sage, but retreats towards Babylon (4, 5). Cyrus advances through Syria, and 


It is rumored that he will 


is deserted at Myriandrus by Xenias and Pasion. 
gether, he announces that 


pursue them (6, 7); but calling his Greek generals to: 
he shall not do so. This decision pleases the Greeks, and they accompany him 


with greater alacrity (8, 9). He crosses the Psarus and reaches the sources of 
the Dardas, where he burns the palace of the Syrian governor (9, 10). At Thap- 
sicus on the Euphrates he announces the real object of his expedition (11). 


ay 


= -“΄ ~mowse --“- 

ζῶ ον AROS 
οὐκ ἐν Sete shad 

= δι ἃ. κὧὦ pa 

f “τὰν » i 





24 XENOPHON. 


The troops refuse to go on without extra pay (12), which Cyrus agrees to give 
them. Menon, in the mean time, urges his troops to cross the Euphrates before 
the others decide, and so win the favor of Cyrus by seeming most forward in his 
service (13-15). ‘They comply, and Cyrus expresses his satisfaction (16). He 
then crosses the Euphrates with the rest of his troops, and proceeds to the 
Araxes, where he remains three days (17 - 19). 


Page 13.—1. It is now the last of spring, and the army has been on 
the march four months. The distance from Sardis thus far travelled is 
222 parasangs. Review on the map the route travelled up to Tarsi. — στά- 
διον : the common Greek standard of length, equal to 606 Eng. feet, some- 
what less than a furlong. This was the length of the στάδιον, or course for 
foot-races, at Olympia, which measured exactly 600 Greek feet. The noun 
is heterogencous (G. 60, 2): cf. στάδιοι in § 4. — ἐσχάτην : without the 
art., where we should use it. Of. 1. 2. 10. —éml... οἰκουμένην, situated 
(lit. being inhabited) close upon the sea. 

2. Κύρῳ: for the case cf. αὐτῷ in i. 2. 4, and note. The fleet is the one 
already mentioned in i. 2. 21. — ἐπ᾿ αὐταῖς, over them, but below in ὃ 3 
ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν (ἐπί with the gen.), on board the ships. —vat-apxos, admiral 
(for vav- see G. 131, 1, Ν.). --- ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐταῖς, conducted them (G. 171, 3, 
N).— ἑτέρας, besides. So often ἄλλος. --- ἐπολιόρκει, had been besieging ; so 
συνεπολέμει: the subj. of both of these verbs is a pronoun referring to 
Tamos. Cf. for the tense ἐτύγχανεν, i. 1. 8. — ὅτε ἦν, since tt had been (G. 
250). —atrév, i. 6. Tissaphernes. 

8. μετάπεμπτος, sent for (G. 117, 3), equal to μεταπεμφθείς, and so fol- 
lowed by ὑπὸ Κύρου (G. 197, 1). Chirisophus was sent with these troops 
from Sparta in return for the aid rendered the Lacedaemonians by Cyrus 
during the Peloponnesian War. He became in the retreat senior comman- 
der. — dv... Κύρου, the command of whom he (now) held under Cyrus. — 
ὥρμουν, lay at anchor, from ὅρμος, a roadstcad. The quarters of Cyrus, it 
would appear, were pitched close upon the sea. — of παρ᾽ ᾿Αβροκόμα : cf. 
τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως in i. 1. 5, and note. For the gen. ᾿Αβροκόμα, see 
G.39, 8. This Doric gen. in Attic is found chiefly in foreign proper names. 
— μισθο-φόροι : give its der. (ἃ. 131, 1). 

4. πύλας: the article omitted, the noun being used almost as a proper 
name. The pass itself is here meant. —4oav δὲ ταῦτα͵ and these (gates) 
consisted of : ταῦτα for αὖται because of τείχη, and ἦσαν for ἦν (G. 135, 2) 
because the two walls were in the writer’s mind. — 1d... τὸ πρὸ τῆς Κι- 
λικίας : position of the attrib. phrase (G. 142, 2). After ἔσωθεν, sc. τεῖχος. 

εἶχε: not, of course, in person. — διὰ μέσον τούτων : cf. διὰ μέσου τῆς 
πόλεως, i. 2. 23, and note. — ἅπαν τὸ μέσον, the entire distance between. — 
τειχῶν : poss. gen. (G. 167, 1). — ἦσαν agrees with στάδιοι (G. 135, N. 4). 
— καθήκοντα: to be connected with ἦν, ἣν καθήκοντα being equivalent to 
καθῆκε. --- ὕπερθεν, i. 6. overhanging the pass. — ἐφειστήκεσαν πύλαι, gates 
had been set in each wall. Here πύλαι has its proper meaning of gates, 
large and double like those in a city wall. 


᾿ γέ) know, — ἀποδεδράκασιν, ἀποπεφεύγασιν : eans 
stealth, like a runaway slave ; the second, to escape by rapid flight, 80 as 


ANABASIS 1, IV. 25 


5. ἕνεκα, on account of (G. 191, I. 5). Commonly placed after the word 
it governs, or one of the modifiers of that word (as here). — ἀποβιβάσειεν, 


ε παρέλθοιεν : change of subj. Diff. between βιβάζω and βαίνω ?— εἴσω καὶ 


ἔξω, i. 6. on both sides of the Syrian wall, that he might attack A. both in 
front and rear. The distance between the two walls was over a third of a 


' mile (three stades). — εἰ φυλάττοιεν : if the preceding optatives were sub- 


junctives (G. 216, 2) this clause might be ἐὰν φυλάττωσιν. . 

Page 14. — ὅπερ, just the thing which, referring to the clause just pre- 
ceding. — ἔχοντα, since he had (ἃ. 277, 2). —8vra: quoted (ἃ. 280). Cf. 
ἀκούει εἶναι in i. 3. 20, and note. — ὡς ἐλέγετο : probably personal, as he 
was said. Of. i. 2. 8, note. — μυριάδας : Eng. der. ἕ 

6. ἐμπόριον, mart, Lat. and Eng. emporium, from ἔμπορος (περάω, 
πέρα, cf. πορεύω), ὦ traveller, merchant, distinguished from the κάπηλος 
(cf. τὰ καπηλεῖα, i. 2. 24) by his importing goods in person. — iv: we 
might have had ἐστί. Cf. ἀθροίζονται in i. 1. 2, and note. — δα χωρίον ; 
the subject; the predicate noun (here ἐμπόριον) generally omits the article. 
᾿ς αὐτόθι: formed with the suff.  G. 61). — oAKds 18 (properly) @ ship 
that is towed (€ixw), merchantman. 

7. esha a gentile noun (see G. 129, 10). --τὰ. . « ἐνθέμενοι, "- 
ting on board (ἃ. 199, 8) their most valuable effects. — ὡς μὲν, κ΄ τ᾿ λ.: the 
correl. clause with δέ is omitted ; but μέν implies that there was another 
opinion in the camp. — ἐδόκουν : personal ; cf. note on δοκεῖ, i. 3. 11. — 


φιλοτιμηθέντες, since they were jealous (G. 277, 2): 8m... εἴα Kipos is 


also causal (G. 250). — ἀπελθόντας : see i. 3. ἡ. --- ὡς ἀπιόντας: pia 
(G. 277, 3; 200, N. 3b). Cf. ὡς ἀποκτενῶν, 1. 1. 3. — καὶ ov: a a 
from the preceding ἀπιόντας. --- διῆλθε λόγος, ὦ report went abro : τε τι 
διώκοι: quoted (ἃ. 243). — τριήρεσι : the means G. 188, 1). PE ovs 
ενν ληφθῆναι, that they might be captured, because (in the opinion ὁ ot μ᾿ 
(i. 277, N. 2) they were cow ον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο : fut. οἵ eee or 
the mood, G. 226, 4, N. 1 ; 248, 2. the cee re 
see G. 223, N. 1. Cyrus had already shown how severe he could be. Ct. 


a ; ἐκ a 

i. 2. 20. A striking general instance of this is given Im 1. εν 
ἀλλ᾽ hut, however, let them well (emphasized Dy 
8 add’... ἐπιστάσθωσαν, VU, . Oe ee aaa Ἶ 
not 


to be caught. The clauses that follow make this Parnes “8 Br 

} rection (G. 87, 2) they are gone (G. _w. 8). — - 
i cae Be . 17. — ὥστε ἑλεῖν : result (G. 266, 1). τ: μὰ 
τοὺς θεούς : note that the oath is neg. (6. 163). — οὐδ᾽... — emp Gti 
neg. (G. 288, 9). — ἕως ἂν παρῇ τις, a3 long as any one stays by me, gen 
eral suppos. in pres. time (G. 233). So ἐπειδὰν βούληται. --- αὐτοὺς - pl. 


. 3 - - i 
though referring to tls. Cf. πάντας, i. 1. 5, and note. 3 κακῶς TOLW, 00 
treat (α. 165, N. 11). — wept, im respect to, to. — φρουρούμενα, 


guarded, i. 68. 
under the protection of the resident garrison. Though the m 


odifier of both 
τέκνα and γυναῖκας, φρονρούμενα is neut,, since these are looked upon as arti- 
cles of property, For Tralles, see the map, Lydia. — τούτων 


pets, πλοῖον : cf. note on i. 


στερήσονται: 





26 XENOPHON. 


the passive (G. 197, 1) of the const. explained in G. 164, N. 2. — By this 
unlooked-for clemency Cyrus got the good-will of the Greeks (cf. what 
immediately follows) and lost little ; for though the generals deserted, their 
troops remained, numbering some 5000 or 6000. 

9. εἴ τις... ἀνάβασιν, if (there was) any one (who) was even somewhat 
discouraged in regard to the expedition. — τὴν ἀρετήν, the magnanimity. 

Page 15.— μετὰ ταῦτα: mark the asyndeton. — ὄντα, which was 
(G. 276, 1). ---- πλέθρου : pred. gen. of measure (G. 169, 3) after ὄντα modi- 
fying ποταμόν, τὸ εὖρος being an acc. of spec. (ἃ. 160, 1); but below in 
8 10 τὸ εὖρος is the subj. of ἦν understood, πλέθρον having the same const. 
that it has here. For still another const., see i. 2. 5. — πραέων, tame 
(6. 70, N. 2).--- ἐνόμιζον, εἴων : cf. ἣν in § 6, and the note. For the two 
aces. after ἐνόμιζον, see G. 166. — ἀδικεῖν : sc. τινά as subj. — Παρυσάτι- 
Sos . . . δεδομέναι, belonged to Parysatis (G. 169, 1), having been given her 
for girdle-money (cf. our ‘‘ pin-money ”). 

10. AdpSaros: the Dardas. See the map. Cyrus now gets into the 
valley of the Euphrates, but does not cross this river until eight days later 
at Thapsicus. — ἦσαν : cf. for the number, i. 2. 23, and note. — ἄρξαντος : 
note the tense. Belésys had probably fled on the approach of Cyrus, who 
in consequence treated the country as that of an enemy. — αὐτὸν ἐξέκοψε, 
cut it off ; ἐκ-κόππω means lit. to cut trees out of a wood. — κατέκαυσεν : 
κατα-καίω, to burn down (or, as we sometimes say, to burn up); but ava- 
καίω, to kindle (kindle up), with reference to the direction of the flames. 

11. Cyrus now openly declares the real object of the expedition, which 
must have already been apparent to the Greeks for some time. Cf. i. 3. 20, 
andi. 4. 5. They had continued on, however, intending at the Euphrates 
to demand higher pay (§ 12), which Cyrus now agrees (8 13) to give them. 
— ὅτι ἔσοιτο : note the tense and give the dir. form (G. 243). — els BaBv- 
hava: not at Babylon, but connect with ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο directly. 

12. ποιήσαντες ἐκκλησίαν : cf. συνήγαγεν ἐκκλησίαν in i. 3. 2. — ἐχαλέ- 
παινὸν : a denom. verb in alvw (G, 130, 7) from χαλεπός. This anger of 
the soldiers was, doubtless, more or less feigned, to force from Cyrus the 
greater pay. — στρατηγοῖς : case (G. 184, 2). — αὐτοὺς... κρύπτειν : what 
they said (speaking of them) was πάλαι ταῦτ᾽ εἰδότες κρύπτουσι (G. 200, 
N. 4), though they have known (G. 277, 5) this for a long time, they have 
been keeping it secret (G. 246); or, if they addressed them directly, which is 
more spirited, πάλαι ταῦτ᾽ εἰδότες κρύπτετε. Eng. der. from κρύπτω ? — 
οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι: cf. the same phrase i. 3. 1, and note. — τὶς : Cyrus, of 
course. — χρήματα : it was not an increase of their regular pay (μισθός) 
that they demanded, but a bownty.— ὥσπερ : sc. ἔδωκε, as he had given it.— 

προτέροις : pred. to ἀναβᾶσι (G. 138, 7); the verbal form would be of ἀνέ- 
βησαν πρότεροι. Cf. προτέρα, i. 2.25. The reference is to the 300 Greeks 
who accompanied Cyrus to Babylon at the time of his father’s death. — καὶ 
ταῦτα, and that too, sc. trolyce. — ἰόντων : sc. ἐκείνων, referring to the ot 
ἀναβάντες. The part. ἰόντων is concessive (G. 277, 5), but καλοῦντος cau- 
sal (G. 277, 2); the latter is opposed to ἐπὶ μάχην, not to ἰόντων. 


ANABASIS 1, Iv. 27 


13. ὑπέσχετο δώσειν : he might have used δοῦναι or διδόναι (G. 203, 
N. 2). — πέντε μνᾶς : about $90.00. The μνᾶ of 100 drachmas was yy of a 
talent ; the latter was a weight of silver which at the present day would he 
worth about $1080. — ἀργυρίου : genitive of material (G. 167, 4). — ἐπὴν 
ἥκωσι : cond. rel. clause (G. 282, 3). So μέχρι ἂν καταστήσῃ (G. 239, 2). 
- τὸν μισθόν: a daric and a half a month (i. 3. 21). — ἐντελῆ : predicate 
adj. The der. of ἐν-τελής ? — τὸ πολύ, the greater part (G. 142, 2, N.3 b).— 
πρὶν εἶναι, before it was (G. 274). This const. occurs again in § 14 (in 
exactly the words used here) and in ὃ 16. — πότερον . . . 4: double indir. 
quest. (G. 282, 5). — οὔ: accented at the end of the sentence (G. 29, N. 1). 
The meaning of the word proclitic ? — τῶν ἄλλων : case (G. 182, 2). — Give 
the dir. form of all the quoted sentences in this and the preceding section. 

Page 16.— 14. πεισθῆτε: the aor. mid. of this verb is not used, but 
the aor. pass. has the sense of the mid., obey. — οὔτε... πονήσαντες, with- 
out either toil or danger (G. 277, 2). — τῶν ἄλλων : with στρατιωτῶν, the 
rest of the soldiers (G. 142, 2, N. 8). The gen. is in a sort of double const., 
first with πλέον (G. 175, 1), and then with προ-τιμήσεσθε (ἃ. 177). The 
object is to emphasize the great advantage over the rest to be gained by 
following his advice. προτιμήσεσθε is a mid. with pass. force. — τοὺς Ἕλ- 
Anvas: subj. of ἕπεσθαι, which in turn is the obj. of δεῖται. ᾿ 

16. ψηφίσωνται, to vote, properly by depositing the white or blac 
pebble (ψῆφος) in the urn, but in fact of much broader + i ρράμμεν 
ψῆφος, a worn stone, pebble, from ψάω, to rub. — ipeis... διαβα ἵν you 
(emphatic) will have credit of being the cause of it, since you were the οἷς 
to cross (G. 262, 2; 171, 1). — ὑμῖν . .. ἀποδώσει: χάριν οἶδα (fut. : σο- 
μαι) is the Lat. gratiam habeo, χάριν ἀποδίδωμι is gratiam re si 
Transl. Cyrus will feel his obligation to you and meet it. — ἐπίσταται : 86. 
χάριν ἀποδιδόναι. --- εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος : οἵ. the clause at the end of i. 3. 15. — 
ἀπο-ψηφίσωνται, vote “No.” — τοὔμπαλιν, ie. τὸ ἔμπαλιν (G. ae ὡς an 
πειθομένοις (G. 277, N. 2) because (as he will feel) you alone carree ~ = 
wishes. — πιστοτάτοις χρήσεται, will treat you as most trustworthy - see 
note on τῶν πιστῶν, i. 5. 15. —Aoxaylas: from hox-ayds, as στρατηγία 

from στρατ-ηγός. --- ἄλλου . . « δέησθϑε (6. 292, 3), whatever else you may 
want: ἄλλου (for ἄλλο) agrees with οὗτινος by inverted mgt HS 
(G. 158, N. 4); it may, however, be explained as 8 genitive after rev§e , 
(G. 171, 1), although τυγχάνω generally takes the accus. when a gen. 0 
the source is added (G. 176, 1), as Κύρου here. ; i 
16. ἐπείθοντο, διέβησαν: note the diff. in tense. ee . 
they had crossed (G. 280). — ἥσθη : see i. 2. 18. —T ois, Glus, son 0 > 
admiral Tamos, ii. 1. 8. --- Ἐγὼ μὲν . . « μελήσει : note the frequent expres: 
sion of the pers. pron. in this section to emphasize the porsin τ μὴ 
ἐπαινέσετε : this obj. clause (G. 217) is in fact here a gen. (G. 171, , N. : 
17. εὐτυχῆσαι : from εὐ-τυχής, fortunate (G. 130, 2). — ἐλέγετο sre 
he was said to have sent, personal construction. — μεγαλοπρεπῶς, with grea 
likerality, from μεγαλο-πρεπής (G. 74, 1; 131, 1).— τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα 
ἅπαν : the order of crossing was: Menon’s force, Cyrus and the barbarians, 





28 XENOPHON. 


and then the rest of the Greek army. — ἀνωτέρω : the comp. of the adverb 
ἄνω((. 75, N.1).— Trav μαστῶν : μαστός is one of the breasts, στέρνον (i. 8. 
26) the breast, chest. 

18. of 88... πλοίοις : what the inhabitants of Thapsacus said, supply- 
ing the ellipses necessary to the const., was οὐπώποθ᾽ (οὐ-πώ-ποτε) οὗτος ὁ 
ποταμὸς διαβατὸς (διαβαίνω, G. 117, 8) ἐγένετο πεζῇ εἰ μὴ viv (except now, 
emphasizing οὐπώποτε), ἀλλὰ (διαβατὸς ἐγένετο) πλοίοις (ἃ. 188, 1). Note 
the change of νῦν to τότε in passing from dir. to indir. disc. In the same 
way the person of the quoted verbs is often changed. — ἃ τότε... διαβῇ: 
a statement added by the historian. — κατέκαυσεν : plup. in force. — ἵνα 
... διαβῇ: note the mood (G. 216, 2). — ἐδόκει δὴ . .. βασιλεύσοντι, if ap- 
peared accordingly that it (i. e. the lowness of the river) was a divine inter- 
vention (G. 139, 1), and that the river had plainly retired before Cyrus, 
bécause (he was) about to be king. The sentiment rather of the truculent 
Thapsacéni than of the historian. 


19. ἐπεσιτίσαντο : because they were about to cross the desert of Arabia. 
See the map. 


CHAPTER V. 


Synopsis: The march is continued through the desert of Arabia along the 
northern bank of the Euphrates (1). The horsemen hunt the wild animals mn 
which the plain abounds (2, 3). The deserted city Corsdte on the river Mascas 
is reached (4). Thence Cyrus marches thirteen days through the desert, and 
many of the beasts of burden perish from hunger (5). Grain failing, the sol- 
diers live upon flesh (6). Once during this time the wagons are stuck in the 
mud, and the Persian nobles assist the barbarians in getting them out (7, 8). 
Cyrus marches with the greatest speed possible, hoping to find the King unpre 
pared (9). The soldiers cross the Euphrates, on rafts made of skins, te Char 
mande, where they purchase food and wine (10). Here a dispute arises between 
the troops of Clearchus and Menon, and Clearchus narrowly escapes being killed 
(11-14). Cyrus comes up and succeeds in quelling the disturbance (15-17). 


Page 17.—1. τῆς “ApaBlas: occupied by roving tribes of Arabs 
called by Strabo "ApaBes Σκηνῖται (from σκηνή). See map. — ἔχων, with 
(G. 277, 6). -- ἐρήμους, desert. Eng. der.?— τόπῳ, region. — ἣν μὲν... 
θάλαττα, the ground was wholly a level plain, just like the sea: ἅπαν to be 
construed with weSlov, where we should expect rather ἅπασα modifying 
γῆ. Cf. iv. 4. 1. — ἀψινθίου : cf. Tristia per vacuos horrent absinthia 
campos. Ovid. Pont., iii. 1.23.— ἅπαντα : plur., though the preceding τὶ 
is sing., if there was anything else, etc., they were all, etc. Cf. ὅστις... 
πάντας, i. 1. 5. — δένδρον. . . ἐνῆν, but there was no tree (emphatic) i 7. 

2. πλεῖστοι, very many. — ὄνοι ἄγριοι: Crosby cites Job xxxix. 5-8. 
--- στρουθοί: the στρουθός was properly a small bird of the sparrow kind, 
but ὃ μέγας στρονθός, the ostrich. (Note the der. of the Eng. word ostrich.) 
ἡ στρουθός also (fem.) was used without μεγάλη in the same sense. Cf. 
§ 3, below. — ἐπεὶ διώκοι, ἕστασαν (G. 124, 1): for the opt. see G. 233. 


ANABASIS 1, ν. 29 


So ἐπεὶ πλησιάζοιεν, ἐποίουν. --- ταὐτόν : for τὸ αὐτό (G. 79, 2, N., end). — 
καὶ ook... διαδεχόμενοι, and i was impossible to capture them, unless the 
horsemen, taking their places at intervals, hunted (G. 225) them in succes- 
sion (διαδεχόμενοι, sc. ἀλλήλοις). --- ἐλαφείοις : sc. κρέασι. Wace 

8, πολὺ yap... χρωμένη, for τί withdrew to a great distance in its flight, 
using its feet in running (manner, G. 188, 1),and its wings (by) raising 
them like a sail. — ἂν (i. 6. ἐὰν) ἀνιστῇ, ἔστι (G. 28, N. 1, end): general 
supposition in present time (G. 225). — ἣν resumes the narrative style. 

4. πλεθριαῖον : we might have had πλέθρου (cf. i. 2. 23). — ἐρήμη: not 
uninhabited as opposed to οἰκουμένη (i. 2. 6), but abandoned. — ὄνομα ὃ 
αὐτῇ (sc. ἐστί) has Κορσωτή as pred. nom., as if it were ὀνομάζεται δέ 
(Kriig.). For a different const. used to express the same thought, ef. i. 4. 
11. — περιερρεῖτο : the pass. of a verb made trans. (the simple ῥέω, to. flow, 
is intrans.) by the prep. in comp., as in Eng., was flowed about. — κύκλῳ: 
manner (G. 188, 1). --- ἐπεσιτίσαντο : Corsote thus appears to have been a 
depot of supplies in the midst of the desert. 

5. Πύλας, i.e. τὰς Βαβυλωνίας, the pass into Babylonia, on the north of 
the Euphrates. See map.— ὑπὸ λιμοῦ, from hunger (G. 191, VI. 7, 1 ¢).— 
ἄλλο, besides. — οὐδὲ οὐδέν (G. 283, 9). — ὄνους ἀλέτας, mill-stones. From 
the ass, as a beast of burden, the term ὄνος came to have various derived 
meanings, as windlass in Her. vii. 36 (ὄνοισι ξυλίνοισι), and here the upper 
mill-stone : ἀλέτας is ἃ noun used adj., lit. grinders. — παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν : 
με τ τον} 6. Δυδίᾳ: Cyrus the Great, after subduing the Lydians, 
forbade them, at the suggestion of Croesus himself (Her. 1. 155), the use 
of arms, and required them to teach their sons the arts of music and selling 
at retail. So they became a race of hucksters. — καὶ πρίασθαι ..««σίγλων: 
expressed in full this would be καὶ πρίασθαι (τὸν σῖτον) οὐκ ἦν, εἰ μὴ . .- 
βαρβαρικῷ (πρίασθαι ἦν) τὴν καπίθην, K. τ΄ A. — ἀλεύρων : gen. οἵ mate- 
rial (G. 167, 4). — τεττάρων σίγλων : gen. of price (G. 178). — δύναται, is 
worth, transitive. The sig/us was worth in our money about 224 ets. -- 
"Αττικοὺς : in agreement with ὀβολούς, though modifying also ἡμιωβόλιον. 
— ἐχώρει, held, lit. had room (χώραν) for. The choenix was about a quart, 
and this amount of meal or flour cost about 45 cents in the desert, or more 
than fifty times as much as it cost at Athens about this time. (See 
Boeckh’s Public Econ. of the Athen., Bk. I. ξ 15.) — κρέα... διεγίγνοντο, 
the soldiers subsisted therefore by eating (or simply on) flesh. 

7. ἣν... οὕς, some of these marches, ἣν οὕς being a past form of the 
common ἔστιν οἵ (G. 152, N. 2). In such irregular phrases the verb keeps 
a fixed form, without regard to the unexpressed subject. — ovs: cogn. ace. 
(G. 159) to ἤλαυνεν. --- μακρούς : pred. adj. (G. 138, Rem.). — ὁπότε Bov- 
λοιτο: cf. ἐπεὶ διώκοι in § 2, and note. — καὶ δή: adding a special fact, 
and once in particular. — ταῖς ἁμάξαις δυσπορεύτου, hard (G. 131, 4 pie 
the wagons (G. 184, 3) to get through. — στρατου : part. gen. with a για; 
(6. 170, 1). — συν-εκ-βιβάζαν, to aid in getting out. So two lines below 
συνεπισπεῦσαι, to aid (σύν) in hurrying on. 





80 XENOPHON. 


Ὡ πεν ὀργῇ, just as if (sc. κελεύων as protasis, G. 277, Ν. 3) in anger 
anner, - 188, 1). — θεάσασθαι: : prop. to look upon (with interest or 
wonder), while ἰδεῖν is ἐ0 see in general. — πορφυροῦς : from πορφύ th 
purple Jish, murex (ef. G. 129, 14). — ἵεντο, sent themselves. fahed : 
ὥσπερ... νίκης, just as one would run (i.e. in a foot-race at the wblie 
games) to get the victory. περὶ νίκης implies the prot. (G. 226 ), if h ; 
should be running for (περί, about, concerning, expressing the aim) eétery. 
—Kkal.. - γηλόφου, even (modifying the entire phrase that follows) το 
a very (pada) steep hill. — ἔχοντες . . . ἀναξυρίδας, having on both the costi 
tunics and colored trousers which they are in the habit of wearing: τού : 
marks the dress as one generally known. — ἔνιοι see note “a οὖς in 
δ and ΔΝ 152, Ν. 2. -- εἰσ-πήδησαν els: οἵ, ἐκ-βαλεῖν ἐκ, i. 2. 1, and 
ote. —Oarrov 4... ᾧετο, more quickly than (omit ὡς, as, in En ) 
would have thought (it possible, if he had not seen it), F or av sero ἕω 
οἶμαι) see G. 226, 2 b.— μετεώρους ἐξεκόμισαν, i. 6. lifted and vio. 
9. τὸ σύμπαν, upon the whole, in general (ἃ. 160, 2). — δῆλος me ὕ 
δων, Cyrus himself (@s) showed that he was making haste (G. 280 Ν ᾿ 1 iad 
τ 4). — ὁδὸν : acc. of extent of space (G. 161). — ἀναγκαίου: from Siw 
; ae 12). — ὅσῳ ... τοσούτῳ, quanto... tanto, the... the (G. 188, 
se a φ. Pe skye the thought of Cyrus was, in the dir. form, ὅσῳ 
ah Tov ω, τοσούτῳ . .. μαχοῦμαι (G. 247). — ἀπαρασκευοτέ @: 
Ρ - adj. --- σχολαίτερον : comparative adv. (G. 75) formed as if le 
σχολῇ rather than σχολαῖος. See the lexicon. — συναγείρεσθαι : in th 
καῖ ὍΣ 8 ἂν σχολαίτερον ἔλθω, τοσούτῳ πλέον cuvayelperat βασιλέ 
Ἱ μα, greater (will be the) army (that) is now collecti g 
King, where συναγείρεται expresses an action in progress ee + ἍΝ 
Sen - rs re te od “ἊΝ collecting, arcane at γι ¢ a 
: ow ἂν (ἃ. 232, 3; ef. 223). — ec «οὗ 
Ms sp free (καί), the attentive observer could οἷ wes νων 
μου ge τέρεν seg se ἊΣ rapists mone of territory and number of 
, ete. s first introduced as subj. of qv, ἐξ was possibl 
to see, and the natural constr. would have bee ὰ ᾿ πων. 
But after τὸν γοῦν the writer’s point of view Pht foie a =e 
sentence is constructed (by anacoluthon) as if for συνιδάν qv th Ἢ 
peers ἦν had been used (G. 280, Ν. 1). — προσέχειν ab etn, 
- rage vertere or animadvertere. — πλήθει, both extent and ἰββωπῖδεν, 
s the two gen. by zeugma (ζεῦγμα, joining). —Svecmdcba: perf 
διὰ ταχέων, with speed, lit. through quick (πυδαϑιιγοϑ). ---- εἰ, oe ες 
in case of a vigorous attack. ἡ oe 
Page 19. — ῦ 
πα ie ae τρίτο πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ, across the river (G. 182, 2), i. 6. on 
κυνβαρεένο,ἐπῆνο .--- κατά, over against, opposite. — ἐρήμους σταθμούς : see 
See: a ομιρᾶφερον.. +5 δὲ Χαρμάνδη : see note on § 4, above. — δι- 
8 : 8. der.? — σκεπάσματα, as coverings (G. 137, N. 4). — διφθέρας 
Χόρτου: double obj. (G. 172, 2).— συνέσπων : see ov-eute (a 16, 5 τ 3). 
— ds μὴ ἄἅπτεσθαν: result (G. 266, Ν. 1). -- ἀκ, ἀπό: the one out of, the 
other off of (G. 191, I. 2 and 3). — τοῦτο... ἀλίαστον Sor this i tio 
very abundant in the country, τοῦτο neuter, though referring to τ» 


ANABASIS 1, Vv. 31 


11. ἀμφιλεξάντων τι, having had some dispute. — ἀδικεῖν . . » Μένωνος, 
that Menon’s soldier (probably one of two who began the quarrel) was im 
the wrong (G. 260, 2). Note the perf. force of ἀδικεῖν, to be ἄδικος, fo have 
done wrong (Moods and Tenses, § 10, 1, N. 4). — ἐνέβαλεν : probably on the 
spot, with his own staff, after the Spartan fashion. Cf. ii. 8. 11. — ἐχαλέ- 
παινον... Κλεάρχῳ, took tt hard (χαλεπός), and were exceedingly angry at 
Clearchus (G. 184, 2). 

12. ἡμέρᾳ: dat. of time (6. 189). — διάβασιν: a crossing, first the act 
(see G. 129, 3) and then, as here, the place. — τὴν ἀγοράν, the marketing 
(see § 10). — σὺν . . . αὐτόν, with few (ἃ. 188, Rem.) about him, lit. with 
those about him (being) few. — προσ-ήλαννε, δι-εἐλαύνοντα (G. 280): note 
the force of the prepositions in comp. ---ησι τῇ ἀξίνῃ, hurls his axe at 
him, lit. sends (at him, 80. αὐτοῦ, G. 171, 1) with his axe (G. 188, 1). — 
αὐτοῦ (G. 171, 1). — λίθῳ : sc. thor. 

13. καταφεύγει: diff. in meaning from ἀπο-φεύγω, i. 4. 8 3 --- αὐτοῦ, 
there, i. e. where they were. - was ἀσπίδας... θέντας : the left knee was 
slightly advanced, the shield set firmly in rest upon it, and the spear held 
in readiness for defence. Clearchus saw that he might be repulsed and 
obliged to fall back upon his heavy-armed troops. — τοὺς ἱππέας : not 
mentioned in i. 2. 9. —ot ἦσαν αὐτῷ = ods εἶχεν. --- οἱ πλεῖστοι : 80. ἦσαν. 
— ἐκπεπλῆχθαι, were thoroughly frightened (G. 202, 2, N. 2; 266, 1). — ot 
δέ, but others, as if τοὺς μέν stood with τρέχειν. — ἕστασαν, stood (still). 
See G. 124, 1. — τῷ πράγματι : cause (G. 188, 1). 

14, ἔτυχε . . « προσιών, happened to be coming on later (G. 279, 4). — 
αὐτῷ (G. 186). — ἑπομένῃ : in the same construction as προσιών. ἔτνχε «oe 
ὁπλιτῶν is parenthetic, and οὖν resumes the narration. — εἰς τὸ μέσον, 
between. — ἄγων : sc. Thy τάξιν. 

Page 20. — ἔθετο τὰ ὅπλα, halted under arms. τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα lit- 
erally means to ground arms, i. e. to stand with the spear and shield resting 
on the ground. But it sometimes means to take up any military position 
or simply fo appear under arms (properly in military line), where the origi- 
nal meaning disappears. In § 17, below, κατὰ χώραν ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα means 
they moved back to their former places, i. e. to their quarters, where they had 
been before the quarrel. It is probable that τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα never means 
to stack or pile arms. — αὐτοῦ . ++ καταλευσϑῆναι, when he (i. 6. Clearchus) 
had barely escaped, lit. had wanted little (G. 172, 1) of, being stoned to death. 
— λέγοι : optative in a causal sentence (G. 250, N.).— αὑτοῦ refers to Cle- 
archus; but the preceding use of αὐτοῦ is strange, and Kriiger proposes to 
omit it. Others have αὐτοῦ here. — é« τοῦ μέσου, out from between (them). 

15. ἐν τούτῳ, during this hile. — καὶ Kipos, 
Cyrus also. — τῶν πιστῶν : part. gen. (G. 168). 
attendants of a Persian prince were called of πιστοί. 

Aeschylus, the twelve elders who form the chorus say of themselves (vs. 1) 

τάδε... Πιστὰ καλεῖται (for καλούμεθα Πιστοί). 

16. Πρόξενε: Proxenus now seemed more prominent than Menon. — 


κατακεκόψεσθαι, shall be instantly cut to pieces (G. 200, N. 9). — κακῶς. +s 





92 XENOPHON. 


ἐχόντων = ἐὰν τὰ ἡμέτερα κακῶς ἔχῃ (G. 226, 1). — τῶν παρὰ βασιλεῖ ὄν- 
τῶν͵ i. 6. ἢ οἱ παρὰ βασιλεῖ ὄντες. 
17. ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐγένετο, came to himself, recovered his senses, Lat. ad se 


rediit. — παυσάμενοι : sc. τῆς μάχης. — κατὰ χώραν ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα : see 
note on § 14, above. 


CHAPTER VI. 


Synopsis: As the army advances, traces of the King’s cavalry are observed. 
Orontas, a Persian nobleman, turns traitor to Cyrus and offers to go forward 
with a thousand horse and cut off the cavalry that is laying the country waste 
by fire, and to this Cyrus consents (1, 2). Orontas then writes to the King, 
saying that he shall desert to him with his command ; but his messenger be- 
trays him and carries the letter to Cyrus, who arrests the traitor and summons 
seven Persian noblemen and Clearchus to his tent to try him (3, 4). Clearchus 
afterwards relates how the trial was conducted (5). Cyrus, he says, stated how 
Orontas had on two previous occasions proved false to him, but had been again 
received into favor, and then asked the prisoner if he had since received any 
injury from him. Orontas acknowledged that Cyrus had never been unjust to 
him, and that he had no reason to expect further mercy (6-8). Cyrus then 
referred the case to those present, and Clearchus advised that the culprit should 
be put to death, in which opinion the others concurred. Orontas is led away to 
the tent of Artapites, and is never seen again (9-11). 


1. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν : from opposite Charmande. See map. — προϊόντων (sc. at- 
τῶν), as they advanced, but two lines below, προϊόντες, keeping ahead (of 
the army). — ἐφαίνετο, there appeared continuously (ἃ. 135, 2, and ν. 1). 
— as... ἵππων, of about 2000 horse (G. 169, 1). ---- οὗτοι : to be referred 
to the ἱππεῖς implied in trav. — εἴ τι ἄλλο, i.e. whatever else (cf. i. 5. 1). 
— γένει : dat. of respect (G. 188, 1, N. 1). But for βασιλεῖ, see G. 184, 2. 
— τὰ πολέμια λεγόμενος, reckoned, in matters pertaining to war (G. 160, 1). 
— Περσῶν: part. gen. (G. 168). — καὶ πρόσϑεν, previously also. — πολεμή- 
σας, καταλλαγεὶς δέ (G. 277, 6). 

2. εἰ αὐτῷ δοίη, x. τ. X.: Orontas said, εἰ ἐμοὶ δοίης, ἢ κατακάνοιμι (sce 
κατα-καίνω) ἂν ἢ ἕλοιμι, x. τ. A. (G. 245). — ὅτι : in unusual pos.; we 
should expect rather ὅτι εἰ αὐτῷ, x. τ. A.— dv: to be taken also with each 
of the following opts. (G. 212, 4). — τοῦ κάειν ἐπιόντας, from attacking 
(ἐπιόντας modifying the subj. of κάειν) and burning (G. 263, 1). — ποιή- 
cae... δύνασθαι, would cause that they should never be able, etc. ὥστε 
would generally be omitted in this construction. — ταῦτα : subj. of ἐδόκει. 

3. ἥξοι, δύνηται: change of mood in part (G. 247, N. 1). — ὡς ἂν δύνη- 
ται πλείστους (G. 232, 3) might have been simply ὡς πλείστους. See note 
on i. 1. 6. — ὑπο-δέχεσθαι : for the force of ὑπό in comp., cf. ὑπο-λαβών, 
i. 1. 7. — év-f ἐν: cf. i. 2. 1, andi. 5. 8. 

Page 28. - τῆς πρόσθεν: cf. i. 3.19, and i. 4. 8. — 6 δέ, but he (G. 148, 
Ἧς, x. 9. 

4. ἑπτά, seven of them, added to restrict τοὺς ἀρίστους. --- θέσθαι τὰ 
ὅπλα, to stand under arms. Cf. ἔθετο τὰ ὅπλα in i. 5. 14, and note. — 


ANABASIS 1, VI. 33 


τρισχιλίους : the great number of men detailed (one quarter 2 νῷ — 
Greek force) would seem to show apprehension on a _ pA ei: ἐν 
Orontas was a man of influence, and doubtless had — ett sete eae 
barbarians. It should be noticed, however, that some 0 ne se a 
summoned to judge preven rpelveniontt na : Pees “ > ag 
5 ὑτῷ καὶ τοῖς ous, 2 : Ὁ, = 
pee é - of the Persians); that is, it was generally pee” a Se 
was the most prominent man among the Greeks. rer ri ; pga 
ven. With μάλιστα (6. 168), the thought being — ened 7 Be = 
προτιμηθῆναι, was honored before (the rest). — τὴν ne 29 ὡς ~ ; : es. 
ὡς ἡ κρίσις ἐγένετο, how the trial was conducted. C - note on μῷ τὰ a 
ρων ini. 1. 5. — κρίσις (see G. sce ᾿ τς yg: gee τὰς ἃ, 
ἷ Ξ __ χοῦ λόγου, the conference (. ἂν . 
paca sper Sa taking counsel with you. = ὅ τι... ἀνθρώπων, 
ὐαῥεῦιν is pee etc., rel. clause, summed up emphat. os oe pa Meir ie 
the sight of (G. 191, = 6, 1, μᾷ - 9% si age ao 
. with an emphatic gesture (G. δύ, N. 4). — ' : , 
Ὁ 1 κε 3 εἶναι: μαι ἡτθε (G. 265). — ἐμοί : with — τω see 
ἔφη αὐτός, as he himself said G. 145, 1). In ng na vec εὐχῇ ΡΣ 
adj. (= ipse), never substantive ; although in Eng παι " a 
it (as here) by an emphatic he. Cyrus discredits the sta : aah Aa 
wobably, in his capacity of military com mander (κάρανος) 9 i : 2 ae 
M inor had put Orontas in charge . ae shea aaa δῶ i des 
became King and Orontas renounce 16 aut 10ri yrus, cad 
i -e forcible and absolute possession Ὁ 1 
ms a πρίν, phe Resi it about, dependent on pearl a 
principal clause begins at μετὰ ταῦτα in J - yee : ni ie wed 
προσπολεμῶν, Which takes the dat. Cyrus | “ean με 7 aaa 
emphat. ) προσπολεμῶν (manner) ἐποίησα Tov ~ gla oS 
(αὐτόν being subj. of sa ager ema is “᾿ ἐν . ον — 
i ing ὥστε δόξαι ! 
μα erp the Persians a pledge of especial solemnity. 


a, since that, i. 6. the pledge given and received. Notice 


ἢ — i , — ἔστιν oe. 
the deus change of address from the council to Orontas. ἔ 


3 fo * 
ἠδίκησα, is (G. 28, N. 1, end) there any wrong vee . ἡμραδερστν ise 
os or εἴη) ; or we may consider οὗ as ὃ isn te ᾽ 
. ae so de pets . . « δόξαιμι, below, in 8 8. — Ἐπ᾿ oe 
adie g but the aor. ἠρώτησεν in § 8 with reference . the Se ὯΝ 
asked. -- Οὐκοῦν : expecting an affirm. answer (G. ip ee suevos (Ge 277, 
tween this word and οὔκουν ἔξ See the lexicon. — οὐδὲν ἀ — ae 
5): see note on τί ἀδικηθείς in § 8. For ἀδικούμενος sil ὁ a0 1) 
Keiv, i. δ. 11. — κακῶς ἐποίεις(Ο. 165, N. 1).—8 τι —— vo, had ascertained, 
you were able. — ἔφη, said “ Yes.” — ἔγνωϑ, came 10 at 184, 2, N. 1).— 
onan — μεταμέλειν σοι: in the dir. form, μεταμέλει ~ Ὁ δι, 
ὗ : der.? . 
“5.5 (6. 277, 2), though pess., has τί as cogn. accus. (G. veil 


ot iid 


ἘΞ PCE ας. τ 
cw Ste ie Pee ee: 


; = “ Se ( 
we pie τὸ ον ae IE SS rE REI 











84 ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


197, 1, N. 2). So, below, οὐδὲν ἀδικηθείς, and οὐδὲν ἀδικούμενος in § 7. — 
ἐπιβουλεύων (G. 280, N. 1): cf. δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος in i. 2. 11. 

Page 22. — οὐδὲν ἀδικηθείς : either a direct quotation, or an indirect 
quotation with ἐπιβουλεύων .. . γέγονε understood. — περὶ ἐμέ: cf. περὶ 
ἡμᾶς, περὶ ἐκείνους in i. 4. 8. — γεγενῆσθαι (G. 246). --- Ἦ γάρ, (I confess) 
for in truth, etc. — ἂν γένοιο (G. 226, 2 ὃ). --- ἀδελφῷ (G. 186). — ὅτι 
(6. 241, 2, N.). 

9. πρὸς ταῦτα, in view of this, thereupon. — πρῶτος, the first: what 
would πρῶτον mean ?— ἀπόφηναι : voice? Distinguish from ἀποφῆναι and 
ἀποφήναι. --- ὅ τι σοι δοκεῖ : indir. quest. depending on the idea of declare 
in ἀπόφηναι γνώμην. --- τοῦτον : expressed three times, contemptuously. — 
ἐκποδῶν ποιεῖσθαι, to put out of the way. — ὡς δέῃ, ἡ : final (G. 216). — 
ἡμῖν, i.e. to you and me, said arrogantly. Why dat.?— τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον 
εἶναι, as far as this fellow is concerned (G. 268, N.). — τοὺς... τούτους, 
these (with a gesture) who are your friends of their own free will, lit. these 
your volunteer friends (ἐθελοντάς, noun, not ἐθέλοντας). --- εὖ ποιεῖν : cf. 
κακῶς ἐποίεις in ὃ 7. 

10. ἔφη, i. 6. Clearchus, when the trial was over. — ἔλαβον . . . ᾽Ορόν- 
ταν, took Orontas by the girdle (G. 171, 1, N.). — ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, as a sign that 
he was capitally condemned, but, below, ἐπὶ θάνατον, with a verb of motion, 
to execution. — καί, even. — ols προσετάχθη, to whom it was appointed, 80. 
ἐξάγειν. --- προσεκύνουν, προσεκύνησαν: why a change of tense? mpoc- 

exvvéw in application to Orientals means ἐο prostrate one’s self. — καίπερ 


εἰδότες, although they knew (G. 277, N. 1b). — ἄγοιτο : why opt.? 

11. σκηπτούχων: der.? Der. of σκῆπτρον ?— οὔτε οὐδείς : emphatic 
neg. (G. 288, 9). So οὐδὲ οὐδείς, following.— ὅπως (how) ἀπέθανεν : perhaps 
he was buried alive ; see Her. vii. 114, where the historian states that this 


was a Persian custom. — εἰδώς, from his own knowledge. — ἄλλοι ἄλλως, 
some in one way, others in another. 


CHAPTER VIL 


Synopsis: Cyrus proceeds through Babylonia, and at the end of the third 
day’s march reviews his troops (1). He receives information respecting the 
King’s army, and assembles his Greek officers for consultation (2). He exhorts 
them to display their zeal in his service (3), describes the manner of a Persian 
onset, and promises to reward them magnificently in case of victory (4). Gau- 
lites says there are doubts as to the sincerity of Cyrus and his ability to fulfil 
his promises (5), whereupon the latter reviews the extent of country he hopes 
to conquer and promises a crown to each Greek (6, 7). The Greeks are much 
encouraged by these assurances (8). Cyrus expresses a decided opinion that his 
brother will not refuse to engage with him (9). The Greeks and barbarians are 
numbered (10), and some account is given of the King’s forces (11-13). Cyrus 
advances a day’s march further, and at midday comes to a deep trench dug by 
the King, beyond which he succeeds in making his way (14-16). The King 
does not come to an engagement, and traces of his retreat are observed (17). 
Cyrus rewards the soothsayer Silanus (18), and, concluding that the King has 
given up the intention of fighting, proceeds with less caution (19, 20). 


ANABASIS 1, VII. 35 


1. *Evrev0ev: probably from near Pylae (i. 5. 5). See i. 6. 1, and —_ τὶ 
σας νύκτας, midnight, pl. with reference to the various watches (ov = ) 
into which the night was divided. - ἐδόκει, he thought. See lexicon, οκέω. 
᾿ εἰς ἕω, αἱ ‘daybreak (G. 42, 2, n.1); es with reference to the time 
σεν eee ᾽ : 
when the dawn shall have been reached (G. 191, Ill. 1, δ). τον sy ἀρρεηϑαρὶα 
future (G. 277, 3). — κέρως : form and case? See G. 56, 2 Pedy . — TOV 
Sov i i δ, of the Greeks, who were next the river. Cyrus drew up 
(Gudrate disposuit) his barbarian force (τοὺς éavTov) on the left of the en- 

? 

tire Greek force. ui als ie eee 
2. ἡμέρᾳ : case (G. 186). — αὐτό-μολοι : αὑτὸς and pod-, go; οἵ. ἔμολον, 


ae 


9 aorist of βλώσκω. See also G. 131, ) ᾿ 
; pi =a gies ἂν... ποιοῖτο, how (G. 282, 1) he should make the 


ή 4S, exhorted 
fight, i. 6. if there should be one (G. 226, 2).—twapyve - - - τοιάδε, 
᾿ , 1g (G. 148, N. 1). 
ind encouraged them as follows (G. ; ee | 
A 3 or li . with ἀπορῶν (6. 172, 1), not because in want of poiben νη 
. . , oan Ὁ ee > eeks y- 
He adds ἀνθρώπων contemptuously to βαρβάρων, but cal!s the hes agit 
ὃ See note on § 4. — ἀμείνους καὶ κρείττους, braver and mightier (der. 
ae »CUSE οὐ On 
ca κράτος). — διὰ τοῦτο: takes up νομίζων, because I = , 
| ἢ ἦ : SC. σκο- 
᾿ . force of the prep.? — ὅπως ἔσεσθε: 
this account. — προσ-ἔλαβον : meet: 2 
πεῖτε (G. 217, N. 4, eX ). — Hs... ἧς, which (G. 153) you oi "τῷ me 
Te het 9 . ᾿] «je ri = wiles , ᾿ TOP ΓῪ ὙΠῸ: é ο ν 
opar) and on account of which (G. 173, 1» etc. — ἴστε: see οἱ pe sas : 
dy: prot. not expressed (G. 226, 2 b6.— ἀνθ᾽ av... πάντων, - Γ ee 
all that (G. 154, N.) 1 have. The Persian government was κεν abs : 
: ) a i » King as his slaves. in 
despotism, and regarded all in dependence upon the King you : ie 
ἃ ἦν > © : ἱ , ana BE si 
; 9. 29, Cyrus is called the δοῦλος of Artaxerxes. — MOAAG 
. we ant , = ὦ J 


i ὑ 5 -πλά twice (δίς 
multiplicative in πλάσιος, derived from πολύς. Cf. δι-πλάσιος, ὁ (δίς) 


is many, ete. ; 
| ὦ τὰ εἰδῆτε (see οἶδα): not object clause, as above (ὅπως ἔσεσθε), 
. ὅπως... see 


i La Jat sort of ὦ struggle you 
.. ἀγῶνα, into what sort ὁ ( 

but final (G. 216, 1). — εἰς οἷον . ἀγ alte se thal 
ure going ; lee. quest. (G. 982, 1). Cf. below, οἵους eres ἫΝ wh 
τὸ πλῆθος: sc. ἐστί. --- ἐπίασιν (G. 200, N. 3 b).— ταῦτα, 1. 6. U δος 
he πον τἄλλα ἀνθρώπους, (8 60 all else, I feel (lit. seem 
eTS ant 1c _- iy ie ὦ" Α ar 

myself to be) even ashamed (when I think) what sort of men (ἀνθρώπους 


antence vill find those in our 
mphasi t at the end of the sent¢ nce) you wi ou 
ee s the ethical dat. (G. 184, 3, N. 6). — ὑμων 


. 280). — ἡμῖν 1 ae 
neta pet ab a you are (G. 277, 2) men (emphatic), and ὦ Ἂν 
shall psc yourselves (= ἐὰν γένησθε, ἃ. 277, 4) of ita preg ei κ᾿ 
ἀνδρῶν and ἀνθρώπους here cf. what Herod. (vil. 210) κερὰ ) : -: πων 
Thermopylae, ὅτι πολλοὶ μὲν ἄνθρωποι “αν m5 976 9) ier οἴκοι, 
τὸν βουλόμενον, whoever of you (G. 168) shall wis υ( μ 276, aa Rong 
his friends at home (mase.) ; but, just following, nig) a : “ὦ ὦ . this is 
home: τοῖς οἴκοι is a dative of the agent with the verba ms ie ; 
the regular construction with the verbal in sla (G. 188, nin ἐξ a 

5. pee δὲ Κύρῳ, in the confidence of Cyrus. It pores seals free 
direction of Cyrus that Gaulites spoke. — καὶ μὴν : lit. ΠῚ ng (G 262 1) 
Eng., but ψεί. --- ϑιὰ . .. προσιόντος, 95 gooounk of YE NER 

= ᾿ 








96 XENOPHON. 


at such (a critical point) of the danger that is approaching. κινδύνου limits 
τοιούτῳ (G. 168), but προσιόντος is still causal (G. 277, 2), the thought 
being, you promise, etc., because the danger is approaching. — av εὖ γένηταί 
τι: a purposely vague ref. to his present, undertaking. — μεμνήσεσθαι (fut. 
perf.), serving as simple future to μέμνημαι (G. 200, N. 6). — ἔνιοι δέ: sc. 
φασί. --- οὐδ᾽ cl... δύνασθαι ἄν (G. 211), not even if, etc., would you be 
able (G. 246; 224). — μεμνῇο : formed without connecting-vowel (cf. G. 118, 
1. N.), μεμνη-ἰμην, μεμνήμην, μεμνη-ιο, μεμνῇο, etc. The common forms 
μεμνῴμην, μεμνῷο, etc. 

6. ἔστι (G. 28, Ν. 1, end) πρὸς μεσημβρίαν, is (extends) towards the 
south. ἡμῖν is a dat. of advantage (G. 184, 3). Derivation of peo-npBpia ? 
— μέχρι οὗ, to the point at which (down to where), neut. relative with prep. 
(G. 191, 1. 5): in full μέχρι τούτου τοῦ τόπου ἐν 6. —Ta... πάντα, 
but all between these (limits): cf. τὸ μέσον τῶν τειχῶν in i. 4. 4. 

7. τούτων: with ἐγκρατεῖς (G. 180, 1). — μὴ οὐκ ἔχω ὅ τι δῶ (indirect 
question, G. 244), that I shall not (G. 215, ν. 1) know (lit. shall not have) 
what to give ; the direct form for 8 τι δῶ would be τί δῶ ; what shal I give? 
(G. 256). So οὐκ ἔχω ὅ τι εἴπω (or τί εἴπω), non habeo quod (or quid) 
dicam. Here οὐκ ἔχω is nearly equivalent to ἀπορῶ, to be at a loss, and the 
indirect question in ὅ τι δῶ, etc. is plain. But the analogy of the familiar 
expression οὐκ ἔχω ὅ τι δῶ, 7 have nothing to give (in which the interroga- 
tive and relative constructions are sometimes hard to distinguish), gave 
rise occasionally to the corresponding expression ἔχω 8 τι δῶ, 7 have some- 
thing to give, in which the relative character greatly preponderates ; and 
here we have (below) ἔχω ἱκανοὺς ols δῶ, 7 have enough to give to, where the 
construction is purely relative. See Moods and Tenses, ὃ 65, 1, N. 3(a).-— 
ἂν εὖ γένηται (sc. τὰ mpdypata). —orépavov: not, of course, as a badge 
of sovereignty, but as a mark of distinguished military service, like the 
medals and crosses of to-day. A crown was often bestowed in this way as 
a reward of merit among the Greeks. 

Page 24. — 8. ἦσαν, i.e. the generals and captains. Cf. § 2. — σφί- 
ow: indirect reflexive (G. 144, 2). — ἐμπιμπλὰς τὴν γνώμην, satisfying the 
mind. 

9. παρεκελεύοντο ... τάττεσθαι: had Cyrus followed this advice, the 
whole course of Persian history might have been changed. — μάχεσθαι, 
i.e. in person. — ἑαυτῶν : with ὄπισθεν (G. 182, 2). --- γάρ: with ref. to 
an unexpressed statement: (all this advice is unnecessary) or (there is no 
real danger) for do you think, Cyrus, ete. We should say, What! do you 
think, etc. — Νὴ Δία (G. 163), Yes, by Zeus (he will fight), se. μαχεῖται. --- 
ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, a brother of mine: ὃ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός would be my brother. — 
ταῦτα: with a gesture. 

10. ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ, wnder arms, in procinctu. — ἐγένετο, was fownd to 
be. — Gomis... τετρακοσία, 10,400 shield, just as we say ‘‘a thousand 
horse.” — The sum total here given cannot be made to tally with the num- 


bers previously given separately ; and it is unsatisfactory to speculate on the 
causes of the discrepancy. 


ANABASIS 1, vi. 37 


11. ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδες : probably overstated. Ctesias, the King’s 
rivate physician (mentioned αἱ i. 8. 26), gave the number as 400,000. — 
) esides. Cf. i. 5. ὅ. --- αὖ, moreover. 
“= = with στρατεύματος. --- ἄρχοντες. .. ἡγεμόνες : notice καί be- 
fore both the last two titles, while the proper names below have no conjunc- 
tion. These are both common forms in Greek, while in English we generally 
use and only before the last noun in such a series. — μάχης: after sis ay 
(der. from ὕστερος) implying comparison (6. 175, 2).— ἡμέραις (G. 188, 2). 
13. of... βασιλέως, those who had deserted from the ranks of (lit. = * 
the enemy from (the side of) the great King, etc. τῶν πολεμίων, at t “bse 
of the section, depends on of (G. 168). The number of prepositional Ρ 7 
in this short section is worthy of note.— ταὐτά : distinguish carefully from 
arg ical τῷ στρατεύματι : the noun is a dat. of ee σποαρτο 
(G. 188, 5), and the part. expresses the attendant circumstance (G. 277, ). 
This force of the part. will be easily seen, if the idea of accompaniment is 
dropped and the gen. abs. is substituted, συντεταγμένου -_ νηδαν eis 

Page 25. — μέσον (G. 142, 4, Ν. 4). — τάφρος: the word in ᾿ " sis. 

nifies an artificial ditch (cf. θάπτω, τάφος), but this idea is — Υ͂ 
ὀρυκτή.-- ὀργνιαί : in apposition to τάφρος, where we should —— is = 
ὀργνιῶν (G. 167, 5). Cf. ποδῶν at the end of ὃ 15. The ὀργυιά, the aie 1 
of the outstretched arms (ὀρέγω, to stretch out), measured about a fathom 
) fee jual to four πήχειξ. 

(6 nee ae 109, 6 soit 4), — ἐπί, Upon, over, to the lengih τὰ 
- τοῦ τείχους : see note on ii. 4. 12. The ditch was dug ny ata 
obliquely (not at right angles, like the wall) to the re eRe whic 1 here 
runs about S. E. — διώρυχες : se. εἰσί. Derivation of δι-ώρυξ ? — re 
which flow (ἃ. 276, 1). — ῥέουσαι, πλεῖ (G. 98, N. 1). — σιτ-εαγωγά: : ar 
vation? See also G. 131, 1. — διαλείπουσι, are distant fon δὲν anot se 
lit. leave an interval. — ποταμοῦ, τάφρον (G. 182, 2). — Why the dite : 
had not been completed to the river is not stated. The most ee 
the many conjectures that have been made with Teference > t rh τ = 
Cyrus had surprised the King by his rapid marching, and that εἰ γῇ » 

had in consequence abandoned the work in alarm when almost comp ; : a 

16. προσελαύνοντα (ἃ. 280). — παρῆλθε kal ἐγένοντο: the pera vie 
shifts ; Cyrus being prominent as subject of παρῆλθε, and the whole army 
Ἶ ᾿ ye ape a in § 20. — ἦσαν : plural, perhaps, because two 
kinds of tracks are mentioned. : 

18. ᾿Αμβρακιώτην : force of suffix? See G. 129, 10. —— : μρλ ἧς 
δαρεικούς : the στατὴρ Δαρεικός, commonly called mpage as ἘΠῚ ΠῚ 
gold coin, containing about 125.5 grains of gold. It would, we" 2 - 
be worth about $5.40 in our gold ($1.00 having 23.22 grains). ἣν» μύσος 
pays a bet of 10 talents (60,000 drachmas) with 3000 Darics, age " 
that the Daric was worth 20 drachmas, or $3.60 in silver. T e ΜΝ ᾿ 
in these two results comes from the change n the proportional values o 














98 ΧΕΝΟΡΗ͂ΟΝ. 


gold and silver. In antiquity the proportion was about 10 : 1; now it is 
about 16:1. As the Daric was a gold coin, of course the former value 
(about $5.40) is the correct one. The Daric 1s commonly supposed to have 
derived its name from Darius, the father of Xerxes. In the same way we 
have Napoleon, Louis d'or, etc., as names of coins. — ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης, i. 6. be- 
fore that (day). — ὅτι tH... εἶπεν : causal (G. 250). — ἡμερῶν (G. 179, 1). 
Cf. ἡμέρᾳ, above (G. 189), and σταθμόν, § 14 (G. 161). — Οὐκ. .. μαχεῖ- 
ται, he will not fight then at all (lit. hereafier) ; see οὐκ ἔτι in lexicon. — 

"οὐ: οὐ rather than μὴ μαχεῖται (G. 219, 8, Ν.}, because he is consciously 
repeating the statement of Silanus (G. 223, N. 1). — ἀληθεύσῃς, shall prove 
to be speaking the truth ; the future apodosis is in δώσειν or δοῦναι under- 
stood with imo yvotpat. — παρῆλθον : see note on i. 1. 3. 

19. ἐκώλνε: attempted action. — ἔδοξε: personal. — ἀπεγνωκέναι τοῦ 
μάχεσθαι, to have abandoned the idea of fighting (ἃ. 262, 2; 174). — τῇ 
ὑστεραίᾳ : sc. ἡμέρᾳ. --- ὥστε ἐπορεύετο (G. 237). — ἠμελημένως : adverb 
formed from the perfect passive participle of ἀμελέω. 

20. καθήμενος, ἔχων : manner (G. 277, 2). --- αὐτῷ: a dative of dis- 
advantage, but στρατιώταις, just below, one of advantage (G. 184, 3). 


CHAPTER VIII. 


Synopsis: Near the station where he intends to halt for breakfast, Cyrus is 
met by Pategyas riding at full speed, who calls out that the King and his army 
are approaching (1). Great confusion ensues (2), and Cyrus gives orders for all 
to arm and fall into line (3). They begin to form as quickly as possible (4, 5), 
and Cyrus stations himself at their centre (6, 7). The enemy approach slowly 
and in silence, prepared for battle (8-11). Cyrus calls to Clearchus to attack 
the centre where the King is, but he is unwilling to do so (12, 13). The King’s 
army continues to advance, the Greek force being not yet completely in line. 
Cyrus surveys both armies, and tells Xenophon, who rides up to him, to an- 
nounce that the sacrifices are favorable (14, 15). The watchword is passed along 
the ranks of the Greeks, and then they advance chanting the paean (16, 17). 
They begin to move more and more rapidly, raising a shout to the God of War, 
at which the barbarians on the right of the King’s army give way and take flight 
(18-20). Cyrus is pleased at the sight, but does not join in the pursuit. He 
directs his attention towards the King, who is beyond his extreme left, and then, 
in fear that he may be encircled, moves directly upon him, putting to rout the 
troops in front (21-24). He attacks the King in person and wounds him, but is 
himself struck with a javelin and killed. Artapa&tes dies upon his body (25-29). 


1, ἦν (6. 134, N. 1 c). —dyopav πλήθουσαν, the time of full market, i. e. 


from nine or ten o'clock in the morning until noon. Four parts of the day 
were designated, πρῴ (ii. 2. 1), ἀγορὰ πλήθουσα, μέσον ἡμέρας (§ 8), and 
δείλη (§ 8). 

Page 26. — σταθμός: here halting-place. Cf. note on σταθμούς, i. 2. 5. 
— ἔμελλε, i. 6. Cyrus. For ἔμελλε καταλύειν, expressing past intention, 
see G. 118, 6; Moods and Tenses, ὃ 25, 2, N. 2. — καταλύειν, to halt (i. ο. 


s) 
ANABASIS 1, VIII. 39 


for breakfast), lit. to wnyoke, to loose the horses. Cf. καταλύσομεν πον 
Odyss. iv. 28; and καταλύει παρ᾽ ἐμοί, he lodges at my house.— — 4 
... κράτος, comes into view in front, riding at the top of “ spec (lit. - 
to his might). — ἱδροῦντι τῷ ὕππῳ (ἃ. 188, ὅ) with his 5 in @ — 
the part. expresses attendant circumstance (α. 277, 6). ἍΝ prongs 
τῷ στρατεύματι in i. 7. 14, and note.— ὡς εἰς μάχην, apparen v i= : 
ἢ, αὐτίκα : construe with ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι ; put first for emp a: μῆς 
πάντες δέ, and all too, i. 6. Persians as well as Greeks (ef. i. 1. 2, and note). 
— σφίσιν (ἃ. 144, 2). — ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι, i. 6. the King (ἃ. 260, 2). 
3 Note in the first two lines the repeated use of the article as a ~~ 
sessive pronoun (G. 141, ν. 2). — τὰ παλτά: each Persian horseman carrie 
Ὁ iavelins into battle. Cf. i. 5. 15. 
ar δεξιὰ τοῦ κέρατος, tie right (sc. μέρη, parts) of ρον Prin 
here must mean the right wing, τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, of the entire ee ν ens 
as opposed to the left wing where most of the eainige eae (§ ψν τ 
distinction is plain in ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ and ἐν τῷ εὐωνύμῳ (8 5). ᾿ αὖ patie 
εὐώνυμον κέρας τοῦ “Ἑλληνικοῦ means the left wing of t ων _ ~ 
division (or κέρας). --- ™mpos, 7 front of, near. — ἐχόμενος, next to, Ii “A τ 
ing on to, sc. KXedpxov (6. 199, N. 3; 171, 1). Cf. ἐχόμενοι ieee : . 
5. τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ : part. gen. with ἱππεῖς (G. 168). — ets: sal : se 4 
and note. — ἔστησαν, took their position. The ee -_ dren 
Greek peltasts were stationed here to support the hoplites = 5 : — 
and follow up the advantage in case these slower troops should p 
"ee Ἶ ὡπλισμένοι (sc. ἔστησαν), i. 6. stood et ae ae 
much) as = about. Cf. note on els in i. 2. 3. — alten oe — = τὰ 
ρου, (the men) themselves on their part (μέν) with — 68, gostei 3 
ΑΝ and helmets — all except Cyrus. — The excep "Ἐς re fea re 
ee as appears from the following Κῦρος Ν, κ, Ts ‘a . ea tae 
ee ee eae ee Ἤν Bee Ctesias (in 
ψιλὴν... . κεφαλήν, with his hea λα προ epee 79 
: rtaz. 11) says that Cyrus wore ἃ tiara in plac Νὰ : 
7. le the be of aT προ-στερνίδια. paxal 
. difference between the μάχαιρα ane | ; ΕἼΗ 
γε m3 ska beginning of this section with that of § 1. =a . ᾿ a 
yvero, but when it began to be (lit. was becoming) ner — μένε. ὗν 
The battle was fought ae. this = eeteber a τα apg 
-- - : (ἀ6γ. ὃ -- vp... πολύ, bul me (Ὁ. ’ ; 
Pibrge το just like a sort of blackness in the — _ = — 
(ἐπὶ πολύ). --- χαλκός τις ἤστραπτε, here and there (τὶ5) 
ish. : é: 
"— i aieeda: probably of linen ; cf. λινοθώρηξ, 1 : ν᾿ ne μὰ 
Page 27. — ἐχόμενοι τούτων : cf. note on ἐπένσος one ; gat 
nation by nation (G. 191, iV. 2, 2c). --- ἕκαστον τὸ ss prec 
οὗτοι, but attracting ἐπορεύετο into an agreement γῤεουοτλ 08 rea 
proceeding (normally ἔπορεύοντο) παίτοιν by nation, 
of a solid square. 


os SSS 


δίδουν 
ye aes 


“ἃ - 
Hae 
c 


Si em. 2 
st ᾿ " 


- σαι 
πα ed 





40 XENOPHON. 


ἐς τε er ἐπε Ὡς κόπο καλούμενα : ef. note on καλουμένη in i. 2. 13. — 
tarbageat De ed into the projecting extremity of the axle and sta- 
ae δᾶ τὸ άγιον, sideways. κ᾿ βλέποντα, pointing. — ὡς διακόπτειν : 
περ τὰ ate ‘ - 1). — ὅτῳ (i. 6. ᾧτινι, 6. 86). — ἐντυγχάνοιεν (6. 248 9) 
pra ΜΝ ‘vy πρὸ es ϑάννα (see ative), K. τ᾿ X., and they were de. 
= μγήρθαμῳ . mG 1e pat tic. are nomin., as if γνώμην εἶχεν had preceded 
ha pert e ae N. 2) as if the chariots themselves had the design. 
ΠΣ 7 Or ee bo-chariote of the ancient Britons, are well known yu 
me ; oe what however, taken up in τοῦτο, two lines below. —nadé 
8. vs Ἕλλησι: we might have had (ef. i. 7. 18) καλέσας τοὺς Ἕλλ i 
“Ὄ ce ape oe in Greek the obj. is regularly expressed but on 
Br tee ad in t 3 G. 160, 1) he was mistaken.— κραυγῇ : manner: 
ri a» - ἂν σιγῇ ὡς ἀνυστόν, with as little noise as possible ; in full 
pepe i Sets vat σιγῇ : see note on 7 δυνατὸν μάλιστα in i. 3. 15 
φ, with even step, sc. βήματι: cf. ὁμαλῶς in § 14 i 
a rR 1. τι attended only by Pigres and the few others mentioned 
ὩΣ ᾿ J μεν - ποῦ in indirect disc., following ἐβόα as it would ἀοίλενι 
San rade ‘en τῶν πολεμίων (G. 142, 2). --- ὅτι ety: causal (G. 250, ν.) 
Pegi oan τῷ eatin. oe boi apod. πεποίηται, though a perf. in 
Pn inrot i.e . (G. 200, N. 7), our whole work is (will be) 
as _ ἀνα. si στῖφος, though he saw the compact body at the centre 
oe € ae tread), i. e. the 6000 cavalry mentioned in i. 7. 11 
=a apres (ἃ. 277, 5). — Κύρου : gen. of source (G. 171, 2, 
Ciel seen >i ye 280). .. βασιλέα constitutes the obj. ace. 
πλήθει, in nssonbers G. my 1, me Sat keg but we el 
bo ἀρρκοραρονν with emphatic repetition of ie che oie 
sg » pai eth (der. from κύκλος ; cf. Eng. cyele). ‘Why opt : ᾿ 
φρὴν ee ——s ἐμοὶ μέλει (α. 184, 2, N. 1, the clause that fol- 
> ye as τὸ ον ΉΤΟ καλῶς ἔχῃ (6. 217, ν. 1). -- ΠΥ Clearchus 
Sakon we —e st τὸ en the result of the battle might 
——- εἰπὼν ὅπως ἕξει κάλλιστα, ean τσ ἀρ i=}: een algal 
as eee the King’s army. — ὁμαλῶς : cf. ἐν tow 
ering pron sealing coe προσιόντων, was forming its line from 
υυεήχηριόραον br — οὐ πάνυ πρός, by no means near, at some distance 
Me: μροῆρεν . στρατεύματι means near the army itself, αὐτῷ 
Pose ας ῷ Ἢ i . of nearness. — ἑκατέρωσε (with ἀποβλέπων): cf. 
peer A ‘ see G. 61. — κατεθεᾶτο, took a survey: ὁράω, to sce 
= melarre ω, : ~ turn the eyes, look ; θεάομαι, to gaze at. 
δε Οὐδ τ a e ye mention of Xenophon in the Anabasis. — ὧς 
ache ns . a pos N. 1). — εἴ τι παραγγέλλοι, whether (G. 282, 
ving maybe 9 (G. 243).— ἐπιστήσας (sc. τὸν ἵππον), pulling up. 
« —lepd, omens from inspecting the inwards of the victims ; 
ya, omens from the acts and movements of the victims = 


ANABASIS 1, VIII. Al 


16. λέγων, while saying (G. 277, 1). —ths... εἴη, what the noise was 


(G. 243); but two lines below, 8 τι εἴη, KT. A. (G. 149, 22). — ὁ Κλέαρχος: 


Clearchus had ridden up in the mean time ; some MSS. have Ἐξενοφών. --- 
σύνθημα, a thing agreed upon (συν-τίθημι), watchword. — παρέρχεται : 
what might have been the mood? Cf. παραγγέλλει and εἴη, below. — 
δεύτερον : the watchword passed first down the line from man to man, and 
then back again to make sure that +t was understood.— καὶ ὅς, and he, i. 6. 
Cyrus (G. 151, N. 32), — τίς παραγγέλλει, i.e. who was giving it out with- 
out his approval. 

17. “AAA... ἔστω, well, I accept it (the password), and let τί be this. 

ἀλλά marks the opposition between his present concession and preceding 
surprise. — καὶ οὐκέτι . - - ἀλλήλων, i. 6. the two lines were now less than 
three or four stades (G. 161) apart. — διειχέτην τὼ φάλαγγε (ἃ. 33, 1; 78, 
N. 2). — ἐπαιάνιζον, began to sing the paean, as an omen of victory. — προ- 
ἤρχοντο, began first (πρό), i. e. before the enemy. — ἀντίοι (G. 138, N. 8; 
185). - 
18. ὡς δὲ... φάλαγγος, but when, as they (sc. αὐτῶν) proceeded, a part 
(sc. μέρος with tt) of the phalana (G. 168) surged forward (beyond the rest), 
lit. billowed out (κύμα, α wave), etc. — δρόμῳ θεῖν, to go on the run, double 
quick (dat. of manner).— οἷόνπερ . . - ἐλελίζουσι, just as they raise the war- 
cry to Enyalius (Ares): ἐλελίζω, to shout ἐλελεῦ. --- καὶ πάντες δέ: cf. § 2 
and note. — φόβον . . . ἵπποις (G. 277, 6), thereby frightening (lit. causing 
fright among) the horses (G. 184, 3). 

19. πρὶν δὲ... ἐξικνεῖσθαι : lit. before an arrow reached them, i. e. before 
the Greeks got within bowshot of them (G. 274).— κατὰ κράτος : cf. ἀνὰ κρά- 
τος in 8 1. — θεῖν δρόμῳ : here involving the idea of confusion and disorder 
(cf. § 18). 

20. τὰ δ᾽ ἅρματα, i.e. of the enemy. — τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ: in partitive appo- 
sition to ἅρματα (G. 137, N. 2). — ἡνιόχων (G. 180, 1): derived from ἡνία, 
a rein, and exw. — ἐπεὶ προΐδοιεν, διίσταντο, stood apart (separated), when- 


ever they saw them in front of them (G. 233). — ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις : we should 


expect rather ἦν Sé τις Bs. Cf. the expressions in G. 152, N. 2, and ἣν ous 


in i. 5. 7, with note.—Kavedhpey ἐκπλαγείς, was caught (i. 6. by not getting 
out of the way of a chariot) in his consternation. — ἱπποδρόμῳ : derivation ? 
—al... ἔφασαν, and yet, in fact (καὶ μέντοι), they said that not even he 
suffered any harm (οὐδέν, G. 159, N. 2). — οὐδὲ . ++ δέ: the negative expres- 
sion corresponding to Kal... δέ. Cf. i. 1. 2, and note. — οὐδ᾽ οὐδεὶς ov- 
δέν : emphatic negation (G. 283, 9). So just preceding οὐδὲν οὐδέ. --- τὶς; 
probably, a single man. 

21. ὁρῶν, when he saw. -- νικῶντας, Sidkovras : pred. participles in in- 
direct discourse (G. 280). — τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτούς: 56. πλῆθος or στράτευμα. — 
ἡδόμενος, although he was pleased. — οὐδ᾽ ὥς (G. 29, N.1), nol even thea. (un- 
der these circeumstances).— ἐξήχθη, was led on, tempted (ἐξάγω). --- συνεσπεὺ- 
ραμένην : cf. note on ἐκκεκαλυμμένας τη ἱ. 9. 16: σπειράομαι, to be coiled up, 
from σπεῖρα (cf. Eng. spira/). — ποιήσει, would do, might have been ποιή- 
σοι (G. 243). — ἤδει αὐτὸν ὅτι ἔχοι, knew him that he had, i. 6. knew thas 


Ἐν dCs ie mal oe oad 


Aer en Fm ἐπὶ 





42 XENOPHON. 


he had. Cf. i. 1. 5, and note. The thought could be expressed also in this 
way, ἤδει αὐτὸν ἔχοντα, but not αὐτὸν ἔχειν (G. 280, and ν. 3). | 
' Page 29. --- 22. τὰ αὑτῶν (6. 142, 2; 167, 1). --- ἡγοῦνται, command, 
i. 6. they always hold this position in commanding their armies niin, 
thus, takes up the idea of μέσον ἔχοντες τὸ αὑτῶν, and is itself further de- 
fined by ἣν ἡ ..«. ἑκατέρωθεν, thus, viz. if part of their force is on either side 
of them : οὕτω has besides a conditional force on αἰσθάνεσθαι dv. — ἐν 
ἀσφαλεστάτῳ: sc. τόπῳ. --- εἶναι (G. 260, 2) is apod. to the general cond 
ἣν ἡ (G. 225). — ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν (G. 142, 4, N. 3). — εἰ χρήζοιεν. ἂν 
αἰσϑάνεσθαι (G. 246; 247, ν. 3): οἵ, also G. 220,8; 211.--- ἡμίσει ἤτω: 
more commonly ἐν ἡμίσει χρόνῳ (G. 189, N. 2). ie 
23. δὴ τότε... ὅμως, i.e. the King accordingly (δή) on this occasion held 
(G. 277, 5) the centre, but still, etc. — ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου (sc. μέρους), from the 
opposite side.— αὐτοῦ : with ἔμπροσθεν (G. 182, 2).— ἐπέκαμπτεν. : ite 
= bean round (lit. against), as if to encircle them. By this movement 
ν κε thd mE i. at right angles ᾿ the river, came to face it. — 
24. μὴ κατακόψῃ (G. 216, 2; 201, Rem.).— ἐλαύνει ἀντίος, advances 
against him (ἃ. 138, Ν. 7). --- τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους : identical with TOUS πρὸ 
_—— en a to emphasize the contrast between the 
orces, on one side } ne 7 
percha al » 6,000 on the other. — αὐτὸς τῇ ἑαντοῦ χειρί, 
25. tpowh, the turning of anenemy, rout (G..129, 1). — εἰς τὸ διώκειν 
in — (G. ἊΝ 1).— πλήν : here ἃ conj. Cf. its use as a prep. in i. 2 1. 
= V+. καλούμενοι, chic 8 80- ι 4 table- 
ee μενοι, chiefly his so-called (cf. note on i. 2. 13) tadble- 
26. τὸ ἀμφ᾽ ἐκεῖνον στῖφος : the King’s ὁμοτράπεζοι, probably, in turn 
who, now that the 6,000 had fled, formed a crowd (στῖφος) shout him for 
his protection. — ἠνέσχετο : double augm. (G. 105, 1, N. 3). — καὶ ἰᾶσθαι 
- ++ φησι, and he says that he himself healed (he said ἰώμην, G. 203, n. 1) the 
wound. The present infinitive can be used for the imperfect only when 
something in the sentence or in the context makes it plain that this 
is the case: here (as often) the well-known time of the event makes the 
—— plain. — examples in Moods and Tenses, § 15, 3.) We should 
expect here a relative sentence. The conj 
ἴασϑαι, x. τ. X., who says also, ete. Acne ety bro 
27. αὐτόν, i. 6. Cyrus. — ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμόν, under the eye (implying 
motion towards the eye).— μαχόμενοι . . . ἑκατέρου : the construction begun 
by these subjects is not finished, except so far as it is partially resumed in 
Κῦρος δέ; but it breaks suddenly off in the indirect quest. ὁπόσοι... ἀπέ- 
θνησκον. --- ἀπέθνησκον refers to several being killed at different times 
whereas ἀπέθανε is used of Cyrus alone. — Κτησίας λέγει: we should say, 
this I leave for Ctesias to tell. — ἔκειντο, lay dead, jacebant. . 
28. ὃ πιστότατος θεράπων, the attendant most in his confidence.— werrw- 
κότα: quoted after εἶδε (G. 280). — περιπεσεῖν αὐτῷ: lit. to have fallen 
about him G. 187), i. 6. 80 as to embrace him. Cf. Q. Curtius, viii. 11. 16: 
super amici corpus procubuit. 


ANABASIS 1, Ix. 43 


929. καὶ... Κύρῳ: construe in the Greek order. -- ἐπισφάξαι αὐτὸν 
(Artapates) Κύρῳ (G. 187), to slay him over Cyrus, i. e. as a sacrifice. See 
ἐπισφάζω in lexicon. -- ἑαυτὸν ἐπισφάξασθαι : strongly reflexive, slew him- 
self by his own hand, éavrov being added to the verb already in the mid. 
Note the force of σπασάμενον (ἃ. 199, 3). — εὔνοιαν, πιστότητα : substan- 
tives formed with suffixes expressing quality (G. 129, 7). 


CHAPTER IX. 


Biographical Sketch of Cyrus. 


Synopsis # Cyrus is agreed to have been the most worthy to reign of all Per- 
sians since Cyrus the Great (1). When a boy he excelled all others (2). The 
sons of Persian nobles are educated at the King’s palace, and early learn to gov- 
ern and obey (3, 4). Here Cyrus was remarkable for his modesty and obedience, 
as well as his love of horses and for learning warlike exercises (5). When 
older, he was fond of the chase (6). While satrap, he was careful to keep his 
promises (7); and cities, individuals, and even enemies had the greatest con- 
fidence in him (8). In his warfare with Tissaphernes all the cities, except Mi- 
letus, put themselves under his protection ; and the inhabitants of Miletus feared 
him, because he showed by deeds and words that he would not desert the exiles 
whom they had banished (9, 10). He was always anxious to outdo those who 
did him either a kindness or an injury (11). <A great number confided to 
his charge their property, cities, and persons (12). He was unsparing in his 
punishment of the criminal and unjust (15); but paid honor to warlike talents 
and bravery (14, 15), and rewarded those who loved justice (16). Foreign gen- 
erals in his employ found it profitable to serve him well (17), for diligence was 
never unrewarded (18). Skilful and just managers of his lands were never de- 
prived of their earnings (19). He was successful in attaching friends to him- 
self, and ready to assist them in their own purposes (20, 21). He received and 
gave many presents, surpassed his friends in kind attentions, and was univer- 
sally beloved (22-28): in proof of this no one deserted from him to the King 
(29). His virtues and his quickness in discerning the trustworthy are proved 
by the fact that, when he died, all his most intimate friends, except Ariaeus, 


fell fighting in his behalf (30, 31). 


Page 30.—1. μέν: without correlative. — οὕτως: what would ὧδε 
mean ?— ἀνὴρ ὦν, a man (G. 137) who was, etc. — Περσῶν γενομένων 
(G. 168): the Persians meant are those of the royal line born (γενομένων) 
after the time of (μετά, G. 191, VI. 3, 8 δ) Cyrus the Great. — βασιλικώ- 
τατος: note the suffix uo- (see G. 129, 13). — παρά: with the gen. of the 


agent in place of ὑπό (G. 197, 1, N. 1). — τῶν δοκούντων γενέσθαι, those who 
are reputed to have become (γενέσθαι, G. 260, 2). —év πείρᾳ Κύρου, i. 6. 
intimately acquainted with Cyrus. 

2. πρῶτον μέν : correl. to ἐπεὶ δέ in § 6, which marks the second period 
in his life, and to ἐπεὶ δέ in § 7, which marks the third. —%ru παῖς ὦν, 
while (G. 277, 1) still a boy. — ἐπαιδεύετο : derivation and suffix? See 


G. 130, 4. 





44 XENOPHON. 


3. ἐπὶ... θύραις: as we say, at σοτιγί. ---- σωφροσύνην, self-control, der. 
from σώ-φρων (cas, σῶος, and φρήν) with the suff. σύνα- (see G. 129, 7). 


-- καταμάθοι dv (G. 226, 2 ὁ). --- αἰσχρὸν ... ἔστι (G. 28, N. 1, end): for 


the construction cf. ἣν ἰδεῖν. ἀνθρώπους in § 13, below, and οὐκ fv Aa- 
βεῖν in i. 5. 2. — οὐδὲν οὔτε. .. οὔτε (G. 283, 9). 

4. θεῶνται καὶ ἀκούουσι, they see some (sc. τινάς) honored and hear of 
them (G. 280).— εὐθὺς παῖδες ὄντες (G. 277, N. 1), in their very boyhood.— 
μανθάνουσιν dpxe.v, lewin how to rule (G. 280, N. 8). 

5. αἰδημονέστατος : put first for emphasis, displacing pév: otherwise 
the order would be πρῶτον μὲν αἰδημονέστατος. --- ἐδόκει εἶναι, had the 
reputation of being.— τοῖς te... πείθεσθαι, and of being more obedient to his 
elders than (were) even those inferior to himself in rank. — φιλιππότατος 
(G. 136, N. 3a) with ἐδόκει εἶναι, but χρῆσθαι with ἐδόκει alone. — ἔκρινον: 
they (i. 6. men in general) judyed him, etc. —%pywv: with the two super. 
at the end of the sect. (G. 180, 2). — ἀκοντίσεως : force of the suff. ous ? — 
Give the derivation at length of αἰδήμων, ἡλικιώτης, ὑποδεής, φίλιππος, 
τοξική, ἀκόντισις, φιλομαθής, and μελετηρός. 

6. ἡλικίᾳ (G. 184, 2). --- μέντοι, moreover. So below at the end. — ém- 
φερομένην, that rushed upon him (G. 276, 1): ἄρκτος is epicene (G. 33, 2, 
N. 2). — οὐκ ἔτρεσεν, was not afraid of, did not shrink from. Cf. τρέω, 
τρέμω, tremo, tremble. — συμπεσών: the idea is that of grappling, not of 
falling to the ground, with the bear. — τὰ μέν: cogn. acc. (G. 159, N. 2), 
suffercd somewhat, received some wounds. Often a different word takes the 
place of the article in one part of the correlation ὃ pév.. . 6 δέ (G. 143, 1), 
as here τέλος δέ (G. 160, 2). — πολλοῖς : dat. of the agent with the verbal 
adj. μακαριστόν (from pexapl{w, μάκαρ). 

7. κατεπέμφθη : why κατά ἴ--- σατράπης, as sutrap. See, with ref. to 
the facts here mentioned, i. 1. 2, and the prefatory note. — στρατηγὸς δὲ 
καί: cf. with ref. to pos. kal στρατηγὸν δέ in i. 1. 2. — οἷς : dat. of indir. 
obj. after καθήκει (G. 184, 2).— πρώτονμέν : weakly correlated by δέ in § 11. 
— ἐπέδειξεν αὑτὸν ὅτι, κ, τ. X., he showed himself, that he made, etc., em- 
phatic attraction. Cf. note on τῶν βαρβάρων, i. 1. 5. — ὅτι... ποιοῖτο, 
that he made it of the yreatest importance, regarded it most important ; the 
direct form of the sent. being περὶ πλείστον ποιοῦμαι, ἐάν τῳ σπείσωμαι 
(G. 225) kal... συνθῶμαι kal... ὑπόσχωμαί τι, μηδὲν ψεύδεσθαι (6. 247). 
— tw: what other form was possible? See G. 84. --- σπένδομαι of making 
a treaty (by libations) ; συντίθεμαι of entering into an agreement ; ὑπισχνέ- 
ομαι of promising in the common sense. 

8. καὶ yap, and (proof is at hand) for. — σπεισαμένου, temporal. — μη- 
δὲν ἂν παθεῖν, in direct form οὐδὲν ἂν πάθοιμι (G. 211; 226, 2d): for the 
change of neg. see G. 242, 4. 

Page 31.—9. τοιγαροῦν, therefore. — ἑκοῦσαι (G. 138, ν. 7).--- Μιλησίων : 
we should expect Μιλήτον. --- οὗτοι δὲ... αὐτόν : a proof, drawn from an 
enemy, that Cyrus was to be trusted.— προέσθαι, to abandon (see προίημι). 


10. καὶ yap... ἔλεγεν, for he both (wal... καί in correlation) showed 
repeatedly by what he did, and declared repeatedly, or, more freely, showed 


ANABASIS 1, 1x. 45 


repeatedly both by word and deed, — mpootro (G. 127 » 11Π|.,κ.1λ me ἅπαξ is 
once for all; but ποτέ, once on a time (δ 6), some time, ever. — οὐδ᾽ εἰ... 
γένοιντο, not even if they should become still fewer, 1. e. should be cut down 
in numbers by their misfortunes.— ὅτι... πράξειαν : in direct form οὐκ ἄν 
ποτε προοίμην, eel... ἐγενόμην, οὐδ᾽ εἰ... γένοιντο... . πράξειαν (G. 247, 
a a ἢ ψϑολνν δ᾽ ἣν καὶ πειρώμενος, but {ΐ wus obvious also that he strove 
(G. 280, N. 1). — εἰ ποιήσειεν : prot. to πειρώμενος. The fact made evident 
(i. 6. the direct discourse) is ἐάν tis... ποιήσῃ, πειρῶμαι (G. 225). For 
the two accusatives after ποιήσειεν, see G. 165. For the parallel construc- 
tion at the end of the section, see G. 165, N. 1, and ef. § 10. — ἐξέφερον, 
reported. — ὡς εὔχοντο : quoted (G. 243) after εὐχὴν ἐξέφερον, which in- 
volves the idea of saying. They said, εὔχεται (1. 6. he sometimes prays) τῆν 
ἔστ᾽ ἂν νικᾷ (G. 239, 2; 232, 3); the future ap. ἃ. to tor’ ἂν νικᾷ is ζῆν. 
For the change by quot. of the subj. νικᾷ ἴο the opt., see G, 247. — νικῴη 
ἀλεξόμενος, should outdo in return ing like for like. ig! 

12. καὶ γὰρ οὖν : as in § 8.— 87: with the superlative, just as pepe res 
δή means the very greatest. The phrase ἑνί ye ἀνδρί also (ἀνδρί, of course, 
is grammatically in app. to αὐτῷ) logically modifies the superl.; the num- 
ber, i. e., was the very greatest in view, at least (γῶ, of the fact that it was 
a single man (ἑνὶ ἀνδρί) that was in question. — τῶν ἐφ ἡμῶν, of the “Ὁ 
of our time, part. gen. with αὐτῷ, but affected also by the superlative = ei- 
oro, as if it had been said he was trusted most of all the men of srs ne 
For this meaning of ἐπί, see G, 191, VI. 2,1 ὃ. — προέσθαι, to entrust. 
“a a μὲν (= μὴν) δὴ οὐδέ, nor yet now in truth. -- — 4 
των, most unsparingly of all.— ἣν ἰδεῖν, ἐξ was possible to see, you might ~ 
- ποδῶν, χειρῶν, ὀφθαλμῶν : why gen.? — μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντι, {7 in - phe 
(G. 159, N. 2) α wrong-doer (G. 277, 4). — ὅ τι mpoxwpoln, —— ‘ — 
to his advantage (G. 238) to have (sc. ἔχειν). For ἤθελεν (which might have 
bee οι), see G. 233, N. 1. 

ees iinet ὡμολόγητο, he had been (and so = — 
edged, pers. const. (cf. § 20). — ἣν αὐτῷ πόλεμος : principal sen — ΜΡ 
we should expect ἃ dependent one, such as ὄντος ποτὲ αὐτῷ eo see “ 
πρῶτον μέν, notwithstanding its position, goes with po tol yar 
correlated by ἔπειτα. --- καὶ αὐτός, even in person. — € ovras: cf. € yd 
in § 9, and note, and ἐθελοντάς in i. 6. 9, and note. — 14s Κατέστ 


χώρας (6. 154, N.). 

15. wore... εἶναι, sot 5 
most prosperous, and the bad were deemed jit t 
would regularly either stand within the clause wi 
to both subjects. — οἴοιτο : for the mood cf. mpoxwpo 
σεσϑαι: quoted (G. 260, 2). 

16. au πων at least, adding a case in the general wang Fs 
the high character of Cyrus that could not be —- — simply, 
moreover. — εἰς δικαιοσύνην (see G. 129, 7 and 12): wit ἴκνννϑοι ᾿ 


κω: me 266, 1) 
his dominions) the good appeared (G. 266, 
greene ὁ be their slaves: φαίνεσθαι 


th pév or else belong 
ίη in § 13. — αἰσθή- 





46 XENOPHON. 


to distinguish himself for uprightness. — εἰ γένοιτο, ἐποιεῖτο (G. 225). — 
βουλόμενος : quoted. Cf. φανερὸς ἣν πειρώμενος in § 11. — περὶ παντὸς 
ἐποιεῖτο : cf. περὶ πλείστου ποιοῖτο in ὃ 7. — τούτους : pl. because of the 
distributive force of τὶς to which it refers. —é« τοῦ ἀδίκου, by injustice 
(G. 139, 2). 

Page 32. —17. δικαίως, with fidelity.— διεχειρίζετο, were managed, lit. 
were had in hand.— καὶ. .. ἐχρήσατο, and he secured the services of (G. 200, 
nN. 5 b)an army worthy of the name, justo exercitu.—érrevoay: coming 
as mercenaries across the sea. — éwel ἔγνωσαν, because they judged it, etc. 
(G. 250). — πειθαρχεῖν (G. 131, 2 α). --- τὸ κατὰ μῆνα κέρδος is in the same 
construction as πειθαρχεῖν, the subject of εἶναι, which might have been 1d 
wed. (G. 259 and N.). For κατὰ μῆνα, monthly, seeG. 191, 1V. 2, 2c. 

18. εἴ τίς γέ τι: one proclitic, three enclitics. The proclitic takes the 
accent of τὶς ; for the accent of the enclitics, see G. 28, N. 2. — tls ye, any 
one (emphatically), no matter how insignificant. — tl: with ὑπηρετήσειεν, 
did him (G. 184, 2) any (G. 159, N. 2) good service. With ὑπηρετήσειεν 
cf. γένοιτο in ὃ 16, and the ref., and also ὁρῴη in § 19.— οὐδενὶ... προθυ- 
μίαν, he never let his (lit. any one’s, G. 184, 3) zeul (see G. 129, 7) go un- 
rewarded. —xpaértirrot δή: cf. πλεῖστοι δή in ὃ 12, and note. — ὑπηρέται, 
supporters. — Ἰζύρῳ .. . γενέσθαι, Cyrus was said to have had, lit. were said 
to have been (become) to Cyrus (poss. dat., G. 184, 4). 

19. τινὰ ὄντα, that any one was (G. 280). So the two participles that 
follow. — οἰκονόμον, manager, Eng. eco-nomist. Note the derivation. — 
ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου, according to justice, or we may freely transl. Savdv... δι- 
καίου, α skilful and just manager.— ἧς ἄρχοι is part of the conditional rela- 
tive sentence (= εἴ τινος ἄρχοι) and follows the construction of ὁρῴη. See 
Moods and Tenses, ὃ 64, N. 2.— χώρας (G. 154).— οὐδένα dv... ἀφ-είλετο, 
he would never deprive (G. 206) him (lit. any one) of (his territory, sc. χώραν, 
and see G. 164). The ἄν belongs equally to προσεδίδονυ (G. 212, 4). This 
form with dv, since it expresses a customary action, is a natural apodosis 
to εἰ ὁρῴη. See again G. 225, and Moods and Tenses, § 51, Rem.— ἐπέπατο 
(see πάομαι, to acquire): cf. the use of the perf. and plup. of κτάομαι. --- 
αὖ, moreover. — Kipov (G. 164). — οὐ φθονῶν ἐφαίνετο ἀλλὰ πειρώμενος, i 
was clear that he did not envy, but strove, etc. (G. 280). 

20. φίλους : emphasized by position and the following particles ; obj. of 
θεραπεύειν. --- ὅσους ποιήσαιτο (G. 233): the apodosis is θεραπεύειν (not 
γενέσθαι). This use of the optative, as also the corresponding one in con- 
ditional clauses not relative (G. 225), occurs repeatedly in this chapter and 
should be watched for. — ὄντας: cf. ὄντα in § 19. — ἱκανοὺς συνεργοὺς ὅ τι 
τυγχάνοι, competent co-workers in whatever he chanced, etc. —8 τι τυγχά- 
νοι (= εἴ τι τυγχάνοι) : see note on ἧς ἄρχοι in § 19. — βουλόμενος: cf. 
παρών in i. 1. 2, and note. — πρός, by (G. 191, VI. 6, 1 ὁ, end). — κράτι- 
στος δή: cf. § 12 and § 18.— γενέσθαι : in the dir. form ἐγένετο (G. 260, 2). 

21. αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὗπερ ἕνεκα, κ. τ. X., he tried to secwre for his friends that 
very object for which he thought that he needed friends himself,— viz. that he 
might have co-workers, — he tried (I say) also on his own part to be a most 


ANABASIS 1, Ix. 47 


vigorous co-worker with his friends, etc. αὐτὸ τοῦτο would naturally have 
been the object of some verb like πράττειν after ἐπειρᾶτο, but for this simple 
αὐτὸ τοῦτο πράττειν the amplified expression συνεργὸς. « « εἶναι... ἐπιθυ- 
μοῦντα was substituted, to express the same idea more fully. Cf. a... καί- 
ove in iii. δ. 5.— τούτου : emphatic (G. 152).— ὅτου (i. 6. οὕτινος, G. 84) 
is not gen. by assimilation, but gen. independently (G. 171, 2). — ἐπιθυ- 
μοῦντα : quoted after αἰσθάνοιτο (G. 280). δ: 
22. οἶμαι : by syncope for οἴομαι. The word is here parenthetic, like 
our 1 think.— εἷς ye ὧν ἀνήρ : cf. ἑνί ye ἀνδρί in § 12, and note.— διὰ πολ- 
ha, for many reasons. — δι-εδίδου, dis-tributed. — καὶ ὅτου : sc. πρὸς and 
the indef. antecedent of &rov.— δεόμενον : how is the part. to be construed ? 

23. κόσμον: in app. to ὅσα (G. 137, N. 4). -- ἢ . .. ἤ, either . . . or. — 
ὡς els πόλεμον: the ὡς marks the purpose for which the objects were sent 
(ες πόλεμον) as subjectively conceived by the sender. Cf. ὡς els μάχην in 
i. 8. 1, and ὡς εἰς kuxAwory in i. 8. 23.— καλλ-ωπισμόν : der.?— καί, more- 
over, With the following sentence as a whole. — λέγειν: an imperfect infini- 
tive with ἔφασαν (G. 203, N. 1): they said ἔλεγε, he used to say. CL ἐλέ- 
χθησαν γενέσθαι in § 18. — δύναιτο (G. 245); νομίζοι (G. 243). Cyrus 
said οὐκ ἂν Suvalp vy... φίλους δὲ... νομίζω. ἡ 

24. καὶ τὸ piv... ποιοῦντα, and his surpassing (G. 259, N.) his friends 
in conferring great (with emphasis) benefits, etc. τὰ μεγάλα is cognate acc. 
with εὖ ποιοῦντα, benefiting (G. 159, N. 2). — ἐπιμελείᾳ: dative of respect 
(G. 188, 1, ν. 1). — φίλων (G. 175, 2). : 

Page 88. — τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι : parallel in a to τῇ ἐπιμελείᾳ 
CG. 262. 2). ---- ταῦτα takes up τὸ περιεῖναι, K. τ. A» “ον 
; 25. aes (G. 167, 4).— Hal Sects (δέω, to want).— οὕπω δὴ πολλοῦ χρό- 
vou, not for a long time (G. 179, 1), lit. not as yet now within a long teane. 
- ὅτι... ἐπιτύχοι represents ἐπέτυχον, K. τ. λ., in the words of Ὲ yrus 
(G. 243); but the next sentence gives the actual words of the γύρο ον 
who in delivering the gift would say : Κῦρος οὔπω δὴ πολλοῦ 00 0 Om ig 
τοῦτον οὖν σοι ἔπεμψε, κ. τ. A. Cf. the last half of § 26, τούτοις ἥσθη Κυ- 
pos: βούλεται, x. T. A. — ἐκπιεῖν, (0 drink it up (lit. out): cf. Germ. aus- 
trinken. — σὺν οἷς (G. 153, N. 1). 

26. ET ita der.? — ἡμίσεα, halves (G. 189, 1). — err os bis 
in addition (to presenting the gifts), to ααά. ---- τούτων γεύσασθαι, to lane ὦ 
taste of (note the force of the aorist) these (G. 171, 2). - 

27. ἐδύνατο : there is some MS. authority for δύναιτο. See G. 233, 
N. 1, and Moods and Tenses, § 62, N. 1. — ϑια-πέμπων : force of διά ? — ὡς 
μὴ ἄγωσιν : subj. of purpose after a secondary tense (G. 216, 2). τ sod 
dent will note that a clause of negative purpose can be introd. either by the 
simple μή, or by μή preceded by ἵνα, ὡς, ὅπως, the me : 
being simply that not, lest. Cf. the examples under G. 216, 1. 


28. πλεῖστοι, very many. — μέλλοιεν ὄψεσθαι : 800 i. 8. 1, and pee 
ἐσπουδαιο-λογεῖτο, he engaged in earnest conversation (with them), a den ; ; 
verb (6. 130, 2) der. from σπουδαῖος and λέγω, and σπουδαῖος from σπουδή, 


σπεύδω (G. 129, 12). — ὡς δηλοίη obs τιμᾷ (τιμᾷ indic.), that he might show 


aning in both cases 





48 ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


(G. 216, 1) whom he honored (G. 248, Ν., end). The purpose in his own 
mind was, ὡς δηλῶ (subj.) οὖς τιμῶ (indic.). — ἐξ ὧν ἀκούω, from what I 
hear : cf. ἀκούει in i. 3. 20, and ποίο.--- Ἑλλήνων, βαρβάρων : with οὐδένα. 

29. τούτου, τόδε: diff. of use --- δούλου ὄντος, though he was a slave. 
Cf. i. 7. 8. -- πλήν : conj. Cf. i. 8. 25. — καὶ otros... evpe: the order is, 
kal οὗτος δὴ ταχὺ evpe αὐτὸν ὃν wero, x. τ. A. Cf. i. 6.3. For oi, see 
G. 144, 2. — φιλαίτερον : for the more common φίλτερον (G. 73, 1, 10). — 
ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ: the King. — ἀγαπώμενοι : ἀγαπάω is properly to show by out- 
ward signs that one regards ; φιλέω (ὃ 28, end), on the other hand, is used 
of the love of friends. — τυγχάνειν ἂν is quoted after νομίζοντες (G. 246): 
the protasis lies in ὄντες = εἰ εἴησαν (G. 226, 1). 

30. τὸ αὐτῷ γενόμενον, what happened to him, sc. ἐστί: τεκμήριον is 
pred. — τοὺς ... βεβαίους: the article is expressed but once, because the 
writer is speaking of a single class of persons possessing all the qualities 
mentioned, those who were faithful, well-disposed, and constant. 

31. συν-τράπεζοι: cf. ὁμοτράπεζοι in i. 8. 25. — ὑπέρ, over, in behalf of 
(G. 191, 1V. 3, 1b). — τεταγμένος : what use of the part.? Explain the 
use also of πεπτωκότα in the next line. 


CHAPTER X. 


Synopsis: The head and right hand of Cyrus are cut off ; the King falls upon 
his camp, and the troops of Ariaeus flee (1). The camp is pillaged, except 
where a few of the Greeks, who have been left on guard, make a successful 
stand (2,3). Both armies proceed as if victorious, the Greeks pursuing, the 
Persians plundering (4) ; but when they discover one another's movements, the 
King collects his forces, and Clearchus consults with Proxenus (5). The King 
is seen approaching ; but instead of making an attack upon the rear of the Greek 
army, as is expected, he leads off his troops to the left (6), joined by Tissapher- 
nes, who has charged through the Greek lines (7, 8). The Greeks fall back upon 
the river (9). The King draws up his troops opposite, but is again put to flight 
(10,11). His cavalry rally upon a hill, but on the approach of the Greeks aban- 
lon this also (12, 13). Clearchus sends a scout upon the hill to report their 
movements (14), who brings back word that they are flying at the top of their 
speed (15). The Greeks abandon the pursuit, and wonder at the absence of 
Cyrus (16). They resolve to return to their camp (17); but finding this plun- 
dered, they encamp supperless for the night (18, 19). 


Page 84.— 1. The narrative is resumed from Chap. viii.— ἠποτέμνεται 
. +» δεξιά : a Persian custom. In iii. 1. 17 it is stated that the head and 
hand of Cyrus were exposed to view fixed on a stake. — ἀποτέμνεται, διώ- 
κων, εἰσπίπτει : note aud explain the number and agreement of these words. 
— Κύρειον : an adj. in place of the more common poss. gen. K tpov.— στρα- 
τόπεδον : merely the place where they had halted in the hurry of the un- 
expected engagement (i. 8. 1 sq.). — of pera ᾿Αριαίου, Ariaeus and those 
with him, like the phrase of ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην, iii. 5. 1: μετὰ ᾿Αριαίον 
implies participation (G. 191, VI. 3, 1), but σὺν αὐτῷ above implies accom- 


ANABASIS 1, x. 49 


paniment (G. 191, II. 2).— ἔνθεν ὥρμηντο : on the morning of the battle. It 
will be remembered that the battle was fought on the afternoon of the third 
day (i. 7. 20) after the midnight review mentioned in i. 7. 1, and that this 
review was held on the night after the third day’s march from Pylae. Cf. 
note on ἐντεῦθεν, i. 7. 1. — τέτταρες . .. ὁδοῦ, and the distance was said to 
be four parasangs, lit. there were said to be four parasangs of the road. 

2. πολλά: pred., to a great amount. — τὴν Φωκαΐδα.. .. εἶναι, the Pho- 
cacan woman, the concubine (G. 187) of Cyrus, who was said (τὴν . +. λεγο- 
μένην = ἣ . «. ἐλέγετο : G. 276, 2; 187) to be, ete. Athenaeus says that 
she was first named Milto, and afterwards Aspasia. Phocaea was a city of 
lonia. See the map. —AapBaver: with βασιλεύς, above. 

ὃ. ἡ νεωτέρα, the younger (of the two).— γυμνή, lightly clad, without her 
mantle. — τῶν Ἑλλήνων : sc. τινάς (a rare omission).— ἐν Tots σκενοφόροις 
(neut.), i. 6. among the baggaye. — ὅπλα ἔχοντες, under arms, standing 
guard (G. 279, 4). — Kal ἀντιταχθέντες (sc. οὗτοι). --- οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτών, and 
some also of their own number : οἱ δέ is correl. to πολλοὺς μέν. Cf. note on 
τὰ μέν in i. 9. 6. -- ἐντὸς αὐτῶν, within their lines. — ἐγένοντο : plural from 
the influence of ἄνθρωποι. 

4. ἀλλήλων: why gen.?— οἱ Ἕλληνες : the main body. —- οἱ μέν: refer- 
ring chiastically (see note on ἀναβαίνει... ἀνέβη in i. 1. 2) to οἱ EdAnves. 
— ὡς πάντας νικῶντες, thinking that they were victorious over all G. 277, 
N. 2), but below,as... νικῶντες, thinking that now they were all victorious. 

5. This entire section consists of four clauses arranged chiastically, 
1) referring chiefly to the Greeks, 2) chiefly to the King, 3) to the K ing, 
and 4) again to the Greeks. — εἴη : why opt.? — Τισσαφέρνους : stationed 
at the King’s extreme left (i. 8. 9), he had charged through the right of the 
Greeks and joined the King in the camp of Cyrus in the rear (§ 7). ἘΝ 
νικῷεν, οἴχονται : one verb changed to the opt. by quot., the other not; for 
which see Moods and Tenses, § 70, 2, Rem. 1, end. Cf. also G. 247, N. 1.— 
πλησιαίτατος : comparative how formed ὃ (6. 71, N. 2). — πέμποιεν, ἴοιεν : 
in the direct questions, πέμπωμεν, ἴωμεν; (G. 256 ; 244). For ed... %, 
introducing the double indirect question, see G. 282, 5. 

6. δῆλος ἦν προσιών: cf. δῆλος ἣν ἀνιώμενος ini. 2. 11, and note. — 
ὡς ἐδόκει ὄπισθεν, i.e. apparently from their rear. — στραφέντες, facing 
about. It will be remembered that the two forces were somewhat more 
than three miles apart (§ 4). — παρεσκευάζοντο . . . δεξόμενοι, prepared 
themselves with a view to his advancing in this way (1. 6. ὄπισθεν) and to 
their receiving (him so): ὡς (G. 277, N. 2) belongs not only to δεξόμενοι 
(part. of purpose), but also to προσιόντος (part. of cause). προσιόντος (se. 
αὐτοῦ) is the genitive abs.; δεξόμενοι modifies ot Ἕλληνες. See, further, 
Moods and Tenses, § 111. — 4 δὲ παρῆλθεν, K. τ᾿ λ.: cf. i. 8. 23. The aor. 
is a pluperfect in force. Cf. i. 1. 2. — ἀπήγαγεν, marched back. . 

Page 35.—7. διήλασε... . πελταστάς, charged along (παρά) the river 
into (κατά) the Greck peltasts and through them. — διελαύνων δέ, and as he 
drove through them. For the force stationed at the extreme right of Cyrus 
when the battle began, see i. 8. 5. — ἔπαιον : probably with their swords. 


QPS AES 2 >, 
eee 


εν ον 


εὐ aa Τ, " 


nate 


ene 








50 XENOPHON. 


-- αὐτούς : the cavalry of Tissaphernes. —’Apourodlrys, of Amphipolis, 
an important Greek city on the Strymon in Thrace.— ἐλέγετο. . . γενέσθαι, 
was said to have proved himself (G. 260, 2) sagacious (to have shown his wis- 
dom) by pursuing this course of tactics. 

8. οὖν, at any rate. Cf. i. 2. 12.— as... ἀπηλλάγη, after he had 
come off (note the force of the tense) with the worst of it, lit. having less. — 
-- τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων (G. 142, 2). — ὅμου πάλιν ἐπορεύοντο, proceeded back 
together. 

9. τὸ εὐώνυμον : the historian has the position of the Greeks when the 
battle began in mind, their right then resting on the river. They had now 
faced about (στραφέντες, § 6). — μὴ προσάγοιεν, κατακόψειαν : why opt.? 
---ἀναπτύσσειν τὸ κέρας : lit. to fold back the wing. The object was to 
bring their line parallel to the river. At present they are at right angles to 
it. For the const. of ἐδόκει ἀναπτύσσειν, cf. i. 3. 11, and note, and with 
ἀναπτύσσειν, to fold back, cf. περιπτύσσειν, to fold about, enfold, above. 

10. ἐβουλεύοντο: before the Greeks had even begun to change their 
position, while they were as yet simply planning it, the King was already 
executing relatively the same manceuvre, with the intention of presenting 
his front to the river. This shows that the apprehension of the Greeks, 
mentioned in ἃ 9, ἔδεισαν. . . κατακόψειαν, was well grounded. It is not 
implied by ἐβουλεύοντο that the Greeks did not subsequently effect their 
change of position. — καὶ 8)... συνήει, the King in truth also, changing 
his line of battle to the same form (i. 6. τοῖς “Εἰλλησιν), stationed it opposite, 
just as at first he had met them for battle.— ὄντας, παρατεταγμένους : what 
use of the participles ?— αὖθις : see the description of the first charge of 
the Greeks in i. 8. 17 sq. — τὸ πρόσθεν : adverbial accusative (G. 160, 2). 
Cf. τὸ πρῶτον, above. 

11. ἐκ πλείονος, when at a greater distance from them.— ἔπ-εδίωκον : note 
the force of the preposition. — κώμης τινός : possibly Cunaxa (Κούναξα), 
the village near which, as Plutarch says, the battle was fought. 

12. ἀνεστράφησαν, rallicd.— πεζοί (without article), predicate, sc. ὄντες. 
The const. changes at τῶν δὲ ἱππέων, where we should expect ἱππεῖς δὲ, ov 
ὁ λόφος, k. τ. A. — TV... ἐνεπλήσθη : the passive of the construction ex- 
plained in G. 172, 2. — τὸ ποιούμενον : τὸ γιγνόμενον is more common in 
this sense.— μὴ γιγνώσκειν : sc. τοὺς “Ἑἰλληνας. --- ἀετόν... dvarerapévoy, 
(probably) a kind of (τινά) golden eagle, with wings extended, perched on a 
bar of wood (and raised) upon a lance. πέλτη, which commonly means 
a shield or target, is also used for δόρυ or λόγχη ; and ἐπὶ ξύλου may refer to 
a horizontal piece of wood on which the eagle was perched. So ἐπὶ ξύλου 
καθεύδεις, roost like a fowl, Aristoph. Nub. 1431. The ξύλον with the eagle 
was then raised on the point of a lance (ἐπὶ πέλτῃ). In the Cyrop. vii. 1. 4, 
the Persian standard is called ἀετὸς χρυσοῦς ἐπὶ δόρατος μακροῦ avarera- 
μένος. Curtius, iii. 3. 16, calls it auream aquilam pinnas extendenti 
similem. 

13. ἐνταῦθα: for ἐνταυθοῖ, just as we use here or there in the sense of 
hither or thither. — ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν, some from one part (of the hill), others 


ANABASIS 2, 1. : 51 


from another, or, as we should say, some in one direction, others in another. 
"_ aay ἱππέων: with ἐψιλοῦτο, was cleared of the horsemen. Cf. τῶν ἱπ- 
πέων ἐνεπλήσθη in § 12. — τέλος : cf. 1. 9. 6. ity 

14. ὑπ᾽ αὐτόν, at the foot of it. “.-- κατ-ιδόντας : note the preposition. 

Page 36. — τί ἐστιν: in what other mood might the verb have been ? 
What case of the same sort is there in the next section ? 

15. oxeddv... ἦν, ie. and about this time. 

16. θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα : see note on i. 5. 14. — φαίνοιτο, παρείη : optative 
in a causal sentence (G. 250, Ν.). - τεθνηκότα: cf. πεπτωκότα in i. 8. 28. 
. διώκοντα οἴχεσθαι, had gone (G. 246) in pursuit (G. 27 9, 4, N.). — 
καταληψόμενόν τι προεληλακέναι, ad pushed on (give the direct form) to 
take possession of (G. 277, 3) something. 

17. εἰ ἄγοιντο ἢ ἀπίοιεν : cf. εἰ πέμποιεν ἣ ἴοιεν in § 5, and note. — 
ϑορπηστόν, supper-time (although they went supperless, § 19): derived from 
δόρπον, which in Homer is the common name for the afternoon or evening 
meal, Lat. coena, the chief meal of the day. In the primitive Homeric 
times there were two regular meals, ἄριστον, an early meal, breakfast, and 
Sdprrov, a late meal, supper. Either could be called δεῖπνον, which in Attic 
Greek meant the chief meal of the day, and as this came late in the efter- 
noon, δεῖπνον took the place of the older name δόρπον. Cf. ἄ-δειπνοι in 
§ 19. The Attic ἄριστον was a midday meal, lunch, or dinner. 

18. διηρπασμένα (G. 279, 1).— εἴ Te -- ἦν, whatever there was to eat or 
drink (ποτόν, verbal adjective from πίνω). --- μεστάς: predicate ad jective, 
sc. οὔσας, (that had been) full (G. 204, N. 1). Tas ἁμάξας and the τοῦτο 
that is to be understood as the antecedent of the clause εἴ Tt... ἣν are, 
along with τὰ πλεῖστα, objects of καταλαμβάνουσι.--- εἰ λάβοι (G. 248, N.). 
— ἅμαξαι: predicate to ἦσαν, αὗται being the subject. — καὶ ταῦτας . “s 
διήρπασαν: this is partly a repetition of what has already been expresse 
in διηρπασμένα. --- τότε: see ὃ 2. , ae 

19. ἄδειπνοι ἦσαν ἦσαν ἀνάριστοι : what is such an arrangement 0 
the parts of a sentence called? Note also the case that follows, καταλῦσαι 
τὸ στράτευμα, βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη. σι, concerning the fact stated in πρὶν yap 
... ἐφάνη, i. 8. 1, and note. — μέν : correlative to δέ in ii. 1. 2. 





BOOK SECOND. 


NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE Kinc.— CONCLUSION OF A reece 
NING OF THE Marcn Homewarp. — TREACHEROUS SEIZURE OF T 


Five GENERALS. — THEIR CHARACTERS. 


CHAPTER I. 


Synopsis : The preceding Book is reviewed in outline (1). At daybreak ὃ" 
generals meet and express surprise that Cyrus neither appears himself nor sen 





4 XENOPHON. 


them orders. They resolve to march forward and meet him (2); but just at sun. 
rise messengers bring word that he is dead, and that Ariaeus proposes to set out 
on the next day for Ionia (3). The Greeks are afflicted at the death of Cyrus, 
but, accepting the facts, send word to Ariaeus that they will make him king (4). 
Chiriséphus and Menon go back with the messengers (5). Clearchus awaits their 
return, and the troops slaughter the beasts of burden for food (6). Heralds ar- 
rive from the King (7), who announce that he commands the Greeks to give up 
their arms and sue at his gates for favor (8). Clearchus, replying briefly, leaves 
the rest to answer while he returns to conclude a sacrifice (9). Various replies 
are made, some threatening, others conciliatory (10-14). Clearchus returns 
and shrewdly asks the advice of Phalinus, one of the heralds and himself a 
Greek, hoping that he will advise them not to surrender (15-18). But he replies 
that they have no chance for life except from the King’s mercy (19). Clearchus 
contemptuously replies that they will keep their arms (20). Phalinus then in- 
forms them that the King will consider that a truce exists between himself and 
them, as long as they remain where they are; but otherwise, war (21). Clearchus 
bids him report that this is a satisfactory arrangement (22), but refuses to give 
any intimation of his intentions (23). 


1. The first section of Book II., and the similar introductions prefixed 
to most of the following books, are generally supposed to be the work of an 
editor who divided the Anabasis into books. — ὡς... ἐστρατεύετο : thie 
first of five indirect questions, subjects of δεδήλωται. --- οὖν : to introduce 
the recapitulation. — Κύρῳ: dative of advantage (G. 184, 3), not of the 
agent. — ἐκοιμήθησαν: κοιμάω, to put to sleep, is akin to κεῖμαι. --- τὰ 
πάντα, at all points (G. 160, 2). Why is the subject of νικᾶν omitted ? 
(G. 134, 3). — νικᾶν : their thought was, νικῶμεν, we have conquered (are 
victorious), a pres. with an approach to the signif. of the perf. (Moods and 
Tenses, ὃ 10, N. 4). — ἔμπροσθεν (G. 141, N. 8). --- λόγῳ, narrative, i. 6. in 
Book I. 

2. ἅμα St τῇ ἡμέρᾳ: cf. i. 7. 2, and reference. For δέ, see note on μέν 
in i. 10. 19: the editor above-mentioned (note on § 1) probably used the 
μέν at the beginning of § 1 without noticing the preceding sentence. 

Page 37. — ὅτι πέμποι, φαίνοιτο : cf. the opt. in i. 10. 16, and note. — 
σημανοῦντα: what does the part. express ?— εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν : cf. i. 10. 5. 
— ως συμμίξειαν : optative in a dependent clause by quotation (G. 248, 3). 
What other mood might we have had, and why? What would then be 
added to ἕως ὃ 

3. ἐν ὁρμῇ ὄντων, when they (sc. αὐτῶν and cf. i. 2. 17) were on the point 
of starting. — ἡλίῳ : the names of the heavenly bodies, like proper names, 
may omit the article. Cf. ἥλιος in i. 10. 15. — Προκλῆς : of the third dec. 
(G. 52, 2, n. 3). — TevOpavias: a town and district in Mysia. — γεγονώς, 
descended from. — Aapaparov, Damardatus, a Spartan king, deposed in 
491 B. c., who settled in southwestern Mysia. See a dict. of biography. — 
Tots: mentioned in i. 4. 16. He had now gone over to Artaxerxes. For 
Tamos see i. 2. 21, and note.— τέθνηκεν might have been τεθνήκοι (G. 243): 
cf. the optatives that follow, εἴη, λέγοι, φαίη. --- σταθμῷ: cf. i. 10. 1.— 


ANABASIS 2, 1. 53 


ὅθεν = ἐξ οὗ. --- ἡμέραν (G. 161). — περιμείνειεν dv... μέλλοιεν : in the 
dir. form (G. 247), περιμείναιμι ἂν αὐτοὺς, εἰ μέλλουσιν ἥκειν (G. 227, 1). 
-- τῇ ἄλλῃ, on the next day. — ἀπιέναι (G. 200, Ν. 3b) φαίη : cf. with λέγοι 
ὅτι, K. T A, above, and see G. 260, N. 1. — ἐπὶ ᾿Ιωνίας, in the direction of 
Tonia (G. 191, VI. 2, 1 @). 

4, ἀκούσαντες of στρατηγοὶ καὶ of ἄλλοι “EdAnves πυνθανόμενοι : 
chiastic. —’AAAA: often begins a speech opposed to one that precedes. 
Ch i. 7. 6. — Sede... ζῆν, would that Cyrus were living (G. 251, 2,N. 1). 
How else might the thought have been expressed ?— νικῶμεν : cf. the note 
on $1, and cf. also § 8, § 9, and καὶ 11. — εἰ μὴ ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα dv: the 
prot. referring to the past, the apod. to the present (G. 222).— καθιεῖν, see 
καθίζω (G. 110, 11. x. 1¢).— τῶν νικώντων : predicate genitive of possession 
(ἃ. 169, 1). — τὸ ἄρχειν : subject infinitive with the art. (G. 259, N.). 

5. ταῦτα: why did the Greeks use the plural, and why do we translate 
by the singular ?— τοὺς ἀγγέλους : Procles and Glus, § 3. — καὶ yap: cf. 
i. 1. 6, and note. 

6. οἱ μέν : asyndeton. See note oni. 2. 4, and cf. i. 2. 25. — ὅπως, as, 
= ds. — ξύλοις, for fucl (G. 137, N. 4). — pixpdv... οὗ, going forward a 
short distance (G. 161) from the main body, to where, ete.— οἰστοῖς, arrows, 
derived from the root that appears in οἴσω, the future of φέρω. Lit. then 
οἰστός is that which is borne or shot. --- ἠνάγκαζον : had compelled: cf. 
ἐποίησε in i. 1. 2, with note, and ἐπολιόρκει, συνεπολέμει in i. 4. 2. — τοὺς 
αὐτομολοῦντας : cf. i. 10. 6. — φέρεσθαι ἔρημοι, left to be carried away, 
i. e. for fuel (G. 265). See Moods and Tenses, ὃ 97, N. 1, end. — κρέα : ob- 
ject of both participle and verb. 

Page 3S. — 7. καὶ ἤδη... ἀγοράν: cf. i. 8. 1, and note. — οἱ μὲν ἄλ- 
λοι: in apposition to κήρυκες. We should expect εἷς δ᾽ αὐτῶν Φαλῖνος 
Ἕλλην to follow.— βάρβαροι: predicate to ὄντες to be supplied.— ἐντίμως 
ἔχων, to be in honor. Cf. note on εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν, i. 1. ὅ. — ἐπιστήμων : 
derivation 3 --- τῶν ἀμφὶ τάξεις = τῶν τακτικῶν. For the case, see G. 182,1. 
— ὁπλο-μαχίαν, the art of fighting in heavy armor (ἃ. 131, 1). 

8. ὅτι... ἀγαθόν: what changes of mood are possible in this sentence ? 
(G. 247): λέγουσιν has the force of an historical tense (G.201, Rem. ).— 
νικῶν : what use of the part.? Cf. also note on νικᾶν in ὃ 1. — παραδόν- 
tas: for the relation of this part. to the following ἰόντας εὑρίσκεσθαι, cf. 
note on ὑπολαβών in i. 1. 7. — cdoloxer Oar . . . ἀγαθόν, fo seek to get what- 
ever (lit. if any) favor they could (G. 223). 

9. βαρέως, with anger. — ὅμως : Clearchus, though himself angry, never- 
theless, etc. — εἴη : why opt.? — ἔφη, continued he. — 8 τι : cogn. acc. to 
ἀποκρίνασϑαι to be supplied with ἔχετε. --- ἥξω, will return. Cf., as to 
meaning, ἐλθόντες in ὃ 1. — 87s... ἐξῃρημένα, that he might see the en- 
trails (after they had been) taken out. — θυόμενος : why middle ? 

10. πρόσθεν ἢ παραδοῖεν : πρόσθεν ἤ (where πρίν might have been used) 
with the opt. (G. 240, with N.; 232, 4). There is no change of mood in 
quoting what Cleanor said (G. 245 ; 247, N. 3). — θαυμάζω, should like to 
know, — πότερα ... 4: double indirect question (G. 282, 5). — ὡς κρατῶν: 


ons G 
iP 288 - 


i at yt Fas = 
ἼΞΟΝ Ὁ τ ec Re rr στ 


ad - 
= Orem i.e 








54 XENOPHON. 


force of as? — ἢ ὡς... δῶρα, or as gifts (G. 137, N. 4) on the alleged (as) 
ground of friendship, as if he had said ὡς φίλος dv. — tl... ἐλθόντα, why 
should he ask for them and (why should he) not (οὐ, not ph) come and take 
them ? — πείσας, by persuasion, opp. to ὡς κρατών. --- τί ἔσται... . xapl- 
σωνται: cf. i. 7. 8, th... κρατήσωσιν. 

11. πρὸς ταῦτα, in reply to this. — αὐτῷ: with ἀντιποιεῖται (G. 186, 
N. 1). --- ἔστιν: why accented ?— ἀρχῆς : causal genitive (G. 173,1,N. 2). 
- ἑαυτοῦ : pred. gen. of poss. (G. 169, 1). — μέσῃ τῇ χώρᾳ: cf. μέσου τοῦ 
παραδείσου in i. 2. 7, and note. — οὐδέ : the ov goes with δύναισθε ἄν, thie 
δέ (even) with e&... ὑμῖν. --- παρέχοι : sc. ἀποκτεῖναι. 

12. εἰ μή, except, αἴτοῦ ἃ neg. Cf. i. 4. 18; i. 5. 6. --- ἔχοντες = εἰ ἔχοι- 
μεν (G. 226, 1). --- ἄν: with χρῆσθαι (G. 246). So the ἄν that follows 
belongs to στερηθῆναι, and παραδόντες = εἰ παραδοῖμεν. 

Page 39. — μή: the neg. with the imperative is always ph (ἃ. 283, 2). 
— παραδώσειν : sc. ἡμᾶς as subject, which would have been expressed if 
ἡμῖν had not preceded. 

13. ᾿Αλλὰ.... ἀχάριστα : ironical. On ᾿Αλλά, see § 4. When Phalinus 
calls him a ‘‘philosopher,” he means to stigmatize his remarks about ἀρετή 
and ἀγαθά as unpractical. The literal meaning of φιλό-σοφος ? — ὦν, that 
you are (G. 280). — περιγενέσθαι ἄν, cow/d (under any circumstances) prove 
superior (G. 246 ; 226, 2b). — δυνάμεως : case (G. 175, 2). 

14. ἔφασαν : Xenophon writes as if he had not himself been present. 
— λέγειν : cf. λέγειν in i. 9. 23, and note. — ὑπο-μαλακιζομένους, losing 
courage somewhat (ὑπό). The underlying word is μαλακός, soft. For ὑπό, 
see G.191, VI. 7, end. — τὶ (G. 188, 1, N. 2): ef. i. 3. 18, and note. — 
συγκαταστρέψαιντ᾽ dv: serving loosely as an apodosis to the first protasis 
also, etre θέλοι, but belonging more fitly to the second. 

15. εἰ, whether (ἃ. 282, 4). — ἀποκεκριμένοι εἶεν : periphrastic perfect 
(6. 118, 1). Why opt. ?— Οὗτοι : in partitive appos. to the phrase ἄλλος 
ἄλλα (G. 137, ν. 2). — ἄλλος ἄλλα, some one thing, others anoiher, lit. an- 
other other things. Cf. ἄλλοι ἄλλως in i. 6. 11, and ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν in i. 10. 
13, and the notes. — λέγεις, mean, intend. 

16. The sparring that follows to the end of the chapter shows much 
Greek humor. — ἄσμενος (G. 138, Ν. 7). — οἶμαι... πάντες, and all the 
rest also, I think. οἶμαι is parenthetic and does not affect the construction. 
— ἡμεῖς : sc. "EAAnvés ἐσμεν. --- πράγμασι: cf. i. 1. 11. 

17. ὅ τι: the antecedent of this word is a cogn. acc. to συμβούλευσον, 
give us whatever advice, etc. — ἔπειτα : to be how construcd ¢ — λεγόμενον 
(by conjecture for ἀναλεγόμενον), ὅτι Φαλῖνός, x. τ. A.: when reported us 
follows, viz. ‘* Phalinus once,” etc. (G. 241, 2, Note).—ovpBovdevopévots 
συνεβούλευσεν : why a difference in voice? The same distinction above. — 
τάδε, the following advice (G. 148, N. 1), would be followed by the actual 
advice, if the report should ever be made in Greece. What sort of an accu- 
sative is rade? — ὅτι ἀνάγκη (sc. ἐστί), that it is inevitab’e. 

18, ὑπ-ήγετο, craftily (ὑπό) suggested this. — εὐξλπιδες : declined like 
ἐλπίς (G. 66, N. 3). — ὑπο-στρέψας, turning adroitly, avoiding the trap. — 
παρὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, contrary to what he had expected(G. 191, V1. 4, 3). 


ANABASIS 2, 11. 55 


19. εἰ... ἔστι, if you have one chance in ten thousand (G. 77, 2, .N. 85). 
— σωθῆναι: : limits ἐλπίς, to be supplied with pla τις (G. 261, 1). In the 
second line below, the noun σωτηρίας is used in the same sense. —&xovros : 
used almost like a participle. Cf. i. 3. 17, and note. 

Page 40. — 20. πρὸς ταῦτα : cf. ὃ 11. — ADA: οἵ. § 4, and note. — 
ταῦτα: cf. with τάδε in the next line (G. 148, N. 1). Cf. also § 21, be- 
ginning. — ἡμεῖς : emphatic, opposing what the Greeks thought to what the 
King had demanded ( 8). — εἶναι : sc. ἡμᾶς as subj. - πλείονος (ἃ. 178, 
N.). — ἔχοντες : a second protasis (G. 226, 1) to ἂν εἶναι, which is quoted 
(G. 246): see note on ἔχοντες and παραδόντες in § 12. 

21. αὐτοῦ: adv.— 8... εἴησαν, that there was (not would be) a truce, 
ete., the direct form being μένουσι (partic., sc. ὑμῖν, = ἣν μένητε) σπον- 
δαί εἰσιν, there is a truce for you (i. 6. for you to depend on), tf you remain 
(G. 223). See § 22, Ἢν μένωμεν. Cf. below, σπονδαί εἰσιν after pevetre. — 
etrare: iniperative of the first aor. εἶπα, not of the second aor. εἶπον. See 
the lexicon, and the Appendix to G., s.\v. εἶπον. --- πότερα... . ἤ : ef. § 10. 
— ds... ἀγγελῶ, shall I announce from you that there is war ? lit. asswm- 
ing that there is war, shall I announce it from you? (G. 280, N. 4, ex.). 

29. ταὐτά: not ταῦτα. — ἅπερ: sc. Soxet. — ἀπεκρίνατο : note the asyn- 
deton. — σπονδαί : sc. εἰσίν (see note on ὃ 21). 

23. ὅ τι ποιήσοι (indirect quest.): the fut. opt. 1s never used except as 
the representative of the fut. indicative in indirect discourse (G. 203, N. 3). 


CHAPTER II. 


Synopsis: Phalinus departs; and Chirisophus and a messenger return from 
Ariaeus, who refuses to be made king, and again tells the Greeks that he shall 
set out early next morning (1). Clearchus declines to say whether they will join 
him or not (2). At sunset he tells the generals and captains that the sacrifices 
were extremely favorable for joining Ariaeus (3), and gives directions how they 
shall proceed (4). From this time on, Clearchus assumes virtual command (5). 
Computation of distances (6). Miltoc¥thes deserts to the King (7). The Greeks 
join Ariaeus about midnight, and give and receive pledges of good faith (8, 9). 
Ariaeus shows that it will not do for them to return as they came (10, 11), and 
adds that at first they must make their marches as long as possible (12). At 
daybreak they begin their march northward (13). In the afternoon they think 
they see the enemy’s cavalry (14) ; but scouts bring back word that what they 
see are only beasts of burden, and it is concluded that the King is encamping 
near by (15). Clearchus nevertheless advances straight on, and encamps in cer- 
tain villages (16). In the darkness and confusion the Greeks make much noise 
and frighten the enemy (17), of whom, on the next day, no traces are to be seen 
(18). During the night the Greeks also suffer a panic (19). Clearchus by a 
stratagem succeeds in quieting them, and at daybreak they again fall into line 
(20, 21). 


‘i ῦ % ini Glus 
1. αὐτοῦ παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ : cf. αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ in Iv. 8. 28. Gl 
also remained: cf. ii. 1. 3, 5. — ἔλεγον, φαίη : the first takes a clause with 





56 XENOPHON. 


ὅτι, the second the inf. (G. 260, Ν. 1). — βελτίους, of higher rank. — ois 
οὐκ ἂν ἀνασχέσθαι : for of οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοιντο, a rel. clause with the inf. by 
assimilation (G. 260, 2, N. 2). --- αὐτοῦ βασιλεύοντος : pred. part. after a 
verb of enduring (G. 279, 1. For the case see G. 171, 2. Cf. further 
Moods and Tenses, § 112, 2, N. 2. — ἀλλ᾽ εἰ, x. τ΄ A.: a change to the direct 
discourse. — ἤδη, immediately. —e δὲ ph, otherwise, i.e. if you do not 
come, = ἐὰν δὲ μὴ fixnre. See ὃ 2. In such alternatives, εἰ δὲ μή is reg- 
ularly used in the second clause, even when a subjunctive or an affirmative 
verb would be required if the ellipsis were supplied. See Moods and 
Tenses, ὃ 52, 1, N. 2. — αὐτός (G. 138, N. 8), himse/f, adj. pron. emphasiz- 
ing the omitted subj. of ἀπιέναι, which is fut. in force (ἃ. 200, N. 3 ὁ). 

2. οὕτω: with ref. to what follows as well as to what precedes. — χρὴ 
ποιεῖν : sc. ἡμᾶς, referring to both Greeks and barbarians. — ὥσπερ λέγετε: 
understand before this χρὴ ἡμᾶς ἥκειν τῆς νυκτός. -- εἰ δὲ μή : see note on 
εἰ δὲ μή in § 1.— πράττετε is more animated than χρὴ ὑμᾶς πράττειν would 
have been.— omoteyv tt: τὶ adds to the indefiniteness of δὁποῖον, whatsoever. 
— οὐδέ, i. 6. not even to the friendly barbarians, just as before he had sent 
Phalinus off without satisfying him (ii. 1. 23, end). 

3. ἱέναι : purpose (ἃ. 265). Construe with οὐκ ἐγίγνετο, did not result 
(favorably) for going. This phrase is interpreted by καλὰ ἣν at the end of 
the section. — dpa, as it seems. — ἐν μέσῳ, between. Cf. i. 7. 6, and note. 
— ναυσί-πορος (G. 131, 1, N.). 

Page 41. — οὐ μὲν δή, nor yet indeed. — γέ : force ?— οἷόν te: sc. ἐστίν, 
is it possible (G. 151, N. 47). — ἔστιν : accent ? 

4. δειπνεῖν : explanatory of ὧδε ποιεῖν. The infinitive const. changes to 
the imperative in συσκενάζεσθε, x. τ Δ. Cf. πράττετε in ὃ 2, and note. 
- σημήνῃ: cf. ἐσάλπιγξε in i. 2. 17, and note. — ὡς ἀναπαύεσθαι (witli 
σημήνῃ), shall give the signal for going to rest (ἃ. 266, N. 1). — τὸ δεύτε- 
pov: cogn. acc. to σημήνῃ to be supplied. — ἀνατίθεσθε: mid. (G. 199, 3). 
— ἐπὶ τῷ τρίτῳ, at the third signal. — τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, the van (neut.) = τοῖς 
ἡγουμένοις. --- πρός, towards: note that the genitive follows (G.191, V1. 6, 
1 a). — τὰ ὅπλα = τοὺς ὁπλίτας. Cf. ἀσπίς ini. 7. 10. 

5. τὸ λοιπόν : adv. (G. 160, 2). — Set: sc. φρονεῖν. 

6. This entire section is thought by many to be an interpolation. — 
ἀριθμὸς τῆς ὁδοῦ, amount of the way, distance. — τῆς ᾿Ιωνίας, in Ionia 
(G. 167, 6). — μάχης, scene of the battle, battle-field. So below. — ἐλέγοντο 
εἶναι, there were said to be, it was said that there were. 

7. ἐπεὶ σκότος ἐγένετο, when it became dark (G. 134, N. 1 ὃ. Cf. ἡμέρα 
ἐγένετο in § 13, and ὀψὲ ἦν in § 16. — els, ds: cf. note on εἰς in i. 2. 3. 

8. τοῖς ἄλλοις : dative (G. 184, 3) after ἡγεῖτο in place of the genitive 
(6. 171, 3). — κατὰ τὰ παοηγγελμένα, in accordance with his previous ti- 
structions. For these see § 4.— παρὰ ᾿Αριαῖον : why acc. ?— μέσας νύκτας : 
ef. note on i. 7. 1.— ἐν... ὅπλα, halting under arms in line of batile. 
Cf. i. 5. 14, and note. θέμενοι modifies the following nominatives, the 
officers being said to halt when they order their men to do so. — of κράτι- 
orot, the highest in rank, Cf. βελτίους in § 1. — μήτε... τέ, not only not 


ANABASIS 2, It. 57 


_. but also; the correlatives are merely Te... Te. — προδώσειν, ἔσεσθαι, 
ἡγήσεσθαι: quoted (ἃ. 202, 3 a).—mpoo-aporay, swore besides (G. 191, VI. 
ee ἀσπίδα, i. 6. the blood was caught in the hollow of a shield. — ot 
' οἱ βάρβαροι : subjects of ὡμοσαν. 
εἴ 4, ea sera but ie the pledges had been given (aor. 
with force of plup.); with the pledge here given (an oath and offering) cf. 
ii. 3. 28, where the pledge is an oath and the giving and taking of the right 
hand, and iv. 8. 7, where it is an oath and the exchange of spears. 

Page 42. — πότερον . - . ἤ: how used ?— ἥνπερ : sc. ὁδόν, and for the 
construction of this accusative with ἤλθομεν, cf. note on ὁδόν in i. 2. 20. 

11. ἀπιόντες : prot. = εἰ ἀπίοιμεν (G. 226, 1). — παντελώς, utterly, der. 
from παν-τελής (τέλος).--- ὑπὸ λιμοῦ : ef. i. δ. 5, and note.— ὑπάρχει ἡμῖν, 
we have to depend on: for the meaning of ὑπάρχω, cf. note on i. 1. 4. -- 
οὐδὲν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, nothing in the way of provisions. — ἑπτακαίδεκα γάρ: 
γάρ is doubly related, introducing not only a ground for παντελώς.. : ne 
λοίμεθα, but also one of the causes of ὑπάρχει vee ἐπιτηδείων. --- σταθμῶν: 
the σταθμός is here looked upon as ἃ period of time. Cf. for the case ἡμερῶν 
in i. 7. 18. — ἐγγυτάτω : adj. (G. 141, N. 3; 142, 2). — ἔνθα, there. — νῦν 
9᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν, i.e. I and those with me. νῦν δέ corresponds to ἣν μὲν ἤλ- 
θομεν, and τῶν δ᾽ . « . ἀπορήσομεν to μακροτέραν pév. — μακροτέραν: sc. 

ὁδόν : cf. note on ἥνπερ in § 10. — ἐπιτηδείων : why genitive ἢ 

12. πορευτέον : sc. ἐστί (G. 281, 9). --- σταθμούς : cognate acc. to mopev- 
τέον, we must make our first marches, lit. march our first marches. — ὡς 


as long as possible. Cf. note on i. 1. 6, and ὡς πλεῖστον 


+++ Βακροτάτους, d f. G. 142, 3). — ἀποσπασϑῶμεν : 
Pat " . ici te οἵ. I 9 “ἘΣ 3 
just below. μακροτάτους 1s predica ( itive? —Gmag: cf. 


explain the accent and mood. — στρατεύματος : why genitive: — ar 
note on i. 9. 10. — δύο: here indeclinable (ἃ. 77, 1, N. 1). — Hpepov: gen- 
of measure (G. 167, 3). — ἀπόσχωμεν : why subj.?— οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται: 
emphatic fut. affirmation (G. 257). — στρατεύματι : dat. of peas 
(G. 188, 5), equiv. to ἐὰν ἔχῃ ὀλίγον στράτευμα, COrresp. to πολὺν ; χων 
(below) = ἐὰν ἔχῃ. --- eran: fut. of σπανίζω (α. 110, II.n. 1 ὁ). -- ἔγωγε 
is expressed for emphasis, and further emphasized by γέ and by its pete: 
13. Ἦν δυναμένη, amounted to, meant : οὐδὲν ἄλλο δυναμένη stands like 
a pred. adjective after jv, the expression differing Tittle from ἐδύνατο. τε 
στρατηγία, plan of operations. — ἀποδρᾶναι ἢ ἀποφυγεῖν : cf. i. 4. 8, an 
note. — τὸν ἥλιον, ἡλίῳ : cf. note on ἡλίῳ in ii. 1. 8. — τοῦτο: ef. ἐψεύσθη 
τοῦτο in i. 8. 11, and note. ; ea 
14. ἔτι δέ, but furthermore. — δείλην : cf. note on i. 8. L ae q- 
vev: depends on the omitted (indefinite) antecedent of οἵ (G. 152). — ot μὴ 


ἔτυχον : a conditional relative clause (G. 232, 1; 2381, end). 


15. εἰσίν, vépouro: partial change of mood in quotation. Cf. note on 


i. 10. 5. — ἐστρατοπεδεύετο : impf. (not plup.), was encamping. — καὶ γὰρ 
καί : an unusual connection of particles, and (they were sure of this) for 


smoke also, etc. 
16. ἀπειρηκόταβ, were weary, 


as pl. of ἀπ-αγορεύω, fo renounce, give Up, 





παρα Ὁ 
- τ...» 
ee ἢ 


a κανοῦν 


>> 
ee 


58 XENOPHON. 


grow weary: the perf. ἀπ-είρηκα, to have grown (and so to be) weary. Cf. 


i. δ. 3. — ob... ἀπέκλινε, he did not, however, even (δέ in οὐδέ) turn aside, 
much less retreat. 

Page 43. — εὐθύωρον, straight on, an uncommon word. — es: with ref 
to the previous marching into the villages. — kal... ξύλα, even the very 
timbers in ( from) the houses (G. 191, N. 6). Cf. τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων in i. 9. 
3, and note. 

17. ὅμως: notwithstanding the villages had been pillaged.— τρόπῳ τινί, 
after a fashion. — σκοταῖοι, in darkness (G. 138, κι. 7). — ἐτύγχανον : sc. 
αὐλιζόμενοι. --- ὥστε ἀκούειν, ὥστε ἔφυγον : in the second case the result is 
stated as an independent fact, rather than merely as a result (G. 266, 1 ; 237) 

18. καὶ βασιλεύς, even the King, and not only οἱ ἐκ τῶν σκηνωμάτων 
φεύγοντες. --- οἷς (α. 153, with n. 1). 

19. τοῖς “Ἕλλησι : after the compound verb (G. 187). --- οἷον ; mascu- 
line accusative, subject of γίγνεσθαι, qualem par est fieri. 

20. τῶν τότε: sc. κηρύκων. Homer says (J/iad v. 786) that Stentor (cf. 
Eng. stentorian), the ‘‘ brazen-voiced,” was able to shout as loud as fifty 
other men together. — τοῦτον : taking up Τολμίδην. --- τὰ ὅπλα: in a 
Greek camp the arms (heavy shields and spears) were generally stacked in 
one place. — ὅτι λήψεται : cf. i. 6. 2, and note. — ὃς ἂν μηνύσῃ, λήψεται: 


conditional relative sentence referring vividly to the future (G. 232, 3). — 
τάλαντον ἀργυρίου: cf. i. 7. 18. 


21. εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τίθεσθαι, to get under arms in (lit. into) line of 


battle. Cf. i. 5. 14, and note. — ἧπερ εἶχον, just as they were (or stood). — 
ἡ μάχη, i. 6. the battle of Cunaxa. 


CHAPTER III. 


Synopsis: At sunrise the King sends heralds to propose a truce (1). Clear- 
chus arranges the army so as to present the most formidable appearance, and, 
coming forward (2, 3), asks what they want (4). He directs them to tell the 
King that they must fight first, as the Greeks have had no breakfast (5). The 
heralds depart, but soon return with word that, if the truce (which is to be gen- 
eral) should be concluded, the Greeks will be furnished provisions (6,7). Cle- 
archus thinks best to conclude the truce, and commands the heralds to lead the 
way (8, 9). They come upon ditches and canals, over which they are obliged to 
construct bridges (10). Clearchus punishes those who loiter, and himself takes 
part in the work (11), so that the older men also give their assistance (12). 
Clearchus suspects that the King has flooded the plain with a purpose (13). 
They arrive at certain villages where they procure provisions (14-16). They 
remain here three days, and Tissaphernes comes to confer with them (17), and 
says that he has asked the King to allow him to lead them back to Greece (18, 
19), but that the King wishes to know why they took the field against him (20). 
Clearchus explains how they were drawn into the expedition (21, 22), but says 
that now, however, they wish simply to return (28). Tissaphernes reports this 
to the King (24), and on the third day returns saying that the King consents to 
his leading them home in safety (25). He swears gn his part to do this faithfully 


ANABASIS 2, 111. 59 


and to furnish provisions ; and the Greeks swear to do no harm to the country 
on their way (26-28). Tissaphernes then goes back to the King, promising to 
return after completing his preparations (29). 


1. Ὃ.... ἔγραψα: in ii. 2. 18. — τῷδε, from what follows (G. 188, 1; 
148, N. 1). — πέμπων : sc. κήρυκας (cf. ii. 1. 7). 

2. τοὺς προφύλακας, the pickets. — ἐζήτουν : diff. in use between this 
word and atréw on the one hand and ἐμωτάω on the other ? — τυχών, ém- 
σκοπῶν : classify these partic. — εἶπε, told. Cf. ἔλεγε θαρρεῖν in i. 3. 8, and 
note. — ἄχρι ἂν σχολάσῃ : on the principle of indirect discourse we might 
have ἄχρι σχολάσειε (G. 248, 3). 

3. peat id had drawn up. — ὥστε . . . πυκνήν, so that it should be 
(G. 266, 2) well arranged to be seen (G. 261, 2) everywhere as a compact line 
(i. e. to have this appearance in all parts). 

Page 44. — μηδένα: why not οὐδένα ὃ --- εἶναι : in the same construction 
with the preceding ἔχειν. --- τέ, τέ: the first τέ is correlative to the καί be- 
fore rots ἄλλοις : the second, to the καί before evaderrarovs. — ταυτά, 1. 6. 
προελθεῖν, K. τ. A. 

4. πρός, in front of (G. 191, VI. 6). — ἥκοιεν, had come, the direct form 
is ἥκομεν (G. 200, N. 3) ἄνδρες οἵτινες ἐσόμεθα (G. 247, N. 1). See Moods 
and Tenses, § 74, 1, N. 1. 

5. μάχης: genitive of want (G. 172, 1).—6 τολμήσων, the man that will 
dare (G. 276, 2), subj. of the preceding ἔστιν. --- μὴ πορίσας = ἐὰν μὴ πο- 
ploy (G. 226, 1). — Notice ἄριστον at both beginning and end of the last 
sentence. 

6. $: the antecedent is the preceding sentence, ἧκον tax, — δοκοῖεν, 
ἥκοιεν : the direct discourse would show the person of each verb: εἰκότα 
δοκεῖτε. .. καὶ Hxopev... of ἄξουσιν ἔνθεν ἕξετε. -- of... ἐπιτήδεια, who 
would conduct them (the purpose for which the guides were brought), if 
there should be a truce, to a place (sc. ἐκεῖσε) from which they would get (the 
object in view) provisions. For this use of the fut. ind. with relative words 
(here of and ἔνθεν) to express purpose or object, see G. 236, with N. 3. For 
the partial change of mood in the quoted sentence dn... ἐπιτήδεια, see 
note on Sti... βασιλεῖ in § 4. wt 

7. εἰ... ἀπιοῦσιν, whether he was making a truce merely (αὐτοῖς) for 
the men (as they were) coming and going, i. 6. for the King’s envoys. The 
direct question was σπένδομαι.... ἣ . . . ἔσονται. -- τοῖς ἄλλοις (G. 184, ὃ 
or 4), — διαγγελθῇ : why subjunctive? Force of διά ? 

8. μεταστησάμενος, had them retire, and, etc. (G. 191, VI. 3, end). — 
ἐδόκει ποιεῖσθαι : cf. ἐδόκει πορεύεσθαι in i. 2. 1, and note.— καθ besa 
i.e. without being harassed by the enemy. Force of the suffix in ἡσυχία . 
- ἐπί, after, in order to get, involving Ἦν idea of purpose, but below, in 

9 at the end, πρός in the sense simply of éo, 2 
9. διατρίψω pecgtictionh — amo8éey why subj.? For the force of ἀπό, 
Cf. ἀπο-ψηφίσωνται in i. 4. 15, and note. —Katpds, proper time, whereas 
Χρόνος is time in general. 


SRL SEP ES 4 


be PTL ον απ ἀνθ 





66 XENOPHON. 


10. of μέν : correlated by Κλέαρχος μέντοι. --- τάφροις : cf. for the case, 
ols, i. 8. 1. ---οὐλῶσιν, canals. — ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι, so that they were not able 
ὡς with the inf. to express result (G. 266, N. 1). Cf. i. 5. 10, and note. — 
ἐποιοῦντο : SC. γεφύρας. --- ἦσαν ἐκπεπτωκότες : periphrastic pluperfect (ἃ. 
118, 4), which makes the idea of being on the ground more prominent 
than that of falling. 

Page 45.—11. Κλέαρχον ... ἐπεστάτει: lit. to learn Clearchus well 
how he commanded. Cf. note on τῶν βαρβάρων, i. 1.5, and also i. 6.5 τὰ 
τὸ δόρυ, his spear, but in the next line βακτηρίαν, a staff or stick without 
the art., because the staff was no part of his regular equipment as Α soldier 
Give the stem from which βακτηρία is derived. —¢t δοκοίη : why opt. = 
τὸν ἐπιτήδειον : sc. παίειν (G. 261, 1). ---ἔπαισεν dy: an iterative aorist 
(G. 206). For the use of the stick in Spartan military discipline, see i. 5 
11, and note. —avrés προσελάμβανεν, took hold himself. — μὴ οὐ (G. 283, 
7): the μή negatives the following inf. regularly ; the οὐ (here very irreg- 
ular) strengthens the neg. idea underlying αἰσχύνην εἶναι, were ashamed 
were un-willing (Moods and Tenses, ὃ 95, 2, N. 1, Rem.). 

12. πρός: cf. i. 9.20. It is doubtful whether we should read αὐτοῦ 
ΟΥ αὐτό. MSS. avrov. —ol...-yeyovores here must mean those that were 
thirty years old and less, which would regularly be οἱ εἰς τριάκοντα ἔτη 
(as in vii. 3. 46). For the case of ἔτη, see G. 161. -- σπουδάζοντα, in 
ἐαγηαϑέ. ---- προσελάμβανον : οὗ § 11. 

18. ὑποπτεύων: οὗ. 1.1. 1, and note.—py: in the direct form οὐ(α. 
242, 4).---- ἄρδειν : with οἵα (sc. τοιαύτη), on the principle of G. 261, 1: 
it was not the proper season for watering, etc. Cf. Moods and Tenses, § 93 
1, N. 1.— ἤδη, forthwith, at the very start. — els, with reference to, for.— 
τούτου ἕνεκα: taking up ἵνα προφαίνοιτο. Cf. G. 215, Rem. — ἀφεικέναι : 
see ἀφίημι. 

14. ὅθεν: cf. ii. 1.3, and note, and below, § 16. As an adverb ὅθεν 

goes with λαμβάνειν ; as a relative it introduces the sentence. — ἀπέδειξαν 
λαμβάνειν, gave them notice to take.—olvos φοινίκων, palm wine. Cf. i. 
5. 10. — ὄξος... αὐτῶν, a sour (cf. ὀξύς) drink made from the same by 
boiling (ἕψω, to boil). 
15. αὐταὶ αἱ βάλανοι, the dates themselxes (opposed to the wine, etc.), 
in partitive appos. (ἃ. 137, nw. 2). --- τοῖς οἰκέταις : with ἀπέκειντο (G. 
184, 3). οἰκέτης, from yoxos (G. 129, 2 δ), properly a house-servant. — 
ἀπέκειντο, were set apart; equiv. to pass. of ἀπετίθεσαν, below. — KdA- 
λους: gen. of cause (6. 173, 1).— ἠλέκτρου : abridged for ἠλέκτρον ὄψεως. 
Cf. the similar case explained in G. 186, Ν. 2. --- τὼς δέ τινας, but some 
(τινάς) others. —rpayypara, for sweetmeats, to be eaten at dessert (G. 137, 
N. 4).—xal qv... ἡδὺ μέν, and these (the τραγήματα, G. 135, 2) were a 
palatable thing (G. 138, ν. 2 6) also at a symposium (πότον, not ποτόν). 
-- κεφαλ-αλγές : derivation? See G. 131, 1. 

16. τὸν ἐγ-κέφαλον, the crown (lit. brain), a large terminal cabbage-like 
growth at the top of the stem of the palm-tree. — ἰδιότητα, peculiar-ity 
(see G. 129, 7). —sSovijs, flavor. Cf. ἡδύ, above. — ἐξαιρεθείη : why opt.? 
— ὅλος, entirely (G. 138, δ. Ὦ) : we sometimes sav. it all dried un. 


ANABASIS 2, III. 61 


17. δ... ἀδελφός : note the position of the genitives (G. 142, 1).— 
γυναικός: by name Statira. —avrots: case (G. 186). Cf. Ἑλλάδι in the 
next section. 

18. γείτων : predicate nom. to οἰκῶ (G. 186 ; ef. 137, N. 4). — οἰκῶ: see 
Hellen. iii. 2. 12, Karta, ἔνθαπερ ὁ Τισσαφέρνους οἶκος. 

Page 46. — πελλὰ κἰμήχανα (i.e. kal Gp.), many dificultics, lit. many 
and inextricable (struus, G. 141, N. 4): ἀμήχανα = ἐν οἷς οὐδεμία μηχανή. 
- εὕρημα, a piece of good fortune; from εὑρίσκω (eip-, G. 129, 4). — 
εἰ δυναίμην : we might have had ἐὰν δύνωμαι (G. 248, 2; 226, 4, N. 1), as 
the context implies, 1 thought it would be a εὕρημα, --- οἶμαι... ἔχειν, for 
I think it would not be a thankless labor for me (G. 246). For ἀχαρίστως 
ἂν ἔχειν, cf. note on i. 1. 5, end. — πρὸς ὑμῶν : as if a passive had preceded 
in place of ἀχαρίστως ἔχειν. 

19. ἐπιστρατεύοντα : quoted after ἤγγειλλα (G. 280). For the fact men- 
tioned, see i. 2. 4. — καὶ μόνος, x. τ΄ A.: cf. i, 10. 7 and 8. — σὺν τοῖσδε: 
with a gesture. —avr@: the King. 

20. βουλεύσεσθαι : what other tenses might be used ? (G. 203, N. 2). — 
εὐ-πρακτότερον : verbal adj. (G. 117, 3) in the comparative. The subj. of 
εὐπρακτότερον ἢ is διαπράξασθαι understood, the διαπράξασθαι expressed 
being the object of δύνωμαι, 

21. μεταστάντες : second aor. Cf. μεταστησάμενος in § 8. — Κλέαρχος 
δ᾽ ἔλεγεν, i. 6. Clearchus was their spokesman. — ὡς βασιλεῖ πολεμήσοντες, 
with the intention of warring with the King (G. 186, Ν. 1). When, as here, 
the subject of the leading verb is also the speaker (cf. G. 277, N. 2), ὡς 
simply emphasizes the cause or purpose denoted by the participle. 

22. The speaker is referring in this section, probably, to the agreement en- 
tered into at Thapsacus, i. 4. 11-13.— θεούς, ἀνθρώπους : objects of ἠἡσχύν- 
θημεν (G. 158, N. 2). The infinitive προδοῦναι is a second obj. of the same 
verb (G. 260, 1).— παρέχοντες (sc. αὐτῷ), when we had offered (G. 204, N. 1). 
—- εὖ ποιεῖν : purpose (G. 265 ; 165, N. 1). 

23. ἐπεί: here, since; above, in § 22, when. — βασιλεῖ... ἀρχῆς : οἵ. 
ii, 1. 11. — τὴν χώραν κακῶς ποιεῖν : cf. i. 4. 8, and note. Cf. below, ἡμᾶς 
εὖ ποιῶν. -- εἴ τις... Avmoln, i.e. if no one should molest us: τὶς is like 
French on and German man, with no exact English equivalent. — ἀδικοῦν- 
τα: sc. τινά, and cf. βουλευομένους in i. 1. 7. --- ἡμᾶς . .. ὑπάρχῃ, shall 
tuke the first step also (wal) in doing us good (G. 279, 1), Kal εὖ ποιῶν el- 
phatically opposed to ἀδικοῦντα. --- εὖ ποιοῦντες (G. 277, 2). 

Page 47%. — 24. ἥκω : mood  --- αἱ... μενόντων, let the truce continue. 
— ἀγορὰν παρέξομεν, will provide a market, i. e. an opportunity for the 
Greeks to buy provisions. 

25. els: cf. εἰς ἕω, i. 7. 1, and note. — διαπεπραγμένος (cf. διαπράξασθαι 
in 8 20): with δοθῆναι as its object.— δοθῆναι αὐτῷ : cf. the corresponding 
active δοῦναι ἐμοί in ὃ 18. --- καίπερ : with the following concessive part. 
(G. 277, ν. 1 ὃ). ---- ἄξιον βασιλεῖ, befitting the King (ἃ. 185; 184, 2). Cf. 
G. 178, Nn. 

26. τέλος: ef. i. 10. 13. — παρέξειν: sc. ἡμᾶς. The inf. is quoted after 





62 XENOPHON. 


the idea of promising in πιστά (G. 202, 3.4). So ἀπάξειν. --- ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν μή: 
why not ov ? 

27. πορεύσεσθαι, ἕξειν : both quoted after ὀμόσαι. Cf. the two future 
infinitives in § 26. — ὡς διὰ φιλίας (sc. χώρας), as (you would go) through 
a friendly country. 

28. ταῦτα ἔδοξε: cf. note on i. 3. 20. — ὥμοσαν ... ἔδοσαν : cf. note on 
mora in ii. 2. 10. 

29. ὡς βασιλέα: cf. 1. 2. 4. — διαπράξωμαι, shall have accomplished, 
with future perfect force (Moods and Tenses, § 20, N. 1). — ἃ δέομαι : sc. 
διαπράξασθαι. --- ὡς ἀπάξων καὶ ἀπιών (G. 200, N. 34): cf. note on ὡς πο- 
λεμήσοντες in § 21. 


CHAPTER IV. 


Synopsis: The Greeks and Ariaeus remain encamped near each other for 
more than twenty days, during which time the barbarians receive visits from 
their friends (1). The Greeks grow uneasy and ask their generals why they 
remain, and express their suspicions of the King’s intentions (2-4). Clearchus 
answers that it will not do to go away, as that would break the truce and they 
would be left without provisions, guide, or friends (5); that, moreover, the Eu- 
phrates bars their way, and that they have no cavalry (6). He declares his faith 
in the King’s oath (7). Tissaphernes and Orontas arrive with their armies (8). 
The Greeks proceed with Tissaphernes as guide (9), but are suspicious of the 
Persians, and march apart from them. Mistrust increases on both sides, and 
they sometimes come to blows (10, 11). They arrive at the wall of Media (12), 
and from thence a march of two days brings them to the Tigris. The Greeks 
encamp near Sitice, and the barbarians cross the river (13, 14). After supper 
ἃ man brings a warning from Ariaeus to the Greeks to beware of a nighit- 
attack, and to guard the bridge over the Tigris (15-17). Clearchus is greatly 
alarmed (18); but the story is observed to be inconsistent (19, 20), and after 
questioning the messenger it is concluded that he has been sent with an ulterior 
object (21, 22). Nevertheless, a guard is sent to the bridge (23). At daybreak 
the Greeks cross the bridge (24), and proceed in four days to the river Physcus. 
Near Opis they are met by an illegitimate brother of the King, who views them 
as they pass, and is amazed at their number (25, 26). They proceed through 
Media, plundering the villages of Parysatis (27), and along the right bank of the 
Tigris, procuring provisions from Caenae, a city across the river (28). 


1. εἴκοσιν : sc. ἡμέρας. --- of ἄλλοι ἀναγκαῖοι, his other relatives: avay- 
καῖος (from ἀνάγκη, see G. 129, 12) is the Lat. necessarius. — δεξιάς, «as- 
surances, pledged by the person who brought them with the right hand. — 
pi}... αὐτοῖς, that the King would bear them no ill-will (μνησι-κακήσειν : 
μιμνήσκω, stem pva-,and κακός). The inf. is quoted after Seftds; cf. παρέ- 
ξειν in ii. 3. 26. --- ἐπιστρατείας : gen. of cause (G. 173, 1). — τῶν παροιχο- 
μένων, of what was past (GC. 200, N. 8). 

2. οἱ περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον, Ariacus and those with him (G. 141, ν. 3). Cf. οἱ 
ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην, iii. 5. 1. — @&SnAror. . . νοῦν, evidently paid less regard 
to the Greeks. For προσέχοντες, cf. ἀνιώμενος in i. 2. 11, and note. 


ANABASIS 2, Iv. 63 


page 48. -- 8. ἤ may introduce the second part of an alternative 
question (G. 282, 5), even when the former part is only implied (here TOTE- 
pov ἄλλως ἔχει). Cf. the use of an in Lat. — περὶ παντὸς ποιήσαιτο: cf. 
περὶ πλείστου ποιοῖτο in i. 9. 7, and note. — ἡ: subj. of purpose (G. 216). 
The opt. referring to the future has the force of a primary tense (Moods and 
Tenses, ὃ 34, 2). — στρατεύειν : dependent on φόβος (6. 261, 1,withn.1). 
We might have had of ἄλλοι "E. φοβῶνται ... στρατεύειν. — ὑπάγεται: 
cf. ii, 1. 18. — διεσπάρθαι : see διασπείρω and G. 262, 1.— ἁλισθῇ: cf. 
διαπράξωμαι, ii. 3. 29. ---οὐκ ... ἡμῖν, i zs not possible that he will not 
attack us, lit. there is not how (introducing the indir. quest.) he will not, 
te. (G. 283, 8). 
ba - ὙΠ va aM is either trenching or walling off some point. Cf. 
the use of τὶ in i. 10. 16. — τοσοίδε, so few: accent (G. 27, 4).—éml... 
αὐτοῦ, at his very doors. Ὰ 

5. ἐπὶ πολέμῳ = πολεμήσοντες. --- ἔπειτα, moreover, introducing πρῶτον 
μέν, αὖθις δέ, etc. — ὅθεν, (a place) from which. — ἐπισιτιούμεθα : purpose 
(G. 236). — ἅμα and εὐθύς (G. 277, N. 1) both qualify ἀφεστήξει, which 
is a future perfect (G. 110, [V.c, N. 2; 200, N. 9). Cf. below, λελείψεται. 
— ὄντες : sc. φίλοι. ' 

6. ποταμός: emphatic, as if he had said, but as to rivers, I don't know 
whether (et), etc.— διαβατέος : the verbal in -réos used personally (G. 281, 
1).— οὐ μὲν δή: cf. i. 9. 18, and note. — ἄν, i. 6. ἐάν. --- ov... εἰσιν: im- 
plying also, nor will there be. — τῶν 8... ἄξιοι, whereas the enemy's 
horse are very numerous (lit. the most, compared with those of other na- 
tions) and very efficient. —vkavres = εἰ νικῷμεν ; but ἡττωμένων, to which 
σωθῆναι is apod., = ἐὰν ἡττώμεθα, or perhaps εἰ ἡττῴμεθα (see Moods and 
Tenses, ὃ 54, 2b). — οἷόν te: sc. ἐστίν. i 

7. σύμμαχα, helps. —8& τι, on what account (6. 160, 2; 149, 29. — 
αὐτόν : repeating βασιλέα. --- θεούς : cf. θεούς in 11. 3. 22, and G. 158, Ν. 2. 

8. ὡς ἀπιών, as if going (G. 277, N. 2): here the writer and the subj. 
of the leading verb are not the same person (cf. note on ὡς πολεμήσοντες 
in ii. 3. 21, and ii. 3. 29), so that ἀπιών expresses the intention professed 
by Tissephernes. There is nothing ὧν the use of ὡς to indicate the histo- 
tian’s opinion as to the honesty of this profession. See note on ὡς βοηθή- 
σων in § 25. --- εἰς οἶκον = οἴκαδε : see note on οἰκῶ in ii. 3. 18. __Besides 
Caria he now had the satrapy of Cyrus. — ἦγε, i. 6. Orontas. Cf. iii. 4. 18. 
— ἐπὶ γάμῳ, in marriage, as his wife. 

Page 49. - 10. αὐτοὶ... ἐχώρουν, proceeded by themselves. — ἐστρατο- 
πεδεύοντο: the Greeks and barbarians. — ὥσπερ πολεμίους (sc. φυλαττό- 
μενοι), just as (if they were guarding against) enemies (G. 277, N. 3). 

11. τοῦ αὐτοῦ : sc. τόπου, and cf. i. 8. 14. — πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον : ef. i. 5. 
11. 

12. τεῖχος : mentioned in i. 7.15. If we suppose that the southern part 
of this wall, which reached from the Tigris to the Euphrates, was in ruins, 
it is easy to account, first, for Xenophon’s not describing it ini. 7. 15, but 
here ; and, secondly, for the King’s digging the ditch for the purpose, on 





64 XENOPHON. 


that assumption, of completing the line of defence furnished wy the north. 


ern part of the wall. In the retreat Tissaphernes led the Greeks westward. 


on the southern side of the ditch, in order that they should not see the rich 
plain of Babylonia, and so brought them outside of the wall again, which 
they now pass within (παρῆλθον) on their way to the Tigris. — ἣν ὠκοδο- 
μημένον = ςκοδόμητο (G. 118, 4). — κειμέναις, lying; we say laid. — 
ποδῶν: why gen.? — μῆκος δ᾽ ἐλέγετο, but in length, it was said, etc. 

13. τὴν δ᾽... ἑπτά, and the other (by its having been) bridged over (means, 
G. 277, 2) with seven boats. See note on § 24. — ἦσαν ἀπό: cf. εἰσὶν ἐκ in 
i. 2. 7. — ὥσπερ : sc. κατατέτμηνται. 

14. δένδρων: with παράδεισος (G. 167, 4). If it went with Sacéos it 
would be δένδροις (cf. iv. 7. 6). — οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι : sc. ἐσκήνησαν. 

15. ἔτυχον ἐν περιπάτῳ ὄντες, happened to be walking.— πρὸ τῶν ὅπλων : 
cf. note on ii. 2. 20. --- οὐκ ἐζήτει, did not ask for, ask to see.— καὶ ταῦτα 
ὦν : cf. 1. 4. 12, and note. 

16. ὅτι : introducing direct discourse. Cf. i. 6. 8, end, and note. 

Page 30, - Ἔπεμψε (6. 135, Ν. 1). — πιστοί: cf. note oni. 5. 15. — 
μὴ ἐπιθῶνται (G. 216). 

17. ὡς διανοεῖται, since Τ'. intends, etc.; but in the next line ds, in order 
that. — τῆς διώρυχος : the second of the two mentioned in ὃ 13; over this 
there was only a pontoon bridge, which could be destroyed easily. 

19. νεανίσκος tis: conjectured to have been Xenophon himself. — οὐκ 
ἀκόλουθα, inconsistent. — τό τε ἐπιθήσεσθαι Kal λύσειν, i. 6. the two stories 
of an intention to attack, and at the same time to destroy the bridge: we 
should expect τὸ also before λύσειν. For the unusual fut. inf. see G. 202, 
36; also Moods and Tenses, ὃ 27, N. 2b.— νικᾶν : sc. αὐτούς as subject. — 
τί δεῖ... γέφυραν : why need they destroy the bridge? implying what good 
will it do them, ete.? It is thus a proper apod. to the future prot. ἐὰν... 
νικῶσι (G. 223). — ἂν (i. 6. ἐὰν) ὦσιν, ἔχοιμεν Gv: a subj. in the prot. 
(6. 223), with an opt. with ἄν in the apod. (G. 224), the latter belonging to 
an implied prot. in the opt., such as, if we should wish to escape (G. 227, 1; 
Moods and Tenses, § 54, 1a?). The od in οὐδέ, not even, modifies ἔχοιμεν 
dv, the meaning being, even if there are (shall be) many bridges, we should 
not know, etc. Cf. for this meaning of οὐκ ἔχω, i. 7. 7, and note; and see 
also οὐχ ἕξουσιν in § 20. 

22. ὑποπέμψειαν, had sent with a false message (ὑπό) : the dir. form was 
ὑπέπεμψαν (G. 243). — ἔνθεν μέν͵ ἔνθεν δέ, on this side, on that. — πολλῆς 
. .«« ἐνόντων, since it was extensive and fertile, and since there were men in it 
to work it. — εἶτα δὲ καί, and moreover also. — ἀπο-στροφή (see G. 129, 1). 
- εἴ τις βούλοιτο, in case that any one should wish, might have been ἐάν 
τις βούληται (G. 248, N.). 

23. ἐπὶ μέντοι. .. ὅμως, yet they nevertheless, etc., i. 6. notwithstanding 
that they now knew the man’s statements were false. Of. ii. 2. 17. — 
ἀπήγγελλον, i. 6. the next morning. 


Page 1. — 24. ἐζευγμένην : the Greek said fevyvivar γέφυραν (G. 159), 
to build (join) a bridge, or ζευγνύναι ποταμόν (διώρυχα), to bridge α river 


ANABASIS 2, v. 65 


channel) ; for the latter see § 13. — τ... πεφυλαγμένως, as guardedly as 
possible: supply ἦν with οἷόν τε (= δυνατόν). --- τῶν παρὰ Τισσαφέρνους 
Ἔλ.: cf. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, i. 1. ὅ, and note. — διαβαινόντων (sc. αὐτῶν): 
we should expect the dat. after ἐπιθήσεσθαι, rather than the gen. absolute, 
In the same way διαβαινόντων occurs in the next line, notwithstanding 
the following αὐτοῖς. --- σκοπῶν : participle. — διαβαίνοιεν : in the direct 
form διαβαίνουσι (6. 245), to see whether they were crossing. — @XeTO ἄἅπε- 
λαύνων, went riding off (ἃ. 279, 4, N.); ᾧχετο, lit. was off (G. 200, N. 3). 

25. πλέθρου : cf. πλέθρων, i. 2. 23. — φκεῦτο : cf. οἰκουμένην, 1. 4. 1. ἊΣ 
ἡ ὄνομα Ὧπις: οἵ. i. 5. 4, and note. — πρὸς ἥν: why accusative ἢ — ὡς 
βοηθήσων (G. 277, N. 2): ὡς shows only that the partic. gives the purpose 
which is professed by the subject (ὃ ἀδελφός). See note on ὡς ἀπιών in § 8, 
and on ὡς πολεμήσοντες in ii. 3. 21. Cf. "4180 i. 1. 11, and note. 

26. εἰς δύο, two abreast (G. 191, 111. 1 ¢). They marched by in column. 
- ἄλλοτε... ἐφιστάμενος, halting now and then. — τὸ ἡγούμενον (object) : 
cf. ii, 2. 4, and ποίο. --- ἐπιστήσειε: why opt.?—émrleracw : force of the 


suffix ovg ?— ἐκπεπλῆχθαι : see note on i. 5. 13. ! 
27. Κύρῳ ἐπεγγελῶν, insulting Cyrus (G. 184, 2) besides (él), i.e. besides 

gratifying the Greeks. Cf. ἐπι-λέγειν, i. 9. 26. — διαρπάσαι. ... ἐπέτρεψε: 

cf, i. 2.19, and note. — πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων, i. 6. except that the men im them 


were not to be made slaves. 


CHAPTER V. 


Synopsis : They arrive at the river Zapatas, and Clearchus sends a messenger 
to Tissaphernes and requests an interview (1, 2). When they meet, Clearchus 
expresses his hope that they shall be able to dispel the mutual distrust of the 
Greeks and barbarians (3, 4); mentions cases where great evil has been done 
through misunderstanding (5, 6); refers to their oaths and the vengeance of 
the Gods should they break them (7); details the facts which render it neces- 
sary for the Greeks to retain the friendship of the Persians (8-12), and the ad- 
vantages to the barbarians of an alliance with his Greek army (13, 14); and 
finally he asks to know who has excited the suspicions against them (15). 
Tissaphernes assures Clearchus that the Greeks have no cause for distrust (16), 
showing how completely they are in the power of the Persians ( 17-19), and how 
unnecessary it would be for the latter to resort to perjury if they wished to 
destroy their former enemies (20, 21). He expresses great personal or 
for the Greeks, and hints at an especial service they may do for him (22, 23). 
Clearchus believes him sincere, and when he promises to disclose the names of 
those who have sought to create distrust between them, if Qlearchus with io 
rest of the generals will come to him, the Greek general consents φόεν : 
next day he returns to camp and states what has been agreed upon, τς : ΜΕ 
opposed by some of the soldiers, finally persuades five of the generals an Pepe! 
captains to accompany him (27-30). The generals are invited to enter νὴ τ 
of Tissaphernes, and not long after they are seized and those without ΡῈ sai 
(31, 32). Nicarchus alone escapes, and flees terribly wounded to ᾿ " Ἣν 
(33), who run to arms (34). Ariaeus with 300 Persians approaches the ἜΧΗ 
and calls for some general or captain (35, 36). Cleanor, Sophaenetus, an 


442k 


BAS PT eR Ba BHR P+ 


" ~ 


oe ὦ 





66 XENOPHON. 


ophon come forward (37). Ariaeus tells them that Clearchus, having violated 
the truce, is dead, but that Proxenus and Menon are in great honor, and that 
the King demands their arms (38). In answer Cleanor reproaches him for his 
treachery, and Xenophon skilfully asks that Proxenus and Menon may be sent 
to the Greeks to advise them (39-41). The barbarians leave without making 
answer (42). 


1. ὑποψίαι, feelings of distrust (ὑφ-οράω). --- φανερά, pred. to &palve- 
To, is specially opposed to ὑποψίαι. 

Page 62. —2. Τισσαφέρνει : cf. τούτῳ, i. 1. 9.— εἴ πως δύναιτο (G. 248, 
2), in case he could in any way, etc. The apod., suggested by παῦσαι, 
would be ἵνα wavoee or the like. See Moods and Tenses, ὃ 53, N. 2, for 
further details of this important construction. — πρὶν γενέσθαι (G. 274). — 
ἐροῦντα (G. 277, 3). 

3. Τισσαφέρνη : a hetcroclite voc. (G. 60, 1). --- ἀδικήσειν : cf. μνησι- 
κακήσειν in ii. 4. 1, and note. — φυλαττόμενον ἡμᾶς, are on your guard 
against us (G. 280). — ὡς πολεμίους, as (you would be against) an enemy. 

4. ob δύναμαι οὔτε: we should expect οὔτε δύναμαι to correspond to ἐγώ 
τε οἶδα. See note on μήτε ... τε in ii. 2. 8. — πειρώμενον (ἃ. 280). — ὅτι 
o « « οὐδέν, that we on our part do not even think of any such thing (ἃ. 280, 
N. 3). — εἰς λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν, to have an interview with you (G. 186, N. 1, 
end). — εἰ δυναίμεθα (G. 248, N.). Cf. § 2. — ἀλλήλων (6. 174). 

5. ἐκ, in consequence of. — ol... ἐποίησαν : we should expect φοβηθέν- 
τας ... βουλομένους ... ποιήσαντας (G. 280), but such an accumulation 
of participles would be harsh. — φθάσαι : sc. ποιήσαντές τι (G. 279, 4). — 
μέλλοντας, intending, transitively. — at, i. 6. what is more. 

6. ἀγνωμοσύνας, misunderstandings (G. 129, 7). 

7. πρῶτον... .. μέγιστον, for first and chiefly. Cf. i. 3.10. The correl. 
of μέν is δέ in § 8. — θεῶν (G. 167, 3), oaths (sworn) by the Gods, as we say 
ὀμνύναι θεούς. --- εἶναι (G. 263, 1). — τούτων, i. 6. τῶν θεῶν ὅρκων (6. 171, 
2). — παρημεληκώς (G. 280, N. 2): cf. ἐψευσμένος, i. 3. 10, and note. — 
τὸν θεῶν πόλεμον, the Gods’ war (G. 167, 2). — ἀπό, with, by the aid of. 
— φεύγων, flying ; but ἀποφύγοι dv, could make his escape. Cf. 1. 4. 8, 
and note. — ὅπως ... ἀποσταίη, how he could retire to a strong place, 
i. 6. toa place that would prove really ἐχυρόν against the Gods. For the 
three apod. with prot. implied, see G. 226, 26.— πάντῃ πάντα : cf. πάντων 
πάντα in i. 9. 2, and the πανταχῇ πάντων following.— θεοῖς (G. 185 ; 184, 
2). With this section compare Psalm cxxxix. 7-12. 

8. περὶ μὲν δή: μέν is repeated from πρῶτον μέν in § 7. — παρ᾽ ois (i. 6. 
τοὺς θεοὺς) .. . κατεθέμεθα, in whose hands we have deposited the friendship 
which we have compacted.— τῶν δ᾽ ἀνθρωπίνων, but of human things (G. 168). 
— ἐν τῷ παρόντι, in the present crisis. 

9. πᾶσα ὁδός, every road ; but following, πᾶσα ἡ ὁδός, all the way. — 
αὐτῆς : with οὐδέν. 

Page ὅ8. --- φοβερώτατον (G. 138, N. 2 ο). 

10. ἄλλο τι (sc. ποιοῖμεν) ἂν ἤ: ἄλλο τι ἤ or the simple ἄλλο τι is 


ANABASIS 2, τ. 67 


equivalent in asking a question to ov or ἄρα ov, Lat. nonne (G. 282, 3). — 
εὐ-εργέτην, bene-factor (suff. ra-).— ἔφεδρον, a fresh opponent, a successor in 
the contest, prop. of an odd combatant in the public games, who remained 
without an adversary when the others had been paired by lotyand sat by (ἐπί 
and ἕδρα) ready to engage (of course at a great advantage) with any athlete 
who should beat his adversary. — ταῦτα repeats the indirect question. 

11. τῶν τότε (G. 141, N. 3%). —8v βούλοιτο (ἃ. 247; 233) might be ὃν 
ἂν βούληται. --- ἔχοντα, σώζοντα, οὖσαν (G. 280). --- ἧ « -- ἐχρῆτο, which 
Cyrus found hostile. — ταύτην : repeating τὴν . . « δύναμιν with emphasis. 

12. τούτων... ὄντων, but since this is so. — ὅστις od βούλεται : result 
(G. 237, N.).—GAAd μήν begins the sent. as if the parenthesis ép@... 
εἶναι were to be followed by a sentence like καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς πολλὰ ὠφελεῖν 
δυνησόμεθα. (Kriiger.) This is really said in other words in § 13 and § 14. 

13. οὖς νομίζω ἂν παρασχεῖν, whom I think I could render (παράσχοιμι ᾿ 
ἄν): cf. i. 3.6. So παῦσαι ἄν (ἃ. 134, 3). — év-oxAotvra, disturbing, lit. 
crowding (ὄχλος) upon (G. 279, 1). — οἷς: with τεθυμωμένους, incensed 
(G. 184, 3). --- κολάσαισθε : doubtful emendation for κολάσεσθε, made on 
ace. of ἄν (G. 208, 2). — tis... οὔσης = ἣ τῇ .. - οὔσῃ. : 

14. ὡς μέγιστος (sc. φίλος), the very greatest : ef. ὅτι ἀπαρασκενότατον, 
i. 1. 6. -- ἔχων ὑπηρέτας = εἰ ἔχοις, κ. τ. λ.: additional protasis to both 
ἂν εἴης and ἂν ἀναστρέφοιο. — τῆς χάριτος : with ἕνεκα. --- ἣν ἂν ἔχοι- 
μεν : χάριν ἔχω is exactly the Lat. gratiam habeo: cf. note oni. 4. 15. 

15. οὕτω θαυμαστόν, 80 surprising. — τοὔνομα τίς: a mingling of two 
constructions, ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι τίς, x. τ᾿ A, and τοὔνομά τινος ὅστις, 
κι τ λ. Rehdantz, however, explains the words: 7 would gladly hear by 
name, who is so skilled, εἴα. --- ἀπημείφθη, replied, a form found only here. 
It reminds us of ἀπαμειβόμενος and ἀμείβετο in Homer. 

16. "AAA: cf. ii. 1. 4, and note.— ἥδομαι ἀκούων : cf. ἥσθη ἰδών, 1. 2. 
18. — ἀκούων σου λόγους (G. 171, 2, N. 1). — γιγνώσκων, since you know. 

Page 54. — μοι δοκεῖς must be translated impersonally, ἐΐ seems to me, 
in order to bring in κακόνους ἂν εἶναι, that you would be evil-minded, in 
English. We cannot use would, or any equivalent of ἄν, with the infini- 
tive. See Moods and Tenses, § 92, 2, N. 2. — ὡς ἂν μάθῃς (G. 216, N. 2). 

17. εἰ ἐβουλόμεθα, supposing it was our wish, i. 6. when we made the 
treaty (G. 221); to this the apod. is ἀπορεῖν (= ἀποροῦμεν) quoted after 
δοκοῦμεν. Cf. ἀπορεῖν ἄν in § 18, and note. — ἐν ἡ, by means of which. — 
ἀντιπάσχειν : with κίνδυνος (G. 261, 1); se. εἴη ἄν. 

18. ἐπιτίθεσθαι: with ἐπιτηδείων. --- ἀπορεῖν ἄν (= ἀποροῖμεν ἄν): cf. 
note on ὃ 16, and ἀπορεῖν in § 17, and note. — τοσαῦτα: with a gesture. 
— ὄντα, though they are. — ὑμῖν ὄντα mopevréa, must be crossed by you, 
quoted after ὁρᾶτε (G. 280): direct form, ὑμῖν πορευτέα ἐστίν (α. 281, 1). 
Cf. with the active of this const., ὄρη πορεύεσθαι, the note on ὁδόν in i. 2. 
20. — ταμιεύεσθαι, to parcel out, like a steward (ταμίας), and so to have by 
themselves, to deal with at once, etc.; sc. τοσούτους, antec. of ὁπόσοις. 

19. ἀλλά, still.— ὃν κατακαύσαντες (causal).— οὐδ᾽ el, not even if: the 
οὐ goes with ἂν δύναισθε ; the δέ (even), with the conditional clause. 











68 XENOPHON. 


20. txovres: conditional (note in the next line μηδένα) = εἰ ἔχομεν. 
For εἰ ἔχομεν ἐξελοίμεθα ἄν, see G. 227, 1. --- trata: οἵ. εἶτα in i. 2. 25, 
and note. — was dv... ἂν ἐξελοίμεθα (G. 212, 2). — πρός (G. 191, VI. 6, 
1 a). 

21. wavrawac. ... ἐστί, but it is characteristic of (belongs to, G. 169, 1) 
those altogether without resources.— καὶ τούτων, and that too: cf. καὶ ταῦτα 
in i. 4. 12. — οἵτινες ἐθέλουσι : used as if ἄποροί εἰσιν, x. τ. A. preceded ; 
we should expect simply ἐθέλειν, to be willing. Cf. bons... αἱρεῖται in 
place of αἱρεῖσθαι simply, in ii. 6. 6. 

22. ἐξόν, when it was possible, acc. absolute (G. 278, 2). — οὐκ... ἤλθο- 
μεν, did we not proceed to do it ? — ἔρως, earnest desire: sc. ἐστί. --- τούτον 
refers to ovK .. - ἤλθομεν. --- Td... ἰσχυρόν : the whole infin. clause stands 
as an object acc. after the verbal idea in ἔρως : trans. my desire that I may 
secure the confidence of the Greeks (cf. note on i. 7. 4, end), and with that 
mercenary force (G. 154) with which (G. 188, 5) C. made his expedition... 
with this (τούτῳ) I may return to the coast, etc. μισθοδοσίας and evep- 
yerlas (see G. 129, 3) are accusatives. 

23. ὅσα: with χρήσιμοι (G. 160, 1). — ἐστέ, are by anticipation, and so 
for ἔσεσθε. --- τὰ piv... εἶπας, some you also have mentioned. — τιάραν: ἃ 
steeple-shaped head-dress of distinguished Persians, worn upright (ὀρθήν) 
only by the King ; when worn by others, the point was bent forward.— tiv 
δ᾽... ἔχοι (sc. ὀρθήν) : as it was the outward sign of royalty to wear the 
tiara upright on the head, so wearing it upright in the heart means aspiring 
to royal dignity, i. e. bearing the royal symbol in the heart, though not on 
the head. T. thus intimates his intention to revolt from the King by the 
aid of the Greeks, in order to blind Clearchus to his real plans. 

Page 55.— 24. εἶπεν: repeated in ἔφη. --- οὐκοῦν, therefore, in ques- 
tions implies an affirm. answer, and is generally to be rendered by not then ? 
— τοιούτων ὑπαρχόντων, when such grounds exist. — παθεῖν (G. 261, 1). 

25. of... Aoxayot: in app. to the subj. of βούλεσθε. --- ἐλθεῖν ἐν τῷ ἐμ- 
φανεῖ, i. 6. so that it shall be apparent to both armies that we trust one an- 
other. Cf. ἐν τῷ φανερῷ in i. 3. 21. 

26. σοί (accented) is emphatic.— αὖ, in turn.— ὅθεν, from what quarter. 

27. ἐκ, after, in consequence of, Germ. in Folge. Cf. i. 8. 11. --- δῆλός τ᾽ 
ἦν οἰόμενος : cf. i. 2. 11. --- πάνυ φιλικῶς διακεῖσθαι, that he was on very 
friendly terms with. — ἐκέλευσε (subj. Tere.) : 50. lévar. — of ἂν ἐλεγχθώ- 
σι: the verb might have been in what other mood ὃ Could ἐκέλευσε have 
heen so changed? See G. 247, with N. 2.— διαβάλλοντες (G. 280). — τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων : with of.— ot... αὐτούς : cf. dv... αὐτόν in i. 9. 29: αὐτούς is 
added for emphasis. 

28. αὐτῷ, i. 6. Clearchus. — ὅπως . .. ἦ (G. 216, 2). 

29. ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην, fo be devoted.— τοὺς παραλυποῦντας, trowblesome 
rivals (note the prep. in comp.). — μὴ ἰέναι, μηδὲ πιστεύειν (G. 260, 1): 
the underlying idea is that of a command, not that of a statement of fact. 

80. ἰσχυρῶς κατέτεινεν, insisted strenuously.— ἔστε διεπράξαντο (G. 239, 
1). — ὡς εἰς ἀγοράν, i. 6. without arms, 


ANABASIS. 2, ΥἹ. 69 


Page 56 — 32. οἱ ἔνϑον, of ἔξω (G. 141, Ν. 37). — ᾧτινι πάντας : cf. i. 
1. 5, and note. 

33. ἱππασίαν : force of the suff.? — ἠμφεγνόουν (6. 105, 1, N. 3). — εἰς 
τὴν γαστέρα : the accusative with reference to the motion of the weapon. 

36. εἴ rig... λοχαγός, i. 6. whatever general or captain there was (G. 248, 
1), direct εἴ τίς ἐστιν, suggests the subject of προσελθεῖν. --- ἀπαγγείλωσι : 
why subjunctive ? 

37. τῶν Ἑλλήνων : depending on the proper names. — στρατηγοὶ μὲν, 
σὺν αὐτοῖς δέ: the first two are contrasted, as generals, with Xenophon. — 
Ξενοφῶν : cf. iii. 1. 4 sy. — τὰ περί, the fate of. 

38. ἔστησαν εἰς ἐπήκοον, got within hearing distance. -ἐπιορκών, λύων: 
with ἐφάνη (G. 280). — ἔχει τὴν δίκην, has received his deserts. — αὐτοῦ 
(G. 142, 4, N. 3). — ἀπαιτεῖ (G. 164). — ἑαυτοῦ (G. 169, 1). —elvar: se. τὰ 
ὅπλα. --- δούλου : cf. i. 7 3, and note. 

39. ἔλεγε δὲ Κλεάνωρ : cf. ii. 1. 10.—Opxopevros, of Orchomenus, an an- 
cient city of Arcadia,called πολύμηλος by Homer Π .i1.605).— ot ἄλλοι: in 
app. to dpets understood, you others. Cf. § 25. — θεούς, ἀνθρώπους : cf. ii. 
3. 22, and note. — οἵτινες ἀπολωλέκατε, ἔρχεσϑε : causal (G. 238). — ἡμῖν: 
with ὀμόσαντες ; cf. ols, below. — τοὺς αὐτούς (sc. ὑμῖν), the same that we 
should : the position of ἡμῖν expressed forbids its being taken with τοὺς 
αὐτούς. -- φίλους καὶ ἐχθρούς (G. 137, N, 4). — νομιεῖν (G.110, 11.2, N.1 c). 

Page 5%. — τοὺς ἄλλους ἡμᾶς, the rest of ws. 

40. γάρ, (we are not that) for. — ἐπιβουλεύων : cf. i. 6. 8. 

41. ἐπὶ τούτοις, upon this. —el... ἔλνε (G. 221). — Πρόξενος, Μένων: 
in emphatic position before ἐπείπερ : we should render, but as to P. and M., 
since indeed they are, etc. — εὐεργέται : force of the suffix ? 


CHAPTER VI. 
Biographical Sketches of the Five Generals. 


Synopsis: Of the five generals, who after their seizure are taken to Babylon 
and beheaded, Clearchus was the most prominent ; a man well qualified for war 
and fond of it (1). He fought during the Peloponnesian War against the Athe- 
nians, and at its close undertook an expedition to Thrace (2). When ordered to 
return by the Ephors, he disobeyed (3) and was condemned to death. Being 
now an exile, he went to Cyrus and received from him 10,000 darics (4), with 
which he collected an army and plundered the Thracians until summoned to 
Asia (δ). Summary of the evidence that he was fond of war (6) and fitted for 
it (7). As evidence that he was fitted for command, notwithstanding his gloomy 
and harsh disposition, he was skilful in providing supplies for his army and an 
excellent disciplinarian (8-10). In time of danger his soldiers willingly obeyed 
him, but left him, when the peril was over, for a general of less harsh disposi- 
tion (11, 12). No one was personally attached to him, but his troops were ex- 
cellent soldiers (13, 14). He was about fifty years of age when he died (15). — 
Proxenus was ambitious from boyhood (16). He joined Cyrus, hoping to gain 
wealth, influence, and a great name (17), but was unwilling to acquire any of 











70 XENOPHON. 


these by unjust means (18). He was able to command well-disposed men, but 
could not inspire ordinary soldiers with fear or respect ; he was thirty years 
old when he died (19, 20). — Menon was avaricious, stooping to perjury, false- 
hood, and deceit to gain his ends (21, 22). He respected and spared an enemy 
because he was dangerous, but ridiculed and plundered his friends (23, 24). 
He respected perjury and injustice, but looked upon the pious and truthful as 
fools (25). He took pride in deceit and ridicule of friends (26), and sought to be 
honored and courted by showing his power and willingness to do wrong (27). Even 
in extreme youth he was notoriously licentious (28). He was not put to death 
with the others, but died like a malefactor, after being tortured alive for a whole 
year (29). — Agias and Socrates were both courageous in war and faithful to 
their friends ; and at the time of their death each was thirty-five years old (30). 


1. μέν: cf. μέν in i. 10. 19, and note. — οὕτω, so, as above described. — 
τὰς κεφαλάς (G. 197,1,N.2,last ex.): the corresp. active constr. would be 
αὐτοῖς ἀποτέμνουσι τὰς κεφαλάς. — els: in app. to (part of) στρατηγοί. -- 
μέν : correl. to δέ in § 16. --- ὁμολογουμένως ἐκ πάντων, as was agreed by 
(cf. ἐκ in i. 1. 6) all. — αὐτοῦ (ἃ. 182, 1; 180, 1). — δόξας γενέσθαι, i. 6. 
who appeared to have been (lit. to have become or to have shown hinself). — 
Cf. with this section i. 9. 1. 

2. πόλεμος : the Peloponnesian War (431-404 B. C.). — ἀδικοῦσι, had 
wronged ; cf. i. 5. 11, and note. — τοὺς “EAAnvas: the Greek colonists in 
the Thracian Chersonesus. — διαπραξάμενος παρὰ τῶν ἐφόρων, having 80- 
cured (his object) from the Ephors. — ὡς πολεμήσων : cf. i. 1. 11, and note. 

3. μετα-γνόντες πως, changing their mind for some reason. — ἔφ-οροι 
(over-seers), Ephors. —’Ie6poi: of Corinth.— ᾧχετο πλέων : cf. ᾧχετο ἀπε- 
λαύνων in ii. 4. 24, and note. 

4. ἐθανατώθη, was condemned to death (G. 130, 3): οἵ. θάνατος, θνήσκω. 
- τελῶν, magistrates, the ἔφοροι. --- ἄλλῃ: no such arguments (λόγοις) are 
given in the Anabasis. Cf. 1.1. 9, andi. 3. 3, 4. — ϑαρεικούς : cf. note on 
ἃ, 7.18. 

5. ῥᾳθυμίαν, a life of case (ῥάδιος and θυμός). --- ἀπὸ... χρημάτων : cf. 
i. 1. 9.— ἀπὸ τούτου, from this time on.— ἔφερε καὶ ἦγε, »ὲ undered, or pil- 
laged : φέρω properly of objects that can be carried off, ἄγω of cattle ; Lat. 
ferre et agere. — πολεμῶν διεγένετο, went on warring (G. 279, 1). 

Page 58. — 6. φιλο-πολέμου (G. 131, 1): cf. πολεμ-ικός in § 7. -— 
ὅστις αἱρεῖται : cf. οἵτινες ἐθέλουσι in ii. 5. 21, and note. — ἐξόν : cf. ii. 5. 
22. —aieyivy, βλάβη (see G. 129, 1). — αἱρεῖται, chooses. — ὥστε πολε- 
μεῖν, i. 6. provided that he may be (laboring) in war (G. 266, 2). — εἰς παι- 
δικά, upon a favorite. — ϑαπανᾶν, to make outlays. 

7. ταύτῃ, herein, in these regards. — ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, by day or night 
(indifferently, G. 179, 1). — ἄγων : like the two adjectives, with ἣν, ready 
to lead. — πανταχοῦ πάντες : cf. ii. 5. 7, and note. 

8. ὡς δυνατὸν.... εἶχεν, 80 far as was possible with (i.e. for a man of) 
such a temper as he certainly (καί) had. — ὥς... ἄλλος: cf. i. 3. 15, and 
note. — ὅπως ἔχοι (G. 217, N. 1). — αὐτῷ (6. 184, 3, N. 6). — ἐμποιῆσαι 
τοῖς παροῦσιν, to inspire in those present (the feeling). — ὡς πειστέον εἴη = 
ὡς δέοι αὐτοὺς πείθεσθαι, that they must obey (G. 243; 281, 2). 


ANABASIS 2, vt. 71 


9. ἐκ Tod... εἶναι, by being severe (G. 262, 1; 138, N. 8).— δρᾶν (ἃ. 261, 
2). — ὡς (G. 266, 2, N. 1). -- ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes. Cf. ἐνίοτε just pre- 
ceding (G. 152, N. 2), and the note on fv... οὕς ini. 5. 7. — γνώμῃ, on 
principle, systematically : note καί before ywopy.— ἀκολάστον, widisciplined. 
-- στρατεύματος... . ὄφελος : cf. i. 3. 11. 

10. λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν: Xen. states the facts not on his own authority. 
Cf. i. 9. 23. --- τὸν ἄρχοντα, his commander. — εἰ μέλλοι, if he were either 
to, etc. (G. 247): the dir. form would be δεῖ φοβεῖσθαι... εἰ μέλλει, K. τ᾿ A. 
- φυλακάς: why acc.? — ἀ-προφασίστως (πρό-φασις), boldly, promptly, 
lit. without making excuses. 

11. τὸ στυγνόν, the steraness, gloom (G. 139, 2): cf. τὸ χαλεπόν and τὸ 
ἐπίχαρι, below. — φαιδιρόν : pred. to φαίνεσθαι ..--- ἐν τοῖς προσώποις (poetic 
plural): connect with τὸ στυγνόν. --- ἐρρωμένον, something strong or vigor- 
ous; like vigor. 

12. ὅτε γένοιντο (G. 233). — πρὸς ἄλλον ἀρχομένους ἀπιέναι, i. 6. to go 
away into the service of another. — διέκειντο, were disposed. The active is 
expressed by διατίθημι (i. 1. 5). 

13.. καὶ yap οὖν : cf. i. 9. 8. 

Page 59. — reraypévor ... kaTexduevor (sc. παρεῖναι αὐτῷ). --- σφόδρα 
. + ἐχρῆτο (G. 98, N. 2), he found caxcecdingly obedient, i. 6. these yielded 
him implicit obedience. 

15. οὐ μάλα ἐθέλειν : as we say, did not like very much. — ἀμφὶ τά : cf. 
the note on els in i. 2. 3. 

16. εὐθύς (G. 277, N. 1). —Topylq: the brilliant rhetorician of Leontini 
in Sicily, who lived about 485-380 Β. θ. His fee (ἀργύριον) was 100 minae 
(about $1,800). 

17. ἐπεὶ συνεγένετο αὐτῷ, after he had been his pupil: συνεῖναί τινι often 


means to be one’s pupil or disciple. — otros... πρώτοις, while he was oa 


friendly terms with those of highest rank. — εὐεργετῶν : cf. ἀλεξόμενος in 
i. 9. 11. — Gero κτήσεσθαι, capected to get (G. 246). 

18. ἐπιθυμῶν (G. 277, ὅδ). --- ἔνδηλον ... εἶχεν, he moreover made this 
also evident. —T@ Sixatp καὶ καλῷ: cf. τὸ στυγνόν in § 11, and note. 


The principle of G. 139, 2, is illustrated often in this chapter. — py: why 


do we have μή and not ov? 

19. καλῶν κἀγαθῶν: as we should say, ‘‘ gentlemen.” See Lidd. and 
Scott, 5. v. καλο-κἀγαθός. --- αἰδῶ ἑαυτοῦ, respect for himself (G. 167, 3).— 
στρατιώταις (G. 187, end; 184, 1). Cf. § 8. - στρατιώτας: cf. θεούς in 
ii. 5. 39, and note. — φοβούμενος : what use of the part.? See G. 280, Ν. 1, 
and cf. δῆλος ἦν ἐπιθυμῶν in § 21, and στέργων φανερὸς ἦν and ἔνδηλος 
ἐγίγνετο ἐπιβουλεύων in § 23. See also i. 2. 11, and note. 

20. πρὸς Td... δοκεῖν, for being, and having the reputation of being, fit 
to govern (G. 262, 1). This const. occurs several times below. ἀρχικόν 
modifies τινά understood, the subject of the infinitives. — ἐπαινεῖν (bis): 
subject of ἀρκεῖν (G. 259). — ἐτῶν (ἃ. 169, 3). 

21. μέγιστον : adverbially with δυναμένοις, the most powerful. — ἀδικῶν ; 
cf. for the tense the note on i. 5. 11. So ἀδικοῦντα in § 20. — μὴ διδοίη 
δίκην, might not pay the penalty : cf. ἔχει τὴν δίκην, ii. 5. 38. 


- 


τ: τας. στὸ 


+ oe oo πεντυδ ες ,, πε σεν 


ee So ᾿ 
tk a δον τσ». 


» τάσις στοο οι 
3 Ὁ —, _ 


2 σιστσε, --ἰῷ 
al Sa 


nae eee -- 


ἣν =a 
= eS ee 


te tS 
ὭΣ... --.- 


δῦ. 


a - 




















72 XENOPHON. 


Page 60. --- 22. ὧν (G. 152). --- τῷ ἠλιθίῳ (G. 186). Cf. note on § 18 
above (at the end). 

23. τούτῳ, taking up the relative clause, is to be connected in construc- 
tion with ἐπιβουλεύων. --- ἔνδηλος ἐγίγνετο : how different from ἔνδηλος ἣν 
and ἔνδηλος éyévero ? — οὐδενός (G. 177). — τῶν συνόντων, his associates : 
connect with καταγελῶν ; διελέγετο would require the dative (G. 186). 

24. μόνος. .. dv, he thought that he alone (G. 138, N. 8) understood that 
it was (G. 280) easiest. 

26. ἀγάλλεται ἐπί : below, with ἠγάλλετο, we have the simple dative of 
cause), τῷ ϑύνασθαι, x. τ. A. (G. 262, 2). For the formation of the three 
nouns after ἐπί, expressing quality, see G. 129, 7. — ψευδῆ : from ψευδής 
not ψεῦδος. --- τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων : partitive; cf. τῶν στρατενομένων, i. 2. 8, 
and note. — διαβάλλων τοὺς πρώτους, by slandering those who were already 
first (in their friendship). — τούτους : takes up the relative clause. 

27. rd... παρέχεσθαι (G. 199, 2): obj. of ἐμηχανᾶτο. An obj. clause 

with ὅπως would be more common (G. 217).— ἐκ : ef. § 9.— ἠξίουν, expected. 
~— ἔπιδεικνύμενος (G. 277, 2). — ὅτι δύναιτο καὶ ἐθέλοι dv: in direct form 
δύναμαι καὶ ἐθέλοιμι dv. — εὐεργεσίαν δὲ κατέλεγεν, and he accounted it 
against (the person) an act of kindness (G. 129, 3). 
28. τὰ δὴ ἀφανῆ ἔξεστι ψεύδεσθαι, i. 6. there is room for false statements, 
it is true, about doubtful matters (G. 159). — τάδε, the following. — παρὰ 
"Αριστίππῳ: with dv; cf. for the facts stated i. 1. 10, and i. 2. 6, and 
note. — ξένων (G. 171, 3). — ἥδετο, i. 6. Ariaeus. 

29. οὐκ ἀπέθανε: to be connected with the genitive absol. above, which 
expresses time (G. 277, 1). 

Page GL. — κεφαλάς: cf. § 1, and note. —{av... ἐνιαυτόν, after being 
tortured alive for a year. 

30. Note the interchange of the dual and plural in this section (G. 33, 1). 
-- καὶ τούτω: emphatic repetition of the subject in the form of a pronoun. 
— αὐτούς is irregularly inserted before ἐμέμφετο, as this verb cannot govern 
the gen. τούτων, which by its position would naturally be the object of both 
the clauses with οὔτε. --- ἔτη ἀπὸ γενεᾶς, years from birth, years of age. 





BOOK THIRD. 


HOSTILITIES BETWEEN THE GREEKS AND THE PERSIANS AFTER THE 


BREAKING OF THE TREATY. — MARCH FROM THE RIVER ZAPATAS TO 
THE MOUNTAINS OF THE CARDUCHI. 


CHAPTER I. 


Synopsis : Outline of the preceding narrative (1). After the capture of their 
leaders the Greeks are greatly perplexed and disheartened (2, 3). There is, 
however, with the army a certain Xenophon, whom Proxenus had sent for, 


ANABASIS 3, I. 73 


promising to make him the friend of Cyrus; and who, after consulting with 
Socrates and inquiring of the oracle at Delphi (4- 7), had repaired to Sardis (8). 
He was there invited by Cyrus to join him on a proposed incursion against the 
Pisidians (9), and continued to follow him even after the true object of the ex- 
pedition was known (10). Xenophon now has a dream (11), which greatly 
terrifies him (12). On awakening he reviews the situation, and is impressed 
with the necessity of immediate action (18, 14). He calls together the captains 
of Proxenus, and shows them how little mercy they may expect if they fall into 
the power of the King (15-18). He declares that while the truce lasted he 
envied the King and pitied his companions (19), since their oaths bound them 
not to take anything unless they paid for it, which few of them were able to 
do (20). Now he proposes that they shall fight for what they need, with the 
Gods as judges of the combat, who certainly will favor them (21, 22); and urges 
the greater power of endurance and more resolute minds of the Greeks (23). He 
exhorts the captains to bravery, and offers to follow or lead as they shall choose 
(24, 25). All wish him to lead except Apollonides, whose discouraging remarks 
Xenophon interrupts, showing that their only chance for life is to present a 
bold front to the King (26-29). Apollonides is expelled from their number, and 
a meeting of all the generals and captains is called (30-32). When they are 
assembled, Xenophon is requested to present his opinions (33, 34). He reviews 
their relations to the King (35); and urges them to show their soldiers that 
they are courageous (36, 37), to choose new generals (38), and to assemble and 
encourage the troops, who are exceedingly dejected (39-41); for it is the cour- 
ageous man alone in battle who is successful (42-44). Chirisophus follows ( 45), 
and proposes that they elect the officers at once (46). Xenophon takes the place 


of Proxenus (47). 


1. "Oca... δεδήλωται : see note on ii. 1. 1.— ἀπιόντων : temporal part. 
denoting time present to ἐγένετο (G. 277, 1; 204). —é ταῖς σπονδαῖς, 
during the truce, belongs to ἐγένετο : see iv. 1. 1. 

9. ἐπεί is here causal, and takes the pluperfect : when it is temporal, it 
generally takes the aorist ; οἵ. ἐπεὶ ἐτελεύτησαν in § 1, and see note on 
i. 1. 3. —évvoodpevor μέν with the eight dependent clauses introduced by 
ὅτι is summed up in ταῦτα évvoovpevor (ὃ 3), and there is no correspond- 
ing clause with δέ. —éml... θύραις, at the King’s gates: they were now 
about 300 miles from Babylon. — ἦσαν (G. 243, N. 2).— κύκλῳ : like the 
English a-round.— παρέξειν ἔμελλεν (G. 118, 6; 202, 3, N.), was to furnish. 
- ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, between (them and) the road home.— προὐδεδό- 
κεσαν (6. 9, 2; 105, 1, N. 1).— ot... βάρβαροι (G. 276, 1): the Persians 
of Cyrus’s army, 100,000 in number, under the command of Ariaeus (cf. 
i. 7. 10). — μόνοι (pred. nom.), eft αἴογιο. --- νικῶντες, if they should be vic- 
torious (G. 226, 1), = εἰ vexgev. — ἡττηθέντων (= νικηθέντων) : conditional, 
= εἰ ἡττηθεῖεν. — αὐτῶν is partitive genitive after οὐδείς. 

3. εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν, ai evening (properly, on coming to the evening : 1. 
7. 10. --- σίτον (G. 171, 2). — τὰ ὅπλα, i. 6. the place where their arms were 
stacked, a general term for their quarters. — νύκτα (6. 161). — ἀνεπαύοντο 
ον ἕκαστος, they lay down where each chanced to be (sc. ὦν, G. 279, 4): 
observe the force of the imperfect. — πατρίδων, etc. objective genitives 
after πόθου (G. 167, 3). — γονέων (cf. G. 129, 2 a). 








74 XENOPHON. 


Page 62.— 4. Ἐξνοφῶν: ‘The inspiration now fell, happily for the 
army, On one in whom a full measure of soldierly strength and courage was 
combined with the education of an Athenian, a democrat, and a philosopher. 
It is in the true Homeric vein, and in something like Homeric language, 
that Xenophon describes his dream, or the intervention of Oneiros, sent by 
Zeus, from which this renovating impulse took its rise.” Grote. — pere- 
πέμψατο, had sent for him.— οἴκοθεν (G. 61): cf. οἴκοι, i. 1. 10, and οἴκαδε, 
i. 2. 2. — ξένος, yuest-friend : see note on i. 1. 10. — εἰ ἔλθοι... ποιήσειν 
(G. 246; 247): the direct discourse would be ἐὰν ἔλθῃς, ποιήσω, and ἐὰν 
ἔλθῃ might have been used here, like ἐπειδὰν λήξῃ in § 9, below. — dv... 
πατρίδος, whom he (Proxenus) himself (G. 145, 1) said he considered of 
more account to himself than (he did) his country (Boeotia): the copula εἶναι 
is understood with κρείττω νομίζειν. 

5. ἀνακοινοῦται, consults (as a friend): ef. the act. ἀνακοινῶσαι (below), 
to communicate with (i. e. τῷ θεῷ). --- Σωκράτει : the philosopher, Xenophon’s 
master and friend. — pi... εἴη, that it might be matter of accusation by the 
state (G. 218): the subject of εἴη is Κύρῳ... . γενέσθαι (G. 259): for τι, see 
G. 160, 2. — rots Aax.: dat. governed by σύν in συμπολεμῆσαι (G. 187). 
The Spartans were greatly aided by money furnished by Cyrus during the 
last four years of the Peloponnesian War (408-404 B.c.). See the prefa- 
tory note, page 2.— ἐλθόντα, agreeing with αὐτόν understood (G. 138, N. 8 
b). 

6. ἐπήρετο: the aor. ἠρόμην (from Epopar) is common ; but ἐρωτάω is 
used in Attic Greek for the forms of the present stem. — τίνι εὐχόμενος, by 
sacrifice and prayer to which of the Gods: ἄν qualifies both ἔλθοι and 
σωθείη (G. 212, 4).— ὁδόν, cognate acc. (G. 159).— καλῶς πράξας : like the 
English doing well.— ἀνεῖλεν : see dvatpéw.— θεοῖς : dat. for acc. by inverse 
attraction, a rare construction (G. 153, N. 4); or we may consider θεοῖς οἷς 
= οἷς θεοῖς, fo what Gods. 

7. τοῦτο: referring to the question wérepov ... μένειν. ---- πότερον εἴη 
(G. 243). — ἰτέον εἶναι, that he was bound to go (G. 281, 2). — ὅπως av... 
πορενθείη : indirect question (G. 245): the direct form would be πῶς ἂν 
πορευθείην ; how could I yo ? 

8. ois: supply θύσασθαι: the antecedent, if expressed (G. 152), would 
be (ἐκείνοις) τοῖς θεοῖς (ἃ. 153, N. 1). --- μέλλοντας (G. 138, N. 2 a). — 
ὁδόν (6. 159, n. 5). — συνεστάθη, was introduced. 

9. συμπροῤθυμεῖτο (imperf.), joined in wrging.— ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα (quam 
primum)... λήξῃ. .. ἀποπέμψει (G. 247). — ἀποπέμψει, would dismiss 
him (G. 243; 202, 4): the English idiom does not allow us to follow tiie 

Greek and say he said that he will dismiss him ; so also we must translate 
ἐπειδὰν λήξῃ as if it were ἐπειδὴ λήξειεν, which would be more common after 
the past tense εἶπε. 

10. ἐστρατεύετο, went on the expedition. — οὕτως qualifies ἐξαπατηθείς 
(G. 277, 2). — οὐχ, not, however. 

Page 63. — φοβούμενος. . . καὶ ἄκοντες (sc. ὄντες), though fearing, etc. 
(6. 277, 5). — ἀλλήλων, Κύρου : obj. genitives after αἰσχύνην (G. 167, 3). 


ANABASIS 3, 1. 75 


11. λαχών (6. 170, 2, and N.). — ἔδοξεν first personal, with subject 
σκηπτός ; afterwards understood as an impersonal with λάμπεσθαι, with 
the subject of which (οἰκίαν understood) πᾶσαν agrees. 

12. ἀνηγέρθη, was roused, awoke.— wh... πῇ, im some respects... 
in others. —8tv... τὸ πῦρ is causal, and μὴ od δύναιτο (G. 215, N. 1) 
depends on ἐφοβεῖτο. --- βασιλέως : the dream was thought to come from 
King Zeus. - - εἴργοιτο was suggested by his being encircled on all sides 
(κύκλῳ) by the fire in his dream. 

13. ὁποῖόν. .. ἐστί, but what it amounts to. — ἐκ τῶν συμβάντων, from 
what happened. --- πρῶτον μέν: the correlative is ἐκ τούτου, § 15. — εἰκός, 
it is likely. — εἰ δὲ γενησόμεθα (G. 223, N. 1). — ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ, in the King’s 
power.— em ivras, having experienced (lived to sce).— τί ἐμποδὼν μὴ οὐχὶ 
..- ἀποθανεῖν ; (G. 263, 1, N.; 283, 7). 

14. ὅπως ἀμυνούμεθα, that we may defend ourselves (G. 217). — ὥσπερ 
ἐξόν, as if it were possib’e (G. 278, 2). — ἡσυχίαν (cf. G. 129, 7). --- ἐγὼ 
«ον πράξειν, from what state then am I expecting the yeneral to come who 
is to do this? tov... στρατηγόν = (lit.) the general from what state. 
Xenophon’s reflection was somewhat as follows: my own stqte (Athens) 
must supply the man; and if I am not old enough now to undertake the 
work, I never shall be. 

15. ἐκ τούτου, zpon this: we should expect ἐκ δὲ τούτον (see § 13); but 
ef. the note on οὗτοι μέν, i. 2. 4. — ἐν οἵοις, in what straits (G. 139). 

16. δῆλον ὅτι = evidently (parenthetical). — οὐ πρότερον . . . πρίν, not 
until (G. 240); ef. μὴ πρόσθεν . - . πρίν ini. 2. 2, and note. 

Page 64. — &édnvav (see ἐκφαίνω), opencd war upon us — παρεσκευά- 
σϑαι, had been got ready (G. 246). . 

17. ὑφησόμεθα, yield ourselves. — ὅς : causal relative (G. 238), since he. 
— ὁμο-μητρίου, ὁμο-πατρίου (G. 129, 12; cf. 132, 3). — kal... ἤδη, even 
when already dead.— ἡμᾶς : subject of παθεῖν. --- κηδεμὼν οὐδείς, 20 prolec- 
tor, to intercede for us (as Cyrus had his mother).— The subj. of ἐστρατεύ- 
σαμεν is of, understood from the preceding οἷς (6. 156, N.).— @$... ποιή- 
σοντες, intending to make him a subject (lit. slave) instead of king. — ἄν 
qualifies παθεῖν (G. 211). 

18. dp’ οὐκ... ἔλθοι, would he not make every effort ?— τὰ ἔσχατα : cog- 
nate accusative (G. 159, N. 4).— αἰκισάμενος : implying both ignominy and 
torture. — τοῦ στρατεῦσαι (G. 262, 2): objective genitive after φόβον. --- 
ὅπως... γενησόμεθα (G. 217). : 

19. ἔστε μέν : see ἐπεὶ μέντοι, § 21. --- οἰκτείρων, μακαρίζων (G. 279, 1). 
— αὐτῶν depends on the four following indirect questions (Sonv... ὅσα 
$é) as if they were nouns: we might have had ταῦτα αὐτῶν after διαθεώμε- 
vos (cf. τὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν in § 20). — ἐσθῆτα, clothing, in general. 

20. ὁπότε ἐνθυμοίμην (G. 233).— τὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν is explained by 
ὅτι... κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς, and all that precedes in the section is summed 
up in ταῦτα λογιζόμενος. But ἤδειν, with ἔχοντας and κατέχοντας (G. 280), 
breaks off from the construction begun in ὅτι τῶν μέν, forming an indepen- 
dent sentence by anacoluthon (avaxodov@la).— οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν (G. 184, 2, N. 1) 








70 ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


μετείη εἰ μὴ πριαίμεθα : in direct discourse, οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν μέτεστιν ἐὰν μὴ 
πριώμεθα (G. 225 ; 247). --- ὅτου δ᾽ ὠνησόμεθα, wherewith to buy (G. 178): 
the antecedent (ἀργύριον understood) follows ἔχοντας, 7 knew that few had 
etc. — GddAws . . . dvoupévous, fo yet supplies in any other way than by pur- 
chase, following κατέχοντας. : 

21. ἡ ὑποψία, i. 6. our present suspicion, with the constant anxiety at- 
tending it. — ἐν μέσῳ κεῖται... dda, they (τὰ ἀγαθά) Lie open to competi- 
tion as prizes (as in the games): cf. ἐς μέσον τιθέναι (in medio ponere), to 
offer as a prize, and ἐν μέσῳ (in another sense) in § 2. Demosthenes calls 
certain exposed towns ἄθλα τοῦ πολέμου κείμενα ἐν péow. — ὁπότεροι ἡμῶν 
(for) whichever of us (Greeks or Persians), the antecedent being omitted. — 
ὦσιν (G. 232, 8). --- ἀγωνοθέται (G. 131, 1; 132, 1; 129, 2 b), judges (in 
the games), keeping up the figure begun with ἐν μέσῳ. 

22. αὐτούς, i.e. the Gods, whom the Persians have mocked by perjury 
(ἐπιωρκήκασιν), G. 158, N. 2.— θεῶν : object. gen. after ὅρκους. — πολύ (in 
emphatic position) belongs to μείζονι. ---- τούτοις : in same construction as 
ἡμῖν understood after ἐξεῖναι, 

Page 65. — 23. ἱκανώτερα τούτων... φέρειν, more capable than theirs 
(lit. than they) of bearing (G. 261, 1). — ψύχη, ψυχάς (6. 129, 4, and 129, 
1). — σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς, by the Gods’ help. — οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες, i. 6. the enemy.— 
ἣν διδῶσιν (G. 223), tf the Gods grant us, ete. The future apodosis is im- 
plied in tpwrot, etc., more liable to be wounded and killed, i. 6. in conse- 
quence of the superior armor of the Greeks. 

24. GAN’ ἴσως yap... ἀναμένωμεν (CG. 253), but let us not wait, for per- 
haps others too? etc.— παρακαλοῦντας : fut. (G. 110, II. N. 1 a).— τοῦ ἐξορ- 
μῆσαι: gen. after ἄρξωμεν (G. 171; 262, 2). 

25. ἡλικίαν : Xenophon appears to speak as a youth, and this passage 
favors the later date (about 430 B. c.) assigned for his birth ; but most au- 
thorities place this at about 440 or even 444 8. c. — ἀκμάζειν, that 1 am at 
the height of my ability ; ἐρύκειν depends on the idea of ability here con- 
tained, although we may connect it with the infin. of purpose (so Kriiger). 

26. ᾿Απολλωνίδης (G. 129, 9 c). — βοιωτιάζων τῇ φωνῇ, with a Boco- 
tian accent, — ὅτι... . λέγοι (= φλναρεῖ ὅστις λέγει, G. 247): ὅστις λέγοι, 
who said ; not who should βαψ. --- σωτηρίας ἂν τυχεῖν, that he could find 
safety (ἃ. 171, 1): τυχεῖν ἄν = τύχοιμι ἄν, 7 should find (if I should try). 
— Gros .. . ἢ πείσας, otherwise than by persuading. 

27. μεταξὺ ὑπολαβών, interrupting him in the midst (of his talk). — ἐν 
ταὐτῳ τούτοις͵ in the same place with these (G. 186).--- ἐπεὶ... ἀπέθανε, i. 6. 
after Cyrus was killed (ἐπεί = postquam): cf. ὅτε ἐκέλευε, (simply) when 
he commanded. See notes on i. 1. 2 and 3. 

28. αὐτῷ (6. 187).— τί οὐκ ἐποίησε (see § 18), what did he leave undone ἢ 
29. αὐτοῖς (G. 186, -N. 1). — οὐ νῦν... οὐδὲ... δύνανται ; (the ov is 
interrogative) are they not unable, wretched men! even to die ? (G. 282, 2; 
283,8,N.).—rotrov, i. 6. τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν. ἶ — 

Page 66. — πείθειν πάλιν ἰόντας (sc. ἡμᾶς), that we should go and try 


persuasion again. We may, however, take πάλιν with κελεύεις. (See 
Grote, IX., Chap. 70, p. 107.) 


ANABASIS 3, 1. 77 


80. ἐμοὶ... δοκεῖ, 7 think it best: for the infin. see’G. 202. See note 
on i. 8. 11. — ἀφελομένους (sc. ἡμᾶς) . « . χρῆσθαι: to deprive him of his 
command, lay packs upon him, and treat him as such (i. 6. as a pack- 
bearer). 

81. τούτῳ... . Βοιωτίας (G. 184, 2, N. 1). — ὥσπερ Avbddv: the Greeks 
considered it effeminate for men to wear ear-rings (see Smith’s Dict. of Antiq. 
s. v. inauris); bored ears, therefore, marked a man as a barbarian. The 
Lydians were proverbially effeminate. Cf. note on Ani.5. 6. — ἀμφότερα 
... τετρυπημένον, with both his cars bored ; dra, etc. presupposes an active 
construction τρυπᾶν τὰ ὦτα αὐτῷ, to bore his cars for him (G. 197, 1, Ν. 2). 

82. ὅπον.... εἴη ... οἴχοιτο ... εἴη (G. 233). — ὁπόθεν οἴχοιτο, i. 6. 
from whatever division the general had been lost (G. 200, N. 3). — ὅπου δ᾽ 
αὖ λοχαγὸς σῶς εἴη implies that the two higher officers were lost. 

33. els... ὅπλων, at the front of the encampment (δ 3; G. 191, N. 6).— 
ἐγένοντο, amounted to (in number), not were. — μέσαι νύκτες, midnight : 
ef. i. 7. 1, and note. 

34. αὐτοῖς is intensive (G. 145, 1), referring to ἡμῖν : 7 seemed best to us, 
when we saw, . . . owrselves to meet, etc.— εἰ δυναίμεθα (G. 248, N.).— πρὸς 
ἡμᾶς (sc. ἔλεξας). 

35. τάδε (α. 148, κ. 1). --- ἡμῶν : partitive after οὕς. --- δῆλον ὅτι : see 
8 16. --- ἡμῖν δέ: correlated in form to ταῦτα μέν, but in sense to βασιλεὺς 
καὶ Τισσαφέρνης. --- ἡμῖν... ποιητέα (G. 188, 4; 281, 1). 

86. μέγιστον καιρόν, the yrandest opportunity. 

Page 67. -- αὐτοί τε, both on your own part (G. 145, 1), opposed to τοὺς 
ἄλλους, below.— παρασκευαζόμενοι, preparing (not prepared), with φανεροὶ 
gre (G. 280, N. 1). 

37. τὶ, somewhat, considerably (G. 160, 2).— τούτων (G. 175, 2).— χρή- 
μασι, pay.— ἀξιοῦν Set ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, we have a right to expect that you, etc. 

88. ὀνῆσαι ἄν (ὀνήσαιτε dv, G. 211). — ὅπως ..- ἀντικατασταθῶσιν 
(G. 217, ν. 1; 201, N. 2).— ds... εἰπεῖν, fo speak briefly (G. 184, 5; 268). 
- παντάπασιν (sc. οὐδὲν ἂν... γένοιτο), i. 6. it is absolutely true in mili- 
tary matters; the force lies in the im plication that this expression is stronger 
than the sweeping statement in οὐδαμοῦ (G. 283, 9). 

89. ποιῆσαι dv (= ποιήσαιτε dv: see § 38): we should have expected 
ποιήσειν (= ποιήσετε, to correspond with the two subjunctives which pre- 
cede (G. 227, 1). — πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ, quite scasonably. 

40. ὡς ἀθύμως, how without spirit.—otre γ᾽ ἐχόντων, at least while they 
are so (ἀθύμως) : gen. abs. with αὐτῶν understood. — ὅ τι, for what service 
(G. 188, 1, N. 2). — νυκτός (G. 179, 1). 

42, Wy... ποιοῦσα, which causes, etc., takes the gender of ἰσχύς, where 
τὸ... ποιοῦν might have been used. —: ὁπότεροι ἂν... . ἴωσιν (G. 233). — 
ἐρρωμενέστεροι (compar. of the perf. part. pass. of ῥώννυμι), more vigorous. 
— rovrous refers with emphasis to the omitted antecedent of ὁπότεροι : such 
men their foes do not abide, — ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, gencrally ( for the most part). 

Page 6S. — 43. ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, any way they can, at any rate. — 
οὗτοι μέν... τούτους : see note on τούτους, § 42.— ἀφικνουμένους (G. 280). 
— διάγοντας, passing their life. — ἕως ἂν ζῶσιν (G. 233). 


eres = 


ae 
FS 
a ΕΞ 


een ee ee 


oats 


δεν το ρει τος ἘΣ τ τ 
er ene ae 


πεν Ba. SPS A es ee eee AS SE Fe SS - 
Sveti ee a -- τὺ  e = ~ =~ ἘΝ 








ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


44. αὐτούς, ourselves (emphatic). — παρακαλεῖν : sc. ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι. 

45. “Χειρί-σοφος (G. 131, 1, Ν.). --- τοσοῦτον... ὅσον, I knew only so 
much of you, as that, etc.— ἐφ᾽ ols (G. 153, N. 1).— βουλοίμην ἄν (G. 226, 
2b).—dr πλείστους (like the Latin quam plurimos), as many as possible. 
See note on i. 1. 6. 

46. αἱρεῖσθε, etc.: imperat. — of δεόμενοι, you who need them. 

47. ἅμα εἰπών (G. 277, N. 1). — τὰ δέοντα, the needful business, subj. of 
the passives μέλλοιτο and περαίνοιτο. --- Δαρδανεύς, of Dardanus in Troas, 


CHAPTER II. 


Synopsis: The soldiers are called together, and first addressed by Chiri- 
sophus (1), who admits that the situation is critical (2), but exhorts them to 
face the enemy with courage (3). Cleanor follows, and calls to mind the per- 
jury and impiety of the King, and the faithlessness of Tissaphernes and Ariaeus 
(4, 5), upon whom he invokes the vengeance of the Gods (6). Next Xenophon 
stan ls up, splendidly accoutred for war (7), and says that now the Greeks may 
hope, with the aid of the Gods, to get back home again in safety (8). While he is 
speaking, some one sneezes ; and the army, regarding this a good omen, vow 
to offer sacrifices to Zeus in the first friendly country tl:ey shall reach (9). 
Xenophon then proceeds, giving the reasons why they may hope for a safe re- 
turn : the Gods are on their side (10); their ancestors once defeated the Per- 
sians at Marathon (11, 12), and again at Salamis (13); and they themselves 
have lately proved themselves not unworthy descendants of such progenitors 
(14). The struggle was then, he says, for Cyrus; now it is for themselves (15); 
and now they know that the enemy are at heart cowards (16): even more cow- 
ardly still are their former barbarian allies (17). The enemy’s cavalry, more- 
over, are, after all, only so many men (18, 19). Better guides may be seized 
than the treacherous Tissaphernes (20); opportunities found for seizing pro- 
visions (21); and even impassable rivers crossed, at least at their sources (22). 
But even if obliged to remain, they need not despair, for various nations have 

‘already occupied the King’s country against his will (23). The speaker is half 
inclined (he says) to advise them to pretend that they want to remain (24). On 
the whole, however, their proper course is to go back to Greece and advise their 
poor relations and friends to come to Persia and get rich by plundering (25, 26). 
They should, therefore, burn their wagons, and rid themselves of all other un- 
necessary baggage (27, 28); and, remembering how the enemy hoped to destroy 
them by seizing their generals (29), be more vigilant and obedient than before (30), 
and ready to punish any offender against discipline (31). Whatever they see fit to 
do should be done at once (32). Chirisophus puts Xenophon’s proposals to vote, 
and they are adopted (33). Xenophon, again rising, suggests that they march, in 
the form of a square, for provisions to certain villages near at hand, with Chiri- 


sophus as leader (34-37). The proposals are approved, and he again exhorts 
them to valor (38, 39). 


1. ἥρηντο: the plup. with ἐπεί or ἐπειδή is more emphatic than the more 
common aorist (for which see notes on i. 1. 2 and 3).— ὑπέφαινε, was barely 
glimmering : a common force of ὑπό in comp. is slightly (G. 191, VI. 7, end). 
— πρῶτον μέν answers to ἐπὶ τούτῳ, § 4. 


ANABASIS 3, 11. 79 


Page 69. — 2. οἱ ἀμφὶ ᾿Αριαῖον, Ariaeus and his men (G. 141, ν. 8). 

8. ἐκ τῶν παρόντων, from these straits. See τὰ παρόντα in ὃ 2.— ἄνδρας 
_. . τελέθειν (sc. ἡμᾶς), we must come out brave men: τελέθειν is a poetic 
word = γίγνεσθαι. --- ὅπως σωζώμεθα (G. 217, N. 1). — εἰ δὲ μή, otherwise: 
see note on ii. 2. 1. — ἀλλά ye, yet at least. — ἀποθνήσκωμεν and γενώμεθα 
depend on ὅπως, like σωζώμεθα. --- ὑποχείριοι (G. 132, 1). --- τοιαῦτα 
ola... ποιήσειαν (G. 251, 1), such things as I pray that the Gods may do 
to our enemics (G. 165). 

4, ἐπιορκίαν, ἀσέβειαν, ἀπιστίαν (see G. 129, 7). — ὅστις λέγων, i.e. (α 
man) who, while he said, etc. The speech of Tissaphernes is in ii. 3. 18. — 
εἴη (G. 243). — wept... ἂν ποιήσαιτο, would hold it of the utmost conse- 
quence (G. 245). — ἐπὶ τούτοις, upon all this (in confirmation of it). --- αυ- 
τός : repeated with tragic emphasis: notice also the asyndeton.— Δία ξένιον : 
Ζεύς as the God of hospitality and the protector of its rights. — αὐτοῖς 
τούτοις, by that very means, i.e. being on intimate terms (ὁμοτράπεζος) 
with Clearchus. woe 

5. bv... ἐλάβομεν (ἃ. 156, N.). — προδώσειν : cf. παρέξειν in 11. 3. 26, 
and note. — καὶ ovros, even he too. — ἡμᾶς κακῶς ποιεῖν (G. 165, n. 1). 

6. ἀπστίσαιντο, requite (G. 251, 1): ἀπο- implies the rendering what is 
due. — ἔτι, any longer. — ὧς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα, as vigorously as we 
shall be able: by an ellipsis of δύναμαι we have the common expression @§ 
κράτιστα, etc., as vigorously as possible, etc. — δυνώμεθα, Cony (G. 232, 3). 

7. ἐσταλμένος, equipped. — κόσμον, ornament, refers to his dress.— τῶν 
καλλίστων ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσαντα, since he had thought himself worthy of (i. e. 
to wear) the'most beautiful equipment.— ἐν τούτοις, i. 6. τοῖς καλλίστοις. --- 

As (G. 171, 1). 

no — 8. pore διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι, fo enter into friendship with them, 
like διὰ δίκης ἐλθεῖν τινι, to go to law with one, and below, διὰ παντὸς πο- 
λέμου αὐτοῖς ἱέναι, to go to war with them in every way (G. 186, N. 1). -- 
ὁρῶντας... πεπόνθασιν, sccing the generals, what they had suffered, i. 6. 
sceing what the generals, etc. Cf. note on i. 1. 5. -— ὧν (G. 153, N. 1): its 
antecedent would be gen. after δίκην (G. 167, 3), punishment for what they 
have done : the antecedent in such cases is (as in the English what) implied 
in the relative. — τὸ λοιπόν, adverbial, for the future (G. 160, 2; 161). 

9. τὸν θεόν, i. 6. Ala Σωτῆρα (see below). — περὶ σωτηρίας λεγόντων : 
the sneeze, which was thought to be an omen sent by Ζεὺς Σωτήρ, came 
just when they were talking of safety. — οἰωνός, omen : so sneezing is still 
regarded by the vulgar in some countries.— εὔξασθαι, to vow, depending on 
δοκεῖ (G. 202); see note on iii. 1. 30, above. — θύσειν σωτήρια (ἃ. 159), to 


- make sacrifices in thanks for safety. — ὅπου av... ἀφικώμεθα (G. 232, 3). 


-- ἀνατεινάτω : an appeal to the citizen-soldiers : in the Athenian Assembly 
elections were made (after nomination) by hand-vote (χειροτονία). ; 
10. ἐμπεδοῦμεν (ἔμπεδος, from ἐν and πέδον), we stand by. — οὕτω ὃ 
ἐχόντων (sc. τῶν πραγμάτων), quae cum ita sint.—«dv... ὦσι (G. 225). 
11. ἔπειτα δέ corresponds to πρῶτον μέν in ὃ 10; but after the construc- 
tion is interrupted by ἀναμνήσω γὰρ... ἀγαθοί, it is resumed in ἐλθόντων 


— 


--- σα: 


—— 3 2 =e κέν τ. = - 
——- = . =a -2 8 
- = toni een ign i ~ ae to ee 
κι adalah αν». SPOS ΕἸ 


pe ΘΟΕ ΩΣ. SSS ρει SS ee 


ee ee a se 





80 XENOPHON: 


μὲν γάρ without reference to ἔπειτα. --- ἀναμνήσω here takes two accusa- 
tives, with the verbs included in G. 164; for a different construction, see 
G. 171, 2, N. 3.— ἀγαθοῖς (G. 138, N. 8).— ὡς ἀφανιούντων, to blot Athens 
again out of existence (G. 277, 3, and N. 2): αὖθις, again, i. 6. as she was 
ἀφανεῖς before she was built. — ἐνίκησαν : i.e. at Marathon (490 B. c.). 

Page ὦ. --- 12. εὐξάμενοι : nom. as if a personal verb meaning they re 
solved were to follow, in place of ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς. --- ὁπόσους κατακάνοιεν 
representing ὁπόσους ἂν κατακάνωμεν of the direct form (G. 247).— χιμαί 
pas : trace the origin of the English word Chimaera.— ἀποθύουσιν, they ar, , 
still (after ninety years) fulfilling that sacrifice. According to Herodotus, 
the number of Persians slain at Marathon was 6,400 (see Selections from 
Xenophon and Herodotus, p. 153, § 23); the Athenians prayed Artemis for 
permission to substitute for a single sacrifice of this large amount of goats 
an annual one of five hundred. The essay on the Malignity of Herodotus, 
included in Plutareh’s Morals, Ch. XXVI., describes this sacrifice as still 
kept up about five centuries after Xenophon’s time. 

13. ἔπειτα corresponds to ἐλθόντων μέν in § 11.— ἀναρίθμητον : Herodo- 
tus (vil. 185) makes the whole number of the fighting men (μάχιμοι) in 
Xerxes’s army 2,641,610 ; and he estimates the number of camp-followers 
as even greater than this. (See Selections, p. 163, § 23.) — καὶ τότε, then 
too (as well as at Marathon), referring to the victories at Salamis (480 B. c.), 
and at Plataea and Mycale (479 B. c., on the same day). —&en ... ὁρᾶν, 
we may see (G. 259). --- τεκμήρια (G. 187, Ν. 4). — ἀλλὰ τοὺς θεούς, but 
(only) the Gods. — προγόνων (G. 169, 1). 

14. ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since. — ἐκείνων, i. 6. the Persians of Xerxes’s army. — ὑμῶν 
αὐτῶν (G. 175, N. 1): gen. after πολλαπλασίους (see note on i. 7. 3). 

15. πολύ belongs to ἀμείνονας and προθυμοτέρους. See iii. 1. 22. 

16. αὐτῶν : obj. gen. after ἄπειροι (G. 180, Ν. 1).— ἄμετρον : 56. ὄν (G. 280). 
— πατρίῳ (G. 129, 12): cf. πατρῴαν, iii. 1. 11. — εἰς, against (into), stronger 
than the more common ἐπί. --- ὅτι θέλουσι depends on the idea of knowing 
implied in πεῖραν ἔχετε. --- καὶ... ὄντες (G. 277, 5, and N. 1 b). — δέχεσθαι, 
i. e. to abide our attack. — ὑμῖν προσήκει: we might have had ὑμᾶς as the 
subject of the infinitive, as in § 15. 

17. μηδὲ. .. εἰ, nor suppose that you are the worse for this, that, ete. 
(G. 254). — ot Κύρειοι : the barbarian troops of Cyrus. — ἐκείνους refers to 
τῶν ἡττημένων. running to them for refuge implied (Xen. means) that the 
refugees were the greater cowards. — ταττομένους (G. 280). 

18. ἡμῖν (G. 184, 4). — ἐνθυμήθητε: plural, as if ὑμεῖς had preceded in 
place of ὑμῶν τις. 

Page 72. — οἱ μύριοι ἱππεῖς : the article here implies that the number 
is a familiar one; ‘‘so in English, your ten thousand horse” (Crosby). — 
6 τι ἂν γίγνηται (G. 233). 

19. ἱππέων : gen. of compar. after πολὺ ἀσφαλεστέρον. --- βεβηκότες, on 
our feet.— ὅτον ἂν βουλώμεθα (G. 232, 3).— τευξόμεθα (see τυγχάνω), shall 
hit. —évl, in one thing (G. 188, 2). — ἡμᾶς: προέχειν usually. takes the 
genitive (G. 175, 2); here the accusative. 


ANABASIS. 3, 11. 81 


20. εἰ belongs to both clauses, τὰς μὲν . + + θαρρεῖτε, and ὅτι δὲ tee 
ἄχθεσθε. — μάχας (G. 158, N. 2). — ὅτι... παρέξει : summed up 5 τοῦτο, 
which follows. — φανερός, evidently (G. 138, N. 7; 280, N. 1). — οὖς ... 
ἄνδρας for τοὺς ἄνδρας οὕς (G. 154). — ois dv... aaperes ; "7 pres yas 
(G. 232, 3), 1. 6. any whom we may find (on the way) ἃ or er to act 
guides, — τὰς ψνχὰς καὶ σώματα, their own lives and bodies: the — 
is that such guides will fear death or a beating enough to make them faith- 
ful : with nouns of different genders the article is usually repeated. 

21. πότερον κρεῖττον (sc. ἐστί) is part of the indirect question depending 
on σκέψασθε in § 20. --- ἧς (G. 153).— ἀργυρίου (G. 178).— μηδὲ ων κ ἔν 
τας, when we no longer have even this (i. 6. ἀργύριον), i. 6. being now wi 
eut pay. — αὐτούς (sc. ἡμᾶς), ourselves (6. 145, 1, N.). Pal 

99. Et δέ introduces three verbs. — ἄπορον (G. 138, N. 2 ὃ). — μεγάλ, 

. + διαβάντες, suppose yourselves to have been greatly deceived by having 
crossed them (G. 203; 277, 2), as when they crossed the Tigris (ii. 4. 24). Σ 
σκέψασθε εἰ, we should say, whether they have not, εἴα. --- τοῦτο καὶ pep 
τατον (sc. dv): see G. 142, ὃ, end. — πηγών (G. 182, 2). — fv... ὦσι 
(G. 225). — προϊοῦσι, to those advancing (sc. teat). — οὐδέ, not = wie 

23. δϑιήσουσιν (see διίημι), let us pass (G. 223, nN. 1). -- οὐδ᾽ ὥς 30 

= οὕτως), not even then (lit. 80, under these circumstances). -- dope “d 
(G. 281, 2). — Μυσούς, the Mysians, of N. W. Asia Minor, rebellious sub- 
jects of the King, and only half subdued. The Pisidians and Loree 
(mentioned below) inhabited the rugged southerly part of per sas --- 
οὐκ ἂν φαίημεν (G. 226, 2). — βασιλέως ἄκοντος : gen. abs. (sc. sg Ni 
Pace 73.- τούτων: meaning the Persians, whose king has just beet 
spoken of. — καρποῦνται (middle voice), reap for themselves : Νὴ want 
which would naturally be the subjects of this verb are attracte im ο " 
preceding clauses, and made the objects of ἐπιστάμεθα and εἴδομεν (see no 
above. τ 

brag ἡμᾶς: emphatic. — dv ἔφην, 1 might say (senless, ον see ne és 
section : Ο. 226, 2). — ὡρμημένους (after φανεροῦς : α. 280, N. »»ἃ irs % 
ought not yet to let it be seen that we have set out for oe ὡς εν ἡ ri 
σοντας, as if we intended to settle hereabouts, 1. 6. declaring eer piles 
this is our purpose (G. 277, N. 2).— Μυσοῖς.. . dv δοίη, των det 
take them (G. 226, 2). — ἄν before ὁμήρους belongs to δοίη ae μετῆν 
(6. 212, 3).— ὁμ-ἤρους (ὃμός and * dpe), hostages, i.e. anes ἐν A ond 
together. — Tod... . ἐκπέμψειν : gen. depending on ὁμήρους ( = ὃς a ~ ~~ 
tages for his sending ; the fut. infin. in all constructions with the art ΔΝ 
exceptional (G. 202, 3), the present or aorist being far more common. ΟΝ 
Moods and Tenses, ὃ 27, N. 2). — ἄν . . - ἐποίει, he would be thrice-g ον ᾿ 
do this (G. 322). --- μένειν παρασκεναζομένους, preparing (not prepare 
95. “ἀλλὰ γάρ, but (I do not say. this, ἔφην ἄν in § 24) for, ete. — yi 
(6. 138, κ. 8). — τῆν (G. 129, N. 2). — καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις, fair and. tall, 
the Greek notion of female beauty. — γυναιξί (G. 186). — μὴ before are 
is a repetition of μή αἴνον δέδοικα. — λωτοφάγοι, lotus-caters, see Odyss, 1A. 


2 were ας 4 an —s 
Ψ 





at mi ἕν a 5 ML: 
si = τ = — cat oe 7 wt; 
v8 . ws a — Se = - = = εὖ é 
on Ce ec le erate ere enn τισιν » 5 = = 
: 5 seas 7 oa = 


= 
a 





82 XENOPHON. 


94 sqq.: having tasted of this sweet tropical plant, the companions of 
Ulysses lost all care for home. 

26. ἐξόν, since it is in their power (G. 278, 2), gives the cause of ἑκόντες 
πένονται. --- τοὺς... πολιτεύοντας, those who now live poor at home: object 
of ὁρᾶν. --- κομισαμένους (referring to the Greeks), if they shall bring them 
hither (G. 226, 1): it might have followed the case of atrots(G. 138, Ν. 8 δ). 
- πλουσίους: sc. ὄντας (G. 280).— δῆλον ὅτι : see note on iii. 1. 16.— τῶν 
κρατούντων (6. 169, 1). 

27. πῶς ἄν belongs to both πορενοίμεθα and μαχοίμεθα, and πῶς, by 
what course (if fol’owed), implies the protasis (G. 226, 1). — ἡμῶν follows 
στρατηγῇ (6. 171, 3), that our campaign may not be directed by the cattle. 
— ὅπῃ ἂν ... συμφέρῃ (G. 232, 3).— συγκατακαῦσαι : sc. δοκεῖ. --- ὄχλον 
..«- ἄγειν (G. 261, 2, N.). —els τὸ μάχεσθαι, etc. (α. 262, 1). 

28. ἀπαλλάξωμεν, let us abandon (G. 258). --- κρατουμένων (sc. τινῶν): 
gen. of possess. after πάντα. --- ἀλλότρια, forfeit, or lost (lit. another’s). 

Page 74. — νομίζειν, consider as, followed by two accus. (G. 166). 

29. Λοιπόν (λείπω), if remains (sc. ἐστίν). --- οὐ πρόσθεν ... πρίν, not 
-.. until (G. 240). — ὄντων . . . ἀρχόντων, i.e. while we hud our officers. 
— ἀπολέσθαι ἄν, that we should be ruined (= ἀπολοίμεθα ἄν : G. 211). 

30. τοὺς viv (G. 142, 2). — τῶν πρόσθεν (G. 175, 1), than those we had 
before. Notice the emphatic position of τοὺς viv. 

31. ἣν... ἤν, in case... if (the latter should be translated first). — 
τὸν ἀεὶ ἐντυγχάνοντα (subj. οἵ κολάζειν), whoever of you may be at hand at 
the time. — ἐψευσμένοι, disappointed. — τοὺς ... εἶναι, men who will suffer 
no man to be a coward. — κακῷ (G. 136, N. 3 a). 

32. περαίνειν ὥρα (G. 261, 1), time for action. — βέλτιον ἣ ταύτῃ, better 
than (that thinys should be) as I propose. — ὃ ἰδιώτης, the private. 

34. ποσϑεῖν, is needed besides, — ὅπον, (to a place) where. 

Page 7. — 35. εἰ καὶ αὐτοί, if they themselves likewise (wal), resumes 
the construction begun by εἰ of πολέμιοι and broken by the parenthesis. — 
ἡμῖν (G. 186 or 187). 

36. πλαίσιον, a hollow square or rectangle with a front (τὰ πρόσθεν), 
two sides or flanks (πλευραί), and a rear (τὰ ὄπισθεν): within this the 
baggage and the camp-followers (ὄχλος) were to be placed. — ὅπλων, i. e. 
the ὁπλῖται, or heavy infantry.— ed... πλασίου, if then it should be settled 
at once who is to lead the square: ἀποδείκνυμι, to show forth or manifest, 
hence to appoint. — ὁπότε ἔλθοιεν (G. 232, 4). — χρῴμεθ᾽ dv... τεταγμέ- 
νοις, i. 6. we should have them at once in their places ready for action. 

37. ἡγοῖτο and the two following optatives express an exhortation in the 
form of a wish (G. 251, 1). — Λακεδαιμόνιος : as the Lacedaemonians were 
now the first power in Greece. — τὸ νῦν εἶναι, for the present (G. 268, N.). 

38. ὅ τι dv ἀεὶ δοκῇ, whatever may seem in each case (ἀεί) : cond. relative 
clause (G. 232, 3), not indirect question. — εἰ... dpa, if any one (now) sees 
(G. 221), present like ὅτῳ δοκεῖ (G. 232, 1). — ἔδοξε ταῦτα, they voted this, 
this seemed good to them: cf. i. 3. 20, and note. 

39. τὰ δεδογμένα, what has been voted. — ὅστις... ἐπιθυμεῖ, like εἴ τις, 


ANABASIS 3, II. 83 


etc. (G. 232, 1). — μεμνήσθω εἶναι, be mindful that he be: ὧν would mean 
that he is. — τῶν νικώντων ἐστί, belongs to the victors.— καὶ εἴ τις δέ, and 
even if any (see note oni. 1. 2). -- σάζειν, λαμβάνειν : cf. τὸ κατακαίνειν 
and τὸ ἀποθνήσκειν, above (G. 259, Ν.). --- τὰ τῶν ἡττωμένων, the posses- 
sions of the vanquished. 


CHAPTER III. 


Synopsis: The Greeks burn their wagons, tents, and superfluous baggage. 
They are visited by Mithridates (1), who pretends that he is well disposed 
towards them, and proposes to join them if they have any well-developed plans 
for escape (2). After consultation, Chirisophus answers that, if unmolested, 
they will proceed homeward, doing as little harm to the country as possible ; 
but that, if hindered, they propose to fight their way (3). Mithridates en- 
deavors to persuade them that their plan is not feasible, and they conclude that 
he is a spy (4). They resolve to admit no more heralds to the camp (5). They 
cross the river Zapatas; and again Mithridates appears, with a body of cavalry, 
and attacks them (6, 7). The Greeks pursue, but are unable to overtake the 
enemy (8, 9). Some of them are wounded by the barbarians, who shoot back- 
wards as they ride (10). At the evening’s halt, Xenophon is blamed for the 
pursuit (11). He acknowledges his error (12, 13), and thanks the Gods that no 
great harm was done (14). He calls attention to the advantages at present pos- 
sessed by the enemy (15), and proposes that the Greeks at once provide them- 
selves with slingers and cavalry by banding certain Rhodians in their army, 
who understand the use of the sling, into a company of the former, and by 
equipping for riders all the horses in their possession (16-19). The plan is 
approved, and two hundred slingers with fifty horsemen are made ready (20). 


1. 8rov: governed by δέοιτο (G. 172, 1) and limited by περιττῶν (G. 168), 
whatever of the spare articles: its anteeedent is the object of μετεδίδοσαν. --- 
ἀριστο-ποιουμένων (6. 131, 1; cf. 180, 2). — ες ἐπήκοον, within hearing 
(ἀκούω). 

Page 76.— 2. διάγων (sc. χρόνον), tarrying.— ὡς φίλον τε καὶ εὔνουν 
(sc. ὄντα) καὶ βουλόμενον, as (one whom you may assume to be) a friend, 
ete.: ὡς has its force as explained in G. 277, N. 2. 

3. ἔλεγε (imperf.), was spokesman. — ad... ἐᾷ (G. 221). — ὡς ἀσινέστα- 
τα, doing as little harm as shall be possible. --- ἦν δέ τις, but ¢f any one 
(Tissayhhernes, for instance) shall hinder (G. 223): ef. note on il. 3. 23. — 
διαπολεμεῖν, fo fight it out (διά). : 

4. βασιλέως ἄκοντος (sc. ὄντος). --- ὑπόπεμπτος (observe the force of 
ὑπό), sent in an underhand way. — οἰκείων, kinsmen. — πίστεως ἕνεκα, fo 
secure good faith, i. e. on the part οἵ Mithridates. | 

5. δόγμα (see G. 129, 4): Eng. derivative ? — τὸν πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον 
εἶναι, that the war should be without heralds (i. 6. one in which no messengers 
were to be received from the enemy): ἀκήρυκτος with πόλεμος sometimes 
means tmplacable, merciless. — ἔστ᾽... elev, so long as they should be in the 
enemy’s country (G. 248, 1): the direct form of the resolution (δόγμα) being 
ἔστ᾽ ἂν ὦμεν. --- διέφθειρον . . . στρατιώτας, they (the Persians) kept trying 


SOE A POOL ED "τα 


σα ΨΤΔΗΝ -- 


3S: =e 


ee sre ere 
oe ee τὰν 5 ἃ 


> -_- — = — Ξε eS 

Se lea eee x 
= SSS SS ee a a ee 
Se ee en ee Oe ey = = ees 


ων. 


»-: ae 


Sear = 


ξ ne eet wy 


va oe σφ © reeves 


ee wer ES Feo 


με αν 


ose ΣΦ τρῶν 


ae” 











84 XENOPHON. 


to corrupt the soldiers (G. 200, N. 2); but διέφθειραν, they (actwally) cor- 
rupted. — ἀπιών (G. 279, 4, N.). — νυκτός (G. 179, 1). 

6. τοξότας, σφενδονήτας (G. 129, 2 δ): cf. ἀκοντισταί in § 7, and 
ὁπλιτῶν and πελταστῶν in ὃ 8. 

7. ὡς φίλος ὦν (G. 277, N. 2). — αὐτῶν, i. 6. of his men.— ἔπασχον κα- 
κῶς (G. 165, N. 12).— Κρῆτες : the Cretan τοξόται are mentioned in i. 2. 9 
(see note). 

Page 77. — ἢ ὡς (G. 266, 2, N. 1)... σφενδονητῶν (G. 171, 1), they shot 
too short to reach the (Persian) slingers. 

8. διωκτέον (G. 281, 2). — ἐδίωκον has for its subject the antecedent 
of οἵ 

9. ἐκ πολλοῦ, with a long start. — οὐχ οἷόν τε, not possible (G. 151, 
ν. 42. 

10. εἰς τοὔπισθεν (τὸ ὄπισθεν), behind them, in the proverbial ‘‘Par- 
thian” style. — ϑιώξειαν (G. 233). — ἐπαναχωρεῖν μαχομένους : because the 
Persian cavalry turned upon them when they began to retire. 

11. καὶ αὐτός, even in person. — οὐδὲν μᾶλλον βλάπτειν, to do them no 
more harm (G. 159, Ν. 4). 

12. yravro ... μαρτυροίη : he said ὀρθῶς ἠτιᾶσθε (G. 243, N. 1), καὶ 
ον μαρτυρεῖ. Translate, be said that they had blamed him rightly, and 
that the result itself bore witness to them. — πάσχοντας (G. 280). 

13. ἀληθῆ λέγετε, i. 6. you are right as to what then took place. 

14. χάρις : sc. ἔστω. --- βλάψαι (G. 266, 1). — μεγάλα (G. 159, N. 2). 

15. ὅσον: sc. τοσοῦτον, from such a distance that (lit. through so great a 
distunce as : G. 161).— ot ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλοντες, i. 6. hurlers of the javelin.— 
ἐκ τόξου piparos, if he had a bow-shot the start of him; cf. ἐκ πολλοῦ, § 9. 

Page 78. — 16. Ἡμεῖς with μέλλομεν, instead of ἡμῖν following δεῖ 
(G. 172, N. 2). --- τὴν ταχίστην (G. 160, 2). --- καὶ διπλάσιον φέρεσθαι 
(pass.), fly (lit. are carried) even twice as far.— σφενδονῶν (6. 175, 1, Ν. 1). 

17. χειροπληθέσι (G. 131, 1): pred. adj. (G. 142, 3%), the idea being, 
because the stones they use in slinging are of hand-size.— μολυβδίσιν, leaden 
slugs (G. 188, 1, N. 2). 

18. αὐτῶν: poss. gen. dep. on the indir. quest. τίνες... σφενδόνας (cf. 
note on αὐτῶν, iii. 1. 19). — πέπανται (see πάομαι), have, cf. κέκτηνται. -- 
τούτῳ, to any such, as if τίς had been used instead of rlves. — αὐτῶν, i. 6. 
the slings (G. 178). — τῷ σφενδονᾶν ἐντεταγμένῳ, to any one who may have 
taken the position of slinger.— ἐθέλοντι, of his free will (G. 277, 2).— ἄλλην 
τινὰ ἀτίλειαν, some exemption (e. g. from severer camp-duty) besides. 

19. τῶν Κλεάρχου: sc. ἵππων (G. 168), i. 6. horses not carried away by 
the cavalry who deserted (see ii. 2. 7). --- aixp-adérovs: composition ? — 
@xevodo, a, i. 6. mules, in place of (ἀντῷ the horses now to be taken for 
eavalry service. —els ἱππέας, for the use of cavalry. — τοὺς φεύγοντας, i. e. 
those mentioned in § 9 and § 10. 

20. Ἐγένοντο, were obtaincd. — ἐδοκιμάσθησαν, were accepted. 


ANABASIS 9, Iv. 


CHAPTER IV. 


Synopsis: Early the next day they resume the march (1), and just after 
crossing a dangerous ravine see Mithridates approaching with 5,000 men (2). 
‘The enemy pass the ravine, but, when charged upon by the Greeks, retreat pre- 
cipitately (3, 4). The Greeks mutilate the bodies of the slain (5), and then 
march on to the deserted city of Larissa, on the Tigris (6-9), from which they 
proceed to a fortress near Mespila (10-12). During the next day’s march Tis- 
saphernes makes his appearance with a large body of troops (13). He does not 
venture an attack (14), and hastily retreats when the newly organized slingers 
and archers begin to use their weapons (15). He follows, however, close after 
them (16, 17). The Greeks halt for one day ; and on the second proceed through 
the open country, more or less annoyed by Tissaphernes (18). Finding them- 
selves hampered by the arrangement of the troops in the form of a square, they 
make a new disposition of the army, and march onward for four days (19-23). 
On the fifth day they see a royal building, the way to which lies among high 
hills (24). While descending one of these, they are attacked by the enemy in 
the rear (25), and are thrown into confusion (26). The same thing occurs on the 
second hill, but finally they get a portion of their force above the enemy, who 
then desist (27-29). The Greeks encamp in certain villages (30), where they 
remain three days, but on the fourth descend into the plain beyond (31). 
Tissaphernes overtakes them, and they immediately encamp (32). This gives 
them greatly the advantage (33). At night the enemy retire (34-36) ; upon 
which the Greeks decamp, and get so far away that they are not overtaken until 
the fourth day. The barbarians now have the advantage of an elevated position, 
under which the Greeks must pass (37); and accordingly Chirisophus orders 
Xenophon to bring his peltasts to the front. This Xenophon declines to do 
(38-40), but he proposes that they attempt to gain the summit of the moun- 
tain above the enemy, which has been left unprotected (41), and himself makes 
the attempt with a body of picked men (42, 48). The enemy see the move- 
ment, and try to reach the summit before the Greeks (44). There is great 
shouting in both armies (45); and Xenophon gallantly encourages his men, who 
finally succeed in reaching the summit before the enemy (46 - 49). 


1. τῇ ἄλλῃ, the next day, for τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ. — χαράδραν : the bed of a 
mountain stream, generally dry, such as are now often used as roads in 
Greece. 

2. διαβεβηκόσι, after they had crossed (G. 277, 1). — ἤτησε (6. 164). — 
ὑποσχόμενος . .. παραδώσειν (G. 203, N. 2): his promise was av λάβω, 
παραδώσω (G. 247): we might have had εἰ λάβοι. --- καταφρονήσας, having 
come to desnise (G. 200, ν. 5 δ). 

Page 79. — 3. ὅσον (cf. εἰς, i. 2. 3, and note), about: lit. (as much) as. 
— παρήγγελτο, orders had been given.— οὕς : subject of διώκειν.--- θαρροῦσι 
.. δυνάμεως, to pursue boldly, as a sufficient force was to follow (G. 277, 
N. 2). 

4. κατειλήφει : sc. abrots. —éorpyve: sc. ὃ σαλπιγκτής (G. 134, N. 1d). 
—ols εἴρητο, those who had received orders, as subject of ἔθεον (cf. ovs ἔδει 
διώκειν, x. τ. A. in § 3). — οἱ δέ (G. 143, 1, N. 2), 1. 6. the enemy. 











86 XENOPHON. 


5. τοῖς βαρβάροις (6. 184, 3). — αὐτο-κέλευστοι : cf. αὐτό-ματος, i. 2. 
17, and αὐτό-μολος, i. 7. 2. — ὅτι φοβερώτατον ὁρᾶν (G. 261, 2), as Sright- 
ful as possible to behold (sc. τὸ ὅραμα). 

7. Λάρισσα: an old name (orig. meaning citadel) given to several forti- 
fied Greek cities and to the citadel of Argos. The Larissa here mentioned 
is the site of the modern Nimrud, and it was once the S. W. corner of 
Nineveh. See note on MéomaAa in § 10. — τὸ παλαιόν, anciently. -λι- 
θίνη (α. 129, 14). 

8. βασιλεύς, i.e. Cyrus the Great: see note on § 10. — νεφέλη : the 
cloud hiding the sun was an eclipse.— ἐξέλιπον : sc. τὴν πόλιν ; the eclipse 
being considered an evil omen. — ἑάλω: see ἁλίσκομαι. 

9. παρά, by the side of : cf. note on i. 2. 13.— πλέθρου : see note on i. 2. 5. 

Page 59. — 10. MéomAa (opposite Mosul): this is the N. W. corner 
of the immense city of Nineveh, the once splendid capital of the Assyrian 
empire. Mespila is about 18 miles above Larissa (see note on § 7), which 
distance agrees with the length of the city (150 stadia) given by Diodorus 
(ii. 3). As the breadth was 90 stadia (nearly 11 miles) and the circuit 
480 stadia (about 56 miles), Nineveh must have been a collection of towns 
and palaces not included within a single wall. The Assyrian empire was 
overthrown by the Medes, with the help of the Babylonians, about 625 B. c. 
(See Rawlinson’s Ancient Monarchies, Vol. 11. p. 391.) Nineveh, how- 
ever, was not destroyed, but remained a part of the Median empire until 
this was overthrown by Cyrus the Great in 558 B. c., when the city dis- 
appears from history. This Median occupation is mentioned here and in 
8 7, and this seems to be all that Xenophon knew or cared to tell of the 
history of this famous place. This is almost as bad as if a medieval trav- 
eller had called Athens ‘‘a place which the Romans once occupied”; but 
surely quite as pardonable as a modern geographer’s remark that ‘‘ Greece 
occupies the southern part of the 7'urkish peninsula”! The slight notice 
of the ruins taken by Xenophon shows at once the completeness of the 
destruction of Nineveh and the carelessness of even a cultivated Greek 
about the former glory of ‘‘ Barbarians.” From both Mespila and Larissa 
monuments and sculptures have been brought to the British Museum, 
especially by Layard. — κογχυλιάτου (nom. -άτης) : Kéyxn, Lat. concha, 
a muscle shell: cf. Eng. conch, conchology. 

11. πλίνθινον : cf. λιθίνη in § 7, and the reference. —Mrydeaa, Medéa, 
wife of Astyages, the last king of Media. — καταφυγεῖν (ἃ. 203); ef. ἑλεῖν 
in § 12 (G. 202). — ἀπώλεσαν ... ὑπὸ Περσῶν, they lost their power (i. e. 
were deprived of it) by the Persians. 

12. χρόνῳ, i.e. by length of siege. — ἐμβροντήτους, thunderstruck, i. e. 
stupefied or mad (attonitos), perhaps by fright at a thunderstorm. Cf. § 8. 

13. εἰς refers to the coming of T. upon the course of their day’s march. — 
οὕς τε. .. ἔχων (sc. ἔχων), having not only (re) the cavalry (ἃ. 154) which 
he himself brought with him: cf. ἔχων ἀνέβη, below. — τοῦ ἔχοντος, who 
had (in marriage), in appos. to ᾽Ορόντα (G. 39). — ovs ... βαρβάρους, ἐδ 
barbarians whom Cyrus had in his expedition. 





ANABASIS 3, rv. 87 


14. τὰς piv... τὰς δέ (α. 143, 1). — εἶχεν καταστήσας, stationed and 


‘kept in the rear (of the Greeks). — ἐμβαλεῖν, to make a direct attack. 


15. Σκύθαι τοξόται: the name Scythian was given to all archers of a 
certain class, whether they were native Scythians or not. At Athens police- 
men were called τοξόται or Σκύθαι, because the state sometimes imported 
Scythian slaves (who were archers) to serve as a city police. ἀνδρός 
(6. 171, 1). — οὐδὲ... ῥᾷάδιον ἦν, i.e. could not well miss if he tried, on 
account of the dense throng of the enemy. 

Page SI. — 17. Κρησί, construed with χρήσιμα. --- χρώμενοι (G. 279, 
4, N.). — τοξεύειν (G. 260, 1). --- ἄνω ἱέντες, shouting upwards, so as to 
recover the arrows more easily. — μακράν : sv. ὁδόν (G. 161). — ὥστε χρῆ- 
σϑαι, i. 6. of use. ᾿ 

18. μεῖον ἔχοντες, having the worst of {{. ---- ἀκρο-βολίσει (ἃ. 129, 3; 
132, 2): cf. ἀκροβολιζόμενος, below. 

19. ἔγνωσαν, found out (G. 200, N. 5 b).— ἣν συγκύπτῃ τὰ κέρατα 
(G. 225), if the wings are ever drawn in (cf. ὅταν διάσχῃ in § 20). — ὁδοῦ 
στενωτέρας οὔσης, because the road is narrower than usual: this would 
be likely in the hilly and broken country they were nearing. -— ἐκθλίβεσϑαι 
τοὺς ὁπλίτας (6. 261,1, Ν.1), that the heavy-armed shou’d be squeezed out 
of their ranks (sc. ἐξ τῆς τάξεως), subject of ἀνάγκη ἐστίν : the hoplites 
wore heavy armor, and depended for their effectiveness on the steadiness 
of the ranks. — πιεζομένους, crowded together. 

20. τὸ μέσον, the space between. — εὐεπίθετον (ἐπι-τίθημι) Tots πολεμίοις 
(G. 185), easy for the enemy to attack. 

21. ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν ἄνδρας, of a hundred men each. — ἄλλους (sc. ἐπέστη- 
σαν: see G. 137, N. 4): the λόχος had its divisions of fifty and twenty-five, 
each with its special officer. — οὗτοι (sc. οἱ λόχοι) would naturally have 
been subj. of ὑπέμενον, but of Aoxayol is added to mark those who directed 
the manceuvre.— παρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν κεράτων, led on (their companies) out 
of the way of (i. e. behind) the wings, so as to give the others more room. 

22. τὸ μέσον ἀνεξεπίμπλασαν, i. 6. they filled the space left open. — τὸ 
διέχον, the interval. — κατὰ λόχους, by companies, i. e. the four enomoties 
of each company being in file (probably with a front of five); κατὰ πεντη- 
κοστῦς, i. 6. in two files, each having two enomoties (or 50 men), giving an 
entire front of ten men; and κατ᾽ éveportas, i. 6. with all four enomoties 
in line. The last would give the six companies a front of 24 files (prob- 
ably 120 men). It will be remembered that these six companies were to fill 
the space which would be left open by separating the wings when the road 
permitted. See note on iv. 3. 26. 

Page 82. — 23. ἐν τῷ μέρει, cach in turn. — φάλαγγος : dep. on που, 
af there was need at any part of the line. — rérrapas, i. e. four days’ march 
without adventure. 

24. βασίλειον, i.e. βασιλεξ-ιον (G. 53, 3, N. 1; ef. 129,12). Bact- 
λειόν τι, a royal building or estate on the distant slope. — διά, over. — 
ἄσμενοι (G. 138, N. 7). 

25. os. . ἀναβαίνειν, so as to ascend the neat (ἃ. 266, N. 1). — ds τὸ 


— OS Se ee eae > 
ἘΠ“ “- ce ee 


ets 


pees: 


TREE 5ριβ δ λβεέτλως 


SN ee 1 


= 





— 
a 








86 XENOPHON. 


5. τοῖς βαρβάροις (6. 184, 8). --- αὐτο-κέλευστοι : cf. aird-paros, i. 2. 
17, and αὐτό-μολος, i. 7. 2. — ὅτι φοβερώτατον ὁρᾶν (G. 261, 2), as fright- 
ful as possible to behold (sc. τὸ ὅραμα). 

7. Λάρισσα: an old name (orig. meaning citadel) given to several forti- 
fied Greek cities and to the citadel of Argos. The Larissa here mentioned 
is the site of the modern Nimrud, and it was once the S. W. corner of 
Nineveh. See note on MéomaAa in § 10. — τὸ παλαιόν, anciently. --λι- 
θίνη (G. 129, 14). 

8. βασιλεύς, i. e. Cyrus the Great: see note on § 10. — νεφέλη : the 
cloud hiding the sun was an eclipse.— ἐξέλιπον : sc. τὴν πόλιν ; the eclipse 
being considered an evil omen. — ἑάλω: see ἁλίσκομαι. 

9. παρά, by the side of : ef. note on i. 2. 13.— πλέθρου : see note on i. 2. 5. 

Page 5390. - 10. Μέσπιλα (opposite Mosul): this is the N. W. corner 
of the immense city of Nineveh, the once splendid capital of the Assyrian 
empire. Mespila is about 18 miles above Larissa (see note on § 7), which 
distance agrees with the length of the city (150 stadia) given by Diodorus 
(ii. 3). As the breadth was 90 stadia (nearly 11 miles) and the circuit 
480 stadia (about 56 miles), Nineveh must have been a collection of towns 
and palaces not included within a single wall. The Assyrian empire was 
overthrown by the Medes, with the help of the Babylonians, about 625 B. c. 
(See Rawlinson’s Ancient Monarchies, Vol. Il. p. 391.) Nineveh, how- 
ever, was not destroyed, but remained a part of the Median empire until 
this was overthrown by Cyrus the Great in 558 B. c., when the city dis- 
appears from history. This Median occupation is mentioned here and in 
§ 7, and this seems to be all that Xenophon knew or cared to tell of the 
history of this famous place. This is almost as bad as if a medieval trav- 
eller had called Athens ‘‘a place which the Romans once occupied”; but 
surely quite as pardonable as a modern geographer’s remark that ‘‘ Greece 
occupies the southern part of the 7'urkish peninsula”! The slight notice 
of the ruins taken by Xenophon shows at once the completeness of the 
destruction of Nineveh and the carelessness of even a cultivated Greek 
about the former glory of ‘‘ Barbarians.” From both Mespila and Larissa 
monuments and sculptures have been brought to the British Museum, 
especially by Layard. — κογχυλιάτον (nom. -arns): κόγχη;, Lat. concha, 
a muscle shell: cf. Eng. conch, conchology. 

11. πλίνθινον : cf. λιθίνῃ in § 7, and the reference. —Mydaa, Medea, 
wife of Astyages, the last king of Media. — καταφυγεῖν (G. 203) ; cf. ἑλεῖν 
in § 12 (G. 202). — ἀπώλεσαν . . . ὑπὸ Περσῶν, they lost their power (i. e. 
were deprived of it) by the Persians. 

12. χρόνῳ, i. 6. by length of siege. — ἐμβροντήτους, thunderstruck, i. e. 
stupefied or mad (attonitos), perhaps by fright at a thunderstorm. Cf. § 8. 

13. εἰς refers to the coming of T. wpon the course of their day’s march.— 
οὕς τε. .. ἔχων (sc. ἔχων), having not only (re) the cavalry (G. 154) which 
he himself brought with him: cf. ἔχων ἀνέβη, below. — τοῦ ἔχοντος, who 
had (in marriage), in appos. to "Opdvra (6. 39). — ots . . . βαρβάρους, tha 
barbarians whom Cyrus had in his expedition. 





ANABASIS 3, Iv. 87 


14. τὰς piv... τὰς δέ (α. 148, 1). — εἶχεν καταστήσας, stationed and 


‘Kept in the rear (of the Greeks). — ἐμβαλεῖν, to make a direct attack. 


15. Σκύθαι τοξόται: the name Scythian was given to all archers of a 
certain class, whether they were native Scythians or not. At Athens police- 
men were called τοξόται or Σκύθαι, because the state sometimes imported 
Scythian slaves (who were archers) to serve as a city police. — ἀνδρός 
(G. 171, 1). — οὐδὲ... ῥᾷδιον ἦν, i.e. could not well miss if he tried, on 
account of the dense throng of the enemy. 

Page $8. —17. Κρησί, construed with χρήσιμα. -- χρώμενοι (G. 279, 
4, N.). — τοξεύειν (G. 260, 1). --- ἄνω ἱέντες, shouting upwards, so as to 
recover the arrows more easily. — μακράν : sc. ὁδόν (G. 161). — ὥστε χρῆ- 
σϑαι, i. 6. of use. . 

18. μεῖον ἔχοντες, having the worst of 1. --- ἀκρο-βολίσει (G. 129, 3; 
132, 2): cf. ἀκροβολιζόμενος, below. 

19. ἔγνωσαν, found out (G. 200, N. 5 b).— ἣν συγκύπτῃ τὰ κέρατα 
(G. 225), if the wings are ever drawn in (cf. ὅταν διάσχῃ in § 20). — ὁδοῦ 
στενωτέρας οὔσης, because the road is narrower than usual: this would 
be likely in the hilly and broken country they were nearing. -— ἐκθλίβεσθαι 
τοὺς ὁπλίτας (6. 261,1, Ν.1), that the heavy-armed should be squeezed out 
of their ranks (sc. ἐξ τῆς τάξεως), subject of ἀνέγκη ἐστίν : the hoplites 
wore heavy armor, and depended for their effectiveness on the steadiness 
of the ranks. — πιεζομένους, crowded together. 

20. τὸ μέσον, the space between. — εὐεπίθετον (ἐπι-τίθημι) τοῖς πολεμίοις 
(G. 185), easy for the enemy to attack. 

21. ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν ἄνδρας, of a hundred men each. — ἄλλους (sc. ἐπέστη- 
σαν: see G. 137, N. 4): the λόχος had its divisions of fifty and twenty-five, 
each with its special officer. — οὗτοι (sc. of λόχοι) would naturally have 
been subj. of ὑπέμενον, but of λοχαγοί is added to mark those who directed 
the manceuvre.— παρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν κεράτων, led on (their companies) out 
of the way of (i. e. behind) the wings, so as to give the others more room. 

22. τὸ μέσον ἀνεξεπίμπλασαν, i. 6. they filled the space left open. — τὸ 
διέχον, the interval. — κατὰ λόχους, by companies, i. e. the four enomoties 
of each company being in file (probably with a front of five); κατὰ πεντη- 
κοστῦς, i. 6. in two files, each having two enomoties (or 50 men), giving an 
entire front of ten men; and κατ᾽ éveportas, i. 6. with all four enomoties 
in line. The last would give the six companies a front of 24 files (prob- 
ably 120 men). It will be remembered that these six companies were to fill 
the space which would be left open by separating the wings when the road 
permitted. See note on iv. 3. 26. 

Page 82. - 23. ἐν τῷ μέρει, cach in turn. — φάλαγγος: dep. on που, 
af there was need at any part of the line. — τέτταρας, i. e. four days’ march 
without adventure. 

94, βασίλειον, i.e. βασιλεξ-ιον (G. 53, 3, N. 1; ef. 129,12). Bact- 
λειόν τι, a royal building or estate on the distant slope. — διά, over. — 


ἄσμενοι (G. 138, N. 7). 
25. ws... ἀναβαίνειν, so as to ascend the neat (ἃ. 266, N. 1). — εἰς τὸ 





seRe 2 = a © MEAT Eb Airaid hall -~-~= I 
= > - yee τος τς ΔΝ = — 
τς Ξῖς τς. πτος,«- πὸ οὕ...- ee Σνττρρασον eee aw we! 
a λιν. ee oa χὶσ' ee ἣν oe ou ες. = ως 
- can ees = oe = 


Ges ee 


ἰ 
.. 
if 
ἀ 
“) 
ἡ 


RS ee 
e 


= 


—— ΣΞΕΣΕΙ 





Se a TT 





88 ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


seawts sing gin — ὑπὸ μαστίγων, under the lash, i. 6. ecourged to it as 
8: see the account of the Persians at Thermopylae, Herod. vii. 223 
ek Jrom Xenophon and Herodotus, p. 185, § 44) ae 
. γυμνήτων (G. 175, 2): ef. note on i. 2 5 κ᾿ 
ἧς ἢ » 2): οἵ. . 2. 3. — ὄχλῳ, the crowd, who 
were 3 distinct fr i 
ae τῷ τῶν ὅπλων, as distinct from the men in the ranks. See iii. 2. 36, 
ep ἀαίοιαν (G. 233).— ἀνήγαγον, brought up.— τὸ ὄρος, i. 6. the higher 
rs re aes which the smaller hills descended (καθῆκον) ‘ 
29. ὑπέρ, above. —wokeplwy: this and the first «odé ; 
Persians, the second πολέμιοι to the Greeks. ᾿ΕΝ ΜΝ 
: 30. τ ὁδῷ... γηλόφους, 1. 6, by the road which led over the hillocks, as 
—_— m8 the course of the πελτασταί along the slope of the higher hill. 
᾿ og! .τ κατὰ τὸ ὄρος ἐπιπαριόντες, marching to the same point (él) 
: _ the slope (κατὰ τὸ ὄρος) in the same direction with (mapa) the main 
ἣν --- Ag κώμας: see § 24. — ἰατρούς, nurscs, selected frum the soldiers. 
ps mie ἅμα vee elxov: we should expect ἔχοντες (causal). — ἵπποις 
τς on " — τῷ σατραπεύοντι, by the acting satrap, or royal governor 
- 33. πολὺ διέφερον, they found it very different, i.e. much easier: the 
ΜΝ Ὁ constr. (which many MSS. and edd. have here) would 
6 πολὺ διέ Ἐν... «ὁρμῶντας... πορενομένους. --- ἐκ χώρας, ἢ): Ὶ 
Bi opposed to πορενομένοι, on the march. Sa ces 
. πονηρόν, a trowblesome (wretched) thing. — αὐτοῖ 
= ἴο q. s (G. 184, 3, N. 4). 
eee hobbled, praepediti, their feet being tied together by ; 
10 cord. — τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν ἕνεκα (G. 262, 2). --- δεῖ... ἀνδρί: the dat 
or ic seri 1s very rare with the infin. after δεῖ, and it is better here 
“Ὁ ] -hdantz) to supply τινά (i. 6. @ servant) as subj. of ἐπισάξαι and 
xe ἘΝ and αὐτόν (i. 6. the horseman himself) as subj. οἵ ἀναβῆναι. 
: 2 Ὗ is: a Persian horseman must wait to have his horse saddled and 
ridled, and to put on his own armor, before he can mount. — θο ύβου 6 
tos: temporal, like νύκτωρ (G. 277, 1). j ened 
saree en en passing the word of command. — ἐκήρυξε: 56. the 
ν᾿ he 34, ᾿ 1 d). -- ἀκουόντων, i. e. within hearing of the enemy. 
: a «πο λύειν is used in a rare (chiefly poetic) sense = λυσιτελεῖν 
μεν profit, to be expedient: as in English, they thought it would not pay τ 
ἊΝ" and νυκτός belong to hoth of the following infinitives. 
Be pine (G. — — καὶ αὐτοί, themselves too (G. 145, 1). — ἀκρωε 
, spur (lit. nail-tip). — ὑφ᾽ ἥν, αἱ ah, — sonal 
oe an a ἥν, along the base of which. — κατάβασις 
39. ὁ δέ λέγει (G. 143, N. 2). — ἡμῖ 
: , N. 2). — ἡμῖν (G. 184, 3). — οὐκ ἔστι < 
be 18 no getting by. — el μὴ ἀποκόψομεν (G. 223, Nn. 1). hace 
‘re ἔρημα, exposed. - πῶς τις ἀπελᾷ, how we (lit. one) shall drive, ete. 
pire oar +++ στρατεύματος, close above their own (the Greek) army. -— 
' » and I volunteer : ἐγὼ δέ is more emphatic, as σὺ μέν is οἱ itted 
with μένε. Glas 
42. κελεύει δέ of: of as indirect reflexi 7 
ἃ xive (6. ; i 
pe a pr (G. 79, 1; 144, 2), following 


ANABASIS 3, v. 89 


Page $5.— ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος, from the front (cf. οὐρᾶς). --- μακρόν, 
too far. 

43. ἔλαβε, i. 6. he (Ch.) took to replace the peltasts. — τοὺς κατὰ μέσον : 
see § 22. -- αὐτῷ: Xenophon. — τοὺς τριακοσίους, i.e. three of the six 
companies of § 21; these had been moved to the front when the attacks 
came from a new quarter. — ods τῶν ἐπιλέκτων (partitive): by attraction ; 
the simple form would be τοὺς τριακοσίους τῶν ἐπιλέκτων οὖς εἶχε. 

44, ἁμιλλᾶσθαι, to race or vie in speed. 

45. ϑιακελενομένων : agreeing with the plural implied in στρατεύματος 
(G. 138, N. 3). — τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην, Tissuphernes and his men. — 
Notice the chiasmos in διακελευομένων τοῖς ἑαυτῶν and τοῖς ἑαυτῶν δια- 
κελευομένων. 

46. ἁμιλλᾶσθαι : see note on § 44. — τὴν λοιπήν (sc. ὁδόν). 

48. καὶ ὅς, and he (G. 151, N. 37). — ἔχων ἐπορεύετο, marched on with wt 
(the shield). — θώρακα ἱππικόν : the horsemen carried no shield, and accord- 
ingly wore a heavier breastplate. — ὑπάγειν, to lead on slowly. — παριέναι, 
to come up. 

49. ἀναβάς, mounting his horse (again).— βάσιμα.... ἄβατα (sc. τὰ χω- 
pla), passable... impassable (i. e. for a horseman): Kriiger makes the con- 
struction impersonal, like ἀδύνατά ἐστιν, { 18 impossible, for ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν. 
— φθάνουσι, anticipate, with object πολεμίους. --- γενόμενοι (G. 279, 4). 


CHAPTER V. 


and the Greeks descend unmolested into 


the plain (1). In the evening the enemy appear (2), and attempt to fire the 
villages (3). Xenophon says encouragingly that this shows that the Persians 
relinquish their claim upon the country, and proposes jestingly that they 
defend the villages as their own property ; but Chirisophus says, also in jest, 
that they had better fire them (4-6). The generals and captains on assem- 
bling are much perplexed about their route (7). A Rhodian proposes that they 
kill the cattle and make a bridge of the inflated skins across the Tigris (8 -- 11), 
but the plan is not regarded feasible (12). The next day they march back 
upon the course they have come (13). The generals and captains hold another 
council, and question the prisoners about the country (14). They learn some- 
thing of the roads leading in the four cardinal directions, and in particular of 
the Cardichi, a warlike people among the mountains, who do not obey the 
King (15, 16). The generals conclude to make their way northward through the 
Carduchi (17), and give orders for the soldiers to be ready to march any time 


during the night (18). 


Page S6.— 1. ἄλλην ὁδόν: of, i. 2.20, and note.— ἀγαθῶν, i. 6. supplies. 
8. ἐννούμενοι . . . ἔχοιεν, being apprehensive that they might not know, 
etc. (G. 215, N. 1). — εἰ κάοιεν : 86. the enemy (G. 248, N.). — λαμβάνοιεν 
(G. 244) governs ἐπιτήδεια : the direct question would be πόθεν ..- λαμ- 


Synopsis: The barbarians now flee, 


νωμεν ; 
4. ἐκ τῆς βοηθείας, i.e. from helping those who were scattered in plun- 
dering (8 2). — κατέβη : from the height (§ 1). 





90 XENOPHON. 


5. Ὁρᾶτε. .. εἶναι ; don’t you see that they admit the country is now 
ours? (G. 280). --- ἃ yap... ἀλλοτρίαν, for what they stipulated against 
our doing, when they made the treaty (cf. ii. 3. 27), viz., burning the Καὶ ing’ s 
territory, (this) they are now themselves (doing, by) burning it as if it were 
another's: μὴ Kaew... χώραν (sc. ἡμᾶς) is in apposition with the antecedent 
of & See i. 9. 21, and note; in both cases a more definite expression (here 
kdovor) is substituted by anacoluthon for a more general one like ποιοῦσι. 

6. Οὔκουν ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, 7 don't think so now. The reply is mere jest, 
like the preceding remark of Xenophon. 

7. σκηνάς, encampment (in the village). — ἔνθεν piv... ἔνθεν δέ, on the 
one hand . . . on the other.— ὃ ποταμός : the Tigris. — ὡς μηδέ. .. βάθους 
(sc. teat), so that not even their spears projected when they tried the depth, 
i. e. their spears found no bottom (G. 184, 3, Ν. 4; 266, N. 1). Cf. iii. 2. 22. 

Page 7. -- 8. κατὰ τετρακισχιλίους, four thousand at a time. — ὧν 
δέομαι, what I require (G. 172). — τάλαντον : cf. note on i. 4. 13. 

9. ᾿Ασκῶν: bags of inflated hides are still used in crossing these rivers. 
—atyas: derived from ἀίσσω, to leap. — ἀποδαρέντα : see ἀποδέρω. --- φυ- 
σηθέντα refers to δέρματα, hides, implied in ἃ ἀποδαρέντα. -- παρέχοι ἄν 
(G. 226, 2). 

10. δεσμῶν, girths. — dpploas, mooring. — ἀφείς, by letting them down: 
this and ἀρτήσας (G. 277, 2) are subordinate to ὁρμίσας, --- διαγαγών, car- 
rying (the line of floats) across the stream. — ἀμφοτέρωθεν δήσας, fustening 
them to the two banks, to serve as pontoons, or supports to a floating bridge. 

11. ἕξει τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι, will keep from sinking (G. 263, 1): for the 
gen. τοῦ καταδῦναι, see G. 174; μή, G. 283, 6. An equivalent (though 
different) construction follows, ὥστε μὴ ὀλισθάνειν σχήσει, will keep you 
Srem slipping, lit. will keep you so that you shall not slip (G. 266, 1). 

12. χαρίεν (G. 129, 15). — τὸ ἔργον, the execution of the plan (ἐνθύ- 
pnpa).— ot κωλύσοντες, men ready to prevent it: ef. note on ii. 3. 5. — 
πολλοὶ ἱππεῖς : apposition. — ot... ἂν ἐπέτρεπον : sc. εἰ ἐπεχείρησαν. 

13. ἐπανεχώρουν εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, εἴο., i. 6. they made a day’s march back- 
ward to some villages which had not been burnt by the enemy (see § 3). — 
ἢ πρὸς Βαβυλῶνα, or towards Babylon: these words seem to have been 
originally a marginal note explaining εἰς τοὔμπαλιν : τοὔμπαλιν ἢ (than) 
πρὸς Βαβυλῶνα would mean, in a direction opposite to that of Babylon, 
which is not possible under the cireumstances (cf. § 15).— ἔνθεν = ἐξ ἧς (sc. 
τὴν κώμην), the village from which. — ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμάζειν, were like to 
wonder, i. e. seemed amazed, like ἐῴκεσαν θαυμάζειν : the text, however, is 
very doubtful. — tpépovrar . . . ἔχοιεν (G. 243). 

14. ἀμφὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια: cf. Engl. ‘about his business.” — ἤλεγχον... 
χώραν, they examined them as to the whole region on every side (G. 164), 

15. τῆς ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνα (poss. gen.), on the road towards B. — ἥκοιεν 
(α. 247). — θερίζειν, ἐαρίζειν : in reverse order: the King spent the winter 
at Babylon, the spring at Susa, and the summer at Ecbatana. — διαβάντι, 
after crossing (sc. τιγί: G. 184, 5): διαβάντι... ἑσπέραν is used like the 
other adjective phrases with ἡ, — ὅτι is repeated for emphasis in the last 


ANABASIS 4, 1. 91 


clause. —- Kap8otxovs: the people called Kurds, Armenian Kordukh ; the 
region is Kurdistan. 

Page S88. — 16. ἀκούειν, listen to or obey. — ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε els αὐτούς, 
once invaded them (G. 203). — βασιλικήν (G. 129, 13 b). — ὁπότε. . . σπεί- 
σαιντο, καὶ ἐπιμιγνύναι (depends on ἔφασαν) : in the direct form, ὁπόταν 
... σπείσωνται, καὶ ἐπιμιγνύασι, whenever they (the Kurds) make a treaty, 
etc., some of them also mingle, etc.— σφών, ἐκείνων : sc. τινάς (G. 168, N. 2). 

17. ἑκασταχόσε εἰδέναι, that they knew the way in every direction. — 
τούτους : governed by διελθόντας. --- ἔφασαν ἥξειν, they (the captives) said 
that they (the Greeks) would come. — εὔπορον ... πορεύεσθαι : in the direct 
form, ettropév ἐστιν ὅποι ἄν tis ἐθέλῃ πορεύεσθαι, it is easy to go whither- 
soever you wish (G. 233), the apodosis being general in sense. 

18. ἐπὶ τούτοις, thereupon. — ὥρας : part. gen. after ἡνίκα, at whatever 
time. — τὴν ὑπερβολήν, the pass: acc. by anticipation ; regularly it would 
be, they feared that the mountain-pass might be seized beforehand. — ἡνίκ᾽ 
av... παραγγέλλῃ, i. 6. when the order should be given; cf. εἴ τις... Av- 
ποίη in ii. 3. 23, and note: this subjunctive might have been changed to 
the optative (omitting ἄν), as ἐπειδὴ δειπνήσειαν is changed from ἐπειδὰν 


δειπνήσητε. 





BOOK FOURTH. 


Harp FIGHTING IN THE MovuUNTAINS. — ENTRANCE INTO ARMENIA. — 
GREAT SUFFERING FROM COLD AND FAMINE. — To Mount THECHEs, 
FROM WHICH THE SEA IS SEEN. — ARRIVAL AT TRAPEZUS, 


CHAPTER I. 


Synopsis : Outline of the preceding narrative (1); and review of the situation 
(2-4). The Greeks cross the plain by night and reach the hills at daybreak 
(5); and, with Chirisophus in command and Xenophon guarding the rear (6), cross 
the height in front of them to villages among the mountains, where they find 
provisions in abundance (7-9). Their rear, however, as they descend into the 
villages, is attacked by the Carduchi, who, when they encamp, light fires on the 
hills (10, 11). At daybreak the generals resolve to abandon the captives and 
superfluous baggage-animals (12, 13); and, when the march begins, see that the 
order is executed (14). The next day it storms (15); and, the enemy pressing 
upon them, they march but slowly (16). At one time Chirisophus hurries for- 
ward, and, the rest following rapidly without knowing the cause, two soldiers 
are killed by the enemy (17, 18). When they encamp, Xenophon blames Chiri- 
sophus (19); but he replies that he was trying to secure the only known pass 
through the mountains (20, 21). . Xenophon proposes to make guides of two 
prisoners (22), who are at once asked whether there is any other road. The one 
who denies this is put to death (23). ‘The other says that there is such a pass 
(24), but that a certain height must be taken possession of beforehand (25). 
‘Volunteers are called for and detailed for this special service (26-28). 








92 XENOPHON. 


1. See note on ii. 1. 1. — ὅσα ἐπολεμήθη : passive of an active constr. 
ὅσα ἐπολέμησαν (ἃ. 159, N. 2; 198); to what extent war was made upon 
the Greeks. 

2. ἔνθα (se. ἐκεῖσε), to the place where.— πάροδος, way along the river.— 
ἐκρέματο : see kpépapat, — πορευτέον εἶναι (dir. πορευτέον ἐστίν : G. 281, 2). 
This section is a recapitulation of what has been stated in the last chapter. 

3. τῶν ἁλισκομένων (G. 171, 2, N. 1), the cuptives taken along the way. 

Page S9.— εἰ διέλθοιεν has for its apodosis the sentence ἐν τῇ ᾿Αρ- 
μενίᾳ. . . περιίασι, including two subordinate protases; it represents ἐὰν 
διέλθωμεν of the direct discourse, and the four following verbs might, like 
it, have been changed to the opt. (G. 247). — περιίασι, will pass round 
(G. 200, n. 3 5). — ἐλέγετο : the subject is τὰς πηγὰς εἶναι. --- ἔστιν οὕτως 
ἔχον, it is just so (G. 28, N. 1). 

5. τὴν τελευταίαν φυλακήν : the Greeks divided the night into three 
watches. — ὅσον ... διελθεῖν, enough for crossing the plain in the dark; 
ὅσον (sc. τοσοῦτον) takes the infinitive from the idea of sufficiency which 
it implies. — παραγγέλσεως (G. 129, 3), i. 6. the word of command passed 
round, not by signal of trumpet. — τὸ ὅρος : cf. iii. 5. 7 and 17. 

6. τὸ ἀμφ᾽ αὑτόν, his own special command : cf. τὸ δπλιτικόν (iv. 8. 18), 
τὸ ἱππικόν, the cavalry, and τὸ ‘EAAnvi«év for οἱ "EAAnves, the Greek race. 
— μή, that, after κίνδυνος. --- πορευομένων, as they went, gen. abs. — ἐπί- 
σποιτο: see ἐφέπομαι. 

7. αἰσθέσθαι (6. 274). --- ἔπειτα, i. 6. after crossing the hill and descend- 
ing: cf. § 10. — ἀεί, regularly, qualifies ἐφείπετο. --- τὸ ὑπερβάλλον, i. e. 
each detachment in succession followed, as it crossed the height. 

8. ἦν λαμβάνειν, there was an opportunity to take. — εἴ πως ἐθελήσειαν, 
in case the Κ΄. should be willing (ἃ. 296, 4, N. 1; 248, 2): the apod. im- 
plied is, that they might let them through, or the like. — as... χώρας = 
διὰ τῆς χώρας ὡς φιλίας (sc. obeys), i. 6. fo let them go through their country 
as (being) a friendly one: cf. i. 3. 14, and ii. 3. 27, and notes. 

9. ὅτῳ, whatever (G. 187; 151, N. 2 δ): the indefinite rel. ὅστις some- 
times has a plural antecedent, when it is itself singular, as here τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια. --- καλούντων (sc. αὐτῶν), when they called (ἃ. 171, 2). 

10. τελευταῖοι, σκοταῖοι (cf. G. 129, 12). — διὰ rd... εἶναι (G. 262, 1). 

Page 90. — ἡμέραν (6. 161).— ἀνάβασις, κατάβασις : cf. παραγγέλσεως 
in § 5 (with ref.). — ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου, ex improviso. 

11. ἐκινδύνευσεν dv διαφθαρῆναι, would have risked perishing. — πολύ, 
a great part: cf. τὸ πολύ, the greater part, i. 4. 13.— συνεώρων, i. 6. watched 
each other's signals. 

12. συνελθοῦσι.... ἔδοξε, i. 6. they came together and resolved : cf. δόξαν 
in § 13. —atyp-ddora, taken in war (αἰχμή, α spear, and ἁλίσκομαι). 

13. ἐποίουν : the subject is ὑποζύγια, etc. — ἐπί, in charge of. — δόξαν, 
having resolved (G. 278, 2), lit. it having seemed good: cf. ἔδοξε, § 12. — 
ταῦτα is governed by ποιεῖν understood : see, however, Moods and Tenses, 
§ 110, 2, n. 2. 


14. ὑποστάντες, halting. — εἴ τι : translate whatever. — τῶν εἰρημένων 


ANABASIS 4, 1. 93 


(sc. ἀφεῖναι), of the things ordered (to be abandoned), or simply, of the 
things above mentioned (see § 12). — ot δέ, and they (the soldiers). — πλὴν 
. «.« ἔκλεψεν, wnless one smuggled something.— οἷον ... γυναικός : we should 
expect οἷον (for example) ἢ παῖδα ἐπιθυμήσας αὐτοῦ, ἢ γυναῖκα (Kriiger). 
-- τῶν εὐπρεπῶν is partitive genitive. —Ta pév... τὰ δέ, sometimes... 
sometimes. 

16. χωρίων, dim. (G. 129, 8),— ἀναχάζοντες and θαμινά are both poetic 
words. 

Page 91. — παρήγγελλεν ὑπομένειν, would send word (for those in front) 
to wuit. — ἔπικέοιντο (G. 233): ἐπικεῖσθαι, to press upon; ἐπιτίθεσθαι, to 
fall upon. 

17. ὅτε wapeyyu@ro, whenever the word was passed. — πρᾶγμά. τι, some 
trouble ahead. — παρελθόντι (sc. tiv). 

18. διαμπερὲς τὴν κεφαλήν (sc. τοξευθείς), shot directly through the head, 
lit. shot in the head directly through (G. 160, 1. “ 

19. ὥσπερ εἶχεν, just as he was (sicut erat). — φεύγοντες ἅμα (G. 277, 
N. 1). — Kado τε kaya: cf. note on ii. 6. 19. — ἀνελέσθαι, to take up for 
burial, a most sacred duty with the Greeks. The last sentence is in the 
direct discourse. 

20. αὕτη is subj., and pla ὁδός pred.: lit. this which you sce is the 
only way (and) steep (ὀρθία, sc. οὖσα) ; αὕτη cannot be taken as an adj. 
pron. with ὁδός (G. 142, 4). See notes of Kriiger and Rehdantz ; and ef. 
iv. 7. 4. — ὄχλον of (G. 151, N. 2). --- ἔκβασιν, way out. 

21. ταῦτ᾽ ἔσπευδον (G. 159, N. 2). -— εἴ πως δυναίμην, in case I should 
be able ; see note on εἴ πως ἐθελήσειαν in § 8: here an apod. is implied like 
ἵνα φθάσαιμι. --- od... ὁδόν, say there is no other way. For οὔ φημι, cf. 
note on i. 2. 26. 

22. ὅπερ, i. 6. the ambush. — ἀναπεῦσαι: Kriiger quotes J/. xv. 235, 
ὥς κε kal αὖτις ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἀναπνεύσωσι πόνοιο. --- αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκα 
(G. 215, Rem.). — ἡγεμόσιν (G. 137, N. 4): supply αὐτοῖς. 

* 23. εἰ εἰδεῖεν, whether they knew: the direct question was dp’ ἴστε; 
(G. 243).— οὐκ ἔφη: see note on ὃ 21. — φόβων, threats. 

Page 92.— 24. ἐτύγχανε ... ἐκδεδομένη, i.e. he happened to have a 
married daughter there. — αὐτός emphasizes the subject of ἡγήσεσθαι: he 
swia he would himself lead (GQ. 138, N. 8 6). — ὁδόν (G. 159, N. 5): see 
note on i. 2. 20. | 

25. ϑυσ-πάρ-ιτον (εἶμι): cf. ὁμαξ-ιτός, i. 2. 21, and see G. 132, 2. — 
8: object of προκαταλήψοιτο : and unless they (τις) should first (amps) occupy 
this (G. 202, 4; 247); the direct discourse was εἰ μή τις προκαταλήψεται, 
ἀδύνατον ἔσται (G. 223, ν. 1). 

26. πελταστάς is in apposition with, and ὁπλιτῶν limits, Aoxayots. — 
ris... ἔστιν, whether there was any one (ἔσττιν might have been εἴη after 
ἐδόκει). --- γενέσθαι, to show himself: cf. ἐγένετο (end.of § 28). — ὑποστὰς 
ἐθελοντής, standing forth as a volunteer: cf. ὑφίσταται in § 27. 

28. épwracw εἴ ris... ἐθέλοι : here ἐθέλει of the direct question becomes 
opt. after an historic present (G. 200, N. 1; 201, Rem.). 








XENOPHON. 


CHAPTER II. 


Synopsis: The guide is bound, and arrangements are made for signals and the 
attack (1). The party starts, and Xenophon proceeds to divert the enemy’s at- 
tention at the open pass (2), who continue to roll stones down the mountain at 
the Greeks all night (3, 4). The advance party surprise and kill outposts of the 
enemy, but make a mistake as to the position of the summit (5, 6). They halt 
for the night, and at dawn advance against the main enemy, who abandon their 
position (7). The force of Chirisophus succeeds in ascending the mountain (8) ; 
but Xenophon, who takes with the baggage the route of the advance party, is in 
danger of being cut off (9, 10). He routs the enemy posted on one hill over- 
hanging the road, and they rally on the next (11, 12). Leaving a force on the 
first hill, he takes the second (13), and a third, and reaches the summit (14-16). 
A messenger brings word that the Greeks have been driven from the first hill 
(17). Xenophon proposes a truce to the barbarians (who are now posted on 
a hill opposite), which they consider ; the force of Xenophon in the mean time 
passing along with the baggage (18,19). But when he attempts to descend, 
they roll down stones. His shield-bearer deserts him, but another soldier runs 
to his support (20, 21). The entire Greek force encamps together again (22). 
The slain are collected and funeral rites performed (23). The next day the 
enemy continue to obstruct their progress, harassing them most whenever 
they are descending hills (24-27). Description of the Carduchian bowmen (28). 


1. of δέ, i. 6. Xenophon and Chirisophus. — éupaydvvas, when they had 
eaten.— συντίθενται, agree with them (i. 6. the volunteers). — τὸ ἄκρον : cf. 
ἄκρον in iv. 1. 25.— τοὺς μὲν, αὐτοὶ δέ, i. 6. the volunteers and the officers. 
— ἄνω ὄντας, i.e. from their position on the height (G. 204). — ἰέναι and 
συμβοηθήσειν denote later actions than φυλάττειν and σημαίνειν ; hence 
perhaps the change in tense (G. 203, N. 2). See note on iv. 6. 20. — &- 
βασιν: cf. iv. 1. 20. 

2. ὕδωρ, rain. — ὅπως. . . τὸν νοῦν, that the enemy might have their at- 
tention turned to that road. — ὅπως ὡς μάλιστα λάθοιεν, that they might be, 
as far as possible, wnseen. 

Page 93. — 3. ἣν Ba... ἔκβαίνειν, i.e. which they must cross before 
getting to the ascent. — δλοιτρόχονς : a poetic word, compounded of εἴλω 
(volvo), to roll (cf. ὅλμος), and τρέχω ; probably meaning rownded by rolling 
(i. e. in the water). See Liddell and Scott; and Theocr. xxii. 49, there 
quoted : wérpot ὁλοίτροχοι, otore κυλίνδων χειμάρρους ποταμὸς μεγάλαις 
περιέξεσε δίναις. The χαράδρα which they were crossing was the dry bed 
of a winter torrent (χειμάρρους), down which the stones were hurled. Such 
χαράδραι are now often the best roads to be found in Greece. — διεσφενδο- 
vavro, flew in pieces (lit. were flung about, as if from slings): ‘‘ diffunde- 
bantur ; cf. σφενδόνη = funda.” Rehdantz. 

4. εἰ μὴ δύναιντο: sc. διαβῆναι (G. 225). — κυλινδοῦντες (G. 279, 1). 

5. as... κατέχοντες, supposing they held the summit (cf. n. on i. 1. 11). 

6. of δ᾽ οὐ κατεῖχον, i. 6. they were wrong in so thinking: οἱ δέ is irreg- 
ular in referring to the subj. of the preceding verb (see also G. 143, 1, N. 2). 
--- μαστός, a round hill. — αὕτη (G. 142, 4, N. 1): οὗτος may stand between 


ANABASIS 4, 11. 95 


the article and its noun, provided some qualifying word separates it from 
the article. — αὐτόθεν, from that spot (where they were). 

7. ὑπέφαινεν : cf. note on 111. 2. 1.— προσελθόντες (G. 279, 4).— εὔζωνοι, 
nimble (well-girt) : γάρ introduces the reason why only a few (ὀλίγοι) were 
killed. 

8. ἀν-ίμων, drew up (like buckets from a well): ἱμάω, to draw ; ἱμάς, a 
thong or strap. 

Page 94. —9. ἧπερ, by the same way with. 

10. ἢ Sretedx Oar, or else be (themselves) entirely separated: the perfect 
infinitive (G. 202, 2, N. 2) here denotes that the action is decisive ; cf. ἐκ- 
πεπλῆχθαι in i. 5. 13, and note.— ἐπορεύθησαν dv: the protasis is implied 
in the following clause (G. 226, 1). — ὑποζύγια : subject of ἐκβῆναι, i. 6. 
there was no other way for the beasts to get through. 

11. ὀρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις, i.e. with the companies marching (with inter- 
vals between them) in narrow parallel columns: ὄρθιος implies that a body 
of troops has a much greater depth than front, including even single file. 
See note on iv. 8. 10. — οὐ κύκλῳ, i. 6. not so as to cut the enemy off. — 
εἰ βούλοιντο (G. 226, 4, N. 1): the apod. is supplied in ἄφοδον, i. 6. a way 
by which they might retreat. 

12. τέως μέν, for some time.— ἕκαστος : in appos. to the omitted subject 
of ἐδύναντο. --- οὐ mpoctevro, did not admit : i.e. they did not let the Greeks 
get near them, but fled. — καὶ τοῦτόν re... καί: see note on i. 2. 18. 

13. ᾿Εννοήσας ph, becoming anxious lest (the meaning of ἐννοήσας being 
made more definite by the following constr. with μή). --- καὶ πάλιν, yet 
again. — ἐπιθοῖντο, for ἐπιθεῖντο (G. 122, Ν.1; οἵ. 127, III.): such forms 
follow the analogy of verbs in ὦ. --- παριοῦσιν, as they passed, — ἐπὶ πολὺ 
ἣν, stretched out a long way: cf. i. 8. 8, and note. — dre... πορενόμενα 
(G. 277, κ. 2 δ): of. the Latin construction of quippe with a relative. — 
διὰ στενῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ (G. 142, 3). , 

14. ὁ ὑπέρ. ... ἐθελοντῶν (see § 5): of the three expressions which qualify 
the attributive partic. καταληφθείσης (6. 276, 1), only one stands between 
τῆς and the partic., the others being placed outside of ris... φυλακῆς to 
avoid complicating that construction. 

15. δείσαντας (G. 277, 2). — αὐτούς : the barbarians. — πολιορκοῖντο, 
from πόλις (roAt-) and ἔργω (ἕρκος), is often used, as here, where the force 
of πόλις is forgotten: we even have πόλιν πολιορκεῖν (see Crosby's note). 
— dpa, in fact ; as it proved. — ὀπισθοφύλακας : ef. § 9, § 18, and § 17. 

Page 95. - 16. ὑπάγειν, advance slowly. — προσμίξειαν, i. 6. might 
come up. — θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα : cf. i. 5. 14. 

19. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, on condition that (G. 267). --- ἐν ᾧ, while, introduces both 
clauses, τὸ piv... of δέ. --- οἱ ἐκ : cf. notes on τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, i. 1. 5, 
and on i. 2. 18. — συνερρύησαν : see συρρέω. 

20. ἵσταντο, were forming. — ἤρξαντο, 1. 6. the Greeks. — ἔνθα vee 
ἔκειντο, where the armed force was stationed (see § 16): κεῖσθαι here is like 
a passive of θέσθαι (used as in § 16); the plur. ἔκειντο is exceptional. — 
ὑπασπιστής((. 129, 2; 16, 1).--- ἀπέλιπεν, i. 6. got separated from him, left 
him (without his shield). 





96 XENOPHON. 


21. Λουσιεύς, of Lusi (or Lusia) in Arcadia (G. 129, 10). — προβεβλη: 
pévos, holding out (his shield) in front of both (G. 199, 3). 

22. αὐτοῦ, there.— ἐν λάκκοις κονιατοῖς, in plastered (or cemented) cisterns. 
Suidas (8. ν. λάκκος) says: ‘‘ The Athenians and other Greeks used to make 
large excavations underground, round or square, cement them, and keep 
wine and oil in them: these they called λάκκοι. 

23. διεπράξαντο, managed, or bargained. — ἡγεμόνα : see iv. 1. 22-24. 
— ἐκ τῶν δυνατών, i. 6. as well as they could. — νομίζεται : the word vopos 
“includes all that is enjoined by law, custom, or the general sentiment, 
and all that is voluntarily accepted in reliance on these.” J. 5. Mill, Diss., 
Vol. IV. p. 302, Ν. 

Page 96. — 24. εἴη (G. 233). — ἐκώλνον, tried to hinder (G. 200, N. 2). 

25. ἀπό-φραξιν, from ἀπό and φράσσω (ppay-), found only here and in 
§ 26 (Kriiger): force of the suffix ?— rots πρώτοις (G. 184, 3). — ἀνωτέρω 
γίγνεσθαι, fo get above. 

27. ἣν ὁπότε, sometimes (G. 152, N. 2): cf. iv. 5. 31. — αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνα- 
βᾶσι, even to those who had gone up, i. 6. to check them: cf. § 25 and § 26. 
- καταβαίνουσιν : temporal participle. — ἐγγύθεν φεύγοντες : the opposite 
of ἐκ πολλοῦ φεύγοντας, iii. 3.9. Note the distinction οἵ φεύγειν, to flee, 
and ἀποφεύγειν, to escape. 

28. τόξα : probably long-bows, which were drawn by bringing one end to 
(or near) the ground and advancing the left foot (προβαίνοντες) towards that 
end (πρὸς τὸ κάτω τοῦ τόξου). Strabo (p. 772) tells of Aethiopian elephant- 
hunts, in which three men used one bow, τῶν μὲν κατεχόντων Td τόξον Kal 
προβεβηκότων τοῖς ποσὶ, τοῦ δ᾽ ἕλκοντος τὴν νευράν, two of them holding 
the bow, with their fect advanced (i. e. each with one foot advanced to steady 
himself), and the third drawing the string. Arrian (Ind. 16) speaks of 
bows which the Indians drew by bringing them to the ground and bracing 
themselves (ἀντιβάντες) with the left foot. In this passage of the Anabasis, 

there is very slight MS. authority for the common reading προσβαίνοντες. 
— ἀκοντίοις : in appos. with αὐτοῖς (G. 137, N. 4): the arrows, a yard long, 
were picked up and used as darts, being fitted with an ἀγκύλη, a loop or 
strap, fastened at the middle, as a guide in grasping and help in hurling. 


CHAPTER III. 


Synopsis: The Greeks encamp this side of the Centrites and rest ( 1, 2). The 
next morning they see cavalry and infantry across the river, prepared to hinder 
their entrance into Armenia (3, 4). The Greeks endeavor to cross, but the 
depth of the water and the missiles of the enemy oblige them to retreat (5, 6). 
Great numbers of the Carduchi assemble in their rear. They are greatly per- 
plexed ; but Xenophon again has a propitious dream, which he tells to Chiri- 
sophus (7, 8). The generals offer sacrifice (9). Two young men bring word to 
Xenophon that they have accidentally discovered a place where the river is 
easily fordable (10-12). He makes libations and reports to Chirisophus (13). 
aud the soldiers are ordered to get their baggage ready. The generals consult 


ANABASIS 4, HI. 


(14), and the order of march is determined (15). They then proceed with the 
young men as guides up the river (16). The hostile cavalry advances along the 
opposite bank. At the crossing, the Greeks throw off their outer garments (17), 
offer sacrifices, and all sing the paean (18, 19). Chirisophus enters the stream 
with his men, and Xenophon makes a feint of crossing at the lower ford (20). 
Chirisophus crosses easily, the enemy flying and abandoning some of their 
property ; but Xenophon is in danger of attack from the Carduchi in his rear. 
He returns rapidly to the upper crossing, halts under arms, and disposes his 
men for attack (21-26). The Carduchi advance, and Chirisophus sends aid 
(27). Xenophon gives directions for a feigned attack (28, 29); and when the 
Carduchi press forward (30), the Greeks raise the paean and rush upon them 
and turn them (31), but also themselves retreat rapidly when the trumpet 
sounds, and cross the river (32). Some of the Greeks are wounded (33, 34). 


1. ηὐλίσθησαν, had their quarters: the word originally means to pass 
the night (or live) in an open court (αὐλή). --- ebpos (G. 129, 7; 160, 1).— 
ἄσμενοι (G. 138, N. 7). — τῶν Καρδούχων (end of the section) depends on 
τῶν ὀρέων. 

2. pneye as adv. with μνημονεύοντες, talking over, recownting.— κακὰ 
.. + σύμπαντα, evils (so many) as they did not (suffer), even all put together, 
etc. 

Page 97.— 4. ’Opévra: gen. (G. 39%), i. 6. troops of Orontas. — ὅπλα 

‘ , N. 4). 
τ. ‘ Z ἄνω, i.e. the single road which was visible was (one) leading 
up, etc.: the construction is ἡ ὁρωμένη ὁδὸς μία (se. οὖσα) ἦν ἄγονσα ἄνω. 
— ὥσπερ χειροποίητος (sc. — (looking) as if it had been built.— ταύτῃ, 

1. 6. site to this road. 
~~ peri ενλρεαι (sc. τισίν), on trial. — οὔτ᾽ corresponds with τέ after ἐπί, 
— εἰ δὲ μή, otherwise, i.e. if any of them did attempt to carry their arms 
through the river: ef. note on ii. 2. 1.--- γυμνοί, exposed : plur. since τις 18 
collective. : Bie 

7. Ἔνθα, where. —“EdAnow (G. 184, 4). — ὁρῶσι piv... ὁρῶσι St... 
ὁρῶσι δέ: notice the emphatic repetition. — ἐπικεισομένους (G. 280). 

8. αὐτόμαται: cf. 1. 2. 17, and note. — περιρρνῆναι, fell off (sc. ἔδοξαν): 
for αὐτῷ, see G. 184, 3. — διαβαίνειν ὁπόσον ἐβούλετο, took as long steps as 
he pleased (opposed to δεδέσθαι): διαβαίνειν in this sense was a good omen 
for crossing the river (διαβαίνειν) ; see ὃ 12, § 14, and § 15. 

Page 98. — 9. ὡς τάχιστα, as soon as. --- ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου (sc. ἱερείου), 
with the first victim (G. 191, V1. 2, 1 δ). 

10. Har μὲ τῇ eating his lunch: ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι (§ 9), to prepare 
lunch. See also note on i. 10. 17. — ἐξείη, «. τ X.: the direct discourse 
would be: ἔξεστιν... προσελθεῖν, kal ἐὰν καθεύδῃ ... εἰπεῖν, ἐάν --- ἔχῃ 
(6. 225).— αὐτῷ : with προσελθεῖν (G. 187). — ἐπεγείραντα εἰπεῖν, to wake 

im and tell. — ἔχοι : sc. εἰπεῖν. : 

Ἷ 11. καὶ τως ον this time. — ὅτι τυγχάνοιεν... κατίδοιεν : the direct 
discourse was ἐτυγχάνομεν (G. 243, N. 1)... καὶ κατείδομεν : this true 
imperfect optative is very rare. — συλλέγοντες (G. 279, 4). — παιδίσκας 





98 XENOPHON. 


diminutive (G. 129, 8): cf. veavloxe in ὃ 10, which is a diminutive in form 
only. — ὥσπερ ... κατατιθεμένους (G. 138, N. 2), apparently putting away 
bags of clothes. 

12. ϑόξαι: the oratio obliqua here changes from the opt. to the infin., 
as if ἔφασαν had already been introduced. — οὐδὲ γὰρ. . . προσβατὸν εἶναι 
κατὰ τοῦτο (sc. ἔφασαν δόξαι), for (they said it appeared to them) that nei- 
ther could the enemy's cavalry come down to the river at this point: οὐδέ 
(also .. . not, or neither) implies that this ground for thinking it safe to 
cross the river here (ἀσφαλὲς διαβῆναι) is added to the proof (in § 11) that 
there was a ford, which appeared from the old man and his family having 
crossed here. — ἐκδύντες (G. 138, x. 8 δ), having stripped: distinguish the 
various circumstances (G. 277) of the crossing expressed by the three parti- 
ciplesand γυμνοί (sc. Svres). —as νευσόμενοι, with the expectation of having to 
swim (G. 277, N. 2).— διαβαίνειν : imperf.(G. 203, N. 1), representing διεβαί- 
vopev, we proceeded (or attempted) to cross; cf. this with διαβῆναι (below) 
for διέβημεν, we crossed (effected the crossing). —wpdobev ... πρὶν βρέξαι 
(G. 274): for the use of πρόσθεν, see Moods and Tenses, ὃ 106, N. 4. Cf. 
iii. 1. 16. 

13. τοῖς νεανίσκοις ἐγχεῖν (sc. οἶνον), fo pour out (lit. pour in) wine for 
the young men: the indefinite subjects of ἐγχεῖν and εὔχεσθαι are easily 
supplied. — φήνασι (G. 96). — ὀνείρατα (see § 8): the plural seems to in- 
dicate the several points of the dream. — πόρον : referring to διαβαίνειν in 
§ 8. — καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἀγαθά, also the other blessings (which had not been 
portended in the dream). — ἐπιτελέσαι : depending on εὔχεσθαι. 

14. ὅπως dv διαβαῖεν : indirect question, representing πῶς ἂν διαβαῖμεν ; 
(G. 245). ὅπως (without dv) introduces νικῷεν and πάσχοιεν, the direct 
questions here being πῶς νικῶμεν ; and πῶς μηδὲν πάσχωμεν ; (G. 244, first 
example). If ἄν belonged to πάσχοιεν, we should have οὐδέν. 

Page 99.— 17. ἀντιπαρήεσαν, went along over against them, i. 6. on 
the other bank. — κατὰ... ὄχθας, at the ford and where the (opposite) high 
banks were (cf. § 11).— στεφανωσάμενος, putting on a wreath, probably one 
made on the spot. It was one of the institutions of Lycurgus that the Spar- 
tans should go into battle wearing wreaths (see Plutarch’s Lycurg. 22). — 
ἀποδύς, throwing off (probably) his outer garment: ἐκδύντες ($ 12), acc. to 
Rehdantz, means undressing themselves entirely. — παρήγγελλε, gave the 
word, 1. e. to do the same. — ὀρθίους : see iv. 2. 11, and note. 

18. εἰς τὸν ποταμόν, i. 6. so that the blood ran into the river. 

19. ἀνηλάλαζον, raised the war-cry, properly shouted ALALA: the ὀλο- 
λυγή was a loud cry or chant, generally a joyous one raised by women in 
invoking the Gods. 

20. ἐπὶ τὸν πόρον: see ὃ 3 and § ὅ. --- ἔκβασιν, passage out (from the 
river). — προσποιούμενος, feigning: he “made a feint of hastening back 
to the original ford, as if he were about to attempt a passage there. This 
attracted the attention of the enemy’s horse [on the opposite bank], who 
became afraid of being attacked on both sides, galloped off to guard the pas- 
sage at the other point, and opposed no serious resistance to Chirisophus.” 
Grote. 





ANABASIS 4, 111. 99 


21. as... ἔκβασιν, with the appearance of hastening to the road which 
led up from the river: ἔκβασιν, as a verbal noun, takes ἄνω and the gen. as 
if it were ἐκβαίνω. Cf. κατὰ τὴν ἔκβασιν in ὃ 20, ἐκβαίνειν in ὃ 3, and 
ἐξέβαινεν in ὃ 23. — ἔτεινον, they pushed on. 

22. ἐβόων μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, they called to them (exhorting them) not to 
be left behind. — συνεκβαίνειν : σύν governs τοῖς πολεμίοις understood. 

23. κατὰ. . . ποταμόν, by (over) the bluffs which reached to the river (cf. 
8 11). 

Page 100. — 24. καταβαίνοντες (G. 280, N. 1). 

26. ἀκμὴν διέβαινε, were just crossing: with the adverbial accus. ἀκμήν 
(G. 160, 2), just ut the point, cf. τέλος in i. 10. 13, and the common use of 
ἀρχήν, at first. —avtia... ἔθετο, formed his line facing them: ef. note on 
i. 5. 14. — κατ᾽ ἐνωμοτίας, by enomotics, i. 6. with the four ἐνωμοτίαι (each 
of 25 men) arranged i line, probably in five ranks. The enomoties had 
been in column, and they were now to be brought into line by moving παρ᾽ 
ἀσπίδα, i.e. to the left, lit. by the shield (the shield being carried on the 
left side). See notes on 111. 4. 21 and 22; and on ἐπὶ δόρυ in ὃ 29 (below). 
—émi φάλαγγος, so as to form a phalana, or line of battle. — οὐραγούς, 
rear-leaders. 

27. τοῦ ὄχλου ψιλουμένους (G. 174), left by the crowd (of camp-followers, 
etc.). — παραγγέλλῃ : sc. ὁ Ξενοφῶν. 

28. Wav... διαβαίνοντας, when X. saw them (on the point of) crossing 
(to aid him). — αὐτοί, (they) themselves, i.e. Xenophon and his men. — 
ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν σφῶν, on both sides of them. — διηγκυλωμένους, with hand 
on the thong (ἀγκύλη).--- ἐπιβεβλημένους (middle), with arrow on the string 
(sc. τὰ τοξεύματα ἐπὶ ταῖς vevpais): cf. ν. 2. 12, ἐπιβεβλῆσθαι ἐπὶ ταῖς 
νευραῖς. --- πρόσω τοῦ ποταμοῦ, far into the river (G. 168). 

29. ψοφῇ, ring with the thump of the stone. 

Page LOL. — σημήνῃ τὸ πολεμικόν, signal the charye (to deceive the 
enemy). See ὃ 32.— ἀναστρέψαντας ἐπὶ δόρυ, facing about to the right, 
belongs to the subjects of both ἡγεῖσθαι and θεῖν, as is shown by its posi- 
tion: with ἐπὶ δόρυ, towards the spear (the spear being carried in the right 
hand), cf. wap’ ἀσπίδα in § 26. — ds (G. 266, N. 1).— ὅτι . . . γένηται: 
oratio obliqua, as if εἶπεν had preceded instead of παρήγγειλεν. The direct 
form would be ἄριστος ἔσται, ὃς av... γένηται (G. 247, N. 1). 

31. ds... ἱκανῶς, well enough for mountain regions: cf. ut tempori- 
bus illis, for those days (Cic.). 

32. σημαίνει (sc. τὸ πολεμικόν): cf. § 29. The Greeks had been ordered 
to retire at this signal. — τἀναντία is cognate accus. with orpépavres. 

33. αἰσθόμενοι, perceiving that the Greeks were crossing.— kal... “EA- 
λήνων, even when the Greeks were across the river. — φεύγοντες (G. 280, 
N. 1). 

34, of ὑπαντήσαντες, those who had come to the relief (see § 27 and ὃ 28). 
— προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ, i. 6. further than they should have gone. 








XENOPHON. 


CHAPTER IV. 


Synopsis: The Greeks proceed through Armenia (1), and come to a village 
containing a palace of the satrap (2). Beyond this they pass the sources of the 
Tigris and reach the river Telebdas (3). Tiribazus, the governor (4), proposes 
through an interpreter a treaty of peace, to which they agree (5, 6). They then 
proceed for three days, followed by Tiribazus, and come to a palace and villages 
(7), where they halt, on account of a snow-storm, and quarter themselves (8). 
Provisions are found in abundance; but word is brought that there is an army 
at hand (9), and the troops are again brought together (10). Encamping thus 
under arms for the night, another heavy snow falls (11-13), and the soldiers are 
again quartered in the villages (14). Democrates is sent out to reconnoitre (15), 
and returns with a captive (16), who says that he was out foraging (17), and that 
the army belongs to Tiribazus, who is preparing to attack the Greeks in their 
passage over the mountain (18). The generals leave a guard behind, and with 
the captured man as guide (19) discover the enemy’s camp and attack it (20), 
when the barbarians flee. Twenty horses and the satrap’s tent are captured 
(21). The Greeks return to their own camp (22). 


1. πεδίον ἅπαν, a perfectly level country: for the case of πεδίον and 
γηλόφους, see notes on i. 2. 20, and ii. 5. 18. 

2. els ἣν κώμην, for ἡ κώμη els ἣν (G. 154), &c.— τύρσεις : cf. Lat. tur- 
ris, Eng. turret, tower. 

3. ὑπερῆλθον τὰς πηγάς, x. τ. X.: here they crossed the mountain range 
which is the watershed between the Tigris and the Euphrates; the Teleboas 
(generally supposed to be the present Kara-su) flows into the Euphrates. 
** After the river Teleboas, there seems no one point in the march which 
can be identified with anything approaching to certainty. Nor have we 
any means even of determining the general line of route, apart from specific 
places, which they followed from the river Teleboas to Trebizond.” Grote. 

Page 102. — 4. ὕπαρχος: cf. i. 2. 20, and note. — ἀνέβαλλεν = ἀνεβί- 
Batev, helped to mount. 

5. τοῖς ἄρχουσι (G. 186). — els éryjxoov: cf. iii. 3. 1. 

6. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ 6. (267). --- αὐτός (G. 138, N. 8). --- μήτε ... μήτε... re: cf. 
note on ii. 2. 8. --- ὅσων δέοιντο (G. 247): in direct form, ὅσων ἂν δέησθε. 

8. χιὼν πολλή: this was in lat. 39°, at an elevation of four thousand 
feet ; it was near the first of December. — ἕωθεν, in the morning ; lit. from 
daybreak : the opposite point of view is found in εἰς ἕω, i. 7. 1, and εἰς 
ἑσπέραν, iii. 1. 3 (see notes). 

9. ἱερεῖα, cattle for slaughter (orig. for sacrifice, here for food). — τῶν 
ἀποσκεδαννυμένων τινές, certain of the stragglers.— κατίδοιεν, φαίνοιτο : in 
direct discourse, κατείδομεν and φαίνεται. 

10. συναγαγεῖν : subj. of ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι (without οὐκ), i. 6. they thought 
that safety required them to collect the army again. — ἐδόκει διαιθριάζειν, 


it ce ig to be clearing up (ἃ. 134, N. 1 e): originally τὸν Δία was under- 
st 


ANABASIS 4, v. 101 


Page 1O3.-—11. ἀλεεινόν (G. 138, N. 2c). — ὅτῳ μὴ wapappvely: see 
παραρρέω ; i.e. the snow kept all warm from whom it did not fall off. 

12. ἐτόλμησε, undertook, had the courage. — γυμνός, i. 6. without his 
mantle (ἱμάτιον) : cf. i. 10. 8, and note. — ἀφελόμενος (sc. τὰ ξύλα), i. 6. 
taking the work away from Xenophon. 

13. ἀμυγδάλινον ἐκ τῶν πικρῶν (sc. xXpipa): for ἐκ τῶν πικρῶν ἀμυγδα- 
λῶν. --- τερεβίνθινον, of the terebinth or turpentine-tree. — μύρον, fragrant 
oil, probably used as a perfume; while the various kinds of xpipa were 
applied to increase the suppleness of the limbs and as protection against 
cold. 

14. εἰς στέγας, wnder shelter (from the weather), is not a repetition of 
εἰς τὰς κώμας, which implies that they returned to the same villages which 
they had left (§§ 8-10). — ὑπὸ τῆς αἰθρίας, wnder the open sky; sub dio, 
sub Iove: connect with κακῶς σκηνοῦντες, by camping ill. 

15. Τημνίτην (a doubtful name): probably a man from Temnus (in 
Aeolis). — τὰ πυρά : see § 9. --- τὰ μὴ ὄντα, i. 6. whatever were not facts, 
equivalent to a relative clause with indefinite antecedent, ἃ μὴ ἦν or εἴ τινα 
μὴ ἣν (G. 283, 4). — ὡς οὐκ ὄντα, i. 6. he reported such things as not being 
facts, and would have said οὐκ ἔστιν. 

16. Πορευθείς, i. 6. on his return. — οὐκ ἔφη ἰδεῖν, said that he had not 
seen: cf. notes on i. 2. 26, and i. 8. 1.— σάγαριν (a Persian word), a battle- 
axe. —’ Apatéves, i. 6. in pictures and statues, with which the Greeks were 
familiar. 

17. τὸ ποδαπὸς εἴη, i. 6. the question ποδαπὸς εἶ ; the expression is accu-. 
sative with the passive ἐρωτώμενος (G. 197, 1, N. 2). — Πέρσης (G. 138, 
Ν. 85).— τὸ στράτευμα : by anticipation one of the objects of ἠρώτων in- 
stead of being subject of εἴη. The accusative of the thing after verbs of 
asking (G. 164) may denote that about which any one is questioned, as well 
as that for which he is asked. 

18. παρεσκευάσθαι: why perfect ?— ὡς belongs to ἐπιθησόμενον (ἃ. 277, 
N. 2).— ὑπερβολῇ : cf. ὑπερέβαλλον in § 20.— μοναχῇ, alone, lit. in ὦ sing’e 
way : ef. διχῇ, in two ways. — ἐνταῦθα : repeating ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ, x. τ. x. 

Page 804. — 21. οἱ before ἀρτοκόποι belongs to φάσκοντες. 

22. ἐπίθεσις (force of the suffix ἢ), i. 6. some attack from Tiribazus. 


CHAPTER V. 


Synopsis : The next day the Greeks pass the height where Tiribazus intended 
to attack them (1), and three days later cross the Euphrates (2). The third day 
after this a bitter wind blows from the north (3), which abates when they offer 
sacrifice. Many perish (4). The first who encamp build fires, which they share 
with those coming up late in return for food (5, 6). The next day the Greeks 
march on through the snow, and many suffer from bulimy (7, 8). Chirisophus 
comes to a village (9, 10), where he encamps with the van (11). The enemy 
harass the rear of the army, and some of the soldiers, being disabled and left be- 
hind, give up in despair (12-15). Xenophon tries to urge them forward (16) ; 














102 XENOPHON. 


but, failing in this, proceeds to terrify the enemy, who flee when attacked by 
the rear-guard (17, 18). He leaves those that are disabled with promises of 
relief on the next day, and going on finds nearly the whole army encamped in the 
snow without guards (19, 20). He himself encamps there, and at daybreak 
sends men to rouse the disabled (21). Communication is opened with Chiri- 
sophus (22), and the army is quartered in the surrounding villages (23). 
Description of the village assigned to Xenophon (24-27). He gets on friendly 
terms with its head man (28, 29), and the next day takes him to Chirisophus, 
_ Visiting on the way the troops, whom he finds feasting and drinking (30-32). 
The two generals question the chief at length (33, 34). Xenophon returns with 


him to his own village, and appropriates the colts found there to the use of him- 
self and the others (35, 36). 


1. ὅπῃ δύναιντο (G. 247): in the direct form ὅπῃ ἂν δυνώμεθα. See note 
on the similar construction with ὅτι or ὡς in i. 1. 6. 

2. Εἰὐφράτην:: this was the eastern branch, now called ‘* Murad-su.” 

3. Sid... πεδίου : we should say, over a plain and through deep snow. 
— παρασάγγας πέντε (vulg. πεντεκαίδεκα) : as a march of 15 parasangs 
(52 miles) seems incredible under the circumstances, many editors omit 
wevrexat-, leaving δέκα. πέντε is adopted here on the authority of one MS. 
— τρίτος (sc. σταθμός) .--- ἀποκάων, b/asting (here with cold): cf. Lat. uro. 

4. εἶπε σφαγιάσασθαι, bade them sacrifice ; ἔφη σφαγιάσασθαι would 
mean, he said that he had sacrificed (G. 260, 2, N. 1): εἶπον with the in- 
finitive has the force of a verb of commanding (G. 202). — σφαγιάζεται 
(middle): sc. ὃ μάντις ; or the verb may be passive and impersonal. 

Page 105. — 5. διεγένοντο... κάοντες, i. 6. they got through the night 
by keeping up a fire of wood (cf. i. 10. 19: ταύτην... διεγένοντο). --εἰ μὴ 
μεταδοῖεν (G. 225). --- πυρούς: the genitive commonly follows μεταδίδωμι 
(G. 170, 2), denoting the whole of which a part is given; the rare accusa- 
tive denotes the part which is given. Hence a noun like pépos after such 
verbs can be only in the accusative. — ἄλλο τι εἴ τι : ἄλλο τι being one of 
the objects of peraSotev, the common expression εἴ τι ἄλλο (ef: 1. ὅ. 1) 
would have been ambiguous here after εἰ μὴ μεταδοῖεν. 

6. ἔνθα δή, thereupon ; but ἔνθα δέ, and where.— ἔστε ἐπί, clear down to: 
so ἄχρι and μέχρι can be used to emphasize εἰς or ἐπί. 

7. ἐβουλιμίᾶσαν (G. 130): from βου-λιμία (Bots and λιμός), ox-hunger, 
bulimy, which was a disease in which the patient suffered from ravenous 
hunger, hunger-faintness, — καταλαμβάνων τοὺς πίπτοντας, coming upon 
those who fell by the way (i. e. in consequence of hunger-faintness). 

8. διδόντας, as givers, i. 6. to distribute the food: we should expect 
δώσοντας to express the purpose. See Moods and Tenses, § 109, 5%. 

9. ὑδροφορούσας ἐκ τῆς κώμης, i. 6. who came from the village to fetch 
water ; the village-fountain being outside the wall.— ἐρύματος, fortification 
(ἐρύομαι, to defend). 

10. πορεύονται, εἴη, ἀπέχει : all three verbs might have been opt. or all 


indic. (G. 243), and there is good MS. authority for πορεύοιντο and ἀπέχοι. 
— ὅσον, about: cf. i. 2. 8, and note. 


ANABASIS 4, Vv. 103 


. ἐδ σαν, were (still) able-bodied ; or it may mean, were able to 

an ag λρὴ on opposed to of μὴ δυνάμενοι ἐπιτελέσαι τὴν ὁδόν, below. 
6 τὰ δυνάμενα in § 12. 

gi δα 208. -- 12. to cee νὼ» TOUS ὀφθαλμούς, with their eyes 
blinded by the snow : the acc. is retained from the (possible) active constr. 
διαφθείρειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῖς, fo blind their eyes for them (G. 197, 1, 
N. 2); τοὺς δακτύλους is in the same construction after ἀποσεσηπότες, 
which is passive in sense, having lost their toes by mortification. Cf. note 
on ii. 6. 1. 

13. ἐπικούρημα τῆς χιόνος, help (or protection) against the snow : χιόνος 
is objective genitive, as we might say ἐπικουρεῖν χιόνα, like ἐπικουρεῖν 
χειμῶνα, to keep off winter (see v. 8. 25): so in Lat. defendere frigus. 
On the other hand, τῶν ποδῶν ἐπικούρημα (below) gives the more common 
use of the objective genitive, help to the feet. — ἐπορεύετο (G. 225, u. 3p: 
there is good authority for the more regular πορεύοιτο (like κινοῖτο, ἔχοι, 
and ὑπολύοιτο).--- εἰς τὴν νύκτα ὑπολύοιτο, took off his shoes for the night ; 
opposed to ὑποδεδεμένοι ἐκοιμῶντο (§ 14), slept with their shoes on: δέω 
and λύω refer to tying and untying the leather straps (ipavres). - 

14. ὅσοι: the antecedent would be a genitive dependent on πόδας, --- 
περιεπήγνυντο, froze on (their feet). — ἦσαν καρβάτιναι, (their shoes) were 
brogues: Hesychius calls them ἀγροικικὸν ὑπόδημα povodeppov. — νεοδάρ- 
των (νέος and δέρω). --- βοῶν, ox-hides : cf. ἐλέφας, both elephant and iwory. 

15. ἐκλελοιπέναι (G. 109, 2), was wanting.— τετήκει (G. 101, 2, N. 2).— 
ἀτμίζουσα ἐν νάπῃ, steaming in a dell. — οὐκ ἔφασαν πορεύεσθαι, i. 6. said 
they were going no further ; see notes on i. 2. 26, and i, 3. 7. 

16. ὀπισθοφύλακας (without τούς), some of the rear-quard.— πάνῃ νέοι 
καὶ μηχανῇ, by every art and device.—redevtav, Jinally.— “80 great “! riya 
the army disorganized by wretchedness, that we hear of one case in whic : a 
soldier, ordered to carry a disabled comrade, disobeyed the order, and was 
about to bury him alive.” Grote. This story came out afterwards, when 
the charge was made against Xenophon that he had flogged his men (see 
vy. 8. 8-11), which he did in a few cases. — δύνασθαι ἄν : 80. ἔφασαν 
ak τιν τις δύναιτο, if they could. οἵ. note on ii. 3. 23.— οἱ δέ (α. “~ 
N. 2): ef. note oni. 9. 6.— ἀμφὶ. . . διαφερόμενοι, quarrelling about w 
they had, i. e. their booty (G. 153, N. 1): see § 12, ἀλλήλοις . . . nage 

18. ὅσον ἐδύναντο μέγιστον, i. 6. as loud a shout as they could ( " ; 
N. 2). — ἧκαν ἑαυτούς, threw themselves: they rushed down into the δε 
over the snow-banks. — οὐδεὶς . . . ἐφθέγξατο, i.e. not a sound was hear 

flerwards. 
gece di 19. ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, i.e. to get them. — ἐγκεκαλυμμένοις͵ 
wrapped up. — ἀνίστασαν, tried to make them get up. — ὅτι = ee 
potev, that those before them (on the road) did not make way for them: they 

id οὐχ é ὕσιν. 
gens Herp cre i. e. what seemed to be the whole army ; but 
Chirisophus with the van was already quartered in the village (§§ 9-11). 











104 XENOPHON. 


22. τῶν ἐκ τῆς κώμης (G. 168, N. 2; 170, 1): ef. note oni. 1. 5. — σκε- 
Ψψομένους agrees with τινάς implied with τῶν. --- κομίζειν (G. 265). 

24. πώλους: cf. Lat. pullus; Eng. foal. — ἑπτακαίδεκα : this number 
is too small (see ὃ 35), but correcting numerals by conjecture is unsatis- 
factory. — ἐνάτην ἡμέραν (G. 161, N.), eiyht days before. 

25. κατάγειοι, underground : the description is said to correspond with 
the dwellings found in the Armenian highlands at the present day. ‘‘ The 
descent by wells is now rare, but is still to be met with; but in exposed 
and elevated situations, the houses are uniformly semi-subterraneous, and 
entered by as small an aperture as possible, to prevent the cold getting in.” 
Ainsworth, quoted by Watson.— τὸ μὲν στόμα ὥσπερ φρέατος (sc. dv), i. e. 
the mouth (or entrance) being like that of a well, that is, narrow (opposed to 
εὐρεῖαι) : στόμα is in partitive apposition (G. 137, N. 2) with οἰκίαι : but 
in the clause with δέ the construction changes, and we have κάτω (below) 
δ᾽ εὐρεῖαι for τὰ δὲ κάτω εὐρέα (sc. ὄντα). 

Page 108. - 26. οἶνος κρίθινος, barley-wine, i. 6. beer. — κρατῆρσιν, 
large bowls, like the Greek mixing-vessels.— ἰσοχειλεῖς, floating on the top, 
lit. on a level with the brim (ἴσος, equal, and χεῖλος, lip).— κάλαμοι, straws, 
without joints (yévara): with yévv cf. Lat. genu, Eng. knee. 

27. ἔδει μύζειν, he had to suck: ἔδει has here none of its common force 
of an apodosis (G. 222, N. 2).— ὁπότε διψῴη (G. 233).— ἄκρατος, strong, lit. 
unmixed (a priv. and κεράννυμι).--- συμμαθόντι, to one used to it (G. 184,8). 

28. οὔτε στερήσοιτο. .. ἀπίασιν : the direct discourse would be οὔτε 
στερήσῃ ... τήν τε οἰκίαν σον ἀντεμπλήσαντες.... ἄπιμεν. στερήσοιτο is 
middle, with passive meaning. — ἀντεμπλήσαντες, filling in recompense. — 
ἣν ἀγαθόν τι... φαίνηται, if he should appear to have given them good 
guidance (ἃ. 159, N. 2). — ἔστ᾽, until (G. 239, 2). 

29. ἐν πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις, amid an abundance of everything: ἄ-φθονος = 
without stint. — ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς, in sight, i. 6. keeping an eye on them. 

30. ἀφίεσαν, i. 6. the soldiers quartered in the villages never let them go 
until, etc. — παραθεῖεν (G. 240, 1 and 2). 

31. οὐκ. .. οὐ, and everywhere. 

32. φιλοφρονούμενός tw, with friendly feclings towards any one. — προ- 
πιεῖν, Co drink (his) health. — εἷλκεν, he would draw him. — ἔνθεν... βοῦν, 
whence he had to drink stooping, sucking like an ox: we should expect 
βοῦς (sc. πίνει) ; βοῦν is attracted into the case of the subj. of πίνειν, as if 
the construction were ὥσπερ δεῖ βοῦν πίνειν. 

Page 809. — 33. βαρβαρικαῖς, foreign, outlandish. — ὥσπερ ἐνεοῖς, as 
if deaf and dumb ; i. e. by signs, as they could not understand Greek. 

34. οἱ ἵπποι : the breed of horses in this region is still celebrated. — 
δασμός (G. 137, Ν. 4). — XdAvBas: the people and the country have the 
same name: cf. Δελφοί. --- ἧ εἴη : indirect question for πῇ ἐστιν ἡ ὁδός ; 

35. πρὸς... οἰκέτας, to his family (i. 6. the chief's), who were in their 
own village, where Xen. was quartered (§ 24 and § 28): for οἰκέτης, see 
note on ii. 3. 15. The reflexive éavrod here refers to the object, not the 
snbj., of the sentence, αὐτόν being in a prominent position (G. 146, Ν. 1).— 


ANABASIS 4, VI. 105 
εἰλήφει, i. 6. at the time mentioned in iii. 3. 19; but ef. iv. 4. 21. — παλαί- 


τερον (80. ὄντα), 
καταθῦσαι, i. 6. to fat 


τινά). 


when he was rather old, belongs to εἰλήφει. ἘΣ ἀναθρέψαντι 
him up and sacrifice him (G. 265). — τῶν πώλων (80. 


CHAPTER VI. 


Synopsis : On the eighth day Chirisophus takes charge of the guide os = 
after conducting them for three days (2), runs away within the εν ( εἶ sor 
Greeks proceed to the river Phasis (4), but two days later find their ἔαρ μῤήρ 
at a mountain pass by the Chalybes, Tadchi, and Phasiani (5). σαν ' 
halts and orders the forces into line (6). He calls the generals and ins 
together, and proposes a council to decide upon their course (7, 8). se 
wishes to move at once openly upon the enemy (9), but the more cautious 
Xenophon proposes that they attempt to seize an unguarded κῶν κε the een 
tain, stealing their way to it in the night (10- 13). The word ‘‘stea = ᾿ “9 
occasion for a jest between himself and Chirisophus, and each — on 
other to give proof of the soundness of his early education (14-16). enoy φ 
declares his readiness to undertake the enterprise (17) and predicts success " ᾽)- 
but Chirisophus proposes that others shall go (19). Three of a — 
accordingly volunteer, and arrange to light signal fires when ἫΝ ὅθε gs 
top (20). Chirisophus makes a feint of leading the army against t re 5" y 4 
When night comes on the detailed detachment goes forward an - ape 2 
sion of the hill (22), and at daybreak proceeds along the ony = oon 
advancing in front (23). An engagement takes place and ὃ κε _— “ pees 
defeated (24-26). The Greeks sacrifice and erect a trophy, and then g 


into the plain beyond, where they find plenty of provisions (27). 


‘ or ε " 
ἡγεμόνα παραδίδωσι, he gives him (1. 6. τὸν κωμάρχην) as 

Ὡς αἰ το: (G. 184, 3, N. 4), i.e. he leaves the chief's Hain 
behind in their village. —’Apeemodlry : ef. i. 10. 7. — bres A . “ OL: 
the thought of Xen. was ὅπωϑ, εἰ καλῶς ἡγήσεται (Sc. ὁ KMPOPXNS), - - - 
ἀπίῃ (G. 202, 4; 248, N.). 

2. αὐτοῖς: cf. ii. 2. 8, and no 
δήσαντες. y 

Page 110. — οὐκ εἶεν (sc. κώμαι). — ἔδησε 
added to account for the guide's escape, not to 


sophus. : : 
8. ἀποδρὰς wero (G. 279, 4, N.). — ep neglect, i. e. in letting 
I ii te. 
the guide escape. — ἐχρῆτο : cf. ii. 5. 11, and no: i 
4 @aow : the famous Colchian river Phasis, for which the ee ποκα 
ably mistook this stream, flows into the Euxine from the East. is 
probably the upper part of the Araxes, flowing into the CH 
δ. ἐπὶ TH... ὑπερβολῇ, on the pass leading over to the plain : 
18. ; 
6. κατὰ κέρας ἄγων, leading (his men) in column (partic. of ee 
παράγειν, to lead aiong, to bring into line ; the movement by which so 


were brought into line of battle (φάλαγξ) from a column. 


te. — λελυμένος : ef. iv. 2. 1, τὸν ἡγεμόνα 


δ᾽ οὔ (6. 29, N. 1): this is 
show the kindness of Chiri- 


ef. iv. 4, 


τς oe 
ee ..0. 


Se ae fe 
ae eee 


—s 


ete SF Was a Se 


Sosahic> ppete-wh sage Bi BE ee 





τως Shee 
—- 





ὩΣ ΧΧΩ͂ 


= 


rs, 


ne AE ΤΣ ST  Σ 


28 





106 XENOPHON. 


7. ὅπως ἀγωνιούμεθα, an object clause (G. 217): com yévo 
ς ἀ 8 3 : pare ὅπως TO 
(§ 6), which is a final clause (G. 216, 1). 

9. προσγενέσθαι (following εἰκός), will join them (G. 203, N. 2). In 
Cyrop. v. 3. 30, we have οὐδένα εἰκὸς βουλήσεσθαι. See Moods and Tenses 
8 27, N. 3, and references. 

10. ὅπως μαχούμεθα is in appos. with τοῦτο (G. 215, Rem.), and is the 
regular form of the object clause ; but ὅπως λάβωμεν... ἀποβάλωμεν (in 


appos. with τοῦτο below) is the less common form (G. 217, n. 1). — Tpai-- 


μα (Dor. and Ion. τρῶμα) : from τιτρώσκω (Tpo-) ; cf. G. 129, 4: 128, 3, Ν. 4. 
Page All.— 11. τὸ ὅρος. .΄. τὸ ὁρώμενον (G. 142, 2), that part of the 
mountarn which is visible ; unusually emphatic position of τὸ δρώμενον. --- 
ἐφ᾽ : ἐπί here denotes extent.— οὐδαμοῦ... ἀλλ᾽ ἤ, nowhere else than: ἀλλ᾽ 
ἤ for ἄλλο ἤ, other than, except, has but one accent, so that ἀλλ᾽ looks like 
the elided form of ἀλλά. --- ὄρους τι, some part of the mountain. — κλέψαι 
λαθύντας, to surprise by stealth: here the idea οἵ κλέψαι, to take (like a 
thief), 15 More prominent than it would be in the more common and nearly 
seem idiom κλέψαντας λαθεῖν (G. 279, 4). The same is true of ἁρπά- 
om φθάσαντας, to seize in αὐναηποο, ὁ ith apraca ά 
to be beforchand ‘ts seizing. lige aap acs ic al 
12. ὄρθιον ἰέναι, ἐο march up hill ; ὁμαλὲς (ἰέναι), to march over- level 
ground (ἃ. 159, N. 5): cf. note on i. 2. 20. — ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν, on both sides 
of us. — τὰ πρὸ ποδῶν, i. 6. what is immediately before him.— μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν 
by day ; lit. after (the coming of) day (G. 191, VI. 3, 8 b).— τοῖς ποσίν: to 
be taken with τραχεῖα (G. 185). — ἰοῦσιν and βαλλομένοις (G. 184, 5): ef. 
προιοῦσι, ii. 2, 22; and πειρωμένοις, iv. 3. 6.— κεφαλάς (G. 197, 1, N. 2) 
13. ἐξόν, since it is in our power (G. 277, 2; 278, 2). — ὡς (6. 266 2, 
N. 1). = αἴσθησιν παρέχειν, i. 6. betray ourselves. — δοκοῦμεν δ᾽ av .. : ἂν 
“9.6 Χρῆσθαι, at seems to me that we should find, etc.: ἄν belongs to χρῆ- 
σθαι (= χρῴμεθα ἄν), and is repeated because the sentence is lone (6. 212 
2). We translate δοκοῦμεν impersonally merely that we may render the 
infin. by a finite verb, and so give the force of ἄν. See note on ii. 5. 16. 
The protects 15 1ὴ προσποιούμενοι (= εἰ προσποιοίμεθα), if we should make 
@ foint (ἃ. 226, 1). --- ἐρημοτέρῳ, with fewer defenders. — μένοιεν: ἄν is 
understood from the preceding sentence, although this case hardly comes 
under the general principle (G. 212, 4). 
Pie συμβάλλομαι (sc. λόγου»), i. 6. give my ideas.— τῶν ὁμοίων, equal 
wens OF peers, a name given te the Dorian aristocracy of Sparta. — ἐκ 
παίδων: as we say, from a child.— ὅσα μὴ κωλύει : conditional (G. 232, 1). 
15. ἄρα, accordingly. — μάλα qualifies καιρός ἐστιν: a very fit diene. = 
κλέπτοντες τοῦ ὄρους (6. 170, 1); cf. ὄρους κλέψαι τι (8 11). 
16. ἀλλὰ μέντοι. (more emphatic than ἀλλά), but really. — δεινοὺς 
inde wrsshely, ee ee = δεινοῦ τοῦ κινδύνου : the penalty of 
g ripen : ee 
to 7 your rulers (G. 184, 3, N. 4). ΜΝ oe ose agi 
age Li2.—17. κλωπῶν : referring to the preceding jokes on 
— τούτων καὶ πυνθάνομαι, 7 learn from them im i. €. ‘seuides — 


ANABASIS 4, vit. 107 


(6. 171, 2, N. 1). — νέμεται αἰξὶ καὶ βουσίν, it is grazed by goats and cattle 
(instrum. dat.): this corresponds to an act. constr. νέμουσι τὸ ὄρος αἰξί (the 
herdsmen being the subj.). Derivation of αἴξ ?— Bara (sc. τὰ χωρία), pass- 
able ; but see note on βάσιμα and ἄβατα, iii. 4. 49. 

18. ἐλπίζω μενεῖν (G. 203, N. 2). — ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ, on ὦ level with them. — 
ἡμῖν . .. ἴσον (G. 186), to the same level with us. 

19. καί, ἀλλά : observe the spirit of these abrupt connectives. 

20. σύνθημα ἐποιήσαντο κάειν (G. 203, N. 2): cf. συντίθενται φυλάττειν 
..- συμβοηθήσειν, iv. 2. 1, and note. — ὁπότε ἔχοιεν (G. 248, 1). 

21. ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου, after breakfast. — ὧ μάλιστα belongs to δοκοίη. 

23. κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα ἐπήεσαν, advanced along the heights ; cf. rots κατὰ 
τὰ ἄκρα (ὃ 24). 

24. τὸ πολύ, the main part. — τοὺς πολλούς, i. 6. the two main bodies. 
— ἀλλήλων : following ὁμοῦ (G. 182, 2), which generally takes the dative. 
Page ALS. — 26. τὸ ἄνω (sc. pépos), i. 6. their men above: cf. ὃ 24. 

27. στησάμενοι (6. 199, N. 1).— γεμούσας, full, generally loaded (said 
of ships). 


CHAPTER VII. 


Synopsis : They march into the country of the Tadchi; and provisions fail, 
for the inhabitants dwell wholly in strongholds (1). One of these the Greeks 
attack, but unsuccessfully (2). It is agreed, however, that the place, to which 
there is but one approach which the enemy keep clear of the Greeks by rolling 
down stones, must be taken (3, 4). Xenophon suggests the stratagem of going 
as far in as possible under protection of the pine-trees there, provoking an 
attack from the enemy, and rushing into the stronghold after their ammunition 
is exhausted (5-7). A body of seventy men go forward (8), and the rest wait 
to see what the result will be (9). The enemy waste their only means of 
defence (10); and the captains striving with one another for the honor of enter- 
ing the place first, the stronghold is finally taken (11, 12). The men and 
women throw themselves over the precipice, leaving their flocks in possession 
of the Greeks (13, 14). The latter now advance for seven days through the 
territory of the Chalybes (whose armor and peculiar customs in war are 
described), getting no provisions from the country (15-17). They then reach 
the Harpisus, pass through the territory of the Scythini (18), and arrive at the 
city of Gymnias, where they obtain a guide (19), who promises to bring them 
within sight of the sea within five days or forfeit his life (20). On the fifth day 
they reach Mt. Theches, from which they can discern the sea, and the men raise 
a great shout (21). Xenophon, being in the rear, thinks an attack has been 
made by the enemy (22, 23), but as he comes nearer he hears the soldiers 
shouting ‘‘The Sea! The Sea!” (24). They build upon the height a great 
mound of stones surmounted by hides, staves, and captured shields (25, 26), 
and afterwards dismiss the guide with rich presents (27). 


1. Ταόχους : a tribe of mountaineers, still known among their kindred 
by the name of Tao.—éyv ols... ἀνακεκομισμένοι, where they also carried 
and kept all their provisions (i. e. besides using them for defence), 


a ἜΣ 


a — eae 


RS i ane 


et ae et ee 











108 XENOPHON. 


2. αὐτόσε (to avoid els 8), into whi . : - εὐθὺ 
Fig? pe τὰ ), ich (G. 156; cf. 61). --- εὐθὺς ἥκων 

8. Εἰς καλόν, in the nick of time.— οὐκ ἔστι impli 
Per io ry pega 3 mplies a future, as apod. to 

4. εἰσελθεῖν (G. 263, 1): we might have had μὴ εἰσελθεῖν. --- Μία... 
dpas, the only passage is this one which you see; the construction is αὕτη 
(sc. ἡ πάροδος) ἣν ὁρᾶς ἐστι μία πάροδος. Cf. iv. 1. 20, and note. — οὕτω 
διατίθεται, is served thus. —oKéd\n, πλευράς : after the passive συντετριμ- 
μένους (G. 197, 1, N. 2). 

5. ἀναλώσωσιν, use up. — ἄλλο τι H... παριέναι, is there anything to 
prevent us from passing by ? ἄλλο τι ἤ (Nonne) is an interrogative implying 
an affirmative answer (G. 282, 3); so that this question means, literally 
Is anything else (the case) than (this, that) nothing prevents, etc.? — εἰ μή, 
nisi, except (sc. δρῶμεν). 

Page AL4.— 6. τρία ἡμίπλεθρα, i. ec. 150 feet. — βαλλομένους, wnder 
Jire (of stones). —Siarearotcais, scattered. —dv0’ dv, behind which. — 
φερομένων, flying through the air. 

7. πολλοί (pred.), in great numbers. — αὐτὸ τὸ Séov, the very thing we 
want.— ἔνθεν, (to the point) from which.— μικρόν τι, i. 6. the fifty feet called 
τὸ λοιπόν in ὃ 6. 

8. ἡγεμονία, precedence. — ὡς ἐδύνατο, as best he could. 

10. ἐπεὶ... φέροιντο (G. 233). — ἅμαξαι, (here) cart-Joads. 

: ᾿ Νὴ οὐ πρῶτος παραδράμοι (ἃ. 215, N. 1), i. 6. that he might not get 
y first. 

Page 2115.— 12. αὐτοῦ τῆς trvos, the rim of his shield (G. 171, 1): 
Urus is a poetic word. boss: 

13. παιδία (see G. 129, 8). --- ὡσαύτως : adv. of ὁ αὐτός. --- Στυμφά- 
λιος: οἵ Stymphalus in Arcadia, famous in the story of Hercules. — ὡς 
ῥίψοντα (G. 277, N. 2): ὡς refers to τινά as the person whose intention is 
expressed. 

15. πτερύγων, flaps (generally of leather covered with metal) at the 
cha of the corselet.— σπάρτα ἐστραμμένα, plaited cords forming a 
ringe. 

16. μαχαίριον : for the suffix, cf. παιδία in § 13. — ὅσον ξυήλην, about 
as long as a Spartan dagger: ξνήλην is accus. by a peculiar attraction, 
where we should expect ξυήλη (sc. éorl). — ὧν... δύναιντο (G. 233): 
ἔσφαττον refers to a custom. — ἀποτέμνοντες ... ἐπορεύοντο, i. 6. they used 
to cut off their heads (i. 6. ὧν κρατεῖν δύναιντο) and carry them along on 
their march : ἄν belongs (grammatically) to ἐπορεύοντο (G. 206), but the 
iterative force extends to ἀποτέμνοντες ; we might have had ἀπέτεμνον ἂν 
kal ἐπορεύοντο. — ὁπότε. . . ἔμελλον, i. 6. whenever they were to be seen by 
the enemy. — μίαν λόγχην ἔχον, i. 6. with a sharp point at only one end: 
the Greck spears were sharpened also at the butt, so as to stick in the 
ground. λόγχη is properly the sharp point of a spear, but is often used for 
the whole weapon. δόρυ is the more common word for spear (as a whole), 


though this is properly the wooden shaft, Sépv and δρῦς being related to 


ANABASIS 4, VIII. 109 


our word tree. — πολίσμασιν : derived from πολίζω, to build (prop. ἃ city, 
πόλις) ; cf. G. 129, 4. 

17. ἐν τούτοις makes the storing of provisions in the strongholds more 
prominent than the carrying them «to these. Kriiger remarks that this 
use of év is confined, in Attic Greek, to the perfect and pluperfect (which 
mark the action as completed) and to verbs like τιθέναι. Cf. ἐν οἷς ..- 
εἶχον ἀνακεκομισμένοι in ὃ 1. — διετράφησαν : a return to the independent 
sentence, as if ὥστε had not preceded : cf. ὑπώπτευον in iv. 2. 15. — τοῖς 
κτήνεσιν &: the assimilation is here omitted. 

Page LEG. —19. 5a... χώρας, through the country of their own ene- 
mies : πολέμιος sometimes (as here) governs the genitive, chiefly (and origi- 
nally) when it has the force of a substantive : cf. πρὸς τοὺς ἐκείνου ἐχθίστους; 
iii. 2. 5. — ὅπως ἄγοι : optative after an historic present. 

20. ἄξει... ὄψονται (G. 247). — εἰ δὲ μή : cf. note on ii, 2. 1.— ἐπηγ- 
γείλατο, agreed. — τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πολεμίαν (sc. χώραν) : cf. note on § 19. 

22. Sarcav... ὠμοβόεια, covered with raw hides of shaggy oxen : βοῶν 
is gen. of material. 

23. of ἀεὶ ἐπιόντες, those who successively came up ; 80 τοὺς ἀεὶ βοῶντας, 
those who successively raised the shout. . 

24. παρεβοήθει, came up to the rescue, thinking it was an attack of the 
enemy (δ 22).— παρεγγυώντων, passing the word along : παρεγγνᾶν is prop- 
erly to hand over something as a pledge (ἐγγύη). 

Page LEY. - 25. ὅτου δὴ παρεγγνήσαντος, some one, whoever he may 
have been, giving the word : ers always has this indefinite sense when it is 
joined with -ovv (ὁστισοῦν), rarely with δή (as here). In v. 2. 24, we have 
ὅτου δὴ ἐνάψαντος, some one or other setting tt on τε. 

26. κατέτεμνε: that the natives might not remove them: cf. iv. 6. 26. 

27. ϑαρεικοὺς δέκα : about $54.00. See note on i. 7. 18. — δακτυλίους : 
‘The free Greek, if not of the very poorest class, wore a ring, not only as 
an ornament, but as a signet to attest his signature, or for making secure 


his property.” Becker’s Charicles. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


Synopsis : The Greeks advance through the country of the Macrones, and come 
to a river bordered with trees, which they cut down (1, 2). The natives are 
drawn up in warlike array on the other side (3). Xenophon instructs a peltast, 
who believes the country to be his birthplace, to ask the people who they are 
and why they are hostile (4,5). After mutual explanations, pledges are 
exchanged (6, 7); and the Macrones assist the Greeks in crossing the river, and 
conduct them to the territory of the Colchians (8). These, drawn up upon ἃ 
mountain, oppose their entrance into the country ; and the generals deliberate 
(9). Xenophon proposes a plan of attack by column and not by phalanx 
(10-13), which is approved. After the troops are disposed, he rides from wing 
to wing and encourages the soldiers to overcome the last obstacle that lies 
between them and their long-desired goal (14). There are eighty companies of 


ee a es 


oe as ee στὰς π΄. ΦοΡΊὦ 


a 
oe 














110 XENOPHON. 


hoplites, besides light-armed troops (15). They make their vows to the Gods, 
sing the paean, and move forward with Chirisophus and Xenophon at the two 
extremes (16). The enemy’s line is drawn apart, and the Greeks at the centre 
rush to the summit (17, 18). The enemy give way, and the Greeks encamp 
in villages (19), where many of the soldiers are made sick by eating honey 
(20, 21). A two days’ march brings them to Trapezus, a Greek city on the 
Euxine, where they remain thirty days, making incursions into the country 
of the Colchians (22). The people of Trapezus receive them hospitably (23), 
and negotiate with them in behalf of the nearer Colchians (24). The Greeks 
make the sacrifice they had vowed to the Gods, and celebrate games (25-28). 


2. ὑπερδέξιον, lying high on the right: cf. iii. 4. 37; this word commonly 
means high (with no reference to.the side). Liddell and Scott explain it 
here as = ἐπιδέξιος, on the right. Another reading here is ὑπὲρ δεξιῶν, over 
the right, in which sense ὑπερδέξιον is here explained ; cf. ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς, be- 
low. — οἷον χαλεπώτατον : like ὡς (or ὅτι) χαλεπώτατον. --- ὁ ὁρίζων, the 
frontier stream: cf. Eng. horizon. — ἔδει διαβῆναι, they had to pass. — δέν- 
ὄρεσι : more common than the reg. dat. δένδροις. --- ἔκοπτον : probably to 
clear the way, and a!so to make a road: see § 8. 

3. els τὸν ποταμὸν ἐρρίπτουν, i. 6. to frighten the Greeks. — ἔβλαπτον 
οὐδέν (G. 159, ν. 2). 

4. δεδουλευκέναι : δουλεύω is to be a slave, but Sovddw is to enslave. 
(See G. 180, N. 3.) — εἰ μή τι κωλύει (G. 221), if there is nothing to hinder 
(a present supposition) : see the answer, οὐδὲν κωλύει, in § 5. 

Page LES. — 5. ἐρωτήσαντος (sc. αὐτοῦ). --- ἀντιτετάχαται : Ionic 
perfect (ἃ. 119, 3; 118, 5, N.). 

7. εἰ δοῖεν ἄν (indir. quest.), whether they would give ; they asked δοίητε 
ἄν ; (G. 245). 

8. συνεξέκοπτον : cf. § 2. — ὁδὸν ὡδοποίουν (G. 159), they worked on the 
road. — μέσοις (G. 142, 4, N. 4). 

9. βουλεύσασθαι συλλεγεῖσιν, i. 6. to come together and consult (G. 138, 
N. 8), as if it had been συλλεγῆναι καὶ βουλεύσασθαι. -- ὅπως ἀγωνιοῦνται 
(α. 217). 

10. παύσαντας.... ποιῆσαι, that they should give up the phalanx, and 
should form the companies in columns. — τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, here, there. 

11. ἐπὶ πολλούς, many (men) in depth, implying a movement into this 
order ; below, ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγων, few in depth, (the more common construction) 
refers to the order in which they then were. The two suppositions in ἣν 
piv... ἐὰν δὲ... ἴωμεν include the only possible ways of marching ἐπὶ 
φάλαγγος, and Xen. gives objections to both. — περιττεύσουσιν ἡμῶν, will 
outflank us (G. 175, 2). — τοῖς περιττοῖς, i. 6. those by whom they will out- 
flunk us. — χρήσονται... βούλωνται, i. 6. we shall be at their mercy. — 
οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη has two protases, both future, but of different forms: see 
Moods and Tenses, § δῦ, 1. — ἀθρόων, in a mass: predicate with ἐμπεσόν- 
των. 

Page ALD. — 12. τοσοῦτον... λόχοις, fo cover sufficient ground with 
the companies by leaving spaces between them. — τοσοῦτον ... ὅσον, 30 much 


ANABASIS 4, VIII. 111 


that, sufficient, takes the infinitive as an adjective (Moods and Tenses, § 98, 
1, N. 1): the idea is, to cover grownd enough to have the outer companies 
get beyond the enemy’s wings. See note on ὀρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις on iv. 2. 11. 
-- οἱ κράτιστοι ἡμῶν, i. 6. of λοχαγοί. --- πρῶτον for πρῶτοι, which is per- 


᾿ΒΔΡ5 necessary here: see § 18, 


13. τὸ διαλεῖπον, the interval between the columns: cf. τὸ διέχον, ili. 4. 
22. — οὐδεὶς μηκέτι μείνῃ, not a man will stand his ground for a moment 
(6. 257): the compounds of οὐ and μή (as here) can be used in these em- 
phatic future expressions. Puli 

14. ἐμποδὼν τὸ μὴ εἶναι, in the way of our being (ἃ. 263, 2). — ὠμοὺς 
καταφαγεῖν, devour (them) raw, a common expression, rather stronger than 
our cut them in pieces or gobble them up: cf. Il. iv. 85, ὠμὸν βεβρώθοις 
Πρίαμον Πριάμοιό re παῖδας ἄλλους τε Tpwas. 

16. ἔξω γενόμενοι, i. 6. with a view to outflanking the enemy. 

17. ἀντιπαραθέοντες, i.e. hastening along (their own line) to meet them- 
— κενόν, empty, i. 6. without men enough. 

Page 120. — 19. ὡς ἤρξαντο θεῖν, i. 6. when the targeteers began to run 

18). 
᾿ πὰ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, in other matters (G. 160, 1), opposed to τὰ δὲ σμήνη (= 
ἑσμοί), bees. -- ἐθαύμασαν, found strange, is emphasized by καί, which has 
no exact English equivalent.— τῶν κηρίων (G. 170, 1; ef. 171, 2). — κάτω 
διεχώρει αὐτοῖς, i.e. they had a diarrhea: διεχώρει is impersonal. — ἀπο- 
θνήσκουσιν : dative of the partic., in same construction as μεθύουσιν and 

νομένοις. 
Te ae τροπῆς γεγενημένης (G. 277, N. 3), as if they had suffered a 
defeat : in full, ὥσπερ ἂν ἔκειντο εἰ τροπὴ ἐγεγένητο, as they would have 
lain, if they had suffered a defeat (lit. rout), referring to the disheartened 
condition of a defeated army. — ποῦν, somewhere, makes τὴν αὐτήν less 
definite. — ἀνεφρόνουν, began to come to their senses.— ἀνίσταντο: opposed 
to ἔκειντο. --- φαρμακοποσίας (φάρμακον, a drug, and πίνω, to drink), being 
drugged (W. 54, 4, 3, y): for the suffix, cf. θυσίαν in § 25. The idea is, 
the men recovered from the effects of eating the honey as they would have 
done from the effects of drugging or poisoning. ‘‘ Most modern travellers 
attest the existence, in these regions, of honey intoxicating and poisonous, 
such as Xenophon describes. They point out the Azalea Pontica as the 
flower from which the bees imbibe this peculiar quality. Professor Koch, 
however, states that after careful inquiries he could find no trace of any 
such.” Grote. 

22. Τραπεζοῦντα: the modern Trebizond. — Σινωπέων, the people of 
Sinope, a Greek city on the coast of Paphlagonia. 

24. συνδιεπράττοντο (sc. τοῖς Ἕλλησιν), they negotiated with the Greeks. 
— in behalf of. πὸ 

posi ving Aga 2. 9. --- ἱκανοὶ ἀποθῦσαι : cf. ἱκανώτερα φέρειν, 111, 
1. 28. --- Σωτῆρι (6. 129, 2 δ). --- ἡγεμόσυνα (found only here), thank- 
offerings for safe guidance, made to Ἡρακλῆς ᾿Ηγεμών 3 the wanderings of 
Hercules were believed to give him special sympathy with wanderers. 








112 XENOPHON. 


Page ἘΦ}, - ἔφυγε οἴκοθεν, was. banished From home. — ἄκων (Hom. 
ἀέκων, from a- and ἑκών), accidentally. The Greeks looked upon a person 
who had caused the death of another, even by accident, as a polluted per- 
son, and he was obliged to leave the country, at least fora time. The law 
of Athens —a relic of the Draconic legislation, usually famous for its 
severity — provided that a person who had committed involuntary homi- 
cide should leave the country within an appointed time and by a prescribed 
road, and should remain in exile until he should become reconciled with 
the family of the person whom he had killed ; but the law protected him 
in his departure and during his absence, so far as it could, and his property 
was not confiscated like that of persons condemned to perpetual banish- 
ment. Even inanimate objects which had caused the death of a person 
through no human agency, or when the agent was unknown, were, accord- 
ing to the Draconic law, solemnly tried before the court at the Prytaneum, 
and on conviction formally cast out of the country as polluted. — émpedn- 
θῆναι, προστατῆσαι : infinitives of purpose after εἵλοντο (G. 265). 

26. τὰ δέρματα, the hides of the victims (§ 25), which were to be offered 
as prizes in the games. — ὅπου... etn: the direct words of the command 
would have been ὅπου πεποίηκας (G. 248, 1). — δρόμον, race-course (from 
δραμ-, a stem of τρέχω) : cf. ἱππόδρομος, hippodrome.— τρέχειν, for running 
(G. 261, 2). — ὅπου ἄν τις βούληται, wherever any one shall please: the 
future apod. is found in τρέχειν. --- οὕτως, like this: placed emphatically 
after the adjectives which it qualifies. — Μᾶλλόν τι ἀνιάσεται, will hurt 
himself rather more, and so they will try harder to keep on their feet; as 
if this were a recommendation of the spot for a race-course. 

27. στάδιον : cognate accus. with ἠγωνίζοντο ; like δόλιχον with ἔθεον, 
and πάλην, etc. with ἠγωνίζοντο᾽ understood. — τῶν αἰχμαλώτων οἱ πλεῖ- 
στοι, the greater part (being) of the number of the captives, appos. to παῖδες, 
— δόλιχον (noun), the long race, variously estimated from six to twenty-four 
stadia in length, probably variable. The adj. δολιχός (oxytone), long, ap- 
pears in the Homeric δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος. The δολιχοδρόμος ran several 
times round the ordinary στάδιον: for the stadium, see note on i. 4. 1. — 
παγκράτιον, double (lit. complete) contest, one which combined both πάλη 
and πυγμή. --- κατέβησαν, entered (the contest): cf. Lat. descendere ad 
Olympia. 

28. αὐτούς, i.e. the horses: object of ἄγειν. --- ἐλάσαντας and dvatrrpé- 
avras agree with τοὺς ἱππέας understood, the subject of ἄγειν. --- τὸν 


βωμόν, the stand, probably a mound of turf, to mark the starting-place in 
the race. 


For an account of the further fortunes of the Greek army, see the 
Prefatory Note, pp. 2 and 3, 


INDEX 


TO THE SYNTAX OF GOODWIN’S ELEMENTARY GREEK GRAMMAR, WITH 


PARALLEL REFERENCES TO HADLEY’S AND CROSBY’S GRAMMARS. 


bom mC Om CODD 


Crosby, 1871. 
57 5 
400, 571, 666s 
568 
569 
493 5 
59 a, 393 b 
393 5 
394 ¢ 
893 ἃ 
396 
894 Ὁ 
504, 498 5 
δ06 
507 
516s 
520s 
522s 
530 6 
526 
527s 
527 
664 
523, 1 
523, 2, 3 
523 b 
524 
518s 
536 
539 
540s 
537 
538 
542 5 
564 
548 
549 5 
551 
551 ἢ 
559 a 
554s 
551s 
564 b 
562 





Crosby, 1871. 
400 
484 
472 
477 8. 
481 
483 
482 
472 
476 
480¢ 
480 b 
480 a 
435 8 
4153 
421s 
423 5 
4248 
432 
407 
414 
429 
431 c¢ 
429 f 
404 5 
408 
412 
699 
431 
433 
444 
487 b 
445 
675 
452s 
452 
449 καὶ 
699 
466 5 
468 
461 
458 
465 s 
469 a 





= - 


ae ey: 


σῶζε: 


59 Picea: δ our es Biers BS 
τ πε χε -- 








Goodwin. 


Hadley. 


INDEX. 


Crosby, 1871. 


Goodwin. 


Hadley. 


Crosby, 1871. 


§ 190 612 
191 614 


469 b § 236 710 c, 8385a 642 
688 s 237 771, 875f 671d 
192 620 688 a 238 822 558 a 
193 614 699 239 755, 758 641 4 
194 - 685 s 240 771 708 d 
195 684 577 241 733 s 62k 
196 693 80 84 242 735, 788 643 e 
197 693 586 s 243 735 s 643 s 
198 694 b 586 244 737 647 
199 687 578 5 245 735 c, 786 4. 646 
200 695 590 5 246 714, 788 659 s 
N. 699 609 247 738 643 5 
702 594 248 729, 731 643 e 
698 612 249 863 b 701 i 
699 604 250 869, 877, 731 701 j 
701 591s 251 721, 834 638 
712 268 252 723,755 65558 
609 s 253 720 a, 888 628 a 
597 254 720 Ὁ, 728 a 628c¢ 
601 255 720e 617 b 
= 256 7206 647 
590 5 257 845 627 
643 5, 659s 258 763 663 s 
660 259 763,778 6688 
602 260 764 663 d 
606 261 767 663 d, 6 
616 262 780 -- 82 668 f 
618 268 580,764 664, 713 
620 264 778 522 d 


© CO 1 δὺ σι». 09 DS et 





747 619 265 664 
748 618 266 671 
783 658 a 267 671 


* 7 621 5 268 665, 671 ὁ 

719 618 5 269 670 

727 623 270 670 

739 624 5 271 id. 670 a 

739 624 s, 650 272 670 b 

756 624 b 273 669 

743 624 s, 650 274 703 d 

732 631 5 275 673 

745 631 5 673 

744 631 a 678 

746 631 b 674 

747 631 ¢ 675 

748 631 d 677 

729 Ὁ, 7494. 634 659, 677 

751, 722, 783 635 5 682, 8 

750 649 5 687 
830 639 686 b 
755 549 686 a 
755 640 686 c 
757 641 686 d 
761, 757s 641 686 e 
758 641 713d 
759, 738 641 713 f 
760 d 649 713 ἃ,} 

















MARCH OF THE 1ry THOUSAND GREEKS. 
FOR XENOPHON’'S ANABASIS. 


























εν: 


Re Yiu, 


Larmey, 


νι ἈΝ ΜΉΝ 
ww 


RC ili, γῶν Pon aa ᾽, 


ΑΙ ὌΠ 





Ἷ 
Maronia 
" 


+ 2. c 
Veonteichos Pe ς- R 


Ganus Galched i Ra 
5 7 πο ] ὡς δ sig? ROR 1 ON if! ξ 
᾿ ropontts us) SO A Poy mm ‘i Fi κω pee Ry i \% ed 
Cc ‘\ Wy op re i 
x0 zicus 1g ASE een.” τοις eae Med os set ,Gangra 3 ἽΝ: v inte 
un ᾽ : νὴ wR g : wiz 'Comand ἰ 


LH) 


74 neyra 


— Siang 


“- 


- A γ DA Pew 
a ae ate CT Jaunted _w 
A Gordigum ; ~ t= ys Sc Pe Ta < 
ee: - > Ae Ri: 


Log wit Fa 
ΣΝ \ τ nat eat ἐν 5.8. 7. .-' 


7 Y F ~ ᾿ J “ απ “ sone se ὡς 
ἄς Ἢ agora ‘ pine ᾿ ΟΣ κι Exphrates 
Pri 5 


QOS “itll 
" : a 





ὑτο--- 
Melite 
a it a 


wie, 4. 


. ses, iin, ΚΖ ᾿ 
<< Tannin a 


oe “Amida a : 


“maior 


Wide 


« 








Ὧν righ he 
ane HAE 


‘Bamb yce— 


SG, oNilllig, | =e — j δ τὰ 


᾿ς ΩΝ Ss 
on 


Celenderis j Chalyoon 


arene PRalamis ies Ἀν ἢ : 
——s 
Δ, AD Tian | 
UY tu Sr, μόν 5 Iba 
Paphos τ eeem rad. “AIS Emesa ee Ν 
οὐ Corsote 
τὰν Ἢ Charmand 


dni Pr. 


> 























emmmmes route of the Ten Thousand. 
Boundary of the Satrapy of Cyrus. 
Persian Parasangs of 30 Stadia each. 
10 20 30 40 50 δ j jg Damascus 
English Miles LPS AR 





of ie 
yblus) F 
ζ ὃ “ ῳ 
e 4 
) ; 5.1 




















------- α΄ ς- ςἝαὐσςνἃ 


Rae 
Fi BABYLON & 











== = —S— - SS Ξ Ξ z 


Longitude t παν Greenwich 40 



































ἀρ μχγοηο 
Ργι Pin st 
a jpontis 


x 
Dorylae um 


(Cotiae eee 


ae 
i ae = 
Sa Ὑ Ἔν agora 


Y 
n ws ‘io 
2. ee, SS; Gi, Ss) ox Syn 
“Pug Sta, SRatlag bis, st \Thynibr iui) 
SPeltae LT) \ 


ὌΝ 


πο νανάνα "a > Celaeng de} 


Sr 


δε nider 


να 


peer 
ies . Colossie| ae ws k "Ἤν 


- 
gieicarnas r 
7c£08 
6" = SSS 
Cnidug— ο; 
& 4 


uw 


~~) > 
a oe Rhodus 
ς 


δ ΤΟΥ͂ lidonia 
Pr. 


Μ 
1" rpathus 
C 





......-... Route of the Ten Thousand. 
Boundary of the Satrapy of Cyrus. 
Persian Parasangs of 30 Stadia ¢ eac h, 


0 ΠΣ 20 30 
English Miles 


50 


"δῦ 

















Anemurium Pr? 


Longitude 


MARCH OF THE 


FOR XEN ¢ 


ny THOUSAND GREEKS 
HON'S ANABASIS. 


ee “πος. <<< ----ε- = < 





——~ 
-- πα 
= ~ 


“Harmen, 


.-»" 


TYAN pn 
Ac PNAS mys nt 


Ye A iz 


νην. ἮΝ ἢ 


“ 
vn Wi 
ne ΣΝ Wetland 


a iN TDN 

ΗΝ 

; WINNS 
ween 

Oe ἮΝ X 


mite Tin 


yh 
Mii 


βυι apy ν 
Comana Lab mt 


ζῶ 

\™ : ey) 
ies ee 
es Patil: a Ὕ 
Ol — aren, 8 tg 


dneyra 


ἕω 
Gordieum 


SL 


Pe. Sstius 


G 
"ὡς Ν ion 


i τ st » 
Melite wll 


»"" I 
a gas wnt nop " 
sid πυμς J 


~ : i’ See ee Sart hE POY neds 
‘ «= yy My . SS -. . μ wo ym 
ve ont oy ss Pai ms Τὼ κῃ ς Am ida 


Ly, 

Γάζα ida wy ! aes : 

Sh See 

\ 7 a ΤᾺ tein 
j ΩΝ δώ, ἡ ‘ys 

ΕἾ» 8 as Ses! m: Soli ‘a 


\% 


> ae 


Celenderis 


ye 


= 


a 


Tamath 
Emesa 
~ Amathus 


Damascus 


nail 





= 


ἋΣ at wt 
δὴ ἡ δὴ Ἢ 


Dn nae 








wu | Aas yy “pe. Mt 


INIA 


πῇ 


AIM 


1eave oh 
aa cd 
a «Ξ 


Larissa WY τ 
men 





* Cunaxa 


a 





Fast 


from Greenwich 


























ON’S ANABASIS. 














BY 


ALPHZUS CROSBY, 


PROFESSOR EMERITUS OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 
IN DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. 





Xenophontis voce Musas quasi locutas ferunt. — CICERO. 





Copyright, 1873. 


By ALpH#us CROSBY. 








PREFACE. 





SHaty the student commence the reading of Greek with a general 
or a special lexicon? If the former is chosen, he must expect, 

1. Greater labor in finding words. The time required for finding 
a word in a lexicon is nearly in the direct ratio of the size of the book, 
and the number of words in its list. The larger the book, the more 
pages must be turned over, or the more matter scrutinized on a page, 
— commonly both ; and the longer its list, the more words must be 
looked at, before the right one catches the eye. This would seem 
quite too obvious for remark, were not its disregard so common, and 
so costly of time to the learner. 

2. More labor in finding the required signification. How much time 
is often painfully spent in looking through a long article, — where 
various meanings, illustrative examples, translations of these examples, 
references, and remarks are commingled, — before the eye lights upon 
an appropriate signification ; and even after this, not unfrequently, 
how much in addition, before the different admissible meanings can be 
brought together and compared for the selection of the best ! 

3. A difficulty in finding some words at all. This difficulty occurs 
in the Greek far more than in most languages, from the many euphonic 
and emphatic changes in its inflection, from crasis, and especially from 
the various forms of the augment and reduplication, which often render 
it uncertain even under what letter the search should be commenced. 
The considerations first presented have also a special application to the 
Greek, from the copiousness of its vocabulary, and from the variety of 
form and use which its words obtained through so many centuries, 
dialects, and kinds of literature. 

If relief from these disadvantages is sought in the use of an abridged 
general lexicon, then a more serious evil is often substituted, — the 
absence of what is needed, in the place of labor in finding it. 

The great use which is wisely made of Xenophon’s Anabasis in 
elementary study seems to entitle it to all the advantages which a 
special lexicon can confer. In more advanced reading, when com- 
paratively few words present themselves as strangers, and a more 
comprehensive view of the language is sought, there can, of course, 
be no adequate substitute for a good general lexicon. 











iV PREFACE. 


It must also be confessed that special lexicons, in their appropriate 
sphere, have not been free from objections. One of their most common 
faults has been a defect in the vocabulary. It is exceedingly difficult, 
in the first attempt, to make a complete list of the words used in a 
particular book ; and the words of most frequent occurrence are pre- 
cisely those which are most apt to pass the collector’s eye without 
attracting notice. Yet it is none the less on this account a severe trial 
to the student’s patience to be “sent to April,” — to waste his time in 
searching for that which is not to be found, simply because it does not 
exist. Another frequent defect has been the meagreness of information 
respecting the words presented, both as to form and meaning, and 
especially as to that connection and explanation of meanings which are 
so important to the learner. 

Some special lexicons have been rendered less useful to the student 
in quite a different way. Their authors, in seeking to make them 
commentaries upon the text, have so referred the different meanings 
to the passages in which they occur, as to leave little exercise for his 
own judgment in the choice, thus depriving him of one of the great 
benefits of linguistic study. 

An earnest effort has been made in the present work to avoid, so 
far as might be, these defects. The list of words in the Anabasis was 
already nearly complete through the labors of others. To guard 
against the omission of required forms and meanings, the text has 
been read again and again with pen in hand; and much pains has like- 
wise been taken in tracing back derived to primitive senses, while the 
syntactic constructions found in the text have also been quite fully 
stated. The significations of words have been presented with much 
copiousness, and different modes of translation have been offered to 
the student’s choice ; but that choice has been left, for the most part, 
uninfluenced, so that he should have the fullest benefit of the inde- 
pendent exercise of his own judgment. At the same time, every word 
has been referred to one or more places where it occurs, preference 
being given to the earliest place, as that with which the word should 
usually be most closely associated in the student’s mind. 

An asterisk (*) has been attached to many words which occur in 
tables of irregular verbs, or in respect to whose form or use the student 
may profitably consult other parts of his grammar. This consultation 
he will readily make through familiarity with its pages, or the use of 
a full Greek Index. This general mode of reference has been adopted 
as saving room, and as applying alike to different grammars. Even in 
cases where reference has been made to a particular grammar, others 


PREFACE. Vv 


can be consulted through their indexes. The author has also aimed at 
impartiality towards different editions of the Anabasis, by presenting 
their various readings. 

Proper names are here treated with more fulness than has been usual 
in works of this kind; chiefly by giving such information as the 
student might desire in addition to that which the text itself furnishes. 
The modern identifications of ancient places are in part quite certain ; 
but there are some in respect to which the most painstaking and 
reliable travellers and geographers so differ, that it must simply be 
understood that that is here given which seemed most probable after 
the comparison of different authorities. A similar remark should be 
made respecting dates; in which there is this especial element of 
difference, that the Greek Olympic year was divided about equally 
between two years of our chronology. 

It has been a pleasure to the writer, that in preparing this work he 
brings himself into direct competition or comparison with no one. 
No Greek and English lexicon to the Anabasis, beyond the first three 
books, has ever been published. To those who have written such 
lexicons in Greek and German, — Marbach, Theiss, Kriiger, Matthia, 
Vollbrecht, Strack (as successor to Theiss), and Holtzmann (for the 
Anabasis with the Cyropzdia), — he gratefully acknowledges his obli- 
gations; as also to that thesaurus of Xenophontic learning, the Lexicon 
Xenophonteum, and to the lexicons in Greek and English which have 
been prepared for the first two or three books, by Professor Boise, whom 
we rejoice to claim as an American scholar, and more briefly by 
Isbister and Fergusson. In making these acknowledgments to other 
works, however, it ought perhaps to be said, that the present lexicon 
is not a translation or compilation from these, but has been for the 
most part prepared directly from the Anabasis itself, the pages of 
which have been turned often enough, whatever may have been the 
success, to satisfy even the familiar precept of Horace, 


‘Vos exemplaria Greca 
Nocturna versate manu, versate diurna.” 


Would that the graceful words of another were no more needed here 
than where they were first written! “I am not so sanguine as to hope 
that I have escaped errors. He would be a bold man, who, even after 
years of study, should suppose that he had eliminated all the chances of 
error in treating of a language which is so delicate, so exquisite, and so 
perfect a medium for the expression of thought, as the Greek language 
is felt to be by all who have studied it, Some critics may doubtless 











vi PREFACE. 


regard as erroneous, views which I may have deliberately adopted, 
and which I believe I could adequately defend ; but independently of 
these I may doubtless have fallen into positive mistakes, 


 quas aut incuria fudit, 
Aut humana parum cavit natura.’ 


For the correction of any such errors I shall be grateful.” 


Postscript. This work, announced a year and a half since, was all 
in type, with its preface, before the writer learned that another Greek and 
English Lexicon to the Anabasis was in preparation. He welcomes the 
attestation which is thus given to the need of such a work. — May, 1873. 





EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. 


1. Words are to be here sought, as in other lexicons, under their THEMES ; 
yet other forms have been placed in the alphabetic list, when direction to 
the theme seemed desirable. If an augmented or reduplicated form begins 
with ἢ (not beginning the theme), look first, unless otherwise directed, un- 
der a; with ἢ, under a; with ὦ, under o; with », under o ; with ¢ before 
a consonant, under that consonant ; with a consonant before ε, under the 
consonant following. Long a, τ, and v are commonly marked where they 
might have been supposed short, except in familiar endings. 

2. Methods of INFLECTION are denoted in the usual way: viz., in NOUNS, 
by showing the forms of the Nom. and Gen.; in ADJECTIVES, by showing 
the forms of the Nom., and in special cases of the Gen., the Compar. and 
Superl. being also noticed (often simply by c., s.), if they occur in the Anab- 
asis; in VERBS, by showing the forms of the Pres., Fut., and commonly 
Perf., and sometimes also of other tenses, especially the 2 Aor., if they occur 
and require notice. The ‘‘ Attic Future” is commonly noted, if in use. 
The familiar method of indicating forms by their endings has been usually 
followed, where it seemed to be quite sufficient; and some forms are marked 
as late or rare. Where a verb is compounded with a preposition, the forms 
added to the theme are commonly those of the simple verb; and in prefixing 
the preposition to these, there must be a careful regard to euphonic changes. 

8. The PART OF SPEECH to which a word belongs will appear from its 
inflection or use. Uninflected words, not marked as indeclinable, will be 
considered adverbs, unless otherwise stated or shown. The GENDER of nouns 
is marked in the usual way, except in Dec. 1, neuters of Dec. 2, and the 
names of persons, where the general rules render it needless. 

4. The composiTIoNn of words is extensively indicated by hyphens sep- 
arating their parts; and their DERIVATION, by obelisks ang up (4) or 
down (+) to the source, — several successive derivatives being sometimes so 
referred, and a double obelisk (1) showing that the word lies between a more 
immediate and a more remote source. Simples and primitives have been 
given in the usual manner, within parentheses, whenever there seemed to be 
need; and regularly translated, unless they also occur in the alphabetic 
list. A few words have been added to this list in brackets, simply for the 
sake of their derivatives or compounds. 


EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. Vil 


5. Such MEANINGS as would be chosen in translation are usually printed 
in Italics, and explanatory meanings or remarks in Roman letters, — the 
stricter meanings leading. When a form of translation is equivocal, the 
sense in which it is here used will be inferred from adjoining forms. The 
student will, it is hoped, select carefully from the forms given, and often 
seek for himself others, perhaps more idiomatic. Latin cognates or equiva- 
lents have been often added in Roman letters for comparison ; and a few 
have been drawn from other languages specially stated. Attention has been 
often called to English derivatives or cognates by printing them in small 
capitals ; even though some of them, it will be observed, come to us more 
immediately from the Latin. Proper names in -wy, g. -wvos, admit a double 
form in Latin: as, Μένων, Menon or Meno. 

6. Much effort has been used so to state and arrange the MEANINGS that 
the student shall be aided in the work, which is earnestly commended to 
him, of constantly tracing derived from original senses ; of observing the 
force of each element of a compound, even when not distinctly translated ; 
and of discerning the distinction of words which may be translated alike. 
The prepositions, for example, give full range for each part of this work ; and, 
while they seem to be often translated without discrimination or not to need 
translation, their original distinctions should not be lost sight of, — that ἐν, 
els, ἐξ, and διά refer primarily to the interior, and are hence so greatly used 
with names of places ; ἀπό and σύν to mere outward connection ; παρά to the 
side, and πρός to the front, whence they are so much used with the names 
of persons; &c. Other familiar illustrations are found in the distinctions 
between demonstrative pronouns in -ros and those in -δε; between the sub- 
stantive verbs εἰμί and γίγνομαι (be and become) ; between the negatives ob 
and pf: the conjunctions καί, δέ, and ἀλλά - Xe. 

7. The consTRuCTION of words, so far as presented in the Anabasis, is 
usually shown, after their translation, by small capitals or by particles ;— 
α. showing that the word is grammatically followed by the Gen.; D., by the 
Dat.; a., by the Acc. (AE. marking the Acc. of Effect); 1., by the Inf, 
(sometimes, in strict analysis, rather the subject), while 1.(a.) shows that 
this Inf. may have a subject Acc.; P., by a Participle; cp., by a Comple- 
mentary (in a few cases, Final) Clause ; ἀπό, els, ὡς, &c., by these particles. 
The sign A. sometimes occurs where the Acc. is only indicated by the use 
of the passive voice. Signs not separated by a comma indicate constructions 
that are found together. In the citations, some words which may be ex- 
pressed or omitted, or may take the place of others, are inclosed in paren- 
theses: see ἅμα, νύξ, ὁ, ὀψέ. 

8. REFERENCES are made to the Anabasis by giving the book in Roman, 
and the chapter and section in Arabic numerals ; a period, according to the 
English system, separating the chapter from the section, and a comma sep- 
arating two sections of the same chapter. The interrogation-point here 
indicates a various reading, of more or less claim to regard. Special refer- 
ences to the writer’s Revised and Compendious Grammars are made by figures 
in the older style (as 238). The letter s is often added to a reference to 
signify and the following ; and rarely, a small * above the line, to show that 
the reference is to the Revised Grammar only. 

9. Parallels (||) are used to mark a PLACE in modern geography, which is 
believed to correspond closely or nearly with the ancient place spoken of in 
the paragraph (cf. page v.). It is well known how various is the orthography 
of modern names within the region of the Anabasis. In the pronunciation 
of these names as here printed, ὦ is usually pronounced as in father, fast, or 
man, 6 as in féte or men, i as in marine or pin, 0 as in hope or hop, τὸ like oo 
in cool or book, ch as in chin, and j asin jet. In the Turkish, these names 
have so little distinctive accent, that, like French names, they are apt to 








Viij EXPLANATIONS. — ABBREVIATIONS. 


impress the English ear as if accented upon the last syllable; and hence 
they are often so marked. Burun here signifies promontory, Chai or Irmak 
river, Dagh mountain, Dereh valley, Hissar castle, Keui or Koi village, Ovah 
plain, Shehr city, town, Su water, stream, Ak white, Eski old, Kara black, 
&c. Among the Greeks, there is now a strong tendency to preserve or revive 
the ancient names of places. 


10. A full List OF ABBREVIATIONS follows, though they are generally 
such as to require no explanation : — 


A., acc., accusative: 2 a., 
two accusatives. 

A., α., act., active. 

a., aor., aorist. 

A. D., Anno Domini. 

abs., absolute. 

ace. to, according to. 

adj., adjective, -ly. 

adv., adverb, -ial, -ially. 

AE., accusative of effect. 

sch. Prom., Prometheus 
of Aischylus. 

Anab., Anabasis. 

apostr., apost.,apostrophe. 

art., article. 

Att., Attic. 

attr., attraction. 

aug., augment. 

B. C., before Christ. 

bef. , before. 

c., compar., comparative. 

cf., confer, compare, con- 

ch., chiefly. [ sult. 

cog., cogn., cognate. 

comm., commonly. 

complem.,complementary. 

compos., composition. 

conj., conjunction. 

constr., construction : 
const. preeg., constructio 
pregnans. 

contr., cont., contracted. 

cop., copulative. 

cP. complementary clause. 

Cyr., eyo 

D., d., dat., dative. 

Dan., Daniel. 

dec., declension. 

demonst., demonstrative. 

dep., deponent. 

der., derivative. 

dim., diminutive. 

Diod., Dioddrus Siculus. 

Dor., Doric. 

e. g., exempli gratia, for 
example. 

encl,, enclit., enclitic. 


μ, lish. 
eap., especially. 


euphon., euphonic. 
exc., except. 
Ezek., Ezekiel. 


ure perfect. 

fem., feminine. 

Fr., French. — fr., from. 

ft., feet. 

G., g., gen., genitive: 2a., 
two genitives. 

Gen., Genesis. 

Germ., German. 

Hdt., Herodotus. 

Heb., Hebrew. [ophon. 

Hel., Hellenica of Xen- 

Hom., Homer :— Apoll., 
Hymn to Apollo; IL, 
Iliad; Od., Odyssey. 

L, inf., infinitive : 1. (A.), 
infinitive with subject 
accusative. 

i. e., id est, that is. 

impers., impersonal, -ly. 

imv., imperative. 

in., inches. 

ind., indicative. 

indecl., indeclinable. 

indef., indefinite. 

interrog., interrogative. 

intrans., intransitive, -ly. 

Ion., Ionic. 

ipf., imperfect. 

1., late. 

Lat., Latin. 

Ibs., pounds. 

Lucr., Lucretius. 

M., m., mid., middle. 

masc., masculine. 

metath., metathesis. 

meton., metonymy. 

mss., manuscripts. 

Mt., Mount. 

neg., negative. 

Neh., Nehemiah, 

neut., neuter. 

nom., nominative. 

Numb., Numbers. 

om., omitted. 

opp., opposed. 





f., fut., future : f. pf., fut- | P 


orig., originally. 

0z., Ounces, 

P., pt., part., participle. 
+» 39.) Pass., passive. 
periphr., periphrasis. 
Pers., Persian. 

pers., person, -al, -ally. 
pf., perf., perfect. 

pl., plur., plural. 

pleon., pleonastically. 
plp., plup., pluperfect. 
poet., po., poetic. 
post-pos., post-positive. 
pr., pres., present, 

prep., preposition. 

pret., preteritive, -ly. 
prob., probably. 

pron., pronoun. 

prop., proper, -ly. 

q. V., quod vide, which see. 
r., Tare, -ly. 

*, Revised Grammar. 
redupl., reduplication. 
refl., reflex., reflexive, -ly. 
rel., relative. 

8, sequens, and the follow- 
ing. [tive. 
8.) sup., superl., superla- 
Sans., Sanskrit. 

sc., scilicet, namely, under- 
stand. 

sing., singular: 2sing., 2d 
person singular, &c. 
sp., specially. [tion. 
spec., specif., specifica- 
subj., subjunctive. 

subj. A., subject accusa- 
tive. 

subst., substantive, -ly. 
sync., syncopated. 

Thuc., Thucydides. 
trans., transitive, -ly. 
usu., —. 

v. l., varia lectio, various 
reading. 

Virg., Virgil: — Ain. , Aine- 
id; G., Georgic. 

voc., vocative, 

w., With. 





opt., optative. 


Xen., Xenophon. 


For the signs }, t, ¢, as here used, see 4 above; for ἢ, 8; for ||, 9; for *, page iv. 


LEXI 


CON. 


πτπ φ----- 


ἀ- Α. 


[a-,* an inseparable particle, com- 
monly denoting privation or negation, 
and then called a- privative (akin to 
ἄνευ without, the Lat. in-, and the 
Eng. and Germ. un-, and having com- 
monly the fuller form ἀν- before a 
vowel); butsometimes denoting union, 
likeness, or intensity, and then called 
a- copulative (akin to dua together, and 
having also the form ἅ-) ; 385 a. ] 

&, ἅ-περ, see ὅς, ὅσ-περ, 1. 2. 27. 

&-Baros, ov, (βαίνω) impassable (on 
foot, by fording, for a horse, &c.), tn- 
accessible, not fordable, iii. 4.49: v. 6.9. 

"ABpotéAuns, ov, Abrozelmes, inter- 
preter to Seuthes, vii. 6. 43? 

*ABpoxdpas, a, Abrocomas, satrap of 
Pheenicia, and commander of a fourth 
part of the army of Artaxerxes. On 
the approach of Cyrus, he appears to 
have considered the result doubtful, 
and to have pursued a course of selfish 
policy. As if a friend to Artaxerxes, 
he burned the boats for crossing the 
Euphrates, and marched as to aid the 
king ; but, as if no enemy to Cyrus, 
he nowhere opposed his march, and 
did not reach the king till five days 
after the battle of Cunaxa. i. 3. 20. 

"Αβῦϑος, ov, ἡ, Abydus, a city built 
by the Milesians upon the Asiatic side 
of the Hellespont, where the strait is 
narrowest. This spot, now Cape Na- 
gara, is famed for the bridge of Xerx- 
es, and the loves of Hero and Lean- 
der. i. 1. 9. 

ἀγάγω, &c., see ἄγω, i. 3. 5, 17. 
ἀγαθός, ἡ, dv (akin to Germ. gut, our 
good, with ἀ- intensive or euphonic); 
Ὁ. and s.* ἀμείνων, ἄριστος " βελτίων, 
βέλτιστος " κρείττων, κράτιστος" λῴων, 
λῷστος " good, υἱγέωοιϑ; good in war 
(els πόλεμον i. 9. 148), brave, valiant ; 
beneficial, advantageous, useful, ser- 


᾿Αγησίλαος 


producing, fertile; ii. 4.22; 6.19: iv. 
4.9:—neut. subst., a good thing, good, 
benefit, advantage, blessing, service, 
favor ; also pl. goods, provisions, sup- 
plies, possessions ; én’ ἀγαθῷ for one’s 
good ; ii. 1. 12; 3. 20: iii. 1. 20s; 5. 1: 
v. 8. 18. See καλός. 
ἀγάλλω," add, toadorn: M. to take 
pride in, be proud of, glory in, D., 
ἐπί, ii. 6. 26. 
ἄγαμαι," ἀγάσομαι Ep., a. p. as m. 
ἠγάσθην, to admire, A., 1. 1. 9. 
ja&yay adv., very, very much, exceed- 
ingly, vii. 6. 39. 
μἀγαπάω, how, ἠγάπηκα, to love, treat 
with affection, A.; be content or well 
pleased, ὅτι : i. 9. 29: v. 5. 18. 
yAyaclas, ov, Agasias, a lochage 
under Proxenus, from Stymphalus in 
Arcadia. He was one of the bravest 
and most enterprising of the Cyreans, 
anda firm friend of Xenophon. iti.1.31: 
iv. 1. 27.—2. V.1. for Bactas, vii. 8.10. 
|dyacrds, ἡ, dv, admirable, worthy 
of admiration, i. 9. 24. 

ἀγγεῖον, ov, (ἄγγος vessel for con- 
taining) a vessel, receptacle, pail, jar, 
vi. 4. 23: vii. 4. 3. 
tdyyedla, as, a message, report, an- 
nouncement, ii. 3. 19. 
ἰἀγγέλλω, "ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, to announce, 
report, A. P. D., i. 7.18: ii. 3. 19. 

ἄγγελος, ov, ὁ ἡ, (ἄγω) a messenger, 
i. 2. 21: ii. 8. 8. Der. ANGEL. 

ἄγε, see ἄγω, ii. 2. 10. ; 

dyelpw,* a. ἤγειρα, (ἄγω) to bring 
together, collect, assemble, A., iii. 2.13. 

ἀ- γένειος, ov, (γένειον, chin, beard) 
μι μα SF τὰ ᾿ 

4 -λᾶος, ov, Agesilaus, one 0 
the La. eminent - as of 
Sparta, succeeding his brother 8, 
sg o. 398, to the exclusion of ‘his 
nephew Leotychides, and reigning 





viceable, desirable, valuable ; good for 
LEX. AN. 1 


with great fame for military prowess, 
A 








᾿Αγίας 2 ἀδικέω 


simplicity of manners, integrity, and 
patriotism, till his death in the win- 
ter of 361-0, at the age of 80. He 
was lame, and insignificant in general 
appearance. He was sent into Asia 
Minor, B. c. 396, to prosecute the war 
against the Persians ; but was recalled 
from the plans and promise of great 
accomplishment, in 394, to sustain 
Sparta against the Thebans, Athenians, 
&c., over whom he gained the battle | 
of Coronéa. Xenophon served under 
him in Asia, and returned with him 
to Greece. v. 3. 6. 
᾿Αγίας, ov, Agias, a Cyrean general 
from Arcadia, slain through the treach- 
ery of Tissaphernes. He prob. com- 
manded troops left by Xenias or Pa- 
sion. ii. 5. 31; 6. 30. 
ἄγκος, eos, τό, a bend or hollow, 
valley, glen, dell, iv.1.7. Cf. Lat. 
uncus, angulus. 
λἄγκυρα, as, ancdra, an ANCHOR, 
1. 5. 10. 
d-yvotw, How, ἠγνόηκα, (yvo- in γι- 
γνώσκω) not to know or recognize, to be 
ignorant or in doubt, ΟΡ., iv. 5. 7: vi. 
5. 12: vii. 3. 38. 
Τἀγνωμοσύνη, ns, want of sense ; pl. 
misunderstandings, ii. 5. 6. 
ἀ-γνώμων, ov, g. ovos, (γνώμη) de- 
void of sense, thoughtless, inconsiderate, 
ignorant, vii. 6. 23, 38. 
ἀγορά, as, (dyelpw) an assembly ; 
place of assembly (Lat. forum), market- 
place (the same open place in a city 
being commonly used for both pur- 
poses); market, provisions or supplies 
for sale; i. 2. 10; 3. 14: v. 7. 3: vi. 6. 
3: παρέχειν ἀγοράν to afford or provide 
a market, offer provisions for sale, ii. 
3. 26s: οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἔφευγον those | 
in the market fled from it, or the mar- | 
ket-men fled, 7048, i. 2.18: ἀγορὰ 
πλήθουσα, the time of full market, the | 
middle of the forenoon, and from that | 
time till noon, i. 8.1. See Κεραμῶν. 
μςἀγοράζω, dow, ἠγόρακα, to buy, pur- 
chase: M. to buy for one’s self: A.: 
i. 3.14; 5.10: vii. 3. 5. 
| dyopa-vépos, ov, ὁ, (νέμω) a super- 
intendent or inspector of the market, 
market-director, market-master ; hav- 
ing the general care and direction in 
respect to order, fairness of dealing, 
the quality of the provisions, and often 


φξἀγορεύω, εύσω, ἠγόρευκα, (comm. ἢ, 
ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρηκα, 2 ἃ. εἶπον) to address 


duce a subject, A. εἰς, v. 6. 27. 
tdypetw, evow, (ἄγρα field-roaming, 
hunting) to hunt, take in the chase, 
A., V. 3. 8. 
ἄγριος, a, ov, living in the field, 
wild, 1. 2.7; 5.2. Cf. agrestis. 
ἀγρός, οὔ, ὁ, (cog. ager, Germ. acker, 
our acre) field, land, country as opp. 
to city, v. 3. 9: vi. 2. 8. 
ἀγρ-υπνέω, How, (ἄγρ-υπνος sleep- 
hunting ? sleepless) to lie awake, watch, 
πρό, vii. 6. 36. 
ἄγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2a. ἤγαγον, ago, 
to put in motion, to lead a person, 
army, animal, &c.; conduct, direct, 
bring, carry, convey; lead on, ad- 
vance ; A. els, ἐπί, &c.; 1. 8. 5; 6. 10; 
9. 27: iv. ὃ. δ; 8.12: vi. 3.18: ἡσυ- 
χίαν or εἰρήνην ἄγειν to lead a quiet or 
peaceful life, 111. 1.14: φέρειν καὶ 
ἄγειν ferre et agere, to carry and lead 
off, to plunder, spoil, despoil, harry, 
by carrying off things and leading off 
cattle, A. (of booty taken or persons 
robbed), v. 5. 13: ii. 6. 5: ἄγε (δή), 
ἄγετε (δή), come (now)! ii. 2.10: v. 4. 
9: ἄγων bringing, with, 674), v. 4. 
11: M. to bring one’s own things, A., 
i. 10. 17. 
μἀγώγιμος, ov, portable ; τὰ ἀγώγιμα, 
the things to be carried, freight, v.1.16. 
jdyév, ὥνος, ὁ, a bringing together, 
gathering, assembly, especially to wit- 
ness a game or contest ; hence a game 
or games, contest, strife, encounter, 
struggle, i. 2.10; 7.4. Der. AGony. 
φξἀγωνίζομαι, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, ἠγώνισμαι, 
to contend, strive, struggle, fight, ΔῈ., 
πρός, περί, li. 5.10: ili. 1. 43: iv. 8. 
27. Der. AGONIZE. 
φἨἀγωνο-θέτης, ov, (τίθημι) an insti- 
tutor, director, or judge of a contest, 
umpire, iii. 1. 21. 
ἄ-δειπνος, ov, (δεῖπνον q. v.) supper- 
less, 1. 10. 19: iv. 5. 21. 
ἀ-δελφός, of, (ἀ- cop., δελφύς matrix) 
a brother, i. 3, 8: vil. 2. 25, 38. 
ἀ-δεῶς adv., (δέος fear) without fear, 
fearlessly, securely, i. 9.13: vi. 6. 1. 
ἄ-δηλος, ov, wncertain, doubtful, un- 
known, D., Vv. 1.10: vi. 1. 21. 
ἀ-διάβατος, ov, impassable, unford- 
able, ii. 1. 11: iii. 1. 2. 





their price ; v. 7. 2, 23s. 


Τἀδικέω, yow, ἠδίκηκα, to be unjust, 


an assembly, harangue, speak, intro- - 


ἀδικία 3 


act unjustly, do wrong, be in the wrong ; 
to treat unjustly, wrong, injure, harm ; 
A. AE., P.; i. 8.10; 4.9; 6.78: Vil. 
7.3: pr. as pf. to be guilty of domg 
wrong, to have wronged, 612, i. 5.11: 
v. 7. 26, 29: μηδὲν 4. to do no wrong, 
be guilty of no crime, i. 9. 13. 

tdSixla, as, injustice, wrong-doing, 
ii. 6. 18. 

ἄ-δικος, ov, s., (δίκη) unjust, guilty, 
criminal, wicked, unprincipled, περί, 
i. 6. 8; 9. 18: ii. 6. 20: τὸ ἄδικον tn- 
justice, i. 9. 16. 
jadlkxws, s.? unjustly, wrongfully, 
v. 7. 29: vii. 1. 16 (or adj.). 

d-Sédws adv., (δόλος guile, fraud) 
without guile or treachery, faithfully, 
ii. 2.8; 3. 26; iii. 2. 24. 
᾿Αδραμύτ{τἼ]ιον, see ᾿Ατραμύττιον. 
ἀ-δύνατος, ov, impossible, impracti- 
cable ; unable, powerless, inefficient ; 
ii, 4.6: iv. 1.25: v. 6.10: vil. 7. 24. 
ἄδω," ἄσομαι, to sing, A., iv. 3. 27 ; 
7.16: vi. 1. 6. 
del, less Att. αἰεί, always, continu- 
ally ; at any time (esp. between the 
art. and a pt., or after a rel. w. ἄν), 
on each occasion, successively ; 1.9.19: 
iii, 2. 31, 38: iv. 7. 23: v. 4. 15. 
*aerds, less Att. alerds, οὔ, ὁ, an 
eagle. This bird was regarded by the 
Greeks as sacred to Zeus, and as sent 
by him to give omens of the future. 
It gave to the Assyrians and Persians, 
as to some modern nations, a symbol of 
royalty or power. i. 10.12: vi. 1. 23. 
ἄ-θεος, ov, s., (θεός) godless, impious, 
ii. 5. 39. Der. ATHEIST. 

[᾿Αθηνᾶ, as, Athéna, Pallas, or Mi- 
nerva; in Greek mythology the daugh- 
ter of Zeus, sprung from his head, the 
goddess of wisdom and warlike prow- 
ess, and the especial patroness of 
Athens. ] 

py A@fvat, Gv, al, Athens, the capital 
of Attica, and the city in which Greek, 
indeed ancient civilization culminated 
(799), ‘‘ the eye of Greece.” Accord- 
ing to tradition, it was founded by 
Cecrops, named for the goddess Athé- 
na (who bestowed upon it the gift of 
the olive), and greatly enlarged by 
Theseus, who united the people of 
Attica as its citizens. At its zenith, 
it is supposed to have contained, with 
its harbor the Pireus, about 200,000 


ὰι 


whole population of Attica. From 
the Persian wars, in which it acquired 
such glory at Marathon and Salamis, 
and was burned by Xerxes, to the 
Peloponnesian war, in which it was 
conquered by Sparta, it was the lead- 
ing state of Greece. In politics, it 
was the head of the democratic, as 
Sparta of the aristocratic interest. 
The latter war had closed, with the 
prostration of Athens and the exalta- 
tion of Sparta, B. c. 404, about three 
years before the expedition of Cyrus. 
Preserved from destruction through 
the desolations of so many centuries, 
it became, A. D. 1834, the capital of 
the new kingdom of Greece. 1ii. 1. 5. 
j’A@nvata,as, poet. for’Anva, chosen 
as a password, from the kinship which 
Seuthes claimed to the Athenians, vii. 
3. 39? 

᾿Αθηναῖος, ov, ὁ, an Athenian: e. g. 
Xenophon, Lycius, Polycrates, &c. 
No Athenian is mentioned in the Ana- 
basis dishonorably. i ᾿ iii. δι 20. 

"A ot or -ἢσὶ, old d. pl. as adv., 
3 rte 380 7 iv. 8. 4: vii. 7. 57. 

ἄθλον, ov, (ἄθλος contest) prize of a 
contest, i. 2.10. Der. ATHLETE. 

ἑἀθροίζω, olow, ἤθροικα, to assemble, 
collect, muster, levy, esp. troops, A.: 
M., to assemble, muster, intrans.: i. 1. 
2,68; 2.1; 10.5: 11.1.1. 

&-Opdos, a, ov, (ἀ- cop., θρόος noise) 
rustling together, close or thick together, 
in a body, collected, assembled, esp. of 
persons, i. 10. 13: iv. 6.13: vil. ὃ. 9. 

tdBvpéw, iow, to be discouraged, dis- 
heartened, dispirited, or dejected ; to 
despond, want courage or heart; D., 
πρός, ἕνεκα, ὅτι: iii, 2.18; 4. 20: ν. 
4,19: vi. 2.14: vii. 1. 9. 

¢adupynréov (ἐστὶν ἡμῖν) we must be 
disheartened [there is to be discourage- 
ment to us], 682, iii. 2. 23. 

τἀθυμία, as, discouragement, despond- 
ency, dejection, faintheartedness, il. 2. 
8; 3.11. 

ἄ-θῦμος, ov, c., (Binds), without spirit 
or heck dispirited, discowraged, de- 
jected, desponding, fainthearted, spirit- 
less, disinclined, πρός, i. 4.9: 11. 1. 36. 

ἀθύμως despondingly, dejectedly, dis- 
piritedly, without heart : ἀθύμως ἔχειν 
to be disheartened or dejected : iii. 1. 3, 
40: vi. 4. 26. 





inhabitants, or about two fifths of the 


ai, at, als, see ὁ, ὅς, 1.1.6: ν. 4.33. 





αἰγιαλός 


αἰγι-αλός, οὔ, 6, (ἀΐσσω to rush, ads 
sea) that over which the sea rushes, 
sea-shore, beach, vi. 4. 1, 4, 7. 

ΤΑἰγύπτιος, a, ov, Egyptian, ii.1.6: 
Αἰγύπτιος subst., an Egyptian, i. 4.2; 
8.9. The Egyptians mentioned in i. 
8. 9 may have entered the Persian ser- 
vice before the revolt stated below, or 
have been otherwise unaffected by it; 
or they may have been so called as 
descendants of the Egyptians settled 
in Asia by Cyrus the Elder. See Cyr. 
7. 1. 45. 

Αἴγυπτος, ov, ἡ, Egypt, the north- 
eastern country of Africa, on both 
sides of the Nile, so famed for its fer- 
tility in the basin of this river, its 
early and peculiar civilization, its va- 
ried history, and its wonderful remains 
so defying the hand of time. It was 
conquered by Cambjses, the son of 
the great Cyrus, B. c. 525, and made 
a Persian province. Its inhabitants, 
always impatient of the yoke (the more 
on account of the religious antagonism 
of the two nations), had succeeded un- 
der Amyrtzus in asserting their in- 
dependence, B. c. 414. The Persians 
were chagrined at the loss of so im- 
portant a province, and eager for its 
reconquest, ii. 1.14; 5.13. This was 
at length effected in the reign of Arta- 
xerxes III., B. Ο. 346. Not long after, 
B. C. 332, Egypt submitted to the 
arms of Alexander ; and after his death 
became the kingdom of one of his gen- 
erals, Ptolemy. In the year 30 B.c., 
it became a Roman province. 

αἰδέομαι, ἔσομαι, ἤδεσμαι, a. ἠδέσθην, 
to respect, reverence, revere, regard, A., 
iii. 2. 4s. 

μαἰδήμων, ov, g. ovos, 8. ovécraros, 
respectful, modest, i. 9. 5. 

— ov, private part, groin, iv. 

. 12. 

jaiSds,* dos, ἡ, respect, reverence, 
G., li. 6. 19. 

αἰεί, alerds, v. 1. for del, derds. 

Αἰήτης, ov, étes, a king of the 
Phasians, regarded as a successor, in 
both sovereignty and name, to the fa- 
ther of Medéa and keeper of the gol- 
den fleece which it was the object of 
apm expedition to recover, 
v. 6. 37. 


talOpla, as, (αἰθήρ ether) open air, 


al@w (in pr. & ipf.), ch. poet., to set 
on fire, kindle, burn, A., iv. 7. 20: 
M. to be on fire, blaze, burn, intrans., 
vi. 3. 19. 

αἰκίζω, oftener αἰκίζομαι, ἰσομαι 
ιοῦμαι, ἥκισμαι, (αἰκία insult, abuse) 
to abuse, maltreat, insult, outrage, 
torture, mangle, A. AE., li. 6. 29: iii. 
1.18; 4. 5. 

αἷμα, aros, τό, blood, v. 8. 15. 

Αἰνείας or Alvéas, ov, ὁ, Aneas, a 
lochage from Stymphalus, iv. 7. 13. 

Αἰνιάν, avos, 6,an Ainianian. The 
Ainianes were a tribe of southwestern 
Thessaly, occupying the upper valley 
of the river Sperchius (now the Hel- 
lada). i. 2.6: vi. 1. 7. 

αἴξ, aiyés, ἡ ὁ, (ἀΐσσω to leap) a goat 
[leaper], iv. 5. 25; 6.17. Der. 5618. 

Αἰολίς, idos, ἡ, olis, a region in 
the northwest part of Asia Minor, 
colonized by Kolians. Its cities 
(twelve especially) were united in a 
tribal bond, and had a common tem- 
ple and rites at Cyme ; but attained 
no great power or distinction. v. 6. 24. 
taiperéos, a, ov, to be taken, that must 
be taken, iv. 7. 3. 
taiperds, ἡ, dv, chosen, selected: οἱ 
aiperol, the persons chosen, deputies, 
delegates, i. 3. 21. 

aipéw,* ow, ἥρηκα, 2 a. εἷλον, a. p. 
npéOnr, to take, seize, catch, capture, 
A., 1. 4. 8: iv. 2.13: M. to take for 
one’s self, choose, elect, prefer, adopt, 
A., 2A., 1., ἀντί, i. 3. 5, 14; 7. 38: ii. 
6.6: iv.8.25: v.7.28: P. to be taken 
or chosen, 588, iii. 1. 46: v. 4. 26. See 
ἁλίσκομαι. Der. HERESY, HERETIC. 
αἴρω," ἀρῶ, ἦρκα, a. ἦρα, to lift up, 
raise, A., i. 5.3: v. 6. 33. 
αἰσθάνομαι," θήσομαι, ἤσθημαι, 2 a. 
ἠσθόμην, to perceive, notice, observe, 
learn, become aware of, hear, G., A. P., 
cP., 1.1.8; 2. 21; 9.21, 31: i. 6.25: 
v. 7.19: vi. 1.31. Der. #STHETIC. 
jatoOnors, ews, ἡ, perception, means 
of or chance for discovery, iv. 6. 13. 
αἴσϑομαι τ. for αἰσθάνομαι ; v. 1. αἴ- 
σθεσθαι, ii. δ. 4. 
αἴσιος, ov, (aloa fate, luck) lucky, 
auspicious, ominous for good, vi. 5. 2. 
Αἰσχίνης, ov, Aschines, of Acarna- 
nia, a commander of targeteers, iv. 3. 
22; 8. 18. 


[αἶσχος, eos, τό, disgrace, shame. | 





clear sky, iv. 4.14? 


laleypds, d, dv, c. αἰσχίων, 8. αἴσχι- 


αἰσχρῶς 5 


στος," disgraceful, shameful, base, in- 
famous, πρός, i. 9.3: ii. 5. 20: ν. y 
12: vii. 6. 21. 

jaloxpas disgracefully, with dis- 
honor, iii. 1. 43: vii. 1. 29. 

Latoxivn, ns, shame, disgrace, dis- 
honor: ὥστε πᾶσιν αἰσχύνην εἷναι so 
that all were ashamed, ii. 3.11: αἱ. 
ἀλλήλων a sense of shame before each 
other, iii. 1. 10. 
jaloyxive, tv, ἤσχνγκα 1., to shame, 
disgrace: M. to be or feel ashamed, 1., 
p., ὅτε, i. 3.10: vi. 5. 4: vil. 6. 21: 
to be ashamed before, reverence, stand 
in awe of, A.1., OP., i. 7. 4: i. 3. 22 
(a. p. as m. ἠσχύνθην) ; 5. 39; 6. 19. 

αἰτέω, How, ἤτηκα 1., to ask for a 
thing, demand, A., 2 A., παρά, i. 1. 
10; 3. 14,16: ii. 1.10: J. (more 
subjective, earnest, or humble) to ask 
as a favor to one’s self, entreat, beseech, 
beg ; to obtain by entreaty; A. I., 
παρά, ii. 8.185: v. 1.11: vi. 6. 81. 
jatrla, as, [ground of demand] cause; 
blame, reproach, censure, charge, Vi. 6. 
15s: αἰτίαν (αἰτίας) ἔχειν to imcur 
censure (reproaches), be blamed, ὑπό, 
vii. 1.8; 6. 11, 15. 
jatridopat, ἄσομαι, ἠτίάμαι, dep.mid., 
to blame, accuse, complain of, charge, 
reprove, A. 1., ὅτι, i, 2. 20: iii. 1.7; 
$. lls: v. 5.19: vi. 2. 9. 

jatrios, a, ov, causative, causing, 
productive ; hence, chargeable with, 
responsible, guilty, to blame : ὁ αἴ. the 
author, τὸ αἴ. the cause: G. (444f), 1. 
(a.); i. 4.15: ii. 5. 22: iv. 1.17: vi. 
6. 8: vii. 7. 48. 

αἰχμ-άλωτος, ov, (αἰχμή point of a 
spear, ἁλίσκομαι) taken in war, cap- 
tured : οἱ al. the prisoners of war, cap- 
tives: τὰ al. the things taken in war, 
prizes of war, including both prison- 
ers and booty : iii. 3.19: iv. 1. 125 ; 
8. 27: v.3. 4. 

[ax- point, a root appearing in ἀκμή, 
ἄκων dart, ἄκρος, αἰχμή, ὀξύς, perh. 
ἀκούω to point the ear; Lat. acus, 
acuo, acies ; Sans. acan dart ; &c. | 

᾿Ακαρνάν, dvos, ὁ, an Acarnanian. 
Acarnania was the most western prov- 
ince of Greece Proper, lying between 
AXtolia, the Ionian Sea, and the Am- 
bracian Gulf (now the Gulf of Arta) ; 
and was occupied by colonists of dif- 
ferent tribes, none of which attained 


ἀκούω 


ἄ-καυστος, ον, (καίω) wnburnt, iii. 
5. 18. 
ἀ-κέραιος, ov, (κεράννῦ μι) unmixed, 
undisturbed ; of troops, fresh, vi. 5. 9. 
ἀ-κήρυκτος, ov, (κηρύσσω) without 
intercourse by heralds, without truce, 
implacable, iii. 3. 5. 
ἀκινάκης, ov, (fr. Pers.) a straight 
poniard, dagger, or short-sword, used 
by the Persians, and commonly at- 
tached to the girdle on the right side, 
i. 2. 27; 8. 29. 
ἀ-κίνδυνος, ov, without danger, safe, 
secure, Vi. 5. 29. 
μἀκινδύνως without danger, safely, 
securely, ii. 6. 6. 
&-«Anpos, ov, (κλῆρος lot, portion, 
estate) without estate, portionless, poor, 
in poverty, iii. 2. 26 ? 
taxpate, dow, to be at the acme of 
life, in one’s fullest maturity and 
strength, I., iii. 1. 25. 
ἀκμή, js, (ἀκ-) point, tip, ACME: 
ἀκμήν adv., in puncto temporis, on 
the point, in the act, just, even now, 
iv. 3. 26. 
ἀ-κόλαστος, ov, (κολάζω) wnchas- 
tised, ii. 6. 9. 
ἑἀκολουθέω, ἥσω, ἠκολούθηκα, to ac- 
company, follow, Ὁ. or σύν, vii. ὅ. 8. 
ἀ-κόλουθος, ον, (ἀ- cop., κέλευθος 
road, way) going the same way, ac- 
companying, following, consistent, il. 
4.19. Der. AN-ACOLUTHON. 
tdxovrite, iow 1, to throw, hurl, or 
fling ἃ dart or javelin ; to shoot, hit, 
or pierce with a javelin, A.; i. 8. 27; 
10. 7: ili. 3. 7: vii. 4. 18. 
ἀκόντιον, ov, (ἀκ- ; dim. of ἄκων 
javelin, 371) a javelin or dart, for 
throwing, smaller and lighter than the 
δόρυ, iv. 2. 28. 
μἀκόντισις, ews, ἡ, use of the dart, 
throwing the javelin, i. 9. 5. 
|dxovtierhs, οὔ, javelin-thrower, 
javelin-man, darter, iii. 3.7: iv. 3. 28. 
ἀκούω," ἀκούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, ἃ. ἤκουσα, 
(ἀκ- ἢ to hear, hear of, listen to, learn 
by hearing ; to hear to, heed, obey ; 
G., A., P., 1. (w. subj. A.), OP., παρά, 
περί, ---- the gen. properly expressing 
the cause or source of the hearing or 
learning, whether pee or thing 
(sometimes even the noise itself), 
while that which is heard or learned 
is comm. in the acc. or in a comple-. 





much eminence or refinement, iy.8.18. 


mentary clause; i. 2.5, 21; 3. 208: 





6 ἀλλά 


8.16: ii. 5. 155, 26: iii. ὅ. 16: iv. 7. 
24: ed dxovew bene audire, to be spoken 
well of, ὑπό, 575 8, vii. 7. 23: pr. as 
pf., ἀκούομεν we hear=we have heard, 
are informed, 612, v. 1.13; 5. 8. 
Der. ACOUSTIC. 

ἄκρα, as, (fem. of dxpos) arx, a 
fortified summit, stronghold or for- 
tress on ἃ height, citadel, v. 2. 17 8. 


d-xparos, ov, (κεράννῦ μι) unmixed, 
pure, strong. The use of wine with- 
out mixture was accounted barbaric 
by the ancient Greeks, who usually 
tempered it with a much larger por- 
tion of water. iv. 5. 27: v. 4. 29. 
ἄ-κριτος, ov, (κρίνω) wnjudged, un- 
tried, without trial, v. 7. 28 8. 
Τἀκρο-βολίζομαι, ἔσομαι, (βάλλω) to 
throw from a height or a distance, fight 
with missiles, skirmish, D., iii. 4. 18, 
33: v. 2. 10. 
taxpoBdrtors, ews, ἡ, a skirmish, 
skirmishing, iii. 4. 16, 18. 
Τἀκρό-πολις, ews, ἡ, (πόλις) the [top- 
most city] citadel, acropolis, i. 2.1, 8s. 
a, ov, 8., (ἀκ-) at the point, 
tip, or top ; highest, topmost, extreme : 
τὸ ἄκρον the highest point, height, top, 
summit, eminence, peak ; often ra ἄκρα 
the heights, summits, hills ; i. 2. 21: 
ili. 4. 498: τὸ ἀκρότατον the loftiest 
summit, v. 4.15. Der. AcRO-sTIC. 
}dxp-wvuxla, as, (ὄνυξ claw, nail) 
nail-tip ; hence, extreme edge, sharp 
ridge or spur of a mountain, ili. 4. 37s. 
ἀκτή, js, (ἄγνῦμι to break) where 
the sea breaks, promontory, headland, 
shore, vi. 2. 1. 
d-xupos, ov, (κῦρος authority) with- 
out authority or force, null, void, vi. 
1. 28. 
ἄκων, ovoa, ἄκον, g. ovros, ovens, 
(ἀ-, ἑκών) un-willing, reluctant, vii. 7. 
14: w. pt., involuntarily, uninten- 
tionally, iv. 8.25: ἄκοντος Κύρου [C. 
being unwilling] against the will of 
C., or without his consent, i. 3. 17. 
ἀλαλάζω, ἀάξομαι, a. ἠλάλαξα, ch. 
poet., (ἀλαλά war-cry) to raise the 
war-cry, shout for battle, D., iv. 2. 7: 
v. 2.14? vi. 5. 26. 
ἀλεεινός, 4, bv, (ἀλέα warmth) warm, 
iv. 4.11? 
ἀλέξω," ἀλεξήσω Ep., f. m. ἀλεξή- 
σομαι or ἀλέξομαι, a. m. ἠλεξάμην oF 
ἠλεξησάμην, (akin to ἀλκή prowess) to 
ward or keep off: M. to keep off from 





one’s self, defend one’s self, repel, re- 
quite, A., 1.3.6; 9.11: ili. 4. 33. 
ἀλέτης, ov, (ἀλέω to grind) a grind- 
er: as adj., 506f, ὄνος ἀλέτης a [grind- 
er] mill-stone, i. 5. 5. 
ἄλευρον, ov, (ἀλέω to grind) flour, 
esp. wheat-flour, comm. pl., i. 5. 6. 
ἀλήθεια, as, truth ; reality ; sincer- 
ity, uprightness ; ii. 6. 25; vi. 2. 10. 
ἰάληθεύω, εύσω, to tell or speak the 
truth ; to speak, state, report, predict, 
or promise truly, A.; 1. 7.18 : iv. 4.15. 
ἀ-ληθής, és, (λανθάνω or λήθω) un- 
concealed, true, real, sincere : τὸ ἀλη- 
θές [the true] truth, 5074: ii. 5. 24; 
6. 22: v. 5. 24. 
φἀάληθινός, ἡ, dv, truthful, trusty, 
genuine, i. 9. 17. 
ἀληθῶς truly, in truth, iv. 7. 7 1 
ἁλιευτικός, 7, dv, (ἁλιεύω to fish, fr. 
ἅλς sea) for fishing: ἁ. πλοῖον fishing- 
boat, vii. 1. 20. 
ἁαλίζω, a. p. ἡλίσθην, (ἁλής crowded) 
to collect or assemble (trans.): M. to 
collect or assemble (intrans.), rendez- 
vous : li. 4.3: vi. 3. 3. 
ἄ-λιθος, ov, (λίθος) free from stones, 
not stony, vi. 4. 5. 
ἅλις adv., in crowds, heaps, or 
abundance ; abundantly, sufficiently, 
enough : subst., G., v. 7. 12. 
᾿Αλισάρνη, 7s, Halisarne, a small 
town in southwestern Mysia, not far 
from Pergamum, belonging to the 
principality of the descendants of the 
Spartan Damaratus, vii. 8. 17 ἢ 
ἁλίσκομαι," ἁλώσομαι, ἑἄλωκα & 
ἡλώκα, 2 ἃ. ἑάλων & ἥλων, (as pass. of 
aipéw) to be taken, captured, or caught, 
P.; to be taken prisoner ; i. 4.7; 5.2: 
iii. 4. 8, 17 ; 5.14: vii. 1. 36. 
ἄλκιμος, ov, s., (ἀλκή prowess, cowr- 
age) brave, valiant, warlike, iv. 3. 4. 
ἀλλ᾽ 4 * exceptive conj., (fr. ἄλλα 
or ἄλλο ἤ, cf. ἀλλά) other than, except, 
iv. 6.11: vii. 7. 53. 
ἀλλά," sometimes adv., but comm. 
adversative conj., (ἄλλα neut. pl. of 
ἄλλος, w. accent changed) otherwise, 
on the other hand, on the contrary, but, 
yet, still, however, nay, but only ; 
often after a negation ; and often in 
transitions, to introduce questions, 
commands, exhortations, &c.; i. 1. 4; 
4.18; 6.3: ii. 5. 18s, 22: iv. 7.7: 
ἀ. (καί) but also, but even, iii. 2. 19; 
5.16: γι 6.10 : ἀ. (μᾶλλον) but rather, 


ἀλλαχοῦ 


iii, 1. 35: vii. 8.16: ἀ, ὁμῶς but yet, 
yet nevertheless, i. 8.13: ἀ. οὐδέ nay 
(or yet) not even, nor yet, 1. 3.3% 4. 8. 
A speaker, from reference to some- 
thing before expressed or mutually 
understood, often commences with 
ἀλλά, which may then be frequently 
translated adverbially (well, well in- 
deed, indeed, for my part, &c.) or 
omitted in translation (sometimes, w. 
μέν, seeming almost as if used prospec- 
tively, cf. ἄλλος, 567), 1. 8.17: 11,1. 4, 
10, 20: iii. 1. 45. See δέ, γάρ, μήν. 
ἀλλαχοῦ (ἄλλος, 380e) v. /. for ἄλλῃ, 
ii. 6. 4: so ἀλλαχῆ or -ἢ, Vii. 3. 47. 
ἄλλῃ (dat. of ἄλλος, as adv., 280 ο) 
in another place, direction, way, or 
manner ; elsewhere, otherwise; i. 9. 
14? ii. 6.4? iv. 2. 4,10: 4. καὶ ἄ. here 
and there, v. 2.29? See &ddosc. 
ἀλλήλων * g. pl., ous, acs, &., recip- 
rocal pron., (ἄλλος) one another, each 
other, i. 2.27. Der. PAR-ALLEL. 
ἄλλοθεν (ἄλλος) from another place 
or point, 1.10.13. See ἄλλος ο. 
ἄἅλλομαι," ἁλοῦμαι, a. ἡλάμην & ἡλό- 
μῆν, to leap, jump, iv. 2.17: vi. 1. 5. 
os, * 7,0, alius, other, another, else, 
remaining, rest, besides ; one, pl. some: 
(a) other than has been mentioned, i. 
1.7; 4.14; 8.9: ἄ. στράτευμα another 
army, Td &. στράτευμα the [remaining] 
rest of the army, 523f, 1.1.9; 2. 25: 
τὰ ἄλλα or τἄλλα [as to the rest] in 
other respects, i. 7.4: τὶ καὶ ἄλλο ὕλης 
also [any thing else] any ether kind 
of shrub, i. 5.1: τῇ ἄλλῃ, 80. ἡμέρᾳ, 
the next day, ii. 1.3: οὐδὲ ἄλλο οὐδὲν 
δένδρον nor, besides, a single tree, 567 €, 
i. 5.5:— (Ὁ) other than is to be men- 
tioned, i. 3.3: ii. 1.7: οὐδὲν ἄλλο F 
nothing else than, ili. 2.18: ἄλλο τι 
[sc. ἔστιν] 4; [is there aught else than 
this 1] ὁ i not certain that? 567g, 
iv. 7.5: of ἄλλοι Κρῆτες the rest, the 
Cretans, 567 6, v. 2.31: (Ὁ, a) ἄλλος 
ἄλλον εἷλκε one drew up another (alius 
alium), v. 2. 15:—(e, repeated or 
joined with a der., 567d) different 
from each other, as ἄλλοι ἄλλως alii 
aliter, [different persons in different 
ways] some in one way and others in 
another, i. 6.11: ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν some 
from one point and others from an- 
other, in various directions, i. 10. 18: 
ἄλλος (ἄλλοι) ἄλλῃ one (some) one way 
and another (others) another, in dif- 


7 ἅμα 


Serent directions, ἵν. 8.19 : ἄλλος ἄλλα 
λέγει one says one thing, another an- 
other, ii. 1. 15. 

ἄλλοτε at another time, at other 
times, iv. 1.17: d. καὶ d. at one time 
and at another, now and then, from 
time to time, ii. 4. 26: v. 2. 292 

φἀλλότριος, a, ov, aliénus, belonging 
to another or others, another's, foreign, 
lii, 2.28; 5.5: vii. 2. 338. 

φἄλλως in another or any other man- 
ner or way, otherwise, differently ; on 
any other condition ; [otherwise than 
should be] at random ; i. 6.11 (see 
ἄλλος cc): 111. 2. 89: v. 1.7: vi. 6. 10 
(pleon.): d. πως ἤ in any other way 
than, iii. 1. 20, 26: ὦ. ἔχειν to be other- 
wise, ili. 2. 37: d. τε καί both other- 
wise and in particular, especially, v. 
6.9. Cf. Lat. aliter. 

ἀ-λόγιστος, ov, (λογίζομαι) incon- 
siderate, unreasoning, ii. 5. 21. 

ἄλσος, cos, τό, (ἀλδαίνω to make 
grow) ὦ grove, esp. ὦ sacred grove, Vv. 
ὃ. 11s. 

ἽΑλυς, vos, ὁ, the Halys, the largest 
river of Asia Minor. It flows into the 
Euxine, and formerly separated the 
Lydian and Persian kingdoms (and 
afterwards Paphlagonia and Pontus). 
Croesus crossed this river, trusting to 
a deceptive oracle, and fought near it 
a great battle with Cyrus. v. 6. 9. 
|| The Kizil-Irmak, i. 6. Red River. 

ἄλφιτον, ov, comm. in pl., groats, 
esp. barley-groats, barley-meal, i. 5.6. 

ἀλωπεκῆ, -ῆς, or -ls, ίδος, ἡ, (ἀλώπηξ 
fox) a fox-skin, fox-skin cap, vii. 4. 4. 
GAO, ἁλώσομαι, see'dAloxouat,i. 4. 7. 
φξἁλώσιμος, ov, easy to take, liable to 
be taken, easily captured, v. 2. 3. 

ἅμα at the same time; at the same 
time with, together with, with, D.; i. 
2.9: 11.4.9: ἅμα (τῇ) ἡμέρᾳ at the 
same time with the day, at daybreak, 
at the dawn of day, ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνίσχοντι 
or ἀνατέλλοντι (δύνοντι or δυομένῳ) at 
sun-rise (-set), 1.7.2: ii. 1. 2s; 2. 18. 
It is often joined with the earlier of 
two words or clauses, when acc. to the 
Eng. idiom, it would rather be joined 
with the later ; or with both, instead 
of one only ; vii. 6. 20: iii. 4.19: so 
with a pt., rather than the verb, ἅμα 
ταῦτ' εἰπὼν ἀνέστη [having said this, 
he at the same time rose] as soon as 
he had said this, he rose, 662, iii. 1. 47: 











8 ᾿Αμφίδημος 


ἐμάχοντο ἅμα πορευόμενοι, fought [αὐ 
the same time] while marching, vi. 3. 5. 

᾿Α-μαζών, dvos, ἡ, (μαζός breast) an 
Amazon (so called as wanting a breast, 
the right breast having been removed 
for the better use of arms). The Ama- 
zons were fabled as a nation of female 
warriors, dwelling about the Thermo- 
don in the north part of Asia Minor, 
ami having as their capital Themis- 
cyra (now Thermeh ?). iv. 4. 16. 


ἅμαξα, 7s, (dua, ἄγω) a wagon, esp. | pr 


for freight (cf. ἅρμα) ; wagon-load ; i. 
5.78; 7. 20: iv. 7. 10. 
japagvatos, a, ov, large enough to load 
a wagon, a wagon-load, iv. 2. 3. 
japag-urds, dv, (irés, verbal of εἶμι) 
passable by wagons : ὁδὸς a. a wagon- 
way, carriage-road, i. 2. 21. 
ἁμαρτάνω," ἁμαρτήσομαι, ἡμάρτηκα, 
2a. ἥμαρτον, to fail of hitting, miss, 
α.; to fail or err in conduct, do wrong, 
sin against one, AE. περί ; i. 5. 12: 
iii. 2. 20; 4.15: μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα 
small things done wrong, small errors 
or mistakes, v. 8. 20. 
d-paxel adv., (μάχομαι) without 
fighting, resistance, or a battle, i.7.9: 
iv. 6. 12: vi. 5. 15 (v. 1. ἀμαχί). 
jd-paxnrl = duaxel, iv. 2. 15 (v. 1. 
duax rel). 5 
᾿Αμβρακιώτης οΥ᾿Αμπρακιώτης, ov, 
an Ambraciot or Ambracian. Am- 
bracia (now Arta), the most celebrat- 


[ἀ-μελής, ἐς, (μέλει) careless, heed- 
less, negligent. | 

ψξἀμελῶς carelessly, heedlessly, with- 
out caution, incautiously, v. 1. 6. 
d-perpos, ov, (μέτρον) measureles, 
immense, im-mensus, iii. 2. 16. 
᾿Αμευσικλείδης, see Ναυσικλείδης. 
ἀ-μήχανος, ον, (μηχανή) without 
means, resources, or expedients ; of 
persons, destitute of means or resources, 
resourceless, helpless ;. of things, im- 
acticable, impossible, insurmount- 
able, inextricable ; i. 2. 21: ii. 3. 18; 
5. 21. 

ἁμιλλάομαι, ἥσομαι, ἡμίλλημαι, 
(ἅμιλλα strife, competition) to compete, 
contend ; w. ἐπί or πρός, to race for ot 
towards, vie for the attainment of, 
struggle to reach, iii. 4. 44, 46. 
ἄμπελος, ov, ἡ, (ἀμφὶ ἑλίσσω to twine 
round) α vine, i. 2. 22: vi. 4. 6. 
᾿Αμπρακιώτης, see ᾿Αμβρακιώτης. 
ἀμνυγδάλινος, η, ον, (ἀμυγδάλη al- 
mond) of almonds, made from al- 
monds, iv. 4. 13. 

ἀ-μύζω, see migw, iv. 5. 27? 

ἀμύνω, ἀμῦνῶ, 1a. ἤμῦνα, (cf. mi- 
nio) to ward or keep off: M. to [keep 
off from one’s self] defend one’s self, 
act in self-defence, one means of which 
is retaliation ; hence to avenge one’s 
self upon, requite, punish, A.; ii. 3. 
23: ili. 1. 14, 29: v. 4. 25. 

dypl prep.,* (akin to ἄμφω and Lat. 


ed city in Epirus, was a colony of|ambo, amb-) on both sides of, hence 
Corinth, pe seven miles north of|on different sides of, about, around : 
the Ambracian Gulf. Siding with| (a) w. Acc. of place, i. 2.3: of person 


Sparta in the Peloponnesian war, it| (the 
rf t was chosen by|527a), of ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην [those 


suffered greatly. 
Pyrrhus for his capital, and won much 
fame by its brave and resolute defence 
against the siege of the Romans, B. c. 
189. The entrance of the gulf was 


rson himself often included, 


about T.] 7’. and those with him, iii. 
5. 1: of object of concern or relation, 
ra ἀ. τάξεις [the things about] matters 
relating to tactics, ii. 1.7; ἀ. εἶναι or 


the scene of the decisive victory of ἔχειν to be busy about or occupied with, 


Augustus over Antony, B.C. 31. 1. 7. 
18: v. 6. 16. 
ἀμείνων," ov, as c. of ἀγαθός, better, 


iii. 5. 14: v. 2. 26: of time or num- 
ber, about, i. 8.1 ; ἀ. τὰ εἴκοσιν about 
[the] twenty, 5314, iv. 7. 22 : -- (b) 


superior, braver : for emphasis, ἀμείνων | w. GEN., poet. or I. : of object sought 


καὶ κρείττων better and more efficient, 
nearly = far better: ἄμεινον as adv., 
c. of εὖ, in @ better way, better: i. 7. 
3: ii. 1. 20: iii. 1. 21, 23. 


tdpércra, as, neglect, carelessness in 


guarding, G., iv. 6. 3. 


or cause, about, iv. 5.17. In compos. 
as above. Cf. περί. 


ἀμφι-γνοέω," jow, ipf. ἠμφιγνόουν 
or ἠμφεγνόουν, (γνο- in γίγνωσκω) to 


doubt, or at a loss, to wonder, CP., 11. 


tdpedrée, how, ἠμέληκα, to be careless | 5. 33. 


or negligent of, neglect, slight, G., i. ᾿Αμφί 





8.11: γ.1. 1ὅ : vil. 2. 7. 


~ 


Athenian, father of Amphicrates. 


think on both sides, to be puzzled, ὑπ 


pos, ov, Amphidémus, an 


᾿Αμφικράτης 


᾿Αμφι-κράτης, cos, Amphicrates, a 
lochage from Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17. 
dude-héyo,* λέξω, λέλεχα L., to speak 
on both sides, to dispute or quarrel 
about, A., i. 5. 11. 
᾿Αμφιπολίτης, ov, (Audl-rodis) an 
Amphipoltte, i.10.7. Amphipolis was 
a city of western Thrace mostly sur- 
rounded by the Strymon near its 
mouth (whence its name), a greatly 
prized colony of the Athenians, for 
the loss of which in the Peloponnesian 
war the historian Thucydides was 
banished. || Neokhorio. 
ἀμφορεύς, dws, ὁ, (shortened from 
ἀμφι-φορεύς, a vessel carried on both 
sides, i. 6. with two handles; φέρω) 
amphora, a two-handled vessel (com- 
monly of clay and with a small neck), 
jar, v. 4. 28. 
tdpddrepos, a, ov, both (taken or 
viewed together) ; from its significa- 
tion rarely in the sing.: of two im- 
dividuals, pl. or dual: ἀμφότεροι both 
or the two persons or parties. With 
the article, it is placed acc. to the or- 
der of statement, as τὼ παῖδε ἀμφο- 
τέρω both the children, ἀμφότερα τὰ 
ὦτα both ears, 523 Ὁ. 1.1.1; 4. 4; 5. 
14,17: i. 4.10: iti. 1. 31: iv. 7. 14. 
ἐἀμφοτέρωθεν from or on both sides, at 
both ends, G., 1.10.9: iii. 4. 29; 5.10. 
dpdw,* ow, both, ch. substantively, 
and of two persons, ii. 6. 80 : iv. 2. 21. 
ἄν" adv., a contingent particle 
which has no corresponding word in 
Eng. (though it may sometimes be ex- 
pressed by perhaps, or, if joined with 
a rel. pron. or adv., by -ever or -soever) ; 
but verbs with which it is connected 
are commonly translated by the poten- 
tial mode. It is post-positive, and is 
thus distinguished from ἄν 7f. i. 1. 
10. See 618s. 
“av * conj., (contr. fr. ἐάν q. v.) if, 
i. 3.20: 7. 42 & 15. δ 1,89 
dv-, see a- and avd. 
ἀνά," by apostr. dv, prep., wp, opp. 
to κατά : w. Acc. of place, wp through, 
along, upon, ili. 5.16: of standard, 
ἀνὰ κράτος [up to one’s strength] at 
Full speed, i. 8.1; 10.15: of number 
(distributively), ἀνὰ ἑκατόν by the hun- 
dred, each a hundred, iii. 4.21: v. 4.12: 
ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας at 
the rate of 5 parasangs a day, iv. 6. 4. 


9 ἀναθορυβέω 


ἀνα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔβην, to go up, march up, climb up, 
ascend, mount, as a height, horse, ship, 
&c.; to go on board a vessel, embark ; 
often, to go up from the coast of Asia 
into the interior ; ἐπί, &c.; 1.1. 2; 2. 
22; 8.3; vi. 1.14. 

ἀνα-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw up; to lift or put 
upon a horse, A. ἐπί: iv. 4.4: v. 2.5. 

ἀνά-βασις, ews, ἡ, (ἀνα-βαίνω) ascent, 
upward-march, expedition into the in- 
terior, i. 4.9: iv. 1.1, 10. 

ἀνα-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, (BiBdgw 
to make go) to lead up, i. 10. 14. 

dva-Bodw, jrouat, βεβόηκα, to raise 
a cry, call or shout aloud, v. 4. 31. 

ἀνα-βολή, 7s, (ἀνα-βάλλω) earth 
thrown up, rampart, v. 2. 5. 

ἀν-αγγέλλω," ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, a. ἤγ- 
γείλα, to bring back word, re-port, A. 
D., 1. 3. 19, 21. 

ἀνα-γιγνώσκω," γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔγνων, [to know again, as persons 
or characters before seen] to recognize, 
read, i. 6. 4: iii. 1.5: v. 8. 6. 
tdvayKd{e, dow, ἠνάγκακα, to compel, 
Jorce, oblige, require, constrain, Α. 1., 
ii. 1.6: iii. 3.12; 4.19, 49. 

Τ ἀναγκαῖος, a, ov, or os, ov, necessary, 
indispensable, inevitable: ἀναγκαῖόν τι 
some necessity : ot ἀναγκαῖοι [those con- 
nected by necessary ties] necessarii, 
kinsmen, relatives : i. 5. 9: ii. 4. 1. 

ἀνάγκη, xs, necessity, constraint, 
necessary cause: ἀνάγκη (ἐστίν) there 
is a necessity, it is necessary, idis- 
pensable, or unavoidable, it must be, 
I. (A.): 1.3.5: ἢ 4. 26: iv. 5. 15. 

dva-yvous, see ἀνα-γιγνώσκω, i. 6. 4. 

dv-dyw,* ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 ἃ. ἤγαγον, to 
lead up, bring or carry up, A., ii. 3. 
21; 6.1: to bring upon the high sea ; 
M. to put out to sea, weigh anchor, set 
sail, v. 7.17: vi. 1. 885. Cf. κατ-άγω. 
dva-fevyvips,* ζεύξω, ἔζευξα 1., to 
yoke up, harness up, break up the camp, 
prepare to start, iii. 4. 37: iv. 6. 1. 
ἀνα-θαῤῥέω, ow, τεθάῤῥηκα, to be- 
come confident again, regain confi 
or courage, vi. 4. 12. 

ἀνα-θεῖναι, -θείς, see ἀνα-τίθημι. 
jdvd-Onpa, ατος, τό, a sacred gift or 
votive offering set up in a temple, as a 
statue, tripod, &c., G., v. 3. 5. 
dva-SopuBéw, ήσω, τεθορύβηκα, (θό- 





In compos., up, up again, again, back. 
LEX. AN. 1* 


puBos) to raise a shout or clamor, cry 
A 





ἀναθρέψας 10 


out, shout, cheer, applaud, ws: v.1.3: 
vi. 1. 30. 

ἀνα-θρέψας, see ava-rpépw, iv. 5. 35. 

dv-atpéw, * ἥσω, ἥρηκα, 2 a. εἷλον, to 
take up ; sp. to take up a question for 
reply, hence, through an oracle or 
omen, to respond, answer, signify, di- 
rect, point out, A. D., I., ili. 1. 68: 
vii. 6. 44: M. to take or pick up for 
one’s self, wndertake ; sp. to take up 
or carry off one’s dead for burial (to 
which the Greeks attached great im- 
portance, believing that the souls of 
the unburied dead were long debarred 
from repose ; so A. rarely, vi. 4. 9); 
A., iv. 1.19; v. 7. 21, 27. 

ἀνα-καίω & Att. xdw,* καύσω, κέ- 
καυκα, to light up a fire, kindle, Α., 
iii. 1. 3. 

dva-kahéw,* καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
to call [with raised voice] aloud, Α., 
vi. 6.7: M. to call back to one’s self, 
summon, sound a retreat, iv. 4. 22. 

ἀνά-κειον or ἀνα-κεῖον, ov, (κεῖμαι) 
an upper floor, v. 4. 29? 

ἀνα-κοινόω, wow, pf. m. κεκοίνωμαι, 
to bring up from concealment in the 
breast and communicate to another ; 
to consult, as a god: M. to consult or 
confer with, as with a friend, to com- 
municate: D. A., περί: iii. 1.5: v. 6. 
86: vi. 1. 22. 

ἀνα-κομίζω, low 10, κεκόμικα, to 
bring up: M. to lay up for one’s self, 
store, A., iv. 7. 1, 17. 

ἀνα-κράζω r., κράξω ]., xéxpaya, 2 ἃ. 
ἔκραγον, to raise a cry, cry out, cry 
aloud, exclaim, shout, AE., ws or ὅτι, 
iv. 4. 20: v. 8. 10, 12: vii. 3. 33. 

ἀν-αλαλάζω, dioua, to raise the 
battle-shout, to shout the war-cry, iv. 
3. 19. 

ἀνα-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 2a. 
ἔλαβον, to take up, take with one or 
away, rescue, A., 1.10.6: iv. 7. 24. 

ἀνα-λάμπω," Ww, λέλαμπα, to blaze 
up, burst into flames, v. 2. 24. 

dva-héyw,* λέξω, to gather up, re- 
count, relate, repeat, A., ii. 1.17? 

ἀν-αλίσκω," -ἀλώσω, -ήλωκα, a. 
-ἥλωσα, (ἁλίσκω to take, A. as trans. 
not in use) to take up, wse up, expend, 
spend, consume, A., iv. 7. 5, 7, 10. 

dv-dAwros, ov, (ἁλίσκομαι) not to be 
taken, impregnable, v. 2. 20. 

dva-péve,* μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to re- 
main, slay ; wait for, Α.1., iii. 1. 14. 





ἀναρχία 


ἀνα-μίγννυμι," μίξω, μέμιχα 1., pf. 
». μέμιγμαι, to mix up, mingle, ἐν, iv. 
8. 8. 

ἀνα-μιμνήσκω," μνήσω, a. p. ἐμνή- 
σθην, to remind of, make mention of, 
2A., ΗΠ, 2.11: P. and M. to be re- 
minded of, call to mind, remember, re- 
miniscor, A.P., CP., vi. 1. 23; 5. 23. 

ἄν-ανδρος, ov, (ἀνήρ) un-manly, 
weak, cowardly, ii. 6. 25. 

᾿Αναξίβιος, ov, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
tan admiral, false, corrupt, and cruel. 
He was afterwards sent out to oppose 
the Athenians on the Hellespont, and 
having been surprised by the Athenian 
general Iphicrates, died fighting like 
a ae B. Ο. 388. v.i. 4: vii. 1. 2s. 

ναξυρίδες, ίδων, αἱ (fr. Pers.), trow- 

sers, such as the Persians wore, i. 5. 8. 

ἀνα-παύω, παύσω, πέπαυκα, to re- 
Jresh : M. to refresh or rest one’s self, 
take one’s rest, go to rest (as for the 
night), repose, rest, take breath ; to 
desist, G.; 1.10.16: ii. 2.4: v. 6.31? 

ἀνα-πείθω," πείσω, πέπεικα, to bring 
over to another opinion, gain over, 
persuade, induce, A. 1., i. 4. 11. 

ἀνα-πετάννυμι or -bw,* πετάσω πε- 
τῶ, (πετάννῦμι to spread out) to throw 
wide open again, A., Vii. 1. 17. 

ἀνα-πηδάω, ἥσομαι, πεπήδηκα, (πη- 
δάω to leap) to leap or spring up, spring 
upon or mount a horse, iii. 4.272% vii. 
2. 20. 

dva-trvéw,* πνεύσομαι, πέπνευκα, a. 
&rvevoa, to breathe again, take or re- 
cover breath, iv. 1. 22. 

ἀνα-πράττω," πράξω, πέπρᾶχα, to 
[make up] ewact, A. D. παρά, vii. 6. 40. 

ἀνα-πτύσσω, " ύξω, (πτύσσω to fold) 
to fold back, swing back, wheel round, 
A., i. 10. 9. [v. 2.243? 

ἀν-άπτω," dyw, to light up, kindle, 

ἀνα-πυνθάνομαι," πεύσομαι, πέπυ- 
σμαι, 2 ἃ. ἀν-επυθόμην, to inquire again 
or closely, learn by close inquiry, A. P., 
περί, v. 5. 25? 7.1. 

ἀν-αρίθμητος, ov, (ἀριθμέω to num- 
ber, fr. ἀριθμός) in-numerable, count- 
less, iii. 2. 13. 

ἀν-άριστος, ov, (ἄριστον) without 
breakfast, i. 10.19: iv. 2.4: vi.5. 21. 

ἀν-αρπάζω, " dow or άσομαι, ἥρπακα, 
to snatch up, seize, carry off, Α.,1.8.14. 
vii. 1. 15. 

ἀν-αρχία, as, (ἀρχή) want of gov- 
ernment, ANARCHY, iii. 2. 29. 


ἀνασκενάζω 11 ἀνήρ 


ἀνα-σκευάζω, dow, to’ pack up, re- 
move, A., Vi. 2. 8. 

ava-ords, -στῆναι, see ἀν-ίστημι. 

ἀνα-σταυρόω, wow, (σταυρός) to fix 
or exhibit on a stake or pole, A., ili. 
5 ey A 

ἀνα-στέλλω," ελῶ, ἔσταλκα, to send 
or drive back, keep back or in check, 
A., Vv. 4. 23. [μι. 

ἀνα-στήσας,-στήσομαι, see ἀν-ἰστη- 

ἀνα-στρέφω," έψω, ἔστροφα 1., 2 ἃ. 
p. as m. ἐστράφην, to turn back, re- 
treat, retire, turn or wheel round: M. 
to move round, carry one’s self ; face 
about, rally: i. 4.5; 10.8, 12: 11.5. 14. 

ἀνα-σχέσθαι, -σχωμαι, see ἀν-έχω. 

ἀνα-ταράττω," ἀξω, τετάραχα l., to 
stir up, confuse: pf. p. pt. [having 
been put] in disorder, i. 7. 20. 

ἀνα-τείνω,  τενῶ, τέτακα, a. Erewa, 
to stretch or lift up, hold up, γαΐδο, 
elevate, A.: ava-rerapévos, elevated, 
acc. to some with expanded wings : i. 
10. 12: iii. 2.9: vii. 4.9? 

ἀνα-τέλλω," τελῶ, τέταλκα, (τέλλω 
to raise, rise) to rise up, 1.3. 1. 

dva-TlOnpt,* θήσω, τέθεικα, ἃ. ἔθη- 
κα (θῶ, &c.), to put up ; put, place, or 
lay upon: sp. to set up as a sacred 
gift, consecrate, deposit: A. ἐπί, els: 
li. 2. 4: ili. 1. 30: v. 3. 5s. 

dva-tpépw,* θρέψω, τέτροφα, to [feed 
up] fatten, iv. 5. 35. 

dva-hevyw,* φεύξομαι, πέφευγα, 2a. 
ἔφυγον, to flee or escape up, ἐπί, vi. 4.24. 

dva-dpovéw, jow, πεφρόνηκα, to be- 
come rational again, come to one’s 
senses, iv. 8. 21. 

ava-xdtw,* (χάζω drive back, ch. 
poet.) M. to draw back, retire, retreat, 
iv. 7.10: so A. iv. 1. 16. 

dva-xwpéw, iow, κεχώρηκα, to go 
back, retreat, retire, withdraw, return, 
iii, 3.18: iv. 3.6: vi. 4. 10. 

ἀνα-χωρίζω, low 1, to separateagain, 
draw off, A., ν. 2. 10. 

ἄνδρα, -ds, &c., see ἀνήρ, i. 1. 6. 

φςἀνδρ-αγαθία, as, (ἀγαθός) virtus, 
manly excellence, esp. valor, v. 2. 11. 

μάνδρά-ποδον, ov, (πούς) [a man’s 
footstool, as the captive often fell at 
the feet of the conqueror, and the foot 
of the latter was sometimes placed on 
his neck] @ slave, esp. one made in 
war, @ captive, i. 2. 27: ii. 4. 27. 

jdvBpetos, a, ov, manly, brave, val- 
tant, vi. 5. 24. 


μἀνδρειότης, ητος, ἡ, virtus, manii- 
ness, bravery, valor, vi. 5. 14. 
jdv8pltw, iow, to make one a man: 
M. to make one’s self a man, to act 
the man, act manfully, display one’s 
valor, iv. 3. 34: v. 8. 15. 
ἀν-έβην, see ava-Balvw, i. 1. 2. 
dv-eyelpw, * ἐγερῶ, ἔγήγερκα l., a. p. 
ἠγέρθην, to wake up another, rouse : 
P. to be aroused, to awake, iii. 1. 12s. 
ἀν-εῖλον, see av-aipéw, iii. 1. 6. 
ἀν-εῖναι, see av-inut, vii. 6. 30 ? 
ἀν-ειπεῖν, 2 a. inf. (see εἰπεῖν), to 
[speak up] proclaim, announce, I. (A.), 
ὅτι, li. 2. 20: v. 2. 18. 
ἀν-εκ-πίμπλημι," πλήσω, πέπληκα, 
to fill out again, fill up, A., ili. 4. 22? 
ἀν-ελέσθαι, see ἀν-αιρέω, iv. 1. 19. 
ἄνεμος, ov, ὁ, (akin to Lat. animus, 
anima) wind, iv. 5. 3s. 
ἀν-επιλήπτως, (ἐπι-λαμβάνω) in a 
way not to be taken hold of, blameless- 
ly, without blame or censure, vii. 6. 37. 
ἀν-ερεθίζω, iow 1G, ἠρέθικα, (ἐρέθω 
irrito, to provoke) to stir up, excite, in- 
flame, instigate, A., vi. 6. 9. 
dv-epwrde,* ἐρωτήσω & ἐρήσομαι, 
ἠρώτηκα, to ask [up] directly and as 
one who has a right to know, demand, 
question, inquire of, A. OP., il. 3. 4: 
iv. 5. 34. 
ἀν-έστην, see ἀν-ίστημι, iii. 2. 1. 
ἀν-εστράφην, see ἀνα-στρέφω. 
ἄνευ adv. as prep., without, G., i. 3. 
11, 13: ii. 6. 6, 18. 
ἀν-ευρίσκω," εὑρήσω, εὕρηκα or ηὕ- 
pnxa, to find again, discover, find, A., 
vii. 4. 14. 
dv-éxw and ἀν-ίσχω," ἕξω and σχή- 
ow, ἔσχηκα, 2 a. ἔσχον, to hold or lift 
up ; of the sun, ἐο [lift itself up] rise, 
ii. 1.3: M. (ipf. w. double aug. qve- 
χόμην, 2 a. ἀν-εσχόμην, oftener ἠνεσχό- 
μην, 282 Ὁ) to hold up under, sustain, 
endure, bear, tolerate, hold firm against, 
restrain or control one’s self, A., G. 
(661 b), P., 1.7.4; 8.11, 26: 11. 2.1. 
ἀνεψιός, οὔ, ὁ, @ cousin, kinsman 
(in Byzantine law, NEPHEW), Vii.8.9. 
dv-fyayov, -ηγμένος, see ἀν-άγω. 
ἀν-ηγέρθην, see av-eyelpw, iii. 1. 12. 
ἀν-ήκεστος, ov, (ἀκέομαι to heal) in- 
curable, irremediable, irreparable, ii. 
5. 5: vii. 1. 18. 
ἀν-ήκω, ἥξω, to [come up to] reach, 
extend, els, vi. 4. 3, 5. 





ἀνήρ," ἀνδρός, vir, a man in dis- 








+ Re wees ES ἀραῖα aes none 


ὴ 
tT 
᾿ 











ἀνηρώτων 12 


tinction from a woman or child (as 
ἄνθρωπος is a man in distinction from 
a higher or a lower being, as from a 
god or a beast); hence a man em- 
phatically, as a husband, a warrior or 
soldier (though hostile, or even cow- 
ardly, vi. 6. 24), a brave man, a man 
of full age, aman to be honored. A 
more specific name with adjective force 
is often joined with it (esp. in address, 
where dvdpes is the term of respect in 
addressing a company of men), and it 
need not then be always translated. 
1.1.6,11; 2.20; 3.3; 7.4: iv. 5. 24. 

ἀν-ηρώτων, see av-epwrdw, ii. 3. 4. 

ἀν-ήχθην, see av-dyw, ii. 6. 1. 

ἀνθ᾽, by apostr. for ἀντί, i. 3. 4. 

ἀνθέμιον, ov, (ἄνθος flower) a flower, 
figure of a flower, pattern of flowers, 
v. 4. 32. 

dv0-lornpt,* στήσω, ἕστηκα, to set 
against: M. to stand against, with- 
stand, resist, vii. 3. 11. 
tavOpamivos, 7, ov, human, ii. 5. 8. 

ἄνθρωπος, ov, ὁ ἡ, homo, a man 
(one of the race, see ἀνήρ), human 
being, person, fellow; pl. men, per- 
sons, people, mankind ; 1.3.15; 5.9; 
6.6. In the expression of respect, 
ἀνήρ is the rather used ; of contempt, 
ἄνθρωπος, i. 7. 4: ili. 1. 27, 30; and 
in speaking of one’s self, it is more 
modest to use ἄνθρωπος, vi. 1. 26. 
Yet, without special expression, dv- 
θρωπος is often used as a more general 
and unemphatic term, where ἀνήρ 
might have been used, as in speak- 
ing of soldiers, i. 8.9; with a more 
specific name, vi. 4.23; &c. Der. PHIL- 
ANTHROPY. See dy. 

ἀνιάω, dow, ἠνίακα 1., (ἀνία grief, 
distress) to annoy, trouble, Α. : M. to 
be grieved, troubled, or distressed : i. 
2.11: ii. 3.19: iv. 8. 26. 

ἀν-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &c.) 
to [let one get up] Jet go or escape, A. 
P., Vii. 6. 30 ? 

ἀν-ιμάω, (ἱμάς leathern strap used 
in drawing) to draw up, A., iv. 2. 8. 

dy-lornps,* στήσω, ἕστηκα, 1 a. 
ἔστησα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, to raise, rouse, or 
start up another, A.: M., w. pf. and 
2a. act., to raise one’s self up, stand 
up, get up, rise (sp. for speaking): i. 
3.13; 5.3; 6.10: iv. 5. 8, 19, 21. 

ἀν-ίσχω, see ἀν-έχω, ii. 1.3: v. 7. 6. 

ἄν-οδος, ov, ἡ, (avd, ὁδός), = avd- 


᾿Αντιλέων 


βασις, the way up, upward march, 
ascent, li. 1. 1. 

ἄν-οδος, ov, (a-, ὁδός) pathless, in- 
accessible, or difficult of access, iv.8.10. 

ἀ-νόητος, ov, (νοέω) senseless, de- 
mented, foolish, ii. 1. 13. 

dv-olyw,* av-olfw, av-€wya, ipf. ἀν- 
éyryov, (olyw to open) to [open up or 
again] open, A., Vv. 5. 20: vii. 1. 16. 

ἀνομία, as, (d-vouos) lawlessness, v. 
7. 338. 

dv-opolws, (ἀν-όμοιος wn-like) dif- 
Jerently: a. ἔχειν to be differently 
situated or esteemed, vii. 7. 49. 

ἄ-νομος, ov, (νόμος) lawless, vi. 6. 13. 

dvr’ or ἀνθ᾽, by apostr. for ἀντί. 

ἀντ-αγοράζω, dow, ἠγόρακα, to buy 
or purchase in return, A., i. 5. 5. 

ἀντ-ακούω," ἀκούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, to 
hear in return, listen in turn, ii. 5. 16. 

“Avravipos, ov, ἡ, Antandros, an old 
town of Troas, south of Mt. Ida and on 
the north shore of the Adramyttian 
Gulf, where Virgil makes Aineas build 
his fleet (Ain. 3. 6). It was later col- 
onized by Molians, and was sometimes 
under Greek, and sometimes under 
Persian power. vii.8.7. || Avjilar. 

ἀντ-εμ-πίπλημι," πλήσω, πέπληκα, 
to fill in return, A. G., iv. 5. 28. 

dvr-ertpedéopar,* ἥσομαι, ἐπιμεμέ- 
λημαι, to take heed or care in return, 
ὅπως, lil. 1. 16. 

ἀντ-ευ-ποιέω, How, πεποίηκα, to do 
well or @ service in return, Υ. 5. 21; 
also written, through tmesis, avr εὖ 
ποιέω, 699 1. 

dvri* prep., over against, against 
(behind, iv. 7. 6) ; instead of, in place 
of, in preference to, in return for ; G.: 
in compos., against, instead, in turn 
or return: i. 1. 4; 3. 4. 21; 7. 88. 

ἀντι-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδω- 
κα (δῶ, &c.), to give instead or in re- 
turn, A., ili. 3. 19. 

ἀντι-θέω, " θεύσομαι, to run against, 
ἐπί, iv. 8. 17? 

ἀντι-καθ-ίστημι, " στήσω, ἕστηκα, a. 
».ἐστάθην,οαρροΐηέ instead, Α..111.1. 88, 

ἀντι-λέγω," λέξω, to speak or say 
against or tn opposition, gainsay, op- 
pose, object, D. 1. (A.), ὡς, 11.3.25 ; 5. 29. 

᾿Αντι-λέων,οντος, Antileon, a Cyrean 
from Thurii, a flourishing Athenian 
colony in Italy, on the Tarentine Gulf. 
Among its colonists were the historian 
Herodotus and the orator Lysias. v.i.2. 





ἀντίος 13 


ἀντίος, a, ov, (ἀντί) set against ; 
opposite, fronting, over against; ἐκ 
τοῦ ἀντίου [sc. μέρους] from the oppo- 
site part, in front ; w. ἰέναι, &c., as 
adv., against : opposed, contrary, dif- 
ferent (other than, #): D.: i. 8. 17, 
23s? 10.10: iv. 3. 26: vi. 6. 34. 





avri-trapa-Béw,* θεύσομαι, to run 


[along against] stdewise to meet or op-\ 


pose, ἐπί, iv. 8.17? 
ἀντι-παρα-σκενάζομαι,άσομαι, ἐσκεύ- 
ασμαι, to prepare in turn, make prep- 
aration against, 1. 2 .5. 
ἀντι-παρα-τάττομαι, τάξομαι, τέτα- 
yuat, to [array one’s self] draw up or 
form against, A. or κατά, iv. 8. 9. 
ἀντι-πάρ-ειμι," ipf. jew, te march 
[along over against] abreast, iv. 3. 17. 
ἀντι-πάσχω," πείσομαι, πέπονθα, 
to suffer in turn or return, ii. 5. 17. 
ἀντι-πέρας or ἀντι-πέραν, over 
against, on the other side of, G.,1.1.9: 
iv. 8. 3: see κατ-αντιπέρας. 
ἀντι-ποιέω, Yow, πεποίηκα, to do or 
act in return, retaliate, A., iii. 3.7,12: 
M. to [make for or claim in opposition 
to another] contest, dispute, contend, 
or strive with one about or for ; to vie 
in, seck distinction for ; D. G., περί: 
m. 1. 22s 5. 95: we. 7. 1282 vo 12. 
ἀντι-πορεύομαι, evoouat, Xc., to 
march against, iv. 8.17 1 
dvri-tropos, ov, ch. poet., opposite 
to, over against, D., iv. 2. 18. 
ἀντι-στασιάζω, dow, to form a party 
against, to contest or contend with, D., 
iv. 1. 27. 
ἀντι-στασιώτης, ov, (στασιώτης par- 
tisan) one of an opposite party, op- 
ponent, adversary, antagonist, i. 1. 10. 
ἀντι-στοιχέω, ow, (στοῖχος row) to 
stand in opposite rows, front each 
other, D., v. 4. 12. 
ἀντι-στρατοπεδεύομαι, evooua, ἐ- 


στρατοπέδευμαι, to encamp or take the | 


jield against, vii. 7. 33. 

ἀντι-τάττω, " τάξω, réraxa, to array 
against, draw up or marshal against, 
oppose to, A. D.: M. to array one’s self 
against, D.: pf. p. as pret. to [have 
been marshalled] stand in array or be 
drawn up against : i. 10.3: ii. 5.19: 
111, 2.14: iv. 8. 5. 

dvri-Tipde, jow, τετίμηκα, to honor 
in return, A. ἀντί, v. 5. 14. 

ἀντι-τοξεύω, εύσω, to shoot in return, 
shoot back, iii. 3. 15: v. 2. 32. 


ἀπαγγέλλω 


ἀντι-φυλάττω," diw, πεφύλαχα, to 
guard in turn; M. to be on one’s guard 
in turn, 11. 5. 3. 
ἄντρον, ov, antrum, cave, cavern, 
grot, ANTRE, i. 2. 8. [8. 11. 
μἀντρώδης, es, (εἶδος) cavernous, iv. 
tavuerds, dv, practicable, possible, i. 
8.11. 
ἀνύω & Att. avira,* vow, ἤνυκα, to 
accomplish, effect ; M., for one’s own 
advantage, A., vil. 7. 24. 
ἄνω, c. ἀνωτέρω, 8. -τάτω, adv., (ἀνά) 
up, upwards, high wp, above, in the 
ascent ; into the air; up the country, 
from the sea-coast into the interior, in 
the interior: ὃ ἄνω the upward, upper, 
inland : τὸ ἄνω [sc. μέρος] the part or 
division above :; οἱ ἄνω those above: τὰ 
ἄνω the [places above] high ground, 
heights: G.: 1.8.1: 4.17: 11.1.8; 
4.17: iv. 3. 3, 28, 25; 6. 26; 8. 28. 
μἀνώ-γαιον, ov, or ἀνώγεων, w, (γαῖα 
= γῆ) an upper floor, v. 4. 29? 
ιἄνωθεν, from above, from the in 
terior, iv. 7.12: v. 2. 28: vii. 7. 2. 
ἀξία, as, (fem. of ἄξιος) value, desert, 
due, vi. 6. 33. fi. 5. 12. 
ἀξίνη, 7s, (ἀγνῦμι to break ?) an axe, 
ἄξιος, a, ov, 6.5, S., (ἄγω to bring or 
weigh) [bringing or weighing so much} 
worth, worthy, deserving, worth one’s 
while, befitting, becoming, adequate, 
G. D., I.: πολλοῦ d. worth much, valu- 
able, of great value : i. 3.12; 4.7; 7. 
3; 9.1, 29: ii. 1.14; 3. 25: vii. 3. 27. 
ἀἀξιο-στράτηγος, ov, c., worthy to be 
a general or to command, ili. 1. 24. 
τἀξιόω, wow, ἠξίωκα, to deem worthy, 
A. G., I.; to deem fit, proper, or reason- 
able, to approve, A.; hence to claim, 
demand, ask, request, or desire, as fit, 
proper, or reasonable, A., I. (A.); i. 1. 
8; 7.8; 9.15? iii. 2.7: v. 6. 12. 
μἀξίωμα, aros, τό, dignity, vi. 1. 28. 
Der. AXIOM. 
ἄξω, f. of ἄγω, li. 3. 6. 
ἄξων, ovos, ὁ, (ἄγω) axis, Germ. 
Achse, an AXLE, 1. 8. 10. 
&-om os, ov, (ὅπλον) without armor, 
unarmed, ii. 3. 3. 
an’, ad’, by apostr. for ἀπό, i. 7.18. 
ἀπ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, to bring 
or carry word, a message, or tidings 
from a person or place; comm. to 
bring or carry back word, a message, 
or tidings, to re-port, announce; A.D., 





cp., παρά, περί, &c.; ἰ. 4.128; 10. 14s. 








ἀπαγορεύω 14 ἀπήειν 


ἀπ-αγορεύω, εύσω, ἠγόρευκα, (comm. 
f. ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρηκα, 2 ἃ. εἶπον) to [speak 
off from a thing, bid farewell to it] 
renounce, resign, give up; to give out, 
become exhausted or fatigued, tire, ὑπό: 
also, to [bid one away from a thing] 
forbid : ἀπ-είρηκα, as pret., 7 [have 
become fatigued] am fatigued, tired, 
or weary, P.: 1.5.3: ii. 2.16: v. 1. 
2; 8.3. See ἀπεῖπον. 
ἀπ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2a. ἤγαγον, to 
lead, conduct, bring, or carry away ; 
comm. to lead, &c., back: M. to carry 
off one’s own: A. διά, εἰς, &c.: ἱ. 8.14: 
10. 6: il. 3. 29: γι 2.88: vi. 6. 1. 
jam-aywyh, jis, a leading away, re- 
moval, vii. 6. 5. 
ἀ-παθής, és, (πάθος) free from suffer- 
ing, G., Vii. 7. 33. 
ἀ-παίδευτος, ov, (παιδεύω) wnedu- 
cated, ignorant, stupid, ii. 6. 26. 
ἀπ-αίρω," apd, ἦρκα, a. ἦρα, to lift 
from its resting-place, as a vessel, &c. ; 
hence to set sail, depart, vii. 6. 33 ἢ 
ἀπ-αιτέω, jow, to ask from, de- 
mand, esp. one’s due, as the payment 
of a debt ; to ask back; 2 Α.; i.2.11: 
il. 5. 38: iv. 2.18: vii. 6. 2, 17. 
ἀπ-αλλάττω," ἄξω, ἤλλαχα, 2 a. p. 
ἠλλάγην (ἀλλάττω to change, fr. ἄλλος) 
to [change from or off] put away, get 
rid of, escape, A.: M. and P. to be rid 
or quit of, to be freed from, G.; to de- 
part from, leave, withdraw, ἀπό, ἐκ: 
1.10.8: iii. 2. 28: iv. 3.2: v. 6. 32. 
ἁπαλός, 7}, dv, c., (ἄπτω) soft to the 
touch, tender, i. 5.2: v. 4. 32. 
ἀπ-αμείβομαι, ψομαι, a. p. ἠμείφθην, 
ch. poet., esp. Ep., (ἀμείβω to inter- 
change) to [give back in exchange] re- 
ply, ii. 5. 15. 
ἀπ-αντάω, ἤσω, ἤντηκα, (ἀντάω to 
meet, fr. ἀντί) to go or come from the 
other side in order to meet or to op- 
pose, to meet as a friend or foe, en- 
counter, go against, D., 11.8.17: iv.6.5. 
ἅπαξ once (after ἐπεί, ἐάν, ὡς, as in 
Lat. ut semel), i. 9.10: ii. 2. 12. 
ἀ-παρα-σκεύαστος or ἀ-παρά-σκευ- 
OS, ov, C., 3., (σκευάζω, σκεῦος) un- 
prepared, 1.1.6; 5.9: ii. 8. 21. 
ἅ-πᾶς, doa, av, (πᾶς strengthened 
by a- cop.) all together, all, the whole 
or entire: πεδίον ἅπαν, all a plain, 
a@ level region throughout ; i. 4. 4, 15; 
5.1; 6.10: iv. 4. 1. 


to come back or return on the same day, 
ἐπί, v. 2. 1. 
ἀπ-εγνωκέναι, see ἀπο-γιγνώσκω. 
ἀπ-εδόμην, -έδωκα, see ἀπο-δίδωμι. 
ἀπ-έδραν, 2 ἃ. οἵ ἀπο-διδράσκω. 
ἀπ-έθανον, 2a. of ἀπο-θνήσκω,1.8. 97. 
ἀπειθέω, How, (ἀ-πειθής disobedient, 
fr. πείθομαι) to be disobedient, disobey, 
li. 6. 4: iii. 2. 31. 
taarehéw, how, to threaten, D. A., CP. 
v. 5. 22; 6. 34. 
ἀπειλή, js, a threat, vii. 7. 24. 
ἄπ-ειμι͵ " ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) absum, to ¢ 
away or absent, to absent one’s self, την. 
ii. 5. 37: vi. 6. 20. 
ἄπ-ειμι * (often as f. of ἀπ-έρχομαι), 
ipf. yew or ἦα, (εἶμι) to go from or 
away, depart, withdraw, retire, re- 
treat, desert ; to go back, return ; AE. 
ἀπό, ἐκ, ἐπί, εἰς, &c., i. 3.11; 9. 29: 
ii. 2. 4,108; 3. 7, 29. 
ἀπ-εῖπον, 2 a. associated with ἀπα- 
γορεύω q. Υ., to renounce, resign, A.; 
to forbid, D. 1.; vii. 1. 41; 2. 12. 
ἀπ-είρηκα, pf. associated with ἀπα- 
γορεύω q. V., li. 2. 16. 
ἄ-πειρος, ov, c., (πεῖρα) in-expert- 
enced, un-skilled, un-acquainted with, 
G., li. 2.5: iii. 2.16: v. 1.8; 6. 29. 
ἀπ-εῖχον, see ἀπ-έχω, iii. 1. 2. 
ἀπ-έκτονα, see ἐπο-κτείνω, ii. 1. 8. 
ἀπ-ελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, a. 
ἤλασα, to drive off or away, dislodge, 
A. ἀπό: to[drive a horse or army] ride 
or march off, away, or back, to retreat, 
els, &e.: 1. 4.5; 8.17: iii. 4. 40. 
ἀπ-ελθών, see ἀπ-έρχομαι, i. 4. 7. 
ἀπ-ερύκω," viw Ep., a. #pvta, ch. 
poet., to keep off, A., v. 8. 25. 
am-épyopat,* ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 2 
a. ἦλθον, to come or go from or away, 
depart, withdraw, retire, retreat, de- 
sert ; to go back, return; παρά, ἐπί, 
els, πρός, &c.; i. 1. 4: 3.17; 9. 29. 
ἀπ-εχθάνομαι, " -εχθήσομαι, -ἠχθη- 
μαι, ἃ ἃ. -ηχθόμην, (ἔχθος) to incur 
one’s hate in return, displease, offend, 
D., li. 6.19: v. 8. 25: vii. 6. 34. 
ἀπ-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 a. ἔσχον, to 
[have one’s self away from] be off from 
or distant, G. A. of extent, ἀπό: M. to 
hold or exclude one’s self from, refrain 
or abstain from, refrain from injuring, 
spare, decline, G.: i. 8. 20: ii. 4. 10; 
6.10: iii. 1. 22: iv. 3. 5: vi. 1. 81. 
ἀπ-ήγαγον, 2 a. οὗ ἀπ-άγω, i. 10. 6. 





ἀπ-αυθημερίζω, ίσω ιῶ, (αὐθημερόν) 


ἀπ-ἤήειν, see ἄπ-ειμε (εἶμι), i. 9. 29. 


ἀπήλασα 15 ἀποθύω 


ἀπ-ήλασα,-ήλαυνον, see ἀπ-ελαύνω. 
ἀπ-ῆλθον, 2 ἃ. οἵ ἀπ-έρχομαι, i. 9. 29. 
ἀπ-ηλλάγην,5Ξεε ἀπ-αλλάττω,1.10.8. 
ἀπ-ῆρα, a. of ἀπ-αίρω, vii. 6. 33? 
Santen: κιθι, -tpev, -ἰοιμι, &c., see 
ἄπ-ειμι (εἶμι), 1. 3. 11. | 
ἰἀπιστέω, jow, ἠπίστηκα, to distrust, 
mistrust, suspect ; to disobey ; D.; 11. 
5. 6, 158; 6.19: vi. 6. 18. 
tamoria, as, want of faith ; distrust, 
mistrust ; faithlessness, perfidy, treach- 
ery, πρός ; ii. 5. 4, 21: 11. 2. 4, 8. 
ἄ-πιστος, ov, void of faith ; void of 
credit, distrusted, D., ii. 4.7: Vil. 7. 238. 
ἀπ-ιτέον ἐστίν (ἄπ-ειμι) it ts neces- 
sary to depart, 682; v. 3. 1. 
ἀπ-ίω, -ιών, &c., see ἄπ-ειμι (εἶμι). 
ἄ-πλετος or ἄ-πλᾶτος, ον, (τελάω to 
approach) (un-approachable] tmmense, 
vast, prodigious, iv.4.11. = 
ἁ-πλόος," 47, dor, contr. ods, ἢ, οὔν, 
simplex, simple, sincere ; τὸ ἁπλοῦν 
simplicity, sincerity, 507 ἃ ; il. 6. 22: 
v. 8. 18. ae a 
ἀπό," by apostr. aw or ag, prep., 
ab, from; w. GEN. of PLACE, from, 
away from, i.1.2; 2.5 (so of persons 
or things from which a separation 
takes place, i. 8.3, 28): of TIME, from 
(either before or after), i.7.18: ii. 6.5; 
ἀφ᾽ οὗ [from the time when, 5578] 
since, iii. 2.14: of SOURCE (origin, 
cause, means, &c.), from, by means of, 
by, with, through, upon, i. 1.9; 5.10: 
ii. 5.7. In compos., from, away, off, 
back (hence where something is due); 
sometimes strengthening, and some- 
times reversing the idea of the simple. 
ἀπο-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to [step off from a vessel] dis- 
embark, εἰς, ἐπί : to [come off] be ful- 
filled or prove true: v.7.9: Vii. 8. 22. 
ἀπο-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw away, lose, A., iv. 6. 
10: vi. 1. 21: vii. 6. 31. 
ἀπο-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, (βιβάξζω 
to make go, causative of βαίνω) to dis- 
embark or land another, A., i. 4. 5. 
ἀπο-βλέπω, έψομαι, βέβλεφα 1., to 
look off to, as one does to a quarter 
from which help is expected ; hence 
to look expectantly or intently upon, 
gaze at, watch, els, i. 8.14: vil. 2. 33. 
ἀπο-γιγνώσκω, " γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔγνων, to decide away from some- 
thing, i. e. to abandon or relinquish 


the thought or intention of, &., i. 7. 
19. 
ἀπο-δέδρακα,56εε a1r0-didpdoxw,i. 4.8. 
dtro-Selxvupt,* δείξω, δέδειχα, a. p. 
ἐδείχθην, to point off or out, show, di- 
rect, deckare, publish, A. D., I., CP.; 
to de-signate, appoint, 2 A.; 1.1.2: 
ii. 8. 14: iii. 2. 36: v. 8.7: M. to ex- 
press or show one’s opinion or feeling, 
A. I. (A.), CP., V. 2.9; 5.3; 6. 37. 
daro-Sépw, * δερῶ, 2 a. p. ἐδάρην (δέρω 
to skin) to take off the skin, ἐο skin, 
flay, A., 111. 5. 9. 
ἀπο-δέχομαι, δέξομαι, δέδεγμαι, to 
receive from one, accept, ΥἹ. 1, 24. 
ἀπο-δημέω, How, (ἀπό-δημος away 
from one’s people) to leave home, vii.8. 4. 
ἀπο-διδράσκω," δράσομαι, dédpaxa, 
2a. ἔδρᾶν, to run off or away, flee, de- 
sert, withdraw, escape, esp. by stealth, 
secretly, or unobserved (cf. φεύγω, 
ἀποφεύγω); to escape by concealment, 
slip away, hide one’s self ; A., els, ἐκ, 
&e.; i. 4.8: ii. 2.18; 5.7: vi. 4. 8. 
ἀπο-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα 
(δῶ, &c.), to give back, restore or re- 
turn, give or deliver wp; hence esp. 
to give or pay what has been borrowed 
or is due, A. D., i. 2. 118; 4. 15: ἵν. 
2.19, 23: M. to [give up for one’s 
own profit] sedi, A., vii. 2. 3, 6; 8. 6. 
ἀπο-δοκέω," δόξω, to seem away 
from one’s interest ; only as impers., 
ἀποδοκεῖ, ἐξ does not seem good or expe- 
dient, it is decided not to, Ὁ. I., il. 3. 9. 
ἀπο-δοῦναι, see ἀπο-δίδωμι, 1. 7. 5. 
ἀπο-δραίην, -Spavar, -δράς, see azro- 
διδράσκω, ii. 2.13; 5. 7. 
ἀπο-δραμοῦμαι, f. of amro-rpéxw. 
ἀπο-δύω," δύσω, δέδῦκα, 2 a. as Mm. 
ἔδῦν, to take off from or strip another, 
despoil, a.; M. to strip one’s self, take 
off one’s own clothes ; iv.3.17: v.8.23. 
ἀπο-δώσω, f. of ἀπο-δίδωμι, 1. 4. 15. 
ἀπο-θανεῖν, -θανών, see ἀπο-θνήσκω. 
ἀπο-θαῤῥέω, ήσω, to be confident, Υ. 
2. 22% 
ἄποθεν or ἄπωθεν, (ἀπό) from a dis- 
tance, i. 8. 14? 
ἀπο-θνήσκω," θανοῦμαι, τέθνηκα, 
2a. ἔθανον, to die off, die, fall in bat- 
tle ; as p. of ἀποκτείνω, to be killed, 
slain, or put to death, ὑπό: i. 6.11; 
8. 27: ii. 6. 298: iii. 2. 39. 
ἀπο-θύω (i), * θύσω, τέθὔκα, to sacri- 
fice in payment of a vow, pay ὦ sacrt- 





the idea of it, to renounce or give up 


fice, A. D., iii. 2. 12 : iv. 8. 25. 











ἀποικία 16 


ἑάποικία, as, a colony, iv. 8. 22. 
ἄπ-οικος, ov, transplanted from 
home, colonized : subst. ἡ ἄποικος [sc. 
πόλις] colony ; οἱ ἄποικοι colonists ; Vv. 
335.6. 10: vi. 1. 16; 3. 1. 
ἀπο-καίω & Att. ἀπο-κἄάω," καύσω, 
κέκαυκα, to burn off; also of intense 
cold (ne frigus adiirat, Virg. G. 1. 92), 
to blast, freeze off, A., iv.5.3: vii. 4.3. 
atro-Kahéw,* καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
to call aside or apart, A., vii. 3. 35. 
ἀπο-κάμνω, " καμοῦμαι, κέκμηκα, 2a. 
ἔκαμον, to fall off from work through 
fatigue, become fatigued, grow tired or 
weary, iv. 7. 2. 
ἀπό-κειμαι, " κείσομαι, to be laid 
away or laid up, to be reserved, stored, 
or kept in store, D., ii. 3.15: vii. 7. 46? 
dtro-khelw,* κλείσω, κέκλεικα, to shut 
off or out, intercept, exclude, A. G.; to 
shut, A.; iv. 3. 20s: vi. 6.13: vii. 6. 24. 
ἀπο-κλίνω," Kr\ivd, κέκλϊκα 1., to 
turn aside, ii. 2. 10. 
ἀπο-κόπτω," κόψω, κέκοφα, 2 a. p. 
ἐκόπην, to cut off, strike off, beat off, 
A., iii. 4.39: iv. 2.10,17: vii. 4. 15. 
ἀπο-κρένομαι, " κρϊνοῦμαι, κέκρϊἴμαι, 
ἃ. ἐκρινάμην (later ἀπ-εκῤρίθην), to [de- 
cide back] reply, answer, Ὁ. AE., CP., 
πρός, 1.3.20; 4.14; 6.75: 11.1. 15,22s. 
ἀπο-κρύπτω, * κρύψω, κέκρυφα, to hide 
away, conceal, cover, A.: M. to conceal 
one’s own, hoard : i. 9. 19? iv. 4. 11. 
ἀπο-κτείνω," κτενῶ, 2 pf. ἔκτονα, a. 
éxrewa, (P. supplied by ἀποθνήσκω) to 
kill off, kill, slay, put to death, A., i. 
1.3,7; 2. 20: i. 1. 8. 
ἀπο-κτίννυμι," = ἀποκτείνω, vi. 3. 5. 
ἀπο-κωλύω (0), dow, κεκώλῦκα, to 
hinder or prevent from, A. G., I., iii. 
3.3? vi. 4. 24. 
ἀπο-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 2a. 
ἔλαβον, ἃ. p. ἐλήφθην, to take or receive 
back, re-take, recover ; to receive what 
is due ; to take or cut off, intercept, 
arrest ; A.; 1. 2. 27; 4. 8: ii. 4.17: 
vii. 7. 21, 33, 55? 
ἀπο-λείπω," λείψω, 2 pf. λέλοιπα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλιπον, to leave behind, forsake, 
desert, quit, fail ; to leave [out] a space; 
A.: P. and M. to be left behind, fall 
behind, fail to observe, G.: i.4.8 : 11.6. 
12: iv. 3.22: v. 4.20: vi. 3. 26; 5.11. 
ἀπό-λεκτος, ov, (λέγω) picked out, 
select, choice, ii. 3. 15. 
ἀπο-ληφθῶ, -λήψομαι, see ἀπο-λαμ- 
βάνω, i. 4. 8: ii. 4. 17. 


ἀποπήγνυμι 


ἀπ-ὀλλῦμι," ὀλέσω ὀλῶ, ὀλώλεκα, 
(ὄλλῦμι to destroy) to destroy [off or ut- 
terly], slay, A.; to lose, be deprived of, 
A. ὑπό: M. (f. ὀλοῦμαι, 2 a. ὠλόμην) to 
perish, die, ὑπό: 2 pf. as m. ἀπ-όλωλα 
peril, 7 have perished, I am lost or un- 
done; i. 2. 25; 5.5: ii. 5. 17, 89, 41: 
iii. 1.2; 4.11: vi. 6. 23. 
*AmrédXav,* wros, wv, wa and w, 
“ArodXov, Apollo, son of Jupiter and 
Laténa, and twin-brother of Diana, 
one of the chief divinities of the Greeks, 
and regarded as the patron of divina- 
tion, music, poetry, archery, &c. His 
oracles were numerous, and that at 
Delphi in Phocis was the most famous 
of all the Greek oracles. ‘‘ Apollo had 
more influence upon the Greeks than 
any other god. It may safely be as- 
serted that the Greeks would never 
have become what they were, without 
the worship of Apollo: in him the 
brightest side of the Grecian mind is 
reflected.” Dr. Schmitz. i. 2. 8. 
}’Arrohdovia, as, Apollonia, a small 
town of Mysia near Lydia, vii. 8. 15. 
}’ArodA@vlBns, ov, Apollonides, a 
mean-spirited lochage, a Lydian by 
birth, but serving as a Greek in the 
division of Proxenus, iii. 1. 26. 
ἀπο-λογέομαι, ooua, -λελόγημαι, 
(Adyos) to plead off from a charge, 
speak or say in defence, APOLOGIZE, 
περί, ὅτι, v. 6. 3. 
ἀπο-λύω," λύσω, λέλῦκα, to loose 
from, acquit, A. G., vi. 6. 15. 
ἀπ-ολώλεκα, see ἀπ-ὀλλῦμι, ii. 5. 39. 
ἀπο-μάχομαι," χέσομαι χοῦμαι, pe- 
μάχημαι, to fight off, resist, refuse, vi. 
2. 6. 
ἀπό-μαχος, ov, (μάχη) Fr. hors de 
combat, kept from fighting, disabled, 
non-combatant, out of the ranks, iii. 4. 
32: iv. 1. 18. 
ἀπο-νοστέω, How, (νόστος a return) 
to return [back] home, iii. 5. 16. 
ἀπο-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send off, away, or back ; to send what 
is due, re-mit; A. D., εἰς, ἐπί, &e.: 
M. to send away or back from one’s 
self, dismiss, A.: i. 1. 8, 5,8; 2.1.20. 
ἀπο-πέτομαι͵," πετήσομαι, comm. 
πτήσομαι, 2 ἃ. a. ἔπτην or ἕπτᾶαν, to 
ἣν off or away, i. 5. 8 1 
ἀπο-πήγνῦμι," πήξω, πέπηχα 1., to 
form curds from a liquid: M. to cur- 





dle, become congealed, freeze, v. 8. 15. 


ἀποπηδάω 17 


ἀπο-πηδάω, ἤσομαι, πεπήδηκα, (πη- 
δάω to leap) to leap or spring off, 
away, or back, iii. 4. 27 ? 
ἀπο-πλέω," πλεύσομαι or πλευσοῦ- 
μαι, πέπλευκα, ἃ. ἔπλευσα, to sail off, 
away, or back, to sail for home, ἐκ, 
&e., i. 3.14; 4.7: vi. 6.9: vii. 1. 38. 
τἀπό-πλοος, contr. ous, ov, ὁ, ὦ voyage 
back or home, v. 6. 20. 
ἀπο-πορεύομαι, εύσομαι, πεπόρευμαι, 
to go away, depart, vii. 6. 33. 
tdmopéw, ow, ἠπόρηκα, to be without 
resource or means ; to be at a loss what 
to do, to be perplexed, puzzled, or in 
doubt, D. (M. in like sense, CP., I.); fo 
be destitute or in want, to want, lack, 
G.; 1.3.8; 7.3: vi. 1. 22? vii. 3. 29. 
tdmopla, as, lack of resource or 
means ; perplexity,, embarrassment, 
distress ; difficulty, 1.; want, lack, 
G.; 1.8.18; 0.5.9: πὲ 1.2 ie. 
d-tropos, ov, without way, resource, 
or means ; impracticable, impossible, 
dificult ; of places, impassable ; of 
persons, without resource, devoid of 
means, 1.; subst. ἄπορον something 
impassable, an insuperable obstacle, 
pl. obstacles, difficulties, straits : ii. 4. 
4; 5. 21: iii. 2.22; 3. 4: v. 6. 20. 
ἀπό-ῤ-ῥητος, ov, (ῥε- to speak) [away 
from speaking] not to be spoken, for- 
bidden to be told, secret, i. 6.5: vii. 6. 
43. See mow. 
ἀπο-ῤ-ῥώξ, Gyos, ὁ ἡ, ch. poet., 
(ἀπο-ῥ-ῥήγνῦμι to break off) broken off, 
ab-rupt, steep, vi. 4. 3. 
ἀπο-σήπω," yw, 2 pf. asm. σέσηπα, 
(σήπω to rot) to rot off (trans.): M. to 
rot off (intrans.), be mortified ; τοὺς 
δακτύλους ἀποσεσηπότες [mortified as 
to] having lost their toes, ὑπό, iv. 5. 12. 
ἀπο-σκάπτω," dw, ἔσκαφα, (σκά- 
πτω to dig) to trench off, dig a trench 
to intercept, AE., ii. 4. 4. 
ἀπο-σκεδάννυμι," σκεδάσω σκεδῶ, 
to scatter abroad (trans.): P. and M. 
to be scattered or dispersed, scatter or 
disperse (intrans.), stray or straggle : 
οἱ ἀποσκεδαννύμενοι the stragglers : iv. 
4.9,15: vii. 6. 29. 
ἀπο-σκηνέω, How, or -σκηνόω, wow, 
to encamp at a distance from, iii. 4. 35. 
ἀπο-σπάω," dow, ἔσπᾶκα, a. p. 
ἐσπάσθην, to draw off, separate, A. 
ἀπό: also intrans. to separate one’s 
self from, outstrip (or M.), 577¢: P. 


ἀποφεύγω 


a76:1.5.3? 8.18: ii. 2,19: vii. 2 
11; 3. 41. 
ἀπο-σταίην, -ords, see ἀφ-ίστημι. 
ἀπο-σταυρόω, wow, to stake or pali- 
sade off, A., vi. 5. 1. 
ἀπο-στέλλω," στελῶ, ἔσταλκα, to 
send away or back, A., ii. 1. 5. 
dtro-orepéw,* ἤσω, ἐστέρηκα, to de- 
prive, rob, de-fraud, 2 A., vi. 6. 28. 
ἀπο-στῆναι, see ad-lornu, i. 1. 7. 
ἀπο-στρατοπεδεύομαι, εύὐσομαι, ἐ- 
στρατοπέδευμαι, to encamp at a dis- 
tance, G., ili. 4. 34: vii. 7. 1. 
ἀπο-στρέφω," yw, ἔστροφα l., to 
turn back, recall, A. ἐξ, ii. 6. 3. 
ἐἀπο-στροφή, ἢς, a [turning aside or 
back] retreat, refuge, resort (place as 
well as act), ii. 4. 22: vii. 6. 34. 
ἀπο-συλάω, How, (σύλάω to strip) to 
strip off, despoil, rob, 2 A., i. 4. 8. 
ἀπο-σχεῖν, -o Kw, see am-éxw, ii. 2.12. 
ἀπο-σώζω," σώσω, σέσωκα, to lead 
or bring back in safety, to restore safe, 
A. els, τὶ. 3. 18. 
ἀπο-ταφρεύω, εὐσω, (τάφρος) to 
trench off, complete a trench, vi. 5. 1. 
ἀπο-τείνω, ἢ τενῶ, τέτακα, pf. p. τέ- 
rapat, to stretch off,ex-tend, εἰς, i. 8.10. 
ἀπο-τειχίζω, low ιῶ, τετείχικα, to 
wall off, build a wall to intercept, ii. 
4, 4, 
ἀπο-τέμνω, " τεμῶ, τέτμηκα, 2a. ἕτε- 
μον, ἃ. p. ἐτμήθην, to cut off, intercept, 
A.: ἀποτμηθέντες Tas κεφαλάς beheaded, 
481: i. 10.1: ii. 6.1: iii. 1.17; 4. 29. 
ἀπο-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, &c.), to put away, lay up, store, 
A., 4: 3.08. ᾿ 
dtro-ttvw,* τίσω, térixa, (riw to 
pay) to pay back, or what is due, A. D.: 
M. to get pay from, take vengeance, 
requite, punish, A.: iii. 2.6: vil. 6. 16. 
ἀπο-τμηθείς, see ἀπο-τέμνω, ii. 6. 1. 
| daréropos, ov, cut sharp off, precip- 
itous, iv. 1.2; 7.2? 
ἀπο-τρέπω," yw, Térpopa, 2 a. m. 
ἐτραπόμην, to turn off or back, trans. : 
M. to turn off, aside, or back, intrans., 
iii. 5.1: vii. 3.7; 6. 11. 
ἀπο-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, dedpdunxa, 
2 ἃ. ἔδραμον, to run off or back, re- 
treat, return, v. 2.6: vii. 6. 5. 
ἀπο-φαίνω," φανῶ, πέφαγκα, a. 
ἔφηνα, to show off or forth: M. to 
show one’s self or one’s own ; appear; 
express, A.; 1.6.9: v. 7. 12. 





to be separated or removed from, G., 
LEX. AN. 


ἀπο-φεύγω," φεύξομαι, mépevya, 
Β 











ἀπόφραξις 18 ἀρήγω 


2a. ἔφυγον, to flee away, escape, esp. 
through speed (cf. ἀπο-διδράσκω), ἐκ, 
εἰς, 1. 4.8: ii. 5.7: iii. 4.9: iv. 2. 27. 
ἀπόφραξις, ews, ἡ, (ἀπο-φράττω to 
fence off, obstruct) obstruction, blockade, 
G., iv. 2. 25s. 
dtro-xwpéw, ow or ήἤσομαι, Kexwpn- 
xa, to go back, retreat, return, 1. 2. 9. 
ἀπο-ψηφίζομαι, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, ἐψή- 
φισμαι, to vote [off from] otherwise or 
against, i. 4. 15. 
ἀ-πρόθυμος, ov, not inclined, dis- 
inclined, un-willing, vi. 2. 7. 
ἀ-προσδόκητος, ov, (mpoc-doxdw) 
unexpected, sudden ; ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου 
ex improviso, of a sudden, suddenly, 
unexpectedly, by swrprise, iv. 1. 10. 
ἀ-προφασίστως adv., (προφασίζο- 
μαι) without making excuses, prompt- 
ly, without hesitation, ii. 6. 10. 
ἅπτω," dyw, to fasten, kindle: M. 
to fasten one’s self to, touch, engage in, 
ὃ. i. 5.10: v. 6. 28. 


5 


ἀπ-ωὡλόμην, see ἀπ-ὀλλῦμι, i. 5. 5. 
ἀπ-ών, see ἄπ-ειμι (εἰμί), 11. 5. 37. 
[dp-, to fit, suit, please, wnite. | 
jdpa* postpos. adv., a particle ex- 


pressing inference or relation, and 
often throwing force upon the pre- 
ceding word. It is variously trans- 
lated : accordingly, therefore, then, 
now, indeed, in truth ; it seems ; per- 
haps (as w. εἰ or édv); 1. 7. 18: li. 2. 
3; 4.6: iv. 6.15? 

j dpa * interrog.adv., (a stronger form 
of dpa) indeed? surely? often not ex- 
pressed in Eng., except by the mode 
of utterance. “Ap οὐ expects an af- 
firmative, and dpa μή a negative an- 
swer. iii. 1. 18: vi. 5. 18: vii. 6. 5. 

᾿Αραβία, as, (Ἄραψ Arab) Arabia, 
the great southwestern peninsula of 
Asia, so extensively desert, and most- 
ly occupied in ancient as in modern 
times by nomadic and predatory tribes. 
Its limits on the north were not fixed, 
and Xenophon so extends them as to 
include a desert region beyond the 

Euphrates. i. 5. 1: vii. 8. 25. 

᾿Αράξης, ov, the Araxes, prob. the 
same with the Χαβώρας, now Khabir 

(the Chebar, the scene of the prophet 
Ezekiel’s sublime visions, Ezek. 1. 1), 
the largest affluent of the Euphrates 
above its junction with the Tigris, 
i. 4. 19. 

ἀράτω, see αἴρω, v. 6. 33. 


᾿Αρβάκας, or’ ApBdxns, ov, Arbacas 
or -ces, satrap of Media, and command- 
er of a fourth part of the army of 
Artaxerxes, i. 7. 12: vii. 8. 25. 

᾿Αργεῖος, ov, ὁ, (“Apyos) an Argive. 
Argos was the chief city of Argolis, 
the most eastern province of Pelopon- 
nesus ; and according to tradition was 
the oldest city in Greece. Its early 
importance was such that its name is 
applied by Homer, not only to the 
surrounding district, of which Myce- 
nee was the Homeric capital, but even 
to the whole Peloponnese; and some- 
times the name ᾿Αργεῖοι, to the Greeks 
in general. Other cities afterwards 
so eclipsed and depressed it, that it 
played no great part either in Greek 
politics or civilization. In the Per- 
sian wars, it was inactive ; in domes- 
tic wars, as the Peloponnesian, it was 
generally inclined to side with the 
enemies of Sparta. It worshipped 
Héra (Juno) as its especial patroness. 
iv. 2. 13, 17. 

ἀργός, dv, (contr. fr. ἀ-εργός, fr. 
ἔργον) without work, at ease, idle, 
ili. 2. 25. 

tdpytpeos, a, ov, contr. ἀργυροῦς, ἃ, 
οῦν (772 0), of silver, iv. 7. 27. 

tdpytpoy, ov, dim., silver in small 
pieces for money, si/ver-money, money, 
i. 4.13: ii. 6.16: ili. 2. 21. 

Τἀργυρό-πους, ὁ ἡ, g. -ποδος, silver- 
footed, iv. 4. 21. 

[apyupos, ov, ὁ, (ἀργός shining, white) 
silver. | 

᾿Αργώ, dos, ἡ, the Argo, the vessel, 
small in size but great in mythic fame, 
in which Jason with his band of fifty 
heroes sailed from lolcos in Thessaly 
to Ha in Colchis, in quest of the gold- 
en fleece, about a generation before the 
Trojan war, vi. 2. 1. 

ἄρδην adv., (αἴρω) [all taken up] 
altogether, wholly, quite, vii. 1. 12? 

ἄρδω (in Att. only pr. and ipf.) ἕο 
water, irrigate, A., ll. 3. 19. 

dpéoxw,* ἀρέσω, (ap-) to please, 
satisfy, suit, D., 11. 4. 2. 

Ldperh, is, goodness, excellence, virtue, 
magnanimity ; good service, περί ; esp. 
goodness in war (virtus), manhood, 
valor, prowess, cowrage ; i. 4.88: il. 
1. 12s: iv. 7. 12. 

ἀρήγω, ήξω, ch. poet., (akin todpxéw) 





to give aid or succor, esp. in war, i. 10.5. 


᾿Αρηξίων 19 


PApntlwv, wros, Arexion, a sooth- 
gayer in the Cyrean army, from Par- 
rhasia in Arcadia, vi. 4.13; 5. 2, 8. 

᾿Αριαῖος, ov, Ariwus, chief com- 
mander under Cyrus of the barbarian 
troops, but treacherous to the Greeks 
after the battle of Cunaxa. He is 
mentioned as in command at Sardis, 
B. c. 395. i. 8.5; 9. 31: ἡ. 4. 1s. 

ἀριθμός, οὔ, ὁ, number; numbering, 
enumeration ; summary, total, whole 
extent, τῆς ὁδοῦ: 1.2.9; 7.10: ii. 2. 6. 
Der. ARITHMETIC. From dp-! 

᾿Αρίστ-αρχος, ov, Aristarchus, Spar- 
tan harmost at Byzantium, corrupt 
and cruel, vii. 2. 5s, 12s. — 2. See 
᾿Αριστέας. 

ἀριστάω, ήσω, ἠρίστηκα, (ἄριστον 
q. v.) to breakfast, take the first or 
morning meal, ili. 3. 6: iv. 3. 10. 

Ἀριστέας, ov, Aristeas, of Chios, a 
brave and useful commander of light- 
armed troops, iv. 1. 28 (v. 7. ᾿Αρίσταρ- 
xos); 6. 20. 

ἀριστερός, d, dv, (fr. ἄριστος by eu- 
phemism ? cf. εὐώνυμος) left in distinc- 
tion fr. right : ἡ ἀριστερὰ χείρ the left 
hand, the left (the art. and χείρ oftener 
omitted): ii. 3.11; 4. 28: iv. 8. 2. 

᾿Αρίστ-ιππος, ov, Aristippus, of 
Larissa in Thessaly, one of the noble 
family of the Aleuade. Obtaining 
money from Cyrus, he enlisted troops 
to withstand an opposing party, and 
from these sent a force under his fa- 
vorite Menon to the service of Cyrus. 
i. 1.10; 2.1: ii. 6. 28. 

"aptorov, ov, τό, (cf. ἦρι early) the 
first of the two usual and regular 
Greek meals, the morning or forenoon 
meal, breakfast; not usually taken 
very early, and sometimes correspond- 
ing to our early dinner, or the English 
lunch (Lat. prandium) ; i. 10. 19. 

φἀριστο-ποιέω, how, to prepare break- 
Jast : M. to prepare one’s own break- 
fast, get breakfast, iii. 3. 1, cf. 6. 

ἄριστος, ἡ, ov, 8. to ἀγαθός, (ap-) 
most fitting, best, most useful or ad- 
vantageous (often coupled with κάλ- 
λιστος, ii. 1. 9, 17); dest or first in 
rank, noblest, most eminent ; best in 
war, bravest: ἄριστα adv. (8. to εὖ), 
in the best way, best, most successfully 
or advantageously: i. 3.12; 5.7; 6. 
1,4; 9.5: iii. 1.6. Der. ARISTO-CRAT. 
LV Aptorav, νος, Ariston, an Athe- 





᾿Αρμήνη 


nian sent by the Cyreans on an em- 
bassy to Sinope, v, 6. 14. 
|’ Aptor-avupos, ov, Aristonymus, 
a lochage from Methydrium in Arca- 
dia, one of the bravest and most ad- 
venturous of the Cyreans, iv. 1. 27. 
Τ᾽ Αρκαδικός, ἡ, dv, Arcadian : 7d’ Ap- 
καδικόν [sc. στράτευμα or πλῆθος] the 
Arcadian force, iv. 8. 18. 
*Apxas,ddos,6,an Arcadian. Arcadia 
was the mountainous central province 
of the Peloponnese, inhabited by a 
brave and energetic but not wealthy 
people, many of whom, like the mod- 
ern Swiss, sold their services abroad 
for more liberal rewards than could 
be obtained at home. Their pastoral 
habits led to the especial worship of 
Pan and culture of music. Arcadia 
was the Greek province most largely 
represented in the army of Cyrus; and 
its modern inhabitants are said to be 
the bravest people in the Morea. i. 2. 
1: vi. 2. 10. 
dpxéw, έσω, to be sufficient or enough ; 
to suffice, content, satisfy : apx@vasadj., 
sufficient, enough: D., πρός : 11. 6.20: 
γ. Ὁ 1:18 18: 9.4.6 
ἄρκτος, ov, 7, comm. epicene, a bear; 
the Northern Bear (Ursa Major), the 
north ; i. 7.6; 9.6. Der. ARCTIC. 
ἅρμα, aros, τό, (ἀρ-) a yoked vehicle, 
a chariot, esp. for war, with two wheels, 
and open behind. Its use in battle 
(except as scythe-armed among bar- 
barian nations) belonged rather to the 
Homeric than to later times. i. 2.16; 
7.105, 20; 8. 8,10. Cf. ἅμαξα ἃ 
japp-dpata, ys, a covered carriage, 
esp. for women and children, i. 2. 16. 
Τ᾽ Appevia, as, Armenia, an elevated 
region of Western Asia, containing the 
head-waters of the Euphrates, Tigris, 
and several other rivers. Here the 
garden of Eden seems to be most nat- 
urally located ; here the ark of Noah 
is comm. supposed to have rested ; 
and this region prefers strong claims 
to be regarded as an especial cradle 
of Caucasian civilization. The Cy- 
reans found its winter climate severe ; 
and its heights occupied by hardy and 
brave, but rude tribes. iii. 5. 17. 
᾿Αρμένιος, a, ov, Armenian : οἱ A, 
the Armenians : iv. 3. 4, 20; 5. 33. 
᾿Αρμήνη, ns, Harméne, a village 
and harbor about five miles west of 











ἁρμοστής 20 ἄρχω 


Sindpe and belonging to it: v. 7. ᾽Αρ- 
pin: vi.1.15,17. || Ak-Liman, 1. 6. 
White Haven. 

ἁρμοστής, οὔ, (ἁρμόζω to regulate) 
a regulator, director, governor of ἃ 
dependent state, harmost ; a title esp. 
given to the officers who were sent by 
Sparta during her supremacy to regu- 
late and control the affairs of subject 
states, and whose arbitrary and cor- 
rupt conduct brought so much odium 
upon the Spartan rule ; v. 5. 19s. 

dpveos, a, ov, (ἀρνός lamb’s) of a 
lamb, lamb’s, iv. 5. 31. 
taprayh, 7s, seizwre, robbery, rapine, 
pillage, plunder ; καθ᾽ ἁρπαγήν [with 
reference to] for plunder : iii. 5. 2. 

ἁρπάζω," dow, oftener dooua, ἥρ- 
waka, pl. p. ἥρπασμαι, rapio, to snatch 
up, seize, carry away, capture; to 
plunder, pillage, rob: οἱ ἁρπάζοντες 
the pillagers : A.: i. 2. 25, 27; 10. 3s. 

“Aptragos, ov, ὁ, the Harpasus, prob. 
the same river with the Acampsis (now 
Choruk-Su), flowing into the south- 
eastern Euxine, iv. 7. 18. 


[’Apra-, great or honored, a common 


prefix in Persian names. } 
᾿Αρτα-γέρσης, ov, Ariagerses, com- 
mander of the body-guard of Arta- 
xerxes, i. 7. 11; 8. 24. 





Apra-xdpas, a, Artacamas, satrap 
of Phrygia, vii. 8. 25. 

ὄψι, αὐ δα ov, Artaozus, a follower 
of Cyrus, who made his submission to 
the king, ii. 4.16; 5. 35. 

᾿Αρτα-ξέρξης, ov, (translated by 
Herodotus μέγας ἀρήϊος great warrior, 
6. 98, see Ξέρξης) Artaxerxes 11., sur- 
named Mnemon from his great mem- 
ory, eldest son of Darius Nothus, and 
his successor upon the Persian throne, 
reigning B. Cc. 405-359. Before his 
accession, his name was Arsaces. Of 
natural mildness and easy temper, he 
was a weak king, yielding undue pow- 
er to his mother, the unprincipled and 
cruel Parysatis, and leaving the gov- 
ernment too much to slaves and eu- 
nuchs. His subjects were rebellious ; 
his arms had little success ; and his 
last years were embittered and short- 
ened by the quarrels and crimes of his 
sons. 1. 1. 1, 3s. 

᾿Αρτα-πάτης or -as, ov or a, Arta- 
pates or -as, the personal attendant in 
whom Cyrus most confided, i. 6. 11. 





ἀρτάω, tow, ἤρτηκα 1., to fasten, 
hang, or suspend one thing to another, 
A., 111. δ. 10. 

“Aprepts, dos, cd, w or ἐδα, it, Arte- 
mis or Diana, twin-sister of Apollo, 
the goddess of virginity and of the 
chase. She was greatly worshipped 
by the Greeks, and with especial honor 
at Ephesus and in Arcadia. i. 6. 7. 

ἄρτι adv., (ap-) exactly, just, just 
now, iv. 6.1: vii. 4. 7. 

"Apripas, a, <Artimas, satrap of 
Lydia, vii. 8. 25. 

Ἰάἀρτο-κόπος, ov, ὁ ἡ, (κόπτω) a [bread- 
beater] baker, iv. 4. 21: v. 1. ἀρτο-ποιός, 
οὔ, (ποιέω) a bread-maker. 

ἄρτος, ov, ὁ, a loaf of bread, esp. of 
wheat, bread, i. 9. 26: ii. 4. 28. 

᾿Αρτούχας, ov ora, Artichas, a com- 
mander of forces for the king, prob. a 
ruler of the Mardonii or Mardi, iv. 3. 4. 

᾿Αρύστας, ov or a, Arystas, an Ar- 
cadian, a great eater, vii. 3. 23s: v. 1. 
“Apworos, ΓΑρυστος. 

Τ᾽ Apx-aydpas, ov or a, Archagoras, 
a lochage, an exile from Argos, iv. 2.13. 

tdpxatos, a, ov, [in the beginning] 
old, ancient : Κῦρος ὁ a. C. the Elder: 
τὸ ἀρχαῖον, as adv., of old, formerly : 
1.1.6; 9.1: iii. 1. 4: iv. 5. 14. 

tdpx fh, fis, beginning ; rule, command, 
dominion, sovereignty, G.; government, 
realm, empire, principality, satrapy, 
province : ἀρχήν, as adv., in the first 
place, at all (followed by a negative) : 
1.1.28: ii.1.11: vi. 3.1: vii. 7. 25, 28. 

tapx-nyds, οὔ, ὁ, (ἄγω) a leader, com- 
mander, officer, iii. 1. 26? 

tdpxixds, ἡ, dv, fitted to command, 
qualified for command, ii. 6. 8, 20. 

dpxw, ἄρξω, ἦρχα r., to be foremost, 
take the lead ; in time, to begin or com- 
mence, esp. for others to follow, G., 1.; 
in rank or office, to lead, command, 
rule, govern, reign, G.; ἄρχων subst., 
a leader, commander, officer, ruler, 
governor, prince, chief: P. to be ruled, 
governed, or commanded, hence to sub- 
mit to authority, to obey or serve, ὑπό" 
ol ἀρχόμενοι those under command, the 
common soldiers, “ἐδ men”; πρὸς 
ἄλλους ἀρχομένους ἀπιέναι to go as sol- 
diers to other officers (ii. 6.12; v. 1. dp- 
xovras, ἀρξομένους, &c.): M. to begin or 
commence for one’s self, 1., G.; W. ἀπό, 
to begin [from] at or with (ἀπὸ θεῶν 
with the gods, i.e. by consulting them, 


ἄρωμα 21 ἀτάρ 


vi. 3.18): i.1.2,8; 3.1,15; 4.10,15: 
ii. 1. 5. δ᾽ 140, 19: vi. Ὁ Ὁ “Der. 
ARCH-, -ARCH, -ARCHY, in compounds. 
ἄρωμα, aros, τό, an AROMATIC, 
spice, 1. 5. 1. 
tdcéBaa, as, impiety, wngodliness, 
iii. 2. 4. 
ἀ-σεβής, ἐς, (σέβομαι to revere) ir- 
reverent, impious, ungodly, πρός, ii. 5. 
20: v. 7. 32. 
ἱ ἀσθενέω, how, to be sick, feeble, or in- 
firm, i. 1.1: iv. 5. 19, 21. 
ἀ-σθενής, és, (σθένος strength) weak, 
feeble, i. 5. 9. 
᾿Ασία, as, Asia, a name sometimes 
applied by the Greeks to Asia Minor 
(Anatolia) or the nearer part of it, 
and sometimes to all they knew of 
the grand division now bearing this 
name. The latter was sometimes di- 
vided into ἡ κάτω Ασία Lower Asia, 
the part west of the Halys, and ἡ ἄνω 
᾿Ασία Upper Asia, the part east of this 
river. v. 3.6: vii. 1.18; 2. 2. 
᾿Ασιδάτης, ov, Asidates, a Persian 
of rank and wealth, vii. 8. 9, 12, 21. 
᾿Ασιναῖος, ov, 6,(’Acivy,a small town 
on the Laconian gulf, nearly south of 
Sparta) an Asinwan, v. 3. 4: vi. 4. 
11. || Passava ? 
ἀ-σινῶς adv., 5. ἀσινέστατα, (ἀ-σινής 
harmless, fr. civopar) without doing 
harm, without injury or depredation, 
harmlessly, ii. 3. 27: iii. 3. 3. 
ἄ-σῖτος, ov, (σῖτος) without or in 
want of food, fasting, ii.2.16: iv.5.11. 
ἀσκέω, jow, ἤσκηκα, to practise, 
cultivate, observe, maintain, 11. 6. 25. 
ἀσκός, οὔ, ὁ, a skin, esp. of a goat, 
a leathern bag, iii. 5. 95: vi. 4. 23. 
ἄσμενος, 7, ov, (dw) well-pleased, 
glad ; always with a verb, and like 
an adv. in force, gladly, willingly, 
cheerfully, ii. 1. 16: iti. 4. 24. 
ἀσπάζομαι, άσομαι, (ordw) to [draw 
to one’s self] embrace ; to salute, greet, 
welcome, take leave of ; A.; Vi. 3. 24. 
᾿Ασπένδιος, ov, ὁ, (Ασπενδος) an 


Greek hoplites, comm. made of sev- 
eral thicknesses of stout leather 
strengthened by a metallic front and 
rim, and convex outwardly (so that 
it could even be used as a vessel to 
receive blood, ii. 2. 9): as a collective 
noun, heavy-armed infantry ; ἀσπὶς 
μυρία 10,000 [shield] shield-men or 
hoplites (cf. “10,000 horse,” i. e. horse- 
men): παρ ἀσπίδας [by the shields] 
by or to the left, since the shield was 
carried on the left arm (while, ina 
posture of waiting in readiness for 
action, it was also supported in part 
by the bent knee, i. 5.13): i. 2.16; 7. 
10; 8. 9,18: iv. 3. 26. 
t’Accvpla, as, Assyria (the kingdom 
of Asshur, Gen. 10. 11), a name ap- 
plied, with varying extent, to the 
famous country of which Nineveh 
was the capital ; in a narrower sense 
confined to the region between Media 
and the Tigris, but in a wider sense 
extending over Mesopotamia to the 
Euphrates. It was the seat of one of 
the greatest of the early empires, which 
was overthrown by the Medes and Bab- 
ylonians about 625 B. c. vii. 8. 25. 
᾿Ασσύριος, a, ov, Assyrian, per- 
taining to Assyria, vii. 8. 15. 
ἀ-σταφίς, idos, ἡ, = σταφίς (d- eu- 
phon.) α dried grape, raisin, iv. 4. 9? 
ἀστράπτω, dyw l., (akin to ἀστήρ 
star) to gleam, flash, glisten,i. 8. 8. 
Τἀσφάλεια, as, safety, security, v. 7. 
10: vii. 6. 30. 
ἀ-σφαλής, és, c. έστερος, 8. ἔστατος, 
(σφάλλω) not liable to fall, firm, safe, 
secure : ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ in a safe place or 
position, in safety : i. 8. 22: 111. 2. 19. 
ἄσφαλτος, ov, ἡ, ASPHALT, bitumen, 
much used of old for mortar, ii. 4. 12. 
ἀσφαλῶς, c. ἐστερον, 8. έστατα, 
(ἀσφαλής) safely, securely, i. 8.11, 19. 
ἀσχολία, as, (ἄ-σχολος without leis- 
ure, busy, fr. σχολή) occupation, en- 
gagement, vii. 5. 16. 
taraxréw, jow, to be disorderly or 


Aspendian. Aspendus was a city of) out of order, v. 8. 21. 


Pamphylia on the Eurymedon (now 
Capri-Su), about six miles from the 
sea, an Argive colony. Here Thrasy- 
bilus, the deliverer of Athens from 
the tyranny of the Thirty, lost his life, 
B. Ο. 389. i. 2.12. || Balkésu. 
ἀσπίς, (Sos, ἡ, a shield ; here sp. ap- 
plied to the large oval shield of the 


&-raxros, ov, (τάττω) disarranged, 
out of order, in disorder or confusion, 
disorderly, i. 8.2: iii. 4.19: v. 4. 21. 

ἀ-ταξία, as, (τάττω) want of order 
or discipline, disorder, leaving the 
ranks, iii. 1. 38; 2. 29: v. 8. 18. 

ἀτάρ conj., but, yet, as in a ques- 





tion expressing objection, ri; iv.6.14. 








᾿Αταρνεύς 


᾿Αταρνεύς, éws, ὁ, Atarneus, a city 
in southwest Mysia, on the Agean, 
over against Lesbos, vii. 8. 8. || Di- 
keli-Koi. 

ἀτασθαλία, as, (ἄτη infatuation) 
recklessness, wantonness, iv. 4. 14? 

&-rados, ov, wn-buried, vi. 5. 6. 

ἅτε * (neut. pl. of the relative ὅστε, 
used as an adv. of manner) just as, 
as ; W.P., expressing cause and = in- 
asmuch as w. verb; iv. 2. 13; 8. 27. 

ἀτέλεια, as, (ἀ-τελής exempt from 
tax, fr. τέλος) immunitas, exemption, 
immunity ; ἄλλην τινὰ a. some exenrp- 
tion from other service, iii. 3. 18. 

tatipate, dow, ἠτίμακα, to dishonor, 

disgrace, hold in dishonor, A., i. 1. 4. 

&-ripos, ov, c., (τιμή) without honor, 
dis-honored, in dis-honor, ἐν, vii. 7. 24, 
46, 50. 

ἀτμίζω, low, (ἀτμός vapor) to exhale 
or send up vapor, to steam, iv. 5. 15. 

᾿Ατραμύττιον, ov, Adramyttium, a 
city in Mysia, at the head of the gulf 
bearing its name, and called by Strabo 
an Athenian colony: v.71.’ Adpayércor, 
᾿Ατραμύτειον, &ec.: vii. 8. 8. || Adra- 
miti or Edremit. 

ἀ-τριβής, és, (τριβή) without wear, 
un-worn, untrodden, non tritus, iv. 
2.8: vii. 3. 42. 

᾿Αττικός, ἡ, dv, (ἀκτή) Attic, Athe- 
nian, i. 5. 6. 

αὖ post-pos. adv., again, back, in 
respect either to time, or to the order 
or relations of the discourse (often w. 
δέ: δ᾽ ad); further, moreover, on the 
other hand, in turn; 1.1. 7, 95 ; 6.7; 
10. 5, 11: ii. 6. 7, 18. 

αὐαίνω, αὐανῶ, ch. poet. & Ion., 
(αὔω to dry) to dry, trans.: M. (ipf. 
αὐαινόμην & ηὐαινόμην, 278d) to dry 
up, wither, intrans., 11. 3. 16? 

αὐθ-αίρετος, ov, (αὐτός) self-chosen, 
self-elected, self-appointed, v. 7. 29. 

αὐθ-ημερόν or αὐθήμερον adv., (αὐ- 
γός, ἡμέρα) on the same day, ἵν. 4. 228. 

αὖθις adv., (αὖ) again, back; more- 
over, besides ; at another time, after- 
wards, hereafter ; 1. 10. 10 : ii. 4. 5. 

athéw, ow, (αὐλός) to play on a 
flute or other wind instrument: J. to 
have the flute played for one’s self, 
581, πρός : vi. 1.11: vii. 3. 32. 

αὐλίζομαι, ίσομαι, ηὔλισμαι ]., a. ηὐ- 
λισάμην in Thuc., but ηὐλίσθην in 
Xen., (αὐλή court) to lodge or be lodged, 





22 αὐτός 


encamp, quarter, be quartered, take 
quarters, bivouac, ii. 2.17: iv. 3. 1s. 
αὐλός, οὔ, ὁ, (dw to blow) a flute, 
differing from that common with us, 
in having a mouthpiece and a fuller 
tone ; ὦ pipe, oboe, clarinet ; vi. 1. 5. 
jatAav, ὥνος, ὁ, a water-pipe, canal, 
li. 3.10. . 
αὔριον adv., to-morrow: ἡ αὔριον 
[sc. ἡμέρα] the morrow, the next day : 
li, 2. 11 iv. 6. 8: vi. 4. 15. 
αὐστηρότης,ητος, ἡ, (αὐστηρός harsh, 
AUSTERE, fr. αὔω to dry) harshness, 
roughness, strength, of wine, v. 4. 29. 
αὕτη, αὗται, see οὗτος, i. 1. 7. 
αὐτίκα at the very time, αὐ once, 
immediately, forthwith, directly, speed- 
ily, presently, 1.8.2: 111. 2. 825; 5.11. 

Ταὐτόθεν from the very spot,’ from 
this or that place, hence, thence, iv. 2. 
6: v. 1.10. 

tairé& ibidem, in the very place, 
here, there, i. 4.6: iv. 5.15; 8. 20. 

tatro-xéXevoros, ov, (κελεύω) self- 
bidden, self-prompted, of one’s own im- 
pulse, iii. 4. 5. 

tatro-xpdtwp, opos, ὁ ἡ, (κρατέω) 
ruling by one’s self, sole, absolute (cf. 
AUTOCRAT), Vi. 1. 21. 

Ταὐτό-ματος, 7, ov, or os, ov, (μάομαι 
to seek) self-moved, or prompted : ἀπὸ 
or ἐκ Tod αὐτομάτου of one’s own mo- 
tion or accord, of one’s self, spontane- 
ously, by chance : i. 2.17; 3.138: iv. 
3.8: vi. 4.18. Der. AUTOMATON. 

tatro-poréw, How, ηὐτομόληκα, to de- 
sert : of αὐτομολοῦντες, the deserters : 
παρά, πρός, &c.: 1.7.13: 11.1.6; 2.7. 

taird-podos, ov, (μολ- to go) [going 
off of one’s self] α deserter, 1. 7. 2. 
taird-vopos, ov, self-ruling, inde- 
pendent, vii. 8. 25. Der. AUTONOMY. 
αὐτός," 7, ὁ, (ad, old definitive τός) 
very, same : (a) preceded by the art., 
ὁ αὐτός idem, the same, D.: Ta αὐτὰ 
ταῦτα these same things, the same 
course : ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ, εἰς 
ταὐτό, from (in, into) the same place : 
i. 1. 7;. 8.14: ii. 6.22. (Ὁ) Not pre- 
ceded by the art., it is either the 
common pron. of the 3d pers. (him, 
her, it, them, but only in the oblique 
cases, and not beginning a clause); 
or is used as an adjective or apposi- 
tive, with an emphatic or reflexive 
force, as in Lat. ipse, and in Eng. the 
compounds of self (myself, himself, 


αὐτόσε 29 


&c.), the adjectives very, own, &c. 
(sometimes expressed by alone, apart, 
simply, quite, close, directly, as χωρεῖ 
αὐτός he goes {himself only] alone, iv. 
7.11; ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν ποταμόν to the very 
river, quite to the river, iv. 3.11): i. 
1.25; 3.783 9. 21: αὐταῖς ταῖς τριή- 
ρεσι [with the triremes themselves] 
triremes and all, 467 ο, 1. 3.17? ἡμέ- 
repos αὐτῶν our own, 498, vii. 1. 29. 
Distinguish carefully the adv. αὐτοῦ, 
the forms of οὗτος (αὕτη, αὗται), and 
those of the contr. reflexive αὑτοῦ. 
Der. AUTO- in compounds. 
αὐτόσε to the very place, thither, 
iv. 7. 2. 
αὐτοῦ adv., in the very place, in 
this or that place, here, there, often 
followed by a prepositional phrase 
defining the place, i. 3. 11: iv. 3. 28. 
jabrod contr. fr. ἑ-αυτοῦ q. v., i. 3. 2. 
Latras or αὕτως, see wravrws,v. 6.9. 
αὐχήν, évos, ὁ, the neck ; neck of 
land, isthmus, vi. 4. 3. 
ἀφ᾽ by apostr. for ἀπό, before the 
rough breathing, iii. 2. 14. 
ἀφ-αιρέω," αἱρήσω, ἥρηκα, 2 a. el dor, 
a. p. ἡρέθην, to take from or away, de- 
tach, A.: oftener M. to take to one’s 
self from another, take away; to rescue 
from another; to deprive or rob an- 
other of ; 2 Α., A. G., 485d: P. to be 
taken away or rescued ; to be deprived 
of, A.: 1.3. 4: iv. 4.12: wi. 5. 11; 6. 
23, 26s: vil. 2. 22. 
ἀ-φανής, és, (φαίνω) not appearing, 
unseen, unobserved; out of sight, gone; 
secret, private, dowbiful, little known; 
i. 4.7: ii. 6. 28: iv. 2. 4. 
ψξἀφανίζω, low 1d, ἠφάνικα, to make 
invisible, hide from view, annihilate, 
A., iii, 2.11; 4. 8. 
ἀφ-αρπάζω, " dow or άσομαι, ἥρπακα, 
to plunder from, pillage, A., i. 2. 27 ? 
ἀφειδῶς, c. έστερον, 8. έστατα, (d- 
φειδής, fr. φείδομαι to spare) un-spar- 
ingly, without mercy, i. 9.13: vii. 4. 6. 
ἰφ-εἴκα, -εἶμαι, -etvat,-els, see ἀφ-ίημι. 
ἀφ-ειλόμην, -ελών, 566 ἀφ-αιρέω. 
i σι hg see ἀπ-έχω, ii. 6. 10. 
ἰφ-έστηκα, -εστήκειν OF -εἰστήκειν, 
-εστήξω, see ἀφ-ίστημι, 1.1. 6: ii. 4. δ. 
ἀφ-ηγέομαι, ἡγήσομαι, ἥγημαι, to 
lead off in conversation, relate, tell, 
D. CP., vii. 2. 26. 
ήσω, -ῆκα, see ἀφ-ίημι, v. 4. 7. 
td@bovla, as, abundance, i. 9. 15. 





᾿Αχαιός 


ἄ-φθονος, ον, c., (φθόνος) without 
grudging, bownteous ; of land, fertile ; 
abundant, copious, plentiful ; iii. 1. 
19: v. 6. 25: ἐν ἀφθόνοις amid abun- 
dant supplies, in abundance, iii. 2. 25; 
ἐν πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις in [all things abun- 
dant] great abundance, iv. 5.29: & 
ἀφθονωτέροις [sc. πλοίοις] in vessels 
more abundantly provided, or in a 
more abundant supply or greater num- 
ber of them, v. 1. 10. 
ἀφ-ίημι," ow, elka, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &c.), 
pf. p. eluat, to send off, away, or back; 
to dismiss, let go, allow to depart, suf- 
Jer to escape ; to let loose, set free, re- 
lease, give up; to let flow, as water ; 
to let sink or drop, as anchors ; i. 3. 
19: ii. 2. 20; 3. 13, 25: iii. 5. 10. 
ἀφ-ικνέομαι," ἵξομαι, Typwat, 2 a. ἱκό- 
μην, (κω), to arrive, reach, come to, or 
return to, from another place, Ὁ. εἰς, 
πρός, &¢c., 1.1.5; 2.4,12; 5.4: iii.1.48. 
ἀφ-ιππεύω, evow, (ἵππος) to ride 
away or back, i. 5. 12. 
ἀφ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, f. pf. ἑστήξω, to withdraw 
(trans.), alienate from, A. ἀπό, vi. 6. 
34: M., w. act. complete tenses and 
2 ἃ., to stand off or aloof, forsake, de- 
sert, revolt from, go over to another, 
withdraw or retire (intrans.), G., πρός, 
els: 1.1.68: 11. 6. 27. Der. APOSTATE. 
&d-od0s, ov, ἡ, (ὁδός) a [way back 
or off] retreat, departure, iv. 2. 11. 
ἀφροντιστέω, ow, (ἀ-φρόντιστος 
heedless, fr. φροντίζω) to be heedless of 
or indifferent to, neglect, make light of, 
G., Vv. 4. 20: v. 1. ἀμελέω. 
ἀφροσύνη, ys, folly, infatuation, 
want of consideration, v. 1. 14. 
ἄ-φρων, ov, g. ovos, (φρήν mind) 
without understanding, senseless, fool- 
ish, infatuated, delirious, iv. 8. 20. 
ἐἀφυλακτέω, ήσω,ἴο be off one’s guard, 
vii. 8. 20. 
ἀ-φύλακτος, ov, (φυλάσσω) wun- 
guarded, ii. 6. 24: v. 7. 14. 
ψμἀφυλάκτως, wnguardedly, v. 1. 6. 
᾿Αχαιός, οὔ, an Achean, a man of 
Achaia, the hilly province on the 
north of the Peloponnese, along the 
Corinthian Gulf. In the early his- 
tory of Greece, the Achwans were so 
dominant a race that the name most 
frequently applied by Homer to the 
Greeks in general is ᾿Αχαιοί. On the 
conquest of their old seats in the 





ἀχάριστος 24 


Peloponnese by the Dorians, many of 
the Achzans retired to the northern 
shore, expelling from it, it is said, 
Ionian settlers, and giving to it their 
own name. Here they formed a con- 
federacy of twelve cities, none of which 
attained any great power or distinc- 
tion. For a long time, the Achzans 
took little part in the general affairs 
of Greece, remaining for the most part 
neutral in the great contests, whether 
foreign or internal. In a later period 
of its history, the Achzan League be- 
came eminent. The Arcadians and 
Acheans constituted more than half 
of the Greek army of Cyrus. i. 1. 11. 
ἀ-χάριστος, of, (xapifoua) without 
grace or thanks: of things, wnpleas- 
ing, disagreeable ; unrewarded: of 
persons, ungrateful, eis: λέγεις οὐκ 
ἀχάριστα you speak [things not with- 
out grace] quite rhetorically or enter- 
tainingly : 1. 9.18 : ii. 1.13? vii. 6. 23. 
μἀχαρίστως adv., without thanks, 
gratitude, or reward ; ungratefully ; 
ii. 3. 18: vii. 7. 23. 
&-xapts, ¢, g. ros, or ἀ-χάριτος, ov, 
(xdpis) = ἀχάριστος, ii. 1. 13? 
᾿Αχερουσιάς, άδος, ἡ, (‘Axépwr, a 
fabled river in Hades) as an adj., 
Acherusian. ᾿Α. Χεῤῥόνησος the Ache- 
rusian Peninsula, a rege near 
the Bithynian Heracléa, with a very 
deep mephitic hole, fabled as the place 
of Hercules’ descent to Hades, vi. 2. 2. 
|| Baba-Burun. 
ἄχθομαι," ἀχθέσομαι, ἤχθημαι 1., 
ἃ. p. ἠχθέσθην, to be [burdened] vexed, 
displeased, offended, provoked, troubled, 
distressed, nettled, or chagrined, D., 
G. P., AE., τοῦτο (483 b), ὅτι, ἐπί, i. 1. 
8: iii. 2. 20: vii. 5.58; 6.10; 7. 21. 
d-xpetos, ov, (χρεία use) wse-less, 
unfit for use, unserviceable, iv. 6. 26. 
&-xpyoros, ov, (χράομαι) wse-less, 
inappropriate, ii. 1.13% iii. 4. 26. 
ἄχρι (and, before a vowel, less Att. 
ἄχρις) adv., as far as, even to, els: 
conj., till, until, ἄν w. subj.: 11. 3. 2: 
v. 5.4. Akin to ἄκρος : cf. μέχρι. 
ἀψίνθιον, ov, wormwood, i. 5. 1. 


B. 


Βαβυλών, dvos, ἡ, Babylon, one of 
the greatest and most magnificent 


βαρβαρικός 


cities of the ancient world, and the seat 
of successive empires. It was situated 
on both sides of the lower Euphrates, 
in a rich alluvial plain. According 
to Herodotus, it was square, with a 
circuit of more than 50 miles; and 
was surrounded by a wall more than 
300 feet high and 80 broad, with 100 
brazen gates, and with a deep moat 
without. It was taken by Cyrus 
through a diversion of the river, B. Cc. 
538 ; and opened its gates to Alexan- 
der, after the battle of Arbéla, B.c. 331. 
It is now for the most part in utter 
ruin, the more from the perishable 
nature of its chief material, brick, and 
from the removal of this for the con- 
struction of other cities. i. 4. 11, 13: 
ii. 2.6: v. 5.4. || Hillah. 
ξΒαβυλώνιος, a, ov, Babylonian : ἡ 
Βαβυλωνία [sc. χώρα] Babylonia, the 
alluvial region around Babylon and 
west of the Tigris, comm. regarded as 
extending from the Wall of Media, 
which separated it from Mesopotamia, 
to the Persian Gulf. Watered by the 
overflowing of the Euphrates and Ti- 
gris, and by canals drawn from them, 
it had great fertility. 1.7.1: 1. 2.13. 
βάδην adv., (Baivw) step by step, in 
regular step: B. ταχύ in rapid step: 
iv. 6.25; 8. 28: vi. 5. 25. 
μβαδίζω, icouar ιοῦμαι, BeBddixa, tv 
walk, march, set foot, go, v. 1. 2. 
βάθος, cos, τό, depth, i. 7. 14. 
BaGis, εἴα, v, deep,i.7.148: v. 2.3. 
alvw,* βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. ἔβην, 
to step, go: pf. pret., J [have planted 
foot} stand, stand firm, 111. 2. 19. 
| Baxrnpla, as, baculum, a staff, cane, 
ii. 3. 11: iv. 7. 26. 
βάλανος, ov, ἡ, glans, an acorn or 
like fruit, nut, date, 1.5.10: ii. 3.15. 
βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. ἔβα- 
λον, to throw, cast, hurl ; to throw at, 
hit with a missile, pelt (esp. w. stones), 
stone, A. D. of the missile: οἱ ἐκ χει- 
pds βάλλοντες [those throwing from 
the hand] the javelin-men or darters : 
i. 3. 1: iii. 8.15: iv. 6. 12: v. 4. 23. 
βάπτω," βάψω, to dip, A., ii. 2. 9. 
Der. BAPTISM. 
tBapBapixés, ἡ, dv, BARBARIC, bar- 
barian, foreign ; here esp. Persian : 
τὸ βαρβαρικόν [sc. στράτευμα] the bar- 
barian force or army: i. 2.1; 5.68: 





iv. 5.33; 8. 7. 


βαρβαρικῶς 25 


ἐβαρβαρικῶς in the barbarian tongue, 
in Persian, i. 8.1. 

βάρβαρος, ov, s., BARBAROUS, bar- 
barian, rude: βάρβαρος subst., a bar- 
barian, foreigner. The Greeks so 
termed all other nations. i. 1.5: ii. 
δ, 82: v. 4. 34; 5. 16. 

βαρέως (βαρύς heavy) heavily, with 
heavy heart : B. φέρειν graviter ferre, 
to take ill, be smitten with grief: ii. 
1. 4, 9. 

Baclas, ov, Basias, an Arcadian in 
the army of Cyrus, iv. 1.18. — 2. A 
soothsayer from Elis, vii. 8. 10 ? 

tBacrrcla, as, kingdom, royal power, 
regal authority, sovereignty, i. 1. 3. 

tBactre0s, ov, royal, regal, kingly : 
βασίλειον [80. δῶμα], oftener pl., [royal 
building or buildings] @ royal resi- 
dence, a palace of a king or satrap: 
i. 2.78, 20; 10.12: iil. 4. 24. 

βασιλεύς, dws, a king, esp. applied 

(often w. μέγας, and comm. without 
the art.) to the Persian king: 1.1.58; 
2. 8, 12s: iii. 1.12. Der. BASILISK. 

μιβασιλεύω, εύσω, to be king, to reign, 
G.: ὡς βασιλεύσοντι [as about to reign | 
as the future king: i. 1. 4; 4. 18. 

μβασιλικός, ἡ, dv, s., relating to or 
fit for aking, kingly, royal, the king’s, 
i. 9.1: ii. 2. 12, 16. Der. BASILICA. 

βάσιμος, ov, (βαίνω) passable (for a 
horse), iil. 4. 49. 

Bards, ἡ, dv, (βαίνω) passable, D., 
iv. 6. 17. 

βέβαιος, a, ov, (βαίνω) standing firm, 
firm, constant, i. 9. 30. 

i PeBardw, wow, to make firm, confirm, 
make good, fulfil, complete, A. D., Vil. 
6. 17. 

ηκώς, see βαίνω, iii. 2. 19. 
ἐσυς, vos, Belesys, satrap of 
Syria, i. 4.10: v. 2. Βέλεσις, cos. 
βέλος, cos, τό, (βάλλω) a missile, 
iii, 3.16: iv. 3.6; 8. 11. 

βελτίων," ov, βέλτιστος, 7, ov, (βελτ-, 
akin to βέλος 2) better, best, as c. and 
8. to ἀγαθός q.v.; braver, nobler, more 
expedient or advantageous, &c.; 1.1.6: 
ii. 2.1; 5.41: iii. 3. 5. 

βῆμα, aros, τό, (βαίνω) a step, pace, 
iv. 7. 10. 

Bia, as, vis, force, violence : Big w. 
G., in spite of or despite: i. 4. 4: 111. 
4.12: vi. 6. 25: vii. 8. 17. 

{βιάζομαι, άσομαι, βεβίασμαι, to wse 
force, force one’s way ; to force or com- 


LEX. AN. 2 


βοεικός 


pel, A. 1.3 to force back, Α.; 1.3.18; 
4.5: vii. 8. 11. 

μβίαιος, a, ov, violent : βίαιόν τι [sc. 
πρᾶγμα] any violent act or violence : 
v. 5. 20: vi. 6. 15. 

{Bralws, forcibly, violently, with great 
force, i. 8. 27. 

[βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, (causative of 
βαίνω) to make go. | 

βίβλος, ov, ἡ, the inner bark of the 
papyrus; hence, paper made from 
this ; a book: β. γεγραμμέναι (?) manu- 
scripts, vii. 5.14. Der. BIBLE. 

Βιθυνός, 7, dv, Bithynian : Βιθῦνός 
subst., a Bithynian. The Bithyni, 
driven by more powerful tribes, crossed 
from Thrace into Asia, and gave their 
name to a region south of the Euxine 
and east of the Propontis (also called 
Asiatic Thrace). vi. 2.17; 5. 30. 

Bixos or Bixos, ov, ὁ, a large earthen 
vessel, esp. for wine; ὦ jar, flagon ; 
i. 9. 25. 

Blos, ov, 6, (cf. Lat. vivo) vita, life; 
a living, livelihood, subsistence ; i. 1. 
1: v.5.1: vi.4.8. Der. BIO-GRAPHY. 

μβιοτεύω, εύσω, to live, pass one’s life, 
év, iii. 2. 25. 

Βισάνθη, ns, Bisanthe, a pleasant 
town in Thrace, on the Propontis, 
founded by the Samians, vii. 2. 38 ; 
5. 8. || Rodosto. 

Βίων or Βίτων, wvos, Bion or Biton, 
a Spartan envoy who brought money 
to the Cyreans, vii. 8. 6. 

βλάβη, ns, ἡ, or βλάβος, eos, τό, 
(βλάπτω) harm, injury, detriment, 
ii. 6. 6: vii. 7. 28. 

βλακεύω, evow, (βλάξ lazy) to be 
lazy, loiter, shirk, yield to sloth, ii. 3. 
11: v. 8. 15. 

βλάπτω," dyw, βέβλαφα, to harm, 
hurt, injure, 2 A., ii. 5.17: iii. 3.11. 

βλέπω, έψομαι, βέβλεφα 1., to look ; 
of scythes, to be directed or point to- 
wards ; πρός, els: i. 8.10: iii. 1. 36: 
iv. 1.20. See dpdw. 

βλώσκω, " μολοῦμαι, μέμβλωκα, 2 a. 
ἔμολον, ch. poet., to go, come, arrive, 
vii. 1. 33. 

Bodw,* ήσομαι, βεβόηκα 1., (βοή) boo, 
to cry or call out or aloud, shout, D.1., 
ὅτι, i. 8. 1, 12, 19: iv. 7. 238. 

βοεικός, ἡ, dv, (Sots) relating to 
oxen, of oxen; ζεῦγος B. a yoke of 
oxen, an ox-team, vii. 5. 2,4: v. ὁ. 





βοϊκός, 








βοή 26 γάμος 


βοή, jis, a loud cry, shout, shouting, 
outery, iv. 7. 23. 

ἐβοήθεια, as, help, assistance, succor, 
rescue ; auxiliary troops; ii. 3.19: 
iii. 5. 4. 

φβοηθέω, ήσω, βεβοήθηκα, (βοη-θός 
assisting, running to a cry for help, 
βοή, 0éw) to run to the rescue, hasten 
to help, bring aid, go or come to the 
assistance of another ; to succor, help, 
assist, give assistance: D., ἐπί, ὑπέρ : 
i. 9.6: il. 4. 25: πὶ 4.13; 5. 6. 

βόθρος, ov, ὁ, (cf. βαθύς & Lat. pu- 
teus) ὦ pit, iv. 5.6: v. 8. 9. 

Βοΐσκος, ov, Boiscus, a Thessalian 
boxer, lazy and lawless, v. 8. 23. 

tBowsria, as, Bewdtia, iii. 1. 31. 

ἐβοιωτιάζω, dow, to resemble a Bao- 
tian, ili. 1. 26. 

Βοιωτός, of, ἃ Βοιώτιος, ov, ὁ, a 
Beotian. Beotia, lying northwest 
of Attica, was a very fertile province, 
whose inhabitants were in general 
regarded by their neighbors as want- 
ing in spirit, vivacity, intellect, and 
refinement. It had, however, a short 
period of glory under Epaminondas 
and Pelopidas. Its chief city was 
Thebes ; and in Greek politics, except 
Plates, it was oftener opposed to 
Athens. i. 1. 11: v. 3. 6; 6. 19. 

βορέας," ov, contr. βοῤῥᾶς, ἃ, bo- 
reas, the north-wind, iv. 5.3: v. 7. 7. 

βόσκημα, aros, τό, (βόσκω to feed) 
a fed or pastured animal ; pl. catéle, 
iii. 5. 2. 

Ἰβουλεύω, εύσω, βεβούλευκα, to plan, 
plot, devise, counsel, A. D., ii. 5. 16: 
M. to take counsel with one’s self, 
deliberate, consider ; to consult togeth- 
er; to meditate, consult, concert, plan, 
devise, propose, purpose, resolve; A., 
I., CP., περί, πρός, &c.; i. 1. 4,7; 3. 
11,19s; 10.5: ii. 3. 20s: 11. 2. 8? 

βουλή, ἢς, (βούλομαι) will, plan, 
counsel, consideration, vi. 5. 18. 

BovAtpide, dow, (βου-λιμία bulimy, 
intense hunger, faintness from hunger, 
βοῦς, λιμός) to have or suffer from the 
bulimy, to be faint with hunger, iv. 
5. 7s. 

βούλομαι * (2 sing. βούλει, iii. 4. 
41s), λήσομαι, βεβούλημαι, volo, to 
will, be willing, wish, desire, choose, 
prefer, consent : ὁ βουλόμενος he or any 
one that wishes, whoever pleases: 1. 
(A.), often supplied from the context : 





1.1.1,11; 3.48, 9: i. 4.4; 5.5; 6.6. 
See ἐθέλω. 

᾿βου-πόρος, ov, (πείρω to pierce) ox- 
piercing ; B. ὀβελίσκος an ox-spit, Vii. 


βοῦς," Bods, ὁ ἡ, bos, an ox, cow; 
pl. oxen, kine, neat cattle: ἡ, an ox- 
hide: in compos., sometimes aug- 
mentative: ii. 1.6: iv. 5. 82; 7. 22. 

tBpaddws slowly, i. 8. 11. 

βραδύς, εἴα, ¥, 5. ύτατος, slow, vii. 
3. 37. 

βραχύς, cia, v, c. vrepos, short: 
βραχύ or ἐπὶ βραχύ [sc. χωρίον, or διά- 
στημα distance| a short distance: βρα- 
χύτερα ἃ shorter distance : i. 5. 3: iii. 
3.7,17. Cog. brevis, brief. 

Bpéxa,* βρέξω 1., a. p. ἐβρέχθην, to 
wet, A., 1.4.17: iii. 2. 22: iv. 5. 2. 

βροντή, js, thunder, iii. 1. 11. 

Bpwrds, 7), dv, (βιβρώσκω to cat) cat- 
able, iv. 5. 5. 

Βυζάντιον, ov, Byzantium, a city 
founded by the Megarians, B. c. 657, 
in an admirable situation upon the 
Propontis at the entrance of the Thra- 
cian Bosphorus. The Athenians and 
Spartans contended repeatedly and 
earnestly for its control. The Cyreans 
found it, as so many Greek cities at 
this time, under the rule of a Spartan 
harmost. The Roman Emperor Con- 
stantine made it his capital, A. D. 330, 
and gave to it a new name from his 
own. vi. 4. 2: vii. 1. 8. || Constanti- 
nople or Stambal. 

Setiynen a, ov, (Bifgas, avros, By- 
zas, the reputed founder of Byzan- 
tium) Byzantine : οἱ Βυζάντιοι the By- 
zantines, vii. 1. 19, 39. 

βωμός, οὔ, ὁ, (Balvw) a raised place, 
esp. for sacrifice; an altar, whether 
of rude stones or earth, or of elaborate 
workmanship. Altars were common 
places of refuge. i. 6.7: iv. 8. 28. 


ie 


γαλήνη, vs, (akin to yeddw?) a 
{smile upon the sea ?] calm, v. 7. 8. 
Der. GALENA. 

Tyapéw,* yaud, γεγάμηκα, to marry 
(of the man): M. to marry or be mar- 
ried (of the woman), iv. 5. 24. 

γάμος, ov, ὁ, marriage, wedlock: 
ἐπὶ γάμῳ [on terms of marriage] in 


Tawos 27 


marriage, as his wife, ii. 4.8. Der. 
POLY-GAMY. 

Γάνος, ov, ἡ, Ganus, a small town 
of Thrace, on the west shore of the 
Propontis, vii. 5. 8. || Ganos. 

yap* post-pos. conj., (γὲ dpa at least 
in accordance with this) a particle 
commonly marking the accordance 
between a fact, statement, &c., and 
its ground or reason, explanation or 
specification, confirmation, &c. It is 
commonly translated for ; but some- 
times since, as, or because (as a causal 
conj.), that or namely (in specifica- 
tion), indeed or certainly (in explana- 
tion or confirmation), then, now, &c.; 
i. 2.2; 7.4: ii. 3.1; 5.11; i. 1. 24. 
It often occurs in elliptic construc- 
tion (as in questions, replies, &c., 1. 6. 
8; 7.9: ii.5. 40); and may frequent- 
ly be either explained as a conj. by 
supplying an ellipsis, or as an adv. 
without doing so: ἀλλὰ γάρ at enim, 
but (enough, no more, not so, no, &c.,) 
for, or but indeed, yet indeed, iii. 2. 
258, 32: καὶ γάρ etenim, and (this 
the rather, &c.,) because, or for indeed, 
and indeed, for even, i. 1. 6, 8 : 1]. 2. 
15: καὶ yap οὖν and (this is apparent, 
for) therefore, and consequently, ac- 
cordingly, i. 9. 8, 12, 17: il. 6. 18. 

γαστήρ," répos, sync. τρός, ἡ, the 
belly, abdomen, paunch, stomach, ii. 5. 
33: iv. 5. 36. Der. GASTRIC. 

γαυλικός or γαυλιτικός, 7, dv, (γαῦ- 
hos a round-built freighting vessel) 
pertaining to a γαῦλος : y. χρήματα 
cargoes of freighting vessels, v. 8. 1. 

Γαυλίτης, ov, Gaulites, an exile 
from Samos, faithful to Cyrus, i. 7. 5. 

yé,* a post-pos. and encl. adv. giv- 
ing emphasis or force, more frequent- 
ly to the preceding word, or to a word 
or clause which this introduces, and 
often with an associate idea of restric- 
tion or limitation ; quidem, at least, 
indeed, even, surely, certainly ; but 
often expressed in Eng. simply by 
emphasis ; i. 3. 9, 21; 6.5: ii. 5. 19: 
γὲ δή [surely now] indeed, iv. 6.3: 
γὲ μέντοι, γὲ μήν, certainly at least, 
and or but certainly, moreover, i. 9. 
14, 16, 20: ii. 3. 9. 

ὲ γεγένημαι, γέγονα, see γίγνομαι, i. 
. 8 


γείτων, ovos, ὁ ἡ, (γῆ) a neighbor, 
D. or G., ii. 3. 18: iii. 2. 4. 





γίγνομαι 


γελάω, άσομαι, ἃ. ἐγέλασα, to laugh, 
smile, ἐπί, ii. 1.13: v. 4. 84. 

{γελοῖος or γέλοιος, a, ov, laughable, 
ridiculous, v. 6. 25: vi. 1. 30. 

jy&\as, wros, ὁ, laughter, i. 2. 18. 

{γελωτο-ποιός, οὔ, 6, (row), a laugh- 
ter-maker, jester, buffvon, vii. 3. 33. 

γέμω, only in pr. and ipf., to be full 
of or stored with, G., iv. 6. 27. 
γενεά, Gs, (γεν- in γίγνομαι) birth: 
ἀπὸ γενεᾶς from birth, of age, 11. 6. 30. 
Der. GENEA-LOGY. . 
γενειάω, dow, (γένειον chin) to have 
a beard or be bearded, ii. 6. 28. 
γενέσθαι, γενοίμην, γενήσομαι, &c., 
see γίγνομαι, i. 6.8; 9.1: ii. 1. 18. 
tyevvardrns, ητος, ἡ, (γενναῖος of good 
birth) nobleness, generosity, vii. 7. 41. 
γένος, cos, τό, (γεν- in γίγνομαι) ge- 
nus, birth, descent, race, i. 6. 1. 
γεραιός, ά, dv, c. alrepos, (γερ- in 
γέρων) old, v. 7. 17. 
γερόντιον, ov, τό, (dim. fr. γέρων) 
a feeble old man, vi. 3. 22. 
yéppov, ov, an oblong shield of 
wicker-work, comm. covered with ox- 
hide, and sometimes strengthened 
with metallic plates, much used by 
the Asiatics ; ὦ wicker-shield, ii. 1. 6. 
| yeppo-dpos, ov, ὁ, (φέρω) a wicker- 
shield-bearer, a soldier with a wicker- 
shield, i. 8. 9. 
γέρων, ovros, ὁ, (cf. γῆρας) an old 
man, iv. 3.11: vii. 4. 24. 
γεύω, γεύσω, to make one taste: M. 
gusto, to taste, G., i. 9. 26: iii. 1. 3. 
γέφυρα, as, a bridge, whether firm 
or floating, i. 2.5; 7.15: vi. 5. 22. 
Tyewdns, ες, (εἶδος) earthy, vi. 4. 5. 
γῆ, γῆς, (contr. fr. yéa) earth, land, 
country, ground, i.1.7; 5.1; 8.10: 
iii. 2.19. Der. GE-oLOGY, GEORGE. 

{γήϊνος, ov, made of earth, earthen, 
vii. 8. 14. 

Lyh-Aodos, ov, ὁ, (λόφος) an eleva- 
tion of earth, hill, eminence, height, 
i. 5.8; 10.12: ili. 4. 24s. 

γῆρας, aos, τό, (cf. γέρων) old age, 
advanced age, ili. 1. 48. 

γίγνομαι," Ion. or later γίνομαι, 
γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι & 2 pf. γέγονα, 
2a. ἐγενόμην, (cf. gigno) to come to be 
(more briefly translated be or come), 
become, get (intrans.); to take place, 
happen, occur, result (ἂν εὖ γένηται if 
it come out well, if the result be fa- 
vorable, i.7.7); to come to be in a place, 








γιγνώσκω 28 


arrive, come, get, extend, (ἐν ἑαυτῷ! 


ἐγένετο came to [be within] himself, i. 
5.17); to be ascertained, shown, or 
oved to be, to prove or show one’s self 
to be; D., διά, ἐκ, ἐν, ἐπί, κατά, &e. 
It is variously translated according to 
the subject or other words with which 
it is connected, and sometimes by a 
pass. verb (as if supplying the pass. 
of ποιέω, &c.): of Gndsen. to be born 
or descended, G., ἀπό" of rain or snow, 
to fall ; of a cry, shout, laughter, tu- 
mult, war, &c., to arise ; of the day, 
to dawn ; of a road, to pass or lead ; 
of income, to accrue (τὰ γιγνόμενα the 
proceeds, vii. 6. 41); of numbers, to 
amount to; of acts, to be performed, 
ὑπό " of meetings, to be held; of oaths 
or pledges, to be taken, given, or ex- 
changed ; of sacrifices, to [result as 
they should] take effect, be favorable 
or auspicious, 1.; &c.; 1.1.1, 8; 6. 
δ, 8; 8. 8, 23s: ii. 2. 3, 10: — w. dat. 
of possessor (459), δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς 
στρατιώταις [to the soldiers there came 
to be a running] the soldiers began to 
run, i. 2.17; ἐγένετο καὶ “Ἕλληνι καὶ 
βαρβάρῳ πορεύεσθαι [it came to be, be- 
came possible to, &c.] both Greek and 
barbarian could go, i. 9.13; τὴν ἡμέ- 
ραναὐτοῖς ἐγένετο occupied them through 
the day, iv. 1.10; &c. The aor. and 
complete tenses of γίγνομαι sometimes 
seem to supply these tenses for εἰμί. 
γιγνώσκω, " lon. or later γινώσκω, 
γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, 2 ἃ. ἔγνων, a. p. 
ἐγνώσθην, gnosco, fo KNOW, recognize, 
understand, perceive, discern, judge, 
decide, think (pf. have recognized the 
fact, reflect, iti. 1. 43): A. P., 1. (A), | 
0Ρ., 2 A., περί: i. 3.2, 12s; 7.4: ii. | 
5. 8, 35: iii. 1. 27, 45. See ὁράω. 
Γλοῦς," of, οὔ, ody, οὔ, Glus, an 
Egyptian, son of the admiral Tamos. 
He was a favorite officer of Cyrus ; 
and was afterwards taken into favor | 
by Artaxerxes. He was probably ap- 
pointed to the command of the Per- 
sian fleet ; but slain, after a victory 
over the Cyprians, as he was meditat- 
ing revolt, B.c.383. i.4.16: ii. 4. 24. 
Γνήσ-ιππος, ov, Gnesippus, an Athe- 
nian lochage, vii. 3. 28. 
γνοίην, γνούς, γνῶναι, γνώσομαι, 
&c., see γιγνώσκω, 1.7.4; 9. 20. 





lyvépn, ns, understanding, judg- 
ment, conviction, sentiment, thought, 


Γυμνῖάς 


opinion, design, plan, expectation, 
mind, disposition, inclination, pref- 
erence, favor, consent: τὴν γνώμην 
ἔχειν to have one’s mind made up or 
Jixed, to be assured, inclined, disposed, 
or attached, D., πρός, ws W. P. abso- 
lute : γνώμῃ on principle : 1. 3. 6, 13 ; 
6.98; 7.8; 8.10: i. 5. 29; 6. 9: 
vi. 6.12. Der. GNoMIc. 

Γογγύλος, ov, Gongylus, the name 
of a father and son sprung from Gon- 
gylus, an Eretrian who was banished 
for aiding the treason of Pausanias, 
but rewarded by Xerxes with four cities 
in western Asia Minor, vii. 8. 8, 17. 

γοητεύω, see κατα-γοητεύω, Vv. 7. 9? 

γονεύς, dws, ὁ, (γεν- in γίγνομαι) 
father : pl. parents, iii. 1. 8: v. 8. 18. 

γόνυ," γόνατος, τό, genu, the KNEE; 
a joint or knot in a plant; i. 5.13: 
iii. 2. 22: iv. 5. 36. 

Γοργίας, ov, Gorgias, a celebrated 
sophist and rhetorician from Leontini 
in Sicily, who taught at Athens and 
elsewhere in Greece, for large price, 
dazzling his hearers by the ingenuity 
of his reasoning and the glitter of his 
declamation. He is introduced by 
Plato into a dialogue bearing his 
name. ii. 6. 16. 

ce 4 tal. wvos, Gorgion, a son of 
Gongylus and Hellas, vii. 8. 8. 

γοῦν adv., (yé οὖν) at least then, at 
any rate, at all events, certainly, as- 
suredly, iii. 2.17: v. 8. 23: vii. 1. 30. 

γραΐδιον, cont. γράδιον, ov, τό, 
(dim. fr. γραῦς old woman) ἃ feeble old 
woman, Vi. 3. 22. 

typdppa, aros, τό, litera, @ letter ; 
pl. letters, an inscription, v. 3. 13. 


| Der. GRAMMAR. 


γράφω," γράψω, γέγραφα, pf. p. γέ- 
γραμμαι, to GRAVE, write, paint, A., 
cp., i. 6.3: vii. 8.1. Der. GRAPHIC. 
μνάζω, dow, γεγύμνακα, (γυμνός) 
to faved naked] train, exercise, A., 1. 
2.7. Der. GYMNASTIC. 
γυμνής, ἢτος, ὁ, or γυμνήτης, ov, 
(γυμνός) as adj., [naked] light-armed ; 
comm. subst., a light-armed soldier ; 
a term applied to all foot-soldiers ex- 
cept the hoplites, and with special 
propriety to archers and slingers (to 
slingers only, v. 2. 12): i. 2. 3: ili. 4. 
26: iv. 1. 6, 28. 
Γυμνιάς, dios, ἡ, Gymnias, a large 
city of the Scythini in Armenia, iv. 


γυμνικός 


7.19. υ. 1. Τυμνίας or -υάς. ||Gumish 
Kaneh ? — ace. to some, Erzrum, &c. 
tyvpvuxéss, ἡ, dv, gymnastic, iv. 8. 25. 
γυμνός, ἡ, dv, naked : less strictly, 
lightly clad, im one’s under-garment 
only ; exposed without defensive ar- 
mor, πρός : i. 10. 3: iv. 3. 6, 12. 
γυνή," γυναικός, voc. γύναι,α woman, 
wife, ἱ. ἃ. 12. Der. MISO-GYNIST. 
Τωβρύας, ov or a, Gobryas, com- 
mander of a fourth part of the army 
of Artaxerxes, i. 7. 12. 


A. 


δ᾽ by apostr. for δέ, i. 1. 48. 
Sdxve,* δήξομαι, δέδηχα l., a. p. ἐδή- 
χθην, to bite, A., iii. 2. 18, 35. 
δακρύω, vow, δεδάκρῦκα l., (δάκρυ a 
tear) to shed tears, weep, 1. 3. 2. 
δακτύλιος, ov, ὁ, a finger-ring. 
Rings were greatly worn by the Greeks 
for use as seals, and also as ornaments 
or amulets. They were most worn on 
the fourth finger of the left hand, and 
were often embellished with stones cut 
with exquisite art. iv. 7. 27. 
δάκτυλος, ov, ὁ, (cf. δείκνῦμε and δέ- 
χομαι) digitus, finger, toe (τῶν ποδῶν), 
iv. 5.12: ν. 8.15. Der. DACTYL. 
Aap-dparos, ov, Damaratus, a king 
of Sparta, deposed through the in- 
trigues of his colleague Cleomenes, 
Β. C. 491, but kindly received by king 
Darius Hystaspis. He attended Xerx- 
es in his invasion of Greece, and gave 
him wise counsel in vain. His ser- 
vice was however rewarded by the gift 
of a small principality in southwestern 
Mysia. ii. 1.3. Κ΄. 1. Δημάρατος. 
Adva, 7s, 7, or Adva, wy, τά, Dana 
or T'yana, an important city in south- 
ern Cappadocia, at the northern foot 
of Mt. Taurus, on the way to the Ci- 
lician Pass. It was the native place 
of Apollonius, the Pythagorean thau- 
maturgist. i. 2.20: v. l. Θόανα. || Kiz- 
Hissar (Girls’ Castle), or Kilissa- Hissar. 
δαπανάω, ow, δεδαπάνηκα, (δαπάνη 
expense, akin to δάπτω) to expend, 
spend ; to live upon, conswme (τὰ ἑαυ- 
τῶν δαπανῶντες αὐ their own expense, 
v. 5. 20); a. εἰς, ἀμφί: 1.1. 8 ; ὃ. ὃ. 
δά-πεδον, ov, (διά, πέδον ground) 
ch. poet., the ground, iv. 5. 6. 
(Sarre, δάψω, poet., to devour. ] 


29 ϑασύς 


Δαράδαξ, ακος, ὁ, see Δάρδας, 1.4.10? 

Δαρδανεύς, éws, ὁ, (Adpdavos) a Dar- 
danian. Dardanus was an Holic town 
of Troas, on the southern part of the 
Hellespont. Its name remains in the 
modern Dardanelles. iii. 1. 47. 

Adp&as, aros, or Δάρδης, 770s, ὃ, the 
Dardas or -es, supposed (with some 
dissent) to have been a short canal 
from the Euphrates to the princely 
residence of Belesys, where was after- 
wards the city Barbalissus (field of Be- 
lesys; now Balis)i. 4.10: v. 2. Aapddaé. 

tSapaxds, οὔ, ὁ, [sc. στατήρ coin] a 
daric, a Persian gold coin stamped 
with the figure of a crowned archer, 
= about $5.00 by weight, but in ex- 
change with Attic silver coins, reck- 
oned at 20 drachme = about $4.00 
(3000 darics = 10 talents, i. 7. 18). 
It was struck of great purity by Da- 
rius Hystaspis, and either named from 
him or from the Pers. dara, king; cf. 
the Eng. sovereign. 1.1.9; 3. 21. 

Δαρεῖος, ov, Darius 11., king of 
Persia, natural son of Artaxerxes I. 
(Longimanus), and hence surnamed 
Nothus. This prince, whose previous 
name was Ochus, ascended the throne, 
Β. c. 424, through the murder of his 
half-brother Sogdianus, who had him- 
self become king in a similar way. 
He aided the Spartans in their war 
with Athens; and his weak reign was 
disturbed by various revolts, of which 
the most important and successful was 
that of Egypt. He was greatly under 
the influence of his ambitious and im- 
perious wife Parysatis ; but, in oppo- 
sition to her wishes, appointed as his 
successor his eldest son Arsaces, rather 
than the younger Cyrus. He died, 
B. c. 405, leaving, according to Cte- 
sias, four children of thirteen born of 
Parysatis.. Δαρεῖος, like Ξέρξης and 
᾿Αρταξέρξης, seems to have been rather 
a title of dignity than a simple name, 
and to have signified controller or lord 
(ἑρξίης Hdt. 6. 98 ; Pers. dara king). 
1 τὸν 

Ἰδάσμευσις, ews, ἡ, division, distri- 
bution, vii. 1. 37. 

Sacpds, οὔ, ὁ, (δαίομαι to divide) a 
portion paid to a ruler, a tax, impost, 
tribute, revenue, i. 1.8: iv. 5. 24. 

δασύς, cia, v, thick or dense with 





trees, shrubs, hair, &c.; bushy, shag- 








Δαφναγόρας 90 Δελφοί 
gy, hairy, with the hair on: τὸ δασύ] peril, danger, obstacle: i. 9. 19 : ii. 


the thicket : ii. 4. 14: iv. 7. 6s, 22. 


8. 18, 22; 5.15; 6.7: iv. 6. 16. 


Aadv-aydpas, ov, Daphnagoras, a} {Savas terribly: εἶχον δεινῶς they 


guide sent by Hellas, vii. 8. 9. 


were {in a terrible condition | suffering 


ϑαψιλής, és, (δάπτω) abundant, in| severely, vi. 4. 23. 


abundance, plentiful, ample, iv. 2. 22. 
δέ ἢ distinctive conj. and adv., post- 


tSemvéw, ήσω, δεδείπνηκα, to take 
the second or afternoon meal, to dine 


pos., but, and; yet, however ; on the| or sup, ii. 2. 4: iii. 5.18: iv. 6. 17, 22. 


other hand, on the contrary; also, 
further, moreover ; sometimes trans- 


δεῖπνον, ov, (akin to δάπτω and Lat. 
daps, though it has been fancifull 


lated while, for, or, then (as after ἃ] referred to δεῖ πονεῖν, as the meal that 


conditional clause, v. 6. 20), now, in- 
deed, even, or omitted in translation ; 
1. 1l.1s: iv. 5.4: v. 7.6: vi. 6.16: 
kal. . δέ and [not only so, but] also, 
and indeed, and even, 1. 1. 2; 5. 9; 8. 
2: οὐδὲ. . δέ nor yet further, nor in- 
deed, nor even, i. 8. 20. Aé (to which 
μέν corresponds) is the common par- 
ticle of contradistinction, intermediate 
in its force between the copulative καί 
and, and the adversative ἀλλά but. 
Kai adds without implying distinc- 
tion ; while δέ implies some distinc- 
tion, and ἀλλά not only distinction, 
but even opposition. See μέν, ὁ. 

[-Se* an inseparable encl. particle, 
denoting direction towards, affixed in 
demonstratives, and also as a prep. to 
accusatives to form adverbs of place. } 

δέδια & δέδοικα, see δείδω : i. 3. 10. 

δέδογμαι, see δοκέω, iii. 2. 39. 

SBopar, see δίδωμι, i. 4. 9. 

δεηθῆναι, δεήσας, &c., see δέω, 1.2.14. 

Set impers., see δέω, i. 3. 5. 

δείδω * Ep., δείσομαι Ep. & vii. 3. 
26? pret. δέδοικα ἃ 2 pf. δέδια, a. 
ἔδεισα, to fear, be afraid, A., μή, 1. 3. 
10; 7.7; 10.9: iii. 2. 5, 25. 

δείκνυμι & -tw,* δείξω, δέδειχα, in- 
dico, to point out, show, indicate, make 
signs, A. Ὁ.» CP., iv. 5. 33; 7. 27. 

δείλη, ys, afternoon, both early 
(rpwia) and late (ὀψία); evening: del- 
Ans or τῆς δείλης in the afternoon, at 
evening : ἀμφὶ δείλην about the com- 
ing of afternoon, early in the after- 
noon: i. 8.8: ii. 2.14: iii. 3. 11. 

δειλός, 7, dv, (δείδω) timid, coward- 
ly, 1. 4. 7? iii. 2. 35: vi. 6. 24. 

δεινός, 7, dv, (δείδω) dreadful, fright- 
Sul, fearful, terrible, perilous ; out- 
rageous, intolerable, insufferable, griev- 
ous, severe ; strange, wondrous ; very 
powerful, able, skilful, clever, or 
adroit ; 1. (φαγεῖν δεινός a terrible fel- 


must be worked for) ccena, the second 
of the two usual or regular Greek 
meals, the afiernoon or evening meal, 
supper, often corresponding to our 
later dinner; the meal for which most 
preparation was made, and to which 
guests were especially invited ; ii. 4. 
15: iv. 2. 4: vii. 3. 15s. 
ιδειπνο-ποιέω, ἤσω, to prepare sup- 
per for another; but J/., for one’s 
self, vi. 3.14; 4. 26. 
δεῖσαι, -σας, &c., see δείδω, iii. 2. 5. 
δεῖσθαι, δεῖται, &c., see δέω, i. 1.10. 
δέκα indecl., ten, i. 2.10, 14. Der. 
DECADE. 
| 8exa-mévreindecl., fifteen, vii. 8. 26. 
tSexarevw, εύσω, to take a tenth of, 
tithe, A., V. 3. 9. 
ἰδέκατος, 7, ov, tenth: ἡ δεκάτη [se. 
μοῖρα part] the tenth part, tithe: v. 8. 4. 
Δέλτα, τό, indecl., the Delta, a part 
of Thrace between the Euxine and 
Propontis, so named from its shape, 
vii. 1. 33; 5.1. 
δελφίς, ivos, ὁ, a dolphin, v. 4. 28. 
Δελφοί, ὧν, oi, Delphi, a small city 
of Phocis, famed for the natural sub- 
limity and beauty of its situation 
overhung by the cliffs of Mt. Parnas- 
sus, and for its temple and oracle of 
Apollo, the most celebrated in the 
world. It was the seat of the Pythian 
games, and one of the two places for 
the meeting of the Amphictyonic 
council ; and was accounted by the 
Greeks the central point of the earth. 
It abounded in consecrated gifts and 
works of the choicest and richest art ; 
and here several states, as the Athe- 
nians, Corinthians, &c., had sacred 
treasuries, esp. for the keeping of such 
gifts as should not stand in the open 
air. Its oracle was finally silenced by 
the emperor Theodosius in his general 
prohibition of Pagan worship, A.D.390. 





low to eat, vii. 3. 23): δεινόν subst., 


v. 3. 5; vi. 1. 22. || Kastri. 


δένδρον 91 


δένδρον, * ov, (dat. pl. δένδροις or δέν- 
δρεσι, iv. 7. 9; 8. 2), a tree, i. 2. 22. 

δέξασθαι, -ομαι, &c., see δέχομαι. 
ἐδεξιόομαι, ώσομαι, to give the right 
hand to another, welcome, greet, con- 
gratulate, vii. 4. 19. 

δεξιός, a, dv, (akin to δέχομαι and 
δείκνῦμι, from the use of the right hand 
in taking and pointing) dexter, right 
in distinction fr. left, on the right (the 
auspicious side in Greek augury, as 
the left in Roman): ἡ δεξιά [sc. xelp] 
the right hand, often used, as now, in 
greeting, and also in solemn assevera- 
tion; hence, a pledge or solemn as- 
surance, esp. of friendship or peace ; 
ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right (hand), G.: τὸ 
δεξιόν [sc. κέρας, μέρος, &c.] the right 
(wing) of an army (a position of spe- 
cial honor), the right side or part (so 
τὰ δεξιάν, the right ; ἐπὶ δεξιά to or on 
the right: i. 2.15; 5.1; 6.6; 8. 48, 
13: ii. 4.1: iv. 3.17: vi. 1. 23; 4.1. 

Δέξ-ιππος, ov, Dexippus, a Laconi- 
an, prob. a lochage in the division of 
Clearchus, faithless and slanderous, 
v. 1.15: vi. 1. 32; 6. 5. 

Δερκυλ[λΊ (δας, ov, Dercyl[ljidas, a 
Spartan general of great ability (sur- 
named Sisyphus from his varied re- 
sources), under whom as the successor 
of Thibron, the Cyrean$, after their 
return, served against the Persians. 
He had previously commanded for the 
Spartans in the region of the Helles- 
pont (sent out B. Ο. 411). Plutarch 
informs us, that his generalship did 
not secure him from insult at Sparta 
for being unmarried. v. 6. 24. 

δέρμα, aros, τό, (δέρω to flay) the 
skin stripped off, hide, i. 2.8: iv. 8. 26. 

| Seppdrivos, 7, ον, of skin, leathern ; 
δερματίνη [sc. ἀσπίς or πέλτη] ὦ buck- 
ler of leather or skin, iv. 7. 26? 

Δέρνης, ov or eos, Dernes, satrap of 

Arabia, vii. 8. 25. 
tSeopetwo, εύσω, to chain or te up, 
A., v. 8. 24? 

δεσμός, οὔ, ὁ, (δέω to bind) a band, 
strap, yoke-strap, iii. 5. 10. 

δεσπότης, ov, (cf. Lat. potis) a mas- 
ter, lord, ii. 3.15. Der. DESPOT. 

δεῦρο adv., hither, here, i. 3. 19. 

δεύτερος, a, ov, (c. form fr. δύο, 376¢) 
second: δεύτερον or τὸ δεύτερον, as 
adv., the second time: i.8.16: ii. 2. 4: 
iii. 4. 28. Der. DEUTERO-NOMY. 


Séxopar,* δέξομαι, δέδεγμαι, to re- 
ceive, accept, take what is offered ; to 
receive hospitably, admit, welcome (οἰ- 
κίᾳ δέχεσθαι to receive [with] into one’s 
house, vii. 2. 6); to receive an enemy, 
to meet or await his charge or attack 
(els χεῖρας δέχεσθαι to receive an enemy 
hand to hand, to meet him in close 
combat, iv.3.31); A. els, ἐπί : 1. 8. 17; 
10. 6, 11: iv. 5. 32: v. 5. 28, 198. 

δέω," δήσω, Sé5exa, pf. p. δέδεμαι, 
to bind, tie, fasten, A., 111. 4. 35; 5. 
10: iv. 3.8; 6.2. Der. DIA-DEM. 

δέω," δεήσω, δεδέηκα, a. p. as m. ἐδεή 
θην, to need, want, lack, G. 1.; as av- 
τοῦ ὀλίγου δεήσαντος καταλευσθῆναι 
when he had wanted little [to be] of 
being stoned to death, had narrowly 
escaped or come near this, i. 5. 14; 
πολλοῦ δεῖν to lack much of, be far 
from, vii. 6.18:—M. to need for one’s 
self, stand in need of, want, require, 
desire ; to beg, entreat, beseech, ask, 
request ; G. 1. (A.), A. of neut, pron. ; 
i.1.10; 2.14; 3.4; 4.148: ὑπὸ τοῦ 
δεῖσθαι by want or poverty, ii. 6. 13.— 
Impers. δεῖ (δέῃ, δέοι, δεῖν, δέον, f. δεή- 
cet, a. ἐδέησε) there is need οἵ, G.; there 
is need that, it is necessary, due, or 
proper, it behooves (often translated 
personally by must or ought, am 
obliged, &c.), I. (A., T. D., iil. 4. 35): 
οὐδὲν (τὶ, τί, ὅ τι) δεῖ, there is no (some, 
any, &c.) need (adv. acc. or of spec., 
need as to nothing, &c., ii. 4. 7: ili. 4. 
23): τὸ δέον the thing needed or prop- 
er: els τὸ δέον satisfactorily: ws δεῆ- 
cov as it would be necessary (pt. abs., 
v. 2.12): i. 3.58, 8: ill. 2. 28, 33, 36. 

54* post-pos. adv., (δέ) indeed, 
truly, surely, forsooth, even, accord- 
ingly, of course, just, 80, then, now, 
pray. It is also translated by other 
strengthening words, or sometimes by 
emphasis only. 1.1.4; 2.38; 9. 28s. 

δῆλος, 7, ov, evident, manifest, plarn, 
clear: δῆλον (ἐστίν) it is evident : by 
personal constr. for impers., δῆλος ἦν 
ἀνιώμενος it was manifest that he was 
grieved, or he was manifestly grieved 
(so often w. a pt., 573, 1. 2.11; 5.9: 
cf. v. 2.26): δῆλον ὅτι parenthetically, 
also written δηλονότι as an adv., [it is 
evident that] evidently: i. 3. 9: 11. 3. 
1, 6: iii. 2. 26, 34. 

j8nAdo, dow, δεδήλωκα, to manifest, 





show, make evident ; to set forth, relate, 











δημαγωγέω 32 


declare; A., ΟΡ. D., πρός: i. 9. 28: ii. 
1.1; 2. 18 (ἐδήλωσε τοῦτο this showed 
itself, became evident, 577¢; or he 
showed this); 5. 26: vii. 7. 35. 
Snp-aywyéw, ow, (δημ-αγωγός a 
DEMAGOGUE, δῆμος, ἄγω) to play the 
demagogue or curry favor with, win 
by popular arts, A., vii. 6. 4. 
Anp-dparos, ov, Demaratus, v. 1. for 
Aapdparos, ii. 1. 3: vii. 8. 17. 
Anpo-xparns, cos, Democrates, a 
Temenite, a trusty scout, iv. 4. 15. 
Anpoo-dins, v. 1. for Μηδοσάδης. 
[δῆμος, ov, ὁ, the people, the com- 
mons. Der. DEMO-CRACY. | 
μἰδημόσιος, a, ov, belonging to the 
people, being public property : τὰ 5n- 
μόσια the public money : iv. 6. 16. 
δῃόω, wow, δεδήωκα 1., (δήϊος hostile) 
to ravage, lay waste, A., v. 5. 7. 
δή-που adv., doubtless, swrely, cer- 
tainly, of course, iii. 1. 42; 2. 15. 
δῆσαι, -σας, -σω, see δέω, to bind. 
δηχθείς, see δάκνω, iii. 2. 18. 
διά, " by apostr. δ, prep. w. 6. and 
A., (akin to δύο and Lat. dis-) through : 
more literally, w. GEN. (of place, time, 
means, manner, &c.),i.2.5: ii. ὅ. 215: 
iv. 6.22: διὰ ταχέων through quick 
measures, rapidly, 1.5.9: αὐτοῖς διὰ 
φιλίας ἱέναι to go to them through the 
way of friendship, to seek their friend- 
ship, διὰ παντὸς πολέμου αὐτοῖς ἰέναι 
to wage utter war with them, iii. 2. 8: 
διὰ τέλους through the completion, 
throughout, vi. 6. 11:— w. Acc., cau- 
sal, through the influence, agency, or 
aid of; on account of, by reason of, for 
the sake of, for, through; i. 2.8; 7.5s: 
vii. 7.7,49s. Incompos., through (of 
place, time, completion, &c.); apart, 
asunder, about, abroad, denoting di- 
vision or distribution, cf. Lat. dis-. 
Ala, Att, Διός, see Ζεύς, i. 7. 9. 
S:a-Balvw,* βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go or pass through, over, or 
across, to cross, A., διά : to step apart, 
stride, straddle: i. 2.6; 4.148: iv. 3. 8. 
δια-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to pierce with words like darts, 
to calumniate, traduce, slander, accuse 
or state falsely or maliciously, insinu- 
ate, A., AE., πρός, ws, 1.1. ὃ : vii. 5. 8. 
διάβασις, ews, ἡ, the act, means, or 
place of crossing; a crossing, passage ; 
Jord, bridge, ferry; temporary bridge ; 
1. 5.12: ii. 3. 10. 





διαζεύγνυμι 


ἐδιαβατέος, a, ον, that must be crossed, 
to be crossed, ii. 4. 6: vi. 5. 12s. 
ἐδιαβατός, 7, dv, that may be crossed, 
passable, fordable, i. 4.18: ii. 5. 9. 
δια-βέβηκα, -βάς, -βῆναι, -Ba, &c., 
see δια-βαίνω, i. 2.6; 4. 14, 16, 18. 
ιδια-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, (βιβάζω 
to make go, causative of βαίνων) to carry 
or bring across or over, take or lead 
across, transport, A., iii. 5. 2, 8. 
διαβολή, 7s, (δια-βάλλω) calumny, 
slander, false accusation, ii. 5. 5. 
δι-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, to carry 
word through, report, announce, com- 
municate, A. D., els: M. to pass the 
word [through] one to another: i. 6.2: 
ii. 3.7: iii. 4. 36: vii. 1. 14. 
δια-γελάω, άσομαι, to make sport of 
among others, expose to ridicule, laugh 
at, jeer at, mock, A., ii. 6. 26. 
δια-γίγνομαι, * γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι 
& 2 pf. γέγονα, 2 a. ἐγενόμην, to come 
or get through, swhsist, continue, pass 
time, A. P., ἐν, 1.5.6; 10.19: ii.6. δ. 
δι-αγκυλόομαι, woouat, ἠγκύλωμαι, 
(ἀγκύλη α loop, the leathern thong of 
a javelin, fr. dyxos) to insert one’s fin- 
ger in the thong of a javelin, in im- 
mediate preparation for hurling it: 
διηγκυλωμένοι with their fingers in the 
thongs. The ἀγκύλη (Lat. amentum) 
was prob. fastened to the javelin at 
or near the centre of gravity, and was 
so used in throwing as to give greater 
force or (through rotation) steadiness 
to the motion. iv. 3.28: v. 2.12: v7. 
δι-αγκυλίζομαι, ίσομαι, ἠγκύλισμαι. 
δι-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 ἃ. ἤγαγον, to 
lead or carry through or across, bring 
over, transport, A.; to pass time, A.; 
without an acc. expressed, to pass the 
time, live, continue, be constantly, P.; 
i. 2.11: ii. 4. 28: iii. 1. 43; 5. 10. 
δι-αγωνίζομαι, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, ἠγώ- 
νισμαι, to contend throughout or con- 
stantly, πρός, iv. 7. 12. 
δια-δέχομαι, δέξομαι, δέδεγμαι, to re- 
ceive one from another through a line, 
to relieve one another, succeed, i. 5. 2. 
δια-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα 
(δῶ, δοίην, &c.), to dis-tribute, A. D. 
I., 1.9.22; 10.18: v.8.7: vii. 7. 56. 
διάδοχος, ov, ὁ, (δια-δέχομαι) a suc- 
cessor, D., Vil. 2. 5. 
δια-ζεύγνυμι," ζεύξω, ἔξευχα 1., pf. p. 
ἔζενγμαι, to un-yoke, disunite, sepa- 
rate, A. ἀπό, iv. 2. 10. 


διαθεάομαι 33 


ϑια-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, τεθέᾶμαι, to 
look through, observe, consider, CP. G. 
of theme, iii. 1. 19. 

δι-αιθριάζω, dow, (αἰθρία) dis-sere- 
nasco, to be clearing up or away [the 
clouds dispersing, hence διά], iv. 4. 
10: υ. 2. συν-αιθριάζω. 

δι-αιρέω," ow, ἥρηκα, 2 ἃ. εἷλον, to 
take apart, and thus destroy or remove, 
A., ii. 4. 22: v. 2. 21. 

διά-κειμαι, " xelcouat,to be arranged, 
dis-posed, or affected, ch. of the state 
of the mind, D., πρός, ii. 5. 27; 6.12: 
iii. 1. 3: vii. 3. 17 (impers.; yet by 
some, of the gift, to be disposed of). 

δια-κελεύομαι, εύσομαι, to exhort or 
encourage through an undertaking, 
&c., to cheer on, D., iii. 4.45: iv. 7. 26. 

δια-κινδυνεύω, evow, to expose one’s 
self throughout, meet all dangers, in- 
cur all risks, hazard a battle, i. 8. 6. 

δια-κλάω, κλἄσω 1., (κλάω to break) 
to break in pieces, A., Vil. 3. 22. 

Staxovéw, How, δεδιάκόνηκα, (διά-κονος 
a waiter, one who goes through the 
dust, κόνις " or akin to διώκω) to wait 
upon, serve, iv. 5. 33. 

δια-κόπτω," κόψω, κέκοφα, 2 a. p. 
ἐκόπην, to cut through or in pieces, 
break through, A., i. 8.10: iv. 8. 11. 

διάκόσιοι, ai, a, (δίς, ἑκατόν) two 
hundred, i. 2. 9. 

δια-κρίνω," κρινῶ, xéxpixa, to judge 
between, decide, vi. 1. 22. 

δια-λαγχάνω, " λήξομαι, εἴληχα, 2 a. 
ἔλαχον, to divide, assign, or take by lot, 
to allot, A., iv. 5. 29. 

δια-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2 a. ἔλαβον, to take apart, separate, 
divide; to take severally, each his 
share; A.; iv. 1. 23: v. 3. 4. 

δια-λέγομαι, * λέξομαι, εἴλεγμαι, ἐλέ- 
χθην, to share the talk, converse, con- 
fer, or treat with, D., πρός, AE., περί, 
1.7.9: iv. 2. 188. Der. DIALOGUE. 

δια-λείπω," λείψω, λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλι- 
πον, to leave an interval, to be or stand 
apart or at intervals, be distant, A. 
ἀπό: τὸ διαλεῖπον the interval : i. 7. 
15; 8.10: iv. 7.6; 8. 12s. 

δι-αμαρτάνω," ἁμαρτήσομαι, ἡμάρ- 
τηκα, 2 ἃ. ἥμαρτον, to stray apart 


from, fail to find, miss, G., vil. 4. 17.) p 


δια-μάχομαι," χέσομαι χοῦμαι, με- 
μάχημαι, to fight [through] hard, con- 
tend or resist earnestly or obstinately, 
D., 1.9) περί, Vv. 8. 23; 6.257% vii. 4. 10. 


LEX. AN. 27 





διαῤῥίπτω 


δϑια-μένω, " μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to remain 
through, still remain, vil. 1. 6: v. 4. 
222 
Sia-perpéw, jow, to distribute by 
measure, measure out, A. D., Vii. 1. 
40 8. 
δι-αμπερές (for δι-ανα-περές fr. πείρω 
to pierce) ch. Ep., quite through, adv., 
or as prep. w. A., lv. 1.18: vii. 8.14. 
δια-νέμω, * νεμῶ, νενέμηκα, a. ἔνειμα, 
to distribute, apportion, A. D., Vii. 5. 2. 
δια-νοέομαι, joouar, νενόημαι, a. ἐνο- 
ἤθην, to dis-pose one’s thoughts, pro- 
pose, purpose, design, intend, 1., AE., 
ii. 4.17: v.7.15: vi.1.19: vii. 7. 48s. 
ιδιάνοια, as, a design, intent, purpose, 
project, v. 6. 31. 
δια-παντός adv., or διὰ παντός, 
through everything, throughout, vii. 
8. 11. 
δια-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send about or round, A., i. 9. 27. 
δια-περάω, dow, memépaxa, to pass 
through, cross, A., iv. 3.21? 
δια-πλέω," πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, to 
satl across, εἰς, vii. 2.9; 3. 3.; 8.1. 
δια-πολεμέω, tow, πεπολέμηκα, to 
carry the war through, fight it out, D., 
iii. 3. 3. 
δια-πορεύω, εύσω, pf. m. πεπόρευ- 
pat, to carry or convey across oY over, 
A.: M. to carry one’s self over, to 
cross, to march or pass through or over, 
Α.: ii. 2.11; 5.18: iii. 3.3: vi. 5.19. 
δι-απορέω, how, ἠπόρηκα, A, and M. 
to be at a loss or in doubt between two 
courses, vi. 1. 22. 
δια-πράττω," πράξω, wémpaxa, pf. 
m. and p. πέπραγμαι, to work through, 
work out, effect, accomplish, obtain, 
gain ; διαπρᾶξαι ὅπως εἰσέλθοι to ob- 
tain for him [how he might enter] the 
privilege of entering: M. much as A., 
to work out for one’s self, effect one’s 
desire, accomplish one’s aim, obtain 
one’s request, gain one’s point; to 
negotiate, stipulate, make an agree- 
ment, arrange or settle affairs: A. D., 
I. (A.), CP., παρά, πρός, περί : ii. 3. 20, 
25: iii. δ. δ: v. 7.29: vii. 1.38; 2.7. 
δι-αρπάζω," άσομαι, ἥρπακα, pf. p. 
ἥρπασμαι, di-ripio, to snatch apart, 
lunder, sack, seize, carry off, A., 1. 2. 
19, 26; 10. 2,18: ii. 2.16; 4. 27. 
δια-ῥ-ῥέω = v. 1. did. . ῥέω, ν. 3. 8. 
δια-ῥ-ῥίπτω or ῥιπτέω," ῥίψω, ἔῤῥι- 
ga, to throw about, scatter, A., 0. 8.6. 
Cc 


1 





--- 
: 


te 


πος ---- εἰ 


πα “αν σον 


διάῤῥιψις 34 


ιδιάῤῥιψις, ews, ἡ, a throwing about, 
scattering, Υ. 8. 7. 
δια-σημαίνω, avd, a. ἐσήμηνα or ava, 
to signify or indicate a decision be- 
tween two courses, CP., ii. 1. 23. 
δια-σκηνέω (intrans.), ήσω, ἃ ϑια- 
σκηνόω (trans.?), wow, to encamp 
apart, separate for quarters, κατά, els, 
iv. 4. 8,10; 5. 29. 
ιδια-σκηνητέον ἐστίν, it is necessary 
to encamp apart, εἰς, iv. 4. 14. 
δια-σπάω," σπᾶσω, ἔσπᾶκα, pf. p. 
ἔσπασμαι, ἃ. p. ἐσπάσθην, to draw 
apart, separate, scatter, disperse, A., 
i. 5.9: iti. 4. 20: iv. 8. 10, 17. 
δια-σπείρω," σπερῶ, ἔσπαρκα 1., pf. 
p. ἔσπαρμαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐσπάρην, to scatter, 
disperse, spread, trans.: M., intrans.: 
i. 8. 25: 11. 4.3: vi. 3.19; 5. 28. 
ϑια-στάς, -στῆναι, see δι-ίστημι. 
δια-σφενδονάω, ἤσω, to sling or 
throw in all directions, iv. 2. 3. 
διά-σχω, -o Korps, see δι-έχω. 
ϑια-σώζω, σώσω, σέσωκα, a. p. ἐσώ- 
θην, to preserve through danger, save, 
keep or bring safe: P. & M. to be 
saved or brought safe, save one’s self 
or one’s own, arrive safely: A. D., 
eis, πρός: v. 4.5; 5.13; 6.18: vi.6.5. 
ϑια-τάττω, " τάξω, réraxa, a. p. ἐτά- 
χθην, to arrange, draw up, or distrib- 
ute, in order of battle, A., i. 7. 1. 
δια-τείνω," τενῶ, τέτακα, a. ἔτεινα, 
to stretch out: M. to strain or exert 
one’s self ; πᾶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς δ. to use every 
effort with you, vii. 6. 36. 
δια-τελέω," dow ὥ, τετέλεκα, to fin- 
ish through or entirely, complete, A.: 
w. A. understood (476. 2) to finish the 
way, complete the distance ; to fill up 
the time, to continue, be continually 
or constantly, P.: i. 5.7: iii. 4.17: 
iv. $8.2; 5. 11. 
δια-τήκω," τήξω, 2 pf. τέτηκα, to 
melt through, trans.: M. and 2 pf., 
intrans., iv. 5. 6. 
δια-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, &c.), dis-pono, to dis-pose in 
mind ; to dispose of, handle, treat or 
serve; A., 1.1.5: iv. 7.4: M. to dis- 
pose of for one’s own profit, sell, A.: 
vi. 6. 37: vii. 4. 2. 
δια-τρέφω," θρέψω, τέτροφα, 2 a. p. 
ἐτράφην, to feed through, nowrish, 
sustain, A., iv. 7. 17. 
t&a-rpiBh, 7s, delay, vi. 1. 1. 
δια-τρίβω, τρίψω, rérpipa, to rub 








διαχωρέω 


through, wear away, waste, pass or 
spend time, A.; w. A. understood, to 
spend the time, delay, tarry ; i. 5. 9: 
ii. 3. 9: iv. 6. 9: vii. 2. 3. 

δια-φαίνω," φανῶ, πέφαγκα, to show 
through : M.to appear or shine through, 
v. 2.29: 2a. p. impers. διεφάνη [it] 
the light shone through, vii. 8. 14. 
ιἰδιαφανῶς (διαφανής transparent) 
transparently, clearly, manifestly, vi. 
1. 24. 
Ἰδιαφερόντως surpassingly, pre-emi- 
nently, peculiarly, i. 9. 14. 

δια-φέρω, * οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, ἃ. ἤνεγκα or 
-ov, dif-fero, to DIF-FER from, swrpass, 
excel, G. AE., #* impers. W. I., διέφερεν 
ἀλέξασθαι it was different or easier to 
repel; or by pers. constr., διέφερον 
ἀλέξασθαι they were [different] better 
able, or found it easier to repel, 573 ; 
ii. 3.15: iii. 1. 37; 4. 33: of ποταμοὶ 
διοίσουσιν [v. 1. διήσουσιν) the rivers 
will [carry us across] permit us to 
cross (ace. to some, will differ in size), 
iii. 2. 23: M. to differ with, quarrel, 
be at variance, ἀμφί, πρός, iv. 5. 17. 

δια-φεύγω, " φεύξομαι, répevya, 2 a. 
ἔφυγον, to flee through, get away, 
escape, A. ἐξ, v.2.3: vi. 3.4: vil. 3. 43. 

δια-φθείρω," φθερῶ, ἔφθαρκα, 2a. p. 
ἐφθάρην, to spoil utterly, rwin, destroy ; 
to corrupt, seduce, bribe ; A.: P. to be 
destroyed or ruined, go to ruin, waste 
away, &c.: iii. 3.5: iv. 1.11; 5. 12. 

διάφορος, ov, s., (δια-φέρω) at vari- 
ance: neut. subst., variance, disagree- 
ment, cause of difference or dissension, 
iv. 6.3: vil. 6. 15. 

δια-φυή, fis, (φυή growth, fr. φύω) 
growth between, a partition or divi- 
sion, v. 4. 29. 

δια-φυλάττω, diw, πεφύλαχα, to 
guard throughout: MM. to take care or 
exercise precaution throughout, AE. 
ws, vii. 6. 22? 

δια-χάζω," (χάζω to drive back, ch. 
Ep.) to draw apart, separate, intrans., 
iv. 8. 18 ? 

δια-χειμάζω, dow, (χεῖμα winter, fr. 
xéw to pour) to go through or pass the 
winter, to winter, vii. 6. 31. 

δια-χειρίζω, low 1, κεχείρικα, (χείρ) 
to pass through one’s hands, adminss- 
ter, manage, A., i. 9. 17. 

δια-χωρέω, ow, κεχώρηκα, to go or 
work through: impers. κάτω διεχώρει 
αὐτοῖς they had a diarrhea, iv. 8. 20. 


διδάσκαλος 90 διοράω 


διδάσκαλος, ov, ὁ, a teacher, ii. 6. 12. 
διδάσκω," diw, dedidaxu, to teach, 
instruct, inform, A. OP., 1.: P. to be 
taught, learn: i. 7.4: ii. 5. 6: iil. 3. 
4; 4.32: vi. 5.18. Der. DIDACTIC. 
δίδημι," ch. Ep., a prolonged form 
of δέω to bind, 4. v.; v. 8. 24. 
δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα (δῶ, 
&e.), pf. p. δέδομαι, ἃ. p., ἐδόθην, Lat. 
do, to give, grant, bestow, A. Ὁ.» 1.1.6, 
8s; 2.12, 27: δοθῆναι αὐτῷ σώζειν 
that it should be granted to him to 
save, the privilege of saving, 663 Ὁ, 
ii. 3. 25; ef. vii. 3.13. Der. DOSE. 
δι-έβαινον, -έβην, see δια-βαίνω. 
δι-εγενόμην, see δια-γίγνομαι, ii. 6. 5. 
δι-είργω, "ἢ εἴρξω, to intercept (sc. av- 
τούς), intervenz, lili. 1. 2. 
δι-εἶἴχον, see δι-έχω, i. 8. 17. 
δι-ελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
ἃ. ἤλασα, to ride, drive, or charge, 
through, i. 5.12; 10.7: ii. 3. 19. 
δι-ελθεῖν, -ελήλυθα, see δι-έρχομαι. 
δι-ελών, see δι-αιρέω, il. 4. 22. 
δι-εξ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to come out through, εἰς, 
vi. 6. 38 ? 
δι-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 2 a. 
ἦλθον, to go or come through, pass or 
march through, cross, A., διά: of a 
rumor, to go abroad, spread: i. 4.7: 
ii. 4, 12: iv. 1. 3,53 5S. 22: v. 4. 14. 
δι-ερωτάω, to appeal to, v. 1. for épw- 
rdw, iv. 1. 26. 
δι-εσπάρθαι, see δια-σπείρω, ii. 4. 3. 
δι-έχω, " ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, ipf. εἶχον, 2 a. 
ἔσχον, [to have one’s self apart] 0 be 
apart, distant, or separated, to diverge, 
G., ἀπό: τὸ διέχον, the intervening 
space, interval: i. 8.17: ili. 4. 22. 
δι-ηγέομαι, joouat, ἥγημαι, to lead 
through a story, to relate or state in 
detail, narrate, A., iv. 3.8: vii. 4. 8. 
δι-ήλασα, see δι-ελαύνω, i. 10. 6. 
δι-ῆλθον, see δι-έρχομαι, i. 4. 7. 
δι-ίημι," jow, ela, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &c.), 
to send through, per-mit to go through, 
let pass, A. διά, 111. 2. 23? iv. 1. 8. 
δι-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, 
to station apart: M., w. pf. and 2 ἃ. 
act., to stand apart, be stationed at in- 
tervals, open the ranks, i. 5.2; 8. 20. 
δίκαιος, a, ov, c., s., (δίκη) just, 
right, righteous, upright, proper, rea- 
sonable, 1., 1.8.5: iii. 1.37: τὸ δίκαιον 
justice, right, pl. rights ; ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου 
[out of] according to justice, in ὦ just 





way,i.9.19: δίκαια ποιεῖν to do what is 
right,i.3.5; τὰ δίκαια λαμβάνειν to take 
justice, vii. 7.17: obs ἐδόκουν δικαιοτά- 
τους εἷναι whom they deemed to be the 
most proper to invite, or the best en- 
titled to an invitation, = v. 1. ods ἐδόκει 
δικαιότατον εἷναι whom it seemed to be 
the most proper to invite, 573, vi. 1.3. 

ιἰδικαιοσύνη, ns, justice (as a quality), 
uprightness, righteousness, i. 9. 16. 

ιἰδικαιότης, yros, ἡ, = δικαιοσύνη, 
ii. 6. 26. 

δικαίως justly, with reason, reason- 
ably, properly, deservedly, ii. 3. 19. 

δικαστής, οὔ, (δικάξω to judge) a 
judge, v. 7. 34. 

δίκη, ns, justice or right ; just retri- 

bution either (1) to him who has suf- 
fered, or (2) to him who has done 
wrong (ἡ ἐσχάτη δίκη the severest retri- 
bution or punishment, v. 6.15); also 
(3) sing. or pl., ὦ process of justice, 


judicial proceedings, trial; G. Thus, 


(1,3) δίκην διδόναι poenas dare, to give ret- 
ribution or satisfaction, make amends, 
pay the penalty, suffer punishment ; to 
render a judicial accownt of one’s con- 
duct ; p.; ii. 6.21: v. 7.29; 8.1: dt- 
knv λαμβάνειν poenas sumere, to take 
satisfaction, obtain amends or justice, 
inflict punishment, v.8.17: δίκην ἔχειν 
to have satisfaction, vii. 4. 24:— (2, 3) 
δίκην ἐπιτιθέναι to inflict retribution, 
punishment, or just desert, D., i. 3.10, 
20: 11.2.8: τῆς δίκης τυχεῖν to receive 
one’s desert, vi. 6.25: ἔχειν τὴν δίκην 
to have one’s desert or due, receive the 
punishment due, ii. 5. 38, 41: ὑπέχειν 
δίκην to undergo retribution, make 
amends, submit to an investigation, 
trial, or punishment, render account, 
D., v. 8. 1,18: vi. 6.15: εἰς δίκας xa- 
ταστῆσαι to present for trial, bring to 
trial, v. 7. 34. 

δι-μοιρία, as, (δίς, μοῖρα portion) a 
double portion, twice as much, vii. 
2. 36. 

Sivéw, jow, ch. poet., (δίνη a whirl) 
to whirl, trans.: M., intrans., vi. 1. 9. 

διό adv. = δί 8, on account of which, 
wherefore, i. 2. 21: v. 5.10: vii. 6. 39. 

δί-οδος, ov, ἡ, ὦ way or journey 
through, passage, Υ. 4. 9. 

δι-οίσω, see δια-φέρω, iii. 2. 23 ὃ 

δι-οράω," ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα or ébpaxa, 
to see through, perceive, discover, A., 
v. 2. 30. 





διορύττω 


δι-ορύττω," viw, ὀρώρυχα, to dig 
through, A., Vii. 8. 18 8. 

διότι" conj., (δι᾿ ὅ τι} on account of 
this that, becawse, ii. 2. 14. 

ἰδί-πηχυς, v, g. eos, (πῆχυς) two cu- 
bits long, iv. 2. 28. 

ἰδι-πλάσιος, a, ov, (πλάττω to form) 
two-fold, double, twice as much or 
many : διπλάσιον double the distance, 
twice as far, G.: 111. 3. 16: iv. 1. 13. 

Τδί-πλεθρος, ov, (πλέθρον) two hun- 
dred feet long or wide, iv. 3. 1. 

t&-mAdos, όη, dov, contr. δι-πλοῦς, 
ἢ, οῦν, (-πλοος, akin to πλέκω) duplex, 
two-fold, double, vii.6.7. Der. DI- 
PLOMA. 

[δίς adv., also in compos. d-, (δύο) 
twice, doubly. | 

ιδισ-χίλιοι, ai, a, two thousand, i. 
1.10; 2.9. 

διφθέρα, as, (δέφω to tan) a tanned 
or prepared skin, a leathern bag or 
pouch, i. 5.10: v. 2.12. Der. DIPH- 
THERIA. 

μιδιφθέρινος, 7, ov, made of skins, 
leathern, ii. 4. 28. 

Si-dpos, ov, ὁ, (dis, φέρω) a seat, 
originally for two, as in the old char- 
iot for the warrior and the driver, 
i. 8.10: vii. 3. 29. 

δίχα adv., (dis) in two, asunder : 
δίχα ποιεῖν to divide, vi. 4. 11. 

ιδιχάζω, dow, to divide or separate, 
intrans., iv. 8. 18 ? 

διψάω (contr. -&, -ἢς, -9), * ἥσω, δεδί- 
ψηκα, (δίψα thirst) to thirst, be thirsty, 
iv. 5. 27. 

ἰδιωκτέος, a, ov, to be pursued: διω- 
κτέον ἐστίν it is necessary to pursue, 
chase must be\given, iii. 3. 8. 

διώκω," ww, oftener ώξομαι, δεδίω- 
xa, (δίω to run away, flee) to make 
flee or run, pursue, chase, give chase, 
drive or follow as an enemy, A. εἰς, 
&e., i. 4.78; 5.28; 8.21: as intrans., 
to hasten or gallop off, vii. 2. 20. 

|δίωξις, ews, ἡ, act of pursuing, pwr- 
suit, ili. 4. 5. 

tSrapv, vos, ἡ, (δι-ορύττω) a canal, 
trench, i. 7. 15: 11. 4. 13, 17. 

t8dypa, aros, τό, a decree, ordinance, 
DOGMA, iii. 3. 5: vi. 4. 11; 6. 8, 27. 

δοθῆναι, δοίην, see δίδωμι, ii. 3. 25. 

δοκέω," δόξω, δεδόκηκα poet., (1) of 
the action of the mind itself, to think, 
suppose, imagine, expect, 1. (A.), i. 7. 
1; 8.2: δεδογμένος thought best, ap- 


36 δορπησνός 


proved, determined, resolved on, voted, 
iii, 2. 89 : τούτους τί [sc. παθεῖν] δο- 
κεῖτε; what do you think [these suf- 
fered] was the case with these? v.7. 26: 
— (2) of the action of an object upon 
the mind, to seem, appear, Lat. vide- 
or; to seem good, best, expedient, right, 
proper; to be approved, determined, 
resolved on, adopted, or voted; both 
personally and impersonally, and with 
the former construction for the latter 
(the two combined, iii. 1. 11 ὃ), 573; 
D. I. (A.; the inf. often supplied fr. 
the context); i. 2.1; 3. 11s, 18, 20; 
4.7, 15: δόξαν ταῦτα (sc. ποιεῖν fr. the 
context, or see 502] it having been 
voted to pursue this course, or this re- 
solved on, 675 a, iv. 1.13. With the 
uses 1 and 2, compare J think and me- 
thinks = me-seems = it seems to me. 
Aoxéw is much used for greater mod- 
esty or courtesy of expression, i. 3. 12; 
7. 4 (αἰσχύνεσθαί μοι δοκῶ, me-thinks 1 
am ashamed): iii. 1. 88 ; ef. 7om, 654. 

δοκιμάζω, dow, (δόκιμος accepted on 
proof, fr. δέχομαι) to approve on ex- 
amination, iii. 3. 20. 

δόλιος, a, ov, (δόλος) deceitful, 
treacherous, perfidious, i. 4. 7 ἵ 

δόλιχος, ov, ὁ, the long race, pro- 
tracted to several miles, by an exten- 
sion of the course, or a repetition of 
it, iv. 8. 27. 

δόλος, ov, ὁ, dolus, a wile, fraud, 
deceit, treachery, v. 6. 29. 

Addo, oros, ὁ, α Dolopian. The Do- 
lopes were a rude but hardy tribe, 
living on both sides of the southern 
range of Mt. Pindus. i. 2. 6. 

Ἰδόξα, ns, opinion, expectation; repu- 
tation, credit, glory, eis: ii.1.18: vi. 
1. 21; 5.14. Der. oRTHO-DOXY. 

ἐδοξάζω, dow, to commend, extol, A., 
vi. 1. 32? 

δόξας, δόξω, see δοκέω, i. 3.20; 4.15. 

δοράτιον, ov, τό, (dim. of δόρυ) a 
short spear, of special use in carrying 
booty or baggage, yet also used as a 
weapon, vi. 4. 23. 

δορκάς, ddos, ἡ, (δέρκομαι, pf. δέδορ- 
xa, to look keenly) a small, swift, and 
beautiful antelope, so named from the 
lustre of its eye, a gazelle, i. 5. 2: Υ. 
3.10. Hence prop. name Dorcas. 

és, οὔ, or δόρπηστος, ov, ὁ, 
(δόρπον supper) supper-time, i. 10. 17: 





v. Ll, δόρπιστος. : 


δόρυ 37 


δόρυ," δόρατος, τό, (cf. δρῦς oak) a 
beam or large stick, the shaft of a 
spear ; hence comm. ὦ spear, lance, 
pike, Lat. hasta. The common spear 
of the Greek hoplite consisted of a 
long wooden shaft, with a sharp steel 
point (αἰχμή), and upon the reverse 
end an iron spike (cavpwr %p) for thrust- 
ing the spear into the ground in time 
of rest. Ἐπὶ δόρυ [spear-ward] to the 
right, since the spear was carried in 
the right hand; cf. wap ἀσπίδας. i. 
8.18: iii. 5. 7: iv. 3. 29; 7. 16. 

|Sopu-pédpos, ov, ὁ, (φέρω) a spear- 
bearer, spear-man, a forager carrying 
a spear, v. 2. 4: cf. δοράτιον. 

ἰδουλεία, as, slavery, servitude, bond- 
age, subjection, vii. 7. 32. 

tSovdetw, εύσω, δεδούλευκα, to be a 
slave, iv. 8. 4. 

δοῦλος, ov, ὁ, (δέω to bind) a slave, 
bondman, bond-servant ; under an ab- 
solute government, a subject ; 1.9.15, 
29: ii. 5. 32, 88 : iii. 1. 17. 

δοῦναι, δούς, see δίδωμε, i. 2. 12. 

tSouréw,* ήσω, δέδουπα, ch. Ep., to 
make a din, to clash, D. of instrument, 
πρός, i. 8.18. Onomatopoetic. 
δοῦπος, ov, ὁ, ch. poet., a loud 
noise, din, uproar, hubbub, ii. 2. 19. 

Δρακόντιος, ov, Dracontius, a Spar- 
tan exile, iv. 8. 25: vi. 6. 30. 

δράμοιμι, Spapodpar, see τρέχω. 


_ ἐδρεπανη-φόρος, ov, (φέρω) scythe- 


bearing, scythe-armed, i.7.10s; 8.10. 
δρέπανον, ov, τό, or poet.Speravn, 7s, 
(δρέπω to pluck) a scythe, sickle, 1.8.10. 
Δρίλαι, ὧν, the Drile, a warlike 
peopledwelling near Trebizond,v. 2.1 8. 
δρόμος, ov, ὁ, (τρέχω, pf. δέδρομα) 
the act or place of running; ὦ run, 
running, race; race-course: δρόμῳ 
upon the run, as in a race, at full 
speed, rapidly: δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς 
στρατιώταις the soldiers began to run, 
459: i. 2.17; 8. 18s: iv. 8. 25s. 
δύναμαι, " δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ipf. 
ἐδυνάμην or ἠδυνάμην, ἃ. p. ἐδυνήθην, 
ἠδυνήθην, or Τ. ἐδυνάσθην, to be able 
(can), have power, 1. (often under- 
stood); hence elliptically, to be strong 
or powerful; to be equal or equivalent 
to, to mean, Α.; i. 1.4; 5.6; 7.5: 
ii. 2.128: iv. 5. 11s: οἱ μέγιστον (or 


μέγιστα) δυνάμενοι [sc. ποιεῖν] the most: 


powerful, ii. 6.21: οὐκ ἐδυνάμην ζῆν 
1 could not (consent to) Vive, vii. 2. 33. 


ϑυσπορία 


It is often used or to be supplied with 
a rel. and superl., 553¢: ws μάλιστα 
ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτόμενος [concealing it 
as he best could] as secretly as possible, 
1.1.6; 9 ἐδύνατο τάχιστα [as he could 
most rapidly] as rapidly as he could, 
i. 2.4; ws ἂν δύνηται πλείστους as 
many as he could, 1. 6. 3. 
ἐδύναμις, ews, ἡ, ability, power, 
might, strength, force; military force, 
forces, troops, army (so pl. 1. 5. 9): 
κατὰ or els δύναμιν according to or to 
the extent of one’s ability: i.1.6; 6. 
7: ii. 8. 23: iii. 2.9. Der. DYNAMIC. 
{8uvaderns, ov, a chief or powerful 
man, lord, nobleman, i. 2. 20. Der. 
DYNASTY. 
|δυνατός, 7, dv, c., s., actively, able, 
competent, powerful, strong, 1.; pas- 
sively, possible, practicable, feasible, 
D.1.; i. 8.17; 9. 24: ii. 6. 8, 19: iv. 
1. 12, 24: ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν from [the 
possibles] the means in their power, 
iv. 2.23. It is often used or to be 
supplied with a rel. and superl., 5530: 
ἣ δυνατὸν μάλιστα [so as is possible, 
most implicitly] as implicitly as pos- 
sible, 1. 8. 15; ὅτι ἀπαρασκευαστότατον 
[according to what is possible, most 
unprepared | as unprepared as possible, 
ὅτι πλείστους as many as possible, i. 1. 
6; ὡς τάχιστα πορεύεσθαι to proceed as 
speedily as possible, i. 3. 14. 
δύω," δύσω, to make enter, put on: 
hence δύνω & Siopar, δύσομαι, δέδῦκα, 
2a. ἔδῦν, of the sun, to enter the 
western sea, to set, 1.10.15: ii. 2. 3. 
δύο," δυοῖν, or, w. plur. nouns, 
indecl., duo, TWO, i. 1.1: iii. 2. 37: 
vi. 6. 14: vii. 5.9; 6.1. Der. DUAL. 
[Svo-* inseparable particle, i//, mis-, 
un-, DYS-, with difficulty. | 
δύσ-βατος, ov, difficult of access, 
v. 2.2: iv. 1. 25? 
δυσ-διάβατος, ov, dificult to pass, 
vi. 5. 19? 
δυσμή, Hs, (δύνω) usu. in pl., setting 
of the sun ; ἡλίου δυσμαί sun-set ; Vi. 
4.26; 5. 32: vil. 3. 34. 
δυσ-πάριτος, ov, (πάρ-ειμι to pass) 
hard or difficult to pass, iv. 1.25: v. 1. 
δυσπόριστος (for δυσπρόσιτος difficult 
of access 3) or δύσβατος. 
δυσ-πόρευτος, ov, (πορεύω) difficult 
of passage or to pass, D., i. 5. 7. 
ἰδυσπορία, as, difficulty of crossing, 





difficult passage, G., iv. 3. 7. 





δύσπορος 38 ἐγώ 


δύσ-πορος, ov, difficult of passage, 
hard to cross, ii. 5.9: v. 1. 13: vi. 5.12. 
δύσ-χρηστος, ov, (xpdoua) hard to 
use or manage, of little use, unservice- 
able, iii. 4. 19. 
δυσ-χωρία, as, (χῶρος) the rugged- 
ness or difficulty of the country, diffi- 
cult ground, iii. 5. 16. 
Sa, δώσω, see Sidwur, 1. 7. 7. 
δώ-δεκα indecl., (δύο, δέκα) twelve, 
i. 2. 10; 7. 15. 
ἰδωρέομαι, ἤσομαι, δεδώρημαι, to make 
or give α present, to present, give, A. 
D., Vii. 3. 18, 268; 5. 3. 
tSwpo-Soxéw, How, (δέχομαι) to receive 
a gift, take a bribe, vii. 6. 17. 
δῶρον, ov, (δίδωμι) α gift, present, 
reward, i. 2.27; 9.14, 22: ii. 1. 10. 


E. 


ἐᾷ, ἐᾶν, &c., see édw, iii. 3. 3. 
ἑάλωκα, ἑάλων, see ἁλίσκομαι, iii. 4.8, 
ἐάν," (εἰ, ἄν) contr. ἤν or “ay, conj. 
followed by the subj., 7f perhaps, if 
haply, if, in case that: ἐὰν μή if not, 
unless, except: ἐάν te. . ἐάν τε [both 
if . . and if] whether. . or: i. 3. 14, 
18s; 4.12: vii. 1. 31; 3. 37. 
μἐάν-περ, if indeed, if only, iv. 6.17? 
ἐαρίζω, iow ιῶ, (ἔαρ ver, spring) to 
pass or spend the spring, ili. 5. 15. 
ἑ-αυτοῦ," ἢς, contr. αὑτοῦ, js, fefl. 
pron., (@ him, αὐτός) sui, of himself, 
herself, itself, ch. used when the reflex 
reference is emphatic or direct. In 
the gen., it often supplies the place 
of a possessive pron. (suus): οἱ ἑαυτοῦ 
his own men, τὰ ἑαυτῶν their own 
affairs, interests, or possessions. i. 1. 
5; 2.7, 15: iii. 1.16. V.1. for éuav- 
τοῦ or σαυτοῦ, 5394, vi. 6. 15: vil. 5. 
δ: often for αὐτοῦ, or the converse. 
ἐάω," ἐάσω, elaxa, ipf. εἴων, to per- 
mit, allow, suffer, let, A. 1.: to let be, 
let alone, leave, dismiss, have nothing 
to do with, A. D.: οὐκ ἐᾶν to forbid, 
prohibit, protest, 686i: i. 4. 7,9; 9. 
18: vii. 3. 2; 4. 10s, 20, 24. 
téBSop4xovra indecl., seventy,iv.7.8. 
ἕβδομος, 7, ov, (Ewrd) seventh, vi. 2.12. 
᾿Εβοζέλμιος or '᾿Εβολζέμιος, ov, v. ἰ. 
for ᾿Αβροζέλμης, vii. 6. 43. 
éy-, the form which é takes in 
compos. before a palatal, 150. 


ἐγ-γίγνομαι," γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι 


& 2 pf. γέγονα, to take place, be pro- 
duced, or arise in, D., V. 8. 3. 
{ἔγ-γονος, ov, ὁ, adescendant, iii.2.14? 
iw,* σω, ἠγγύηκα, (ἐγ-γύη α 
pledge in hand, fr. yviov limb, hand) 
to put in hand, pledge: M. to pledge 
one's self, engage, promise, 1. (A)., Vii. 
4. 13. 
téyys0ev adv., from nigh at hand, 
iv. 2. 27. 
éyyts* adv., c. & 5. ἐγγύτερον, 
Tara, or τέρω, τάτω, near, nigh, close 
at hand, G.; nearly, closely : superl. 
w. art. the nearest, last: 1. 8.8; 10. 
10: ii. 2.11, 16s; 4.1: iv. 2. 28. 
éyelpw, * ἐγερῶ, ἐγήγερκα 1., to wake 
another : 2 pf. pret. ἔγρήγορα to be or 
keep awake, keep watch, iv. 6. 22. 
ἐγενόμην, ἐγιγνόμην, see γίγνομαι. 
ἐγ-καλέω," καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
to call wpon as responsible, make a 
demand upon, charge, blame, throw 
the blame upon, find fault with, Ὁ. 
ΟΡ; to call upon one for, demand, A.; 
vii. 5. 7; 7. 33, 44, 47. 
ἐγ-καλύπτω, iw, κεκάλυφα 1., (κα- 
λύπτω to wrap, cover) to wrap up in ἃ 
covering, A., iv. 5. 19. 
ἔγ-κειμαι, " κείσομαι, to lie in or 
therein, iv. 5. 26. 
ἐγ-κέλευστος, ov, (κελεύω) urged on, 
instructed, incited, bidden, i. 3. 13. 
ἐγ-κέφαλος, ov, ὁ, (κεφαλή) the brain; 
the brain, crown, or cabbage of the 
palm, a large cabbage-like bud at the 
top of the stalk, ii. 3. 16. 
ἐγ-κρατής, ἐς, (κράτος) in power 
over, in possession of, master of, G., 1. 
ἢ, ἢν Hh 18. 
ἔγνωκα, ἔγνων, ἐγνώσθην, see γιγ- 
νώσκω, i. 3.2: il. 4. 22: ii. 1. 48. 
ἐγρήγορα, -ewv, see éyelpw, iv. 6. 22. 
-xadivdw, wow, pf. p. κεχαλίνω- 
μαι, to put a bit in the mouth of, to 
bridle, A., Vii. 2. 21; 7. 6. 
ἐγ-χειρέω, ήσω, ἐγ-κεχείρηκα, (χείρ) 
to take in hand, undertake, make an 
attempt, v. 1. 8. 
ἐγ-χειρίδιον, ov, τό, (χείρ) a hand- 
knife, dagger, iv. 3. 12. 
ἐγ-χειρίζω, low 1d, xexelpixa, (χείρ) 
to put in the hands of another, commit, 
entrust, A. D., ili. 2. 8. 
ἐγ-χέω," f. xéw or χεῶ, κέχυκα, (χέω 
to pour) to powr in wine for ἃ libation, 
D., iv. 3. 13. 





ἐγώ," ἐμοῦ or μοῦ, pl. ἡμεῖς, (the 


ἔγωγε 99 εἰμί 


forms beginning w. é- having comm. 
some emphasis, and those w. p- being 
enclitic) ego, mei, nos, J, we, i. 3. 3, 
5s: πρός με for πρὸς ἐμέ, 788 6, 11]. 2. 
2: ἡμᾶς = ἐμέ, i. 7. 7: ἐγῷμαι by cra- 
sis for ἐγὼ οἶμαι, I think, 111.1. 851 
Der. EGOTISM. 
jéyw-ye,* ἐμοῦ ye, ἔμοιγε, Eueye or 
ἐμέ γε, equidem, J at least, I for my 
part, I certainly, i. 4. 8: vil. 1. 30. 
ἔδει, ἐδεῖτο, see δέω, 1.5.14: iv.1.13. 
ἔδεισα, ἐδεδοίκειν, see δείδω, i. 10. 9. 
ἐδήδοκα, see ἐσθίω, iv. 8. 20. 
ἐδόκουν, ἔδοξα, see δοκέω, 1. 3. 20. 
ἔδραμον, see τρέχω, iv. 3. 33. 
ἔδωκα, ἔδοσαν, see δίδωμι, i. 2. 27. 
ἔζων, ἔζη, see (dw, 1.5.5: v. 8. 10. 
téeXovris, οὔ, ὁ, a volunteer; as adj. 
voluntary, willing, of one’s own accord, 
i. 6.9: iv. 1. 26s. 
ἐέθελοντί adv., willingly, iii. 3. 18 ὃ 
ἐἐθελούσιος, a, ov, voluntary, of one’s 
own accord, iv. 6. 19: vi. 5. 14. 
ἐθέλω," ἐθελήσω, ἠθέληκα, by ashorter 
but less frequent form θέλω, θελήσω, 
to be willing, consent, wish, desire, 
will, choose, please, prefer, 1., τί : οὐκ 
ἐθέλω, 1 am not willing, I will not, 
1 refuse: ἐθέλων w. adverbial force, 
willingly: i. 2.26; 3.6,8; 9.188: 
iv. 4.5: vi. 2.6. ᾿Εθέλω and βούλομαι 
are nearly synonymous and may be 
often interchanged ; yet, in strict dis- 
tinction, ἐθέλω expresses the wish or 
will more as a feeling, and βούλομαι 
more as a rational purpose or prefer- 
ence. Simple inclination, acquiescence, 
or desire is rather expressed by ἐθέλω, 
and plan or determination by βούλο- 
μαι: εἰ ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν, ἕπεσθαι 
βούλομαι if you are willing to take the 
lead, I am resolved to follow, iii. 1. 25: 
ef. v. 6. 20; 7. 27s. 
ἐθέμην, ἔθηκα, see τίθημι, i. 5. 14. 
ἔθνος, eos, τό, a nation, tribe: κατὰ 
ἔθνη or ἔθνος, according to their nations 
or tribes, by nations or tribes: 1. 8.9: 
iv. 5. 28: v. 5.5. Der. ETHNO-LOGY. 
εἰ * conj. (becoming ἐάν before the 
subj., 619 a), si, if, supposing, provid- 
ed, in case that, i. 2.2: εἰ μή nisi, if 
not, unless, except, i. 4.18: iv. 2. 4: 
εἰ δὲ μή but if not, otherwise, used even 
after negative sentences, ii. 2. 2: iv. 
3.6: εἴ ris if any, sometimes, as a 
more moderate form of expression, 
supplying the place of ὅστις whoever, 





whatever, 639, 1.5.1; 6.1; καὶ εἴ res 
νόσῳ and a few perhaps by sickness, 
v.3.3: καὶ εἰ, εἰ καί even tf, although, 
though, iii. 2. 22,24: vi.6.27:— eas 
complem., if, whether, whether not, 
i. 3.5; 10. 5: iii. 2. 22; so elliptical- 
ly, to see or try tf, to ascertain whether, 
iv. 1.8: v. 4. 3. 
ela, eldora, see édw, 1. 4. 7; 9.13, 18. 
εἶδον, εἰδώ, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς, &c., see 
ὁράω. Cf. video, Sans. vid, to wit. 
μεἶδος, εος, τό, appearance, form, 
beauty, ii. 3. 16. 
εἴην, εἴησαν or elev, see εἰμέ, i. 1. 5. 
εἰκάζω," dow, εἴκακα 1., pf. p. εἴκα- 
σμαι or ἤκασμαι, to make like, liken, 
A.; to think likely, conjecture, sup- 
pose, estimate, τ. (A.), i. 6. 1,11; 10. 
16: pf. p. to have been made like, to 
resemble, D., V. 3.12; 4.12:— 2 pf. 
pret. ἔοικα, 2 plup. ἐῴκειν, to be like, 
resemble, seem like, D.; to seem; ii. 1. 
13; 2. 18. 
μεἰκός, dros, (neut. pt. of εἶκα = ἔοικα) 
likely, probable, reasonable, proper, 
natural, w. frequent ellipsis of ἐστί or 
hw, 1. (A.): τὸ εἰκός the likelihood, prob- 
ability, &c.: ii. 2.19; 3.6: iii. 1. 21. 
εἴκοσι(ν) indecl., twenty, i. 2. 5, 8. 
εἰκότως adv., (εἰκός) reasonably, nat- 
urally, with good reason, il. 2. 3. 
εἴληφα, -ev, see λαμβάνω, iv. 5. 35. 
εἴληχα, -etv, see Aayxdvw, iv. 5. 24. 
εἷλκον, see ἕλκω, iv. 2. 28: v. 2. 15. 
εἱλόμην, εἷλον, see alpéw, i. 3.5; 9.9. 
εἰμί," ἔσομαι (3 sing. ἔσται), ipf. ἣν, 
sum, to be, exist, the chief substantive 
verb, variously translated acc. to the 
context, i. 1.4: w. GEN., to be of or 
one’s, belong to, be the property or part 
of, &C., 4178, 440, 443, 1. 1. 6: i. 1. 
4,9; ὄντα τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου being [οἵ] 
a plethron in width, i. 4. 9: W. DAT., 
to be to or for (where have is frequent 
in translation, 459), i. 2. 7; 3. 21: w. 
ἃ PART., often a stronger form of ex- 
pression for the simple verb, 679, ii. 
2.13; 3.10: τὰ ὄντα the things be- 
ing, facts, effects, possessions, iv. 4.15: 
Vii. 8. 22: τῷ ὄντι in reality or fact, 
really, v. 4. 20. — Its IMPERS. use 
(which may usu. be also explained 
personally, 571 f, h) is extensive : ἔστι 
there is or it is, ἐξ is possible, the part 
of, &c., τ. (A.), 1.5.28; ii. 1.9: often 
w. ἃ neut. adj. sing. or pl., as δῆλον 
ii. 3. 6, ἄβατα iii. 4. 49: w. a relative, 





εἶμι 40 εἰσφέρω 


often forming a complex indefinite, |i. 2.6; 9.22: καθ᾽ ἕνα one by one, 
5598, as ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις but there is who | singly, iv. 7. 8: εἷς τις any single one, 
= but some one, i. 8. 20, ἣν οὕς = some, | els ἕκαστος each individual, each sin- 


i. 5. 7, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε there is when = some-|gly, ii. 1.19: vi. 6. 12, 20. 


times, ii. 6.9; and negatively, οὐκ ἦν 


elo-dyw,* ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 ἃ. ἤγαγον, a. 


ὅπου there was [not where] no place|p. ἤχθην, to lead or bring into or in, 


where, iv. 5.31 (ef. ii. 3. 23), οὐκ ἔστιν 
ὅπως [there is not how] i cannot be 
that, ii. 4. 3 (cf. the personal use τοῦτ᾽ 
ἔστιν ὅπως ; is this possible, how ? ὦ 
it possible that? v. 7.7): τὸ κατὰ τοῦ- 
τον εἶναι so far as regards him, τὸ νῦν 
εἶναι for the present, 665 Ὁ, i. 6. 9: iil. 
2. 37. — For the accent of the pres. 
ind., see 787 ο, 788 a, Ὁ, ἃ, f. 

εἶμι," ipf. ew or ja, to go, come ; 
the pres. regularly used in the ind., 
and sometimes in other modes, as fut. 
(elu 1 am going = 7 shall go, cf. épxo- 
pat): imv. ἔθι age, come/ AE., Ὁ. διά, εἰς, 
érl, &c.: i. 2.11; 3.1, 6; 4. 8: iv. 
6.12: vii. 2.26. For M. ἴεμαι, see ἵημι. 

εἶπα, εἶπον, see φημί, 1. 3.7: ii. 1. 21. 

εἴ-περ if indeed, if in fact or really, 
i. 7.9: ii. 4.7: iv. 6. 16. 

εἱπόμην, see ἕπομαι, 111. 4. 18. 

elpyw or eipyw,* ρξω, to bar, debar, 
shut in or out, hem in, exclude, keep 
off, prevent, A. ἀπό, ἐκ : M. to shut 
one’s self out, get one’s self excluded : 
iii. 1.12; 3.16: vi. 3.8; 6. 16. 

εἴρηκα, εἴρημαι, see φημί, i. 2. 5. 

εἰρήνη, 7s, (elpw to join, or to talk) 
peace, ii. 6. 2, 6: iii. 1. 37. 

εἰς," sometimes és, (€v-s,688 d) prep., 
w. Acc. of place, into, more briefly éo 
or in; at, on, or upon ; [to go into] 
for; sometimes for ἐν by const. preg. 
7042; 1.1.28; 2. 2s, 24: so of state 
or action, ii. 6.17: iii. 1. 43: —ofa col- 
lection of persons or things, among, to, 
into the land of, against,i. 1.11; 6. 
7: ii, 2.20: v. 6. 27s: — of time, [in 
passing into] on or upon, in, at, i. 7. 
1: ii. 1. 17: iii. 1. 3: — of number or 
measure, up to, even to, to the number, 
extent, or depth of, i. 1.10: ii. 3. 23: 
vi 4.16; εἰς ἀφθονίαν [to] in abun- 
dance, abundantly, vii. 1. 33; εἰς δύο 
two by two, ii. 4. 26 ; εἰς ὀκτώ eight deep, 
vii. 1. 23: — of aim, end, result, ob- 
ject of reference, &c., for, in respect 
to, concerning, i. 1.9; 3.3; 9.5, 16, 23: 
ii. 6. 30. In compos., into, in, &c. 

εἷς," μία, ἕν, g. ἑνός, μιᾶς, one, a 
single one, an individual ; used more 


A. els, πρός, i. 6.112? vi. 1. 12. 
εἰς-ακοντίζω, iow ιῶ, to throw or 
hurl darts in, vii. 4. 15. 
εἰσ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go into a vessel, embark, εἰς, 
v. 7.15? 
εἰσ-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἐβάλον, to throw one’s self into, effect 
an entrance or make an irruption into, 
enter ; of streams, to empty into; eis ; 
i. 2.21; 7.15: v. 4. 10. 
els-B Bato, βιβάσω βιβῶ, to put into 
or on board a vessel, A., v. 3. 1. 
εἰσ-βολή, 7s, (εἰσ- βάλλω) irruption, 
entrance, pass, i. 2. 21: v. 6. 7. 
εἰσ-δύομαι, " δύσομαι, to enter or sink 
into, εἰς, iv. 5. 14. 

εἰσ-έδραμον, -δραμών, see εἰσ-τρέχω. 

εἴσ-ειμι, ᾿ ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμι q. Vv.) to go 
or come into or in, enter, els, παρά : to 
enter one’s mind, occupy one’s thoughts, 
A. CP.: i. 7. 8: vi..1.17: vii. 2. 14. 

εἰσ-ελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
a. ἤλασα, to ride into, enter, εἰς, 1.2.26. 

εἰσ-ελθεῖν, see εἰσ-έρχομαι, i. 2. 21. 

εἰσ-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to come or go into or in, 
to penetrate into, enter, els, ἐπί, 1. 2. 21: 
iv. 8.13: vii. 1. 27. 

elo-yjewv, -ἤεσαν or -ἦσαν, see εἴσ- 
equt, 1. 7. 8. 

εἰσ-ήλασα, see εἰσ-ελαύνω, 1. 2. 26. 

εἰσ-ηνέχθην, see εἰσ-φέρω, i. 6. 11? 
elo-HXOnv, see εἰσ-άγω, 1. 6. 11? 
post ov, ἡ, ἃ way in, entrance, 
els, iv. 2. 3: vi. 5. 1. 

εἴσομαι, see dpdw, 1. 4. 15. 

εἰσ-πηδάω, ἤσομαι, πεπήδηκα, a. 
ἐπήδησα, (πηδάω to leap) to leap τηίο, 
els, 1. 5. 8. 

elo-trinre,* πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2a. 
ἔπεσον, to fall into or upon, burst or 
rush into, eis, i. 10.1: vii. 1. 17, 19. 

εἰσ-πλέω," πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, to 
sail into, eis, vi. 4. 1. 

εἰσ-πορεύομαι, εύσομαι, πεπόρευμαι, 
to march into, εἰς, iv. 7. 27 ? 

εἱστήκειν or ἑστήκειν, see lor nut. 

εἰσ-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, dedpdunxa, 





strictly as a numeral than one in Eng. ; 


εἰσ-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, a. ἤνεγκα 


2 ἃ. ἔδραμον, to run into or in, ν. 2. 16. 


εἰσφορέω 


or -ov, ἃ. p. ἠνέχθην, to bring or carry 
into or in, A. D., els, i. 6. 11} vii. 3. 21. 
εἰσ-φορέω, ow, πεφόρηκα, to bring 
into, A. els, iv. 6. 1. 
εἴσω, sometimes ἔσω, adv., (els or 
és) within, inside of, G., i. 2.21; 4. 5. 
εἰσ-ωθέω," dow, to push into or in, 
trans.: M. intrans., v. 2. 18 ? 
εἶτα adv., (εἰ τά if those things are, 
cf. ἔπειτα) then, in that case, there- 
upon, after that, next, i. 2. 16, 25. 
el-re . . el-re si-ve .. si-ve, both if 
. . and if, whether . . or, ii.1.14: iii. 
1.40; 2.7. See ei. 
εἶχον, εἰχόμην, see ἔχω, i. 1. 6. 
εἴωθα, " J [have accustomed myself] 
am wont or accustomed, 1.; intrans. 
2 pf. pret. of ἐθίζω, low 1, εἴθικα, to 
accustom : 2 plup. εἰώθειν, vii. 8. 4. 
εἴων, elas, ela, see édw, i. 4. 9. 
ἐκ, the form which the prep. ἐξ takes 
before a consonant, 165, i. 1. 6. 
ἐέἑκασταχόσε in each direction, iii. 5. 
17. 
ἕκαστος, 7, ov, (see ἑκάτερος) quis- 
que, each of more than two, every, 
cach or every one; pl. several, respec- 
tive, each body, all, or translated as 
sing. or like an adv. (severally). Its 
sing. is often joined, esp. through ap- 
position, with a plural. i.1.6; 2.15; 
7.15; 8..9: ii. 2.17: v. 6. 5. 
μέκάστοτε at cach time, uniformly, 
always, ii. 4. 10. 
ἑκάτερος, a, ov, (a compar. in form 
w. ἕκαστος as sup., perhaps derived fr. 
els, 376 ο, 4) uterque, each of two; pl. 
both, each party, or translated as sing. : 
καθ᾽ ἑκάτερα on each side, G.: i. 8. 27: 
iii. 2. 836: v. 5. 25; 6. 7: vi. 1. 9. 
ψμέἑκατέρωθεν from or on each or both 
sides, i. 8. 18, 22: vi. 4.3; 5. 25. 
ψέκατέρωσε to cach side of two, in 
both directions, i. 8. 14 
ἑκατόν indecl., a hundred, i. 2. 25. 
“Exat-évupos, ov, Hecatonymus, an 
envoy to the Cyreans from Sindpe, v. 
5.7; 6. 8. 
ἐκ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go out, forth, or aside, from a 
road, valley, river, vessel, &c.; to sally 
Sorth; to disembark; eis, &c.; iv. 2.1, 
10, 258; 3. 8, 23: v. 4. 11. 
éx-Béddw,* βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. ἔβα- 
λον, a. p. ἐβλήθην, to throw or cast out 
or away (out of one’s hands, quiver, 


41 ἐκκλησιάζω 


els: 1.1.7; 2.1: 1.6: vii. 1.16; 
5. 6. Cf. ἐκ-πίπτω = passive. 

ἔκ-βασις, ews, ἡ, (€x-Balvw) egress, 
outlet, passage, pass, iv. 1.20; 2. 1s. 

᾿Εκβάτανα, wy, τά, Echatana (also 
written Agbatana, and Achmetha, Ez- 
ra 6. 2) the capital of Media, favorably 
situated for coolness and good air, 
and containing the strongly fortified 
and magnificent summer residence of 
the Persian king, ii. 4. 25: iii. 5. 15. 
|| Hamadan. 

ἐκ-βληθείην, see ἐκ-βάλλω, vii. 5. 6. 

éx-BonPéw, now, βοήθηκα, to rush or 
come forth to the rescue, ἐξ, vii. 8. 15. 

ἔκ-γονος, ov, (γίγνομαι) born from : 
οἱ ἔκγονοι the descendants: τὰ ἔκγονα 
the young of animals: iii. 2: 14? iv. 
5. 25? 

ἐκ-δεδράμηκα, ἐκ-δραμών, see éx-rpé- 
xw, v. 2.17; 4. 16. 
ἐκ-δέρω," depd, a. ἔδειρα, (δέρω to 
skin) to take out of one’s skin, to flay, 
A., 1.2.8: v. 1. éxdelpew. 

ἐκ-δίδωμι͵" δώσω, δέδωκα, pf. p. δέ- 
δομαι, to give forth or up, A.: to give 
forth in marriage, settle with a hus- 
band, A. παρά: iv. 1. 24: vi. 6. 10. 

ἐκ-δύνω, " δύσομαι, δέδῦκα, 2 a. ἔδῦν, 
to get out of one’s clothes, to strip 
one’s self, iv. 3. 12. 
ἐκεῖ adv., there, in that place, yon- 
der, i. 3.20; 10.8: iv. 1. 24. 
ψἐκεῖθεν thence, from that place or 
region, v. 6. 24. 
Léxetvos,* ἡ, 0, that, that one; often 
as a strong pers. pron., he, she, it ; i. 
1.4; 3.9; 7.18: iii.1.35. See ér-éxewa. 
μἐκεῖσε thither, to that place, there 
(= thither), vi. 1. 33; 6. 36. 
ἐκήρυξε, -ὔχθη, see κηρύττω, ii. 2. 21. 
ἐκ-θλέβω," ἰψω, τέθλίφα 1., (θλίβω 
to squeeze) to press or crowd out, A., iii. 
4. 19s. 
ἐκ- καθαίρω, *apd, pf. p. κεκάθαρμαι, 
to cleanse from defilement, burnish ; 
or 
ἐκ-καλύπτω, ύψω, pf. p. κεκάλυμμαι 
(καλύπτω to cover, veil) to un-cover, to 
take the shield out of the leather case 
(σάγμα) in which it was commonly 
carried on the march to preserve its 
brightness ; i. 2. 16. 
ἐκκλησία, as, (ἐκ-καλέω to call forth) 
ὦ convocation, assembly, i. 3.2; 4. 12. 
ψἐκκλησιάζω," dow, to call an assem- 





&c.); to drive out, banish, expel; ἐξ, 


bly, v. 6.37. Der. ECCLESIASTIC. 





ἐκκλίνω 42 ἑκών 


ἐκ- κλίνω," κλινῶ, κέκλικα 1., (κλίνω 
clino, to bend) to bend out of line, 
turn to flight, give way, i. 8.19. Cf. 
IN-CLINE. 

ἐκ-κομίζω, low ιῶ, κεκόμικα, to bring 
or carry out, to lead out (of the Pon- 
tus, vi. 6. 36): MM. to carry out or off 
for one’s self: A.: 1.5.8: v. 2.19. 

ἐκ-κόπτω, * κόψω, κέκοφα, to cut trees 
out of a wood, cut down, fell; to lay 
waste or destroy by cutting down trees ; 
A.; 1.4.10: ii. 3. 10. 

ἐκ-κυβιστάω, jow, to throw a somer- 
set, a feat often performed among the 
Greeks over swords pointing upwards, 
vi. 1.9. See κυβιστάω. 

ἐκ-κυμαίνω, avd, (κῦμα wave) to 
[wave out of line] bend out or swell 
Jorth like a wave, i. 8. 18. 

ἐκ-λέγω," λέξω, εἴλοχα, (λέγω lego, 
to LAY, gather) to lay or gather out, 
to pick or single out, select ; so M., more 
subjectively ; A.; ii. 3.11: iii. 3. 19: 
v. 6. 20. Der. ECLECTIC. 

ἐκ-λείπω," λείψω, λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλι- 
πον, to leave (going out of), quit, 
abandon, desert, forsake, A. els: of 
snow, fo disappear: i. 2. 24: iii. 4. 8: 
iv. 1.8; 3. 24; 5.15. Der. ECLIPSE. 

ἐκ-μηρύομαι, dooua, (unptoua to 
wind) to wind out; of an army, fo 
defile, vi. 5. 22. 

ἐκ- πέμπω, ἢ πέμψω, πέπομφα, to send 
out, conduct forth: M. to send forth 
of one’s own company: A.: iii. 2. 24: 
v. 2. 21. 

éx-rérAnypat, see ἐκ-πλήττω. 

ἐκ- πεπτωκώς, see ἐκ-πίπτω, i. 1. 7. 

ἐκ-περαίνω, ava, to finish out, fully 
accomplish, A. D., Vv. 1. 13. 

ἐκ- πεσών, see ἐκπίπτω, v. 2. 31. 

ἐκ-πηδάω, ἥσομαι, πεπήδηκα, to leap 
or spring out or forth, vii. 4. 16. 

ἐκ-πίμπλημι," πλήσω, πέπληκα, to 
jill out or up, A., iii. 4. 222 

ἐκ-πίνω, " πίομαι, πέπωκα, 2 a. ἔπϊον, 
to drink [out] up, A., i. 9. 25. 

ἐκ-πίπτω, ἢ πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2 a. 
ἔπεσον, to fall or be thrown out: out 
of one’s home, to be driven out, ban- 
ished, or exiled ; οἱ ἐκπεπτωκότες the 
extles : of trees, out of their places, to 
fall down: out of the sea, to be thrown 
ashore or wrecked : to throw one’s self 
out, rush or hurry out, tumble out: 
ἐξ: 1.1.7: 11.8.10: v.2.17s: vii.5.12s. 


ἐκ- πλέω," πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, to 
saul out, forth, or away, 6. g. out of the 
Pontus, ἐξ, ii. 6. 2: vii. 1. 1, 39. 
ἔκ-πλεως, wy, (πλέως " full) filled 
out, entirely full, complete, iii. 4. 22. 
ἐκ-πλήττω," πλήξω, πέπληγα, pf. p. 
πέπληγμαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐπλήγην, but ἐξ. 
ἐπλάγην, to strike out of one’s self- 
possession ; to strike with surprise, 
astonishment, alarm, or terror ; to sur- 
prise, amaze, astonish, confound, con- 
fuse, alarm, terrify ; A.; i. 5.13; 8.20. 
ἐκ- ποδών adv., (πούς) out of the way 
of the feet, out of the way : €. ποιεῖσθαι 
to put out of the way : 1.6.9: ii. 5. 29. 
éx-tropevopat, evcouat, πεπόρευμαι, 
to march or go out or forth, v. 1. 8. 
ἐκ-πορίζω, iow ιῶ, πεπόρικα, to bring 
out, provide, procure, A. D., v. 6. 19? 
ἔκ-πωμα, ατος, τό, (πίνω) drinking- 
cup, beaker, ἵν. 8, 25 ; 4.21: vii. ὃ. 18. 

ἐκ-ταθείς, see ἐκ-τείνω, v. 1. 2. 

ἑκταῖος, a, ον, (ἕκτος) on the sixth 
day, vi. 6. 38. 

ἐκ-τάττω," τάξω, réraxa, to draw 
out or up in battle-order, trans.: Η-., 
intrans. or refl., v. 4. 12? vii. 1. 24. 

éx-telvw,* τενῶ,. τέτακα, a. Erewa, 
a. p. ἐτάθην, to stretch out, ex-tend, A., 
WSs 8. 14, 

ἐκ-τοξεύω, εύσω, to shoot forth ar- 
rows (out of a tower), vii. 8. 14. 

ἕκτος, 7, ov, (ἔξ) sixth, vi. 2. 12. 

éx-tpétrw,* έψω, térpopa, 2 a. m. 
ἐτραπόμην, to turn out or aside, trans. ; 
M., intrans., iv. 5. 15. 

ἐκ- τρέφω," θρέψω, τέτροφα, 2 a. p. 
ἐτράφην, to bring up (out οἵ child- 
hood), vii. 2. 32. 

ἐκ- τρέχω, ἢ δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 2 a. 
ἔδραμον, to run out or forth, to sally 
forth, v. 2.17; 4. 16. 

ἐκτώμην, see κτάομαι, i. 9. 19. 

ἐκ-φαίνω, " φανῶ, πέφαγκα, a. Epnva, 
to show forth, A.: πόλεμον ἐκφαίνειν to 
make hostile demonstrations, iii. 1. 16. 

ἐκ-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, a. ἤνεγκα 
or -ov, to bring or carry out or forth ; 
to report: ἐ. πόλεμον to make open 
war: A. els, πρός : i. 9.11: iii. 2. 29. 

ἐκ- φεύγω," φεύξομαι, πέφευγα, 2 a. 
ἔφυγον, to flee out of danger, escape, 
A., G. or I., πρός, i. 3.2; 10. ὃ. 

ἑκών, οὔσα, dv, g. dvros, ovons, will- 
ing ; wW. force of adv., willingly, vol- 
untarily, of free will or one’s own ac- 





éx-tAayels, see ἐκ-πλήττω, i. 8, 20. 


cord, i.1.9; 9.9: ii. 4.4: iii. 2. 6. 


ἔλαβον 43 


ἔλαβον, see λαμβάνω, i. 2. 26. 
t&ala & Att. ἐλάα, ας, oliva, an 

OLIVE; the olive-tree, fabled as the 
gift of Athena, and sacred to her: vi. 
4.6: vii. 1. 37. 

ἔλαιον, ov, oleum, ort, esp. olive-oil, 
iv. 4.13: v. 4. 28: vi. 6. 1. 

ἐλάττων, " ov, ἐλάχιστος, 7, ον, c. & 8. 





of ἐλαχύς Ep., usu. referred to μικρός. 


small, little, or ὀλίγος little, few: rov- 
λάχιστον (= τὸ ἐλ.) at least: ii. 4. 18: 
ili. 2. 28: v. 7. 8: vi. 2. 48: vii. 1. 27. 
ἐλαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, a. 
ἤλασα, to drive, ride, A.; intrans., or 
w. ἵππον, ἅρμα, στράτευμα, &c., under- 
stood, to ride, drive, advance, march, 
charge, AE. διά, &c.:.i. 2.28; 5.7, 13, 
15; 8.1,10,24: iv.7.24. Der. ELASTIC. 
Τἐλάφειος, ov, of a deer: κρέα ἐλάφεια 
deer’s meat, venison, i. 5. 2. 
ἔλαφος, ov, ὁ ἡ, (in Att. ἡ as a ge- 
neric term), ὦ deer, stag, v. 3. 10. 
ψἐλαφρός, a, dv, [deer-like] ight in 
motion or weight, nimble, agile, iii. 3. 
6: iv. 2. 27. 
μἐλαφρώῶς lightly, nimbly, with agil- 
ity, vi. 1.12: vii. 3. 33. 
ἐλάχιστος, 7, ov, see ἐλάττων, iii. 2.28. 
ἐλέγχω, " έγξω, pf. p. ἐλήλεγμαι, a. 
». ἠλέγχθην, to examine, question, or 
inquire, closely ; to convict, prove; A. 
CP., P.; 11. δ. 27 1 ili. 5. 14 (A. by attr., 
474 Ὁ) : iv. 1. 238. 
ἐλεεινός, ἡ, dv, (ἔλεος pity) piteous, 
iv. 4.11? 
ἑλεῖν, ἑλέσθαι, &c., see alpéw. 
ἐλελίζω, Ew, (ἐλελεῦ @ war-cry) to 
raise the war-cry, to shout in battle, 
i. ok v. 2.14? 
ἐξα, ἐλέχθην, see λέγω, i. 4. 18. 
ἐλευθερία, as, freedom, liberty, in- 
dependence, i. 7.3: iii. 2.18: vii. 7. 32. 
ἐλεύθερος, a, ov, (€Aevd-? see ἔρχο- 
μαι) going and coming at pleasure, 
Sree, independent, ii. 5. 32: iv. 3. 4. 
ἐλήφθην, see λαμβάνω, i. 7. 13. 
ἐλθεῖν, -οιμι, -ω, -ών, see ἔρχομαι. 
᾿Ελισάρνη, ης, v. 1. for ᾿Αλισάρνη, 
vii. 8. 17. 
ἕλκω," ἕλξω, ipf. εἷλκον, to draw, 
drag, pull, A., iv. 2.28; 5.32: v. 2.15. 
t'EAAds, ddos, ἡ, Hellas, Greece ; 
originally, it is said, the name of a 
town or district in southern Thessaly, 
settled by Hellen. The name was 
afterwards so extended as to include 


ἔμαθον 


and yet further, so as to include not 
only this, but even all the Greek col- 
onies, wherever situated. i.2.9; 4.7. 
— 2. Hellas, wife of Gongylus, friend- 
ly to Xenophon, vii. 8. 8. 

Ἕλλην, nvos, ὁ, Hellen, a Greek ; 
originally, it is said, the name of a 





son of Deucalion, and the father of 
olus and Dorus, and grandfather of 
Achzus and Ion. Passing to his pos- 
terity, it became the general name of 
‘all the Greeks (Hellénes), while their 
great divisions were named from his 
children and grandchildren. As an 
ladj., Greek. i. 1.2; 2.14, 18; 10. 7. 
μέἑλληνίζω, low, to speak Greek, vii. 
3. 25. Der. HELLENIST. 
}"EdAnvinds, 7, 6v, Hellenic, Grecian, 
Greek: τὸ "Ἑλληνικόν [sc. στράτευμα] 
the Greek army or force : i,1.6; 8.145. 
Ἑλληνικῶς adv., in the Greek lan- 
guage, in Greek, i. 8. 1. 
{"EAAnvls, δος, (fem. adj. = Ἑλλη- 
γική, 235) Grecian, Greek, iv. 8. 22. 
Ἑλληνιστί adv., (spoken) in Greek, 
vii. 6. 8. 
Τ᾿ Ἑλλησποντιακός, 4, dv, Hellespontic 
or Hellespontian, i.1.9: v. 1. -txds, -tos. 
Ἑλλήσ-ποντος, ov, ὁ, [the sea of 
Helle, who was here drowned, accord- 
ing to fable, in endeavoring to escape 
through the air to Colchis, with her 
brother Phrixus, on the back of a 
golden-fleeced ram] the Hellespont, a 
strait about 40 miles long and from 
1 to 4 miles wide, connecting the 
Propontis and Aigean, and separating 
Kurope and Asia. It was bridged by 
Xerxes, and was the scene, in the Pelo- 
ponnesian war, of the great naval bat- 
tles of Cynosséma and Agospotami. 
The name was also applied to the re- 
gion lying about this strait. i. 1. 9. 
|| The Dardanelles, or Strait of Gallipoli. 
ἕλοιμι, -οίμην, -dpevos, see alpéw. 
Τἐλπίζω, iow ιῶ, ἤλπικα 1., to hope, 
expect, τ. (A.), iv. 6. 18: vi. 5. 17. 
ἐλπίς, idos, ἡ, (ἔλπω to give hope) 
hope, expectation : ἐλπίδας λέγων speak- 
ing or expressing hopes: τῶν μυρίων 
ἐλπίδων μία one [of the 10,000 expec- 
tations] chance in ten thousand : G., I. 
(A.): 1.2.11: 11.1.19; 5.12: iii, 2. 8. 
ἐλῶν, see ἐλαύνω, i. 8. 10. 
éy-, the form which the prep. ἐν 
takes in compos. before a labial, 150. 





all Greece except the Peloponnesus ; 


ἔμαθον, see μανθάνω, v. 2. 25. 








ae ane ee δῶ, Σ. lor ose Lee 7 
a ..--- -.0.....----..-..»- δ Δ » 


ἐμαυτοῦ 


éu-avrod,* js, refl. pron., (ἐμέ, αὐτός) 
of myself: ἡ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀρχή my own 


province : i. 3.10: 11. ὃ. 29; 5. 10. 


ἐμ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to step or go into ; to go on board, 
embark ; eis, i. 3.17; 4. 7: ii. 3. 11. 

ἐμ-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. EBa- 
λον, to throw or thrust in or upon, in- 
sert ; to inflict blows; to [thrust in] 
give fodder to horses; A. D.; i. 5. 11; 
9. 27: reflexively, to throw one’s self 
into or upon, fall upon, attack, charge; 
to strike into, invade, enter; ἐμβάλλειν 
εἰς αὐτούς to [enter among them] in- 
vade their country; of a river, to empty 
into ; eis: 1. 2.8; 8. 24: iii. 5. 16s. 

ἐμ-βάς, -Bavres, see ἐμ-βαίνω, i. 4. 7. 

ἐμ-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, to put into 
or on board a vessel, make one embark, 
A. els, v. 3.1; 7. 8. 

ἐμ-βολή, js, (ἐμ- βάλλω) an irrup- 
tion, invasion, inroad, entrance, iv. 1.4. 

ἐμ-βρόντητος, ov, (Spovrdw to thun- 
der, fr. βροντή) thunder-struck ; hence, 
stupefied, insane, panic-struck : iil. 4. 
12. 

ἔμεινα, see μένω, i. 2. 6, 10, 14. 

ἐμέω," ἐμέσω ἐμῶ, ἐμήμεκα, Vomo, 
tv VOMIT, iv. 8. 20. Der. EMETIC. 

ἐμ-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to remain 
or abide in, ἐν, iv. 7. 17. 

téuds, ἡ, dv, my, mine, i. 6. 6. 

ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (by apostr. ἐμ᾽), 
oblique cases of ἐγώ, 1. ὃ. ὃ, 6; 5. 16. 

ἔμ-παλιν adv., on the return, back- 


_ wards, back, back again: so τοὔμπα- 


hw (by crasis for τὸ ἔμπαλιν) & εἰς 
τοὔμπαλιν [to that which is on the re- 
turn], i. 4.15: iii. 5. 13: v. 7. 6. 

ἐμ-πεδόω, dow, (πέδον the ground) 
to fix in the ground, make firm ; 
hence, to hold fast or sacred, sacredly 
observe, A., ili. 2. 10. 

ἔμ-πειρος, ov, s., (πεῖρα) in acquaint- 
ance with, acquainted with, experi- 
enced in, familiar with, G., iv. 5.8: 
v. 6.1, 6: vii. 3. 39. Der. EMPIRIC. 

μἐμ-πείρως adv., in acquaintance 

with, G.; ἐμπείρως ἔχειν to be acquaint- 
ed with, ii. 6. 1. 

ἐμ-πέπτωκα, -πεσών, see ἐμ-πίπτω. 

ἐμ-πένω," πίομαι, πέπωκα, to drink 
in, take a drink, vi. 1. 11 

ἐμ-πίπλημι or -πίμπλημι," πλήσω, 
πέπληκα, ἃ. p. ἐν-επλήσθην, to fill into, 
fill up, cover with ; to satisfy, content ; 
A. G., Ρ.; i. 7.8; 10.12: vii. 7. 46. 


44 ἐν 


ἐμ-πίπρημι or -πίμπρημι," πρήσω, 
πέπρηκα, ἃ. ἐν-έπρησα, (πίμπρημι to 
burn) to put fire in, set fire to, set on 
Jire, A., iv. 4.14: v. 2.3: vii. 4. 15. 
ἐμ-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2 a. 
ἔπεσον, to fall into, upon, or among ; 
to throw one’s self into ; to attack ; to 
[fall into one’s mind] ocewr to; D., els: 
li. 2.19; 3.18: iii. 1.138: iv. 8. 11? 
ἔμ-πλεως, wy, (πλέως " full) filled in 
with, full of, abounding ia, α.,1. 2.22? 
Τἐμ-ποδίζω, low 1, im-pedio, to IM- 
PEDE, hinder, be in the way of, A., iv. 
3. 29. ; 
ἐἐμ-πόδιος, ov, in the way, presenting 
an obstacle, D., vii. 8. 3s. 
ἐμ-ποδών adv., (ἐν ποδῶν ὁδῷ) in the 
way of the feet : ἐμποδὼν εἶναι to be in 
the way, hinder, prevent, D. 1. (w. τό 
or Τοῦ), iii. 1.13: iv. 8.14: v. 7. 10. 
ἐμ-ποιέω, How, πεποίηκα, to create or 
produce in, inspire in, impress upon, 
D. A., CP., ii. 6. 8, 19; vi. 5. 17. 
ἐμ-πολάω, how, ἠμπόληκα, (akin to 
πωλέω) to obtain or realize from a sale, 
A., vii. 5. 4? 
Τἐμπόριον, ov, a place of trade, EM- 
PORIUM, mart, 1. 4. 6. 
ἔμ-πορος, ov, ὁ, a person on a jour- 
ney for trade, a merchant, v. 6. 19. 
ἔμ-προσϑεν adv., in front, before (in 
place or time), G., i. 8. 23: vii. 7. 36: 
ὁ €. the foregoing, preceding, or past, 
ii. 1. 1: οἱ €. those in front, iv. 3. 14: 
τὰ é. the fore parts or places in front, 
v. 4. 32: vi. 3. 14. 
ἐμ-πωλέω, ήσω, to sell, obtain by sale, 
A., Vil. 5. 43 
ἐμ-φαγεῖν 2 aor. (ἐν-ἐφαγον, ἐμ- φάγω, 
oyu, &c.; see ἐσθίω, the pr. ἐν-εσθίω 
not being in use), to take in food, cat 
a little or hastily, A., iv. 2.1; 5. 8. 
ἐμ-φανής, ἐς, (φαίνω) shining in, 
manifest: ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεῖ in public, 
publicly, openly, 11. 5. 25. 
μἐμ-φανώς openly, v. 4. 33. 
év* prep., Lat. in w. abl., IN: w. 
DAT. of place or persons, in, within, 
on, upon, at, among, 1.1.68; 5.1; 6. 
1: iv.7.9; ἐν Βαβυλῶνι [in the region 
of B.] at or near B., v. 5. 4: — of time, 
in, at, on, during, within ; ἐν τούτῳ 
[sc. χρόνῳ] in or during this time, 
meanwhile; ἐν @ during whic time, 
or [in the time when, 557 α] while, 
whilst ; i. 2.20; 5.158; 7.18; 10.10: 





—of state, manner, means, instru- 


ἕν 45 ἔνθεν 


ment, &c., in, under, with, i. 8. 21; 
7. 20; 9.1: iv.3.7s. In compos. (&- 
before a labial, and éy- bef. a palatal, 
150), in, into (698 d*), among, upon, at. 

ἕν, ἑνός, ἑνί, see εἷς, i. 9.12: vii. 5. 4. 

ἐν-αγκυλάω, ήσω, (ἀγκύλη, see διαγ- 
κυλόομαι) to [put in a] fit with a thong, 
iv. 2. 28. 

tévayridopat, ὥώσομαι, ἠναντιώμαι, to 
oppose, withstand, Ὁ. περί or G., vii. 6. 5. 

év-avtlos, a, ov, on the opposite side, 
opposite, opposed to, contrary, hostile 
to; im an opposite -direction ; over 
against, against, in front of, before, in 
one’s face; often w. an adv. force: 
οἱ ἐνάντιοι the enemy: ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου 
[from] on the opposite side: τἀναντία 
(= τὰ ἐναντία) in the opposite direc- 
tion, &c.: τούτου ἐναντίον in this man’s 
presence: D., G., ἢ: 1.8.23? iii. 2.10: 
iv. 3. 28,32; 7.5: v. 8, 24: vii. 6. 23. 

ἐν-άπτω, ἅψω, to set on fire, set fire 
to, kindle, A., v. 2. 248? 

ἔνατος, later ἔννατος, 7, ov, (ἐννέα 
q. v.) ninth, iv. 5. 24. 

ἐν-αυλίζομαι, ίσομαι, ηὔλισμαι |., a. 
p. ηὐλίσθην, to en-camp, lodge for the 
night, vii. 7. 8. 

ἔνδεια, as, (ἐν-δέω) need, want, pov- 
erty, lack of provisions, i. 10. 18. 

ἐν-δείκνυμι," δείξω, δέδειχα, in-dico, 
to in-dicate, express ; M. to show or ex- 
press one’s own feelings, A., vi. 1. 19. 

év-Séxatos, 7, ov, (év-dexa eleven) 
eleventh, i. 7. 18. 

év-Séw,* δεήσω, δεδέηκα, to lack in 
anything : impers. év-det there is lack 
or need of, G. D.; ἑώρα πλείονος ἐνδέον 
he saw there [being] was need of more 
explicitness : M. to lack for one’s own 
support, G.: vi. 1.31: vii. 1.41; 3.3? 

ἔν-δηλος, ov, among evident things, 
evident, manifest, plain; used like 
δῆλος w. a participle ; ii. 4. 2; 6. 18. 

ἔν-δημος, ov, within a nation, at 
home ; τὰ Evinua the home revenues, 
vii. 1. 27. Der. ENDEMIC. 

ἐν-δίφριος, ov, (δίφρος) sitting en the 
same seat, or at table, with another 
(the Thracians sitting at their meals): 
ἐνδίφριος subst., a table-companion : 
Vii. 2. 33, 38. 
tévBo0ev adv., from within, v. 2. 22. 

ἔνδον adv., (ἐν) within, ii. 5. 32. 


ἕν-δοξος, ov, (δόξα) in repute, honor-|. 


able, glorious, betokening honor, vi. 1. 


ἐν-δύνω & ἐν-δύομαι͵," δύσομαι, δέ- 
δῦκα, 2 ἃ. ἔδῦν, (cf. in-duo) to put on 
one’s self, A.: plup. had put on, wore: 
i, 8.3: v. 4. 18. 
év-e-: for augmented forms thus be- 
ginning, look under éy- before a pala- 
tal, and under ἐμ- before a labial. 
ἐν-έ v, see ἐμ-βάλλω, i. 5. 11. 
ἐν ας, (ἕδρα ὦ seat) a seat with- 
in (in a hidden place), ambush, am- 
buscade, Lat. in-sidie, iv. 7. 22. 
ψμἐνεδρεύω, εύσω, a. ἐν-ήδρευσα, to form 
or place an ambush, lie in wait, i. 6. 2. 
ἔν-ειμι," ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be in or on, 
ἐν: to be [in a place] there: i. 5.18; 
6. 3: ii. 4. 21s, 27. See ἔνι. 
évexa,* sometimes ἕνεκεν (esp. be- 
fore a vowel), adv., for the sake of, on 
account of, for the purpose of, for, G.; 
comm. following, but sometimes pre- 
ceding or dividing its complement : 
τούτου ἕνεκα on this account: i. 4. 5,8: 
ii. 3. 18, 20; 5.14: v. 1.12; 8. 13, 
ἐν-εκείμην, see ἔγ-κειμαι, iv. 5. 26. 
ἐνενήκοντα indecl., (ἐννέα) ninety, 
i. 5.5; 7. 12. 
ἐνεός (v. 1. évveds), ά, dv, deaf and 
dumb, iv. 5. 33. 
ἐν-επλήσθην, see ἐμ-πίπλημι. 
ἐν-έπρησα, see ἐμ-πίπρημι, iv. 4. 14. 
év-erds, ἡ, dv, (ἴημι) sent in, incited, 
prompted, ὑπό, vii. 6. 41 ? 
ἐν-εχείρισα, see ἐγ-χειρίζω, iii. 2. 8. 
év-éxupov, ov, (éxupés) a pledge in 
hand, secwrity, vii. 6. 23. 
év-éxw or ἐν-ίσχω," ἕξω or σχήσω, 
ἔσχηκα, to hold fast in, catch or en- 
tangle in, A. D., Vii. 4. 17. 
ἐν-ἣν, see ἔν-ειμε, i. 5.1: ii. 4. 27. 
ἔνθα adv. demonst., rel., and com- 
plem., (ἐν) of place, there, here, where : 
sometimes of time (esp. w. 5%), there- 
upon, then, when: i. 5.8; 8.18, 4: 
iv. 1.2; 5. 22,29: v. 1.1. 
ψένθά Se (-δε adding demonstr. force, 
cf. 252a) there, here: (-de signifying 
to, 688 6) thither, hither: ii. 1. 4; 3. 
21: iii. 3. 2: v. 1. 10. 
φἔνθα-περ in the very place where, just 
“a: a iv. 8. 25: vi. 4. 9. 
-θείην, -θέμενος, &c., see ἐν-τίθημι. 
ἔνθεν αὐ ιᾶῃς (ἐν, cf. €v0a) thence, hence, 
whence (sc. ἐκεῖσε ii. 8, 6; sc. ταύτας 
iii. 5. 13): ἔνθεν μὲν... ἔνθεν δέ hinc 
. illine, hence .. thence, [from] on 
this side .. and on that : ἔνθεν καὶ ἔν- 





23. 


θεν on each side, G.: i. 10.1: ii. 4. 22. 





ἐνθένδε 46 ἐνωμοτία 


μὲνθέν-δε (-δε adding demonst. force) 
from this very spot, from this place, 
hence (for ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, vii. 7. 17): v.6.10. 
év- θυμέομαι, ήσομαι, ἐν-τεθύμημαι, 
ἃ. p. ἐν-εθυμήθην, (θῦμός) to have or 
bear in mind, reflect, consider, ponder, 
A. CP., ii. 4. δ: iii. 1. 20, 43; 2. 18. 
jév-Ovpypa, aros, τό, a thought, con- 
sideration, conception, device, plan, 
iii. 5.12: vi.1.21. Der. ENTHYMEME. 
ἐν-θωρακίζω, iow, pf. p. τεθωράκι- 
σμαι, to put in a cuirass or corselet, 
to clothe in mail, fully arm, A., Vii. 
4. 16. 
ἐνί a prolonged poet. form for ἐν in ; 
also used, even in prose, with the ac- 
eent drawn back (ἔνι), for ἔν-εστι or 
év-evot, fr. ἔν-ειμι, 699 6, 785, v. 3. 11. 
ἑνί, ἑνός, see εἷς, 1. 9.12: iii. 2. 19. 
ἐνι-αντός, οὔ, ὁ, (ἐνί, αὐτός, or fr. 
Zvos annus, year) a period returning 
into itself, a cycle, year ; ii. 6. 29: 
111. 2.12: vii. 8. 26. See κατά. 
éy-.Sav, see év-opdw, vii. 7. 45. 
ἕνι-οι, αι, a, (ἔνι of there are who, 
5592) some, i. 5.85 7.5: ii. 4. 1. 
évi-ore (é ὅτε there is when, 559 «), 
sometimes, at times, i. 5. 2: ii. 6. 9. 
ἐν-ίσχω, see ἐν-έχω, vii. 4.17} 
ἐννέα indecl., nine, i. 4.19. In its 
derivatives, €wa-, for éva-, is a less 
classic form. Der. ENNEA-GON. 
ἐν-νοέω, ἤσω, νενόηκα, A. ἃ M. (w. 
a. p.) to have or bear in mind, consider, 
reflect, ponder, think, devise ; to take 
thought, be anxious or apprehensive, 
apprehend ; A. cP., μή: ii. 2.10; 4.5, 
19: iii. 1. 2s, 41; δ. 3: iv. 2. 13. 
μἔννοια, as, a thought, reflection, con- 
sideration, iii. 1. 13. 
*Ey-oSlas, ov, Enodias, a lochage, 
vii. 4. 18? 
év-orxéw, ow, ᾧκηκα, to dwell in, 
in-habit : oi ἐνοικοῦντες the inhabitants : 
i. 2.24; 3.4; 5.5: γ΄ 6. 25. 
ἐν-όντων, see ἔν-ειμι, ii. 4. 22. 
ἐν-όπλιος, ov, (ὅπλον) in arms, mar- 
. tial, adapted to movements in armor, 
‘ vi. 1.11. 
᾿ς ἐν-οράω͵," ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα or ébpaxa, 
2 ἃ. εἶδον, to see or discern in a person 
or thing, A. D., i. 3.15: vii. 7. 45. 
tvos, 1 ἢ, OV, last year’s, v. 4. 27? 
ἐν-οχλέω, ow, ἠνώχληκα, (5x08) 
to crowd upon, disturb, annoy, inter- 
Jere with, D., ii, 5.13: iii. 4. 21. 
ἐν-τάττω," τάξω, τέταχα, to post 


among other troops ; to enrol ; iii. 3. 
18? 

ἐνταῦθα adv., (by metath. for Ion. 
ἐνθ-αῦτα, fr. ἔνθα & αὐτός) in this or 
that very place, here, there ; sometimes 
hither, thither: of time, hereupon, 
upon this, thereupon, then : i. 2.1, 6s; 
3. 21; 10. 1, 4, 12s, 16s: v. 5. 4. 

ἐν-τείλασθαι, see ἐν-τέλλομαι. 

éy-relyw,* τενῶ, τέτακα, in-tendo, 
to stretch out upon, inflict upon, A. D., 
πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον came to blows, ii. 4.11. 

ἐν-τελής, és, (τέλος) at its end, com- 
plete, full, i. 4. 13. 

ν-τέλλομαι," τελοῦμαι, τέταλμαι, 

ἃ. rahdpey, (τέλλω to raise) to put 
upon, enjoin upon, charge, command, 
D. 1, Ve 2. 18. 

ἔντερον, ov, (ἐντός) an intestine ; pl. 
intestines, ENTRAILS, bowels, ii. 5. 33. 

ἐντεῦθεν (fr. ἔνθεν, after the analogy 
of ἐνταῦθα fr. ἔνθα) from this or that 
very place or time, hence, thence; af- 
ter this, afterwards, hereupon, there- 
upon ; sometimes from or in conse- 
quence of this, therefore; i. 2.7, 10: 
iii. 1. 31: iv. 4.10: vii. 1. 25. 

ἐν-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, θείην, &c.) to put in, inspire in, 
A. D., Vii. 4.1: M. to put on board for 
one’s self, A., i. 4.7: v. 7. 15. 

ty-ripos, ov, 6., 5.» (τιμή) held in hon- 
or, honored, respected, v.6.32: vi. 3.18. 

jév-ripews in honor, ii. 1. 7. 

ἐν-τόνως (ἔντονος strained, strenuous, 
fr. €v-relvw) strenuously, vii. 5. 7. 

ἐντός adv., (ἐν) within, of place or 
time, G.: ἐντὸς αὐτῶν within their line: 
i. 10. 3: ii. 1. 11: vii. 5. 9; 8. 16. 

ἐν-τυγχάνω," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔτυχον, to happen or light upon, 
fall in or meet with, find, D., i. 2.27; 
8.1, 10: ii. 3. 10. 

*EvudAtos, ov, (Eviw Belléna, god- 
dess of war) Enyalius (the warlike), 
another name for Mars (“Ap7s), the 
god of war ; a sonorous word specially 
used in the battle-cry ; 1.8.18: v.2.14. 

ἐν-ύπνιον, ov, (ὕπνος) a thing seen 
in sleep, a dream, vii. 8.1: v. 1. τὰ 
ἐνοίκια the interior ; Toup conjectured 
τὰ ἐνώπια the inner walls. 

“dexas or ἐνωμότ-αρχος, ov, 

(ἄρχω) a leader of an ἐνωμοτία, enomo- 
tarch, iii. 4. 21: iv. 3. 26. 

ἐν-ωμοτία, as, (ἐν-ώμοτος sworn in, 





fr. ὄμνυμι) a band of sworn soldiers, 


ἐξ 47 


an enomity ; comm. of about 25 men, 
the fourth part of a λόχος ; iii. 4. 22. 

ἐξ," before a cons. ἐκ, prep., out of: 
w. GEN. of place, owt of, forth Srom, 
Srom ; ἐκ τῶν Ἰαόχων from the land 
of the Taochi; ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς [from] on 
the left ; i. 2.1, 3,7, 18: iv. 7. 17;:8:2: 
—of time, from, after, upon, often 
denoting not mere succession of time, 
but also consequence ; ἐκ τούτου from 
this time, upon or after this, hereupon, 
in consequence of this ; ἐκ παίδων ΤῊΝ 
boyhood ; i. 2.175 ii. δ. 27; 6. 4: 
6. 14, 21: ἐξ οὗ or ὅτου from Svhid 
time] the time when, since, 5574, ν. 7. 
34: vii. 8.4:— οἵ source, cause, agent, 
means, manner, &c., from, of, in con- 
sequence of, on account of, by, by means 
of, with, according to, &e., 1. 1.63 9. 
16, 19, 28: iii. 1. 11] 5, 48 : ἐκ τούτων 
from this state of affairs, in these cir- 
cumstances, i. 3.11. In compos., owt, 
forth, off, from ; sometimes implying 
completeness (cf. utterly). 

ἕξ indecl., sex, stx, i. 1.10: ii. 4. 27. 

ἐξ- αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, ἃ. ἤγγει- 
λα, to bring out word, report, repeat, 
state, A. D., CP., 1.6.5; 7.8: ii. 4. 24. 

ἐξ-ἄγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2a. ἤγαγον, a. p. 
ἤχθην, to lead out or forth ; to induce ;yx 
A. I., ἐπέ, πρός, &c.; 1.6.10; 8. 21. 
té-alperos, ov, picked out, select, 
choice, vii. 8. 23: ef. Lat. eximius fr. 
ex-imo. 

ἐξ-αιρέω," how, ἧἥρηκα, 2 ἃ. εἷλον, 
ἃ. p. ἠρέθην, to take out, remove, set 
apart, A. G., D.: M. to take out for 


one’s own benefit, select, choose, A.,|D 


ἐκ: ii. 1.9; 3.16; 5.4, 20: v. 3. 4. 
ἐξ-αιτέω, how, ἤτηκα l., to de-mand: 
M. to beg off as a favor to one’s self, 
to rescue by entreaty: A.: 1. 1. 8 : vi. 
6. 11 (v. 2. ξητέω). 
ἐξ-αίφνης, softer but less Att. form 
ἐξαπίνης, (αἴφνης suddenly, fr. ἀ- ἃ 


᾿ Φαίνω) of a sudden, suddenly, unex- 


pectedly, 380 Ὁ, iii. 3.7: v. 6. 19s. 
ακισ-χίλιοι, at, a, (ἑξάκις six times, 
fr. ἕξ) six thousand, i. 7.11: ii. 2. 6. 
ἐξ-ακοντίζω, low 1, to shoot forth 
with darts, ἢ. of inssrument, v. 4. 25. 
ἑξακόσιοι, a, a, «ἕξ, ἑκατόν) six 
hundred, i. 8. 6, 24. 
ἐξ-αλαπάζ ἴω, ἄξω, poet., (ἀλαπάξω 
to plunder) to sack, desolete, A.,vii. 1.29. 
ἐξ-άλλομαι," ἁλοῦμαι, a. ἡλάμην & 
ἡλόμην, to spring aside, vii. 8. ὃ 


ἐξεπλάγην 


ἐξ-αμαρτάνω," τήσομαι, ἡμάρτηκα, 
to err from the right, do wrong, offend, 
sin, AE. περί : τοιαῦτα ἐξαμαρτάνοντες 
[sinning such 51η5]780 sinning or offend- 
ing, guilty of such misconduct, v.7.33. 
ἐξ-αν-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, to raise up out of one’s seat, 
&c., A.: M., w. pf. & 2a. a., to stand, 
rise, or start up, iv. 5.18: vi. 1.10? 
ἐέἐξ-απατάω, jow, ἠπάτηκα, (f. m. as 
p., 5768, vii. 3. 3) to deceive utterly or 
grossly, mislead, cheat, vmpose » ai 
A. AE. ws, ὥστε, ii. 6. 22: v. 7. 6s, 9. 
ἐξ-απάτη, ns, (ἀπάτη deceit) gross 
deceit, imposition, vii. 1. 25. 
ἐξ- é- THXVS, v, g. eos, sia cubits long, 
v. 4.12: υ. l. ἕξ-πηχυς. 
ἐξαπίνης, see ἐξαίφνης, ili. 3.7; 5. 2. 
ἐξ-αρκέω, dow, to suffice fully, vii. 7. 
54? 
ἐξ-άρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρχα, to lead off; 
lead off in, take the lead in, G.; v. 4. 
14: vi. 6. 15. 
ἐξ-αναίνω, ave, to dry up, trans.: 
M. to dry up, wither away or entirely, 
intrans., ii. 3. 16? 
ἐξ-αυλίζομαι, ίσομαι, ηὔλισμαι 1., to 
leave or change one’s quaeters, els, Vil. 
8. 21. 
ἐξ-ε- : for augmented forms thus be- 
ginning, look under ἐκ-. 
ἐξ-έβαλον, -εβλήθην, see ἐκ-βάλλω. 
ἔξ-ειμι, " ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be out of 
confinement or restraint, to be free or 
rmitted ; only used impers., ἔξεστι, 
ἐξείη, ἐξῆν, &e., ἐ is permitted or al- 
lowed, it is in one’s power, one may, 
I.; pt. abs. ἐξόν, it being permitted, 
when ἐξ is or was permitted or in one’s 
power, when he may or might ; ii. 3. 
26; 5. 18, 22s; 6. 6, 12, 28: iii. 1. 22. 
ἔξ-ειμι, " ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμι q. Vv.) to go or 
come out or forth, march out or forth, 
iii. 5.13: v. 1. 8,17: vi. 6. 1s. 
ἐξ-ελαύνω, " ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, to 
drive out, expel, A. ἐξ: intrans. or w. 
A. understood (see ἐλαύνω), to drive or 
ride forth, advance, proceed, march, 
διά, &e.: 1.2.58; 4. 4: vii. 7. 7. 
ἐξ-ελέγχω," éyéw, to prove fully, 
convict, A. P., ii. 5. 272 
ἐξ-ελήλυθα, -ελθεῖν, 568 ἐξ- ἔρχομαι. 
ἔλιπον, see ἐκ-λείπω, i, 2. 24. 
-ἔλοιμι, -ελοίμην, see ἐξ-αιρέω. 
-ενεγκεῖν, see ἐκ-φέρω, ili, 2. 29. 
ἐξενίσϑαι, see ξενέζω, vii. 3. 8 ? 





ἐξ-επλάγην, see ἐκ-πλύττω, ii. 2. 18, 





ὡς --- -- --- ee ere aon 
of - c- se eee ἘΞ ΞΡ Sas τοῖον | a poe 

προ ῖξιτος. i Se Ξας 3 = = 
a νον 


a nn nn π " = ---ον- ΠΡῸΣ 
a αν συ 





ἐξέπλει 48 


ἐξ-ἔπλει, see ἐκ-πλέω, ii. 6. 2. 
ἐξ-έρπω, ἕρψω, (ἕρπω serpo, to creep) 
to creep out or forth, vii. 1. 8. 
-€pxopat,* ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to come or go out or forth, 
depart, escape, ἐξ : of time, to expire, 
elapse : 1.3.17: iii. 1.12: vii. 5. 4. 
ἔξ-εστι, -ἐσται, see ἔξ-ειμι (εἰμί). 
ἐξ-ετάζω, dow, ἐξ-ήτακα, (ἐτεός true) 
to search out the truth of, examine, 
inspect : M. to present one’s self for in- 
spection, pass review, v. 4. 12? 
μἐξ-έτασις, ews, ἡ, inspection or re- 
view of troops, i. 2. 9,14; 7, 1s. 
é£-er, v, see ἐκ-τρέφω, vii. 2. 32. 
ἐξ-ευ-πορίζω, low 1d, πεπόρικα, to 
provide well or fully, v. 6. 19 ? 
ἐξ-έφηνα, see ἐκ-φαίνω, iii. 1. 16. 
ἐξ- ov, see ἐκ-φεύγω, i. 8. 2. 
ἐξ-ηγέομαι, ἤσομαι, ἥγημαι, to lead 
forth : to bring out to another, com- 
municate, impart ; ἀγαθόν τι é. to ren- 
der some service, esp. by information 
or guidance: A. D., eis: iv. 5.28: vi. 
6. 34. Der. EXEGESIS. 
ἐξ-ἤἥειν, -ἤεσαν or ἤσαν, see ἔξ-ειμι. 
ἑξήκοντα indecl., (ξξ) sexaginta, six- 
ty, li. 2.6: iv. 8. 27. 
ἐξ-ήκω, ἥξω, ἧκα 1., to come or have 
come out ; of time, to have run out, 
expired, or passed by, pr. as pf., 612, 
vi. 3. 26. 
wpa see ἐξ-έρχομαι, i. 6. 5. 
-fv, see ἔξ-ειμι (εἰμί), vi. 6. 2. 
ἐξ-ἤνεγκα, -ov, see ἐκ-φέρω, v. 6. 29. 
ἐξ-ήχθην, see ἐξ-άγω, i. 8. 21. 
-ἰέναι, -ιών, see ἔξ-ειμι (εἶμι), v. 1.8. 
ἐξ-ικνέομαι, " ἕξομαι, ἴγμαι, to come 
out to; to fly or send far enough to 
hit, to reach, of both missiles and 
senders, G.; to amount to, suffice, els : 
i. 8.19: iii. 3. 7, 15, 17: vii. 7. 54. 
ἐξ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, to place 
out of: M. to stand out of, withdraw 
From, ἐξ, i. δ. 14. 
ἔξ ov, 7, α way out, outlet ; 
egress, departure, excursion, expedi- 
tion; V. 2.9: vii. 4.17. Der. Exopvs. 


ἣν , ἕξομαι, see ἔχω, i. 3. 11. 
-dv, see ἔξ-ειμε (εἰμί), 11. δ. 22; 6. 6. 
ἐξ-οπλίζω, ίσω ιῶ, ὥπλικα 1., toarm 
fully or completely : M. so to arm or 
accoutre one’s self: ἐξωπλισμένος in 
full armor : i. 8.3: ii.1.2: iii. 1. 28. 
ἐἐξ-οπλισία, as, the arming, military 
equipmeat or array, i. 7. 10. 
ἐξ-ορμάω, ow, ὥρμηκα, to urge forth, 


ἐπανέρχομαι 


incite, animate, A. ἐπί : A. ἃ M. in- 
trans., to start or set out or forth, go 
forth, ἐπί: iii. 1.248: v. 2.4; 7.17. 
ἐξ-ουσία, ds, (ἔξ-ειμι fr. εἰμί) per- 
mission, license, authority: ἐξουσίαν 
ποιεῖν to give license, D., v. 8. 22. 
ἕξ-πηχὺυς, v, g. eos, = v. 1. ἐξ-ά-πηχυς. 
ἔξω adv., (ἐξ) out, out of, without, 
outside, on the outer side of, abroad ; 
beyond, beyond the reach of ; besides : 
τὸ ἔξω the outer: G.; i. 4.48; 8.13: 
li. 2.4; 6.8, 12: iii. 4.15: vii. 3. 10. 
ψἔξωθεν from without, outside of, iii. 
4. 21; v. 7. 21. 
ἔοικα, see εἰκά fw, ii. 1. 18. “ 
ἑόρᾶκα or ἑώρᾶκα, see dpdw, ii. 1. 6. 
ἑορτή, 7s, (ὄρνῦμι to stir, excite ?) a 
Jestival, feast, v. 3. 9s. 
ἔπ- or ἐφ-, by apostr. for ἐπί, i. 2. 2. 
ἐπ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, to an- 
nounce to: M. to announce or declare 
one’s self, to promise, offer, consent, 
propose one’s self, D. 1., ii. 1. 4: iv. 7. 
20: vii. 1. 33. 
ér-dyw,* ἄξω, Axa, to bring or pro- 
pose against, A. Ὁ. περί, vii. 7. 57. 
ἔπαθον, see πάσχω, i. 8. 4 ; 9. 6. 
Τέπ-αινέω," dow & ἔσομαι,ἤνεκα, (αἰνέω 
to speak) to speak for or in favor of, 
applaud, approve, commend, praise ; 
to thank, acknowledge gratefully (even 
in civilly declining); a. ἐπί: i. 3. 7; 
4.16: ii. 6. 20: iii. 1. 45: vii. 7. 52. 
ἔπ-αινος, ov, ὁ, (alvos speech) praise, 
commendation, applause, v. 7. 33. 
érr-alpw,* ἀρῶ, ἦρκα, a. ἦρα, to raise 
to, stir up, excite, induce, influence, 
A. I., Vi. 1. 21: vii. 7. 25. 
ἐπ-αίτιος, ov, charged against, D.: 
ἐπαίτιόν r.[ something charged against] 
a ground of accusation, iii. 1. 5 ὃ 
ἐπ-ακολουθέω, iow, to follow upon 
or after, pursue, D., iii. 2.35: iv. 1.1. 
ἐπ-ακούω, " ούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, a. ἤκου- 
σα, to listen to, overhear, A., vii. 1.14. 
ἐπάν or ἐπήν, (ἐπεὶ ἄν, 619 Ὁ) rel. 
adv. or conj. w. subj., when-ever, when, 
after, as soon as: ἐπὰν τάχιστα as soon 
as, 553 Ὁ: 1. 4.18: ii. 4. 3? iv. 6. 9. 
érr-ava-relvw,* τενῶ, τέτακα, a. ἔτει- 
va, to stretch wp for another to strike, 
to present upstretched, A., vii. 4. 9 ? 
ἐπ-ανα-χωρέω, iow, κεχώρηκα, to go 
back to, retreat, return, εἰς, iii. 3. 10. 
ἐπ-αν-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to go up or back to, return, 





els, vi. 5. 32: vii. 3. 4 5, 


ἐπάγω 49 ἐπί 


ἐπ- ἄνω, on the upper side, above : τὰ 
érdvw the preceding narrative, vi. 3.1. 
ἐπ-απειλέω, iow, to threaten besides, 
add threats, vi. 2. 7. 
ἐπ-εγ-γελάω, άσομαι, to laugh at in 
one’s face, to insult, D., ii. 4. 27. 
ἐπ-εγείρω, " ep, ἔγήγερκα 1., a. ἤγει- 
pa, to rouse to, awaken, wake up, 
trans., iv. 3. 10. 
ἐπ-εθέμην, ἐπ-ἔθεσαν, see ἐπι-τίθημι. 
ἐπεί rel. adv. or conj. (upon this 
that, ἐπί) : of time, after, when, now 
that, since; whenever, as often as ; 
ἐπεὶ τάχιστα AS soon as, 55 3b: causal, 
since, inasmuch as, for ; ἐπεί ye cer- 
tainly or of cowrse since : 1.1.1; 8.1 5, 
58,9; 5.2; 8.20: iii.1.31: vi. 3.21. 
{ἐπειδάν (ἐπει-δὴ dv) rel. adv. or conj. 
w. subj., whenever now or indeed, 
when indeed, when, after, as soon as : 
ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα as soon as; i. 4.8: 
li. 2.4; 3. 29: iii. 1. 9. 
μἐπει-δή rel. adv. or conj.: of time, 
when now or indeed, after, as soon as; 
causal, since now or indeed; ἐπειδή γε 
certainly since, inasmuch as: i. 1. 3? 
2.17; 7.16; 9.24: iii.5.18: vii.7.18. 
ἐπ-εἶδον, see €p-opdw, vii. 6. 31. 
ἔπ-ειμι, ἢ ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be upon or 
over, ἐπί, i. 2.5; 7.15: iv. 4. 2. 
ἔπ-ειμι, " ipf. gew, (εἶμι ᾳ. v.) to go 
or come upon or against, advance 
against, attack, D.; to advance, pro- 
ceed, come up or forward : of time, to 
follow, succeed ; ἡ ἐπίουσα ἕως (ἡμέρα, 
νύξ) the coming, following, or next 
morning, &c.: i. 2.17; 7.18, 4; iv. 
3. 283, 27; 7. 28: v. 7. 12. ᾿ 
ἐπεί-περ conj., since indeed, inas- 
much as, i. 2.10: 5. 38, 41: iv. 1. 8. 
ἔπεισα, ἔπε v, see πείθω, 1.2.26. 
ἔπ-εισι(ν), see ἔπ-ειμι (εἰμί), i. 7.15: 
see ἔπ-ειμει (elu), v. 7. 12. 
ἔπειτα adv. (ἐπεὶ τά when or since 
those things are, cf. εἶτα ; or fr. ἐπί and 
εἶτα), thereupon, thereafter, then, after- 
wards, next ; then also, moreover, fur- 
ther: ὁ ἔπειτα χρόνος the coming time: 
i. 3.10; 9.5,14: ii. 1.17; 4.13; 5.20. 
ἐπ-έκεινα adv., (also written ἐπ᾽ 
ἐκεῖνα) upon yonder side, beyond: ἐκ 
τοῦ €. from the region beyond, v. 4. 3. 
ἐπ-εκ-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run out 
against, sally out upon, v. 2. 22. 
πον, see ἐπι-λείπω, i. 5. 6. 
ἐπ-ἔξ-ειμι," ipf. jew, to go out against, 


ἐπ-εξ-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
to come or sally out against, v. 2.7. 
ἐπ-εξόδιος, ον, (ἔξ-οδος) relating te 
an expedition: ἐπεξόδια [sc. ἱερά] sac- 
rifices respecting an excursion, vi. 5. 2: 
v. L. ἐπὶ ἐξόδῳ (-οδείᾳ or -οδίᾳ), ὑπεξόδια. 
ἣν, see πάομαι, i. 9. 19. 
ἐπ-έπεσον, see ἐπι-πίπτω, iv. 1. 10. 
ἐπεπράγμην, see πράττω, vii. 6. 32. 
ἐπεπράκειν, see πιπράσκω, Vii. 2. 6. 
ἐπ-έρχομαι, ἢ ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to go to or upon, traverse, 
A., Vii. 8. 25. 
ér-epwraw,* ἐρωτήσω & ἐρήσομαι, 
ἠρώτηκα, 2 ἃ. ἠρόμην, to put a question 
to, inquire of, question, ask ; to ques- 
tion further, again to ask; A. CP.; iii. 
1. 6: v. 8. 5: vii. 3.12; 4. 10. 
ἔπεσον, see πίπτω, vi. 1.5; 4. 9. 
ἐπ-έστην, -ἔστησα, -εστάθην, see 
ἐφ-ίστημι, i. ὅ. 7: iii. 4. 21; 3. 20. 
ἐπ-έσχον, see ἐπ-έχω, iii. 4. 36. 
ἐπ-ετετάγμην, see ἐπι-τάττω, ii.3.6. 
ἐπ-εύχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι or ηὗ- 
yuo, to imprecate upon one’s self; ap- 
peal to the gods, v. 6. 3. 
ἐπ-εφάνην, see ἐπι-φαίνω, ii. 4. 24. 
ἐπεφεύγειν, see φεύγω, v. 4. 18. 
ἐπ-έχω," ἕξω or σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔσχον, to hold upon, hold back from, 
delay, refrain from, G., iii. 4.36. Der. 
EPOCH. 
ἐπ-ἤειν, -ἤεσαν or -ἧσαν, see ἔπ-ειμι 
(eluc), i. 2.17; 5.15; 10. 10. 
ἐπ-ήκοος, ov, (ἀκούω) listening to; 
JSavorable for hearing: εἰς ἐπήκοον (sc. 
χωρίον] into a hearing place, within 
hearing distance (so ἐν ἐπηκόφ), ii. 5. 
38 : iii. 3. 1: vii. 6. 8. 
ἐπ-ῆκτο, see ἐπ-άγω, vii. 7. 57. 
ἐπήν, see ἐπάν, ii. 4. 3. 
ἐπ-ἣν, see ἔπ-ειμι (εἰμί), i. 2. 5. 
ra οὐψατὴ see ér-awéw, i. 3. 7. 
ἐπ-ῆρα, see ἐπ-αίρω, vi. 1. 21. 
ἐπ-ηρόμην, see ἐπ-ερωτάω, iii. 1. 6. 
ἐπί " prep., by apost. ἐπ᾿ or ἐφ᾽, 
on, upon, or against (as in cases of 
resting, leaning, pressing, &c., on or 
against): (a) w. GEN. of place, on or 
upon (the relation often closer than 
that indicated by the dat.), in, on 
board of ; on the bank or borders of a 
river or country ; wpon a place as an 
object of aim, for, towards ; i. 4.3; 
7.20: ii. 1, 3: iv. 3.6, 28:—of military 
or other support, and hence of associa- 





vi. 5. 42 
LEX. AN. 3 


tion in place or time, by, with, —~ 
D 


cs es 
τὰ py) .-.-ὦὄ.-«--«.......... - 


Zz 


. —_ A ἧς » "453. 

oe = == vam 
ee τ τ 5 - συν στ ας. πεν 

—— a 7 


SS eee eee ἐξ ὰϑ 


<<  Oee 


——— ὍΝ ἂν 


a 


eee ee ee 


nee 


Ὡς ees 


ee 
EE Ο ΜΨΟΝΝ 


Ϊ 
| 
Ϊ 
: 
Ἷ 


Se 


a. παν 


ee 





! 


ΨΥ 
Π| 
ae 
ΜΠ 

Ἅ 
4 
4 

᾿ Ἢ 

Ὑ. 

Yad 

ry 

, 7 
Ba 

. 


a 


ἐπίασιν 50 ἐπικύπτω 


deep, at, in, in or at the time of ; ἐπὶ 
τεττάρων upon four ranks as the sup- 
port of the line, fowr deep, i. 2.15; 
ἐφ᾽ ἑνός one by one, v.2.6; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν 
by themselves, ii. 4.10; ἐπὶ φάλαγγος 
én line of battle, iv. 6.6; ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν in 
our time, i. 9. 12 : --- (Ὁ) w. Dar. of 
place, on, upon, at, near, by, 1.2.8; 4. 
1. 4s: — of purpose, end, object, con- 
dition, terms, occasion, or cause, for, 
on account of, in respect to, on, at, in, 
i.3.1; 6.10: ii. 4.5: iii. 1.27,45; ἐφ᾽ 
@ on condition that, ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε in order 
that, 1., 557α, iv. 2.19: vi. 6. 22: --- 
of persons or things on which one de- 
pends or exerts authority, in the power 
of (Lat. penes), dependent upon, sub- 
ject to; over, in charge or command 
of ; 1.1.4; 4.2:—denoting succession, 
upon, after, in addition to, in reply to, 
ii. 2.4; 5.41: iii. 2. 4: — (c) w. Acc. 
of place or person, on or upon (im- 
plying motion), to, at, against ; ἐπὶ 
τὸν Μαίανδρον [upon the bank of] to 
the Meander (so often, where water is 
spoken of); i.1.3; 2. 45,17, 22:— of 
extent in space, time, &c., to the ex- 
tent of, to, over, through, till, i. 7.15: 
vi. 6. 36; ἐπὶ πολύ (πάμπολυ, βραχύ, 
πλέον, ὅσον, &c.) to or over ὦ great or 
wide extent or distance, &c., i. 8. 8; 
ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔλθοι would go to all lengths, 
resort to every expedient, iii.1.18; ἐπὶ 
πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι arranged to the 
depth of many ranks, drawn up many 
deep (where gen. more comm.), iv. 8. 
11 : — of the object to be reached, ob- 
tained, or affected, to, for, after, to ob- 
tain, i. 2.2; 6.10: iv. 3.11: v. 1. 8: 
— (d) in compos., on, upon, to, for, 
at, against, over, after, besides ; often 
rather strengthening the sense of the 
simple, than adding a new idea. 
ἐπ-ίασιν, see ἔπ-ειμι (εἶμι), 1. 7. 4. 
ἐπι-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, to throw 
or put on, A., iii.5.10: M. pf. to have 
[put] one’s arrow on the string (pt. 
with one’s arrow on the string), ἐπί, 
iv. 3. 28: v. 2. 12. 
ἐπι-βοηθέω, ow, βεβοήθηκα, to come 
to the aid of, give support to, D., vi. 5. 9. 
tém-Bovdrebw,ciiow, βεβούλευκα, to plan 
or plot against, plot, conspire or intrigue 
against, form designs against or to get, 
D., I., i. 1. 3: ii. 6. 238: v. 6. 29. 
ἐπι-βουλή, fs, α design against, plot, 
D., πρός, i. 1.8: ii. 5.1, 38: v. 6. 29. 


ἐπι-γίγνομαι͵ " γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι 
& 2 pf. γέγονα, 2 ἃ. ἔγενόμην, to come or 
fall upon, attack, D., iii. 4.25: vi.4.26. 
émi-ypade, άψω, γέγραφα, to write 
upon, inscribe, v.3.5. Der. EPIGRAM. 
ἐπι-δείκνυμι & δεικνύω," δείξω, δέ- 
δειχα, to point out, show, display, or 
exhibit to others: M. to show, dis- 
play, or exhibit one’s self or in one’s 
self: A.D., CP.: 1.2.14; 3. 13,16; 9. 
7,10, 16: iv. 6.158: v. 4. 34. 
ἐπ-ιδεῖν, -ἰδών, see ἐφ-οράω, iii. 1. 13. 
ἐπι-διώκω, wiw, oftener ὠξομαι, de- 
δίωχα, to follow upon the steps of, 
pursue, give chase, ἱ. 10. 11 : iv. 1. 16. 
ἐπι-δραμεῖν, see ἐπι-τρέχω, iv. 3.31. 
— v, see πιέζω, ill. 4. 48. 
ἐπι- ττιος, ον, (θάλαττα) lying 
upon the sea, on the sea-coast, mari- 
time, v. 5. 23. 
ἐπι-θεῖναι, -θῶ, -θέσθαι, -θῶμαι, 
-θοίμην, -θήσω, &c., see ἐπι-τίθημι. 
ιἐπί-θεσις, ews, ἡ, an attack, assault, 
iv. 4. 22: vii. 4. 23. 
ἐπι-θυμέω, ow, -τεθύμηκα, (θυμός) 
to set one’s heart upon, to desire, long 
for, wish, covet, G., 1., i. 9. 12, 21. 
{ἐπι-θυμία, as, desire, ii. 6. 16. 
ἐπι-καίριος, ov, (καιρός) opportiinus, 
proper for the occasion, appropriate, 
suitable, important, chief, vii. 1. 6. 
ἐπι-κάμπτω," κάμψω, (κάμπτω to 
bend) to wheel [against] forward, bend 
one’s line of battle, i. 8. 23. 
ἐπι-κατα-ῥ-ῥίπτω or -purréw,* ῥίψω, 
ἔῤῥιφα, to throw down upon, A., iv.7.13. 
ἐπί-κειμαι," κείσομαι, (cf. in-sto) to 
press* upon, attack, assault, D., iv. 1. 
16; 3. 7, 30: v. 2. 5, 26. 
ἐπι-κίνϑδυνος, ov, c., dangerous, per- 
ilous, D.: ἐπικίνδυνόν ἐστιν there 18 
danger : i. 3.19: ii. 5. 20: vii. 7. 54. 
ἐπι-κουρέω, How, (érl-xoupos an aux- 
iliary, κοῦρος young man) to assist, de- 
fend, protect against ; to relieve, avert ; 
D. A., V. 8. 21, 25. 
μιἐπι-κούρημα, aros, τό, a protection, 
defence, relief, G., iv. 5. 13. 
ἐπι-κράτεια, as, (ἐπι-κρατής in power 
over, κράτος) power over, control, com- 
mand, mastery, vi. 4. 4: vii. 6. 42. 
ἐπι-κρύπτω," iw, κέκρυφα, to throw 
a veil over, conceal : M. to conceal one’s 
self or one’s own doings, hence pt. 
secretly, 674 Ὁ, ἃ, i. 1. 6. 
ἐπι-κύπτω, κύψω, κέκῦφα, to bend or 
stoop to or over, iv. 5. 32? 





ἐπικυρόω 51 


ἐπι-κύρόω, wow, (κῦρος authority) to 
add authority, confirm, vote, iii. 2. 32. 
ἐπι-κωλύω v.1. = ἀπο-κωλύω, iii. 3.3. 
ἐπι-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 2 a. 
ἔλαβον, to reach or extend to, take in, A.: 
M. to seize upon, lay hold of, G.: iv. 
7.12s: vi. 5.5s. Der. EPI-LEPSY. 
ἐπι-λανθάνομαι, "λήσομαι, λέλησμαι, 
2a. ἐλαθόμην, to let a thing lie hid 
for or escape one’s self, to forget, G., 
iii. 2. 25. 
ἐπι-λέγω, λέξω, to say in addition, 
say besides or also, A., i. 9. 26. Der. 
EPI-LOGUE. 
ἐπι-λείπω," λείψω, λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλι- 
πον, to leave behind ; of things, to fail, 
give out, be wanting ; A.; 1.5.6; 8.18? 
ἐπί-λεκτος, ov, (λέγω to pick, choose) 
picked for service, select, chosen, iil. 4. 
43: vii. 4. 11. 
ἐπι-μαρτύρομαι, ὕροῦμαι 1., a. ἐμαρ- 
τὐράμην, (μάρτυς) to call to witness, 
appeal to, A., iv. 8. 7. 
ἐπί-μαχος, ov, s., (μάχομαι) that 
may be fought against, open to attack, 
assailable, v. 4. 14. 
tém-péArca, as, care bestowed upon, 
attention, diligence, thoughtfulness, i. 
9, 24, 27. 
ἰἐπι-μελής, és, ὁ. έστερος, caring for, 
careful, attentive, vigilant, iii. 2. 30. 
ἐπι-μέλομαι or -μέλεομαι," μελήσο- 
μαι, μεμέλημαι, ἃ. p. ἐμελήθην, to care 
for, to take care or charge of, attend 
to, give attention to, take thought, ob- 
serve or watch carefully, G. CP., i. 1. 
5; 8.21: iii. 1. 88; 2. 37: iv. 3. 30. 
ἐπι-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a. ἔμεινα, 
to wait for, wait, tarry; to remain 
over or in charge of, abide by, ἐπί: v. 
5. 2: vil. 2. 1. 
ἐπι-μίγνυμι," μίξω, μέμιχα 1., (μίγ- 
νῦμι misceo, to mix) A. or M. to min- 
gle or associate with, have intercourse 
or dealings with, πρός, iii. 5. 16. 
ἐπίμπλην, see πίμπλημι, i. 5. 10. 
ἐπι-νοέω, How, vevdnxa, (νόος) to think 
upon or of, have in mind, intend, pur- 
pose, propose, A., 1.9 ii. 2.11; 5. 4. 
témopKéa, iow, ἐπιώρκηκα, to perjure 
or forswear one’s self, commit perjury; 
swear falsely by, A.: τὸ ἐπιορκεῖν per- 
jury: ii. 4.7; 5. 38, 41; 6.22: ii. 1. 
22. 
Τἐπιορκία, as, perjury, false swearing, 
πρός, il. 5. 21: iii. 2. 4, 8. 
éwl-opxos, ov, (ὅρκος) against an 





ἐπίσταμαι 


oath, perjured, swearing falsely, ad- 
dicted to perjury, il. 6. 25. 
ἐπι-πάρ-ειμι," ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be 
present in addition, to be also at hand, 
lii. 4. 23 ? 
ἐπι-πάρ-ειμι, " ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμι) to come 
up or march by the side or abreast (in 
addition to or in support of others, 
also or higher up), iii. 4. 23? 30. 
-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2a. 
ἔπεσον, of snow, to fall upon ; of men, 
to fall upon, make a descent upon, at- 
tack, D.; 1.8.2: iv.1.10; 4.11; 5.17. 
ἐπιπολύ as adv., better written ἐπὶ 
πολύ, i. 8. 8: see ἐπί. 
ἐπί-πονος, ov, c., for toil, toilsome, 
laborious; portending toil; i. 3.19: 
vi. 1. 23. 
ém-f-plarre or ῥιπτέω," ῥίψω, ἔῤῥι- 
φα, to throw upon others, throw down, 
A., Vi & 55, 
ἐπί-ῥ-ὗντος, ov, (ῥέω) flowed upon, 
well-watered, i. 2. 22. 
ἐπι-σάττω, a. ἔσαξα, (σάττω to pack) 
to put a pack on, to saddle, A., iii. 4.35. 
*"Em-obévys, cos, Hpisthenes, from 
Amphipolis in Thrace, a commander 
of targeteers, discreet and trustworthy, 
i. 10.7: iv. 6, 1. -- 2. An Olynthian 
lochage, noted for his love of hand- 
some boys, vii. 4. 7s. 
ἐπι-σϊτίζομαι, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, σεσί- 
τισμαι, (σῖτος) to add to one’s stock of 
provisions, to collect, obtain, or lay in 
provisions ; to provision one’s self, pro- 
cure food, forage ; i. 4.19; 5. 4. 
jém-otriopds, οὔ, ὁ, obtaining pro- 
visions, provisioning ; a supply of pro- 
visions ; 1. 5. 9: vil. 1. 9. 
ἐπι-σκέπτομαι, comm.cKotréw,” σκέ- 
ψομαι, ἔσκεμμαι, to in-spect, review, A.; 
to ascertain by inspection, CP.; ii, 3. 
2: iii. 3. 18. 
ἐπι-σκενάζω, dow, to repair, keep in 
repair, v. 3. 13. 
ἐπι-σκοπέω, see ἐπι-σκέπτομαι, ii. 3.2. 
ἐπι-σπάω," σπάσω, ἔσπακα, to draw 
to or upon; M. to draw upon one’s 
self, drag along or after, A., iv. 7. 14. 
ἐπι-σποίμην, see ἐφ-έπομαι, iv. 1.6. 
ἐπ-ίσταμαι," ἐπι-στήσομαι, ipf. ἦπι- 
στάμην, (ἐπί, ἵσταμαι, 167 8) to stand 
upon ἃ subject as mastering it, while 
in Eng. we say ‘‘to wnder-stand it,” 
as able to carry it in the mind; ἕο 
understand, know, know about, be 
aware, be acquainted with, be asswred, 


ee Se Ler pee 





αν» = = 5 


ΕἾ 


SS ---- ὦν 


ΕΠ: 
- 
hy 
ἢ 

a 
tr 
" 
4, 


[Ses 


«ὡς... Σ 


SS Δ 01: 5: 


ἐπιστάς 52 


A. P., CP.; to know how, 1.; i. 3. 12,15; 
4.8,15: iii. 2.23: vi.6.17. See dpdw. 
ém-ords, -σταίην, see ép-lor nu. 
ψμἐπί-στασις, ews, ἡ, a stopping, halt, 
ii. 4. 26. 

μἐπι-στατέω, jow, (ἐπι-στάτης one 
who stands over, in command or 
charge, torn) to act as commander, 
command, take the charge, ii. 3. 11. 

ἐπι-στέλλω," στελῶ, ἔσταλκα, a. 
ἔστειλα, to send to, Ὁ. A., CP.; to com- 
mand, enjoin, charge, D. 1.; ν. 3. 6: 
vii. 2. 6; 6. 44. 

ἐπιστήμων, ov, g. ovos, (ἐπ-ἰσταμαι) 
acquainted or conversant with, skilled 
or versed in, G., ii. 1. 7. 

ἐπι-στήσας, &c., see éplornu. 

ἐπιστολή, 7s, (ἐπι-στέλλω) an EPIS- 
TLE, letter, 1. 6.3: iii. 1. 5. 

tém-orparela, as, an expedition 

against, 11. 4. 1. 

ἐπι-στρατεύω, εύσω, ἐστράτευκα, to 
march or make an expedition against, 
make war upon, ii. 3. 19. 

ἐπι-σφάττω," diw, to slay upon: M. 
to slay one’s self upon: A. D.: 1.8.29. 

ἐπι-τάττω," τάξω, τέταχα, to lay 
upon, command, enjoin, commit, D. 1.: 
M. to station behind one’s own line, 
A. D.: ii. 8.6: vi. 5.9: vii. 6. 14. 

ἐπι-τελέω, έσω ὥ, τετέλεκα, to bring 
to an end, ‘complete, accomplish, con- 
summate, A., iv. 3. 13. 

ἐπιτήδειος, a, ον, 8.) (ἐπιτηδές to the 
purpose) suited to ἃ purpose, suitable, 
appropriate, proper, fitting, fit, suited 
to one’s needs, 1., i. 3.18: ii. 3.11; 5. 
18: τὰ ἐπιτήδεια (art. sometimes om. ) 
the things suited to the support of 
life, the necessaries of life, provisions, 
supplies, i. 3.11: iv. 4.17: οἱ ἐπιτή- 
decor the suitable or proper persons ; 
sometimes the persons suited to one, 
i. 6. his friends ; vii. 7. 13, 57. 

ἐπι-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, &c.) to put or place upon, inflict, 
A. D., i. 3.10, 20: vi. 4.9: M. to put 
one’s self upon, fall or press upon, at- 
tack, assail, D., ii. 4.3. Der. EPITHET. 

ἐπιτοπολύ as adv., better written 
ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, iii. 1. 42: see πολύς. 

ἔπι-τρέπω," τρέψω, τέτροφα, to turn 
or give over to, commit, entrust, confide 
(ἐπιτρεπόμεναι committed or committing 
themselves to his charge, i. 9. 8), A. D. 
I.; to permit, suffer, allow, direct, Ὁ. 
(or A.) 1.; to refer or leave it to, Ὁ. CP.; 


*Ertata 
i. 2.19: iii, 2.31; 5.12: vi. 1.31; 5. 
11? vii. 7. 3, 8, 18. 
ἐπι-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔδραμον, to run upon a foe, to make 
a quick attack or rapid onset, iv. 3.31. 
ἐπι-τυγχάνω," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔτυχον, to happen or light upon, 
fall in or meet with, find, vD., i. 9. 25. 
ἐπι-φαίνω," φανῶ, πέφαγκα, 2 a. p. 
as m. ἐφάνην, to show to: M. to show 
one’s self to, appear, make one’s ap- 
pearance, come in view, be in sight, D., 
li. 4. 24: iii. 4. 13, 398; 5. 2. 
ἐπι-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, to bring 
upon: M. to bear one’s self onward, 
rush upon, i. 9. 6: v. 8. 20. 
ἐπι-φθέγγομαι, έγξομαι, ἔφθεγμαι, 
to sound [onward] the charge, ἵν. 2.7 ? 
ἔπι-φορέω, How, πεφόρηκα l., to carry 
or bring upon, A., iii. 5. 10. 
éml-xapis, 4, g. iros, agreeable, pleas- 
ing, gracious, winning, in one’s man- 
ner, 11. 6. 12. 
ἐπι-χειρέω, how, ἐπι-κεχείρηκα, (χείρ) 
to lay hand to, undertake, attempt, try, 
endeavor, 1., i. 9.29: ii. 5.10; 6. 26. 
ἔπι-χέω," χέω or χεῶ, κέχυκα 1., (xéw 
to pour) to pour upon or in, add by 
pouring, A., iv. 5. 27. 
ἐπι-χωρέω, How, κεχώρηκα, to move 
upon or against, to advance, i. 2. 17. 
ἐπι-ψηφίζω, low 1d, ἐψήφικα, to put 
to vote, put the question, call the vote, 
A.: M. to vote for, vote, A.: v. 1.14; 
6. 35: vi. 1. 25: vii. 3.14; 6.14? 
ἐπ-ιών, -ἰέναι, see ἔπειμι (εἶμι), i. 7. 2. 
ἔπλευσα, see πλέω, i. 9. 17. 
Saline see πλήττω, v. 8. 2, 12. 
ἐπ-οικοδομέω, ow, pf. p. φκοδόμη- 
μαι, to build wpon, A. ἐπι ifi. 4. 11. 
ἕπομαι," ἕψομαι, ipf. εἰπόμην, 2 a. 
ἐσπόμην, sequor, to follow as a friend 
or as an enemy ; fo pursue; to attend, 
accompany ; D., σύν, ἐπί : 1.8.6,175; 
4, 188; 8.19: ii. 3.17; 6. 18. 
ἐπ-ὀμνῦμι, * ὀμοῦμαι, ὀμώμοκα, a. ὥμο- 
σα, to swear to a statement, add an 
oath, er 5.5; 8. = wy 
v, see πράττω, ii. 
etn = septem, SEVEN, i, 2. 
5s; 6. 4. Der. HEPT-ARCHY. 
| érra-xal-Sexa indecl., also written 
ἑπτὰ καὶ δέκα, seventeen, ii. 2. 11. 
μέπτακόσιοι, at, a, (ἑκατόν) seven 
hundred, i. 2.3? 4. 3. “- 
᾿πύαξα, ns, Epyaxa, queen of the 





Cilicians, friendly to Cyrus, i. 2. 12. 


vi. 3. 6. 


ἐπυθόμην 


ἐπυθόμην, 566 πυνθάνομαι, i. = 15. 
ἐράω ἃ M. poet. ἔραμαι," a. p. as m. 
ἡράσθην, to love, desire ne Plat τὴ long 
for, G., iii. 1. 29: iv.6.3. Cf. φιλέω. 
Τἐργάζομαι͵, * ray. ἢ εἴργασμαι, to 
work, labor, perform, do, 2 A.; to work 
upon land, &c., εὐ, ii. 4.22: v.6.11. 
ἔργον, ou, (repy-) WORK, deed, act, 
action ; operation, execution ; "fact, 
event, result: τὰ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργα, 
military or warlike exercises : 1. 9. 5, 
10, 18: iii. 2.32; 3.12; 5. 12. Der. 
EN-ERGY. 
ἐρεῖ, ἐρεῖν, &c., see φημί, 1. 3. 5. 
σθαι, see ἐρωτάω, ii. 3. 20. 
ρετριεύς, dws, ὁ, an Hretrian. 
Erethin an Ionian city on the south- 
west shore of Eubcea (now Negropont), 
was, next to Chalcis, the chief city on 
the island. It was destroyed by the 
Persians, B. C. 490, but rebuilt on a 
new site (now Kastri). vii. 8. 8. 
tépnpla, as, solitude, loneliness, isola- 
tion, privacy, ii. 5.9: v. 4. 34. Der. 
EREMITE, HERMIT. 
ἔρημος, ov, Or oS, 7, ov, c., devoid of men, 
deserted, desert, desolutte, uninhabited, 
unoccupied ; without inhabitants, oc- 
cupants, drivers, defenders, persons 
near or around, &c.; destitute or void 
of, deprived of, G : σταθμὸς ἔρημος a 
desert march, i. 6. through a region 
without inhabitants: i.3.6? 5.1.48: 
ii. 1.6: iii. 4. 40: iv. 6. 11, 13. 
μἐρημόω, wow, to make lonely or deso- 
late, deprive of company, A. G., 1. 3. 6? 
ἐρίζω, low 1., ἤρικα 1., (Epes strife) to 
contend or vie with, D., 1.2.8: iv.7.12. 
ἐρίφειος, ov, (ἔριφος kid) of a kid, 
kids’, iv. 5. 31. 
ἑρμηνεύς, έως, ὃ, (Ἑρμῆς Mercury : 
the god of speech) an interpreter, i. 2. 
17: iv. 5. 10, 34. 
Léppynvede, evow, to interpret, v. 4. 4. 
Der. HERMENEUTIC. 
ῦντα, -res, &c., see φημί, ii. 5. 2. 
ἐῤῥωμένος, 7, ον, ©. ἐῤῥωμενέστερος, 
(pf. pt.of ῥώννῦμι to strengthen) strength- 
ened, strong, resolute; neut. subst., 
energy, resolution; πρός : ii. 6.11: iii. 
1. 42. 
μἀῤῥωμένως energetically, resolutely, 


ἐρύκω ch. poet. & Ion., ὑξὼ Ep., 


' ἦρυξα, to keep or ward off, A. ἀπό, Ἢ 


1. 25: akin to 
ἔρυμα, aros, τό, (ἐρύομαι to defend) 





53 ἔσχατος 


a defence, protection; fortification, for- 
tress, rampart ; i. 7.16: iv. 5. 9s. 
*Ept-paxos, see Εὐρύ-μαχος, v. 6. 21. 
épupvds, ἡ, dv, (ἐρύομαι to defend) 
fortified, defensible, strong for defence : 
τὰ ἐρυμνά the strongholds: i. 2. 8: iii. 
2. 23: v. 5. 2. 
ἔρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 2 a. 
ἦλθον, to cone, go, AE. , Ὁ. εἰς, ἐπί, παρά, 
mpos, &c., 1.1. 108; 3. 20; 7. 4: iii. 
1. 6,18. For the pres. except in the 
ind., the ipf., and the fut., the Att. 
comm. used other verbs, esp. εἶμι. 
ἐρῶ, εἴρηκα, see φημί, 1.4.8 : 11.5.12. 
ἐρῶντες, 566 ἐράω, iii. 1. 29. 
ἔρως, wros, ὁ, love, ardent desire or 
wish, 1. aS A. or G., ii. 5.22. Der. 
EROTIC. 
ἐρωτάω, * ἐρωτήσω & ἐρήσομαι, + 
τηκα, ἃ. ἠρώτησα or 2 ἃ. m. ἠρόμην, to 
inquire, ask, question, interrogate (di- 
rectly or through another, v.4.2), 2 A., 
cp., 1. 3. 18, 20; 7.9: iv. 4. 5,17. 
és = the more comm. els, 688 d. 
ἔσθ᾽ by | apostr. for ἐστί, fr. εἰμί, 
ἐσθής, ἢτος, ἡ, (ἔννῦμι to clothe) ves- 
tis, clothing, raiment, apparel, iii. 1. 
19: iv. 3. 25. 
ἐσθίω," f. ἔδομαι, ἐδήδοκα, 2 a. Epa- 
γον, to eat, feed upon, A., G. partitive, 
i. 5.6: ii. 3.16: iv. 8. 20. Cf. &do. 
ἔσομαι, ἐσοίμην, see εἰμί, i. 4. 11. 
ἐσπεισάμην, see σπένδω, iv. 4. 6. 
tEorepira, wy, ol, the Hesperite, 
or the inhabitants of western Armenia, 
subject to Tiribazus, iv. 4. 4: vii. 8. 25. 
ἕσπερος, a, ov, of evening: subst. 
ἑσπέρα, as, [sc. ὥρα] vespera, the even- 
ing ; 80. χώρα] the west, cf. Germ. 
Abend : iii.1.3; 5.15: iv. 4.4; 7. 27. 
“t ak ἐστίν) al 
oT (v), ἔστω, see εἰ 
prakhoes, see στέλλω, ili. 2. 7. 
rat “TE, -σαν, -ναι, See lor np. 
to-re,* by apostr. ἔστ᾽, adv., as far 
as, as long as, even, éml,iv.5.6: conj., 
unto this that, until, till ; while, 
whilst, as long as ; 1. 9. 11: ii. 3. 9; 
5. 30: ili. 1.19; 3. δ. 
ἕστηκα, ἵκειν, ἑστώς, ἔστην, 
ἵστημι, i. 3.2; 5. vie 5. 4 i 
ἐστιγμένος, see στέζω, Vv. 
ἐστραμμένος, see στρέφω, iv. 7. 15. 
ἔσχατος," η, ov, (sup. fr. ἐξ) extre- 
mus, last, farthest, frontier; ulter- 
most, utmost, extreme, severest, worst : 
i, 2.10, 19: ii. 5. 24: iii. 1. 18. 


ee eee σον τυ συντσσοντον- 


fa) = = 
’ . ay 
Ane ene i ——s a s- ~ = 





A οὖν ν 


“ 
; 
Π } 
71 
i 
: 
{ f 
; 
d 
: 
f 
wed 
ye 
y 
i. 
ἶ " 
Υ̓ 
Ϊ 
ἷ 
¥ 
Ἷ } 
it i" 
| 
ἘΠ 
" 3 δ 
be 


ἐσχάτως 54 εὐθύς 


or is ame to the last degree, extremely, 
a. 6. 1. 

ἔσχον, see ἔχω, i. 8. 4. 

ἔσω adv., within, see εἴσω. Der. 
ESOTERIC. 

ῃἔσωθεν adv., from within, on the 


inner side ; within, inside: τὸ ἔσωθεν | ha 


the inner, i. 4. 4. 
ἔσωσα, see σώξω, i. 10. 3. 
térafpa, as, a female companion, 
concubine, mistress, courtesan, iv. 3. 19. 
ἑταῖρος, ov, ὁ, (akin to érns clans- 
man) & companion, comrade, associate, 
iv. 7.11; 8. 27? vii. 3. 30. 
a, ἐτάχθην, see τάττω, i. 2. 15. 
*Ere6-vixos, ov, Eteonicus, a Spartan 
officer, prob. the same that had been 
harmost in Thasos, and afterwards 
held this office in Agina, vii. 1. 12. 
ἕτερος," a, ov, (ἃ compar. form, ef. 
Lat. alter, Germ. ander, Eng. either, 
other) alter, the OTHER of two, one of 
two, the next, in this sense comm. 
taking the art., and used in the plur. 
with reference to two classes, parties, 
or sets; other than, different from, 
differently situated from, «G.; other, 
much like ἄλλος, but with a sense of 
difference ; besides: eis rip ἑτέραν ἐκ 
τῆς ἑτέρας πόλεως to one city from the 
newt : 1.2.20; 4.2: iv. 1.23: v. 4.31: 
vi.1.5; 4.8. See θἄτερα & μηδέτερος. 
ἐτετϊμήμην, see τιμάω, i. 8. 29. 
μην, see τιτρώσκω, ii. 2. 14. 
ἔτι adv., vet, still, further, still 
Surther ; furthermore, moreover; hence- 
Sorth, hereafter, afterwards, any more 
or longer (w. neg. no more, no longer), 
in future ; w.compar., intensive, still, 
even ; 1.1.4; 3.9; 6.8; 7.18; 9.10; 
10. 10: iii. 1. 23; 2. 2. 
ἕτοιμος, 7, ov, or os, ov, (prob. akin 
to ἔτυμος & éreds real, & εἰμί) ready, 
prepared ; ready to one’s hand; D., 1.; 
1.6.3: iv.6.17: vi. 1.2: vii. 8. 11. 
_4€rolpws readily, promptly, at once, 
1ι, 5.2: v. 7. 4. 
ἔτος, cos, τό, @ year: τριάκοντα ἔτη 
γεγονότες, or ἔτων τριάκοντα, 30 years 
old rt a 12; 6.20. Der. ETESIAN. 
ραπόμην, see τρέπω, ii. 6. 5. 
ἐτράφην, see τρέφω, iii. 2. 13. 
pOny, see τιτρώσκω. 
ἔτυχον, see τυγχάνω, i. 5. 8. 
εὖ adv., (fr. neut. of Ep. ἐύς good, 
but compared as if neut. of ἀγαθός) 


well, fortunately, happily, prosperous- 


ly, successfully, rightly ; kindl Ἢ, bene- 
Jicially ; easily; sometimes, in compos., 
very; 1.3.4; 7.5. Der. Ev-LoGy. 
teb-Saipovia, as, prosperity, happi- 
ness, ii. 5. 18. 
Τεὐ-δαιμονίζω, low 1d, to call or esteem 
ppy , congratulate, A.G. or ὑπέρ, i.7.3. 
tob-Seipdowe, C. νέστερον, 8. νέστατα, 
happily, iii. 1. 43. 
εὐ-δαίμων, ov, g. ovos, c. ονέστερος, 
8. ovéoraros, (δαίμων daemon, Sortune) of 
good fortune, fortunate, happy ; pros- 
perous, flourishing, opulent, wealthy, 
rich ; i. 2.68; 5.7; 9.15: iii. δ. 17. 
εὔ-δηλος, ov, very clear, quite evi- 
dent, iii. 1. 2: v. 6. 13. 

εὐ-δία, as, (Ζεύς, Διός) when Zeus is 
kind, jine weather, a calm ; hence, 
quiet, security ; v. 8. 19. 

εὔ-δοξος, ov, (δόξα) of good fame, 
portending glory, vi. 1. 23 ? 

εὐ-ειδής, és, ὁ. έστερος, 8. έστατος, 
(εἶδος) of good appearance, fine-look- 
ing, well-formed, handsome, ii. 3. 3. 

εὔ-ελπις, ει, g. dos, of good hope, 
hopeful, confident, ii. 1. 18. 

εὐ-επί-θετος, ov, (ἐπι- τίθημι) easy of 
attack, D.: εὐεπίθετον ἣν (impers.) τοῖς 
πολεμίοις it was easy for the enemy to 
make an attack, iii. 4. 20. 

Τεὐεργεσία, as, well-doing, good ser- 
vice, beneficence ; a benefit, kindness, 
favor ; ii. 5. 22; 6. 27. 

Tevepyeréw, ἥσω, εὐεργέτηκα or εὐηρ- 
ΣΝ to do a favor, confer benefits, 
i. 6. 17. 

eb-epyérns, ov, (ἔργον) a well-doer, 
benefactor, ti.5.10: vii. 7. 23 (as adj.). 
εὔ-ζωνος, ov, s., (ζώνη) well-girt as 
for exercise, prepared for active move- 
ment, lightly equipped ; hence, active, 
agile, nimble : iii. 3.6: iv.2.7; 3.20. 

Τεὐήθεια, as, simplicity, folly, stu- 
pidity, 1.3.16. - 

εὐ-ήθης, ες, (ἦθος disposition) well- 
dispositioned, guileless ; simple, fool- 
ish, stupid ; i. 3. 16. 
εὐθέως adv., (εὐθύς) straightway, im- 
mediately, iv. 7. ἢ ? 
tetOupéw, jow, to make cheerful: M. 
to be wn good spirits, enjoy one’s self, 
iv. 5. 80. 
εὔτθυμος, ov, c., in good spirits, 


cheerful, iii. 1. 41. 
βίας εἴα, ¥, straight, direct : hence 





adv. εὐθύς straightway, directly, Sorth- 
with, immediately ; at the outset ; 


εὐθύωρον 
sometimes joined with a part. instead 
of the leading verb, 662: εὐθὺς παῖδες 
ὄντες immediately [being] while chil- 
dren, from their very childhood (= εὐ- 
θὺς ἐκ παίδων iv. 6. 14): εὐθὺς ἐπειδὴ 
ἀνηγέρθη immediately [when heawoke} 
on his awaking, or as soon as he awoke : 
i. 5. 8, 13,15; 9. 4: ili. 1.13; 5.12. 

{εὐθύ-ωρον adv., (ὥρα ὃ) straight for- 
ward, right onward, ii. 2. 16. 

εὔ-κλεια, as, (κλέος) good fame, glo- 
ry, honor, vii. 6. 32s. 

{Εὐκλείδης, ov, EHuclides, a sooth- 
sayer from Phlius in Peloponnesus, 
and a friend of Xenophon. Acc. to 
most mss., the same man or another 
of the same name was associated with 
Bi{tjon in his agency. vii. 8. 1, 3, 6 ? 

εὐκλεῶς (εὐ-κλεής glorious, fr. κλέος) 
gloriously, with glory, vi. 8. 17. 

εὐ-μενής, és, ὁ. έστερος, (μένος tem- 
per) well-disposed, kind, gentle, favor- 
able, 2 D., iv. 6. 12. 

εὐ-μετα-χείριστος, ov, (μετα-χειρίζω 
to handle, fr. χείρ) easily handled, easy 
to manage or impose upon, ii. 6. 20. 

Τεὔνοια, as, good-will towards, G.; 
affection, fidelity ; i. 8. 29: iv. 7. 20. 

tebvoixws with good-will, affectionate- 
ly: eb. ἔχειν to be attached, D., i. 1. 5. 

εὔ-νοος, ov, contr. εὔνους, our, c. 
ούστερος, well-minded, well-disposed, 
Sriendly, affectionate, attached, D., i. 
9. 20, 30: ii. 4.16: vii. 7. 30. 

εὐξάμην, see εὔχομαι, iii. 2. 9. 

εὔ-ξενος, lon. ed-Eewos, (ξένος) hos- 
pitable: IIdévros Εἰὔξεινος the Huxine 
or Black Sea, a sea whose early navi- 
gation was attended with so many dan- 
gers that it was called Πόντος “Azewos, 
the inhospitable sea. The establish- 
ment of Greek, chiefly Milesian, col- 
onies upon its shores removing some 
of these dangers, its name was changed 
on this account, or for better omen 
(cf. εὐώνυμος), to Πόντος Evéewos, the 
hospitable sea. The Greeks carried on 
an extensive commerce with the Eux- 
ine, exchanging their manufactures, 
wine, oil, works of art, &c., for corn, 
honey, wax, timber, salt-fish, slaves, 
&e. iv. 8.22: v. 1.1. 

t Eb-o8ets, éws, either a proper name, 
Euodeus; or a patrial, a Euodian, 
from the name of some place in Elis 
if the Hieronymus before mentioned 
is here meant; vii. 4.18: v.72.’ Evodlas. 





55 edroApos 


εὔ-οδος, ov, s., easy of travel or ac- 
cess, practicable, accessible, D.: impers. 
εὔοδόν ἐστιν the access is easy: iv. 2.9; 
8. 10, 12. 

εὔ-οπλος, ov, s., (ὅπλον) well-armed, 
ii. ὃ. 3. 

εὐ-πετῶς adv., (εὐ-πετής falling 
well, of dice, &c., fr. πέπτω) without 
trouble, easily, with ease, ii. 5. 28. 

Τεὐ-πορία, as, case of passage, tran- 
sit, or provision ; abundance, plenty 
of means, sufficiency ; ν. 1. 6? vii. 6. 37. 

εὕ-πορος, ov, easily passable, easy of 
passage or to pass,easy, 11.5.9: 11.5.17. 

εὕ-πρακτος, ov, c., (πράττω) casy to 
effect, practicable, ii. 3. 20. 

εὐ-πρεπής, és, (rpérw) well-looking, 
comely, handsome, iv. 1. 14. 

εὐ-πρόσ-οδος, ov, s., casy of access, 
accessible, v. 4. 30. 

Τεὕρημα, aros, τό, something found, 
an unexpected good fortune, a god- 
send, windfall: εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην 7 
esteemed it a piece of good fortune : ii. 
3. 18: vii. 3. 13. 

εὑρίσκω," εὑρήσω, εὕρηκα or ηὕρηκα, 
2 a. εὗρον or ηὗρον, to find, discover, 
invent, devise, A. P.: M. to find for 
one’s self, obtain, A. παρά: i. 2. 25: 
li. 1.8; 3. 21: iv. 1. 14: vi. 1. 29. 

Τεῦρος, eos, τό, width, breadth ; often 
in nom. with ἐστέ understood, or to 
be supplied w. ἐστί " or in acc. of 
specif., both w. and without the art.; 
i. 2. 5, 8, 23; 4.1, 4,105; 7. 14s. 

t Eipt-doxos, ov, Lurylochus, a loch- 
age from Lusi in Arcadia, eminent for 
valor and enterprise, iv. 2. 21; 7. 11. 

ΤΕ ὐρύ-μαχος or’Ept-paxos, ov, ΕΓ ]- 
rymachus, a Dardanian, a messenger 
for Timasion, v. 6. 21. 

εὐρύς, εἴα, ¥, wide, broad, spacious, 
“ 25: v. 2. 5. 

ὑρ-ώπη, ys, Europe, a name in 

H semger ἢ 251) for the main land 

north of the Peloponnesus, but in 

Hdt. and henceforth for the north- 

west division of the Old World, vii. 1. 


27; 6. 32. 

€ ov, c., (τάττω) well-or- 
dered, well-disciplined, well-behaved, 
orderly, ii. 6. 14: iii. 2. 30. 

μεὐ-τάκτως in an orderly manner, in 

good order, vi. 6. 35. 

εὐ-ταξία, as, (rdrrw) good order, 
discipline, i. 5. 8: iii. 1. 38. 

εὔ-τολμος, ov, (τόλμα courage) of 


ὦ ee er ae ate 


ae = ei νον. αν σον 





εὐτυχέω 


good courage, courageous, spirited, 
brave, i. 7. 4. 
éw, How, εὐτύχηκα or ηὐτύχη- 

xa, (τύχη) to be fortunate or successful, 
to succeed, AE., i. 4.17: vi. 3. 6. 

{εὐ-τύχημα, aros, τό, a success: εὐ- 
τυχεῖν εὐτύχημα to gain or obtain a 
success, Vi. 3. 6. 

Εὐφράτης, ov, the Euphrates, a 
noted river of western Asia, linked 
with the very dawn of history, and 
with some of its greatest empires and 
most signal events. It rises by two 
great branches in the mountains of 
Armenia; and, after an estimated 
course of 1780 miles, enters the Per- 
sian Gulf, having formed with the Ti- 
gris a large alluvial tract, which is 
still rapidly increasing. The Cyreans 
forded the main river at Thapsacus, 
and the eastern branch not far from 
its source in Armenia. i.3.20; 4.11: 
iv. 5.2. ||Frat; below the junction 
of the Tigris, Shat-el-.A’rab; the north- 
ern branch, Kard-Su (Black Water) ; 
the eastern and greater branch, Mu- 
rdd-Su (Water of Desire). 

Τεὐχή, 7s, prayer, wish, i. 9. 11. 
εὔχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι or ηὖγμαι, 
to pray, vow, make or offer one’s prayers 
or vows ; to express a wish, to wish ; 
I. (A.) D., A.: εὔχοντο αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆσαι 
wished him success: i. 4. 7,17; 9.11: 
iii. 2. 9,12: iv. 3.13; 8. 16, 25. 
εὐ-ώδης, ες, (ὄξω, pf. ὅδωδα, to smell) 
sweet-smelling, fragrant, odoriferous, 
i. 5.1: iv. 4.9: v. 4. 29. 

εὐ-ώνυμος, ov, (ὄνομα) of good name 
or omen, left: τὸ εὐώνυμον (κέρας) the 
left (wing) of an army. In the Greek 
system of augury (here unlike the Ro- 
man), indications from the left were 
deemed inauspicious. Hence, to avert 
any ill omen from mentioning this un- 
lucky quarter, the Greeks applied to 
it, by euphemism, the term εὐώνυμος, 
just as they named the Furies Εὐμενί- 
des, the gracious goddesses ; cf. ἀριστε- 
pos, Evgewos. 1.2.15; 8.48, 9, 13, 23. 

εὐ-ωχέω, How, (ἔχω) to entertain or 
Seed another well or generously: M. to 
Seed one’s self or fare generously, to 
feast: iv. 5. 30: v. 8. 11. [1. 4. 

ψεὐ-ωχία, as, feast, entertainment, vi. 
᾿ by apost. for ἐπί, i. 2. 16. 
γον, see ἐσθίω, ii. 3. 16. 
γην, see φαίνω, i. 10. 19. 





ἐφίστημι 


v, see φημί, i. 4. 12. 

Spos, ov, (ἕδρα seat) sitting by: 
subst. ἔφεδρος, ov, ὁ, an athlete sitting 
by when two were contending, ready 
to contest the prize with the con- 
queror; hence, successor in the contest, 
avenger, ii. 5.10: v. 1. ἔφορος. 

ἐφ-έπομαι," ἕψομαι, ipf. εἱπόμην, 
2a. ἐσπόμην, to follow upon or after, 
accompany ; to pursue as a foe, press 
upon ; D.; li. 2.12: iv. 1. 6 8 ; 6. 25. 
Τ᾿ Ἐφέσιος, a, ov, Ephesian, v. 3. 4, 6. 
Ἔφεσος, ov, ἡ, Ephesus, a famed 
city of Ionia in Asia Minor, at the 
mouth of the Cayster. It was special- 
ly devoted to the worship of Diana 
(Ἄρτεμις), which attracted to it hosts 
of worshippers, and gave to it a kind 
of sacred character that brought it 
favor and saved it from many of the 
evils of war. Its great temple of the 
goddess was burned, for the sake of 
notoriety, by Herostratus, on the night 
in which Alexander the Great was 
born ; but by the contributions of the 
Ionian and other cities it rose with 
more than its former splendor, and 
was then the largest of all the Greek 
temples, and accounted one of the 
wonders of the world. Ephesus was 
afterwards the seat of one of the most 
influential of the Christian churches, 
where Paul, Timothy, and John la- 
bored. It was a common landing- 
place for passengers on the way to 
Sardis, like the Cyrean Greeks ; and 
Xenophon here begins his computa- 
tion of the length of the march to 
Cunaxa. i. 4. 2: ii. 2.6. ||Ayasaluk. 
ἐστήκεσαν, ἐφ-ειστήκεσαν, or 


v, see ἐφ-ίστημι, i. 4. 4. 


te fe. ἔφη, see φημί, i. 6. 7. 
h, ov, (ἔψω) boiled, cooked, 
v. 4. 32. 


ἴημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &c.), 
Pape se οἱ M. to yield one’s self to, 
permit, D. 1., vi. 6. 31? 
ἐφ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 1 a. 
ἔστησα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, ἃ. p. ἐστάθην, to 
bring to a stand, A.; hence, to stop or 
halt an army; to check a horse [sc. τὸν 
ἵππον, i. 8.15]; to place, set, or appoint 
over, A. D.; li. 4. 25: v. 1. 158: --- J. 
(w. pf., plp., ἃ 2 ἃ. act.) to stand upon, 
by, or over, ἐπί " hence, to stop or halt, 
intrans. ; to command, D.; i. 4.4; 5.7: 
ii. 4. 26: iv. 7.9: vi. 5. 11. 


ἐφόδιον 57 fed 


ἐφ-όδιον, ov, (ὁδός) viaticum, pro- 
vision for the way or journey, travel- 
ling-money, Vil. 3. 20; 8. 2. 

ἔφ-οδος, ov, ἡ, a way to or upon, 
access, approach, ἐπί, ii.2.18: iii.4.41. 

ἐφ-οράω," ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα or ἑόρᾶκα, 
2 ἃ. εἶδον, to look upon, view, behold, 
witness ; to keep in view or charge, 
watch over, guard; A.; iii. 1.13: vi. 
3.14: vil. 1. 30; 6. 31. 

ἐφ-ορμέω, ow, to lie moored against, 
to blockade, vii. 6. 25. 

ἔφ-ορος, ov, ὁ, (€p-opdw) an overseer, 
guardian ; an Ephor, a popular ma- 
gistrate in some of the Doric states. 
The Spartan Ephori, five in number, 
were elected annually from the whole 
body of citizens as their especial rep- 
resentatives, and as general overseers 
of the state. During their brief term 
of office, they were endowed with great 
powers, administrative, judicial, and 
censorial, even above those of the 
kings. ii. 6. 2s: 5.10? 

ἔφυγον, see φεύγω, i. 2.18; 9. 31. 

ἐχθές = χθές yesterday, vi. 4. 18 1 

[ex os, cos, τό, hate, hatred. | 

t&Opa, as, inimicitia, enmity, hos- 
tility, animosity, 11. 4. 11. 

LéxOpds,* d, dv, c. ἐχθίων & 8. ἔχθι- 
oros as fr. root ἐχθ-, inimicus, inimi- 
cal, hostile: subst. ἐχθρός, οὔ, an enemy 
or foe, esp. ὦ private or personal ene- 
my, one cherishing feelings of person- 
al hatred or enmity; while πολέμιος 
(hostis) denotes rather a public enemy, 
one who is at war with another: oi 
ἔχθιστοι the bitterest foes, worst ene- 
mies: i. 3. 12, 20: iii. 2. 3, 5. 

téxupds, d, dv, fit for holding, strong, 
Sortified, secure, ii. 5. 7: cf. ὀχυρός. 

ἔχω & ἴσχω, ἢ ἕξω ἃ σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 
ipf. εἶχον & ἴσχον, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον (σχῶ, 
σχοίην, σχές, &c.) to have or hold (have 
belonging rather to ἔχω, ἕξω, and hold 
to ἔσχω, σχήσω ; but the translation 
often varying according to the gram- 
matical object, while this object w. 
ἔχω often forms a periphrasis for a 
corresponding verb), A.; hence, to pos- 
Sess, occupy, contain, obtain, retain ; 
to wear or carry ; to feel ; to detain, 
withstand, restrain, keep from, A. α.; 
to have the ability or power [sc. δύνα- 
pu], be able (can), 1.: ἔχων having, 
often where we use with: i. 1. 2,8; 
ὦ. 6,155; 4.7; 5.8: 11]. 5.11: εἰρή- 


LEX, AN. 3* 


νὴν ἔχειν to live in peace, ἔνδηλον €. to 
make evident, ἡσυχίαν @. to remain 
quiet, keep still, ii. 6. 6,18: iv. 5. 18. 
"Exw is sometimes used w. a part., as 
a stronger form of expression than the 
simple verb, 679 Ὁ, 1. ὃ. 14: iv. 7. 1. 
Ἔχω refi. or intrans., to have one’s 
self, hence to be (w. an adv. comm. 
= elul w. an adj., 5774), be affected 
or related, be situated, stand, lie, fare; 
ὥσπερ εἶχεν just as he [had himself ] 
was ; οὕτως ἔχει impers., so it is, thus 
the matter stands ; κακῶς or καλῶς ἔχειν 
to be or go {11 or well; ἐντίμως é. to be 
held in honor; 1.1.5; 3.9; 5.16: 
iii. 1. 3, 31, 40: iv.1.19; 5. 22.—P. 
to be occupied, held as prisoners, &c.; 
(ev) ἀνάγκῃ ἔχεσθαι to be bound by neces- 
sity; ii. 5. 21: iv. 6. 22. — M. ἔχομαι 
to have or lay hold of, hold fast to, 
cling to, struggle for; hence, to follow 
closely, come or be next to, adjoin ; G.; 
i. 8. 4,9: vi. 3.17: vii. 6. 41. — See 
ἴσχω. 

ἑψητός, ἡ, dv, (ἔψω) boiled, obtained 
by boiling, ii. 3. 14. 

ἕψομαι, see ἕπομαι, i. 3. 6. 

ἕψω," ἑψήσω, to boil, cook, ii. 1. 6. 

ἕωθεν adv., (ἕως) from dawn, at day- 
break, early in the morning, iv. 4. 8. 

ἐῴκειν, see εἰκάζω, iv. 8. 20. 

ἑών, ἑῶσι, see Edw, v. 8. 22. 

ἑώρων, ἑώρακα, see dpdw, i. 9. 14. 

ἕως," ἕω, ἕῳ, Ew (199. 3), ἡ, dawn, 
daybreak, early morning; the east ; 
i, 7.1: ii. 4. 24: iii, 5.15: iv. 3. 9. 

ἕως adv. or conj., (ds) as long as, 
while, whilst, wntil, i. 3.11; 4.8: 1]. 
1.2: ἕως οὗ wntil the time when, 5574, 
iv. 8. 8? 


Z. 


Ζάβατος or Zataras, ov, ὁ, the Zaba- 
tus or Zapatas, a large affluent enter- 
ing the Tigris a little below the site 
of Nineveh. Its oriental name Zaba 
was sometimes translated by the Greeks 
into Λύκος, wolf. ii. 5.1: iii. 3. 6. 
|| The Great Zab. 

ζάω " (ζάεις (ys, inf. fjv,&c., 120g), 
ζήσω, ἔζηκα, ipf. ἔζων, to live: ζῶν liv- 
ing, alive: A. of extent, P. of means, 
ἀπό: 1. δ. ὅ; 6.2; 9.11: iii. 2. 25, 39: 
νἱ, 1.3 

ted, ἂς, comm. pl., Lat. far, spelt, 





a kind of grain, v. 4. 27. 


= - a i — 
od Renken - ee ee 
Fe ee a ip rn 8 ee ne ee er ne ote Sane eg ae νον 


— oe =x. 


. ϑι.- ἢ 


gree Some ee 
5 eee, 


eee 


matin - = -- ---- - Ste: Sam 
ee ae en an EE EEG Rasa 


~ an 
a 


+ ee -- 





ἵειρά 58 ἡγέομαι 


ζειρά, ἂς, a long overcoat or wrapper, 
worn by the Thracians, vii. 4. 4. 
ἐζευγηλατέω, jow, to drive a team, 
vi. 1. 8. 
ἐζευγ-ηλάτης, ov, (ἐλαύνω) the driver 
of a team, a teamster, vi. 1. 8. 
ζεύγνυμι," ζεύξω, Efevya 1., pf. p. 
ἔζευγμαι, to yoke, join, connect, fasten ; 
to span, form by the union of ; A. Ὁ. 
of means, παρά, πρός : i. 2. 5: ii. 4. 
13, 24: iii. 5. 10: vi. 1.8. "τὰ jungo. 
εῦγος, cos, τό, ju , & yoke, span, 
i μαος of oxen, San &c., iii. 2. 27. 
Ζεύς," Διός, Ait, Δία, Zed, Zeus or 
Jupiter (cf. Zed πάτερ), son of Kronos 
(Saturn) and Rhea, king of gods and 
men, ruling especially over the heav- 


ens and solid earth, i.7.9. His name}. . 


appears in the Anabasis with the sur- 
names owrnp, as protector from dan- 
ger, i. 8.16; βασιλεύς, as king, and 
patron of kings, iii. 1.12; ξένιος, as 
the god of hospitality and maintainer 
of its rights, iii. 2.4; μειλίχιος, as 
gracious to those who propitiate him 
by offerings, vii. 8.4. Xenophon was 
directed by the Delphic oracle to Ζεὺς 
Βασιλεύς for special guidance and pro- 
tection in his Asiatic journey; and 
was advised by Euclides to propitiate 
Ζεὺς Μειλίχιος, as a deity offended by 
neglect. J 2 

τ ζῆν, see fdw, i. 9. 11 : 11.1.1. 

ἤλ-αρχος, ov, Zelarchus, a director 

of the market, who was believed by 
the Cyreans to have wronged them, 
v. 7. 24, 29. 

ζηλωτός, 7, dv, (ζηλόω to envy, fr. 
ζῆλος ZEAL, emulation) enviable, to be 
envied ; of ἃ person, an object of envy; 
> 2.8. 

ἵημιόω, dow, ἐζημίωκα, (ζημία loss, 
penalty) to punish, A. D. of penalty, 
vi. 4. 11. 

ζητέω, how, ἐζήτηκα, to seek, inquire 
or ask for, A., I., li. 3.2: v. 4. 33. 

ζυμίτης, ov, (ζύμη leaven, ζέω to bub- 
ble up) adj., leavened, vii. 3. 21: v. 1. 
ζυμής, ros, or ζυμήτης, ov. 

ζωγρέω, ow, (ζωός, ἀγρέω to catch) 
to take alive, to take captive or prison- 
er, A., iv. 7. 22. 

ζῶν, ζῶντες, ζῴην, see (dw, ii. 6. 29. 

ζώνῃ, ης, (ζώννῦμι to gird) a girdle, 
belt, ZONE. The girdle was important 
to the ancients for confining their 
loose dresses, and raising them when 


too long for convenience (as in work); 
and also for sustaining weapons, 
pouches, &c. It was sometimes high- 
ly ornamented and costly; so that 
the Persian queens had the income 
of villages appropriated for their gir- 
dles (εἰς ζώνην for girdle-money, cf. 
‘*pin-money”’). 1. 4.9; 6. 10. 

twds, 7}, dv, (ζάω) alive, living, iii. 
4.5. Der. ZODIAC, Z00-LOGY. 


H. 


ἤ " alternative conj., aut, vel, or: 
ἢ... Heither..or: πότερον. . ἤ, πό- 
τερα.. ἤ, or sometimes e/ . . ἤ, utrum 
an, whether ..or: 1.3.5; 4. 18, 
16 (= otherwise) ; 10.5: ii. 4.3; 5. 
17:— comparative conj. (after com- 
paratives, and some other words of 
distinction, as ἄλλος, ἄλλως, ἀντίος, 
διαφέρω, πρόσθεν), quam, than, 1.1. 45: 
ii. 2.18: 11.1.20; 4.33. See ἄλλ᾽ ἤ. 

ἢ " adv., indeed, truly, surely, cer- 
tainly, assuredly; sometimes intro- 
ducing a direct question ; 1. 6. 8: v. 
8.6: vil. 4.9; 6. 4. 

ἡ, see 6. — ἥ, ἧς, (often as adv., 
where, which way), ἥν, see 8s. — ἥ, 
see elul, i. 3. 20. 

ἡβάσκω, in pr. & ipf., (inceptive 
of ἡβάω to be of age, fr. ἥβη youthful 
prime) to become of age, come to man- 
hood, iv. 6.1: vii. 4. 7. 

ἤγαγον, see ἄγω, iv. 6. 21. 

ἠγάσθην, see ἄγαμαι, i. 1. 9. 

ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελλον, see ἀγγέλλω. 

ἠγγυώμην, see ἐγγυάω, vii. 4. 13. 

ἡγεμονία, as, leadership, lead, fore- 
most place, precedence, G., iv. 7. 8. 

tiyyepdorvvos, ov, relating to guid- 
ance: ἡγεμόσυνα [sc. ἱερά] thank-offer- 
ings for safe guidance or conduct, iv. 
8. 25. 
tiyyepov, dvos, ὁ, a leader ; a guide, 
conductor, whether human or divine 
(as Hercules for the Greeks, vi. 5. 24 5); 
a leader in war, commander, chief ; a 
superior or sovereign, applied to a con- 
trolling state; G.; i. 3.14, 16s; 6. 2; 
go Harel nl aera lana t 
ο ήσομαι, ἥγημαι, (ἄγω) to 
Ἔν τω ; to guide, conduct ; to 
take the lead or advance, lead the way, 
be in the advance or van; to lead in 





2 
war, command; G., D., AE., εἰς, emt, 


᾿Ἡγήσανδρος 59 


&c.: mentally, to lead to a conclusion 
(cf. Lat. duco), think, consider, deem, 
suppose, believe, 1.(A.): ὁ ἡγούμενος the 
leader : τὸ ἡγούμενον the leading divis- 
ion of an army, the van, advance, or 
fromé: 1.2.4; 4.2; 7.1; 9.81: δ}, 
11; 2. 4,8; 4.5, 26: v. 4. 10, 20. 
.Ηγήσ-ανδρος, ov, Hegesander, one 
of the 10 commanders chosen by the 
Arcadians and Achzans, vi. 3. 5. 
ἤϑειν, ἤδεσαν, see ὁράω, i. 8. 21. 
ἡδέως adv., c. ἥδιον, 5. ἥδιστα, (ἡδύς) 
agreeably, pleasantly, at ease; with 
pleasure, gladly, cheerfully, cordially : 
c. more cheerfully, rather: ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν 
ἀκούσαιμι I should most gladly hear, 
or be most glad to hear, i. 2.2; 4.9; 
9.19: ii. 5.15: vi. 5.17: vii. 7. 46. 
ἤ-δη adv., (ἢ δή swrely now) comm. 
referring to the present with the 
recent past, or in strong distinction 
from the past ; but sometimes to the 
present with the immediate future, in 
distinction from a more distant fu- 
ture: jam, already, by this time, just 
now, now, recently, at length; present- 
ly, forthwith : τὸ ἤδη κολάζειν the im- 
mediate chastisement : 1.2.1; 3.1,11; 
8.1: 4.2.1: γ͵ὦ, 1.17: vii. 1. 8.7.5. 
ἡδονή, js, pleasure, delight, enjoy- 
ment ; an object of pleasure, gratifica- 
tion ; delicious flavor ; ii. 3.16; 6.6: 
iv. 4.14. From ἥδω. 
ἠδυνάμην, -ήθην, see δύναμαι. 
ἡ ἡδύ-οινος, ov, producing sweet wine, 
vi. 4. 6. 
ἡδύς, εἴα, ύ, c. ἡδίων, 5. ἥδιστος, (How) 
sweet, delicious, pleasing, pleasant, 
agreeable, 1.5.3; 9. 25: vi. 5. 24. 
ἥδω, ἥσω 1., to please: P. ἃ M. Cf. 
ἡσθήσομαι, a. ἥσθην) to be pleased, de- 
lighted, or gratified ; to delight in, be 
Sond of; D., P.; 1.2.18; 4.16: ii.6.28. 
ἥειν, ἤεσαν, or ἦσαν, see εἶμι. 
θελον, ἠθέλησα, see ἐθέλω, i. 8. 18. 
Ka, see Inu, iv. 5. 18. 
ἥκιστα, see ἥττων, i. 9. 19. 
ἥκω, ἥξω, ἧκα l., to come; to come 
back, return; often as pf., to have 
come or arrived (cf. I am come), be 
here, 612; i. 2.1, 6; 5.12,15; 6.3: 
ii. 1. 9,15. Cf. οἴχομαι. 
ἤλαυνον, see ἐλαύνω, i. 2. 23. 
ἤλεγχον, see ἐλέγχω, iii. δ. 14. 
: ov, 6, ("HXs) an Elean. 


Elis was the most western province of 


ἡμιδαρεικόν 


same name, and also Olympia, famed 
for the temple and great games in 
honor of Jupiter. It was hence re- 
garded as a sacred territory ; and was 
thus mainly protected, even in its un- 
walled towns, from invasion and rav- 
age. Permitted and disposed to take 
little part in the quarrels of Greece, 
it enjoyed a long period of quiet and 
prosperity. It was natural and wise 
in Xenophon to choose it for residence, 
on his withdrawal from military and 
civil life. ii. 2. 20: iii. 1. 34 

ἤλεκτρον, ov, (ἕλη brightness) am- 
ber ; electrum, an alloy of about four 
parts gold to one of silver; ii. 3. 15. 
Der. ELECTRICITY. 

ἦλθον, see ἔρχομαι, i. 2. 18. 

THAL-Baros, ov, poet., (βαίνω) inuc- 
cessible, precipitous, i. 4. 4. 

[ἤλιθα Ep. adv., (ἄλη wandering) um 
vain. 

[ἠλίθιος, a, ov, foolish, silly, sense- 
less, stupid, stolid: τὸ ἠλίθιον folly, 
stupidity : 11. 5. 21; 6.22: v. 7. 10. 

ἡλικία, as, (ἡλίκος how old) time of 
life, age, i. 9.6: iii. 1. 14, 25. 
ἐἡλικιώτης, ov, (v. 1. ἥλιξ, cxos) an 
equal in age, comrade, i. 9. 5. 
ἥλιος, ov, ὁ, (akin to ἕλη brightness) 
sol, the sun, an object of religious 
worship among the Greeks, and still 
more among the Persians, i. 10. 15: 
iv. 5.35. See dua. Der. HELIO-TROPE. 
ἤλπιζον, see ἐλπίζω, vii. 6. 34. 
λωκα, ἥλων, see ἁλίσκομαι, iv. 2.13. 
[ἡἦμαι," ἧσο, ἧσθαι, &c., pret., to sit. ] 
ἡμεῖς we, pl. of ἐγώ, i. 3. 9s, 18. 
ἠμελημένως, (fr. pf. p. pt. of ἀμελέω) 
carelessly, incautiously, i. 7. 19. 
ἦμεν, ἧτε, ἦσαν, see εἰμί, vii. 6. 9. 
pa, as, (as if from ἥμερος, se. 
ὥρα, the mild time) the day (w. the 
art. often om., 5334), a day, i. 2.6; 
7. 2,14,18: ii. 1.28; 6.7. See dua, 
μετά. Der. EPH-EMERAL. 
ἥμερος, ov, mild, tame ; cultivated 
or garden (trees), v. 3. 12. 
ἡμέτερος, a, ov, (ἡμεῖφ) Our: ἡ ἡμε- 
τέρα, sc. χώρα, our territory: τὰ ἡμέ- 
τερα our affairs, sometimes by periphr. 
for ἡμεῖς : 1.3.9: 1]. 5.58: iv. 8. 6. 
ἦμι- in compos., semi-, half-, 
HEMI-. 
ἡμί-βρωτος, ov, half-eaten, i. 9. 26. 





Peloponnesus, containing a city of the 


ἡμι-δαρεικόν, ov, (δάρεικός) a half: 
dari, i. 3. 21. 


ee ” 


> Soa a 
ΜΝ ate 5 
τεσ ip τ ττοπτ τ: τσ το νε΄... “4. EE 


πα νιν 
σον 


es 


“--ο--.-..-. 





ἡμιδεής 60 ἤχθην 


ἡμι-δεής, és, (δέω to want) wanting 
half, halj-emptied, half-full, i. 9. 25. 

ἡμι-οβόλιον, ov, (ὀβολός) a half- 
obol, i. 5. 6? 

ἡμι-όλιος, a, ov, (ὅλος) half as much 
again: neut. subst., the whole and a 
half, a half more, G., 1. 3. 21. 

tiprovexds, ἡ, dv, of mules, vii. 5. 2. 

ἡμί-ονος, ov, ὁ ἡ, a half-ass, a mule, 
v. 8. 5. 

ἡμί-πλεθρον, ov, a half-plethrum, 
about 50 feet, iv. 7. 6. 

ἥμισυς, eva, v, (7ut-) semis, half: 
τὸ ἥμισυ [sc. μέρος] the half [part]: 
ἡμίσεα ἄρτων half-loaves of bread : 1. 
8. 22; 9. 26: iv. 2.9; 3. 15. 

ἡμι-ωβόλιον = ἡμι-οβόλιον, 1. 5. 6? 

ἤμουν, see ἐμέω, iv. 8. 20. 

όουν, see ἀμφι-γνοέω, 11.5.33 ? 

ἤν, contr. fr. ἐάν, if, i. 1.4; 4. 15. 

ἣν, ἦσθα, ἦν, see εἰμί, ili. 1. 27. 

ἥν, ἥν-περ, see ὅς, ὅσ-περ, ii. 2. 10. 

ἠνειχόμην, ἠνεσχόμην, see ἀν-έχω. 

τ τ see φέρω, iv. 7. 12. 

ἡνίκα rel. adv., (ὅς) when, ch. w. 
ind., and more specific than ὅτε, 53 ; 
i. 8. 1,8, 17: iii. 5. 18 (G., see ὥρα) ? 

ἡνί-οχος, ov, ὁ, (ἡνία rein, ἔχω) a rein- 
holder, driver of a chariot, i. 8. 20. 

ἤν-περ, contr. fr. ἐάν-περ, if indeed, 
if only, ii. 4.17? iii. 2. 21: iv. 6.17? 
ἥξειν, ἥξοιμι, see ἥκω, i. 7.1 ; 6. 3. 
ἧπερ just as, just where, see ὅς-περ. 
πιστάμην, see ἐπ-ίσταμαι, v. 1.10. 

ΤἩράκλεια, as, Heracléa (city of 
Hercules), a prosperous commercial 
city on the Bithynian coast of the 
Euxine, a Megarian colony, v. 6. 10: 
vi. 2.1; 4.2. || Herakli, or Eregli. 

tHpaxdelSns, ov, Heraclides, from 
Maronéa in Thrace, an unprincipled 
and trickish agent of Seuthes, vii.3.16. 

Τ Ἡρακλεώτης, ov, (a man of Ἡρά- 
κλεια)ὴ @ Heracleot or Heraclean, v. 6. 
19: vi. 2. 3, 17 8. 

ΤἩρακλεῶτις, ιδος, ἡ, (sc. γῆ) Hera- 
εἰοσέϊδ, the territory belonging to He- 
racléa, vi. 2. 19. 

“Hpa-xA‘js,* éous, εἶ, da, εἰς, Heracles 
or Hercules, son of Jupiter and Alc- 
méne, the most celebrated of all the 
heroes of antiquity. The greatest of 
the twelve labors which he performed 
at the bidding of Eurystheus, was his 
descent into Hades and bringing 
thence the monster Cerberus, whom 


restored. Tradition connected this 
descent with various localities, most 
commonly with a cave near Cape 
Tenarum in Laconia. His exploits 
in removing the dangers of travel 
from wild beasts and robbers, led to 
his especial worship as a conductor 
in perilous journeys (ἡγεμών). iv. 8. 
25: vi. 2.2; 5. 24s. 
ἠράσθην, see ἔραμαι, iv. 6. ὃ. 
ἠρέθην, ἡρήμην, see alpéw, iii. 1. 47s, 
ἡρμήνενον, see ἑρμηνεύω, v. 4. 4. 
ἠρξάμην, ἠρχόμην, see ἄρχω. 
ἠρόμην, ἠρώτων, ἠρώτησα, see ἐρω- 
rdw, i. ὃ. 20; 6.78; 7.9 
ἧς, ἧσ-περ, see ds, ὅσ-περ, 111. 2. 21. 
ἦσαν, ἦσθα, ἤστην, see εἰμί, 1. 1. 6. 
σαν or ἤεσαν, see εἶμι, iv. 4. 14. 
ἤσθημαι, ἠσθόμην, see αἰσθάνομαι. 
ἤσθην, 566 ἥδομαι, 1. 2. 18. 
ἤσθιον, see ἐσθίω, ii. 1. 6. 
ἱἡσυχάζω, dow, to keep quiet or still, 
keep one’s place, v. 4. 16. 
ἡσυχῇ or ἡσυχῆ, quietly, stilly, 
noiselessly, i. 8. 11. 
thovxla, as, case, quiet, rest, tran. 
quillity : καθ᾽ ἡσυχίαν at one’s ease, 
in quiet, quietly, peaceably, without 
molestation : ii. 3. 8. See ἄγω & ἔχω. 
ἥσυχος, ov, (ἣμαι ὃ) still, quiet, with- 
out clamor, vi. 5.11? [ὅ. 11} 
μἐἡσύχως quictly, without clamor, Vi. 
are, ἦτε, see εἰμί, εἶμι, 11. 5. 39. 
ἤτησα, ἠτούμην, see αἰτέω, ii. 4. 2. 
τρον, ov, (ἦτορ heart) the abdomen, 
esp. below the navel : μέχρι τοῦ ἤτρου 
as far as the groin, iv. 7. 15. 
tarrdopat, ἡττήσομαι, oftener p. ἧτ- 
τηθήσομαι, ἥττημαι, a. ἡττήθην, to be 
inferior, surpassed, or worsted, G. P.; 
to be conquered, defeated, or vanquished, 
as pass. of νικάω and sometimes, like 
this, w. the pres. as pf., 612; 1. 2. 9: 
ii. 3. 23; 4. 6,19; 6.17: iii. 2. 39. 
ἥττων, ἥκιστος, c. ἃ 8. (as fr. Ep. adv. 
ἧκα slightly, aspirated) referred to μι- 
κρός or κακός, less, least, or worse, 
worst: ¢. weaker, inferior, v. 6.13, 
32: neut. as adv., ¢c. ἧττον less, the 
less, less likely or ably, ii. 4.2: vi. 1. 
18: vii. 5.9; s. (otherwise rare) ἥκιστα 
least, the least, least of all, i. 9. 19. 
ηὐξάμην, ηὐχόμην, nen ηὗρον, 
ὑτύχησα, see εὔχομαι, εὑρίσκω, εὐτυ- 
aie wet 9. 29? iv. 8. 25? vi. 3. 6! 





he showed to his taskmaster and then 


ἠχθέσθην, ἠχθόμην, see ἄχθομαι. 
ἤχθην, see ἄγω, vi. ὃ. 10. 


θ᾽ 61 


Θ. 


θ᾽ for τέ, by apostr. before δὴ aspi- 
rated vowel, 1. 3. 9. 
θάλαττα (-coa), ns (ἅλς sal, salt?) the 
sea, a general name for the great con- 
nected body of salt- or sea-water (often 
without the art. 533d): θάλαττα μεγά- 
An @ great or heavy sea, i. 6. a great or 
violent rush of the sea (cf. magnum 
mare, Lucr. 2. 553): 1.1.7; 2. 22; 4. 
1, 4: iv. 7. 24: γι 8. 20. Cf. wévros. 
θάλπος, cos, τό, warmth, heat ; pl. 
calores, attacks of heat, heat, iii. 1. 23. 
θαμινά adv. = θαμά (dua) often, 
Srequently, iv. 1. 16. 
θάνατος, ov, ὁ, (θνήσκων) death; kind 
of death, mode of execution: ἐπὶ θανά- 
τῳ for death, in token of death, as a 
sign of execution: i. 6.10: ii. 6. 29: 
ili. 1. 43. Der. EU-THANASY. 
ψμθανατόω, wow, to condemn to death, 
A., li. 6. 4. | 
θάπτω," θάψω, 2 a. p. ἐτάφην, to 
bury, inter, A., iv. 1.19: v. 7. 20. 
TOappadréos, a, ov, ¢., courageous, 
bold, daring, confident, πρός, iii. 2. 16. 
{ Oapparéws courageously, boldly, fear- 
lessly, confidently, with confidence, πρός: 
τὸ ἔχειν θ. to have one’s self confident- 
ly, a feeling of confidence, fearlessness : 
1, 9.19: ii. 6.14: vii. 3. 29; 6. 29. 
TOappéw, jow, τεθάῤῥηκα, to be cour- 
ageous or of good courage ; to be bold, 
fearless, or confident ; to take heart; 
to have no fear of, A.: pt. as adv., 
confidently, with confidence, without 
fear, 6744: i. 3.8: iii. 2. 20; 4. 3. 
θάῤῥος, eos, τό, cowrage, confidence, 
vi. 5. 17. (7. 2. 
jOappiva, ivd, to encowrage, cheer, i. 
θαρσ- v. J. for θαῤῥ- in θάῤῥος, &c. 
Θαρύπας, ov, Tharypas, a favorite 
of Menon, ii. 6. 28. 
θἄτερον or θάτερον, &c., by crasis 
for τὸ ἕτερον, &c., 125b; pl. ἐκ τοῦ 
[se. χωρίου] ἐπὶ θἄτερα (sc. μέρη], from 
[the region upon] the other or farther 
side, v. 4. 10. 
θάττων, ov, ὁ. of ταχύς, i. 2. 17. 
θαῦμα, aros, τό, (Adoua to gaze 
upon) wonder or a subject of wonder, 
a marvel, vi. 3. 28. 
φθαυμάζω, άσομαι, less Att. dow, τε- 
θαύμακα, a. ἐθαύμασα, to wonder, mar- 


Θεόπομπος 


CP., A., G., 472¢e, 1.2.18; 3.28; 8. 
16; 10. 16: vi. 2. 4. 

φθαυμάσιος, a, ov, s., wonderful, 
ΩΝ admirable, G.? 11.8.15: iii. 

. 27. 

φθαυμαστός, 7, dv, s., to be wondered 
at, wonderful, wondrous, strange, sur- 
prising, D., 1.9.24? ii.5.15: iv. 2.15. 

T@apaxnvds, οὔ, ὁ, a Thapsacene, 
aman of Thapsacus, i. 4. 18. 

Θάψακος, ov, ἡ, Thapsacus (Tiph- 
sah, i. e. passage or ford, 1 Kings 4. 
24), a city near a much-frequented ford 
of the Euphrates, though the Thap- 
sacenes flattered Cyrus by saying that 
the river had never before been fordable 
at that point. Alexander here crossed 
by two bridges, doubtless of boats ; 
but Lucullus forded the stream with 
his army, and Ainsworth states that 
the depth of the water was reduced to 
20 inches in the autumn of 1841. i. 4. 
11. || Ruins near the Ford of the Anese- 
Beduins. 

θέα, as, (akin to θάομαι to gaze upon) 


{ἃ sight, spectacle, iv. 8. 27. 


θεά, ἂς, (θεός) a goddess, vi. 6. 17 
(elsewhere ἡ θεός, 174}, v. 3. 6s, 13). 
| Oca-yévns, eos, see Θεο-γένης. 

θέαμα, aros, τό, a sight, spectacle, 
iv. 7. 19. 

θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, τεθέαμαι, (θέα) to 
look on, gaze at, behold, observe, wit- 
ness, watch, perceive, see, with sur- 
prise, wonder, or admiration often im- 
plied, A. P., cPp., i. 5. 8: γι 7. 26: vi. 
5. 16. Cf. ὁράω. Der. THEATRE. 
θεῖν to run, see θέω, i. 8. 18. 
θεῖος, a, ov, (θεός) divine, by divine 
interposition, supernatural, miracu- 
lous, i. 4. 18. 

θέλω to wish, will, see ἐθέλω. 

θέμενος, θέντες, &c., see τίθημι. 

t @co-yévns, eos, Theogenes, a lochage 
from Locris; vii. 4.18: v. 1. Θεα-γένης. 
t@ed-ropros, ov, Theopompus, an 
Athenian, only mentioned by some 
mss., ii. 1.12. Other mss. have here 
ξενοφῶν, and two have ξενοφῶν in the 
text, and θεόπεμπος in the margin. 
We cannot suppose that there was a 
general named Theopompus, and it is 
extremely improbable that a person 
of inferior rank, so quiet and insig- 
nificant as to be nowhere else men- 
tioned, should have interfered in an 





vel, admire, be surprised or astonished, 


interview of the generals with the 


<n ge gerne wee ee 2 ay 


rae EL a τσ σον. : 





θεός 62 


king’s heralds. But Xenophon, who 
was with the army simply as the in- 
timate friend of Proxenus, and by the 
special invitation of Cyrus, held no 
position of inferiority. With entire 
propriety, he might be invited by 
Proxenus to attend him in the inter- 
view as a friend ; and might take part 
in the conversation to support him, 
if a fit occasion should arise. Com- 
pare i. 8.15: ii. 5.37. Hence, also, 
Diodorus might naturally ascribe to 
Proxenus himself (xiv. 25) the words 
spoken by one who was present as 
his companion. How then could the 
change of name have arisen in some 
of the best mss.? Perhaps as follows : 
in view of the subsequent preservation 
of the army through Xenophon, an 
enthusiastic reader may have written 
in the margin, by the side of his name, 
θεόπομπος, the heaven-sent (= θεό-πεμ- 
πτος, while in the marginal θεόπεμπος 
the two forms seem blended); and, 
through a common mistake, a sub- 
sequent copyist may have understood 
as a correction what was simply meant 
as a comment, and have substituted 
it in the text. 
θεός, οὔ, ὁ ἡ, deus, a god, deity, divinity, 
(ἡ θεός goddess, iii. 2.12: ν. 8. 65): σὺν 
τοῖς θεοῖς with the help of the gods, or 
by their will or favor: πρὸς θεῶν be- 
fore or by the gods. The art. is often 
omitted w. θεοί, 5326. The Anabasis 
abounds in appeal or reference to ‘‘the 
gods,” as a general expression for the 
Divine and Supreme Power (so ὁ θεός 
the Deity, vi. 3. 18); but makes com- 
paratively little mention of any par- 
ticular god, showing how far poly- 
theism had lost its hold upon the 
Greek mind. i. 4.8; 6.6: ii. 3. 22s: 
iii. 1. 5s, 23s. Der. THEISM, ATHEIST. 
μθεο-σέβεια, as, (σέβω to revere) piety, 
religion, ii. 6. 26. 
tOepatretw, εύσω, τεθεράπευκα, to take 
care of, provide for, cherish, court, A., 
i. 9.20: 11.6.27. Der. THERAPEUTIC. 
θεράπων, ovros, ὁ, (θέρω to warm) 
an attendant, waiter, servant, i. 8.28? 
θερίζω, ίσω ιῶ, (θέρος summer, fr. 
θέρω to warm) to spend or pass the 
summer, iii. 5. 15. 


θερμασία, as, (θερμός warm, fr. θέρω 


to warm) warmth, v. 8. 15. 


Θερμώδων, ovros, ὁ, the Thermédon, 





Θήβη 


a river of Asia Minor, flowing into the 
Euxine. Its banks were the fabled 
abode of the Amazons. v. 6.9: vi. 2. 
1. || Thermeh-Chai. 
θέσθαι, θέσθε, see τίθημι, i. 6. 4. 
t@errad(a (older Θεσσαλία), as, Thes- 
saly, a large, fertile, and populous, 
but rude province in the northeast of 
Greece. It consists mostly of the 
rich basin of the Penéus, surrounded 
by mountains, among which are the 
famed Olympus and Ossa (with the 
beauties of Tempe between), and Pe- 
lion. Its institutions were mostly 
oligarchic, a few noble families dom- 
ineering. Its rank was highest in the 
early history of Greece, when it con- 
tained the original Hellas, and sent 
Jason to the Argonautic adventure, 
and Achilles to Troy. i. 1. 10. 
Oérrados (older Θέσσαλος), ov, ὁ, a 
man of Thessaly, a Thessalian, i. 1.10. 
θέω," θεύσομαι, ipf. ἔθεον, (other 
tenses supplied by τρέχω) to run, δρό- 
μῳ, els, ἐπί, πρός, &c., 1. 8.18: ii. 2. 
14: iv. 3. 21, 29. 
θεωρέω, pow, τεθεώρηκα, (θεωρός spec- 
tator, fr. θεάομαι) to view, behold, ob- 
serve, witness ; to inspect or review an 
army; to attend games or rites as a 
sacred deputy ; A.; 1. 2.10, 16: 1]. 4. 
25s: v.3.7. Der. THEOREM, THEORY. 
Batos, ov, ὁ, ἃ man of Thebes, a 
Theban, ii. 1.10. Thebes (Θῆβαι) was 
the chief city of Beeotia, said to have 
been founded by the Pheenician Cad- 
mus and walled to the music of Am- 
phion. It was wonderfully rich in 
legendary story, e. g. as the birthplace 
of Bacchus and Hercules, and the scene 
of the tragic fortunes of (dipus and 
Niobe. In the historical age, it com- 
monly held the rank of the third city 
in Greece ; but, for a short period after 
the battle of Leuctra, of the first. 
Θήβη, ns, Thebe, a town of western 
Mysia (also assigned to Lydia, as early 
occupied by the Lydians), under Mt. 
Placus. According to Homer, An- 
dromache was the daughter of its 
king ; and the capture of the beauti- 
ful Chryséis, in connection with its 
sack by Achilles, gave occasion to the 
action of the Tliad. Perishing itself, 
it left its name to a fertile plain in 
the vicinity of Adramyttium. vii. 
8. 7. 


θήρ ΠΝ 


(ϑήρ, θηρός, ὁ, fera, a wild beast ; cf. 
Germ. thier, Eng. deer. ] 

μ|θήρα, as, a hunt or chase of wild 
beasts, v. 3. 8, 10. 

μθηράω, dow, τεθήρᾶκα, to hunt, chase, 
or pursue wild beasts ; to prey upon ; 
A.; 1. 5.2: iv. 5. 24: v.1. 9. 

μθηρεύω, εύσω, τεθήρευκα, to hwnt or 
chase wild beasts ; to catch or take, as 
a hunter his prey; A.; i. 2. 7, 13. 

μθηρίον, ov, dim. of θήρ, but comm. 
used in prose for it, 371f; @ wild 
beast or animal, i. 2.7; 5.2; 9. 6. 

θησαυρός, of, ὁ, (τίθημι) thesaurus, 

a store laid up, TREASURE; treasury ; 
v. 3.5; 4. 27. 

Θήχης, ov, Theches, a mountain 
from which the Cyreans obtained their 
first and transporting view of the Eux- 
ine, iv. 7.21. || Acc. to Strecker, Kolat- 
Dagh ; to others, Tekieh-Dagh, &c. 

Θίβρων, wros, Thibron, a Spartan 
general who was sent in the winter of 
400 -- 399 Β. c., to protect the Ionian 
cities from the Persians, and who took 
the returned Cyreans into his service. 
From want of efficiency and good dis- 
cipline, he was superseded, in about 
a year, by Dercyllidas. In a later 
command against the Persians, B. C. 
391, his carelessness cost him his life. 
vii. 6.1; 8.24: v. 2. Θίμβρων. 

θνήσκω “" (oftener ἀπο-θνήσκω, exc. 
in the complete tenses), θανοῦμαι, τέ- 
θνηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔθανον, 2 pf. pl. τέθναμεν, 
&c., inf. τεθνάναι, pt. τεθνεώς, to die, 
fall in battle ; as pass. of κτείνω, to be 
slain : pf. pret., to [have died] be dead, 
pt. dead ; τεθνάναι ἐπηγγέλλετο he of- 
fered or consented to be a dead man, 
1. e. to die or be put to death immedi- 
ately: i.6.11: 11.1.8: iv.1.19; 7.20. 

φθνητός, ἡ, ὄν, mortal, liable or ex- 
posed to death, iii. 1. 23. 

Θόανα v. 1. for Adva, i. 2. 20. 

θόρυβος, ov, ὁ, (akin to θρέομαις to 
ery, and Lat. turba) noise, outcry, up- 
roar, tumult, alarm, murmur, 1.8.16: 
ii. 2.19: iii. 4. 358: iv. 2. 20. 

Θούριος, ov, 6,a Thurian, a man of 
Thurii, a flourishing city founded by 
an Athenian colony, B. c. 443, near the 
ruins of Sybaris on the Tarentine Gulf 
in southern Italy. Among the colo- 
nists were the historian Herodotus and 
the orator Lysias. v. 1.2. || Ruins 
near Terra-Nuova. ἐξ 


θυμός 


Θράκη, ns, (Θρᾷξ) Thrace, a rude 
country in southeastern Europe, north 
of the Agean and Propontis. If this 
region was occupied early by more 
civilized tribes, to which Orpheus, Mu- 
seus, Thamyris, &c., belonged, they 
prob. moved southward into Greece. 
v.1.15. {| Rumelia.— 2. A neighbor- 
ing district in Asia, across the Bos- 
phorus, so called as occupied by Thra- 
cian tribes ; oftener called Bithynia, 
from the chief of these tribes; vi. 4. 1. 

ἐΘράκιον, ov, Thracium, or the Thra- 
cian Area, in Byzantium, probably 
near the Thracian Gate, vii. 1. 24. 

j@paxros, a, ov, Thracian, vii. 1.13. 

Θρανίψαι v. 7. for Τρανίψαι. 

Θρᾷξ, Θρᾳκός, ὁ, a Thracian, a man 
of Thrace (in Europe or Asia); as adj., 
Thracian. The Thracians were not 
wanting in activity, energy, or cour- 
age; but, though claiming relation- 
ship to their Greek neighbors, they 
partook but scantily of the Greek cul- 
ture. Among their too prevalent char- 
acteristics were ferocity, cruelty, in- 
temperance, and faithlessness. 1.1.9; 
2.9: vi. 4.2: vil. 1.5; 3. 26. 

tOpacéws adv., boldly, iv. 3. 30. 
θρασύς, εἴα, ύ, c. repos, (having the 
same stem w. θράσος = θάρσος or θάῤῥος) 
bold, daring, spirited, v. 4.18 ; 8.19. 

θρέψομαι, see τρέφω, vi. 5. 20. 

θρόνος, ov, ὁ, a seat, esp. the ele- 
vated seat of a ruler, @ THRONE, 11.1.4. 

θυγάτηρ," (répos) τρός, τρί, τέρα, θύ- 
yarep, ἡ, Germ. tochter, ὦ DAUGHTER, 
ii. 4.8: iv. 5. 24. 

θύλακος, ov, ὁ, a sack, bag, vi. 4. 23. 

θῦμα, ατος, τό, (θύω) a victim, sacri- 
fice, vi. 4. 20: vii. 8. 19. 

Θύμβριον, ov, Thymbrium, a city 
of Phrygia, now represented acc. to 
some by Akshehr (i. e. white city), and 
ace. to others by Ishakli; while the 
copious fountain Olu-Bunar (i.e. great 
fountain), between these towns, has 
been regarded by some as the famed 
spring of Midas, i. 2. 13. 

Τθυμο-ειδής, ἐς, or θυμώδης, es, c.éore- 
pos, (εἶδος) spirited, metilesome, iv.5.36. 

tOvpdopor, woouat, τεθύμωμαι, to be 
angry, provoked, incensed, or enraged, 
D., ii. 5. 13. 

θυμός, οὔ, ὁ, (θύω to rush) the rush 
of feeling, spirit, anger, passion, resent- 





ment, Vil. 1. 25. 


. ἌΡ 


-- 


Se φᾳ. «παν. ἐδὼ, ἅτ πος = σον ee ----- « - 


a 


Se Se SS ts 


5 ~~ z ᾿ ᾿ Α SSS Ὁ. ἐπῶν 
ποτ -. ES Se Oe EEE ween pen .ς. ο..... .. -.. —_ = aa = 7 
» i — = ᾿ Μ᾽ < 





Se TSP I, a TT 


aa: © ~ GES ae ae 
. oo ne ee es me ee 
eee ee 8 re —_ 





Θυνοί 64 Upp 


Θυνοί, dv, ol, the Thyni, a Thracian 
tribe near Byzantium, especially for- 
midable in the night. A part of this 
tribe crossed, like the Bithyni, into 
Asia. vii. 2. 22, 32; 4. 14. 

θύρα, as, (cf. Lat. foris, Germ. thiir) 
@ DOOR, often in the plur., even when 
a single entrance is spoken of: pl. 
door or doors, gates, quarters, residence, 
court (cf. sublime porte): ἐπὶ ταῖς θύ- 
pass at the very door or gates, some- 
times used as a strong expression for 
nearness: 1.2.11; 9.3: ii. 4.4; 5.31. 

μϑύρετρον, ov, a door, gate, v. 2. 17. 
Ἰθυσία, as, α sacrifice, offering to a 
god, iv. 8. 25s: v. 3.9: vi. 4. 15. 
θύω (Uv), θύσω, τέθὕκα, to sacrifice, 
offer to a god, D. A., AE.: Ta Λύκαια 
ἔθῦσε offered the Lycwean sacrifices, 
celebrated the Lyceean rites or festival : 
1. 2.10: 11. 2.9,12: M. to sacrifice 
for learning the will of the gods or 
future events, to take or consult the 
auspices, AE., D. (of the god, or of the 
person for whom), cP., 1., ἐπί, περί, 
ὑπέρ, li. 2.3: v. 6. 22, 27s: vii. 8. 4s. 
Τθωρακίζω, (ow, to arm with a cwirass ; 
τεθωρακισμένος equipped with a corselet, 
clad in armor: M. to put on one’s own 
cuirass or armor, arm one’s self : ii. 2. 
14; 5. 35: iii. 4. 35. 

θώραξ, ἄκος, ὁ, a cwirass, corselet, 
breastplate. The Greek cuirass comm. 
consisted of two metallic plates, 
adapted to the shap* of the body, one 
for the front, and the other for the 
back. These were ch. united by 
shoulder-pieces, the belt, and hinges 
or buckles at the sides. The cavalry 
cuirass was esp. heavy. Some nations 
wore corselets of thick, firm layers of 
flaxen cloth or felting. i. 8. 3, 26: iii. 
4.48: iv. 7.15. Der. THORAX. 

Θώραξ, ἄκος, an officer from Beeotia, 
who often contended with Xenophon, 
v. 6. 19, 25, 35. 


I. 


ἰάομαι, ἄσομαι, ἴάμαι 1., to heal, 
cure, dress a wound, i. 8. 26. 

᾿Ιασόνιος, a, ov, (Ἰάσων Jason) Ja- 
sonian: ᾿Ιασονία ἀκτή the Jasonian 
Shore, a ee not far from Co- 


tyéra, where Jason was supposed to 
have landed in the Argonautic Ex- 





pedition, vi. 2. 1. || Yasun-Burun, or 
Cape Bona. 
ἰατρός, οὔ, ὁ, (ἰάομαι) a healer, swr- 
geon, physician, 1.8.26: iii. 4. 80. 
ἰδεῖν, ἴδοιμι, ἴδω, ἰδών, see dpdw, i. 
2.18; 9.13: 11.1. 9. Der. mea. 

Ἴδη, ης, Ida, ἃ mountain-range in 
Mysia, south of Troy. Here, in the 
old myths, Paris awarded the prize to 
Venus, and the gods sat to watch the 
strife about Troy. Its highest point, 
Gargaron (now Kaz-Dagh), is about 
4650 feet high. vii. 8. 7. 

ἴδιος, a, ov, one’s own, private, per- 
sonal : eis τὸ ἴδιον for one’s private or 
personal use or benefit, for one’s self : 
ἰδίᾳ, as adv., privately, in private, 
personally, by one’s self, on one’s own 
account : 1.3.3: v.6.27. Der. 110M. 

εἰδιότης, ητος, ἡ, peculiarity, ii. 3.16. 

εἰδιώτης, ov, a private or common 
person or soldier, a private, i. 3.11: 
vi. 1. 31: vii. 7. 28. Der. rpror. 

εἰδιωτικός, ἡ, dv, relating to a private 
person, or denoting a private station, 
vi. 1. 23. 

ἱδρόω," dow, ἵδρωκα 1., (ἴδος sweat) 
sudo, to sweat, perspire, i. 8. 1. 

Bw, ἰδών, see dpdw, i. 2. 18. 

ἵεμαι or ἴεμαι, see ἵημει, i. 5. 8. 

ἱέναι, ἴθι, ἴοιμι, ἴω, ἰών, see εἶμι. 

ἡ ἱερεῖον, ov, a victim for sacrifice, an 
animal such as were used for sacrifice 
or food (since the two uses were so 
intimately united); pl. cattle; iv. 4. 
9: vi. 1. 4, 22; 5.18. 

t‘lepdv ὄρος, τό, the Sacred Mountain 
(Mons Sacer), a mountain west of the 
Propontis, on the direct route from 
Byzantium to the Chersonese, vii. 1. 
14; 3.3. || Tekir-Dagh. 

ἱερός, d, dv, sacred, consecrated, holy, 
hallowed, G. 437 Ὁ : τὸ ἱερόν [sc. δῶμα] 
the temple: τὰ ἱερά the sacred rites, 
sacrifices, auspices; from their esp. use 
in divination, the entrails[sacred parts} 
of the victim: τὰ ἱερὰ γίγνεται the 
sacrifices take effect, are auspicious : 
i, 8.15: ii. 1.9; 2.3: iv. 3.9; 5. 35: 
v. 3.9s, 11,18. Der. HIERO-GLYPHIC. 

ΕἹερ-ώνυμος, ov, Hieronymus, an 
Elean, the oldest lochage in the di- 
vision of Proxenus, and influential ἴοι 
good, iii. 1. 34: vi. 4. 10. ᾿ 

ἵημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (εἶμεν, ὦ, 
εἵην, &c.) to send, throw, hwrl, shoot, 
let fly, A., Ὁ. of missile, κατά, els, 1. % 


inre 65 ἵστημι 


12: ἵν. ὅ. 18. MW. ἵεμαι (υ. 1. ἵεμαι, 
referred to εἶμι, 45 p) to send one’s 
self, hasten, hurry on, rush, spring, 
ἐπί, &c., 1.5.8; 8. 26: iv. 2. 78, 20. 

tyre, ἴθι, see εἶμι, vii. 2. 26; 3. 4. 

ἱκανός, ἡ, dv, c., (κω) reaching the 
desired end, sufficient, enough; ade- 
quate, required; able, capable, com- 
petent, qualified, adapted : ἱκανόν [se. 
χωρίον] a sufficient distance : 1., D., ὅς, 
ws, ὥστε: 1.1.5; 2.1; 3.63 7.7: i. 
3. 4: v. 2. 30; 6. 12, 30: vi. 4. 3. 

jixavas sufficiently, adequately, iv. 
3. 31. 

tixeredo, evow, to supplicate, entreat, 
beseech, A. I., Vil. 4. 7, 10, 22. 

ἱκέτης, ov, (κω) one who comes for 
aid, a suppliant, vii. 2. 33. 

᾿Ικόνιον, ov, Iconium, an old city 
of Phrygia, near Lycaonia, in which 
it was afterwards included. Paul 
visited the city more than once, and 
made many converts. In the eleventh 
century, it became the capital of a 
powerful Seljuk sovereignty, which 
gave it a prominent place in the his- 
tory of the Crusades. It is still an 
important city, and the capital of a 
pashalic. i. 2.19. || Konieh. 

[“txw * poet., to come, arrive, reach, 
akin to ἥκω, 114d. ] 

“thews, ων, Att. contr. fr. “iAdos, ον, 
propitious, gracious, kind, vi. 6. 32. 

Ἴλη, ns, a troop, esp. of horse, often 
set at 64 men, i. 2. 16: fr. efAw to coil. 

ἱμάς, dvros, ὁ, a leathern strap or 
thong, iv. 5. 14. 

“ἱμάτιον, ov, (ἕννῦμι to clothe) a gar- 
ment, vestment, esp. an outer garment ; 
pl. clothes, clothing ; iv. 3. 11s. 

ἵνα δ final conj., ὧν order that, so 
that, that, comm. w. subj. or opt., i. 
ὃ. 4,15; 4.18; 10. 18. 

ἴοιμι, ἰόντος, ἰόντων, &c., see εἶμι. 

ἱὕππ-αρχος, ov, ὁ, (ἄρχω) a hipparch, 
commander of cavalry, master of horse, 
iii. 3. 20. 

timmacta, as, riding about, move- 
ments on horse, ii. 5. 33. 

timmeta, as, cavalry, v. 6. 8. 
tiwmets, ἕως, ὁ, horseman, knight ; 
pl. cavalry, horse (collectively). The 
Greek horseman was comm. armed 
much like the hoplite; exc. that he 
usually carried no shield, and hence 
wore a stouter cuirass. Metallic armor 
was also provided for the head, breast, 


LEX. AN. Ι 





and sides of the horse. From the 
mountainous character of their coun- 
try, however, and their habits of city 
life, the Greeks used cavalry very 
much less than the eastern nations. 
12.4; 5. 2,183 6.283 8.7; 
tiwmuds, ἡ, dv, of or for cavalry: 
subst. ἱππικόν [sc. στράτευμα or πλῆ- 
Gos] cavalry [force]: i. 3.12; 9. 31. 
timmd-Spopos, ov, ὁ, a race-course for 
horses, hippodrome, i. 8. 20. 
ἵππος, ov, ὁ ἡ, ὦ horse, mare: ἀπὸ 
ἵππου [from a horse] on horseback: οἱ 
ἵπποι sometimes = οἱ ἱππεῖς the horse, 
cavalry: 1.2.7; 8. 3,18: vii. 3. 39, 
Der. HIPPO-POTAMUS (river-horse). 
*Ipts, vos or cos, ὁ, the Iris, a con- 
siderable river in the northeast part 
of Asia Minor, flowing into the Eux- 
ine, v. 6.9: vi. 2.1. || The Yeshil- 
Irmak, i. e. Green River. 
ἴσθι, ἴσμεν, ἴστε, ἴσασι, see dpdw. 
ἰσθμός, οὔ, ὁ, (εἶμι) the place to go 
on, @ ISTHMUS: asa prop. name, the 
Isthmus of Corinth, the neck of land 
(about five miles across, where nar- 
rowest) connecting the Peloponnese w. 
the mainland of Greece, and separat- 
ing the Corinthian and Saronic Gulfs. 
Repeated attempts were made and 
abandoned, to connect these gulfs by 
acanal. The famed Isthmian Games 
were here celebrated in honor of Nep- 
tune. ii. 6. 3. 
Τἰσό-πλευρος, ov, (πλευρά) equal- 
sided, equi-lateral, iii. 4. 19. 
ἴσος, 7, ov, equal, D.: ἐν ἴσῳ on an 
even line, with equal step: ἐξ ἴσου from 
equal ground, on an equality or par: 
els τὸ tcov upon equal ground, to a 
level: ἴσον κρατεῖν to bear equal sway 
or have equal power: i. 8.11: it. 5.7: 
iii, 4, 47: iv. 6.18: v. 4.32. Hence 
IsO- in many compounds. 
jloo-xerns, ἐς, (χεῖλος lip, brim) 
level with or up to the brim, iv. 5. 26. 
Ἰσσοί, dy, oi, and Ἰσσός, οὔ, ᾧ, 
Issus or 7881, an important city in the 
eastern part of Cilicia, at the head of 
a gulf bearing its name (now the Gulf 
of Scanderoon). Near it, B. 0. 333, 
Alexander won a great victory over 
Darius III. i. 2. 24; 4.1. || Ruins near 
the northeast extremity of the gulf. 
ἴστε, see dpdw, i. 5.16; 7. 3. 
ἵστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα (2 pf. ἕστα- 
μεν, ὅτο., ἑστάναι, ἑστώς), plp. ἑστήκειν 


E 





ἱστίον 66 καθίζω 


or εἱστήκειν, 1 ἃ. ἔστησα, 2a. ἔστην, 
to set wp, STATION ; to make stand or 
halt, to stop (trans.); A.; i. 2.17; 10. 
14:—WM., w. act. 2 a. and complete 
tenses (used preteritively), sto, to 
STAND, intrans. ; to stand one’s ground, 
make a stand; but 1 ἃ. m. to set up 
for one’s self, 2rect, A.; 1.3.2; 5.2,13; 

10. 1, 11: iv. 6. 27; 7. 9. 

ἱστίον, ov, (dim. of ἱστός web) a sail, 
i. 5. 3. 

{ἰσχυρός, d, dv, s., strong, mighty, 
powerful ; vehement, severe; 1.5.9: 
ii. 5. 22: iv. 5. 20; 7.1: v. 8. 14. 

tloxupas, c. ότερον, strongly, forcibly, 
vigorously ; energetically, strenuously, 
resolutely ; vehemently, severely ; ex- 

ceedingly, very ; 1.2.21; 5.11: iii.2.19. 

ἰσχύς, vos, 7, (is vis, strength) strength, 

might, force; a force of soldiers, a 
strong force ; i. 8. 22: iii. 1. 42. 

tox (strengthened form of éwq.v.) 

to hold, arrest, check, A., vi. 5.13: 
impers. ἔσχετο it was held or held it- 
self, the matter stuck, the negotiation 
was suspended, vi. 3. 9. 

tows adv., (ἴσος) with equal chances, 
perhaps, probably ; sometimes, from 
Greek courtesy, where we might rather 
say doubtiess ; ii. 2.12: iii. 1. 37. 

Ιταβέλιος, ov, Ttabelius, a Persian 
commander, who went to the aid of 
Asidates, vii. 8.15: v.1. Ιταμένης, &c. 

iréov (fr. εἶμι) ἐστίν it ts necessary, 
proper, or best to go, one must or should 

go, 682, iii. 1. 7: vi. 5. 30. 

trus, vos, ἡ, α rim, as of a shield ; 
a shield-rim ; iv. 7. 12. 

ἴτωσαν, see εἶμι, i. 4. 8? 

ἰχθύς, vos, ὁ, a fish, i. 4.9. Der. 
ICHTHYO-LOGY. The Syrian gods Da- 
gon and Derceto (who had also other 
names) were worshipped in a form 
human above, but fish-like below. 

ἴχνος, eos, τό, and dim. in form 

txviov, ov, a track, trace, footstep, i. 6. 
wm 7.17: vii. 3. 42. 

*Iwvia, as, (Ἴωνες Jonians) Ionia, 
the central part of the western coast 
of Asia Minor, so named from its early 
colonization by the Ionians, whose 
descent was traced from Ion, grand- 
son of Deucalion. It was the favorite 
seat (with the adjacent islands) of early 
Greek letters and art, the home of 
Epic and Elegiac poetry, of Ionic archi- 
tecture, &c.; but unfortunately, from 


its position, could not maintain its in- 
dependence against the Lydians and 
afterwards the Persians. Assistance 
given to the Ionians was a pretext 
with the Persians for invading Greece. 
1. 4.13: 5.1.8. 

ΕΙωνικός, ἡ, dv, Ionian, pertaining 
to Ionia, i. 1. 6. 


K. 


κἀ- often in crasis for καὶ ἀ- or καὶ é-. 

κἀγαθός, κἀγώ = καὶ ἀγαθός, καὶ ἐγώ. 

καθ᾽ by apostr. for κατά, before an 
aspirated vowel, i. 10. 4. 

καθά rel. adv., (καθ᾽ &) according as, 
as, vil. 8. 4? 

καθαίρω, apd, κεκάθαρκα, a. ἐκάθηρα 
or ἐκάθαάρα, (καθαρός pure) to cleanse, 
purge ; to purify in a religious sense ; 
A.3 Vv. 7. 35. 

καθάπερ rel. adv., (καθ᾽ ἅπερ) just 
according as, just as, even as, Υ. 4. 28. 

καθαρμός, οὔ, ὁ, (καθαίρω) purifica- 
tion, v. 7. 35. 

καθ-έζομαι, " f. καθ-εδοῦμαι, ipf. éxa- 
θεζόμην, (€foua to sit, poet.) to seat 
one’s self, sit down; to halt, rest ; 1. 5. 
9: iii. 1. 33: v. 8. 14. 

καθ-ειστήκειν, see καθ-ίστημι. 

καθ-ἔλκω," ἕλξω, ipf. εἷλκον, to draw 
or haul down, as vessels into the sea, 
to launch, A., vii. 1. 19. 

καθ-έντας, see καθ-ίημι, vi. 5. 25. 

καθ-εύδω," εὑδήσω, ipf. ἐκάθευδον or 
καθηῦδον, (εὕδω to sleep) to lie down 
and sleep, to sleep, repose, i. 3. 11. 

καθ-ηγέομαι, ήσομαι, ἤγημαι, to lead 
down: ταῦτα καθηγεῖσθαι to conduct 
this enterprise, vii. 8. 9. 

καθ-ηδυ-παθέω, ἤσω, (ἡδύς, πάσχω) 
ἴο ad down, to spend, waste, or 
squander, in luxury or pleasure, A., 
i. 3. 3. 

καθ-ήκω, ἥξω, ἧκα 1., to come down 
to, to reach or extend down, εἰς, ἐπί, 
ἀπό: to appertain to, belong as a duty, 
Ὁ. 1.: 1.4.4; 9.7: iii. 4.24: iv.3. 11. 

κάθ-ημαι " pf. m. pret., f. pf. καθή- 
σομαι 1., plp. ἐκαθήμην or καθήμην, 
(ἦμαι to sit) to sit down, be seated, be 
in session, be encamped or stationed, i. 
3.12; 7. 20: iv. 2.58: vi. 2.6. 

καθῆραι or -Gpat, see καθαίρω. 

καθ-ἰζω," καθίσω ιῶ, κεκάθικα 1., ἃ. 





ἐκάθισα and καθῖσα, (ζω to seat, poet.) 


καθίημι 67 κακῶς 


to make sit down, seat, set, place, A. 
els, ii. 1. 4: iii. 5. 17. 
καθ-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, els, 
&c.), to let down, as a spear for action, 
to lower, couch, A. els, vi. 5. 25, 27. 
καθ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 1 a. 
ἔστησα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, to fix or set down, 
settle, arrange, station, place, establish, 
restore, bring, render, A.; to constitute 
or appoint, 2 A., eis, ἐπί: 1.4.13; 10. 
10: iii. 2. 1, 5: — JL, w. act. 2a. and 
complete tenses (used pret.), to station, 
set, place, fix, orestablish one’s self, totake 
one’s place or station ; to be established, 
set, settled, or placed; to result or eventu- 
ate; els, ἐπί (to set one’s self to, wnder- 
take, vi. 1. 22): but 1 a. m. to station, 
set, or appoint for one’s self, A.: i. 1. 
3; 3.8; 8.38, 6: iv. 5. 19, 21. 
καθ-οράω," ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα or édpa- 
κα, 2 ἃ. εἶδον (ἴδω, &c.), to look down 
upon, view, inspect, descry, discern, 
perceive, 866, A., 1. 8. 26; 10. 14. 
kal* conj. ἃ adv., (akin to Lat. 
que) and ; often with a strengthened 
idea, which we express in Eng. by 
adding an adverb, and also, and even, 
and indeed, and especially, and the 
rather, and therefore ; also, even (some- 
times translated by other adverbs of 
like force, further, moreover, really, 
indeed, yet, still, only, &c.); i. 1.18; 
3. 6, 18,15; 6.10: iv.5.15: vi. 2.10: 
καὶ δὴ (καί) and now (even), in suppo- 
sition, v. 7.9: καὶ el (or ἐάν, &c.), εἰ 
καί even if, although (and so καί w. a 
part., like καίπερ q. v.), iii. 2. 10, 22, 
24: τὲ. καί, καὶ .. καί, both... and, 
i. 8. 8; 8. 27; see ἄλλως. Καί is often 
used where in Eng. no connective, or 
one more specific would be preferred 
(as for, when, but, as, &c.), 702¢, 705, 
ii. 2.10; 3.18: iv. 6.2: v. 4.21. In 
annexing several particulars, the Eng. 
more frequently uses the copulative 
w. the last only; but the Greek w. 
all or none, i. 2. 22: iii. 1.3. The 
special relation of καί to the word fol- 
lowing (and not to the word preced- 
ing, as in the case of so many parti- 
cles) will not fail to be observed. For 
καὶ γάρ, καὶ yap οὖν, see γάρ. Cf. δέ. 
Κάϊκος (Ὁ), ov, ὁ, the Caicus, a river 
in the southwest part of Mysia, flow- 
ing near Pergamum and through a 
fertile plain, vii. 8. 8,18? ||The Ba- 
kir-Chai 


Καιναί, dv, al, Cone, a large city 
on the west bank of the Tigris (per- 
haps the Canneh of Ezek. 27. 23), ii. 
4.28. || Kaleh Sherghat, so interesting 
in its remains, and believed by some 
to have been, for a long period, the 
capital of the Assyrian Empire. 

καί-περ adv., even indeed, used w. 
‘a part. (as also καί even) to express 
concession, where the Eng. familiarly 
‘uses though or although with a verb, 
674f: καίπερ εἰδότες even [indeed know- 
ing] though they knew, i. 6.10. Cf. ii. 
[8. 25: iii. 1. 29: iv. 3.33: v. 5.178. 
καιρός, οὔ, ὁ, occasion, opportunity, 
| season, juncture, crisis, a fitting, prop- 
er, special, or particular time, 1.: και- 
pos ἐστιν it is the proper time, there is 





‘occasion; hence, there is need, it is 


necessary or proper : ἐν καιρῷ in season, 
opportunely, according to the occasion, 
to the purpose: προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ 
farther than there was occasion, farther 
than was necessary or expedient: i.7.9: 
iii. 1. 36, 39, 44: iv.3.34; 6.15. 
καί-τοι conj., and indeed, and cer- 
tainly, and yet, however ; though, al- 
though ; i. 4.8: v. 7.10: vil. 7. 39. 
καίω & Att. κἄω," καύσω, κέκαυκα, 
to burn (trans.), set on fire, consume 
by fire; to kindle, maintain, or keep 
up a fire, keep a fire burning; of a 
surgeon, to cauterize; Α.: M. or P., 
to bwrn, intrans.: i. 6. 1s: iii. 5. 3, 
5s: iv.5.5s8: ν. 8.18. Der. CAUSTIC. 
κἀκεῖνος = καὶ ἐκεῖνος, ii. 6. 8 ? 
Τκακό-νοια, as, i1/-will, πρός, vii. 7.45. 
Τκακό-νοος, ov, contr. KaKd-vous, our, 
evil-minded, ill-disposed, ill-affected, 
inimical, D., ii. 5. 16, 27. 
ἑκακο-ποιέω, ἤσω, to do evil to, treat 
ill, maltreat, A., ii. 5. 43 
κακός, ἡ, dv, C. κακίων, S. κάκιστος, 
bad, evil, ill, wicked, vile, base, worth- 
less, D., περί : bad in war, cowardly : 
subst. κακόν, of, an evil, harm, in- 
jury, mischief: i. 3.18; 4.8; 9.15: 
ii. 5. 5, 16, 39. Der. CACO-PHONY. 
tkaxoupyéw, ow, to work evil to, to 
injure, harm, harass, annoy, A.,Vi. 1.1. 
| Kaxodpyos, ov, (ἔργον) working evil, 
criminal : masc. subst., an evil-doer, 
malefactor : i. 9. 18. 
μκακόω, wow, pf. p. κεκάκωμαι, to in- 
jure, A., iv. 5. 35. 
κακῶς adv., ὁ. κάκϊον, 8. κάκιστα, 





badly, ill; injuriously ; wretchedly, 











a πῶ Eee Sy ee a ee ESS Recor oes ἃ. ᾿ > τα στο ΣΙ a “-πο-- Ss a ee Φ τον - — = 
EARN cH ποτ PR TR τὸ CREE τς τὰ. re — " » - : 
—— -- ---- . / Se ee - 4 τ ΣΝ - 
“-.- ne €2« 5 - a ᾿ -- : Β “τὸ 5 “Ὅσο νρ Ὁ -ὦ - — — bien . ‘ime 





κάκωσις 68 


miserably, uncomfortably ; i. 4.8; 5. 
16; 9.10: tii. 1. 48: iv. 4.14. See 
ἔχω, πάσχω, row, πράττω. 
ψκάκωσις, ews, ἡ, i/l-treatment, abuse, 
G., Iv. 6. 3. 

Τκαλάμη, 7s, straw, v. 4. 27. 

κάλαμος, ov, ὁ, calamus, ὦ reed ; 

collectively, for plants of this kind ; 
i. 5.1: iv. 5. 26. Der. CALAMITY. 

Kahéw,* καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, a. 
ἐκάλεσα, ἃ. p. ἐκλήθην, calo, to CALL, 
summon, invite, A. ἐπί : to call, name, 
2 A.: τὸ Μηδίας καλούμενον τεῖχος the 
so-called wall of Media: sometimes 
M., to call to or for one’s self, a.: i. 2. 
2,8: ii. 4.12: 111.8.1: vii.3.15; 6.38. 

καλινδέομαι in pr. ἃ ipf., (akin to 
κυλίω) to roll, intrans., v. 2. 31 ? 

Τκαλλ-ιερέω, How, κεκαλλιέρηκα, (ἱερόν) 
A. ἃ M. to sacrifice favorably or with 
good omens, to obtain good auspices in 
sacrifice, v. 4. 22: vii. 1. 40; 8. 5. 
tTKadAl-paxos, ov, Callimachus, a 
brave and ambitious lochage from 
Parrhasia in Arcadia, iv. 1. 27; 7. 8. 
Τκαλλίων, κάλλιστος, see καλός. 
Τκάλλος, cos, τό, beauty, ii. 3. 15. 
Der. CALLI-STHENICS. 

ἐκαλλ-ωπισμός, of, ὁ, (Sy face) fine 
appearance, ornament, adornment, i. 
9. 23. 

καλός," ἡ, dv, c. καλλζων, 5. κάλλι- 
στος, beautiful (of both physical and 
moral beauty, and also with reference 
to use or promise), beauteous, hand- 
some, fine, fair; honorable, noble ; 
Javorable, propitious, auspicious ; ex- 
cellent, good ; 1.: τὸ καλόν honorable 
conduct, honor: eis καλόν for good, op- 
portunely : i. 2.22; 8.15: 11. 6. 18 8, 
28: iv. 7.3; 8.26. ᾿Αγαθός refers 
more to the essential quality of an 
object, and καλός more to the impres- 
sion which it produces upon the eye 
or mind. See ἄριστος. 

Κάλπη, 7s, Calpe, a place with a 
good harbor, on the Bithynian coast 
of the Euxine, where Xenophon evi- 
dently longed to found a city, vi. 2. 
13; 3. 24; 4.1. || Kirpeh. 

Kad xndovla, Καλχηδών, = Χαλκη- 
dovia, Χαλκηδών, 167 Ὁ, vi. 6. 38 ? 

καλῶς adv., c. κάλλϊον, 5. κάλλιστα, 
(καλός) beautifully, handsomely, fine- 
ly, honorably, properly ; favorably, 
prosperously, successfully, advanta- 
geously, well: καλῶς ἔχειν or εἶναι to 





καρπόω 


be, go, or result well, be right, proper, 
safe, in good condition, properly ar- 
ranged, &c.: 1.2.2; 8.13; 9.17s, 23: 
lil. 1. 68, 16, 43. See ἔχω, πράττω. 

κάμνω, καμοῦμαι, κέκμηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔκα- 
μον, to labor, toil; to be weary, fa- 
tigued, exhausted, disabled, sick: oi 
κάμνοντες the sick or disabled: P.: iii. 
4.47: iv. 5.178: v. 5. 20. 

κἀμοί, κἄν, κἀν, κἀντεῦθεν, κἄπειτα, 
by crasis for καὶ ἐμοί, καὶ ἄν, καὶ ἐν, καὶ 
ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ ἔπειτα, i. 8. 20 : 1ἱ. 8.9. 

κάνδυς, vos, 6, an outer garment 
with large sleeves, worn by the Medes 
and Persians; an overcoat, robe ; i. 5. 8. 

καπηλεῖον, ov, (κάπηλος caupo, huck- 
ster) a huckster’s shop, an inn, i. 2. 24. 

καπίθη, ys, a capithe, a Persian 
measure = 2 yoluxes, i. 5. 6. 

καπνός, οὔ, ὁ, smoke, ii. 2. 15, 18. 

Καππαδοκία, as, Cappadocia, a 
mountainous region in the eastern part 
of Asia Minor, north of the Taurus, 
chiefly pastoral, and noted for its fine 
horses. Its men were reputed as of 
little worth. i. 2.20; 9.7: vii. 8. 25. 

κάπρος, ov, ὁ, aper, ὦ wild boar, ii. 
2. 9. 

καρβατίνη, ns, a carbatine or brogue, 
a rude protection for the foot, resem- 
bling a low moccasin, and said to have 
been named from its Carian origin, iv. 
5. 14 (777. 2). 

καρδία, as, cor, the heart, ii. 5. 23. 
Der. CARDIAC. 

tKapdSotxaos or Καρδούχιος, a, ον, 

Carduchian (Koordish), iv. 1. 2s. 

KapSotxos, ov, ὁ, a Carduchian. 
The Cardichi were a race of fierce, 
independent, and predatory moun- 
taineers, living east of the Tigris, from 
whom the modern Koords have de- 
rived their name, lineage, and charac- 
ter. iii.5.15: iv.1.8s. ||.A Koord, in 
Armenian Kordu, plur. Kordukh (to 
the plur. ending of which, the -χοι in 
Καρδοῦχοι seems analogous). 

άρκασος, ov, ὁ, Carcasus, a small 

and otherwise unknown stream, vii. 
8.18: v. 1. Kdixos. 

Τκαρπαία, as, the Carpean or [Crop] 
Farm Dance, a mimic dance of the 
Thessalians, vi. 1. 7. 

καρπός, οὔ, ὁ, the produce, fruits, 
or crops of the earth, ii. 5. 19. 

ψκαρπόω, wow, to bear frwit: M. to 

gather the fruits of, reap, A., iii. 2. 23. 


Κάρσος 69 


Κάρσος or Κέρσος, ov, 6, the Car- 
sus or Cersus, a small stream separat- 
ing Cilicia from Syria. i. 4. 4. || The 
Merkez. 

κάρνον, ov, a nut; in the Anab., 
the chestnut, which afterwards became 
so common an article of food in south- 
ern Europe, v. 4. 29, 32. (i. 5. 10. 

κάρφη, 7s, (κάρφω Ep., to dry) hay, 

αστωλός, οὔ, ἡ, Castélus, a town 
of Lydia, which gave its name to one 
of the great muster-fields of the Per- 
sian army. Kiepert places this field 
at the junction of the Hermus and 
Cogamus, a few miles northeast of 
Sardis. i. 1. 2; 9. 7. 

κατά * prep., by apostr. κατ᾽ or 
καθ᾽, down, opp. to dvd: w. GEN. of 
place, down from, down, i. 5. 8: iv. 
2.17; κατὰ γῆς [down from] wander the 
earth, vii. 1. 30:—w. Acc. of place 
or person, down along, along, along 
side of ; also translated by, over, over 
against, against, opposite, upon, in, 
at, about, near, to, throughout, &c.; 
i. 5.10; 8.12, 26; 10.9: iv. 6. 23s: 
vii. 2.1, 28; κ. γῆν (θάλατταν) by land 
(sea), 1. 1. 7; x. τὴν γέφῦραν along or 
over the bridge, vi. 5.22; x. ταῦτα 
along this shore, vii. 5.13: — denoting 
conformity, connection, purpose, man- 
ner, according to, in respect to, as to, 
Sor, in, by, &c., ii. 2.8; 3.8: iii. 5.2; 
k. χώραν [according to place] in the 
proper places or order, i. 5.17: vi. 4. 
11; τὸ κ. τοῦτον εἶναι so far as regards 
him or he is concerned, 665 Ὁ, i. 6. 9 ; 
k. ταὐτά according to the same method, 
in the same way, v. 4. 22; καθ᾽ αὑτόν 
by himself, vi. 2.13: forming adv. 
phrases w. abstract nouns, see ἡσυχία, 
κράτος: : — distributively, by, among, 
each or every, &c., w. sing. or plur., 
i. 2.16; κ. ἔθνη or ἔθνος, by nations, 
or nation by nation, i. 8.9: v. 5.5; 
καθ᾽ ἕνα one by one, iv.7.8; x. Terpa- 
κισχιλίους 4000 at a time, iii. 5. 8; x. 
ἐνιαυτόν each year, yearly, annually, 
lil. 2.12; x. τοὺς χώρους in the differ- 
ent places, through the region, Vii. 2. 3. 
—In compos., down, downwards, 
along, against; often strengthening 
the idea, or implying completeness 
(downright), or rendering the verb 
transitive. 

κατα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go or come down, descend, as 





καταθεάομαι 


from the interior to the sea-coast, from 
a hill, horse, carriage, into the arena, 
&c.; to dismount ; to enter the lists ; 
els, πρός, ἀπό: 1. 2. 225: il. 2.14; 5.22: 
iv. 2 20: 8,27. 
ψκατά-βασις, ews, ἡ, the way or pas- 

sage down, descent, els, ἐκ : return to’ 
the sea-coast ; iii. 4.37: v. 2.63 5. 4. 

κατα-βλακεύω, evow, to treat negli- 
gently or slothfully, A., vii. 6. 22. 

κατ-αγάγοιμι, see κατ-άγω, i. 2. 2. 

κατ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, to in- 
form against, expose, denounce, A., ii. 
5. 38. 

κατά-γειος or -yatos, ov, (γῇ) wnder- 
ground, subterranean, iv. 5. 25. 

κατα-γελάω," dooua, a. ἐγέλασα, 
to laugh [against] at, jeer at, deride, 
ridicule, G.; to mock, exult, triumph ; 
i. 9.13: ii. 4.4; 6. 28, 90, 

kat-dyvupi,* ἄξω, 2 pf. pret. in- 
trans. ἔάγα, a. ἔαξα, (ἄγνῦμι to break) 
to break in pieces, crush, A., iv. 2. 20. 

κατα-γοητεύω or γοητεύω, εύσω, 
(γόης a wizard) to bewitch, spell-bind, 
A., V. 7. 9. 

κατ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2a. ἤγαγον, to 
lead or bring down or back, restore, to 
bring [down from the high sea] ashore 
or into port, A.: sc. πλοῖα, &c., to put 
in, cone ashore: M. to return, arrive, 
ἐπί: 1.1.7; 2.2: iii. 4. 36: v.1.11s: 
vi. 6. 3. 

κατα-δαπανάω, iow, δεδαπάνηκα, to 
expend to the bottom, wholly consume, 
trans., li. 2. 11. 

κατα-δειλιάω, dow, (δειλός) to cower 
down, shrink from through fear, A., 
Vii. 6. 22. 

κατα-δικάζω, dow, δεδίκακα l., (δι- 
κάζω to judge, δίκη) to give sentence 
against, condemn, pass judgment, G. 
I., ὅτε, v. 8. 213 vi. 6. 15. 

Kata-SiaKw,* wéw or wiowat, dediw- 
xa, to chase or drive down or off, A., 
iv. 2. 5. 

κατα-δοξάζω, dow, to judge to any 
one’s discredit, I. (A.), vii. 7. 30. 

κατα-δραμεῖν, -ών, see κατα-τρέχω. 

κατα-δύω," δύσω, δέδῦκα, 1 ἃ. ἔδῦσα, 
2 ἃ. ἔδῦν, to sink down, drown, A., i. 
3.17: M., w. pf. & 2 a. act., to sink 
or drown, intrans., κατά, μέχρι, ili. 5. 
11: iv. 5. 36: vii. 7. 11. 

κατα-θεάομαι, dooua, τεθέάμαι, to 
look down upon, view or survey, take 
ὦ view or survey, A., 1. 8.14: vi. 5.8€. 


























καταθέμενος 70 


κατα-θέμενος, see κατα-τίθημι. 
κατα-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run down, 
eis, ἐπί, vi. 3. 10? vii. 3. 44. 
κατα-θύω (v),* θύσω, τέθῦὔκα, to lay 
down as an offering, to sacrifice, offer, 
A. D., ili. 2. 12: iv. 5. 35: v. 3. 18. 
κατ-αισχὕνω, ὕνῶ, to shame down, 
disgrace, dishonor, put to shame, prove 
unworthy of, A., iil. 1. 30; 2. 14. 
kata-Kalyw,* κανῶ, 2 pf. r. xéxova 
or kéxava, 2 a. Exavov, (καίνω = κτείνω) 
to cut down, kill, slay, put to death, 
A., 1.6.2; 9.6: iii. 2. 39: vii. 6. 36. 
κατα-καίω & Att. -xdw,* καύσω, κέ- 
καυκα, to burn down or, from a differ- 
ent form of conception, burn up ; to 
consume, burn, destroy or lay waste by 
Jire; A.; 1. 4..10,18: iii. 8.15; 5.13. 
κατά-κειμαι," κείσομαι, to lie down, 
lie on the ground, lie inactive, lie, re- 
cline, rest, repose, év, iii. 1. 13s. 
κατα-κεκόψεσθαι, see κατα-κόπτω. 
κατα-κηρύττω, viw, κεκήρῦχα, to en- 
join by Sage pa A., li. 2. 20. 
κατα-κλείω, κλείσω, κέκλεικα, pf. p. 
κέκλειμαι ΟΥ -εισμαι, ἃ. p. ἐκλείσθην, to 
shut down or, from a different form of 
conception, to shut wp, enclose, con- 
Jine, A., εἰς, εἴσω, iii. 3.7; 4. 26. 
κατ-ακοντίζω, low 12, to shoot down 
or to death, vii. 4. 6. 
κατα-κόπτω," κόψω, κέκοφα, f. pf. 
κεκόψομαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐκόπην, to cut down, 
off, or to pieces, to slay, A., i.2.25; 5.16. 
κατα-κτάομαι, κτήσομαι, κέκτημαι, 
to win over, acquire, gain, A., Vii. 8. 
31? 
Kata-ktelyw,* κτενῶ, 2 pf. Exrova, 
1 a. Exrewa, 2 a. ch. poet. ἔκτανον, A., 
to cut down, kill, slay, i. 9. 6? ii. 5. 
10: iv. 8. 25: v. 7. 27. 
κατα-κωλύω (ὔ), dow, κεκώλῦκα, to 
hinder downright, detain, keep, stop, 
A., V. 2.16: vi. 6. 8. 
κατα-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, pf. ». εἴλημμαι, ἃ. p. ἐλή- 
φθην, to take down, seize upon, seize, 
occupy, take possession of, take by sur- 
prise, overtake, catch, A.; to light upon, 
Jind, A. P.; 1.3.14; 8.20; 10.16,18: 
li. 2.12: iii. 1.8; 8.85: iv.5.7,24,30. 
κατα-λέγω, * λέξω, to reckon or charge 
against one, account, A. ὅτι, ii. 6. 27. 
κατα-λείπω," λείψω, 2 pf. λέλοιπα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλιπον, ἃ. p. ἐλείφθην, to leave 
down in its place, leave behind, leave, 
abandon, desert, A.: M. to remain be- 





καταπηδάω 


hind: i. 2.18; 8.25: iii 1.2; 2.17; 
5.5: v. 6. 12. 

κατα-λεύω, λεύσω, a. p. ἐλεύσθην, 
(λεύω to stone) to stone [down] to death, 
A., 1.5.14: v. 7. 2, 19, 30. 

κατα-λήψομαι, -ληφθῶ, see κατα- 
λαμβάνω, 1. 10. 16 : iv. 7. 4. 

κατα-λιπεῖν, -λιπών, see κατα-λείπω. 

κατ-αλλάττω," ἄξω, ἤλλαχα, 2 ἃ. p. 
ἠλλάγην, (ἀλλάττω to change, ἄλλος) 
to change to a settled or calm state, 
as from enmity to friendship, to rec- 
oncile: P. to be or become reconciled, 
i. 6. 1. 

κατα-λογίζομαι, ἔσομαι ιοῦμαι, λελό- 
γισμαι, to set down to one’s account, 
compute, reckon, consider, A., v. 6.16. 

κατα-λύω," λύσω, λέλῦκα, to loose 
from under, wnyoke; hence, to halt, 
rest ; to dissolve, terminate, A.; to cease 
rom action or contest, make peace, 
mpds: 1.1.10; 8.1; 10.19: vi. 2. 12. 

κατα-μανθάνω," μαθήσομαι, μεμά- 
θηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔμαθον, to learn thoroughly, 
observe well, understand, perceive, find, 
As CP., P., 1.9.3: ii. 3.11: v. 8. 14. 

KaT-apehéw, ow, ἠμέληκα, to be 
quite negligent, v..8. 1. 

κατα-μένω, ἢ μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a. ἔμει- 
va, to remain upon the spot, remain, 
stay behind, settle down, v. 6.17, 19, 
27: vi. 6. 2, 28. 

κατα-μερίζω, low 1, to divide into 
portions, distribute, A. D., vii. 5. 4. 

κατα-μηνύω, vow, μεμήνῦκα, to in- 
form against, expose, make known, A., 
li. 2. 20? 

κατα-μίγνυμι or -ὕω," μίξω, (μίγνῦ- 
μὲ Τηΐβοθο, to mix) to mingle down : 
M. intrans. κατεμιγνύοντο εἰς ras πό- 
Aes they [mingled down into the cit- 
ies] settled in the cities, mingling with 
the inhabitants, vii. 2. 3. 

κατα-νοέω, ἤσω, νενόηκα, to observe, 
watch, or consider carefully, discern, 
reflect upon, A., 1. 2.4: vii. 7. 48, 45. 

Kat-avtt-trépas or -ay (also written 
κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρας or -av) [along the region 
over against] over against, opposite, G., 
i. 1.9: iv. 8. 3. 

κατα-πέμπω,"" πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send down, as fr. the interior to the 
sea-coast, A., i. 9. 7. 

κατα-πεσεῖν, -ών, see κατα-πίξτω. 

κατα-πετρόω, wow, to stone [down] 
to death, a., i. 3. 2. 

κατα-πηδάω, ἤσομαι, πεπήδηκα, ἃ. 


καταπίπτω 71 


ἐπήδησα, (πηδάω to leap) to leap or 
spring down, ἀπό, i. 8. 3, 28. 

κατα-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔπεσον, to fall down or to the 
ground, fall off from a horse, iii. 2. 19. 

κατα-πολαμέω, ήσω, πεπολέμηκα, to 
war down, conquer in war, A., vii.1.27. 

κατα-πράττω," πράξω, wémpaxa, to 
accomplish, achieve, gain: M. to accom- 
plish, &c., for one’s self: A. D.: 1.2.2: 
vii. 7. 17, 27, 46. 

κατ-αράομαι, " ἄσομαι, Hodua, (ἀρά- 
ομαι to pray) to pray against, invoke 
curses upon, execrate, curse, D., V. 6.4: 
vii. 7. 48. 

κατα-σβέννυμι," σβέσω, ἔσβηκα, 
(σβέννῦμι to quench) to extinguish or 
put out entirely, A., vi. 3. 21, 25. 

κατα-σκεδάννυμι͵ ἢ σκεδάσω σκεδῶ, 
A. or M. to sprinkle or throw down, 
as the wine remaining in one’s cup, 
A. G.? vii. 3. 32? 

κατα-σκέπτομαι, ἢ σκέψομαι, Erxeu- 
μαι, to look down upon, inspect, ea- 
amine, A., 1. 5. 12. 

κατα-σκευάζω, dow, pf. p. ἐσκεύ- 
ασμαι, to prepare fully or well, furnish, 
equip, improve, A. εἰς: M. to make 
arrangements : 1.9.19: 11.2.24; 3.19. 

κατα-σκηνέω, ἥσω, OF -σκηνόω, Wow, 
to camp down, encamp, ἐν, εἰς, ii. 2.16: 
lil. 4. 32s: vii. 4. 11. 

KaTa-cKoTH, 7s, (κατα-σκέπτομαι) 
inspection, espionage, vii. 4. 13. 

κατα-σπάω, ἢ dow, ἔσπακα, a. p. 
ἐσπάσθην, to drag or pull down, A., i. 
9. 6. 

tkaTd-oracts, ews, ἡ, condition, con- 

stitution, v. 7. 26. 

κατα-στήσομαι, -σω, -σας, See καθ- 
lornut, i. 3.8; 4.13: τῇ. 3. 1. 

κατα-στρατοπεδεύω, evow, to fix 
down in camp: M. to encamp, iii. 4. 
18: iv. 5.1: vi. 3. 20. 

Kkata-orpéda,* έψω, ἔστροφα l., to 


bend down, overturn: Jf. to subjugate: 


to one’s self, subdue, conquer, A., i. 9. 
14: vii. 5.14; 7. 27. 
κατα-σφάττω," ἄξω, 2a. p. ἐσφά- 
ynv, to put to death, Α., iv. 1. 28. 
κατα-σχεῖν, see κατ-έχω, iv. 8. 12. 
κατα-σχίζω, low, to split or hew 
down, cut or burst through, A., vii. 1. 
16. 
Kkata-relvw,* revo, réraxa, to stretch 
tight, strain, wrge, insist, ii. 5. 30. 
κατα-τέμνω," τεμῶ, τέτμηκα, to cut 


κατέχω 


down or in pieces; cut or dig ditches; 
A.; ll. 4.18: iv. 7. 26. 
κατα-τίθημι, ἢ θήσω, τέθεικα, 2 a. 
m. ἐθέμην, to put down: M. to put 
down or deposit one’s own or for one’s 
self, to lay or treasure wp, reserve, 
secure, A. D., els, ἐν, παρά, i. ὃ. 8: ii, 
5.8: v. 2.15: vii. 6. 34. 
κατα-τιτρώσκω, " τρώσω, to wound 
severely, A., lii. 4. 26? iv. 1. 10. 
Kata-tTpéxw,* δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔδραμον, to run down, v. 4. 23. 
κατ-αυλίζομαι, ίσομαι, ηὔλισμαι 1., 
a. p. ηὐλίσθην, to camp down, encamp, 
év, vii. 5. 15. 
κατα-φαγεῖν, see κατ-εσθίω, iv.8.14. 
κατα-φανής, és, (paivw) clearly seen, 
in plain view, conspicuous, visible, in 
sight, i. 8.8: ii. 3.3; 4. 14. 
Kata-hevyw,* φεύξομαι, mépevya, 
2 a. ἔφυγον, to flee for refuge, take 
refuge, escape, εἰς, i.5.18: ili. 4. 11. 
KaTa-dpovéw, tow, πεφρόνηκα, to 
think [down] inferior, despise, regard 
with contempt, iii. 4.2: v. 7.12 ὃ 
κατα-χωρίζω, low ιῶ, to [set down] 
station or arrange separately, assign 
distinct places to, place, A., vi. 5. 10. 
κατ-έαξα, see κατ-άγνυμι, iv. 2. 20. 
κατ-έβην, see κατα-βαίνω. [1. 22. 


κατ- iw υ. 1. = παρ-εγγυάω, Vii. 
ee | by see κατα-τίθημι, i. 3. 3. 
kat-eidov, see καθ-οράω, iv. 6. 6. 
κατ-είληφα, -elAnppor, -ελήφϑην, 
see κατα-λαμβάνω, i. 8. 20: iv. 1. 20 5. 
κάτ-ειμι, ἢ ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμι) to go or 
come down, descend, v. 7. 18. 
κατ-εἶχον, see κατ-έχω, iv. 2. 6. 
κατ-εργάζομαι, " άσομαι, εἴργασμαι, 
a. εἰργασάμην, to work out, accomplish, 
achieve, gain, A., i. 9. 20: vi. 2. 10. 
κατ-έρχομαι, ἢ ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 a. ἦλθον, to yo or come down or back, 
return, vii. 2. 2. 
κατ-εσθίω, ἢ ἔδομαι, ἐδήδοκα, 2 a. 
ἔφαγον, to eat down or, from a differ- 
ent form of conception, eat up, devour, 
iv. 8. 14. 
κατ-έστην, -Eorynoa, see καθ-ίστημι. 
κατ-ετετμήμην, SCC κατα-τέμνω. 
κατ-έτρωσα, 566 κατα-τιτρώσκω. 
Kat-éxw,* ἕξω or σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 
ipf. εἶχον, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to hold down or 
fast, retain, restrain, A.; to forbid, 
compel, A. 1.; to occupy, hold, possess, 
A.; to [have one’s self or one’s vessel] 





come from the high sea to the shore, 

















κατηγορέω 72 


to arrive by sea, land ; ii. 6. 13 : iii. 
1. 20: iv. 2.58: vi. 1.33: vii. 7. 28s. 
κατ-ηγορέω, How, κατ-ηγόρηκα, (ἀγο- 
ρεύω) to speak against, accuse, charge, 
denownce, G. CP., πρός, V.7.4: vii.7.44. 
}xat-nyopla,as,an accusation, charge, 
v. 8.1 

κατ-ηρεμίζω, low 1G, or κατ-ηρεμέω, 
now, (ἠρέμα quietly) to quiet down, 
calm, tranquillize, A., vii. 1. 22, 24. 

κατ-ιδεῖν, -ίδοιμι, -ἰδών, see καθ-ο- 
ράω, 1.10.14: iv. 8. 11 ; 4. 9. 

κατ-τών, see κάτ-ειμι, ν. 7. 13. 

κατ-οικέω, How, ᾧκηκα, to dwell asa 
settled resident, reside, év, v. 3. 7. 

κατ-οικίζω, ἔσω ιῶ, to found or build 
a city, A., v. 6.15: vi. 4. 7. 

κατ-ορύττω, viw, ὀρώρυχα, a. p. ὠρύ- 
χθην, to sink by digging, bury, Α., 
iv. 5. 29: v. 8. 9, 11. 

κάτω adv., (κατά) down, downwards, 
in the descent ; below, beneath: τὸ κά- 
τω [sc. μέρος] the lower part: iv. 2. 28; 
5. 25; 8. 20, 28. 

καῦμα, ατος, τό, (καίω) burning heat, 
heat, i. 7. 6. 

καύσιμος, ov, (καίω) combustible, vi. 
3. 15, 19. 

Καύστρου Πεδίον, Caystri Campus, 
the Plain of Cayster, a town of Phry- 
gia, at the crossing of two great thor- 
oughfares, (not on the Cayster which 


flowed by Ephesus, and was noted for 


its swans), 1. 2.11. || Near Bulavadin. 
kdw an Att. form for καίω, q. v. 
κέγχρος, ov, ὁ, milium (akin to pe- 
λίνη q. V.), ἃ kind of millet, a plant 
which bears abundantly a small grain 
valued in some countries for food ; or 
the grain itself ; i. 2. 22. 
Kéxpaya, see κράζω, vii. 8. 15. 
κεῖμαι, "΄ κείσομαι, ipf. ἐκείμην, (cf. 
Lat. cubo) to lie ; to lie dead, or as if 
dead ; to rest; to be laid, placed, or 
situated, sometimes used as a pass. of 
τίθημι: ἐν, ἐπί, &c.: 1.8.27: ii. 4.12: 
iii. 1. 21; 4.10: iv. 8. 21. 
κέκτημαι, see κτάομαι, i. 7. 3. 
Κελαιναί, dv, αἱ, Celene, a city of 
Phrygia, having a strong citadel and 
two palaces, i. 2. 7s. || Dinair. 
κελεύω, εύσω, κεκέλευκα, (κέλλω to 
impel, cf. Lat. cello, celer) to bid (to 
tell a person to do a thing, whether 
in the way of command, counsel, re- 
quest, or permission); to command, 
order, direct, wrge, advise, exhort, 


KépBepos 


request, invite; A. 1., AE.; i. 1.11; 
3.8,16; 5.8; 6.28: ii1.5.2: vi. 6.14. 
κενός, ἡ, dv, empty, void, vacant, 
unoccupied, without, G.; groundless, 
idle ; 1. 8. 20 : ii. 2. 21: iii. 4. 90. 
{κενο-τάφιον, ov, (τάφος) an empty 
tomb, CENOTAPH, vi. 4.9. The super- 
stition of the Greeks respecting the 
essential importance of burial rites, 
inclined them especially to pay this 
tribute to the unrecovered dead. 
κεντέω, tow, to prick, goad, torture, 
A., lii. 1. 29. Der. CENTRE. 
Kevtptrns, ov, Centrites, a branch 
of the Tigris, separating Armenia from 
the land of the Cardichi, iv. 3. 1. 
|| Buhtan-Chai. 
ἱκεράμιον, ov, an earthen jar; as 
a measure for liquids, the ceramiwm 
= about 6 gallons, estimated by Hus- 
sey at 5 gall. 7.577 pts.; vi. 1.15; 2.3. 
κεράμιος, a, ov, (κέραμος clay) made 
of clay, earthen, iii. 4.7: v. 1. κεραμε- 
οῦς (ἃ, ov), κεράμειος, κεράμινος. 
Κεραμῶν ᾿Αγορά, Forum Ceramé- 
rum, Market of the Ceramians, a town 
of Phrygia near the confines of Mysia, 
i. 2.10. || Near Ushak. See p. 152. 
Kepdvvupt,* κεράσω 1., κεκέρακα 1., 
ἃ. ἐκέρασα, ἃ. p. ἐκράθην or ἐκεράσθην, 
to mix, mingle, esp. wine w. water, A. 
D., 1. 2.13: v. 4. 29. 
κέρας, ἢ κέρᾶτος κέρως, τό, a horn of 
an animal ; hence, as originally made 
from this, a horn for blowing or to 
drink from, a cornet, a drinking-cup or 
beaker ; asharp mountain peak (cf. the 
Swiss Schreck-horn, &c.); the [horn] 
wing of an army; a body of troops 
marching in column, ὦ column of sol- 
diers (κατὰ κέρας in column, iv. 6. 6); 
i.7.1: 01.2.4: v.6.7: vi. 5.5: vii. 
3. 24. Der. RHINO-cEROs. Cf. cornu. 
tKepacotyrws, ov, ὁ, a Cerasuntian, 
v. 5.10; 7.17; a man of 
Kepacois, oivros, ἡ, (abounding in 
cherries, fr. κερασός cerasus, CHERRY- 
TREE, 375f, 207 0) Cerasus, a city of 
Pontus, on the Euxine, a Sinopean 
colony. The cherry was sent to Italy 
from this region by Lucullus, about 
70 B.c. v. 3. 2. || Kerasun-Dereh. 
κεράτινος, 7, ov,(xépas) made of horn, 
ey bak ἔξω ἜΣ 
ov, ὁ, Cerberus, the huge, 
μῶν saehede ἂν watch-dog of Ha: 





des, vi. 2. 2. 


κερδαίνω 73 κλέος 


TxepSalvea,* avd, κεκέρδηκα, to gain, 
A., il. 6. 21. 
Ἱκερδαλέος, a, ov, 6. repos, gainful, 
profitable, lucrative, i. 9. 17. 
κέρδος, cos, τό, gain, profit, wages, 
pay, i. 9.17: vi. 2. 10. 
Képoos, v. 1. = Κάρσος, i. 4. 4. 
Keprovés (ἡ) or -dv, οὔ, Certinus 
or -um, ἃ town in southwest Mysia, 
vii. 8. 8: v. 1. Κερτώνιον, Κερτόνιον, 
Κυτώνιον. || Aiwaly. 
ἱκεφαλ-αλγής, és, (ἄλγος pain) apt to 
cause headache, ii. 3. 15s. 
κεφαλή, 7s, caput, the head, i. 8. 6; 
10.1. Der. CEPHALIC. 
kex- in redupl. for xex-, 159 ἃ. 
taaliehé, όνος, ὁ, a guardian, pro- 
tector, intercessor, iii. 1. 17. 
κήδομαι * fo care or provide for, G., 
vii. 5. 5. 
κηρίον, ov, (κηρός beeswax, cf. Lat. 
céra) ὦ honeycomb, iv. 8. 20. 
κηρύκειον or κηρύκιον, ov, caduceus, 
a herald’s wand or staff, v. 7. 30. 
ἱκήρυξ or κῆρυξ, vos, ὁ, a herald, 
whose office and person were sacred, 
li. 1.7; 2. 20. 
κηρύττω, ύξω, κεκήρῦχα, to proclaim, 
as a herald, or by a herald, Ὁ. 1. (A.), 
AE., CP., li. 2. 21: iii. 4. 36 (ἐκήρυξε, 
sc. ὁ κήρυξ, proclamation was made, 
571 b): iv. 1.138: vii. 1. 7, 36. 
Κηφιῖσό-δωρος, ov, ὁ, Cephisodérus, 
a ἴδον from Athens, iv. 2. 18, 17; 
son of 
Κηφῖσο-φῶν, dvros, ὁ, Cephisophon, 
an Athenian, iv. 2. 13. 
κιβώτιον, ov, (dim. of κίβωτός a 
wooden boa) a chest, vii. 5. 14. 
ΤΚιλικία, as, Cilicia, the southeast 
province of Asia Minor, occupying a 
narrow, but well-watered and fertile 
space between Mt. Taurus and the 
Mediterranean. Cicero was proconsul 
of Cilicia, B. c. 51; and here Pompey 
subdued the pirates, B. c.67. i. 2. 20s. 
Its name remains in the present Ichili. 
Κίλιξ, exos, ὁ, α Cilician, i. 2.12: 
4. 4. — Feminine 
}KQuooa, ys, α Cilician woman (or 
queen), 1. 2. 12, 14. 
ἱκινδυνεύω, eiow, κεκινδύνευκα, to be 
in peril, incur or encounter danger, 
AE.; to be in danger of, to be likely, 1.; 
κινδυνεύει as impers., there is danger : 
i.1.4: iv. 1.11: v. 6.19: vii. 6. 36. 
κίνδυνος, ov, ὁ, danger, peril, risk : 


LEX. AN. 4 


κίνδυνός (ἐστιν) there is danger, τ. (A.), 
μή : τοῦτο κίνδυνος this is a danger, 
there is danger of this: i.7.5: ii.5.17: 
iv. 1.6: v. 1-6: vi 7. δὲ 

kivéw, tow, κεκίνηκα, to move, stir, 
remove, keep in motion, trans.; but 
M., w. aor. p., intrans.; ἀπό, ἐκ: iii. 
4, 28: iv. 5.13: v. 8.15: vi. 3. 8. 

κιττός, οὔ, ὁ, the ivy, v. 4. 12. 

Κλε-αγόρας, ov, Cleagoras, a painter 
who embellished the Lycéum at Athens 
with pictures of dreams, prob. from 
the old myths ; or, as some think, an 
author who wrote a book entitled 
‘Dreams in the Lyceum”; vii. 8. 1: 
yet see ἐνύπνιον. 

Κλε-αίνετος, ov, Cleenetus, a loch- 
age, v. 1. 17. 

Kyé-av5pos, ov, Cleander, a Spartan 
harmost at Byzantium, for a time prej- 
udiced against Xenophon, but after- 
wards his friend ; first disappointing 
the Cyreans, and then favoring them ; 
vi. 2.18; 6.1: Vi. 18: δ 

Κλε-ἄνωρ, opos, Clednor, of Orcho- 
menus in Arcadia, one of the oldest 
and most trusted of the Greek gen- 
erals ; prob. first commanding troops 
left by Xenias or Pasion, afterwards 
elected to succeed Agias ; ii. 1.10. 

Κλε-άρετος, ov, (ἀρετή) Clearetus, a 
lochage, quite unworthy of his name, 
v. 7. 14,16: v. 1. KXedparos. 

Κλέαρχος, ov, Clearchus, a Spartan 
commander during the latter part of 
the Peloponnesian War, brave, skilful, 
and much trusted in battle, but ty- 
rannical as harmost of Byzantium. 
After the peace, his passion for war 
led him ‘to disobey the Spartan gov- 
ernment, and he was sentenced to 
death. Escaping, he fled to Cyrus, 
was taken into his confidence, raised 
troops for his expedition, and was the 

eneral most honored and trusted by 
ἔν He loved war for its own sake, 
and this ruling passion threw its ma- 
lign influence over his whole character. 
1.1.9; 2.9: ii. 3.11; 6.1. Kny\éap- 
x0 Clearchuses [men like C. ], iii. 2. 31. 

ἐκλεῖθρον, ov, a bar or bolt, vii. 1.17. 
Older Att. κλῇθρον. 

κλείω, elow, κέκλεικα, to shut, close, 
A., Υ͂. ὅ. 19 : ἐκέκλειντο were kept closed, 
5996, vi. 2.8. Older Att. κλήω. 

κλέος, τό, fame, glory, an element 





in many proper names. ] 














κλέπτω 74 κόπτω 


κλέπτω," éyw, κέκλοφα, to steal ; to 
seize, occupy, or keep, by stealth or 
secretly ; to steal by with, smuggle by ; 
A., G. partitive;iv. 1.14: 6. 15s. 
Κλε-ώνυμος, ov, Cleonymus, a Spar- 
tan spoken well of, iv. 1. 18. 
ἐκλῖμαξ, axos, ἡ, a ladder, iv. 5. 25. 
Hence CLIMAX. 
t«Atvn, ns, α couch, bed, iv. 4. 21. 
[κλίνω," κλινῶ, κέκλϊκα 1., clino, to 
bend, in-CLINE, lean. | 
κλοπή, 7s, (κλέπτω) theft, stealing, 
iv. 6. 14. 
ἐκλωπεύω or κλοπεύω, εύσω, to seize 
or intercept stealthily or by stealth, A., 
vi. 1. 1, 
κλώψ, κλωπός, ὁ, (κλέπτω) a thief, 
plunderer, marauder, iv. 6. 17. 
κνέφας, aos, Att. ovs (224 Ὁ), dark- 
ness, dark, dusk, iv. 5. 9. 
κνημίς, ἴδος, ἡ, (κνήμη the leg between 
the knee and ankle) ὦ greave or leggin, 
a defence for the lower leg, comm. 
metallic among the Greeks. The use 
of such greaves indicated completeness 
of armor, and hence, in Homer, the 
frequent use of éiixvjuides, well-greaved, 
as an epithet for the Greeks. i. 2. 16. 
KdyXx7n, ns, concha, a muscle or cockle, 
a kind of shell-fish, v.3.8. Der. concn. 
μκογχυλιάτης, ov, adj., shelly, con- 
taining petrified shells, iii. 4. 10. 
κοῖλος, 7, ov, hollow, cut by deep 
valleys, v. 4. 31. Cf. ccelum. 
Koide, iow, (akin to κεῖμαι) to put 
to sleep: M., w. aor. p., to go to sleep 
or rest, to sleep, repose, ii. 1. 1. 
κοινός, ἡ, dv, (ξύν, cf. Lat. con-) 
commiinis, common, joint, owned or 
shared in common, public, D.: Td Kot- 
vov the common stock, the public or gen- 
eral council or authority (so, w. art. 
om., ἀπὸ κοινοῦ): κοινῇ as adv., in 
common, jointly, σύν, μετά : ili. 1. 43, 
45; 3.2: iv. 7.27: v.1.12; 7.17s. 
μκοινόω, wow, to make common: M. 
to communicate, consult, D., Vv. 6. 27: 
vi. 2. 15. 
ἐκοινωνέω, ήσω, κεκοινώνηκα, to share 
in, have the common benefit of, G., Vil. 
6. 28. 
μκοινωνός, οὔ, ὁ, a sharer, partaker, 
a. G., Vii. 2. 38. 4 
ς or -as, ov, Ceratades or 
-as, eben who commanded Be- 
otian troops under Clearchus, when 
the latter was harmost at Byzantium, 





B.C. 408. Taken prisoner by the Athe- 
nians, but afterwards escaping, he 
made himself ridiculous by wandering 
about Greece in search of military 
command. vii. 1. 33, 40. 

Kotro, wy, or Κοῖται, dy, οἱ, the 
Cost or -, perhaps another name for 
the Tdoxo, vii. 8. 25. 

κολάζω, dow, A. ἃ M. to chastise, 
punish, A., ii. 5.13; 6.9: v. 8.18. 

ψκόλασις, ews, ἡ, chastisement, pun- 
ishment, vii. 7. 24. Cf. κόλος clipped. 

Κολοσσαί, dv, ai, Colosse, a city 
in southwest Phrygia, on the Lycus, 
a branch of the Meander. It was 
the seat of one of the early Christian 
churches, to which Paul wrote an 
epistle. i. 2. 6. || Ruins near Khonds. 

TKoAxls, ἰδος, ἡ, Colchis, a land 
southeast of the Euxine, watered by 
the Phasis and other rivers, whose 
golden sands, it has been thought, 
suggested the fable of the golden 
fleece, iv. 8.23. As fem. adj., Col- 
chian, v. 3. 2. 

Κόλχος, ov, ὁ, a Colchian. The 
Colchi were thought by Hdt., from 
their complexion, language, practice 
of circumcision, linen manufactures, 
&c., to be of Egyptian descent, per- 
haps a colony remaining behind from 
the army of Sesostris. The Cyreans 
seem to have met with only a border 
and weaker tribe of this people. iv. 
8. 8s, 24: v. 2.1. 

κολωνός, οὔ, ὁ, collis, a hill, mound, 
cairn, iv. 7. 25. 

Kopavia, as, Comania, a castle or 
town in southwest Mysia, not far from 
Pergamum, vii. 8. 15. 

txops8H, js, conveyance, transport, 
ψ, Ἔ, ἘΠ, 

κομίζω, low ιῶ, κεκόμικα, (κομέω to 
tend) to take care of; to convey, bring, 
carry: M. to convey, bring, take, or 
remove one’s own: A. ἐπί, &c.: 111. 2. 
26: iv. 5.22; 6.3: v. 4.1; 5. 20. 

tkomards, 4, dv, (κονία plaster) plas- 
tered, cemented, iv. 2. 22. 

Tkovt-oprés, οὔ, ὁ, (ὄρνῦμι to stir up) 
a cloud or body of dust, i. 8. 8. 

[κόνις, cos, Att. ews, ἡ, dust. ] 

κόπος, ov, ὁ, (κόπτω) fatigue, weari- 
ness, V. 8. 3. ‘ 

κόπρος, ov, ἡ, dung, ordure, i. 6. 1. 

κόπτω, " κόψω, κέκοφα, to strike, smite, 
cut, cut down, slaughter ; to beat or 


κόρη ™5 Κρής 


knock upon a door or gate for admis- 
sion; A.; ii. 1. 6: iv. 8.2: vii. 1. 16. 

κόρη, ns, (κόρος boy, lad) a girl, 
maiden, damsel, iv. 5. 9. 

Κορσωτή, js, Corsdte, a large city 
on the north side of the Euphrates, 
which the Cyreans found deserted 
(perhaps only temporarily, on account 
of the approach of the army). The 
Mascas, which flowed around it, is 
supposed to have been a canal that 
still exists and makes with the Eu- 
phrates the island Werdi, on which 
are extensive ruins. i. 5. 4. 

KoptaAas, ov or a, Corylas, a prince 
of Paphlagonia, who aspired at in- 
dependence, and disobeyed the sum- 
mons of Artaxerxes to join him with 
his army, of which the cavalry was 
especially excellent. v. 5.12; 6. 11. 

κορυφή, ἢς, (κόρυς helmet) the top of 
the head, of a mountain, &c.; highest 
point, summit, peak ; iii. 4. 41. 

Kopévaa, as, Coronéa, an ancient 
city in the western part of Beotia. 
On the plain before it, the Boeotians 
won their independence by defeating 
the Athenians, B. c. 447; and here the 
Spartans under Agesilaus gained the 
victory in a hard-fought battle with 
the Boeotians, Athenians, and their 
allies, B. c. 394. v. 3. 6? || Ruins near 
Camari. 
txoopéw, how, κεκόσμηκα, to regulate, 
arrange, order, marshal ; to decorate, 
adorn ; A.; 1. 9. 23: ili. 2. 36. Der. 
COSMETIC. 
ἱκόσμιος, a, ov, orderly, well-disci- 
plined, vi. 6. 32. 

κόσμος, ov, ὁ, (κομέω to tend ?) order, 
equipment, ornament, decoration, gar- 
niture, D., 1.9.23? iii. 2.7. Der. cos- 
MICAL, MICRO-COSM. 

Κοτύωρα, wy, τά, Cotydra, a city on 
the southern shore of the Euxine, a 
Sinopean colony. Here the long and 
severe foot-march of the Cyreans was 
relieved by sailing. v. 5.3. ||Ordu. 

} Koruwptrns, ov, a Cotyorite or Co- 
tyorian, Vv. 5. 68, 19. 

κοῦφος, 7, ov, light (not heavy) : 
χόρτος κοῦφος [light] dry grass, hay, 
1.5.10: vi. 1. 12. 

ψκούφως lightly, nimbly, vi. 1. 5. 
κράζω "τ., ἀξω]., 2 pf. pret. xéxpa- 
ya, to cry or call aloud, make outcry, 
vii. 8. 15. 


κράνος, cos, τό, (κάρα head) a helmet 
or casque ; among the Greeks, comm. 
of metal, with movable pieces for fuller 
protection, lined, and fastened under 
the chin; among some nations, of 
leather ; i. 2.16; 8.6: v. 4. 18. 

Kparéw, ἤσω, κεκράτηκα, (κράτος) to 
have power over, to rule, control, be 
superior, be sovereign over ; to master, 
conquer, worst, vanquish, overcome ; 
to hold or maintain a military post ; 
G, As i. 7.82 8, & Ts WET, DS: 

κρατήρ, ἤρος, ὁ, (κεράννῦμι) a mixing- 
vessel, esp. for mixing wine and wa- 
ter; ὦ large bowl, iv. 5. 26, 32. 

κράτιστος, κράτιστα, see κρείττων. 

κράτος, εος, τό, strength, might, power, 
force: κατὰ κράτος [according to force] 
with might and main, with vigor, by 
Sorce of arms, i. 8.19: vii. 7.7. Der. 
AUTO-CRAT. See dvd. 

κραυγή, ἢς, (κράζω) a loud ery, out- 
cry, shout, shouting, noise, clamor, i. 
2.17; 5.12; 8.11: iii. 4. 45. 

κρέας, xpéaos, contr. xpéws, 75, caro, 
jlesh: pl. κρέα picces of flesh, flesh, 
neat, esp. cooked, i. 5. 2s: iv. 5. 31. 

κρείττων, ἢ ov, κράτιστος, 7, ov, c. & 
5. of the Ep. κρατύς strong, but comm. 
referred to ἀγαθός, D., 1.: 06. better, 
superior ; stronger, more powerful ; 
more efficient, useful, serviceable, or 
valuable ; i. 2.26; 7.3: iii. 1.4: 8. 
best, ablest, noblest, highest in rank ; 
most powerful, distinguished, eminent, 
useful, or valuable ; 1. 5.8: 9.2, 20s: 
lii. 4. 41: — adv. κράτιστα (as 5. to 
ed, c. κρεῖττον) best; most stoutly, 
bravely, successfully, or advantageous- 
ly ; to the best advantage ; iii. 2. 6, 27. 

κρέμαμαι," joouai,to hang (intrans.), 

be hung up, ἐπί, ὑπέρ, iii.2.19 : iv.1.2. 

ψκρεμάννυμι," xpeudow κρεμῶ, a. p. 

ἐκρεμάσθην, to hang up, suspend, A., 
i, 2.8: vii. 4. 17. 

κρήνη, 7s, (κάρα, κάρηνον, head ἢ a 
fountain, spring of water, i. 2. 18. 

Kpyntls, ἴδος, ἡ, crépido, a founda- 
tion, base, iii. 4. 7, 10. 

Κρής, Κρητός, ὁ, a Cretan, a man 
of Κρήτη (Crete, now Candia), the large 
island south of the Zgean, prominent 
in the early history of Greek civiliza- 
tion ; where, according to fable, Zeus 
was born, where Minos reigned and 
gave laws, which Homer styles éxa- 





τόμπολις hundred-citied, and credits 





Se τ ὦ: — = So pe ee ee a ee = 
Ss =f == Ξ - τ 
» «. a ee eae rant Ὁ» pe eres ρον τὸ - = 
- 6 MORES ED ee ES τ ES ER es 





κρίθή 76 Κύρειος 


with 80 vessels sent to the siege of 
Troy. Its soldiers had a high reputa- 
tion as light-armed troops, and 200 
Cretan bowmen rendered good service 
to the Cyreans. 1.2.9 : iv.2.28; 8.27. 
Der. CRETACEOUS. 
κριθή, fs, ch. pl., barley, i. 2. 22. 

ἐκρίθινος, 7, ov, of barley: olvos x. 
[barley wine] beer : iv. 5. 26, 31. 

κρίνω," xpivd, xéxpixa, a. ἔκρινα, a. 
p. ἐκρίθην, to distinguish, select; to 
judge, decide, be of opinion ; to try a 
person accused ; A. 1.; i. 5. 11; 9. 5, 
20, 28, 30: vi. 6.16,25. Der. cRITIC. 

Kptds, οὔ, ὁ, (κέρας ?) a ram, ii. 2.9. 

κρίσις, ews, ἡ, (κρίνω) trial, judg- 
ment, i. 6.5: vi. 6.20. Der. crisis. 

κρόμμυον or κρόμνον, ov, an onion, 
vii. 1. 37. 

txporéw, ἥσω, to strike together, A., 
vi. 1. 10? 

txpdéros, ov, ὁ, clapping, applause, 
vi. 1. 13. 

Kpovw, ovcw, κέκρουκα, to strike, 
clash, strike together, A., iv.5.18: vi. 
1. 10 (v. l. xporéw). 

κρύπτω, " ύψω, κέκρυφα, to hide, con- 
cal, 2 a., 1. 4.12; 9.19: vi. 1. 18. 
Der. CRYPT. 

κρωβύλος or κρώβυλος, ov, ὁ, a tuft 
of hair or leathern thongs, v. 4. 13. 

κτάομαι, " κτήσομαι, κέκτημαι, to ac- 
quire, procure, get, gain, win: πολε- 
pious x. to gain as enemies, to make 
enemies : pf. pret. to [have acquired ] 
possess, enjoy: A.: 1.7.3; 9.19: ii. 6. 
17s, 26: v. 5.17. 

κτείνω, κτενῶ, 2 pf. ἔκτονα, (usu. 

ἀπο-κτείνω) to kill, slay, A., ii. 5. 32. 
ἐκτῆμα, ατος, τό, possession, vii.7.41. 
ἱκτῆνος, cos, τό, ὦ domestic animal, 

as property once consisted chiefly of 
these (cf. cattle, orig. the same with 

chattel) ; pl. cattle ; tii. 1.19: v. 2. 3. 

κτήσασθαι, κτήσομαι, see κτάομαι. 
Κτησίας, ov, Ctesias, a celebrated 
physician and historian from Cnidus 
in Caria, who passed a number of years 
at the Persian court as the king’s phy- 
sician, and carefully availed himself 
of this peculiar opportunity of obtain- 
ing historic information. He was sur- 
geon to Artaxerxes at the battle of 

Cunaxa. i. 8. 26s. 

κυβερνήτης, ov, (κυβερνάω guberno, 
to steer) a steersman, helmsman, pilot, 
v. 8. 20. 





[κυβιστάω, jow, (κύβος CUBE, dic, or 
κύβη head) to throw one’s self down 
head foremost, or as dice are thrown ; 
while ἐκ-κυβιστάω is strictly to recover 
from this position. ] 

Κύδνος, ov, ὁ, the Cydnus, a river 
of Cilicia, rising in Mt. Taurus, and 
flowing through the capital Tarsus to 
the Mediterranean. It was noted for 
the coldness of its water, which nearly 
cost Alexander his life. The luxurious 
state in which Cleopatra sailed up the 
Cydnus to meet and conquer Antony 
is depicted in Plutarch and Shakspeare. 
i. 2. 23. || Mesarlyk-Chai. 

tkufcxnvds, οὔ, ὁ, (sc. στατήρ), a Cyzi- 
cene |stater], a widely current gold 
coin from the famed mint of Cyzicus, 
= 28 Att. drachme, or about $54, v. 
6. 23: vi. 2. 4: vii. 2. 36. 

Κύζικος, ov, ἡ, Cyzicus, an old and 
important commercial city beautifully 
situated on an island, afterwards a 
peninsula, in the Propontis. It was 
colonized by the Milesians. vii. 2. 5. 
| Bal-Kiz (Παλαία Kvgixos). 

κύκλος, ov, ὁ, circulus, a circle, 
ring, round, enclosure ; a circle, group, 
or knot of men; acircular form or dis- 
position of troops, presenting shields 
on every side : κύκλῳ in a circle or cir- 
cuit, all around, around, round about 
(strengthened by πάντη, as it is some- 
times used where the circle is not com- 
plete, iii. 1.2), περί : ἡ κύκλῳ χώρα the 
surrounding cowntry: 1.5.4: iii.1.12; 
4.7: v. 7.2: vii. 8.18. Der. cycue. 

ψμκυκλόω, dow, κεκύκλωκα, to surround, 
encircle, hem in, A.: M. to stand or 
gather around, περί: 1.8.13: iv.2.15: 
vi. 4. 20. 

μκύκλωσις, ews, ἡ, a surrounding, 
enclosing, i. 8. 23. 

κυλίνδω or κυλινδέω, How 1., (also 
κυλίω r. or 1.) to roll, roll down or off, 
trans.; but J/., intrans.; iv. 2. 3s, 20; 
7.6; 8.28? Der. CYLINDER. 

Κυνίσκος, ov, a Spartan general, 
who carried on war from the Cherso- 
nese against the Thracians, vii. 1. 13. 

κυπαρίττινος, 7, ov, (κυπάρισσος or 
-ριττος, Cupressus, CYPRESS), made of 
cypress, V. 3. 12. 

κύπτω, κύψω, κέκῦφα, (akin to Lat. 
cubo) to stoop down, bend forward, iv. 
5. 32? 

Kipaos or Kvupetos, a, ov, (Κῦρος) 


κύριος 77 κωλύω 


Cyréan, of Cyrus, belonging to Cyrus, 
i. 10. 1: ili. 2.17 (subst.): vii. 2. 7. 

κύριος, a, ov, (κῦρος authority) in- 
vested with authority, possessed of puw- 
er, 1., V. 7. 27. 

Kipos, οὔ, (Pers. Khur, sun) Cyrus 
the Great, or the Elder, son of Cam- 
byses, a Persian noble, and Mandane, 





daughter of Astyages, king of the} 
Medes. He founded the Persian mon- | 
archy by dethroning his tyrannical | 
grandfather, B. c. 558; and enlarged | 
it by conquering Croesus, king of 
Lydia, B.c. 554, and taking Babylon, 
B. C. 538. He was slain in battle with 
the Scythians, B. c. 529. Such, in 
general, is the account of Hdt., from 
which those of Ctesias and Xenophon 
vary. i.9.1.—2. Cyrus the Young- 
er, second son of Darius 11. and Pary- 
satis, born soon after his father’s ac- 
cession to the throne, while his elder 
brother Arsaces was born before this 
accession. As, therefore, the first-born 
of Darius the king, he was the heir to 
the throne, according to the peculiar 
principle of succession which gave the 
crown to Xerxes. Both the ambitious 
Cyrus and his fond mother seem to 
have hoped that this precedent would 
be regarded by Darius. Cyrus was so 
precocious in the qualities of com- 
mand, that he was appointed by his 
father, when a mere youth of seven- 
teen, B. C. 407, satrap of Lydia, Phryg- 
ia, and Cappadocia, and instructed 
to assist Sparta in her war against 
Athens. This he did so zealously and 
liberally, that the Spartans afterwards 
felt under obligation to render him aid 
in return. Desirous of making his 
government a model for order and se- 
curity, and perhaps more jealous for his 
authority than an older ruler would 
have been, he was not only lavish in 
rewarding faithful service, but also 
rigorous in punishing the disobedient 
and criminal, — we should say, per- 
haps, too rigorous, but it was the Per- 
sian habit to be severe in punishment. 
The better to secure his dignity, he 
imprudently required in those who ap- 
proached him an etiquette which had 
been regarded as due only to royalty ; 
and when two of his cousins, sons of 
a sister of his father, refused to ob- 





serve it, he enforced the rule by put- 


ting them to death. On complaint of 
their parents, and apprehending the 
approach of death, Darius sent for the 
young prince, B. c. 405. Cyrus went 
to his father, taking with him, as if 
a friend, Tissaphernes, the wily and 
treacherous satrap of Caria, — in truth 
perhaps because he did not wish to 
leave him behind. Darius died soon 
after, and disappointed Cyrus by leav- 
ing the seeptre, ‘‘ which had glittered 
before his young imaginings,” to his 
elder brother. Hereupon Tissapher- 
nes, Who doubtless hoped thus to add 
the rich province of Cyrus to his own, 
and who was capable of any deceit 
and calumny, brought against him the 
monstrous charge of designing the as- 
sassination of the new king during the 
very rites of coronation. Unfortu- 
nately this crime, which was so remote 
from the open and manly, even if ex- 
cessive, ambition of Cyrus, had pre- 
cedents in Persian history; and Arta- 
xerxes, either believing the charge or 
willing to make it a pretext, arrested 
his brother to put him to death. The 
young prince was only saved from 
speedy execution by the full power 
of his mother’s prayers and tears, and 
was sent back to his distant satrapy, 
burning with the sense of injustice, 
disgrace, and danger. There was no 
real reconciliation between the two 
brothers ; and Cyrus had reason to 
feel that his danger was only deferred, 
not past, especially with such a neigh- 
bor as Tissaphernes in the king’s con- 
fidence, and that he must either at 
length fall a sacrifice to the jealousy 
of Artaxerxes or reign in his stead. 
He was thus stimulated, with the en- 
couragement of his mother’s favor, to 
attempt the ill-fated expedition of 
which Xenophon wrote the history, 
— an expedition which certainly can- 
not be justified on Christian or even 
Socratic principles, but which was 
almost in the regular line of oriental 
history. i. 1.1s; 9. 1. 

Κυτώνιον, ov, Cytoniwm, see Kep- 
τωνός, Vii. 8. 8 ? 

κύων, κυνός, ὁ ἡ, canis, dog, bitch, 
iii.2.35: ν. 7.26; 8.24: νἱ. 2. 2. Der. 
CYNIC. 

κωλύω (3), vow, κεκώλῦκα, to hinder, 
prevent, forbid, oppose : τὸ κωλῦον the 





—— 


a μές; 5"... ᾿ς, πῶμα, ἐς oS 5 2 et a eee ian EA Fe ser “τὶς pom --- -- — = 5 = 
eg EN eS REE Se 8 RE SS LTE a ee A IRR oy Re, CR Oa a RD νυν 





κωμάρχης 78 


hindrance, obstacle: A.G., 1.: 1.2.218; 
3.16; 6.2: iv.5,20. Cf. κόλος clipped. 
ἐκωμ-άρχης, ov, (ἄρχω) the ruler or 
head-man of a village, village-chief, 
iv. 5. 10, 24; 6. 1s. 
κώμη, ys, ὦ village, comm. unforti- 
fied, 1. 4.9: iv. 4.7. Der. comepy. 
ψκωμήτης, ov, a villager, iv. 5. 24. 
κώπη, ns, (cf. Lat. capio) the handle 
of an oar, &c.; an oar, vi. 4. 2. 


A. 


λαβεῖν, -οιμι, -dv, see λαμβάνω. 

λαγχάνω," λήξομαι, εἴληχα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔλαχον, to draw or obtain by lot, to ob- 
tain perchance or by fate, A., iii. 1. 
11: iv. 5. 24. 

λαγώς, ὦ, ᾧ, wv or ὦ, ὁ, lepus, a 
hare, iv. 5. 24: v. 1. λαγῶς, ὥ. 

λαθεῖν, -ών, see λανθάνω, i. 3. 17. 

φλάθρα or λάθρᾳ clam, secretly, with- 
out the knowledge of, G., i. 3. 8. 

tAaxcdaipdvios, ov, 6, a Lacedemo- 
nian, ὦ Spartan, the most common 
term for the citizens of Sparta, i.1.9: 
ii. 6. 2: iii. 2.37. See Σπαρτιάτης. 

Λακεδαίμων, ovos, ἡ, Lacedemon, 
Sparta, v. 3.11. See Σπάρτη. 

λάκκος, ov, ὁ, (cf. Lat. lacus) an 
underground cistern or cellar, such as 
are now frequent in Kurdistan and 
Armenia, iv. 2. 22. 

λακτίζω, low 1, (λάξ with the foot) 
to kick, A., iii. 2. 18. 

«Λάκων, wvos, ὁ, a Laconian, an in- 
habitant of Laconia ; a term wider in 
extent than Λακεδαιμόνιος, but not un- 
frequently used in its place ; ii. 1. 3, 
5; 5.31 (cf. i. 4.3; 1.9): v. 1. 15. 
See Σπάρτη, Σπαρτιάτης. 

μλακωνικός, ή, dv, Laconian: ὁ Λα- 
κωνικός the Laconian: iv.1.18; 7.16: 
vii. 2. 29; 3. 8. 

λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 2 a. 
ἔλαβον, ἃ. p. ἐλήφθην, to take; to take 
captive or by force, as prisoners, prey, 
plunder, a military post, &c., to seize, 
catch, capture ; to take by gift, bar- 
gain, or loan, to receive, obtain, pro- 
cure; to take as instruments, arms, 
supplies, pledges, companions, military 
force, &c., to obtain, procure, enlist 
(λαβών having taken = with, i. 2.3); to 
overtake, come upon, catch, find, detect ; 


λαφυροπώλης 


&c.; 1.1. 2,6,9; 2.18; 5.2s, 7, 10; 
0. 65,10; 7.13; 10.18. See δίκη, 
δίκαιος, πεῖρα. Der. DI-LEMMA. 
tAapmpds, 4, dv, c., brilliant, illus- 
trious, glorious, vii. 7. 41. 
tAapmpdérns, ητος, ἡ, brilliancy, 
splendor, i. 2. 18. 
λάμπω, " Ww, \éayra,to make shine, 
light up: M. to shine, blaze, be in a 
blaze: iii. 1. 11s. Der. LAMP. 
tAappaxnvds, of, ὁ, a Lampsacene, 
vii. 8.3; a man of 
Adpapaxos, ov, ἡ, Lampsacus, a city 
of Mysia on the Hellespont, an Ionian 
colony. On account of its good wine, 
Artaxerxes I. assigned it to Themisto- 
cles as a means of his support. It was 
the reputed birthplace of Priapus, and 
the especial seat of his worship. vii. 
8.1. || Lamsaki. 
λανθάνω &, ch. poet., λήθω," λήσο- 
μαι, λέληθα, 2 a. ἔλαθον, to escape the 
notice or knowledge or elude the obser- 
vation of any one, lie hid or be con- 
cealed from him, be unobserved by 
him, elude, A. W. ἃ pt., it is often- 
er translated by an adv., adverbial 
phrase, or adj., and the pt. by a finite 
verb, 677; as, τρεφόμενον ἐλάνθανεν 
was [concealed in being maintained] 
secretly maintained, i. 1.98; λαθεῖν 
αὐτὸν ἀπελθών to [elude him depart- 
ing] depart without his knowledge, i. 
3.17; ἔλαθον ἔγγὺς προσελθόντες they 
drew near unobserved, iv. 2.7; ἐλάν- 
θανον αὑτοὺς γενόμενοι [were not ob- 
served by themselves in having come] 
came unconsciously to themselves, un- 
awares, or unexpectedly, vi. 3.22. See, 
also, iv.6.11: ν. 2. 29: vi. 3.14: vii. 
3. 38, 43. Der. LETHE. Cf. lateo. 
Λάρισσα, 7s, Larissa, (anciently 
Calah, while some have traced the 
name to Resen, Gen. x. 11s) a part of 
the extensive ruins of ‘‘great Nine- 
veh,” and abounding in the most in- 
teresting remains, which lay buried 
more than 2000 years to be recently 
brought to light and surprise the world, 
iii. 4.7. || Nimrid. See Μέσπιλα. 
λάσιος, a, ov, (akin to δασύς) bushy: 
τὰ λάσια the thickets: v.2.29: vi.4.26. 
λάφυρον, ov, (λαμβάνω) ch. pl., spo- 
lia, the spoils of war, booty, vi. 6: 38 ? 
φλαφῦρο-πωλέω, How, to sell booty, Vi. 
6.38? [salesman of booty, vii. 7. 56. 





A. G., 6. partitive, ἀπό, ἐκ, els, παρά, 


φλαφυρο-πώλης, ov, a booty-seller, 


λαχεῖν 79 Aoxpés 


λαχεῖν, λαχών, see λαγχάνω. 
\AdXos, εος, τό, ch. poet., ὦ portion, 

esp. by lot, share, part, division, v. 3. 
9: vi. 3. 2? 

λέγω," λέξω, λέλεχα 1., (classic εἴρη- 
xa), ἃ. p. ἐλέχθην, to say, speak, tell, 
express, relate, report, state; to speak 
of, mention, name, account ; to bid, 
propose, advise: A. D., CP., I. (A.), 
περί, πρός, els, ἐν: i. 2. 12, 21; ὃ. 8, 
13, 15,19; 4.11: ii. 5.25. In the 
pass., the personal construction w. the 
inf., for the impers., is the more com- 
mon, 573, i. 2.8: ii. 2. 6: cf. 1. 8. 6: 
iv. 1.3. Der. LEXICON, DIA-LECT. 

λεία, as, booty, plunder, spoils, v. 1. 
8,17: vii. 4. 2. 

λειμών, ὥνος, ὁ, (λείβω to pour) a 
moist place, meadow, v. 3. 11. 

λεῖος, a, ov, lévis, smooth, genily 
sloping, of easy ascent, iv. 4. 1. 

λείπω," yw, λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλιπον, a. 
p. ἐλείφθην, f. pf. λελείψομαι, linquo, 
to LEAVE, quit, forsake, abandon, de- 
sert ; to leave behind, spare; A.; 1. 2. 
21: vii. 4.1:—P. to be left ; hence, to 
remain, survive; to be left behind, fall 
behind, be inferior, G. 406b: λελείψεται 
will [have been left] remain: ii. 4. 5: 
iii. 1. 2: vii. 7.31. Der. EL-LIPSIS. 

Aexréos, a, ov, (λέγω) to be or that 
must be said or spoken, v. 6. 5. 

λελείψομαι, λελοιπώς, see λείπω. 

λέξω, λέξον, λεξάτω, see λέγω, 1.3.13. 

Λεοντῖνος, ov, ὁ, a Leontine, a man 
of Leontini (Λεοντῖνοι, now Lentini), 
a city of eastern Sicily, a Chalcidian 
colony, situated in a region of extraor- 
dinary fertility, and early prosperous, 
but overshadowed by its powerful Doric 
neighbor, Syracuse, ii. 6. 16. 

ἐλευκο-ϑώραξ, ἄκος, ὁ ἡ, with a white 

corselet, doubtless of linen, i. 8.9. See 
θώραξ. 

λευκός, ἡ, όν, (akin to λεύσσω to see, 
LooK, and Lat. luceo) bright, white, 
i. 8. 8: v. 4. 82 5. 

λεχθείς, λεχθῆναι, see λέγω, iii. 1.1. 

λήγω, ἕξω, (λέγω to LAY) to allay ; 
comm. intrans., to abate, cease, end, 
close, come to an end, iii. 1.9: iv. 5. 4. 

ληΐζομαι, ἴσομαι, or Att. λήζομαι, 
λήσομαι, λέλῃσμαι, (λεία) to plunder, 
ravage, pillage, rob; to scize as booty 
or spoil, take as prey or by force; A., 
éx: iv. 8.23: v.1.9: vi. 1.1: vii. 3. 
81, 


λῆρος, ov, 6, nonsense, trumpery, a 
trifle, vii. 7. 41. 
tAyorela, as, robbery, plunder, pil- 
lage, vii. 7. 9. 
λῃστής, οὔ, (Apfoua) a robber, 
plunderer, pillager, vi. 1. 8; 6. 28. 
λήσω, see λανθάνω, vil. 3. 43. 
ληφθῆναι, λήψομαι, see λαμβάνω. 
λίαν adv., very, exceedingly, vi. 1. 28. 
ἐλίθινος, 7, ov, of stone, iii. 4. 7, 9. 
λίθος, ov, ὁ, ὦ stone, often such as 
are used for an attack: stone, the ma- 
terial: i. 5.12: iii. 3.17; 4.10; 5. 
10: iv. 7. 45. Der. LITHO-GRAPH. 
λιμήν, νος, ὁ, (akin to λείβω to 
pour ?) a harbor, haven, port, vi. 2.13. 
λῖμός, οὔ, ὁ, (λείπω) failure of food, 
hunger, famine, i.5.5: 11. 2.11 ; 5.19. 
Alveos, a, ov, contr. λινοῦς, ἢ, οὖν, 
(λίνον flax) flawen, LINEN, iv. 7. 15. 
Τλογίζομαι, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, λελόγισμαι, 
to consider, calculate, expect, A., I., il. 
2.13: iti. 1. 20. 
λόγος, ov, ὁ, (λέγω) a word ; speech, 
discourse ; conversation, discussion ; ὦ 
statement, narrative, report, rwmor ; 
an argument, plea: pl. words, confer- 
ence, discussion, πρός : els λόγους ἔρ- 
χεσθαι to enter into a conference or 
come to an interview with, D.: i. 4. 7; 
6.5: ii. 1.1; 5.4,16,27; 6.4: v.8.18: 
vi.1.18. Der. LOGIC, -LOGY, -LOGUE. 
λόγχη, 2s, (cf. Lat. lancea) the point 
or spike of a spear, the spear-head, 
early made by the Greeks of bronze, 
but afterwards of iron; comm. fr. 6 in. 
to a foot in length: hence often, by 
synecdoche, a spear or LANCE (esp., in 
the Anab., of those used by the bar- 
barians): i.8.8: ii.2.9: iv.7.16; 8.7. 
λοιδορέω, ἤσω, λελοιδόρηκα, (Aoldo- 
ρος ὦ railer) to rail at, revile, abuse, 
reproach, reprove, A., iii. 4. 49. 
λοιπός, 7, dv, (λείπω) re-liquus, left 
behind, remaining, the rest or remain- 
der of, D., iv. 2.1388: λοιπόν (ἐστιν) τέ 
is left] remains, iii. 2.29: τὴν λοιπήν 
ἱπᾷ ὁδόν] the rest of the way, iii. 4. 40 : 
τὸ λοιπόν the rest, G. partitive, ili. 4.6: 
τοῦ λοιποῦ [sc. χρόνου], oftener τὸ λοι- 
πόν, in or during the rest of the time, in 
future, afterwards, henceforth, thence- 
forth, 482 6, ii.2.5: iii. 2.8: v. 7. 34. 
Aoxpés, οὔ, ὁ, a Locrian, a man of 
Locris, a central region of Greece in 
three separate parts (two north of 





Beeotia and Phocis, and the third, the 


᾿Ξ ——— — — etna nine - δ 
ς: -ατ τος — ae — - —s ἼΧΙΣ, ae a ΣΤ 159 αν = “πω = »- 
~ > ““--- = —— — es ome > - - .᾿ ἕω = γ΄ ~ PS -- οὐ νυν ἢ * 2 pes ὡς, τα - -τὦἍ- - τς 2 = a 
; - ᾽ g ———— 2 . ν᾽ . . 
«ὦ =< = 2 - ᾿ : » 
΄ . Ἔν εν RR τας στα τ να I ST Ye Ne a em ἸῸΝ OR ΔΑ AT NR 








Aovorarns 80 λύπη 


larger but ruder portion, west of Pho- 
cis). The eastern Locrians are credit- 
ed with 40 ships sent to the Trojan 
War under the lesser Ajax. vii. 4. 18. 
Δουσιάτης or -ώτης, ov, & «Λουσιεύς, 
éws, ὁ, a Lusian, a man of Lusi (Aov- 
gol), ἃ town in the north of Arcadia, 
having a celebrated temple of Artemis 
(Diana), which was revered through 
the Peloponnese as an inviolable asy- 
lum, iv. 2.21; 7.115: vii. 6. 40. ||Su- 
dhena. 
λόφος, ov, ὁ, (λέπω to rub off, peel) 
the neck of a horse or ox, as rubbed 
by the yoke; hence, in general, an 
elevation or crest ; an eminence or ridge 
of land, a hill, height, = γή-λοφος: i. 
10. 13s (cf. 12): iii. 4. 39 (ef. 37). 
troxayéw, jow, to be a lochage or 
captain, vi. 1. 30. 
tAoxayla, as, the command of a λό- 
χος, ὦ captaincy, i. 4.15: iii. 1. 30. 
trox-ayds, οὔ, ὁ, (ἄγω) the leader of 
ἃ λόχος, a lochage, centurion, captain, 
who comm. received twice the pay of 
a private. The word has the Dor. 
form, as a term of war, in which the 
Doric race so excelled, 386c. i. 7. 2: 
vi. 3. 6 (where the term is applied to 
the commander of a tenth of the Ar- 
cadian and Achzan force, also termed 
orparyyés): vii. 2. 36. 
troxtrys, ov, a soldier belonging to 
: λόχοι, a member of α company, Vi. 6. 
λόχος, ov, ὁ, (λέγω to collect) a com- 
pany or division of soldiers, not fixed 
in number, but usu. of about 100 men. 
For the subdivision of the common 
λόχος, see iii. 4. 21s. i. 2. 25: iv. 8. 
15: vi. 3. 2,48; 5. 95. 
tAv8ia, as, Lydia, a fertile province 
of Asia Minor, west of Phrygia, once 
a powerful kingdom. It was early 
distinguished for its industry, wealth, 
and progress in the arts; and exerted 
much influence in the development of 
Greek civilization. It reached its acme 
under Creesus, whose defeat by Cyrus 
made it a part of the Persian Empire. 
Its people, before warlike, were then 
forbidden the use of arms, and nat- 
urally became both effeminate them- 
selves and the teachers of effeminacy 
to their conquerors. i. 2.5; 9.7: vii. 
8.7? 25. 


Av8és, οὔ, ὁ, @ Lydian, a man of 
Lydia, iii. 1. 31. 

Δύκαιος or Avxatos, a, ov, Lycean, 
pertaining to Mt. Lyceus, a lofty 
height in southwestern Arcadia, pre- 
senting a view of a large part of the 
Peloponnese, and sacred to κρῖ (hence 
surnamed Lycean) and Pan: τὰ Av- 
kata 80. ἱερά], the Lycoean Rites or 
Festival, in honor of Lycwan Jove, 
celebrated by the Arcadians with sac- 
rifices and games, i. 2. 10. ἢ} Dioférti, 
4659 feet high. 

t Avkaov(a, as, an elevated region of 
Asia Minor, north of Cilicia, occupied 
by a rude, warlike, independent, and 
predatory race. It was an early scene 
of the missionary labors of the apostle 
Paul, who here found Timothy. i. 2. 
19: vii. 8. 25. 

: ——— ovos, ὁ, a Lycaonian, iii. 

. 23. 

Δύκειον, ov, the LycEum, the chief 
of the Athenian gymnasia, situated 
without the eastern wall, adorned with 
fine trees, covered walks, and other 
embellishments, and consecrated to 
Lycéan Apollo. Here Aristotle taught 
while walking, from which his philos- 
ophy was named Peripatetic (περιπα- 
τέω to walk around). vii. 8. 1. 

Δύκιος, ov, Lycius, a Syracusan, 
sent by Clearchus for observation, i. 
10. 14. — 2. An Athenian, appointed 
commander of cavalry, and so render- 
ing good service, iii. 3. 20: iv. 3. 22. 

UKos, ov, ὁ, lupus, a wolf, the 
largest beast of prey in Greece, ii. 2. 9 
(prob. sacrificed on this occasion as 
sacred to Ahriman, the Persian god of 
evil). Der. Lyco-PopIUM. 

jAvxos, ov, ὁ, the Lycus or Wolf- 
River, a name given to several streams, 
seemingly from their destructive char- 
acter. A small river so named entered 
the Euxine near Heracléa, vi. 2. 3. 
I Kilij-Su, i. e. Sword Water. 

Δύκων, wvros, Lycon, a factious 
Achean, v. 6. 27: vi. 2. 4, 9. 
Avpalvopat, Aywavoduat, λελύμασμαι, 
(Adun outrage) to ruin, spoil, frustrate, 
A. D., i. 3. 16. 
trvméw, ow, λελύπηκα, to pain, 
grieve, trouble, distress, annoy, molest, 
A., 1.3.8: ii. 3.23; 5.14: iii. 1.11. 
λύπη, ns, pain, grief, sorrow, dis- 





ΤΔύδιος, a, ov, Lydian, i. δ. 6. 


tress, 11. 1. 3. 


λυπηρός 
φλυπηρός, ά, dv, ο., painful, grievous, 


distressing, troublesome, annoying, D., 
li. 5.13: vii. 7. 28. 

λυσι-τελέω, How, (λύω to pay, τέλος 
expense) to pay expenses, tu be profiu- 
ble, advantageous, or expedicnt, I. 1., 
111, 4. 36? [zy, ¥. 7. 26. 

λύσσα or λύττα, ys, madness, fren- 

λύω," λύσω, λέλύὕκα, solvo, to LOOSE, 
let loose, release, set free; to undo, 
break, break down, destroy, remove, 
violate (a treaty or oath); A.; ii. 4.17, 
19s: iii. 1.21; 4.35: =v. 1. λυσιτελέω, 
ili. 4.36: λελυμένος unbound, free from 
bonds, iv. 6.2:— M. to ransom, redeem, 
A., vil. 8.6. Der. ANA-LYSIS. 

λωτο-φάγος, ov, ὁ, (λωτός the lotus, 
φαγεῖν to eat) a lotus-eater. The Cy- 
renean lotus (now jujube) was a small 
sweet date-like fruit, so delicious that, 
according to the old fable (Hom. Od. 
t. 94), all who ate of it forgot their 
homes, and wished only to remain and 
feed upon it; while in Arab poetry it 
is the fruit of paradise. The Loto- 

hagi of Homer, upon whose shore 

lysses landed, have been located by 
most geographers upon the coast of 
Tripoli and Tunis in North Africa. 
lil. 2. 25. 

λωφάω, jow, λελώφηκα, (λόφος, as if 
to withdraw the neck from the yoke ?) 
to rest, cease, iv. 7. 6. 

λῴων," contr. fr. ὁ. λωΐων referred 
to ἀγαθός, more desirable, better, D. 1., 
iii. 1.7: for emphasis, λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον 
more desirable and advantageous, pref- 
erable and better, vi. 2.15: vii. 6. 44. 


M. 


pa * by, an adv. of swearing, comm. 
negative, unless preceded by val, A., 
i. 4. 8: v. 8. 6, 21. 

payadis, vos, dat. (u) 1, 218. 2, ἡ, (a 
foreign word) the magadis, a kind of 
harp with 20 strings arranged in oc- 
taves; or, acc. to some, a kind of flute ; 
vii. 2. 32. 

Μάγνης, ητος, ὁ,α Magnesian, a man 
of Magnesia, a narrow mountainous re- 
gion occupying the east coast of Thes- 
saly, vi. 1.7. Cf. MAGNET. 

θεῖν, -w, -οιμι, &c., see μανθάνω. 
Mi. νδρος, ov, ὁ, the Meander, the 


81 μανϑάνω 


Asia, so remarkable for its winding 
course through its rich alluvial plain, 
that it has given a name to the wind- 
ing of rivers. Its deposit has greatly 
extended and changed the coast at its 
mouth. i. 2. ὅ,7 5. || Mendere-Chai. 

μαίνομαι, ἢ μανοῦμαι τ., 2 pf. μέμηνα, 
2 ἃ. p. ἐμάνην, to be mad, insane, or 


Frenzied, 11. 5. 10,12. Der. MANIAC. 


Μαισάδης, ov, Mesades, a Thracian 
prince, father of Seuthes, vii. 2. 32. 
μακαρίζω, low ιῶ, (uaxdp happy) to 
count or esteem happy or fortunate, A., 
ili. 1. 19, 
jpakapirrds, ἡ, dv, esteemed happy, 
envied or enviable, being an object of 
envy, D., 1. 9. 6. 
Μακίστιος (or Μακέστιος), ov, ὁ, 
a Macistian, a man of Macistus (Μά- 
xtoros), an old town of Triphylia in 
Elis, vii. 4.16. || Heights of Khaiaffa. 
μακρός, d, dv, ο., 8., (μῆκος length, 
cf. μέγας magnus) long, of both space 
and time: μακράν [sc. ὁδόν] a long way, 
a great distance, far (so c. & s8.): pa- 
xpbrepov adv., farther: μακρόν hv it was 
a long distance, or too far: i. 5.7: ii. 
2. 11s: iil. 4. 168, 42. 

Μάκρων, wos, ὁ, a Macronian. 
The Macrones were a warlike tribe 
dwelling not far from Trebizond. iv. 
re! Sagligctohiage ᾿ 

α, apostr. ᾿, 6. μᾶλλον, 
s. Cacia aie. ἤν used with ad- 
jectives and adverbs to express degree, 
510), very, very much, greatly, exceed- 
ingly ; very well, certainly ; iii. 4.15; 
5.3; οὐ μάλα not at all, by no means, 
ii. 6.15; by exceptional arrangement, 
αὐτίκα μάλα very speedily, instantly, 
at once, iii. 5.11, εὖ μάλα very easily, 
vi. 1. 1:—c. more, rather, more certain- 
ly, (sometimes joined w. another com- 
par. for clearness or emphasis, iv. 6. 
11) ἤ οὐ 6. (asc.),i. 1. 45, 8; 9.5, 24:— 
s. most, most of all, in the highest de- 
gree, best, especially ; most or very near- 
ly, about (w. numbers); 1.1.6 ; 9.22, 
29: vi. 4. 3: ἘΝ 2. ot οἰ 
αλακίζο . p. ισθήσομαι 1. , (μα- 
με soft to be self-indulgent, yield 
to sloth, v. 8. 14. 

pavels, -évres, see μαίνομαι, ii. 5.10. 

μανθάνω, * μαθήσομαι, μεμάθηκα, 2 a. 
ἔμαθον, to learn, ascertain, A., I., 6. 
CP., παρά, i. 9. 4: ii. 5.37: 111. 2. 25: 





largest river entering the Aigean from 
LEX. AN. 4* -- 


iv.8.5: v.2.25. Der. MATHEMATICS. 
F 

















μαντεία 82 


ἱμαντεία, as, prophecy, oracle, iii. 1.7. 

[μαντεύομαι,εύσομαι,(μάντι5) to proph- 
esy, declare by oracle. | 

| μαντευτός, 7, dv, declared or pointed 
out by an oracle, D. éx, vi. 1. 22. 

Mayrwets, éws, ὁ, a Mantinean, a 
man of Mantinéa (Mapriveia), an an- 
cient and, before the building of Me- 
galopolis, the largest city of Arcadia, 
situated in the eastern part. It was 
noted for the excellence of its political 
institutions, and for five important 
battles fought near it. In one of these, 
B.C. 362, the Theban Epaminondas con- 
quered the Spartans and Athenians at 
the expense of his own life, and the 
two sons of Xenophon fought; the 
elder, Gryllus, falling after signal feats 
of valor, among which some reckoned 
the slaying of the Theban general. 
vi. 1. 11. |] Paledpoli. 

μάντις, ews, ὁ ἡ, (μαίνομαι) one who 
speaks in a state of divine frenzy, a 
prophet, seer; a diviner, soothsayer, 
augur ; 1.7.18. Der. NECRO-MANCY. 

Μαρδόνιοι or Μάρδοι, wy, the Mar- 
donii or Mardi, or -ians, a warlike 
people, prob. dwelling near the south- 
ern boundary of Armenia, iv. 3. 4: v./. 
Μυγδόνιοι. 

Μαριανδυνοί, dv, the Mariandini or 
-ians, a people of Bithynia, dwelling 
around Heracléa, and at length sub- 
jected by this city, vi. 2.1: υ. ἰ. Ma- 
ριανδηνοί, Μαρυανδηνοί. 

μάρσιπος or μάρσιππος, ov, ὁ, mar- 
supium, ὦ bag, pouch, iv. 3.11. Der. 
MARSUPIAL. 

Μαρσύας, ov, Marsyas, fabled as a 
Phrygian satyr or peasant who invent- 
ed the flute, and was most cruelly 
punished for his presumption in con- 
tending with Apollo, i.2.8.— 2. The 
Marsyas, a small river of Phrygia, 
flowing into the Meander, and fabled 
to have risen from the tears shed by 
the shepherds and rural divinities of 
Phrygia for the cruel fate of their fa- 
vorite musician, i. 2. 8. 

Tpaprupéw, jow, μεμαρτύρηκα, to bear 
witness for or in favor of, testify in be- 
half of, D., iii. 3. 12: vii. 6. 39. 

ὕριον, ov, testimony, witness, 

proof, iii. 2. 13. 
» ὅ. μάρτυρος, ἃ. pl. μάρτυσι, 
ὁ ἡ, α witness, vii.7.39. Der. MARTYR. 
Mapeveirys, ov, a Maronite, a man 





μεγαλοπρεπῶς 


of Maronéa (Μαρώνεια), a town of the 
Cicones in Thrace on the Aigean, after- 
wards colonized from Chios. It was 
noted for its excellent wine, which 
even Homer mentions (Od. ε. 196s), 
and for the too free use of it by its 
inhabitants. vii. 3. 16. || Marogna. 
μασθός, οὔ, ὁ, v. 1. for waoréds, 1.4.17. 
Μάσκας," a, or Μασκᾶς, ἃ, the 
Mascas, a stream in Mesopotamia, 
prob. a short canal flowing from and 
re-entering the Euphrates, i. 5. 4. 
μαστεύω, εύσω, ch. poet., (μάομαι to 
seek) to seek, search out, eagerly desire, 
A., I., lil. 1. 43: v. 6. 25: vii. 3. 11. 
tpacttyde, dow ,to whip,lash, scourge, 
iv. 6. 15.: 
μάστιξ, ἴγος, ἡ, a whip, lash, scourge, 
ili. 4. 25. 
μαστός, οὔ, ὁ, (μάσσω to squeeze) one 
of the breasts; hence, a round hill, 
knoll, hillock ; i. 4.17? iv. 2. 6, 14s. 
μάταιος, a, ov, (μάτην in vain) use- 
less, vain, idle, without avail, vii. 6. 
17; 7. 24. 
tpaxapa, as, @ sword, esp. a short 
or curved sword in distinction from 
ξίφος, the longer, straight sword 
(though the distinction is not always 
made, vii. 4. 16); α sabre; a dagger, 
large knife ; 1. 8.7: iv. 6.26: vii. 2. 30. 
ἐμαχαίριον, ov, dim., a dagger, dirk, 
knife, iv. 7. 16. 
tpaxn, ns, α battle, fight, encounter, 
combat: ἀπὸ τῆς μάχης from the (place 
of the) battle, from the battle-ground : 
i. 2.9: ii. 2.6. Der. LoGo-MAcHY. 
Tpaxipos, 7, ov, jit for fighting, war- 
like, vii. 8. 13. 
μάχομαι, μαχέσομαι μαχοῦμαι, μεμά- 
χημαι, a. ἐμαχεσάμην, to fight, give bat- 
tle; withstand, contend ; D., περί, πρό, 
σύν : 1.5.9; 7.9,17s: ii.1.12; 5.19. 
μέ (μ᾽) me, μοί, pod, see ἐγώ, i. 3. 3. 
LeyaButos, ov, Megabyzus, a gen- 
eral name borne by the keeper of the 
temple of Diana at Ephesus, accord- 
ing to custom a eunuch, v. 3. 6s. 
μεγάλη, -ov, &c., see μέγας, i. 2. 6. 
jpeyad-nyopéw, ήσω, (ἀγορεύω) to 
talk big, speak boastfully, boast, vawnt, 
vi. 3. 18. 
| peyado-mperas, ἐς, (πρέπω) befitting 
the great, magnificent, i. 4. 17% 
ξμεγαλο-πρεπῶς, ὁ. érrepov,s.éorura, 
magnificently, on a magnificent scale, 
with great liberality, i. 4.17? 


μεγάλως 83 pero 


Ἱμεγάλως adv., greatly, grossly, iii. 
2. 22. 

Μεγαρεύς, dws, ὁ, (Μέγαρα, capital 
οἵ Megaris) a Megarian. Megara was 
early included in Attica ; but was con- 
quered by the Dorians, and for a time 
was subject to Corinth. After it won 
its independence, its advantages for 
commerce gave it great prosperity, so 
that it established several flourishing 
colonies (Byzantium, &c.), and even 
vied with Athens in naval power. As 
an ally of Sparta, it suffered greatly in 
the Peloponnesian War. Though not 
distinguished for letters, it claimed 
the invention of comedy, and gave its 
name toa school of philosophy found- 
ed by Euclides, a disciple of Socrates. 
i, 2.3: vi. 2. 1. 

μέγας," μεγάλη, μέγα, δ. μεγάλου, 
-ns, 6. μείζων, 8. μέγιστος, Magnus, 
great, large, stately ; mighty, power- 
ful; of great moment or obligation, 
important ; of a sound, loud ; i. 2. 4, 
78; 4.98: 11.ὅ.14: iii.2.25: iv.7.23. 
The neut., sing. and pl., is much used 
as the acc. of effect or adv. acc., or as 
an appositive to the sentence or to a 
part of it: τὰ μεγάλα εὖ ποιεῖν [to do 
well the great acts] to confer great fa- 
vors, 1.9.24: μέγα ὀνῆσαι or ὠφελῆσαι, 
βλάψαι μεγάλα, to benefit or injure 
greatly, iii. 1. 38 ; 3.14: τὸ μέγιστον 
as the chief reason, chiefly, i. 3. 10. 

Meyadépvns, ov, a Persian of high 
rank, put to death by Cyrus, i. 2. 20. 

al το eos, τό, (μέγας) greatness, 
magnitude, size; of a river, width: 
ii. 3.15: iv. 1. 2. 

μέδιμνος, ov, ὁ, the medimnus, the 
eommon Attic corn-measure, = very 
nearly a bushel and a half, vi. 1. 15. 

μεθ᾽ by apostr. for μετά, before an 
aspirated vowel, ii. 2. 7. 

μεθ-ίημι," iow, ela, to let go with 
or after, let go, give up, resign, A., 
vii. 4. 10. 

μεθ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 1 a. 
ἔστησα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, to place different- 
ly, remove: M., w. 2 ἃ. and complete 
tenses act. , to change one’s own place, 
to withdraw ; but 1 a. m. to place apart 


from one’s self, set aside, A.; ii. 3. 8,21. | f 


Μεθυδριεύς, dws, ὁ, a Methydrian, 
aman of Methydrium (Μεθ-ούδριον), a 
city of central Arcadia, so called from 
its situation between two streams. Its 





inhabitants were removed to people 
Megalopolis. iv. 1.27; 7.12. || Ru- 
ins near Pyrgo. 
μεθύω," dow 1., to be drunk or in- 
toxicated, iv. 8. 20: v. 8. 4. 
μείζων, ov, greater, see μέγας, i. 2. 4. 
μειλίχιος, a, ov, (μειλίσσω to soothe) 
mild, gracious, vii. 8. 4: see Ζεύς. 
μεῖναι, μείνας, &c., see μένω, i. 5.13. 
μειράκιον, ov, τό, (in form dim. of 
μεῖραξ, ὁ ἡ, a youth) a youth, stripling, 
boy, in his teens, ii. 6. 16, 28. 
Tpelopa, aros, τό, (uerdw to lessen) a 
deficiency, v. 8. 1. 
μείων, ov, c. referred to μικρός or ὀλί- 
os, less, in respect to size, power, 
number, &c.; smaller, weaker, fewer; 
i. 9.10: iv. 5. 36: μεῖον ἔχειν to have 
[less success] the worst, be worsted, i. 
10. 8: τοῦτο μεῖον ἔχειν to have this as 
a disadvantage or a disadvantage in 
this, 111. 2.17. The neut. μεῖον is some- 
times used as an indecl. subst. or adj. ; 
and also (as an adv.) with 4 omitted, 
though the gen. does not follow; 
507e,f, 5110, v. 6.9: vi. 4. 3, 24. 
ἐλανδῖται, dv, the Melandite, a 
people of Thrace, vii. 2. 32: v. 1. Me- 
λανδέπται. 


ἐμελανία, as, blackness, duskiness, i. 
8. 8. 


as,* awa, av, g. ἄνος, αἰνης, black, 
dark, iv.5.13,15. Der. MELAN-CHOLY. 
μελετάω, ήσω, μεμελέτηκα, (uédw) 
to give attention to, practise, 1., iii. 4. 
17: iv. 6. 14. 
jpeXernpds, d, dv, s., diligent or as- 
siduous tn practising, G., i. 9. 5. 
μελίνη, ns, sing. and pl., panicum, 
panic, a kind of millet, cf. κέγχρος " 
ἐπὶ ras μελίνας upon the panic ( fields): 
i. 2.22; 5.10: ii. 4.13: vi. 4. 6. 
| Merwo-payor, ων, (φαγεῖν) the [pan- 
ic-eaters] Melinophagi, a Thracian peo- 
ple near Salmydessus on the Euxine, 
perhaps Strabo’s ᾿Αστοί, vii. 5. 12. 
w,* μελλήσω, ἃ. ἐμέλλησα OF 
ἠμέλλησα, to be about to or going to, be 
on the point of, intend ; also translated 
by will, would, shall, should, must, 
am to, were to, &c., cf. 598a; to be 
only about to, to delay: τὸ μέλλον the 
uture: 1.: 1.8.1; 9.28: 11.6.10: 11]. 
1. 2,8, 468; 5.17: vi. 1. 21. 
μέλω, μελήσω, μεμέληκα, to concern, 
be a care to, D.: comm. impers., as ἐμοὲ 
μέλει it concerns or is a care to me, τέ 




















μέμνημαι 84 


ts my care, I take care, I look or see to 
tt, ὅπως : 1.4.16; 8.13: vi. 4. 20: τῇ 
θεῷ μελήσει the goddess will see to it, 
by euphemism for the goddess will 
punish his neglect, v. 3. 13. 

μέμνημαι, -ἤσομαι, see μιμνήσκω. 

μέμφομαι, ψομαι, to blame, reproach, 
Jind fault with, a. εἰς, ii. 6. 30. 

μέν post-pos. adv. or secondary 
conj. (66f), on the one hand, indeed, 
in the first place, first, but often omit- 
ted in translation. It is usu. a pro- 
spective particle of distinction, mark- 
ing the words with which it is con- 
nected as distinguished fr. others 
which follow, and with which a retro- 
spective particle, (comm. δέ, but some- 
times ἀλλά, μέντοι, εἶτα, ἔπειτα, καί, 
&c.) is regularly joined. 1, 1.18 : 3. 
2,10: ii. 1.13: ili. 1.193. The reg- 
ular sequence is sometimes neglected, 
esp. after intervening clauses, i. 10. 
16: iii. 2.8. In some combinations 
of particles, μέν has a force like that 
of the confirmative μήν, indeed, truly : 
μὲν δή now indeed, indeed, truly, so 
then, then, accordingly, i.2.3 : 11.1.10: 
οὐ μὲν δή nor [now] yet indeed, yet 
surely not, i. 9.13: ii. 2.3: ἐγὼ μὲν 
οὖν I [indeed] for my part then, ii. 4. 
7 (μέν emphasizing ἐγώ, cf. i. 9. 1); 
ἀλλὰ... μέν (or μέντοι) but or well cer- 
tainly, vii. 6.11,39. The words upon 
which μέν throws its emphasis regu- 
larly precede it, either wholly or in 
part. If, as has been supposed, μέν 
and δέ (of which μήν and δή are longer 
forms) are derived from the first and 
second numerals (cf. μέα, δύο), then 
their original force would seem to have 
been, for one thing . . for another 
thing ; hence, on the one hand. . on 
the other hand, in the first place . . in 
the second place, first . . secondly, in- 
deed . . but or and, ἕο. See δέ, ὁ. 
}pév-rot indeed truly, assuredly, 
really, indeed, withal, to be sure; yet, 
still, however, but ; i. 3.10: ii. 3. 9s, 
228: kal. μέντοι and indeed, and 
certainly, and moreover, and yet, i. 9. 
6,29: iv. 6.16. See μέν. 

μένω, μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a. ἔμεινα, ma- 
neo, ἔθ REMAIN, wait, stay, tarry, con- 
tinue ; to wait for, A.; i. 2. 6,98; 3. 
11: il. 3. 24: iv. 4. 19s. 

Μένων, wos, Menon, a general from 
Pharsalus in Thessaly , whose character 


Μέσπιλα 


Xenophon depicts in dark colors. He 
was a favorite of Aristippus, who 
| placed him, while yet a young man, 
in command of a mercenary force 
levied with money furnished by Cy- 
rus. From this he brought 1500 men 
to the Cyrean army. When the other 
generals who had been seized through 
the treachery of Tissaphernes were put 
to death, Menon was spared, prob. be- 
cause he claimed the merit of having 
aided that treachery, and through the 
intercession of his intimate Arius ; 
but he afterwards perished by linger- 
ing torture, prob. from having fallen 
into the hands of the vengeful Pary- 
satis, who thus punished him for his 
supposed treason. A dialogue of Plato 
bears his name. i. 2. 6: ii. 6. 28s. 

tpepltw, low 1d, to divide, distribute, 
A., Vv. 1.9? 

μέρος, cos, τό, (μείρομαι to share) a 
share, part, portion, division, quota, 
detachment ; specimen: ἐν τῷ μέρει, 
κατὰ (τὸ) μέρος in or according to one’s 
share, part, place, or turn: 1.5.8; 6.2: 
111. 4.23: v.1.9: vi. 4. 23: vii. 6. 36. 

Tpeo-npBpla, as, (ἡμέρα, 146 b) mid- 
day, noon ; the place of the sun at 
noon, the south ; i. 7. 6: iii. δ. 15. 

t peord-yata or -γεια, as, (γῆ) the in- 
land, interior, vi. 2.19; 3.10; 4. 5. 

μέσος, 7, ov, (akin to μετά) medius, 
MIDDLE, of space or time; central ; the 
middle or midst of (in this use as an 
adj., not immediately preceded by the 
article, 508a, 523b); i.2.7,17; 8.13: 
iv..8. 8 (among or with): subst. μέσον, 
ov, the middle, midst, or centre; the 
interval or space between; G.; i. 2.15; 
4.4; μέσον ἡμέρας midday, noon, i. 8. 
8; μέσον τὸ ἑαυτοῦ his own centre, i. 8. 
13? (cf. i. 8. 22,28); διὰ μέσου, ἐν (τῷ) 
μέσῳ, els τὸ μέσον, through, in, or into 
the midst or the interval between, some- 
times = between, i. 4.4; 5.14; 7.6: 
ii. 2.3; ἐκ τοῦ μέσου out of [the space 
between] the way, i. 5.14. Der. mEs- 
ENTERY. 

ἐμεσόω, wow, to form or be in the 
ας τὰς / μεσοῦσα ἡ ἡμέρα midday, vi. 
5. 7. 

Μέσπιλα, 7s or ων, ἡ or τά, (referred 
by some to the oriental ‘‘mashpil,” 
desolate, and perhaps the origin of the 
name Mosul) Mespila, the ruins of 





Nineveh in its stricter sense. These 


μεστός 85 


lie upon the east bank of the Tigris, 
opposite Mosul; and include the great 
mounds of Koyunjik, containing the 
remains of the magnificent palaces of 
Sennacherib and his grandson, and 
Nebbi Yunas, sacred in Mohammedan 
tradition as the burial-place of the 
prophet Jonas. The name Nineveh, 
in its wider sense, seems to have ap- 
plied to a vast aggregation of palaces 
and towns (some specially walled and 
having also other names, cf. modern 
London) situated north of the junc- 
tion of the Tigris and Upper Zab, 
and together constituting the splen- 
did capital of the mighty Assyrian 
Empire. It is represented as ‘‘ an 
exceeding great city of three days’ 
journey” (Jonah 3. 3.), having accord- 
ing to Diodorus (2. 3) a circuit of 480 
stadia (the longer sides 150 stadia, and 
the shorter 90). Mespila was in the 
northwest part of its wide-spread ru- 
ins, and Larissa (now Nimrud, where 
the wonderful remains of the palaces 
of Esarhaddon and others have been 
disinterred, ch. through the efforts of 
Layard) in the southwest. The dis- 
tance between them is set by Xen. at 
6 parasangs, and is now estimated to 
be about 18 miles. The other two 
corners of the immense quadrangle 
(which, like the enclosure of Baby- 
lon, was doubtless occupied in part 
by pleasure grounds and land for cul- 
ture) have been recognized at Khorsa- 
bad, where was the beautiful palace 
of Sargon, and at Keremles, giving an 
extent not greatly differing from the 
statement of Diodorus. Nineveh lost 
its glory in its capture and the over- 
throw of the Assyrian Empire by the 
Medes and Babylonians, B. c.625 ; but 
it is represented by Xen. as not whol- 
ly destroyed till the Medes were over- 
powered by the Persians (B. c. 558). 
lii. 4. 10. 


μεστός, 7, dv, full of, abounding in ; 


jilled, stored, or laden with; G.; i. 4. 
19; 10.18: ii. 5. 9. 


μετά " prep., by apostr. per’ or μεθ᾽, 


a@-MID, among (akin to μέσος medius, 


and Germ. mit): (a) w. GEN., ch. of 
persons, among ; hence, with ; in the 


army or under the command of ; i. 2. 


20,24; 7.10: ii. 2.7: μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι 


to be associated with you, adhere to you, 


μετέωρος 


i. 3.52 μετὰ ἀδικίας with, by means 
of, or through injustice, ii. 6. 18 : — 
(b) w. Acc., after (orig., in order to 
be among or with), in respect to PLACE, 
RANK, or oftenest TIME; next after, 
next to; 1.3.16; 7.2; 8.4: vii. 7. 22: 
μετὰ ταῦτα or τοῦτο after this, here- 
upon, thereupon, i. 4.9: iv. 6.4: μεθ᾽ 
ἡμέραν after the coming of day, hence 
by day, iv. 6. 12:— (6) in compos., 
among, after, often denoting distribu- 
tion or interchange among, and hence, 
in general, change. 
μετα-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, to 
throw to a different position: M. to 
throw or turn one’s shield behind, as 
in retreat, A., vi. 5. 16. 
αἀ-γιγνώσκω," γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔγνων, to think differently, change 
one’s mind, ii. 6. 3. 
μετα-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδω- 
κα (δῶ, δοίην, &c.), to distribute, im- 
part to, share with, Ὁ. A., G., iii. 3.1: 
iv. 5. 58: vii. 8. 11. 
μετα-μέλει, μελήσει, it repents one, 
or he repents, D. P., i. 6.7: vii. 1. 34. 
μεταξύ adv., (μετά) in the midst, in 
the mean while, between, G.: peratd 
γίγνεσθαι to intervene, elapse: i.7.15: 
lili. 1. 27; 4. 37: v. 2.17. 
ἱμετά-πεμπτος, ov, sent for, having 
been sent for, i. 4. 3. 
μετα-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send one after or for another: M. to 
send for to come to one’s self, swm- 
mon, A. ἀπό, πρός, els, 1.1.2; 2. 26; 
8: 46,11? VI 
pera-ords, -στησάμενος, see μεθ- 
lornut, ii. 8. 8, 21. 
μετα-στρέφω," έψω, ἔστροφα ]., to 
turn about or round, trans.; but M. 
intrans., vi. 1. 8. 
μετά-σχοιμι, &c., see μετ-έχω. 
μετα-χωρέω, How, κεχώρηκα, to re- 
move to another place, change one’s 
encampment, vii. 2. 18. 
pér-epa,* ἔσομαι, to be with or shared 
among : οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν μέτεστι there is 
to us a share of none, we share ii 
none, Ὁ. G. partitive, 421 a, iii. 1. 20. 
per-exw,* ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, ipf. εἶχον, 
2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to have a share of, pariake 
of, share with another, participate in, 
G., v. 3.9: vi. 2.14: vii. 6. 28. 
per-€wpos, ov, (αἴρω) uplifted, raised 
from the ground, i. 5. 8 (raising them 





from the ground). Der. METEOR. 

















μετρέω 80 μήν 


tperpéw, ow, metior, to MEASURE, 
iv. 5.6. Der. GEO-METRY. 
ἱμετρίως adv., in due measure, mod- 
erately, temperately, in a conciliatory 
way, li. 3. 20. 
μέτρον, ov, a measure, iii. 2.21. Der. 
METRE, DIA-METER ; Lat. metrum. 
péxp* &, before a vowel, less Att. 
μέχρις, (akin to μακρός) adv. of place or 
time with a prep. or another adv., but 
oftener w. G. as a prep., as far as, 
even to, up or down to, wntil: μέχρι 
οὗ to the region where or time when, 
until, 557a: i1.7.6,15: iv. 1.1: v. 
1.1; 4.16; 5.4:— temporal conj., 
wntil, till, i. 4.13: ii. 8. 7, 24; 6. 51 
μή * (a) the subjective neg. adv., 
used in expressing negation as desired, 
feared, or assumed, and esp. w. the 
subj., imv., and inf., not, 686 (cf. ov); 
but often redundant w. the inf. after 
words implying some negation (so even 
the strengthened μὴ οὐ), 713 ἃ ; i. 1. 
10; 8. 25: iii. 1. 18, 24: ὅπου μή 
where not, except where, i. ὅ. 9: μὴ 
πορίσας [not] without having supplied, 
ii. 3.5: μὴ οὐ for μή with inf. after 
negative clauses, expressions of shame, 
&e., 713 f, ii. 3.11:—(b) the neg. 
final conj., ch. w. subj. and opt., 624s, 
that not, lest, that (after words of fear- 
ing, 625 a), i. 3.17; 8. 18: iii. 4.1. — 
(c) It has similar uses in compos.; 
where it is often repeated without 
doubling the negation, 713, i. 3. 14: 
vii. 1. 6. See εἰ, ἐάν, οὐ. 
᾿μηδ-αμῆ or -αμῇ adv., (ἀμ any- 
where) nowhere, vii. 6. 29 (713 d). 
Tpnd-apds adv., (duds in any way) 
in no way, vii. 7. 23. 
μη-δέ, by apostr. μηδ᾽, conj., and 
not, but not, nor, neither (cf. pre), 
li. 4.1; 5. 29: iii. 2.17 : — emphatic 
adv., ne. . quidem, not even, neither, 
1.3.14: iii. 2.21: vii.6.18s,23. For 
its compounds μηδείς, &c., the strong- 
er forms μηδὲ εἷς, &c., are also found. 
jpyd-els, μηδε-μία, und-v, not even 
one, NO one, no, none: μηδέν subst., 
nothing ; as adv., as to nothing, not 
at all, by no means: i. 3.15; 9. 75. 
}pndé-rore not even at any time, 
never, lil. 2.3: iv. 5. 13. 


ψμηδ-έτερος, a, ov, neither of two, vii. 
4. 10. 


Μηδία or Μήδεια, as, (Μῆδος) Me- 
dia (or Medéa), the country of the 


Medes, which Xen. extends to the 
river Tigris, making the region spe: 
cially called Assyria a part of it. In 
a more limited sense, Media lay north- 
east of the valley of the Tigris, ex- 
tending from the Araxes to Persis, 
with great variety of climate, soil, and 
products (now the northwest part of 
Persia). Td Μηδίας τεῖχος the Median 
wall, a wall built at the head of the 
Babylonian plain, to prevent the in- 
cursions of the Medes (as ‘‘ the Picts’ 
Wall” in England means the wall 
against the Picts). i.7.15: ii.4.12,27. 
— 2. The wife of the last Median king 
(ace. to the common account, Asty- 
ages), iil. 4. 11.— In the first sense, 
Μηδία is to be preferred, and perhaps 
Μήδεια in the second. 

ΜΜήδοκος, ov, Medocus, a king of 
the Odryse, reigning at a distance 
from the Propontis, the most power- 
ful and, we might judge, the best of 
the Thracian princes of his time. He 
was Claimed by Alcibiades as a friend. 
vil. 2. 32; 3.16; 7.11. 

Μῆδος, ov, ὁ, a Mede, iii.2.25; 4.7. 
The Medes were early a brave people, 
esp. skilled in the use of the bow and 
horse, and holding the kindred Per- 
sians subject. But after the conquest 
of Assyria, they became more luxuri- 
ous, and the sovereignty passed to the 
Persians, B. c. 558. 

Μηδοσάδης, ov, Medosades, chief 
minister of the Thracian prince Seu- 
thes, vii. 1.5; v. 1. Δημοσάδης, &c. 

μήθ᾽ for μήτε, before an aspirated 
vowel, iii. 2. 23. 

μη-κ-έτι, 165 c, not henceforth or in 
future, not again, no longer, no more, 
i. 2.27; 4.16; 6. 9. 

μῆκος, cos, τό, (akin to μακρός) length, 
i. 5. 9(pl.): ii. 4.12: v. 4. 82. 

μήν confirmative adv. post-pos., 
(μέν) vero, indeed, in truth, surely, 
certainly ; yet, however ; comm. at- 
tached to other particles: ἀλλὰ μήν 
(. . γε) but surely (at least), and cer- 
tainly, yet further, i. 9.18: iii. 2.16: 
ἢ μήν (. . ye) indeed certainly (at least), 
most certainly, positively, assuredly, 
in swearing or strong asseveration, ii. 
3. 208: vi. 1.31: καὶ μήν and indeed, 
and yet, 1.7.5: 111.1.17: οὐ μήν (. . Ye) 





i. 10. 3,13. See γέ. 


not indeed, (at least), yet (certainly) not, 


μήν 87 μισέω 


μήν, μηνός, ὁ, mensis, ὦ MONTH: 
τοῦ μηνός (433f) or κατὰ μῆνα, by the 
month, a month, monthly. The Attic 
months were lunar, beginning with 
the new moon, and consisting alter- 
nately of 29 and 30 days. i.1.10; 3. 
21; 9.17. Der. MENISCUS. 

{μηνο-ειδής, és, (εἶδος) crescent-shaped, 
in the form of a crescent, v. 2. 13? 

μηνύω, dow, μεμήνῦκα, to disclose, 
make known, expose, A., ii. 2. 20. 

μή-ποτε n-unquam, 2-ever, i. 1. 4. 

μή-πω non-dum, not yet, iii. 2. 24. 

μηρός, οὔ, ὁ, the thigh, vii. 4. 4. 

μή-τε ἢ conj., by apostr. μήτ᾽ or 
μήθ᾽, ne-que, and not, nor: mire. . 
μήτε neither .. nor: μήτε... τε ne- 
que. . et, both not. . and, not only not 
εν but also. Μήτε is comm. doubled 
in whole or in part as above, and is 
thus distinguished fr. the conj. μηδέ. 
i. 3.14: ii. 2.8: iii. 1. 80: iv. 4. 6. 

μήτηρ, ἡ μητρός, ἡ, mater, ὦ MOTHER, 
1.1. 88: ii. 4. 27. Der. MATERNAL. 
ξἐμητρό-πολις, ews, ἡ, ᾿ηιοίζιογ-οἰξῳ, 
chief city, METROPOLIS, v. 2.3; 4. 15. 
ἱμηχανάομαι, ἤσομαι, μεμηχάνημαι, 
machinor, to contrive, devise, scheme, 
seek or try by artifice, AE., 1., ἐκ, ii. 
6. 27: iv. 7.10. Der. MACHINATION. 
μηχανή, js, (μῆχος an expedient) 
machina, ὦ contrivance, device, means, 
iv. 5.16. Der. MACHINE, MECHANISM. 

pla, see εἷς, ii. 1. 19. 

[μίγνυμι ἃ μίσγω, uliw, μέμιχα 1., 
misceo, 0 MIX, MINGLE. ] 

Μίδας, ov, Midas, a king of Phrygia, 
who had been a pupil of Orpheus, but 
became proverbial for his folly. Hay- 
ing caught the satyr Silénus by the 
sure trap of a fountain mingled with 
wine, he treated him with such kind- 
ness that he was permitted by Bacchus 
to fix his own reward. He chose the 
power of changing all he touched to 
gold, a fatal gift, from which he was 
relieved by bathing in the Pactdlus, 
whose sands were thenceforth golden. 
Appointed judge between Apollo and 
Pan, he awarded the prize for musical 
skill to the latter ; and the indignant 
god of the lyre punished him for his 
bad taste by changing his ears to those 
of an ass. 1. 2. 13. 

Μιθριδάτης, ov, Mithridates, a par- 
tisan of Cyrus, but one who, after C.’s 
death, dealt treacherously with the 





Greeks; according to vii. 8. 25, satrap 
of Lycaonia and Cappadocia. The 
name seems to mean ὦ gift of or to 
Mithra (the Sun-God, — da, to give), 
and hence to have been common among 
his worshippers. ii.5.35: iii.3.1; 4.2: 
v. l. Μιθραδάτης. 

pixpds,* d, dv, c. μείων or ἐλάττων, 
8. ἐλάχιστος, q. ν., little, small ; weak, 
insignificant ; short (of time or dis- 
tance), brief; 11.4.18 : 11.2.10 : μικρόν 
a little, a short distance, a short space 
only, (hence narrowly, i. 8. 2), ii. 1.6: 
ili.1.11: κατὰ μικρόν or μικρά accord- 
ing to small measure, in or into small 
parts or portions, v. 6. 32: vii. 3. 22: 
μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα small things done 
wrong, small mistakes, trifling errors, 
v. 8. 20. Der. MICRO-scOPE. 
Μιλήσιος, a, ov, Milesian, belong- 
ing to Milétus: subst. Μιλήσιος a 
Milesian man, Muanola a Milesian 
woman, i.1.11; 9.9: 10. 3. 

Μίλητος, ov, ἡ, Milétus, an Ionian 
city with four harbors, situated on the 
northwestern coast of Caria, near the 
mouth of the Meander. It was re- 
markable for the extent of its com- 
merce, the number of its colonies, and 
the arts, wealth, and luxury of its in- 
habitants. It suffered greatly from 
its capture by the Persians, B. c. 494, 
after which it never regained its former 
importance. It is prominent in the 
early history of Greek philosophy as 
the birthplace of Thales, Anaximan- 
der, and Anaximenes. It was also the 
birthplace of the early historians Cad- 
mus and Hecateus, of Aspasia, &c. i. 
1.65; 4.2. || Ruins buried by the 
deposits of the Meander. 

Μιλτοκύϑης, ov, Miltocythes, a Cy- 
rean officer from Thrace, who deserted 
to the king, ii. 2. 7. 

Pipéopar, yoouar, μεμίμημαι, (μῖμος 
@ MIMIC) imitor, to imitate, mimic, 
act as in a play, iii. 1. 36: vi. 1. 9. 

μιμνήσκω," μνήσω, a. P. aS Mm. ἐμνή- 
σθην, to remind: M. to remind one’s 
self, call to mind, make mention of, 
mention, suggest ; pf. pret. μέμνημαι, 
f. pf. μεμνήσομαι, memini, I have been 
reminded, re-MEMBER, mention; G., 
I., cP.; 1. 7. 5: iii. 2. 39: v. 8. 25s. 

μίσέω, jow, μεμίσηκα, (μῖσος hatred) 
to hate, be angry or displeased with, 
A., vi. 2.14. Der. MIS-ANTHROPE. 








ee 
LO SS SES ee ee ery 


—_— 





μισθοδοσία 


ἐμισθο-δοσία, ας, (δίδωμι) the pay- 
ment of wages, li. 5. 22. 
ἐμισθο-δοτέω, How, to pay wages, give 
pay, D., vii. 1. 13. 
ἐμισθο-δότης, ov, (δίδωμι) a paymas- 
ter, employer, D., i. 3. 9. 
μισθός, οὔ, ὁ, wages, pay, hire, re- 
ward, recompense, G.: μισθὸν τῆς ἀσφα- 
λείας pay for the secwrity or preserva- 
tion: 1.1.10: 11.2.20 : 11.8.8: v.6.31. 
ξἐμισϑο-φορά, as, or μισθο-φορία, as, 
(pépw) the receipt of pay, service for 
pay, employment for wages, wages, V. 
6. 23, 358: vi. 1.16; 4. 8. 
jprrBo-ddpos, ov, (φέρω) receiving 
pay,serving for hire,mercenary : subst. 
μισθοφόροι hired soldiers, mercenaries : 
1.4.3: 1v. 3. 4: vil. 8. 15. 
ξἐμισθόω, wow, μεμίσθωκα, to let for 
hire, A.: M. to hire, a.: P. to be hired, 
588, ἐπί: 1.3.1: vi. 4.13: vii. 7. 34. 
μνᾶ," ἂς, a MINA =100 drachma, or 
of a talent; as a weight, at Athens, 
=about 15.2 oz.; as a sum of money, 
= about $20; i. 4.13: v. 8.1. 


μνήμη, 7s, (μιμνήσκω) remembrance, 
memory, Vi. 5.24. [μνήμων mindful. | 
jpvynpovedte, εύσω, ἐμνημόνευκα, to call 
to mind, recall, recount, reflect or dwell 
upon, G., iv. 3. 2. 
ξἐμνημονικός, ἡ, dv, s., having a good 
memory, vii. 6. 38. Der. MNEMONICS. 
μνησθῶ, see μιμνήσκω, vi. 4. 11. 
ψμμνησι-κακέω, How, (κακός) to remem- 
beran injury, cherish resentment or bear 
ill-will towards a person for anything, 
D. G., li. 4. 1. 
μόλις & earlier μόγις, (μῶλος & μόγος, 
toil, cf. Lat. mdles) with toil or diff- 
culty, hardly, scarcely, iii. 4. 48. 
ἐμολυβδίς or μολιβδίς, fds, ἡ, a 
leaden ball or bullet, iii. 3. 17. 
μόλυβδος or μόλιβδος, ov, ὁ, plum- 
bum, lead, iii. 4. 17. 
μόλω, see βλώσκω, vii. 1. 33. 
pov-apxla, as, (μόνος, dpyw) sole 
command, MONARCHY, vi. 1. 31. 
povax 4 or -χῇ adv., (μόνος) by one 
way only, singly, only: ἧπερ μοναχῆ 
by which way only, iv. 4. 18. 
μονή, js, ἡ, (μένω) mansio, a stay, 
staying, remaining, v. 1.5; 6. 22, 27. 
Ἱμονο-ειδής, ἐς, (εἶδος) wni-form, reg- 
ular, v. 2.13? 
tpovd-Evdos, ov, (ξύλον) made of a 
ie ot cama trom @ single trunk, 
v. 4.11 





88 Μυσός 


μόνος, η, ον, (μένω ἴ) remaining or 
left alone, alone, only, sole : μόνον adv., 
only, solely, alone: 1.4.15: ii.5.14,20. 
Der. MONO-, MON-, MONK, MONAD. 

μόσσυν or μόσῦν, ivos, d. pl. μοσ- 
σύνοις, 225f, ὁ, (a foreign word) a 
wooden tower, v. 4. 26. 

j Moo[c]ivoixor, wy, ol, (olkéw) the 
[Tower-dwellers] Mos{s}yneci, a rude, 
piratical people on the southern coast 
of the Euxine, with singular customs, 
v. 4. 2, 15, 27, 30. 

μόσχειος, ov, (μόσχος calf) of a calf: 
κρέα μόσχεια veal, iv. 5. 31; 

μοχθέω, How, (μόχθος, akin to μόγος, 
toil) to toil, labor, undergo toil or hard- 
ship, AE., περί, vi. 6. 31. 

poxAds, οὔ, ὁ, a bar, bolt, for fasten- 
in tes, &c., vii. 1. 12, 15. 

υγδόνιοι v. 2. for Μαρδόνιοι, iv. 3.4. 

pito* or ἀ-μύζω, (356p; μύω to 
close the mouth) to suck, iv. 5. 27. 

Μυρίανδος or Μυρί-ανδρος, ov, ἡ, 
Myriandus or -drus, a commercial 
town, built by the Pheenicians on the 
Gulf of Issus. i. 4.6. || Between Is- 
candertin and Arsus. 

tpiptds, άδος, ἡ, MYRIAD, the num- 
ber of 10,000, i. 4.5; 7. 10s. 

μύριος, a, ov, 10,000, the greatest 
number expressed in Greek by one 
word (comm. pl., exc. w. a collective 
noun, i. 7.10); sometimes less defi- 
nitely for a very large number; i.1.9; 
2.9: ii. 1.19: iii. 2. 31. 

μύρον, ov, (μύρω to flow 3) a fragrant 
oil or wnguent, precious ointment, iv. 
4. 13. 

tMveta, as, Mysia, a province in the 
northwest of Asia Minor, south of the 
Propontis. The name was applied in 
a narrower sense to the southern in- 
land part of this province. vii. 8. 8. 

ἐμΜύσιος, a, ov, Mysian, i. 2. 10. 

Mics, οὔ, ὁ, a Mysian. The MYsi 
were a rude people in Mysia, supposed 
to have emigrated from Thrace, who 
maintained a species of independence 
in their mountain fastnesses, and were 
troublesome to their neighbors by their 
predatory habits. From their low re- 
pute, Μυσῶν ἔσχατος became prover- 
bial as a term of reproach. i. 6.7; 9. 
14.— 2. Mysus, the proper name of 
a Mysian, who was both useful and 
entertaining to his comrades, v. 2. 29: 
vi. 1. 9. 


Buxds 89 γικάω 


μνχός, οὔ, 6, (μὕω to close) a recess, 
nook, iv. 1. 7. 
μῶρος, a, ov, later μωρός, d, dy, s., 
morus, foolish, silly, stupid, iii. 2. 22. 
j popes or μωρῶς foolishly, stupidly, 
vil. 6. 21. 


N. 


ναί * confirmative adv., ne, certain- 
ly: val & ναὶ μά w. A., certainly by, 
yes by, by, v. 8.6: vi. 6.34: vii. 6. 21. 
ναός," οὔ, contr. νεώς, vew, ὁ, (ναίω 
to dwell) the dwelling of a god (cf. 
edes), a temple, v. 3. 8s, 12s. 
νάπη, 7s, ἡ, & νάπος, cos, τό, (νάω 
to flow 3) a woody vale, dell, glen, hol- 
low, ravine, iv. 5. 15,18: vi. 5. 12s. 
tvav-apxéw, ήσω, to be admiral, com- 
mand the fleet, v. 1.4: vii. 2. 7. 
tvat-apxos, ov, ὁ, (ἄρχω) a naval 
commander, admiral, esp. a Spartan 
high-admiral, 1.4.2: vi-1.16: vii.2.5. 
Γναύ-κληρος, ov, ὁ, (κλῆρος allotment) 
a ship-owner, ship-master, vii. 2. 12. 
Ἱναῦλος, of, ὁ, or ναῦλον, ov, nau- 
lum, passage-money, fare, v. 1. 12. 
Τναυ-πηγήσιμος, ov, (πήγνῦμι) fit for 
ship-building, vi. 4. 4. 
vais, * νεώς, νηΐ, ναῦν, ἡ, (akin to véw 
to swim) navis, a ship, esp. a war- 
vessel, with banks of rowers, i. 4. 2s: 
v. 4.10: vii. 5.12. Der. NAUTILUS, 
NAVY. Cf. πλοῖον, τριήρης. 
ἘΝαυσι-κλείδης, ov, Nausiclides, a 
Spartan envoy who brought money to 
the army, vil. 8.6: v. 7. ᾿Αμευσικλεί- 
dns, dua Εὐκλείδης. 
ψναυσί-πορος, ov, traversed by ships, 
navigable, ii. 2. 3. 
ψναντικός, 7, dv, NAVAL, NAUTICAL, 
i. 3. 12. 
veaviorkos, ov, ὁ, (dim. in form, νέος) 
a young man, sometimes applied even 
up to the age of 40, ii.1.13: iv. 3.10. 
γεῖμαι, see νέμω, vi. 6. 33. 
νεκρός, οὔ, ὁ, a dead body, corpse : 
οἱ νεκροί the dead : ἄνευ πολλῶν νεκρῶν 
without the loss of many lives: iv. 2. 
18, 23: v. 2.9. Der. NECRO-MANCY. 
νέμω," veud, νενέμηκα, a. ἕνειμα, to 
divide, distribute, portion out, award, 
assign, regulate ; to carve; to assign 
or occupy for pasture ; A. D.: νέμεται 
αἰξί it is pastured with goats: M. of 
animals, to be at pasture, to graze : ii. 
2.15: iv. 6.17: vi. 6. 33: vii. 3. 21. 


tved-Saptos, ov, (δέρω to skin) newly 
skinned or stripped: iv. 5. 14. 
νέος, a, ov, C., S., HOVUS, NEW, fresh, 
young, i. 1.1: iv. 1.27; 2.16: v. 4. 
27. See τεῖχος. Der. NEO-PHYTE. 
νεῦμα, aros, τό, (vedw to nod) a nod, 
v. 8. 20 (where we should rather say 
wink). 

tvevpd, ἂς, a string, esp. of a bow, 
bowstring, iv. 2. 28: v. 2. 12. 

νεῦρον, ov, nervus, ὦ string, cord, 
sinew, NERVE, iii. 4. 17. 

νεφέλη, ns, (νέφος niibes, cloud) ne- 
bula, a cloud, mist, i. 8. 8: iii. 4. 8. 
Der. NEBULAR. 

véw,* νευσοῦμαι or νεύσομαι, νένευκα, 
ΠΟ, nato, to swim, iv. 3.12? v. 7. 25. 

véw,* νήσω, to pile up, heap together, 
A., ¥. 4. 27. 

νεω-κόρος, ov, 6,(vews, kopéw to sweep) 
a temple-sweeper, sexton, sacristan, 
keeper of a temple,.v. 3. 6. 

ἔων, wvos, Neon, from Asine in 

Laconia, lieutenant and successor to 
Chirisophus, an ambitious and. con- 
tentious man, v.3.4; 6.36: vi. 4.11. 

Ἱνεώριον, ov, (ὥρα care) a place for 
the care of ships, duck-yard, dock, vii. 
1. 27. 

νεώς, νεῶν, see vais, i. 4. 3. 

vews,* ὦ, see vads, v. 3. 8. 

γεωστί adv., (νέος) newly, recently, 
lately, iv. 1. 12. 

vf * affirmative adv. of swearing, 
truly by, yes by, by, A. (oftenest Ala), 
ΤΟΣ 

νηΐ, νῆες, see ναῦς, i. 4. 2. 

νῆσος, ov, 7, (νέω to swim, as if 
floating land 3) insula, an island, isle, 
ii. 4. 22. Der. PoLy-NESIA. 

tNix-avSpos, ov, Nicander, a Laco- 

nian, who slew the faithless and in- 
triguing Dexippus, v. 1. 15. 

t Nix-apxos, ov, Nicarchus, an Arca- 
dian, who was severely wounded, ii. 
5.33. — 2. An Arcadian lochage, who 
deserted (doubtless a different person 
from the preceding, who could not 
have recovered so quickly), iii. 3. 5. 

Tvixdew, ow, νενίκηκα, to conquer, 
prevail over, overcome, defeat, surpass, 
excel, outdo ; to be victor or victorious 
over, hence in pres., to have conquered, 
612: τὰ πάντα v. to have [conquered 
the whole] gained a complete victory : 
ἐκ τῆς νικώσης [sc. γνώμης or ψήφου 





according to the [prevailing vote] vote 








γίκη 90 


of the majority: A., AE.: 1.2.8; 9.11; 
10. 4: ii. 1.1, 4, 88 : vi. 1.18; 5. 23. 
Der. Nico-Las. eee 
» ns, victory, 1.5.8; 8. 16. 
sak cen ov, Nicomachus, an 
(Etean, a commander of light-armed 
troops, iv. 6. 20. 
νοέω, ἤσω, νενόηκα, (vbos) to perceive, 
observe; to think, devise; A.; lii.4.44: 
v. 6. 28. Der. NOETIC. 
νόθος, 7, ov, illegitimate, natural, 
bastard, ii. 4. 25. 
vont, js, (νέμω) pasture-ground, 
pasturage ; a herd (at pasture): iii. 5. 
2: v. 3. 9. 
tvoplte, iow ιῶ, νενόμικα, to observe 
or regard as a custom (P. to be ob- 
served as a custom, to be customary, 
iv. 2.23): hence, in general, to regard, 
esteem, consider, believe, suppose, think, 
be assured, 2 A., 1.(A.), P., 1.1. 8; 2. 
27; 3. 6,10; 4. 9, 16: vi. 6. 24. 
tvdéptpos, 7, ov, customary, according 
to law, appointed by law, D. 1., iv.6.15. 
νόμος, ov, ὁ, (νέμω) an assignment 
or regulation, custom, rule, law; alaw 
for song, tune, strain ; 1.2.15: iv. 6. 
14: v. 4.17, 33. Der. EcO-NoMy. 
véos,* ov, contr. vots, νοῦ, ὁ, mind, 
intellect, Nous (sportive): ἔχειν ἐν νῷ 
to have in mind, to purpose, intend : 
i. 5.9: 11. 4.2: 1.8.2. See προσέχω. 
ἱνοσέω, tow, νενόσηκα, to be sick or 
diseased, to be in a disordered state, 
vii. 2. 32. 
νόσος, ov, ἡ, sickness, disease, V. 3.3: 
vii. 2. 32. Der. Noso-LOGY. 
véros, ov, ὁ, notus, auster, the south 
wind, v. 7. 7. 
νου-μηνία, as, contr. fr. veo-pyrla, 
(νεός, μήν) the new moon, beginning of 
the month, v. 6. 23, 31. 
νοῦς, vod, νῷ, see νόος, i. 5. 9. 
ww, evow, to pass the night, 
to bivowac, iv. 4.11; 5.11: vi. 4. 27. 
γυκτός, -(, -a, &c., see νύξ, i. 7. 1. 
ψξνυκτο-φύλαξ, axos, ὁ, a night-guard 
or sentinel, watchman; vii.2.18 ; 3.34. 
μνύκτωρ adv., noctu, in or during the 
night, by night, iii.4.35; iv.4.9; 6.12. 
viv, (νέον, neut. of νέος ἢ nunc, 
Germ. nun, Now, at present, often in- 
cluding the near past or future: ὁ viv 
χρόνος (βασιλεύς) the present time (king): 
τὸ νῦν εἶναι for the present, 665 b: 1. 4. 
14; 7.5: iii. 1. 40, 46; 2. 12, 36s; 4. 
46: vi. 6. 13. — Softened it becomes 


Bevodav 


| vty encl., now, then, of inference, or 
sequence in discourse, vii. 2. 26 ? 
jvuv-t (Att. emphatic -t, 252d) just 
now, even now, now certainly, v. 6.32: 
vii. 3. 3. 
γύξ, νυκτός, ἡ, nox, Germ. Nacht, 
NIGHT : (τῆς) νυκτός in the night, by 
night, ii. 2.1; 6.7: (τὴν) νύκτα through 
or during the night, 482 6, iv. 2.1: 
vi. 1.14: διὰ νυκτός throughout the 
night, iv. 6.22: μέσαι νύκτες the mid- 
dle hours of the night, midnight, i.7. 
1: iii. 1. 33. 
γῶτον, ov, the back, v. 4. 32. 


ἘΞ. 


Ξανθι-κλῆς, ἔους, Xanthicles, an 
Achean chosen general to succeed 
Socrates, iii. 1. 47: v. 8.1: vii. 2. 1. 

ἱξενία, as, a bond of hospitality : ἐπὶ 
ξενίᾳ on terms of hospitality or as 
guests: vi. 1.3? 6. 35: vii. 6.3? 

tBevias, ov, Xenias, from Parrhasia 
in Arcadia, the general (in the service 
of Cyrus) of whom mention is earliest 
made, i. 1.2; 2.1; 4.7: v. ἴ. Ἐξεννίας. 

tEevite, low ιῶ, to receive or entertain 
as ὦ guest, A., V. 5. 25: vii. 3.8; 6. 3. 

Ἱξενικός, ἡ, dv, of or relating to for- 
eigners : ξενικόν [sc. στράτευμα or πλῆ: 
Gos] a foreign force, i. 2.1: ii. 5. 22. 

ἱξένιος, a, ov, of or pertaining to hos- 
pitality : Leds ξένιος Zeus the god of 
hospitality or protector of guests: τὰ 
ξένια the gifts or rites of hospitality, 
hospitable or friendly gifts or presents : 
ἐπὶ ξένια to a friendly entertainment, 
as guests: iii. 2.4: iv.8.23s: vii. 6.3? 

Ἱξενόομαι, σομαι, to become a guest, 
D., παρά, vii. 8. 6, 8. 

ξένος, ov, ὁ, hospes, a person related 
by the ties of hospitality, a guest- 
friend, a guest or host, G. or D.: a for- 
eigner, foreign soldier, mercenary (ξέ- 
νοι foreign or hired troops, &c.): 1. 1. 
10s; 3.3: ii. 4.15 ‘ae 1. δ rs 

Elevo-av, Gvros, (contr. fr. Elevo- 
Pi giving light to guest-friends, φάω 
to give light) Xenophon, son of Gryl- 
lus, an Athenian of the tribe Mgéis, 
the demus Erchéa, and the order of 
Knights. There is strong evidence 
that he was not born till about 430 
B.C., though some prefer an earliet 





date. He became early a pupil of 


Ἐενοφῶν 91 


Socrates through the invitation of the 
sage, who was won by the attractive 
appearance of the youth; and also 
received instruction in oratory from 
Isocrates. He joined the Cyrean ex- 
pedition, which was then professedly 
against the Pisidians, not as one of 
the army, but simply as the friend of 
Proxenus, and by the special request 
of Cyrus. After the treacherous seiz- 
ure of the generals, he roused the 
Greeks from their dejection; and 
having been chosen successor to Prox- 
enus, was the leading spirit of the 
famous retreat, though the nominal 
precedence belonged to Chirisophus 
as a Spartan, and an older man and 
general. When the Cyreans enlisted 
under the standard of Thibron, Xeno- 
phon appears to have returned to 
Athens ; but not long after to have 
rejoined his old comrades in aiding 
the Spartans against the Persians. 
As a friend of Sparta and enemy of 
Persia, Xenophon was sentenced to 
exile from Athens, probably about the 
time when Athens took a position 
friendly to Persia and hostile to Spar- 
ta, B. 6. 395. 

On the recall of the Spartan king 
Agesilaus, the next year, to defend 
his native city, Xenophon returned 
with him; and thus was present at 
the battle of Coronéa, though it is 
not probable that he took part in it. 
He now withdrew from military and 
political life, making no attempt to 
obtain revenge for his banishment, 
but settling for a quiet, rural, literary, 
and, through his charge of a temple, 
sacred life, under Lacedemonian pro- 
tection, at Scillus in Triphylian Elis. 
At the same time, his vicinity to 
Olympia gave him signal advantages 
for renewing or forming acquaintance 
with persons from the whole Greek 
world. He was followed from Asia 
Minor by a wife, Philesia (perhaps a 
second wife, the first having died be- 
fore the Cyrean expedition), and two 
sons, Gryllus and Diodorus. The lat- 
ter received a military training at 
Sparta, and when Sparta and Athens 
were united against Thebes, so that 
there could be no conflict between 
regard for his native and for his pa- 
tron city, were sent by Xenophon to 





ἘΞέρξης 


serve in the Athenian army. In the 
battle of Mantinéa, B. c. 362, Gryllus 
fell fighting most bravely, and accord- 
ing to some having slain the Theban 
commander Epaminondas. Xenophon 
resided at Scillus more than 20 years ; 
but was forced to leave this delightful 
retreat, when the Eleans took posses- 
sion of it, after the battle of Leuctra 
(B. c. 371). He retired to Lepreum 
and afterwards to Corinth, which 
seems from this time to have been his 
chief residence, and where he is stated 
to have died, well advanced in age 
(probably a few years after 357 B. c.). 
As his sentence of banishment was 
repealed, upon the motion, it is said, 
of its very proposer, Eubiilus, he may 
have spent a part of his old age in his 
native Athens. 

Besides his longer works, the Anab- 
asis, Cyropedia, Hellenica, and Me- 
moirs of Socrates, he wrote several 
shorter essays, or sketches. The Anab- 
asis appears to have been based upon 
a journal kept by him during the Ex- 
pedition, and to have been mainly 
completed for his own use and that 
of his friends soon after his return ; 
but not to have received its last 
touches till after his establishment at 
Scillus. Its publication seems, how- 
ever, to have been preceded by an 
abstract of it, or a work based upon 
it, put forth, doubtless with Xeno- 
phon’s consent, by Themistogenes, a 
Syracusan. The character of Xeno- 
phon was marked by energy, courage, 
sagacity, a keen sense of honor, at- 
tachment to friends, uprightness, and 
piety. i.8.15: ii.5.37: ili. 1. 48, 47. 

ἘΞέρξης, ov, (Pers. kshérshé, king ; 
Hat. translates by ἀρήϊος warrior, 6. 
98) Xerxes 1., king of Persia B. c. 486 
— 465, the son of Darius 1. and Atos- 
sa, a daughter of Cyrus. Darius had 
older sons born before his accession to 
the throne; but, through the influ- 
ence of Atossa, appointed Xerxes his 
successor, as the first-born of Darius 
the king. The reign of Xerxes was 
most noted for his invasion of Greece 
in pursuance of his father’s plans, 
with a countless host, for his bridging 
the Hellespont and cutting off Mt. 
Athos, for the checks at Thermopyle 
and Artemisium, and the signal defeats 





ξεστός 92 ὅδε 


of Salamis, Plate, and Mycale. The 
disasters, follies, and vices of his reign 
terminated in his assassination by two 
of his chief officers, the crown descend- 
ing to his son Artaxerxes I. 1. 2. 9: 
ili. 2.13. See Δαρεῖος. 
Ἱξεστός, ἡ, dv, smoothed, polished, 
wrought, iii. 4. 10. 
[ξέω or ξύω to scrape, shave, polish. | 
TEnpatve, ava, to dry, A., il. 3. 15. 
ξηρός, ά, dv, dry, SERE, iv. 5. 33. 
ξίφος, eos, τό, (ξέω ἢ) a sword, esp. 
a large, straight, pointed, and double- 
edged sword. This was comm. car- 
ried by the Greeks in a sheath on the 
left side, by a belt from the right 
shoulder. ii. 2.9. Cf. μάχαιρα. 
ξόανον, ov, (ξέω) an image or statue, 
esp. one carved of wood, v. 3. 12. 
Evy- older for ovy-, see ξύν. 
ξυήλη, ns, (Edw, see Ew) a curved 
Spartan dagger, iv. 7.16: 8. 25. 
TEvAl{opar, ἔσομαι 1., to yather or col- 
lect wood, ii. 4. 11. 
ἐξύλινος, 7, ov, of wood, wooden, i. 8.9. 
ξύλον, ov, (Edw, see Eéw) a stick or 
log of wood, pole, i.10.12: comm. pl., 
wood, fuel, trees, i. 5.12: 11.1.6; 2.16: 
iv.5.5: vi.4.4s. Der. XYLO-GRAPHY. 
ξύν * (in compos. also ξυ-, Evy-, ξυλ-, 
ξυμ-, Evp-, Evo-) an older form for σύν 
cum, with, 1]. 3.19; 5.2. For all 
words in which it is found, see σύν and 
its compounds. Some editors now 
exclude it from the Anab., even in 
passages where it appears in the best 
mss. 


O. 


ὅ which, ὅ τι whatever, see ὅς, ὅστις, 
i. 3.17, 19. — 6- prefixed to an indefi- 
nite or interrogative beginning with 7, 
makes an indefinite relative. 

ὃ, ἡ, τό," the definite or prepositive 
article, the (often not translated, 520 8); 
also as a demonstrative or personal 
pron. (after καί, taking the orthotone 
forms ὅς, ἥ, ot, αἵ, “τὸ ἢ), that, this, he, 
she, it; 2498, 518s: i.1.1s; 8.16s: 
ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ this (on the one hand, in- 
deed) . . (on the other hand, but, and) 
that, the one. . the other, one. . an- 
other, &c., οἱ μὲν... οἱ δέ these . . those, 
some .. others, the one party .. the 
other party, &c., i. 1.7; 10. 4: iii. 4. 
16: vii. 2. 2 (so w. tis, 530 b, iv. 3. 33): 


ef. 1.9.6: ὁ μὲν... οἱ δέ he (indeed). . 
and the rest, li. 2.53; ef. 3.10, 23s: ὁ 
(ἡ, οἱ, ai) δέ but or and he (she, they) 
comm. w. a change of subject, 518 e, 
1.1. 85,9; 2.2, 16s: iv. 5.10: τὰ μὲν 

. Ta δέ, [as to some things. . as to 
others] partly . . partly, now . . now, 
iv.1.14: τῇ μὲν [sc. χώρᾳ or ὁδῷ]... τῇ 
δέ in this place. . in that place, here. . 
there, in one view or respect . . in an- 
other view or respect, iii. 1. 12? iv. 8. 
10. The art. is sometimes doubled, 
and sometimes omitted where it would 
be regularly used, 523 a, j, 5335, i.4.4. 
It is often used w. an ellipsis of its 
subject (which also explains its pro- 
nominal use), 5278: of παρά (σύν, ἐξ, 
μετά, &c.), the men or those from (with, 
&c.), οἱ ἐκείνου his men, i. 1.5; 2. 15, 
18: οἱ τότε [the then men] those then 
living, οἱ ἔνδον (ἔξω) those within (with- 
out), 526, ii. 5. 11, 32: τὰ Κύρου the 
[affairs] relation of Cyrus, τὰ παρὰ Ba- 
σιλέως the messages or communications 
From the king, τὰ περὶ ἸΙροξένου the fate 
of Proxenus, 1. 3.9: 11. 3.43; 5. 37: 
eis τὸ πρόσθεν [to the region before] 
forward, i. 10. 5: τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ [as to 
that depending upon him] so far as 
depended upon him, vi. 6. 23. It is 
thus used in forming many adverbial 
phrases, 529: τὸ πρῶτον at first, τὸ 
πρόσθεν before, i. 10.10. A noun, or 
a relative and verb, are often used in 
translating an art. and part., 678a: 
οἱ φεύγοντες (ἐκπεπτωκότες) the exiles, 
ὁ ἡγησόμενος who will guide, 1.1. 7 : ii. 
4.5: τὸν βουλόμενον [him that] any 
one that wished, i. 3.9. It often im- 
plies a possessive, genitive, or distrib- 
utive pronoun, 5306, 522 Ὁ : πρὸς τὸν 
ἀδελφόν to [the] his brother, τῷ στρα- 
τιώτῃ to each soldier, 1. 1. 8; ὃ. 21; 
cf. 8. 3. 

[ὀβελός)] ἃ dim. ὀβελίσκος, ov, ὁ, 
(βέλος) a spit, vii. 8.14. Der. OBELISK. 

[ὀβολός, οὔ, ὁ, (supposed to have 
been so named from its shape or stamp) 
obolus, an obol, = ᾧ drachma, or about 
34 cents, i. 5. 6. 

t éySoqxovra indecl., octoginta, eighty, 
iv. 8. 15. 

ὄγδοος, 7, ov, (ὀκτώ) octavus, eighth, 
iv. 6. 1. 

ὅ-δε, ἥ-δε, τό-δε," demonstr. pron., 
(ὁ, -e) hic, hic-ce, this, this one, the 
following ; more deictic than οὗτος, 





ὁδεύω 99 οἴομαι 


and often referring to that which fol- 
lows, as οὗτος to that which precedes, 
while both are nearer in reference than 
ἐκεῖνος : τῇδε [se. x, @ or ὁδ yj in this 
place or way, “ere, thus: 3.9%. δ, 
15s; 9.29: 1]. 8.19 ; 5.41: vii. 2.13. 
téSebw, evow, to pursue one's way, 
travel, journey, Vil. 8. 8 ? 
ἰόδοι-πορέω," ow, ὁδοι-πεπόρηκα or 


ὡδοι-πόρηκα, (πόρος) to journey, travel, | 


esp. to proceed by land, v. 1. 14 ὃ 
to80-1rovdw,* ἥσω, ὧδο-ποίηκα or -πε- 
ποίηκα, ipf. ὧδο-ποίουν, to make, pre- 
pare, or repair a road, D., AE., lil, 2. 
24: iv. 8.8: v.1.13s; 3.1. 
ὁδός, οὔ, ἡ, via, iter, a way, path, 
road, highway, route ; a way, method, 
means ; length of the way, distance ; ὦ 
journey, march, expedition ; i. ἃ. 18 ; 
4.11: ii. 6. 22: iv. 3.16: often un- 
derstood w. an adj. or art., 111. 5. 15: 
iv. 2.9. Der. METH-OD, METH-ODIST. 
᾿Οδρύσης, ov, an Odrysian. The 
Odrys were a numerous and power- 
ful people of Thrace, whose special 


seat was about the Hebrus, but who | 


long bore sway from the Aigean to the 
Euxine. Their earlier known kings 


reigned as follows: 1. Teres, about) 


"1. 2.8; 8. 17 (se. ἐκεῖσε) : 11.3. 14, 16; 
5. 26; 
1 3dev-rep from which very place, 
wience indeed, whence, ii. 1. 3. 
οἱ the, see 0. — ot who, see ds. — of 
ithey, see ὁ, vii. 6. 4. — ot enclit., to 
him, see οὗ, i. 1.8. — ot adv., (ὅς) quo, 
whither, 1. 6. 10? 
οἶδα (οἶδ᾽) novi, οἶσθα, see ὁράω. 
οἴει 2 sing. of οἴομαι, i. 7. 9. 
| totka-Se (-de, 2251) to one’s home, for 
home, home-ward, home : ἡ οἴκαδε 054s 
the way home: 1.2.2; 7.4: iil. 2.24s. 
| Τοἰκεῖος, a, ov, s., familiaris, belong- 
\ing to the house or family, domestic, 
akin, familiar, intimate: οἱ οἰκεῖοι the 
members of a family, household, kin- 
| dred, friends, relatives : D., G.: 11.6. 28 : 
111. 2. 26, 39; 3. 4. 
tolkelws in a familiar or friendly 
way, familiarly, kindly, vii. 5. 16. 
toixérns, ov, a member of a family ; 
a domestic, servant ; ti. 3.15: iv. 5.35. 
tolixéw, yow, ᾧκηκα, to inhabit, occu- 
py, dwell or live (in), A., ὑπέρ, ἀνά, ἐν, 
éml, παρά, &c., 1.1.9; 2.6; 4. 6,11: 
i. 2 23; 6.16: vid. 13, 
fotknpa, aros, τό, a dwelling, vii. 4. 
15. 








500 B. C.; 2. his son Sitalcas, who in-| folkynors, ews, 7, a residence, Vii. 2.38. 
vaded Macedonia with an army οἵ τοἰκία, as, a house, dwelling, ii. 2. 16. 
150,000; and 3., was succeeded, B. c.| Τοἰκίζω, low 10, ᾧκικα 1., to build a 
424, by his nephew, Seuthes 1., whose house or city ; to colonize or people a 
yearly revenue reached 400 talents, | place ; ¢o settle or establish in a resi- 
besides a larger amount in presents ;| dence ; A.; v. 3. 7; 6.17: vi.4.14; 6.3. 
4, Medocus (already reigning, B. 0.| Τοἰκο-δομέω, jow, κοδόμηκα, (δέμω 
405) and Mesades, prob. sons of Seu-| ἐο build) to build, construct, erect, a 
thes. With this division of the sov-| house, wall, tower, &c., A., 1. 2. 9. 
ereignty was connected a decline of| totko@ev adv., from home, iil. 1. 4. 
the power of the Odryse. Musades| οἴκοι adv., at home, im ones own 
was soon driven from his kingdom, | country: οἱ οἴκοι those at home, one’s 
and died, leaving to his son, Seuthes' family or countrymen: τὰ οἴκοι things 
1. (the prince whom the Cyreans as- at home: 1.1.10; 2.1; 7.4: v.6. 20. 
sisted), only an empty title. vii.2.32;| totxo-vdpos, ov, 0, (νέμω) a steward, 
7.11. As adj., Odrysian, vii. 7.2.— | manager, ECONOMIST, 1.9.19. 
2. Acc. to some, Odryses, from whom, οἶκος, ov, ὁ, (akin to Lat. vicus, 
the Odryse took their name, father | Eng. -wick, -wich, 139) a house, home, 
of Teres, vii. 5. 1. ii. 4. 8. 
᾿Οδυσσεύς, ws, Ulysses, king οἵ οἰκτείρω," ερῶ, (οἶκτος pity, fr. of oh) 
Ithaca, one of the most famous of the ἐο pity, commuiserate, A., 1.4.7: 111,1.19. 
besiegers of Troy, especially renowned | οἶμαι methinks, see οἴομαι, i. 3. 6. 
for prudence, skill, firmness,eloquence, | οἶνος, ov, ὁ, vinum, WINE, I4I, 1. 2. 
and cunning, and for his ten years’|13; 5.10: iv. 4.9; 5. 26. 
wanderings in returning home, v. 1. 2. μοἰνο-χόος, ov, ὁ, (xéw to pour) a 
ὅθεν adv., (8s) unde, from which or} wine-pourer, cup-bearer, iv. 4. 21. 
what place, whence, from which or| οἴομαι * (nude 1 sing. οἶμαι, ipf. 
whence, from what source or quarter, | guny, more comm., esp. when the verb 








οἷος 94 


is parenthetic; 2 5. οἴει), οἱήσομαι, 
ᾧημαι, ἃ. p. ψήθην, to think, suppose, 
believe, expect ; sometimes used not 
from doubt, but for modesty or irony ; 
I. (A.); 1.3.6; 7. 4, 9,14: iii. 1. 15, 
17, 29 (parenthetic, methinks), 35. 
οἷος, * a,ov,rel. pron.of quality, some- 
times complem., (ὅς) qualis, of which or 
what kind,sort,or nature; such as,what 
kind of, what (in quality), how great ; 
= ὅτι τοιοῦτος that such, 558: i. 3.13; 
7.4: ii. 3.15; 6.8: [such as to] swit- 
able, proper, 1., 556¢, ii. 8.13: οἷον 
χἀλεπώτατον such as is most difficult, 
of the most difficult kind, 556, iv. 8. 
2: οἷον adv., as, as for instance, as 
if, iv. 1.14: vii. 3. 32: οἷός τε [such 
as to] competent, able, possible, (w. ἐστί 
often understood) 1., i. 3.17: ii. 4. 6, 
24: v. 4.9; ws οἷόν re μάλιστα πε- 
φυλαγμένως [so as is possible, most 
guardedly] as guardedly as possible, 
li. 4. 24. 
jolos-ep, ἅπερ, ovrep, also written 
separately, = olos strengthened, just 
such as, such indeed as, just such a 
one as, just as, &c.; i. 3.18; 8. 18. 

οἵ-περ, see ὅσ-περ, iii. 2. 10. 

ols, * olds, ἡ ὁ, ovis, a sheep, iv. 5. 25. 

οἶσθα, see dpdw, ii. 3. 21. 

téierds, contr. οἰστός, οὔ, ὁ, an ar- 
row, ii. 1. 6. 

οἴσω, f. of φέρω, ii. 1. 17. 

Oiraios, ov, an @tean, a man from 
the region of Mt. (ta (now Katavé- 
thra, 7071 feet high), in the south of 
Thessaly, iv. 6. 20. 

ot-tives, see doris, i. 3. 18. 

οἴχομαι," οἰχήσομαι, ζχημαι pf. a. 
οἴχωκα or ᾧχωκα, to go, depart ; hence, 
to disappear, perish: pres. as pf., I 
have gone or departed, I am gone or 
absent, opposed to ἥκω I am come, 
612; and ipf. as both plp. and aor.: 
i. 4.8; 10.16: iv. 5. 24,35: ὁπόθεν 
οἴχοιτο [whencesoever he was gone 
where he was missing, iii. 1. 32. The 
part. of a verb of motion is often used 
with οἴχομαι as a stronger form of ex- 
pression for the simple verb, 679d: 
as ᾧχετο ἀπελαύνων he [departed rid- 
ing off] rode off, ᾧχετο πλέων he sailed 
away, li. 4.24; 6.3: οἵ, iii. 8. δ. 

οἰωνός, οὔ, ὁ, (οἷος alone) a bird that 
flies alone, as an eagle, vulture, &c., 
esp. observed for auguries; hence, an 


᾿Ολύνθιος 


ὀκέλλω," a. ὥκειλα, (κέλλω to impel) 
᾿- a vessel, to run aground, strike, vii. 
ὀκλάζω, dow, (κλάω to break, bend) 
to bend the knee, sink on bended knee, 
kneel or crouch down, vi. 1. 10. 
téxvéw, how, to hesitate, be reluctant 
or apprehensive, fear, 1., μή, i. 3.17: 
ii. 3.9; 4. 22. 
téxvnpas adv., (ὀκνηρός reluctant) re- 
luctantly, vii. 1. 7. 
ὄκνος, ov, ὁ, reluctance, hesitation, 
backwardness, iv. 4. 11. 
Τόκτακισ-χίλιοι, ai, a, eight thou- 
sand, v. 3.3; 5. 4. 
Τὀκτακόσιοι, ar, a, (ἑκατόν) octin- 
genti, eight hundred, i. 2. 9. 
ὀκτώ indecl., octo, Germ. acht, 
EIGHT, i. 2.6; 8.27. Der. ocTAVE. 
φξὀκτω-καί-δεκα (or ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα) 
indecl., octé-decim, eighteen, iii. 4. 5. 
ὄλεθρος, ov, ὁ, (δλλῦμι to destroy) de- 
struction, loss, i. 2. 26. 
ὀλίγος, 7, ov, 6. ἐλάσσων & μείων, 
8. ὀλίγιστος, small, little ; of time or 
distance, short; pl. few, a few: ὀλίγον 
adv., little, a little: ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγων few 
deep, xat ὀλίγους [by few] in small 
parties: see ἐπί, κατά, παρά : i. 5. 2? 
14: iii. 3.9: iv. 8.11: v. 8. 12 (ὀλί- 
yas, sc. πλήγας, too few blows) : vii. 2. 
20; 6. 29. Der. oLIG-arcuy. 
ὀλισθάνω," ὀλισθήσω]., ὠλίσθηκα 1., 
2 ἃ. ὥλισθον, to slip, slide, iii. 5. 11. 
φὀλισθηρός, ά, dv, slippery, iv. 3. 6. 
ὁλκάς, άδος, ἡ, (ξλκω) a vessel which 
is towed; hence, a ship of burden, 
merchantman, i. 4.6. Der. HULK. 
todol-rpoxos, ov, ὁ, (τροχός wheel, 
fr. τρέχω) a stone making an entire 
wheel, a round stone, iv. 2. 3. 
Todo-Kavréw, tow, (καίω) to burn 
whole, offer a HOLOCAUST, A., Vii. 8. 4s. 
ὅλος, ἡ, ov, totus, WHOLE, entire, 
all, i. 2.17: ii. 3.16: iii. 3.11: iv. 8. 


7111. Der. caTH-oxtc. 


᾿Ολυμπία, as, Olympia, a consecrat- 
ed spot on the north bank of the river 
Alphéus, near Pisa in Elis, noted for 
its temple of Jupiter Olympius, and 
the quadrennial celebration (about 
midsummer) of the great Olympic 
games, on which the Greek system of 
chronology was based. v. 8. 7, 11. 
| The vale of Andilalo. 

᾿Ολύνθιος, ov, an Olynthian, a man 





augury,omen, presage, token, α., iii. 2.9. 


of Olynthus ( Odvr@os), a flourishing 


ὁμαλής 95 


and powerful city on the northern 
coast of the Agean, at the head of 
the Toronaic Gulf, a Chalcidizn col- 
ony. Some of the most familiar ora- 
tions of Demosthenes were delivered 
for the preservation of this city from 
the machinations of Philip of Mace- 
don, but in vain. It was destroyed 
B. Ο. 347. i. 2. 6. || Aio Mamas. : 

ὁμαλής, és, & ὁμαλός, 4, dv, (ὁμός) 
even, level, smooth ; sometimes w. xw- 
ριον ground, or ὁδός way, understood ; 
i. 5.1: iv. 6.12. Der. AN-OMALOUS. 

ἐὁμαλῶς evenly, in an even line, unt- 
formly, i. 8.14. 

Sp-npos, ov, ὁ, (ὁμοῦ, dp-) one who 
joins together, a surety, hostage, 1. 
fut. as gen., iii. 2.24: vil. 4. 12s, 24. 

ὁμϊλέω, jow, ὡμίληκα, (ὅμῖλος a 
crowd, assembly) to associate or be in- 
timate with, D., etn Der. ie oa 

ὁμίχλη, ns, ὦ mist, fog, iv. 2. 7. 

ft ὥρθς τό, (ὀπ-, see opdw) a look, 
eye, vii. 7. 46. ἡ : 

ὄμνυμι " & ὀμνύω, ὀμοῦμαι, ὀμώμοκα, 
a. ὥμοσα, to swear, take an oath; to 
swear by, 472; A. D., 1. (A.), ΔΕ.» 
ἐπί: ii. 2.88: iii.2.4: νἱ. 1.81; 6.17. 
téporos, a, ov, like, alike, similar, 
the same kind of ; in like condition or 
on an equality with ; Ὁ. G. (1ν.1.17 ἢ: 
at Sparta, οἱ ὅμοιοι the peers, those who 
had the full rights of citizenship, iv. 
6.14: ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ in a like position, 
on equal ground, iv.6.18: ὅμοιοι ἦσαν 
θαυμάζειν or θαυμάζοντες (or -ovow 
they seemed to be wondering, 657), 111. 
5.13: ὁμοίοις καί 705c, v.4.21: ὅμοια 
ἅπερ [things like to those which] the 
same kind of things which, or just as, 
v. 4.34. Der. HOM@O-PATHY. 
topolws in like or the same manner, 
alike, i. 3.12: vi. 5.31 (6. ὥσπερ) : 
“pope Aoybe, fou, ὡμολόγηκα, (λέγω) 

t Ww, ὡμολόγηκα, ω 
ἴο ματα τε rpc with another, 
to agree, agree upon, acknowledge, con- 
fess ; to consent, promise ; A., I. (A.); 
2. 6. 7a; 9: 1. 64: _ Ki oe 

ὃ ws adv., (fr. pt. of pre- 
ΚΣ νάψά νομοῦ y: 6. ἐκ πάντων [con- 
feasedly by all] by the acknowledgment, 
admission, or consent of all, ii. 6. 1. 


ὁπηνίκα 


[ὁμός, ἡ, dv, Ep., one and the same, 
Der. HOMO- in compounds. 

ὀμόσαι, -σας, see ὄμνῦμι, ii. 3. 27. 
Spore (0116s) to the same place with the 
enemy, or to meet them; to the charge, 
to close quarters ; iii. 4. 4: v. 4. 26. 
ὁμο-τράπεζος, ov, (ouds, τράπεζα) sit- 
ting at the same table: masc. subst., a 
table-companion, partaker at the same 
table ; among the Persians, a courtier 
who was specially honored by admis- 
sion to the prince’s table: D.: i. 8. 25: 
iii. 2. 4. So συν-τράπεζος, i. 9. 31. 
ὁμοῦ adv., (duds) in the same place ; 
together,in wnion or combination; at the 
meeting of arms, in collision; at the 
same time; i. 10.8: iv. 2.22; 6. 24 
(D. or G. 450, 445¢): v.2.14: vil.1.28. 
ὀμφαλός, οὔ, ὁ, umbilicus, the navel, 
iv. 5. 2. 

ὅ adv., (ὁμός) at the same time, 
cies nevertheless, notwithstanding, 
yet, still; often w. a conj., as δέ, ἀλλά, 
&e.; 1.8.21; 8.13, 23: 11.2.17; 4.23. 
ὅν, see εἰμί. ---- ὅν whom, see ὅς. 
ὄναρ," τό, ὄνειρος, ὁ, or ὄνειρον, τό, 
g. ὀνείρου or ὀνείρατος, pl. ὀνείρατα or 
ὄνειρα, adream, night-vision, iii. 1.118: 
iv. 3. 8, 18. Der. ONEIRO-MANCY. 
ὀνίνημι," ὀνήσω, a. ὥνησα, a. p. ὠνή- 
θην, to benefit, do one α service, 2 Α., 
iii. 1. 38? v. 5.2; 6. 20. 

ὄνομα, aros, τό, (γνο- in γιγνώσκω) 
Lat. nomen (fr. nosco), what one is 
known by ; ὦ NAME; ré-NOWN, repu- 


) | tation; i. 2.23; 4.11; 5.4: ii. 6.17. 


Der. AN-ONYMOUS. [vii. 4. 15. 
μόνομαστί adv., by name, vi. 5. 24: 
ὄνος, ov, ὁ ἡ, asinus, an ass; ὄνος 
ἄγριος onager, the wild ass: 5. ahéris 
a grinding-jack, a mitl-stone, esp. the 
upper one: i. 5. 2,5: ii. 1.65 2. 20. 
ντος, -t, -a, -ες, &c., see εἰμέ, i. 1. 
11. Der. ONTO-LOGY. 
t&Eos, eos, τό, Fr. vin-aigre, sows 
wine, vinegar, ii. 3. 14. 
ὀξύς, εἴα, ύ, sharp, acid, sour, Υ. 4. 
29. Der. —. a 
ὅ 866 ὅσ-περ, 111. 2. 29. 
bane: ὅ-πῃ adv., wherever, where ; 
by or in whatever or what way, how, 
as; in whatever or what direction, 
whither (soever); 1.3.6; 4.8: 11.1.19: 


topo-phrpros, a, ov, (μήτηρ) born of|\iv. 2.12, 24: vi. 1. 21. 


the same mother, iii. 1. 17. 
topo-marpios, a, ον, (πατήρ) by the 


ὁὃ-πηνίκα adv., (πηνίκα; at what 
point of time?), at whatever point of 





same father, iil. 1. 17. 


time, G., iii. 5. 18? 





ὄπισθεν 96 


ὄπισθεν adv., (akin to ἕπομαι) from 

behind, behind, in the rear: ἐκ τοῦ 
ὄπισθεν from behind, eis τοὔπισθεν back- 
wards : oi ὄπισθεν those behind or in 
the rear, the rear: τὰ ὄπισθεν the rear: 
G.: 1.7.9; 10. 6,9: iii. 3.10; 4.40: 
iv. 1.6; 2. 25s. 

ἐὀπισθο-φυλακέω, jow, to form the 
rear-guard ; to guard, cover, bring up, 
or command the rear ; ii. 3. 10. 

témeGo-gudaxia, as, the charge of 
the rear, iv. 6. 19. 

ςὀπισθο-φύλαξ, axos, ὁ ἡ, guarding 
the rear, of the rear-guard : οἱ ὀπισθο- 
φύλακες subst., the rear-guard : iii. 3. 
7: iv. 1. 6,17; 8.27; 5.16; 7. 8. 

ὀπίσω adv., (akin to ἕπομαι) behind, 

vi. 1. 8. 

tomAl{w, low 18, ὥπλικα ]., to arm, 
equip, A.: M. to arm one’s self: i. 8.6: 
11. 2.14; 6. 25: iv. 3. 31. 

7 a ews, ἡ, warlike equipment, 
li. 5. 17. 

towAtrevw, εύσω, ὡπλίτευκα, to serve 
as α hoplite, v. 8. 5. 

tomdtrys, ov, a heavy-armed foot-sol- 
dier, man-at-arms, hoplite. The ὁπλῖ- 
Ta, encased in metal and well trained 
in the use of arms, were the chief 
dependence of a Greek army, and 


place to which; i.9.13? ii. 4.195: 
iii. 5. 13, 17. 

t6-motos, a, ov, of whatever or what 
kind or nature, whatsoever, whatever 
or what (in quality); what kind or 
sort of; such as; ii. 2.2; 6.4: iii, 
1.13: v. 2.3; 5.15; 6. 28 (550d). 

[ὅ-πος an old rel. indef. pron., re- 
maining in ὅπου, ὅπη, &e.] 

[δ-πόσος, ἡ, ov, how much or great 
(soever), as much or large as: ὁπόσον, 
sc. χωρίον, as far as: iii. 2.21; 3.10: 
iv. 4.17: pl. how many (soever), what- 
ever (in number), as many as, often 
preceded by the pl. of πᾶς, φτοῦ, i. 1. 
6; 2.1; 8. 27; v. 8. 10. 

ἐδὁπότ-αν or ὁπότ᾽ dv, = ὁπότε ἄν, 
w. the subj., 619b, ii. 3.27: v. 7. 75. 

}0-mwére whenever, when ; at whatever 
time, as soon as; at atime when, 550b; 
since : ἣν ὁπότε [there was when] some- 
times : ὁπότε γε at least when, if in- 
deed, since: i. 2.7; 6.7: iii. 2.2,15s, 
36: iv. 2. 27: vii. 6. 11. 

}6-mérepos, a, ov, whichsoever or 
which, of two persons, parties, courses, 
&c., ili. 1. 21, 42; 4. 42; vii. 7. 18. 

{ὅ-που wherever, where, to or in a 
place where : ὅπου μή [where not] ex- 
cept where : οὐκ ἣν ὅπου there was no 


were among the best soldiers the| place where: i.3.6; 5.83: ili. 2.9,34: 


world has ever known. They carried 
a helmet, cuirass, shield, greaves, 
spear, and sword. i.1.2; 2. 3, 9. 
ἐδπλιτικός, ἡ, dv, relating to or con- 
sisting of hoplites: ὁπλιτικόν, sc. στρά- 
τευμα, heavy-armed force, heavy in- 


iv. 5. 30s; 8. 26: vi. 3. 28. 

ὀπτάω, how, ὥπτηκα, (akin to ἔψω) 
to bake, roast, A., v. 4. 29. 

ξὀπτός, 4, dv, (shortened for ὀπτητός) 
baked, burnt, as brick, ii. 4. 12. 
ὅ-πως " adv., in whatever or what 


Santry, hoplites, iv. 8.18: vii. 6. 26. 

témwho-paxla, as, (μάχομαι) the use 
of heavy arms, the art of fighting with 
them ; infantry-practice ; ii. 1. 7. 

ὅπλον, ov, an implement, esp. of war : 

pl. arms, esp. heavy arms; armor ; 
the arms as stacked or deposited in 
an encampment (comm. in front of the 
men’s quarters), the place of arms, or, 
in general, the camp : τὰ ὅπλα by me- 
tonymy for ol ὁπλίται the men at arms: 
€v (rots) ὅπλοις in or under arms, armed : 
i. 2.2: ii. 2.4, 20; 4.15: iii. 1.3, 33; 
2. 28, 36; 3.7. Der. PAN-opLY. 

to-wébev whencesoever, whence ; (el- 
liptically, 551f) anywhere whence, 
any place or sowrce from which ; iii. 
1. 32; 5.3: v. 2. 2. 

t8-wow whithersoever, whither, wher- 
ever, where ; (elliptically, 551 f) any 


way, how, as ; conj., in order that, so 
that, that ; i.1.4,6; 6.11; 8.13: vi. 
5.30: οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως [there is not how] 
it cannot be that, ii. 4.3: ὅπως ἔσεσθε 
[sc. ὁρᾶτε] see that you be, 626, i.7.3: 
οὐχ ὅπως not only not, 717 g, vii. 7. 8. 
opdw,* ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα or ἑόῥᾶκα, 
ipf. ἑώρων, 2 ἃ. εἶδον (ἴδω, -οιμι, -é, 
~civ, -ὧν), a. p. ὥφθην, to see (includ- 
ing both sensation and perception, real 
or imaginary, and even mere mental 
discernment, while βλέπω is rather to 
look, of the outward sense, θεάομαι to 
gaze upon a spectacle, and σκοπέω to 
look as a watchman or searcher), to be- 
hold, discern, perceive, a. (often by 
attraction from a dependent clause, 
474b) Ρ., op., i. 2.18: iii, 1. 11s, 15; 
2. 8, 238,29: ὁρώμενος seen, visible, iv. 
3.5:— 2 pf. of8a* (οἴδαμεν or ἴσμεν, 





ὀργή 97. 


εἰδῶ, εἰδείην, ἴσθι, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς), 2 plp. 
ἤδειν, ἴ. εἴσομαι, [to have seen, hence] 
to know (in general presenting this re- 
sult more simply than its synonymes, 
γιγνώσκω, ἐπίσταμαι, &c.), to wnder- 
stand, be acquainted with, be assured, 
A. (sometimes by attraction from a de- 
pendent clause, 474 Ὀ) P., ΟΡ., 1. 3. 5, 
15; 8.21: ii. 1.18; 5.18: iti. 5. 11: 
iv. 1.22: χάριν εἰδέναι to [know] rec- 
ognize or feel an obligation, D. G., 1. 
4.15: vii. 6.32: εἰδώς knowing, from 
certain knowledge, with certainty, i. 7. 
4: ἑκασταχόσε εἰδέναι [to be acquaint- 
ed] to know the country in every direc- 
tion, iii. 5.17: ol’ ὅτι parenthetic, J 
know, 717 Ὁ, v.7.33. Der. PAN-ORAMA. 
ὀργή, 7s, anger, i. 5.8: ii. 6. 9. 
ψὀργίζω, iow 1d, to make angry, en- 
rage; M.w.a. p., to be ungry, wroth, 
or enraged, D., 1. 2.26; 5.11: vi.1.30. 
tépyud, ἂς, the extent of the out- 
stretched arms, a fathom, about 6 feet 
(= 4 rhxes), i. 7.14: iv. 5. 4. 
ὀρέγω," ἔξω, (akin to Lat. rego) to 
stretch or reach out, present, vii. 3. 29. 
ὀρεινός, 7, dv, or ὄρειος, a, ov, (ὄρος) 
mountainous ; of the mountains, moun- 
tain: οἱ dpewol the mountaineers: v. 
2.2: vii. 4. 11, 21. 
tSpOos, a, ov, s., straight up, steep 
(cf. rpavys); τὸ ὄρθιον [sc. χωρίον] the 
steep ground ; ὄρθιον ἰέναι to go up a 
steep ascent: of a military company, 
[straight up towards the Ae, in ὦ 
column, i, 6. with narrow front, and 
much greater depth (cf. φάλαγξ): i. 2. 
21: iv. 2.3,11; 6.12; 8. 12s. 
ὀρθός, ἡ, dv, (akin to ὄρνῦμι and Lat. 
orior) erect, upright, straight ; right ; 
ii. 5. 23: vi. 6.38. Der. oRTHO-DOX. 
4 8p@pos, ov, ὁ, the rising of the morn- 
ing light, dawn, daybreak, ii. 2. 21. 
ψόρθῶς rightly, right, properly, cor- 
rectly, justly: ὁ. ἔχω (q. v.) to be prop- 
er: 1. 9. 30: iii. 2.7; 3. 13. 
ὁρίζω, low ιῶ, ὥρικα, (ὅρος a bound) 
to bownd, separate ; to define, determine ; 
A.: M. to set wp for one’s bound, A.: 
iv.3.1: vii.5.13; 7.36. Der. HORIZON. 
ὅριον, ov, (ὅρος a bownd) a boundary, 
bound: ch. pl., borders, confines, fron- 
tier, iv. 8.8: v. 4.2: vi. 2. 19. 
ὅρκος, ov, 6, (akin to elpyw to restrain) 
an oath : οἱ θεῶν ὅρκοι the oaths [of the 
gods as their keepers] by the gods: ii. 


᾿Ορχομένιος 


ὅρμαω, jow, ὥρμηκα, (ὁρμή) to start 
quickly, rush, hurry, hasten, 1., ἐκ, 
els, &c.: ὁρμᾶν ὁδόν to start on or eom- 
mence an ition: M. to start, set 
forth, make incursions, ἀπό, ἐξ: i. 1. 
9; 2.5; 8.25; 10.1: i1.1.8; 4.33,44. 
ὁρμέω, ήσω, (ὅρμος) to be moored, lie 
at anchor, i. 4. 3, 6. 
ὁρμή, 7s, (akin to Spvigx) the start 
or point of starting; motion, move- 
ment, impulse ; 11.1.3: iii. 1.10; 2.9. 
Topplte, tow 1d, to moor or anchor 
(trans.), A.: M. to anchor (intrans.), 
come to anchor, moor one’s vessel, eis, 
παρά: iii. 5.10: vi. 1.15; 2. 1s. 
[Sppos, ov, ὁ, (elpw to tie) a place 
where vessels are fastened, anchorage, 
tdpveov, ov, α bird, vi. 1. 23. 
tépvtOaos, a, ov, of a bird, bird's: 
κρέα ὀρνίθεια fowl, iv. 5. 31. 
ὄρνις, ἢ ios, acc. ὄρνιν & Spvida, ὁ ἡ, 
(akin to ὄρνυμι) a bird, fowl, esp. ἀο- 
mestic ; cock or hen ; iv. 5. 25. Der. 
ORNITHO-LOGY. | 
[ὄρνυμι, ὄρσω, Spwpa, to rouse, raise : 
M. orior, to rise. 
‘Opévras or ᾿Ορόντης, ov or a, Oron- 
tas or -es, ἃ Persian nobleman of the 
royal family, condemned to death for 
treason against Cyrus, i. 6. 1, 3s. — 
2. Satrap of Armenia, married to 
Rhodogiine, daughter of the king, 
but afterwards disgraced for miscon- 
duct in the war against Evagoras of 
Cyprus, ii. 4. 8s: ili. δ. 17. 
os, eos (g. pl. ὀρέων & ὁρῶν both 
found), τό, (akin to ὄρνῦμι) a moun- 
tain, i. 2. 21s, 24s. Der. OREAD. 
ὄροφος, ov, ὁ, (ἐρέφω to cover) a roof, 
vii. 4. 16. oa eee 
tépuerds, ἡ, ὄν, dug, dug out, exca- 
Be ; of a ditch, artificial ; i. 7.14: 
iv. 5. 25. 
ὀρύττω," ύξω, ὀρώρυχα, to dig, quar- 
ry, A., 1.5.5: v. 8. 9. 
ὀρφανός, ἡ, ὄν, orbus, bereft of par- 
ents, a3 an ORPHAN, Vii. 2. 32. 
ὀρχέομαι, ἥσομαι, (ὄρχος row) to 
dance, v. 4. 34. Der. ORCHESTRA. 
j8pxnors, ews, ἡ, a dance, dancing, 
vi. 3. 8, 11. 
ψόρχηστρίς, ldos, ἡ, a female dancer, 
vi. 1.12 


Ὄρχοι γιος, ov, an Orchomenian, 
a man of Orchomenus (᾿Ορχομενό5), an 





5.3,78: iii.1.20,22. Der. Ex-oRCcISM. 
LEX. AN. 5 a 


ancient city in eastern Arcadia, of 
G 





ὅς 98 ὅτι 


early importance ({(πολύμηλος rich in 
Jlocks, 11. B. 605), ii. 5. 37. || Kalpaki. 
ὅς, ἥ, οἵ, αἵ, as forms of the art., 
see ὁ: 1. 8. 16: iii. 4. 47: vii. 6. 4. 
ὅς, 4, 5,* rel. pron., qui, who, which, 
what, that; often referring to an ante- 
cedent understood or expressed in the 
same clause, often attracted in case to 
its antecedent, and sometimes used as 
complem., 551, 554, 563; i. 1.2; 2. 
ls, 20; 8. 165; 9. 25, 28. Forms of 
és are often used adverbially ; or an 
adv. or conj. may be used in trans- 
lating them : οὗ [sc. τόπου or χωρίου] 
in which place, where, to the place 
where (sc. ἐκεῖσε], i. 2. 22: ii. 1.6: ἡ 
[se. ὁδῷ or χώρᾳ] in what way, direc- 
tion, or place, as, where, on the route 
by which; iii. 4.37: iv.5.34: ἧ ἐδύ- 
vato τάχιστα [what way he could most 
quickly] as rapidly as possible, with 
all possible speed (soyae translate, by 
the quickest route), ἧ δυνατὸν μάλιστα 
as strictly as possible, 553¢, i.2.4; 3. 
15; so ἣ τάχιστα Vi. 5.13: δὲ 8 on 
which account, wherefore, i. 2. 21: οὗ 
évexa on what account, why, vii. 4. 4. 
See ἀπό, ἐν, ἐξ, ἐπί, μέχρι" εἰμί. 
ὅσιος, a, ον, pious, religious, con- 
scientious, ii. 6. 25: v. 8. 26. 
ὅσος," 7, ov, rel. pron. of quantity, 
also used as complem., 563, (8s) quan- 
tus, as much, great, or large as, how 
much or great ; pl. comm. = quot, as 
many as, how many: often translated 
by the simpler who, which, that, what, 
esp. when preceded by πᾶς or a nu- 
meral, 550d,f; sometimes by whoever 
or whatever, such as, so great that (& 
pers. pron.), &c.: 1. 1.2; 2.1: ii. 1. 
1,11, 16: iii. 1.19: ὅσον χρόνον what- 
ever time, as long as, ii. 4.26: ὁσῷ W. 
eompar., by how much, the, according 
as, 468, i. 5.9: iv. 7.23. The neut. 
ὅσον is greatly and variously used, 
often as an indecl. adj. or subst., or 
as an adv., 5076, 556, as much as, as 
large as, as far as, as many as ; hence, 
about (w. numerals and words of meas- 
ure, i. 8.6: iv. 5.10); enough (esp. w. 
inf., iv. 1.5: vii. 3. 22, cf. 20); so far 
that, as this that, as that, that ; iii. 1. 
45; 3.15: iv. 8.12: vi. 3.14: vii. 3. 
9: w. superl., as. . as, e. g. ὅσον ἐδύ- 
vavro μέγιστον as loud as they could, 
553¢, iv. 5.18: ἐφ᾽ ὅσον over as much 
ground as, vi. 3.19: ὅσον οὐ tantum 


non, as much only as not, only not, 
almost, vii. 2. 5. 
φςὅσοσ-περ, ἡπερ, ονπερ, strengthened 
fr. ὅσος, just or even as much or many 
as, &c., 1.7.9: iv.3.2: vii.4.19; 7.28. 
ὅσ-περ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ, strengthened fr. 
ὅς, who or which indeed, which very, 
just who or which ; οὗπερ just where, 
ἧπερ just as or where; &c.; i. 4.5: 
ii. 3.21: iii. 1.34; 2.10, 29: iv. 8. 26. 
ὄσπριον, ov, ch. pl. legumes, pulse, 
esp. beans, iv.4.9; 5.26: vi.4.6; 6.1. 
ὅσ-τις, ἢ ἥτις, ὅ τι, (g. οὗτινος or ὅτου, 
d. ᾧτινι or ὅτῳ, g. pl. ὧντινων or ὅτων, 
the shorter forms much prevailing 
in the Anab.) rel. indef. pron., also 
complem., whosoever, whoever, which- 
(so)ever, what(so)ever ; one or any one 
who, a man who, anything which ; 
who, which, what, that; sometimes 
referring to a definite antecedent, and 
often in the sing. referring to the pl., 
501, 550b,f; 1.1.5; 3.5,11s, 18; 6. 
7: ii. 5. 39: 111. 2.4: ὅστις = that he, 
558, ii. 5.12, 21: w. fut., denoting 
purpose, 558a, i. 3.14: ὅτου δὴ ma- 
ρεγγυήσαντος some one indeed [whoever 
it might have been] having suggested 
it, iv. 7. 25; cf. v. 2. 24: ὅ τι ἐδύνατο 
[whatever] as far as he could, vi. 1. 32. 
See elul, ἐξ. 
͵ιὃσ-τις-οῦν, ἡτισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν, whoever 
then, whatever then, &c.: und’ ὁντινα- 
οῦν μισθόν not any pay whatever [then 
it might be], vii. 6. 27. 
ὀσφραίνομαι," ὀσφρήσομαι, to per- 
ceive by smell, smell of, G., v. 8. 3. 
ὅταν = ὅτ᾽ dy or ὅτε ἄν, w. subj., 
when, whenever, iii. 3.15; 4. 20. 
ὅτε, by apostr. ὅτ᾽ or ὅθ᾽, adv. of 
time, (8s) quum, quando, when, while, 
i. 2.9: iii. 1.37: w. opt., when, when- 
ever, as soon or often as, ii, 6.12: iv. 
1. 16. See elul. 
ὅτι * con)» (fr. neut. of ὅστις, cf. 
_— complem., that ; more positive, 
irect, or actual than ws, 702 a (some- 
times even used before direct quota- 
tion or the inf., 644, 659 e, i.6.8: 11. 
4.16: iii. 1.92%): causal, because: i. 
2.21; 3.7, 9s: ii. 3.19: v. 6. 19 (re- 
peated): — as an intensive adv., w. 
superl., = quam, 553 0, as dre ἀπαρα- 
oxevacrérarov(r\elorous)as unprepared 
(many) as possible, i. 1.6: ef. iii. 4. 5. 
Words logically following ὅτι some- 





times precede it for greater emphasis, 





ὅ τι 99 οὗτος 


or through some attraction, 719 ἡ, i. 
6.2: ii. 2. 20: vi. 3. 11. 

ὅ τι, Srov, ὅτῳ, ὅτων, see ὅστις. 

οὐ" (before a smooth vowel οὐκ, 
before an aspirated vowel οὐχ, and 
sometimes prolonged to οὐχί), not, the 
objective neg. adv., esp. denying fact, 
and ch. used with the ind., opt., and 
pt., 686 (sometimes by litotes, 686i), 
1.2.11: 1.18; 6.25: πο}: 18: 
πλοῖα οὐκ ἔχομεν we have [not] no 
bouts, ii. 2.23: οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι they 
said that they would not go, they re- 
fused to go, 662 Ὁ, 686i, i. 3. 1, cf. 8: 
οὐ μή in strong denial of the future, 
627, vi. 2.4. In introducing a ques- 
tion, οὐ, or dp οὐ, implies that an af- 
firmative answer is expected, 687, iii. 
1. 18, 29. Οὐ has similar uses in com- 

s.; where it is often repeated with- 
out doubling the negation, 1. 3.5; 8. 
20; 9.18: iii. 1. 38. See μή. 

ov whose ; as adv., where ; see ὅς. 

οὗ, οἵ, %,* encl., sui, sibi, se, pl. 
σφεῖς, &e., of him or himself, of her 
or herself, &c.; 3d pers. pron., comm. 
reflexive, but ch. yielding its place to 
other pronouns, 539a, Ὁ, f. Of the 
sing., only the dat. occurs in the Anab. 
i. 1.8; 2.8: iii. 5.16: v. 7. 18, 25. 

[tov8-apds, ἡ, 6», (old duds = els), 
= οὐδ-εἰς.}] Hence the adverbs, ov- 
δαμοῦ nowhere, i. 10.16: οὐδαμόθεν 
from no place or quarter, i. 4. 23: 
οὐδαμῆ or -μῇ nowhere, in no wise, iv. 
6.11? v.5.3: οὐδαμοῖ fo no place, vi. 
3. 16? 

οὐ-δέ, by apostr. οὐδ᾽, conj., and not, 
but not, nor, neither, nor yet (cf. οὔτε); 
used after a neg. clause, as καὶ οὐ after 
an affirmative one; i. 2.25; 6.11: 
ef. i. 4.7: v. 8. 25: — emphatic adv., 
ne .. quidem, not even or also, cer- 
tainly not, by no means, neither, i. 3. 
12, 21; 6.8: οὐ... οὐδέ not by any 
means, ii. 2.16. For its compounds 
οὐδείς, &c., the stronger forms οὐδὲ els, 
&c., are also found, iii. 1. 2? vii. 6. 35. 

jov8-els,* ovde-ula, οὐδ-έν (els) not 
even one, no one, no, none: οὐδέν subst., 
nothing ; as adv., as to nothing, by no 
means, not at all: i. 1.8; 2. 22; 8. 
11; 6.78; 8. 20: ii. 5. 1: vi. 2. 10. 

jov6é-rore not even at any time, 
never, ii. 6. 13. 

ιοὐδέ-πω not yet indeed, not as yet, 
vii. 3, 24, cf. 6. 35. 





οὔθ᾽ by apostr. before an aspirated 
vowel, for otre neither, nor, ii. 5. 7. 
οὐκ, οὐχ, οὐχί, not, see οὐ, i. 4. 8. 
jotx-éru no longer, no farther, no 
more, not now, i. 8.17; 10. 1, 12, ef. 
13: ii. 2. 12 (w. μή, see οὐ): vil. 5. 1. 
ξοὔκτ-ουν declarative, and οὐκ-οῦν 
interrog., not therefore, not then, cer- 
tainly not. This distinction of accent 
is not observed by all. In οὐκοῦν, 
neg. interrogation sometimes passes 
into assertion, therefore, then, 687 c. 
1.6.7: 11.6.24: iii.2.19; 5.6: vi.6.14. 
οὖν * (post-pos. adv.), as contr. fr. 
the impers. pt. ἐόν. it being (fr. εἰμί), 
may signify this being so, or this being 
as it may; hence comm., therefore, 
then, now, accordingly, in this state of 
things ; but sometimes, yet, however, 
be this as it may, however that might 
be, at any rate, certainly, esp. in δ᾽ οὖν: 
i. 1. 2; 2. 12, 155, 22, 25; 3.55; 5. 14. 
οὗ-περ as adv., just where, the very 
place where, iv. 8. 26; see ὅσπερ. 
οὔ-ποτε n-unquam, ”-ever, i. 3. 5. 
οὔ-πω non-dum, not yet, not as yet, 
i. 5.12; 8.8; 9. 25: cf. vii. 3. 35. 
᾿οὐ-πώ-ποτε (also written οὐ πώποτε) 
not yet at any time, never before, 1.4.18. 
οὐρά, ἂς, the tail: of an army, the 
rear, iii. 4. 88, 42? vi. 5. 5s. 
totp-ayla, as, the rear-command, rear- 
guard, ili. 4. 42: v. 1. οὐρά. 
jotp-ayés, οὗ, ὁ, (ἄγω) a rear-leader, 
the rearmost or last man in a file, who 
of course became the first when the 
direction of the file was reversed, iv. 
3. 26, 29. 
οὐρανός, οὔ, ὁ, heaven, the heavens, 
sky, iv. 2.2. Der. URANUS. 
οὖς," wrés, τό, auris, an ear, iil. 1. 
31: vii. 4. 88. Der. PAR-OTID. 
οὕς whom, which, see ὅς, i. 4. 9. 
οὖσα, οὖσι(ν), see εἰμί, 1. 4.15; 5. 9. 
οὔ-τε conj., by apostr. οὔτ᾽ or οὔθ᾽, 
ne-que, and not, nor: οὔτε. . οὔτε 
neither .. nor: οὔτε... Te neque. . et, 
both not .. and. Οὔτε is commonly 
thus doubled in whole or part, as both 
primary and secondary connective, 
and is thus distinguished from the 
conj. οὐδέ (yet μὲν οὔτε... δέ, vi.3.16). 
i.2.26; 8.11: ii. δ. 4, 7. Cf. μή-τε. 
οὗ-τινος, see ὅστις, i. 4. 15. 
οὔ-τοι certainly not, not by any 
means, Vii. 6.11: v. 1. οὔτι not at all. 
οὗτος," αὕτη, τοῦτο, demonst. pron., 





οὑτοσί 100 παῖς 


(0 αὐτός) hic, this, pl. these ; sometimes |trowb’e: ii. 5.9: iii 7 

5 » pl. these ; : es 0.5.9: ii. 2. 2 : ς 
that, those ; comm. Yeferring to that| 4. 26. Der. cemio-caacn, gph 
which precedes or is contained in a] ὀχυρός, d, dv, (ἔχω) fit for holding 


subordinate clause (so οὕτως, τοιοῦτος, 
&e., ef. ὅδε, &c., 5438): as a pers. 
pron., he, she, it, they: i.1.7s8, 9,11; 
3.78: καὶ οὗτοι these also, and these 
or those too, καὶ ταῦτα and that too, 
5444, 1.1.11; 4.12: ii.5.21: τούτους 
those well known, 542 Ὁ, i. 5.8: ταῦτα 
here, 509 Ὁ, iii. 5. 9? therefore, 483 Ὁ, 
lv. 1.21: τοῦτο ἔστω so be it / i. 8. 17. 


jotroc-t,* αὑτὴί, τουτί, (paragogic -i, | 5. 5 


Att. & deictic, 252 6) hic-ce, Fr. celui- 
ci, this here, this . . here present, i. 6. 
6: vii. 2. 24. 
fovres,* comm. οὕτω before a con- 
sonant, 164, thus, so, in this way or 
manner, to such a degree, so much or 
very, on this condition or supposition 
1.1.5,98: ii. 6.6: iv. 7. 4: otrws . . 
ὅστις so. . that he, 558, ii. 5.12: vii. 
1. 28. See οὗτος, ἔχω. 
φούτωσ-ἔ(ν), in just this way, as fol- 
lows, Vii. ee v. b. οὐ TH Σιώ. 

οὐχ, οὐχί, not, see οὐ, iii. 1. 13. 

ὀφείλω," λήσω, ὠφείληκα, 2a. ὥφε- 
λον, to owe : P. to be owed, be due: 
ὥφελον " ought, O that! would that! 
Ι., 638g: 1. 2. 11: ii. 1.4: vii. 7. 34. 

ὄφελος," τό, in nom. ἃ acc., (ὀφέλλω 
to further) advantage, profit, good, use, 
G., 1. 3. 11: ii. 6. 9. 

ὀφθαλμός, οὔ, ὁ, (ὅπ- in ὄψομαι) an 
eye: ἔχειν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς to have in or 
under eye, keep in sight : i. 8. 27: iv. 
5. 12s, 29. Der. OPHTHALMIC. 

Ε ὀφλισκάνω," ὀφλήσω, ὥφληκα, 2 a. 
ὦφλον, (ὀφείλω) to incur, be adjudged 
to pay, ν. 8.1. 

Οφρύνιον, ov, Ophrynium, a small 
town of Troas, near the southern end 
of the Hellespont, with a grove sacred 
to Hector, vii. 8. 5. || Fren-Keui. 

téxerds, οὔ, ὁ, a conduit of water, 
duct, ditch, channel, ii. 4. 13. 
ὀχέω, How, (ὄχος carriage, fr. ἔχω) 
to carry, bear: P. to be borne, ride, 
ἐπί, iii. 4. 47. 
φςὄχημα, aros, τό, a vehicle, convey- 
ance, support, iii. 2. 19. 
ὄχθη, ns, (ἔχω) α high bank, esp. of 
8 river, iv. 3. 3, 5, 17, 23. 
ὄχλος, ov, ὁ, (akin to vulgus, Germ. 


Volk, Eng. folk) a crowd, throng, mul- | boy 


titude, rabble, esp. the crowd or retinue 


tenable, strong, fortified, secure : pl. 
ὀχυρά strong-holds: i, 2. 22, 24: iv. 7. 
17: cf. éxupés. 

ὀψέ adv., (akin to ἕπομαι " contr. fr. 
ὄπισθε 2) late : ὀψὲ hy (ἐγίγνετο) it was 
(became) late: ii. 2. 16: iii. 4. 36. 
a as, a late hour, evening, vi. 


φὀψίζω, low 1d, to be or come late, iv. 


{ὄψις ews, 7), sight, appeara - 
πε ΡΠ Ψ.Ν 


ὄψομαι, see ὁράω. Der. ΟΡΤΙΟ. 


IL. 


παγ-κράτιον, ov, (πᾶν κράτος) a con- 
test demanding the entire strength ; 
the pancratium, a severe ‘rough and 
tumble τ exercise, in which wrestling 
and boxing were combined, iv. 8. 27. 
παγ-χάλεπος, ov, (πᾶν) very hard 
or difficult, v. 2. 20? 
jmay-xarérws very hardly: π. εἶχον 
were very hard in their feelings, πρός, 
vu. 5. 16. 

παθεῖν, see πάσχω, i. 8. 20; 9. 8. 
ψπάθημα, aros, τό, calamity, suffer- 
img, misery, vii. 6. 30. 
{πάθος, cos, τό, affliction, ill-treat- 
ment, affection, disease, i. 5.14: iv.5.7. 
Der. PATHOS, PATHETIC. 
παιανίζω, iow 1, (παιάν α PAN, 
war-song) to sing or chant the pean or 
war-song, 1. 8.17; 10. 10: iii. 2. 9} 
ἱπαιδεία, as, education, training, dis- 
— iv.6.15s. Der. cycLo-PaDIA. 

παιδ-εραστής, of, (é t) a lo 
ciate... sega 

trawdebw, εύσω, πεπαίδευκα, to bring 
up a child, train, edweate, A., i. 9. 2s. 
Tradixd, Gy, τά, delicie ; as sing., 
a darling, favorite, object of love ; ch. 
of a boy ; li. 6. 6, 28: v. 8. 4. 
ἱπαιδίον, ov, τό, dim., α little or 
a ΟΙ͂ΘΑ iv. 7. 13. 

παι » ns, dim., @ you irl, 
ΗΝ, 0° 
mats, παιδός, ὁ ἡ, a child, whether 
son or daughter, boy or girl ; a youth, 
, lad; hence, a page, waiter, ser- 
vant (cf. puer); 1.1.1; 9.25: ii. 6.12: 





of camp-followers ; hence, annoyance, 


iv. 5. 88 : see ἐξ. Der. PED-AGOGUE. 





παίω 101 


παραγγέλλω 


παίω," παίσω, πέπαικα, to strike, as sides, throughout, i. 2.22: 11. 8. 8; 5. 


w. the hand oranything in it, to smite, 
beat, wound ; often Parti w. βάλλω, 
in a sense clearly 
i. 8.268; 10.7: 11.1.29; 4.49: v.7. 
21; 8. 12s, 16. 
παιωνίζω͵ low ιῶ, = παιανίζω,111.2.9 1 
πάλαι adv., long ago, long since, 
long before ; formerly, previously ; i, 
4.12: iv. 5. 5; 8.14: vii. 6, 9, 37. 
μπαλαιός, ά, dv, c. παλαίτερος or πα- 
λαιότερος, old, ancient: τὸ παλαιόν 
anciently: iii. 4.7: iv. 4.9; ὅ. 8ὅ. 
Der. PALEZ-ONTO-LOGY. 

ἐπαλαίω, alow, πεπάλαικα l., to wres- 
tle, iv. 8. 26. Der. PALESTRA. 

πάλη, 75, (πάλλω to shake) wrestling, 
common in the Greek games, iv. 8. 27. 

πάλιν adv., again, back again, back, 
i. 1.3; 6. 75. Der. PALIN-ODE. 
παλλακίς, 50s, ἡ, (τάλλαξ ὦ youth) 
a concubine, mistress, i. 10. 2. 
παλτόν, οὔ, (πάλλω to brandish) a 
dart, javelin, or light spear, used by 
the Asiatics for both throwing and 
striking (like the modern jereed) ; 
whence two were often carried ; i. 5. 
15; 8. 3, 27: v. 4. 12, 25. 
ἐπαμ-πληθής, és, (πλῆθος) very nu- 
merous, vast, countless, iii. 2. 11. 

{ wap-trodvs, -πόλλη, -πολυ, very much 
or great, very numerous, vast: pl. very 
many, a great many : li. 4. 26: ili. 4. 
13: iv. 1. 8; 6. 26: vii. 5.12 (see ἐπί). 

ἐπαμ-πόνηρος, ov, all-depraved: of 
aman, a perfect villain, the worst of 
men, vi. 6. 25. 

πᾶν neut. of πᾶς ; in compos., ray- 
before a palatal, and παμ- before a la- 
bial ; iv. 2. 22. Der, PAN-ACEA. 

ἐπᾶν-ουργία, as, (ἔργον) knavery, vil- 
lany, vii. 5. 11. 

μπᾶν-οῦργος, ov, s., (contr. fr. παν- 
6-epyos, fr. ἔργον) ready for all work, 
unprincipled, knavish, crafty, perfidi- 
ous, treacherous, ii. 5. 39 ; 6. 26. 

μπάντ᾽, before a rough breathing 
πάνθ᾽, by apostr. for πάντα, see πᾶς. 
ψμπαντά-πᾶσι(ν) adv., all to all, all 
in all, altogether, wholly, entirely, ab- 
solutely, at all, i. 2.1: ii. 5. 18, 21. 
| wavrax 4h Or -χῇ, OF πανταχοῦ, every- 
where, in any or all places, anywhere, 
ii. 5.7; 6.7: iv. 5. 30. 
μπαν-τελῶς (τέλος) quite to the end, 
completely, entirely, wholly, ii. 2. 11. 


7: πὶ 1.3, 
| wavro-Sards,7, 6, (δάπεδον ground ?) 


istinct ; A. AE.;|of every region or kind, all kinds of, 


various, i. 2. 22: iv. 4.9: vi. 4. 5. 
μπάντοθεν from every quarter, on all 
sides, iii. 1. 12: vi. 6. 3. 
ψπαντοῖος, a, ov, of all or various 
kinds, all or various kinds of, various, 
i. 5.2: ii. 4. 14. 
μπάντοσε in all directions, every- 
where (= -whither), vii. 2. 23. 
ψπάντως by all means ; at all, once ; 
vi. 5. 21? vii. 7. 43 ? 
μπάνυ adv., wholly, altogether, very, 
very much ; at all; 1.5.7; 8.14: ii. 
5. 19, 27: vii. 6. 4. 
πάομαι * (ch. poet., pres. not in use), 
πάσομαι, πέπᾶμαι, potior, to acquire : 
pf. pret. [to have acquired] to possess, 
have in possession, A., i. 9.19: iil. 3. 
18: vi. 1.12: vil. 6. 41. 
παρά" prep., by apostr. παρ᾽, be- 
side: (a) w. GEN., comm. of person, 
from beside, from the side or sphere 
of, from, often implying some action 
or influence; hence sometimes w. pass. 
verb, by, 694.9; 1.1.5; 3.16; 7.2; 
9.1: ii. 6.14: v. 2. 25:— (Ὁ) w. Dart., 
comm. of person, at or by the side of, be- 
side, near, about, with ; at the court 
of ; in the house, service, care, or esteem 
of ; 1.1.5; 2.27; 3.7; 9.29: 11.6. 26: 
vi. 2.2: τὰ wap ἐμοί the advantages 
im my service, i. 7.4:—(c) w. Acc. 
of person, to the side of, ἕο, towards, i. 
2.12; 3.7; 6.3:— of place (sometimes 
of person, &c.) through the space be- 
side, along side of, along, beside, by, 
past, near, about, i. 2.13, 24; 8.5: 
iii. 1.32: iv. 7.16: map ὀλίγον [along- 
side of a little] of little account, vi. 6. 
11: παρὰ πότον with drink, ii. 3.15 :— 
of words expressing obligation, opin- 
ion, &c., [along by or beside] beyond, 
contrary to, against, in violation of, i. 
9.8: ii. 1.18; 5.41: v. 8.17: vii. 6. 
36. Its uses in compos. are similar. 

παρα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go beyond, transgress, violate, 
break, A., iv. 1.1. 

παρα-βοηθέω, ἥσω, βεβοήθηκα, to 
hasten (by other troops] forward to 
give aid, iv. 7. 24. 

παρ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, ἃ. ἤγ- 
γειλα, to send word to or along, pass 





μπάντη or -τῇ everywhere, on all| the word, and thus to direct, command, 














παράγγελσις 1 


order, bid; to summon ; to give out or 
issue ἃ password ; D. 1.(A.), CP., A., 
els: κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελμένα accordi 
to the instructions given : i. 1. 6; 2.1; 
5.13; 8.3,15s: ii. 2.8, 21: iii. 4, 3. 

ἐπαρ-άγγελσις, ews, ἡ, α word of 
command, summons, iv. 1. 5. 

παρα-γίγνομαι͵ " γενήσομαι, γεγένη- 
μαι & 2 pt. γέγονα, 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην, to 
come to or near, come, arrive, to pre- 
sent one’s self or be present, join, D., 
els, ἐν, i. 1.11; 2.3; 7.12: νυ. 6.8. 

παρ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, 
to lead or conduct by or along, bring 


02 παρασκευάζω 


other, succeed to; to take to or with 
one’s self ; A., παρά: v. 6. 36: vi. 4, 


mg|11: vii. 2.17; 7. 7. 


παρα-λείπω, " ψω, 2 pf. λέλοιπα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔλιπον, to leave on one side, leave, 
omit, A., vi. 3.19; 6. 18. 

παρα-λυπέω, ήσω, λελύπηκα, to an- 
noy [along side] by competition or in- 
lerference: οἱ παραλυποῦντες trouble- 
some rivals, ii. 5. 29. 
παρα-λύω," λύσω, Ada, to loose 
from beside, take off, unship (M. for 
one’s own benefit), A., v.1.11. Der. 
PARALYSIS, PALSY. 





παρασκενή 103 Πάριον 


(w. ὡς), ὅπως, ὥστε, ἀπό, ἐπί, ws - ~~ a well as εἰμί, 459, 11. 3. 9: 11, 
i. 8.1; 10.6, 18: iii. 1. 14, 36; 2. 24: 3. 18. eae 
vii, 3 45 παρασκευάζεσθαι τὴν γνώ-) πάρ-ειμι, " ipf. pew, gy τ 90 = 
μὴν to make up one’s mind, vi. 3.17 :|come by or ah pass Sree Pe 
οἴκαδε π. to prepare for home (to go|through, to pass ; tyne ohio 
home), vii. 7. 57. front, come forware Bose: κοῖς 
ἀ-σκευή fs, preparation, i. 2. 4. |ili. 2. 35: iv. ὅ. 80 : vi. 5. : , 23, 25. 
ann how, to encamp by or| παρ-εῖχον, -ἔξω, see παρ- xe. | 
ee é di αι ο λῶν eda, rset 
-σχεῖν, - ow, 866 παρ-ἔχω. - 9 ; 
Mri δᾶ, i σχῇ ᾿ς μθκοβεβου Ἀιρεο a. ἤλασα, to ride or march Ys, — 
line of battle, v. 2.13! along, A., ἐπί, &e., i. 2. 16s; ae 
παρα-τάττω, τάξω, τέταχα, to ar- παρ-έρχομαι, aap peg 
range side by side, draw up in order | 2a. ἦλθον, to come or go by, past, arong, 


up or forward, A. els, &., iil. 4. 14, παρ-αμείβω, yw, to interchange : 


21: iv. 6.6; 8.8: vii. 6. 3. 


M. to change one’s self or one’s own 


ἐπαρ-αγωγή, js, conveyance along | (army, line of battle, &c.), εἰς, i. 10. 


the coast, transport, v. 1. 16, Der. 


PARAGOGIC. 


10 (ace. to some, to pass by). 
παρ-αμελέω, ow, ἠμέληκα, to pass 


παράδεισος, ov, ὁ, (fr. the Pers., by in neglect, to neglect, treat with 
first found in Xen.) a park, i.2.7; 4. | neglect, disregard, violate, G., ii. δ. 7: 


10: ii. 4.14. Der. PARADISE. 


vii. 8, 12. 


παρα-δίδωμι͵ " δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδω- παρα-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to stay 
κα (δῶ, δοίην, δός, δοῦναι, δούς), tra-do, 
to give or deliver up or over, give, 
grant, A. D.1., il. 1. 8s, 12: iv. δ. 22, 
παρα-δραμεῖν, see παρα-τρέχω. 
a or -θαρσύνω, ὕνῶ, to 


cheer [along] on, encourage, A., ii. 4. 
1: mi. 1. 39. 
παρα-θεῖναι, see παρα-τίθημι. 
παρα-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run by or 
past, A., iv. 7. 12. 
παρ-αινέω," dow, ἤνεκα, (αἰνέω to 
commend) to recommend, advise, ex- 
hort, A¥., i. 7.2: v. 7.35: vii. 3. 20. 
παρ-αιτέομαι, ἥσομαι, ἤτημαι, to beg 
from, intercede with, περί, vi. 6. 29. 
παρα-καλέω," καλέσω, καλῶ, κέκλη- 
κα, ἃ. ἐκάλεσα, ἃ. p. ἐκλήθην, to call 
‘[along] forward, summon, invite, ex- 
t, urge, encourage, call to, call in, 
A. 1.) ἐπί, i. 6. 5s: iii. 1. 24: v. 6.19. 
παρα-κατα-θήκη, ns, (τίθημι) a de- 
post with another, v. 3. 7. 
παρά-κειμαι, " κείσομαι, to lic beside 
or near, D., vil. 3. 22. 
παρα-κελεύομαι, εύσομαι, Kexédev- 
σμαι, tourge along or forward, exhort, 
encourage, D. 1., 1.7.9; 8. 11. 
ἐπαρα-κέλευσις, ews, ἡ, encourage- 
ment, cheering on, G.? iv. 8. 28. 
Tap-axohovbdw, iow, ἠκολούθηκα, to 


beside, stand by, remain steadfast, ii. 
6.2: vi. 2. 15. 

παρα-μηρίδιος, ov, (unpds) along the 
thigh: neut. subst., a thigh-piece, 
cuisse, i. 8. 6. 

παρα-πέμπω," ψω, πέπομφα, to send 
by or along, despatch, A. εἰς, iv. δ. 90 1 
παρα-πλέω," πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, 
ἃ. ἔπλευσα, to sail by or along, Α., els, 
ἐξ, ν. 1.11; 6.10: vi. 21; 6.3. 
παρα-πλήσιος, a, ov, or os, ov, near 
by, similar, like, p., i. 3. 18; 5. 2. 
παρα-προ-πέμπω," ψω, πέπομφα, to 
send by to the front, iv. δ. 20 1 
παρα-ῥ-ῥέω," ῥεύσομαι, ἐῤῥύηκα, 2 a. 
». or a. ἐῤῥύην, to flow by, to (melt and) 
run down beside, D., παρά, iv. 4. 11: 
vz 3. 8. 

Tapardyyns, ov, a parasang (Pers. 
Jarsang), the comm. Persian road- 
measure, equal, acc. to Hdt. (2. 6) and 
Xen. (ii. 2. 6), to 30 stadia, = about a 
league or 3 geographical miles, or 
nearly 34 statute miles. It was usu. 
estimated, and of course variously acc. 
to the difficulty of the route and the 
time occupied. i. 2. 5s, 10 8. 
παρα-σκενάζω, dow, pf. p. ἐσκεύα- 
σμαι, to put things side by side, to 
arrange, prepare, procure, A., ii. 6. 8: 


Sollow beside or near, accompany, at-|— ch. Μ΄, to prepare one’s self or oné’s 


tend, iii. 8. 4: iv. 4. 7. 
παρα-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 


own ; lo prepare, provide, or procure 
for one’s self or one’s own ; to make 








2a. ἔλαβον, to take or receive from an- preparation, make ready ; A., 1., P. 





of battle or in battle-array, A.: pf. p. 
pt. παρα-τεταγμένος so drawn up, 1. 
10. 10: iv. 3. 3,5; 6. 25. 


or through ; to pass by, over, through, 
&c.; to pass in, enter ; to pass by to 


the front or place of speaking, come 


mwapa-relvw,* Teva, τέτακα, Lo stretch | forward; of time, to pass, elapse ; A., 


along, extend, A. ἐπί, παρά, &c., i. 7. 
15: vii. 3. 48. 
παρα-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, ἃ. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, &c.), to place beside or near, set 
before, A. D., iv. 5. 3808: M. to place 
by one’s side, lay aside, Ais: Wis 1. 8. 
παρα-τρέχω, * δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2a. ἔδραμον, to run by, past, or along, 
A., els, ἐπί, παρά, iv. 5.8; 7. 68, 11. 
παρα-χρῆμα adv., with the affair, 
on the spot, forthwith, vil. 7. 24. 
ἱπαρ-εγγνάω, " jow, ἠγγύηκα, to pass 
from hand to hand, pass along, as a 
word of command or request ; hence, 
to give or pass the word of command, 
to command, order, charge, exhort, re- 
quest, propose, cheer on, 1. (A:), AE., 
iv. 1.17: 7.248: vi. 5.12: vii. 1. 22. 
παρ-εγγνή, js, (see éyyudw) a com- 
mand, charge, request, vi. 5. 13. 
παρ-εγενόμην, see mapa-ylyvouat. 
pin A see παρα-δίδωμι. 
πάρ-ειμι," ἔσομαι, (εἰμί, εἴην, εἶναι, 
dv, &c.) to be by, near, at or on hand, 
with, or present (esp. as a friend or 
assistant); hence, to have come, to 
come, arrive, attend, be ready, D.; els, 
ἐπί, or πρός W. A., °704a; 1.1.18; 2. 
2s: iii. 1.46: vi. 4.15; 6.26: τὸ 
παρόντα reyes) the present i 
of affairs, present occurrences or Cir- 
pAb sig 3.3: iii. 1.34; [sc. χρή- 
ματα] possessions, property, estate, Vil. 
7.36: ἐν τῷ παρόντι at the present 
time, in the present crisis, ii. 5.8: πά- 
ρεστι(ν) impers., it is present to one, 
i. 6. in his power, possible, feasible, iv. 


els: i. 4.48; 7.16, 18: v. 5. 11, 24 
παρ-έσομαι, -έστω, see πάρ-ειμι. 

παρ-έστηκα, -έστην, see παρ-ίστημι. 
παρ-ετέτατο, see παρα-τείνω, i. 7.15. 
παρ-έχω," tw ἃ σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 
2. ἃ. ἔσχον, to have or hold by or near 
another ; hence, to hand to, offer, af- 


ford, supply, furnish, provide, present, 


give, render ; to cause or make for a 
person, and hence, to produce, excite, 
or inspire in him ; to give up, deliver 
up, surrender, yield ; A. D.1., εἰς : 1. 
1.11: 11.1.11; 3. 22,268; 4.108: vi. 
6. 16, 20: M. to render or make for 
one’s self ; to contribute or exhibit οἵ. 
one’s own; Α.; ii. 6. 27: ΩΝ 10. 
παρ-ηγγύων, 566 παρ-εγγυάω. 
wan see πάρ-ειμι (elu), iv.2.19. 
παρ-ήλασα, see παρ-ελαύνω, 1. 2. 17. 
παρ-ῆλθον, see παρ-έρχομαι, i. 7. 16. 
παρ-ῆν, -ἴ» -ῆσθα, see πάρ-ειμι. 

t Παρθένιον, ov, Partheniwm, a small 
town in the southwest part of Mysia, 
not far from Pergamum, vii. 8. 15, 21. 

tIlapénos, ov, ὁ, the Parthenius, a 
river on the usual boundary between 
Bithynia and Paphlagonia, said to 
have been named from the virgin 
Diana’s bathing in it, v.6.9: vi. 2.1. 
|| The Bartan-Su. a 

παρθένος, ov, ἡ, α virgin, ηνυϊάρη, 

iii. 2. 25. Der. PARTHENON. — 

Παριᾶνός, οὔ, (Πάριον) a Parvan, a 

man of Parium, vii. 3. 16. 

παρ-ιέναι, -ἰών, see πάρ-ειμι (elu). 
παρ-ίημι," How, elka, a. ἧκα (ὦ, εἵην, 

&ec.) to send by, let pass, yield, allow, 
D. I., Vv. 7.10: vii. 2. 15% 





5. 6 (abs. παρόν, v. 8.3). Have may 


be sometimes used in translating πάρ- 


Πάριον, ov, Pariwm, a commercial 


aw A 


ee - 


= 


TT SS Tn SS 


$n Speen Nene -- 


----..«-.- 








παρίστημι 104 ἰὔδδων 


city near the southwest end of the|pleasure) or suffer ill (harm, injury, 
Propontis, an Ionian colony, vii. 2. 7 ;| pain), to be well or ill treated, benefited 


3. 20. || Kamares, or Kemer. 
παρ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, to station near ; pf. and 2 ἃ, to 
stand near or by, v. 8.10, 21: 1a. m. 
to place or station by one’s side, bring 
oe produce, A., vi. 1. 22: vii. 


πάρ-οδος, ov, ἡ, a way by, passage, 
pass, i. 4.48; 7.158: iv. 2. 24. 

παρ-οινέω," ow, πεπαρῴνηκα, a. 
ἐπαρῴῳνησα, (οἶνος) to act the drunkard, 
be abusive, v. 8. 4. 

mwap-olxopat,* οἰχήσομαι, ᾧχημαι 2, 
to pass or have passed by : pt. past, ii. 


4.1. 
ee aha ov, @ Parrhasian, a 
man of Parrhasia (Παῤῥασία), a dis- 
trict of southwest Arcadia, about Mt. 
Lyceus, i. 1.2: vi. 2.9; 5. 2. 
Παρύσατις, dos, id, w or Oa, ε, 
Parysatis (= a Peri’s daughter ἢ), half- 
sister and wife of Darius 11., and 
mother of Artaxerxes 11. and Cyrus, 
an ambitious, daring, imperious, in- 
triguing, and cruel woman, of great 
influence over her husband and sons. 
Of the latter, Cyrus was her favorite, 
and she avenged his death cruelly. 
She even poisoned her daughter-in- 
law, the queen Statira. i.1.1, 4 ; 4.9. 
Tap-av, -οὖσα, -dv, see πάρ-ειμι. 
πᾶς," πᾶσα, πᾶν, g. παντός, πάσης, 
all, every, the whole; all kinds of, 
every kind of : sing. comm., without 


or harmed: a. ὑπό: i. 3.48; 8. 20: 
ili. 3. 7: iv. 8. 2: τὰ μὲν ἔπαθεν he re- 
ceived some wounds, i.9.6: ἤν τι πάθῃ 
"ὃ anything should befall him, by eu- 
phemism for tf he should lose his life, 
|v. 3. 6. Der. PASSIVE, PASSION. 
πατάσσω, ἀξω (ch. poet. exc. aor. 
ἐπάταξα, see 50 τύπτω) to strike, smite, 
pierce, iv. 8. 25: vii. 8. 14. 
Πατηγύας, ov or a, Pategyas, a Per- 
Sian attendant of Cyrus, i. 8.1: υ. J. 
| Tarayvas. 
| πατήρ," πατρός, ὁ, Sans. pitar, Zend 
patar, Lat. pater, Germ. Vater, a 
| FATHER, 1. 4.12. Der. PATERNAL. 
| ψπάτριος, a, ov, patrius, of or from 
| one’s Sather or ancestors, paternal, an- 
cestral ; according to ancestral usage ; 
iii. 2.16? v. 4. 27: vii. 8. 5? 
|_}matpls, (dos, ἡ, patria, one’s father- 
land, native land or city, country, i. 
3. 3, 6: ili. 1. 3s: iv. 8. 4, 
| πατρῷος, a, ov, descending from 
one’s father, paternal, hereditary, i. 7. 
6: iil. 1.11; 2.16? vii. 3. 31. 
ἱπαῦλα, 7s, means of stopping, stop, 
stoppage, prevention, G., v. 7. 32. 
παύω," παύσω, méravxa, to stop 
\(trans.), make or cause to cease, put 
an end to, remove, relinquish, A. P., 
li. 5. 2,13: iv. 8.10: M. to stop (in- 
trans.), cease, desist, PAUSE, rest, leave 
off, give up, end, finish, G., P., i. 2.2; 
3.12; 6.6: iii.1.19: iv.6.6: v.1.2. 





the art., every ; but w. the art., whole 
or all: pl. comm. ali (also translated | 
by every w. the sing.): i. 1. 2,5: ii. 
5.9: vi. 4.6: ὑμεῖς of πάντες you, the 
whole body, v. 7.27, cf. 6.7: subst. | 
πᾶν everything, all, τὸ πᾶν the whole, | 
πάντα all things (or everything), i. 9. 
2,16: vi. 2.12; ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔρχεσθαι to 
[come to everything] resort to every 
means, iii. 1.18. See διά, διαπαντός, 
γικάω. Der. PAN-THEISM. Cf. omnis. 

Πασίων, νος, Pasion, a Megarian | 
general in the service of Cyrus, who! 
took offence and deserted, i.2. 3; 4. 78. 

πάσχω," πείσομαι, 2 pf. πέπονθα, 
28. ἔπαθον, patior, to receive any effect, 
whether good or evil (comm. the lat- 
ter, unless otherwise stated), to be 
treated or affected, suffer: εὖ or κακῶς 
(ἀγαθὸν or κακὸν) π. to receive Sor good 
or evil, to receive good (benefit, favor, 





tIlagdayovla, as, Paphlagonia, a 
country on the north coast of Asia 
Minor, between the Halys and Par- 
thenius, famed for its good horses and 
horsemen, vi. 1. 1s, 14. 

tIlapdayovnds, ἡ, ὄν, Paphlagoni- 
an: ἡ Παφλαγονική (sc. γῆ] the Paph- 
lagonian country : v. 2.22: vi. 1.15. 

Παφλαγών, ὄνος, a Paphlagonian, 


aman of the Paphlagones, described 


by the Greeks as a rude, ignorant, 
credulous, and superstitious people, 
i. 8. 5 (as adj.): v. 6. 3 (the king). 
twrdxos, eos, τό, thickness, v. 4. 13. 
παχύς, cia, v, thick, large, stout, 
iv. 8.2: v. 4.25. Der. PACHY-DERM. 
πέδη, ns, (πούς) pedica, a FETTER, 
iv. 3. 8. 
taweBuvds, 7, dv, c., flat, level, v. 5. 2. 
πεδίον, ov, (πέδον ground, akin to 
mods) a plain, a flat or level region ; 


πεζεύω 105 πέντε 


sometimes used in naming cities (cf. 
Lich-field) ; i. 1.2; 2.11, 21s; 5.1. 
ἐπεζεύω, εύσω, to march on foot, pro- 
ceed by land, v. 5. 4. ; 
πεῖός, ἡ, ὄν, (rots) on foot, of im- 
fantry, i. 8.12: vii. 3. 45: subst. 
πεζός a foot-soldier, οἱ πεζοί the in- 
fantry, foot, i. 10.12: 11.8.15: adv. 
πεζῇ on foot, by land, i. 4.18: v. 6.1. 
ἐπειθ-αρχέω, ow, (ἀρχή) to yield to 
authority, obey, D., i. 9. 17. 
πείθω," πείσω, πέπεικα, (2 pf. pret. 
πέποιθα to trust), a. ἔπεισα, to per- 
suade, induce, prevail upon; in pr. 
and ipf., to try to persuade, use per- 
suasion, advise, urge, 594; A. 1.» CP.; 
i. 2. 26: ii. 6.2: vi. 1.19: P.& M. 
to be persuaded, believe, obey, submit, 
yield or listen to, comply, follow one's 
direction or advice, D. I. (A.); i, 1.333 
2.2; 3.6,15; 4. 148 : vu. 8.3: me- 
θόμενος as adj., obedient, ii. 6. 27. 
πεινάω " (ders 7s, &c.), How, πεπεί- 
νηκα, (πεῖνα hunger, akin to πένομαι) 
to hunger, be hungry, i.9. 27. _ 
πεῖρα, as, trial, proof, experrence, 
acquaintance, G. ὅτι, 111. 2.16: ἐν πεί- 
pq γενέσθαι to have been well acquarnt- 
ed with, i. 9.1 (cf. éumelpws): πεῖραν 
λαμβάνειν to take or have experience, 
make trial, v. 8.15. Der. EM-PIRIC. 
μπειράω, dow, memelpaxa 1., comm. 
M.., to try, endeavor, attempt ; gore 
trial or proof of, test; 1., G., ὅπως : 
δ ἐν oo Y i'o's, $88; 5.7. Der. 
PIRATE, EM-PIRICAL. — 
πείσας, πεισθείς, -θῶ, see πείθω. 
Πεισίδης, see Πισίδης, i. 1. 11 
πείσομαι, f. m. of πάσχω & πείθω, 
i. 3. 58, 15. 
πειστέον ἐστίν, (πείθομαι) one (we, 
they, &c.) must obey, 682, D.: ws π. 


εἴη Κλεάρχῳ that C. must be obeyed : 


ii. 6. 8: vi. 6. 14. 

πελάζω," πελάσω med, ch. poet., 
(πέλας near) to come near, approach, 
D., i. 8.15? iv. 2. 3. 


Πελληνεύς, éws, a Pellenian, a man 
of Pelléne (Πελλήνη), an ancient town 


tainous parts, carried their vigor and 
bravery to a foreign market : 1. 1. 6: 
vi. 2. 10. i 
Πελοπόννησος, ov, ἡ, (Πέλοπος νῆ- 
cos, the island of Pelops), the Pelopon- 
nese or -ésus, so named from its bein 
so nearly surrounded by water, an 
from the sovereignty exercised over it 
by Pelops, an ancient king of Pisa in 
Elis, who, with his family, formed 
the subject of many myths and trage- 
dies. i. 4. 2. || Moréa. 
πελτάζω, dow, (πέλτη) to carry a 
target, serve as a targeteer, Vv. 8. 5. 
Arar, Gv, αἱ, Pelt, a city in the 
western part of Phrygia, i.2.10. ||On 
or near the plain Baklan-Ovah. 
ἐπελταστής, οὔ, a targeteer, peltast. 
The πελτασταί not only carried a 
lighter shield (πέλτη), but were in 
other respects more lightly armed 
than the éw\ira: ; and were therefore 
less adapted to the shock of arms, but 
better fitted for rapid movements. 1. 
2. 6,9; 7.10; 10. 7. 
ἐπελταστικός, ἡ, dv, relating to or 
consisting of peltasts : πελταστικόν, 80. 
στράτευμα, light-armed force, light im- 
fantry, targeteers, i. 8.5: vii. 3. 37. 
πέλτη, ns, a target, targe, or pelta, 
a small, light shield, often of crescent 
shape, more used by the Thracians 
and other barbarians than by the 
Greeks. It had comm. a wooden 
(often wicker) frame, covered with 
leather, and sometimes strengthened 
by a thin metallic front. i. 10. 12 
(ace. to some, here = παλτόν, which 
Rehdantz substitutes): v. 2. 29. 
ἱπεμπταῖος, a, ov, on the fifth day, 
jive days dead, vi. 4. 9. ae! 

πέμπτος, 7, ov, (πέντε) fifth, ii. 4. 
24: iv. 7. 21. 

πέμπω," yw, πέπομφα, to send, D. 
A. P. (esp. fut. 598 b), εἰς, παρά, πρός, 
&e., 1.1.8; 3.8,14: ii.1.2,17. Der. 
pompa, POMP, POMPOUS. 

ἱπένης, ητος, ὁ, adj., poor: subst., 
α poor man: vii. 7. 28 


of Achaia and the most easterly οἵ taevla, as, poverty, vil. 6. 20. Cogn. 
its twelve cities, v. 2.15. || Tzerkovi| peniria, penury. 


near Zugra. 


sians, who were in general accounted 
the best soldiers in Greece, and who 


πένομαι, in pr. and ipf., to toil for 


ἐΠελοποννήσιος,α,ον, Peloponnesian: | daily bread, be poor, live in poverty, 


oi Πελοποννήσιοι subst., the Peloponne- \iii. 2. 26. 


(hundred, i. 2. 38, 6. 
ἱπεντακόσιοι, ai, a, (ἑκατόν) Jive. 
πέντε indecl., quinque, five, 1. 2. 8, 





often, especially from the more moun- 
LEX. AN, 5* 


11. Der. PENTA-GON. 


-- ὦ .---..... Et en ee 








πεντεκαίδεκα 106 


ἐπεντε-καί-δεκα (or πέντε καὶ δέκα) 
indecl., fif-teen, i. 4.1: iv. 7. 16. 
{πεντήκοντα indecl., fifty, i. 4.19; 
7.12: 11. 2.6. Der. PENTECOST. 
ἐπεντηκοντήρ, ἦρος, ὁ, a commander 
of fifty, or of half ἃ lochus, iii. 4. 21. 
| wevtynKkévr ov, ἡ, (ἐρέττω to 
row) ὦ fifty-oared vessel [sc. vais], v. 
1.15: vi. 6. 5, 22s. 
ψἐπεντηκοστύς, vos, ἡ, a body of fifty, 
or half a lochus: κατά π. by fifties, 
iii. 4, 22. 
πέπαμαι, see πάομαι, iii. 3. 18. 
πέπονθα, see πάσχω, iii.2.8: vi.1.6. 
πέπρακα, -doopat, see πιπράσκω. 
wKa, see πίπτω, i. 8. 28. 

* encl., (root or shorter form 
of περί, cf. Lat. per) orig. through, 
throughout ; hence, altogether, just, 
very, even, indeed, particularly, in 
particular ; often added to a relative 
or particle for strength or emphasis 
(comm. written as part of the same 
word, but sometimes separately) ; i. 3. 
18; 7.9; 8.18: see εἴπερ, ὅσπερ, Ke. 

ψπέρα adv., across, beyond ; of time, 
beyond, past, after, after this ; G., vi. 
1. 28; 5. 7. 
ψπεραίνω, avd, (πέρας an end) to fin- 
ish, complete, accomplish, execute, A., 
ἮΙ. 1. 47; 2. 32: vi. 1. 18. 
ἐπεραιόω, wow, to carry across: M. 
to go across, pass over, εἰς, Vil. 2. 12. 
μπέρᾶν adv., across, on the other side, 
G.: τὸ πέραν the other side: i. 5.10: 
iii. 5. 2, 12: iv. 3. 29, 33. 
μπεράω, dow, πεπέρᾶκα, to cross, A., 
iv. 3.21: v. 1. διαπεράω. 
pov or -ος, ov, τό or ἡ, Per- 
gamum or -us, the chief city of Teu- 
thrania in southwest Mysia, situated 
in the beautiful valley of the Caicus. 
It later became the capital of a king- 
dom, and renowned for its great libra- 
ry, giving its name to a material which 
was here brought into use, parchment 
(charta Pergaména). This was also 
the seat of one of the Apocalyptic 
churches. vii. 8. 8, 23. || Bergama, 
still a place of some consequence. 
πέρδιξ, ixos, ὁ ἡ, perdix, @ PAR- 
TRIDGE, i. 5. 3. 
περί * prep., (πέρ per) through the 
circuit, arownd, : (a) w. GEN. 
of theme (that which discourse, 
thought, or action is concerned about), 
about, concerning, respecting, in respect 


περιίστημι 


to, for, i. 3.8; ὅ.81 6.6: 11.1.12, 21s: 
expressing valuation, as, w. ποιεῖσθαι, 
περὶ παντός [concerning every interest | 
of all or the utmost concern or moment, 
all-important, wept πλείονος or πλεί- 
grou of more or the most account, 
value, or consequence, of greater (high- 
er) or the greatest (highest) importance, 
i. 9.7, 16: v.6.22:—(b) w. Dar. 
of a part of the body, around, about, 
1.5.8: vii. 4. 4:—(c) w. Acc., around, 
about ; sometimes translated with, 
among, towards, against, on the banks 
of, in respect to, in behalf of, &c.: of 
place, i.6.4: iv. 4.3; 5.8,36: of per- 
son, i. 2. 12; 4.8; 5.78; οἱ wepl’Ap- 
aiov A. and those with him, ii. 4. 2, 
cf. ἀμφί, 5274, and iv. 5. 21: of time, 
i. 7.1: of object of concern, relation, 
&c., iii. 2.20: v.7.33: vi.6.31; εἶναι 
wept to be busy about, iii. 5.7:— (d) in 
compos. as above, and also denoting 
superiority (the greater surrounding 
the less). Cf. ἀμφί. 
περι-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw one’s arms around, 
embrace, A., iv. 7.25: M. to throw 
round one’s self or one’s self around, 
to surround, A., vi. 3.3: vii. 4. 17. 
περι-γίγνομαι," γενήσομαι, γεγένη- 
μαι, 2 pl. γέγονα, 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην, to be- 
come superior to, prevail over, over- 
come, conquer, G.; to come rownd, turn 
out, result, ὥστε : 1.1.10: v. 8. 26. 
περι-δέω," δήσω, δέδεκα, to tie rownd, 
iv. 5. 36: v. 2. — 
περι-ειλέω," ἥσω, or περι-ίλλω, (εἰ- 
λέω or εἱλέω to roll, wrap) to wrap or 
tie around, iv. 5. 36: v. 1. περιδέω. 
mepl-ey,* ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be su- 
perior, excel, surpass, exceed, prevail, 
G., 1. 8.13; 9. 24: iii. 4. 33. 
περί-ειμι," ipf. yew, (elu) to go 
round or about, A., iv.1.3: vii. 1. 33. 
περι-ἔλκω," ἕλξω, ipf. εἷλκον, to 
drag round or about, 2 A., vii. 6. 10 
(περιεῖλε has robbed, Ed. C. H. Weise). 
περι-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to go arownd, vi. 3. 14? 
περι-έχω," ἕξω or σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to surround, encompass, 
protect, A., i. 2. 22. 
περι-ἣν, -ἢσαν, see περί-ειμι (εἰμί). 
a «ἰόντες, see μα ya (εἶμι). 
περι-ιδεῖν, see περι-οράω, vii. 7. 40. 
εἰστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα (2 pf. 





περι 
pt. ἑστώς), 2 ἃ. ἔστην, to station round : 


περικυκλόω 107 


pf. and 2 a. to stand round, iv. 7.2: 
vi. 6. 6. 
t-KUKAd@, dow, κεκύκλωκα, to en- 
circle: M. to gather in a circle round, 
surround, A., Vi. 3. 11. 
περι-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, to throw one’s arms around, 
embrace, A., vii. 4. 10. 
περι-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a. ἔμει- 
va, to stay about, remain, wait; to 
wait for, await, A.; ii. 1. 3,6; 4.1. 
tIlepiv@cos, ov, ὁ, a Perinthian, vii. 
2.8; a man of 
Πέρινθος, ov, ἡ, Perinthus, a flour- 
ishing city of Thrace on the north 
shore of the Propontis, a Samian col- 
ony, later renowned for its obstinate 
defence against Philip of Macedon, 
ii. 6.2: vii. 2.8. || Eregli, from a later 
name Ἡράκλεια. 
πέριξ adv., (περί) round about, 
around, G., ii. 5. 14: vii. 8. 12. 
(-οδος, ov, 7, ἃ way round, cir- 
cuit, iii. 4.7, 11. Der. PERIOD. 
περι-οἰκέω, yow, ᾧκηκα, to dwell 
around, A., v. 6. 16. 
περί-οικος, ov, ὁ, ὦ provincial, one 
of the Periwci, v.1.15: see Σπάρτη. 
περι-οράω," ὄψομαι, éwpaxa or éb- 
ρᾶκα, 2 a. εἶδον, to look about, 866 
with indifference, overlook, neglect, 
allow, A. P., Vii. 3.3; 7. 40, 46, 49. 
{-πατος, ov, ὁ, (raréw to walk) 
a walk round, walk (both the act and 
the place), ii. 4.15. Cogn. PERIPA- 
TETIC. 
περι-πεσεῖν, see περι-πίπτω, i. 8. 28. 
περι-πέτομαι," rrjcouai,to fly about, 
vi. 1. 23: v. 1. πέτομαι. 
περι-πήγνυμι," πήξω, πέπηχα l., to 
Sreexe about, trans.: P. to be frozen 
about or on the feet, iv. 5. 14. 
περι-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔπεσον, to fall or throw one’s self 
about or upon, to fall on and embrace ; 
to fall foul of ; D.; 1. 8. 28 : vii. 3. 38. 
t-whéw,* πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, 
to satl round, i. 2. 21: vii. 1. 20. 
υ-ποιέω, ήσω, πεποίηκα, A. ἃ M. 
om tee one’s self), to work round, 
manage to procure, ACYUITe, σαΐῃ, A. 
D., v. 6. 17. 
-πτύσσω, viw, to fold round, 
enfold, enclose, i. 10. 9. 
περι-ῥ-ῥέω," ῥεύσομαι ἃ ῥυήσομαι, 


Περσικός 


drop off, as water flowing about an 
object, D., iv. 3.8; v. 2. — 

περι-ῥ-ῥήγνῦμι, ῥήξω, ἔῤῥηχα 1., 2a. 
». ἐῤῥάγην, to break around, trans.: 
M., w. ἃ ἃ. p., to break around, in- 
trans., iv. 3.8: v. ἴ. περιῤῥέω. 

περι-στανυρόω, wow, to fence or pali- 
sade about, A., vii. 4. 14. 

περιστερά, ds, a dove, pigeon, held 
sacred by the Syrians from the tradi- 
tion that the great queen Semiramis 
was nourished as an infant by doves, 
and at death changed into a dove, i. 
4. 9. 

ἱπεριττεύω or περισσεύω, εύσω, to 

reach beyond, outflank, G., iv. 8. 11. 

περιττός or περισσός, ἡ, dv, (περί) 
over and above, superfluous, spare, iii. 
2. 38: vii. 6.31: of περιττοί the men or 


Forces beyond, iv. 8.11: τὸ περιττόν the 


surplus, residue, v. 3. 13. 

περι-τυγχάνω," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 
2a. ἔτυχον, to happen about, happen 
to be near, meet, vi. 6. 7. 

mept-paveas (περι-φανής seen around, 
fr. φαίνω) conspicuously, evidently, 
manifestly, iv. 5. 4. 

περι-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, to carry 
round, A., vii.3. 24. Der. PERIPHERY. 

περί-φοβος, ov, greatly alarmed, 
much terrified, in great alarm or ter- 
ror, iii. 1. 12. 

Πέρσης, ov, a Persian, one of a peo- 
ple early restricted to the country of 
Persis (Περσίς, in its native form Par- 
sa, whence the modern Fars) north- 
east of the Persian Gulf and south of 
Media, but by successive conquests 
extending their power ‘‘from India 
even unto Ethiopia, over an hundred 
and seven and twenty provinces” 
(Esther, 1. 1), an empire far greater 
than any before presented in history. 
In the time of Xen., the Persians had 
lost their early simplicity and vigor, 
and soon after fell an easy prey to the 
arms of Alexander. After their un- 
successful attempts to conquer Greece 
in the reigns of Darius and Xerxes, 
they interfered in Greek affairs chiefly 
by their money, which they employed 
in subsidizing states and corrupting 
public men. i. 2. 20 (as adj.); 5. 8. 

jTlepotte, (cw ἐῶ, to speak Persian, 
iv. 5. 34. 
jIlepouxds, ἡ, dv, Persian: τὸ Περ- 





ἐῤῥύηκα, to flow round, encompass, A., 
i. 5.4: 2 a. p. or a. περι-ἐῤῥύην to 


σικὸν [sc. ὄρχημα] ὀρχεῖσθαι to dance 





Περσιστί 108 


the Persian [dance], also called ὄκλα- 
σμα from the dancer’s often sinking 
upon the knee: i. 2. 27; 8.21: iii. 
3.16; 4.17: vi. 1. 10. 

jIlepoveri adv., in the Persian lan- 
guage, in Persian, iv. 5. 10. 

περυσινός, 7}, dv, (πέρυσι a year ago) 

of the last year, last year’s, v. 4. 27? 

πεσεῖν, -ών, see πίπτω, iii. 1. 11. 

πέταλον, ov, (πετάννῦμι to expand) 
a leaf, v. 4.12. Der. PETAL. 

méropat,* πετήσομαι, USU. πτήσο- 
μαι, 2 a. ἐπτόμην ἃ ἐπτάμην, to fly, 
i. 5.3: vi. 1. 23 (v. 1. περιπέτομα!ι). 
twérpa, as, a rock ; a mass of rock, 
large stone; 1. 4.4: iv. 2.3, 20? 7.4, 
10214. Der. PETRI-FY, PETR-OLEUM. 
ἱπετρο-βολία, as, (βάλλω) the throw- 
ing of stones, stoning, vi. 6. 15. 
Os, ov, ὁ, α stone, iv. 2. 20? 7. 
12: vii. 7.54. Der. PETER. 

πεφ- in redupl. for φεφ-, 159 a. 

πεφυλαγμένως (fr. pf. p. pt. of φυ- 
λάττω) guardedly, cautiously, ii. 4. 24. 

πῆ, πῇ, Th, or wy, also encl., (és) 
in some or any way, by any means ; 
πῆ μὲν... πῆ δέ, in one view or respect 
. . in another, on some accounts . . on 
others, partly . . partly: iii. 1.12? 
iv. 8.11: vi. 1. 20 (δ᾽ ad for πῆ δέ) ? 

πηγή, 7s, α fountain, spring, source, 
comm. in pl., 1. 2. 785; 4.10: iv. 1.3. 

πήγνυμι," πήξω, πέπηχα l., (2 pf. 
πέπηγα am fixed), to make fast or 
solid, stiffen, freeze, benumb with cold, 
A., iv.5.3: P. ἃ M. to be frozn, 
JSreeze (intrans.), vii. 4. 3. 

πηδάλιον, ov, (πηδόν an oar) a broad 
steering-oar or rudder (the Greek ves- 
sel comm. having two, one on each 
side of the stern, but often connected 
by a cross-bar), v. 1. 11. 

πηλός, οὔ, ὁ, mud, mire, i. 5.78: 
ii. 3. 11. 

πῆχυς, ews, ὁ, a cubit, = 14 Greek 
feet, iv. 7. 16. 

Πίγρης, ros, ὁ, Pigres, an inter- 
preter to Cyrus, prob. a Carian, i. 2. 
17; 5.7; 8.12. 

πιέζω, dow, to press, oppress, A.: P. 
to be hard pressed, pressed or crowded 
together, oppressed or weighed down, i. 
1.10: iii. 4. 19, 27, 48: iv. 8. 18. 

πικρός, d, dv, bitter, iv. 4. 13. 

πίμπλημι," πλήσω, πέπληκα, (πλέως 
full) to fill, a. α., i. 5. 10. 

πίνω," πίομαι (tf), πέπωκα, 2 a. Exiov, 


πλαίσιον 


poto, to drink, A., iv. 5. 32: vi. 1. 4; 
4.11. Der. POTATION, SYM-POSIUM. 
πιπράσκω," πέπράκα, f. pf. πεπρά- 
σομαι, (pr. a. comm. supplied by πω- 
λέω, and f. and aor. by ἀποδώσομαι, 
ἀπεδόμην) to sell, A. G. of price, vii. 1. 
36; 2.6; 7. 26; 8. 6. 
πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2 a. 
ἔπεσον, to fall, eis: to fall in battle, 
be slain : 1. 8. 28: ii. 8. 18: iii. 1. 11: 
iv. 5.7. Der. A-PTOTE, DI-PTOTE. 
Πισίδης or Πεισίδης, ov, a Pi- 
sidian. The Piside were a race of 
bold, tameless robbers, occupying the 
western range of Mt. Taurus, where, 
in their mountain fastnesses, they 
long maintained their independence, 
and annoyed their neighbors by their 
ravages. The important but difficult 
work of their subjugation seemed a 
proper object for an expedition by 
Cyrus. The present occupants of this 
region have a marked resemblance to 
them. i. 1.11; 2.1; 9.14. 
Tmorevw, evow, πεπίστευκα, to trust, 
believe, confide in, rely upon, Ὁ. 1.(A.), 
i, 2.2; 3.16; 9.8: vii. 7. 25. 
πίστις, ews, ἡ, (πείθω) faith, con- 
fidence, trust ; good faith, fidelity ; a 
ground of confidence, an assurance, 
pledge ; i. 2. 26; 6.3: iii. 2.8; 3. 4. 
πιστός, ἡ, dv, C., S., (πείθω) that 
may be trusted, trusty, trustworthy, 
faithful, devoted; trusted, confiden- 
tial, in one’s confidence ; D.: οἱ πιστοί, 
a special term for the trusty or con- 
jidential attendants or officers of a Per- 
sian prince: 1.4.15; 5.15; 6.3: 11. 5. 
22: πιστά subst., trustworthy things, 
tokens of good faith, pledges, assur- 
ances, solemn sanctions, 1. (A.), i. 6. 7: 
ii. 3.26; 4.7; iv. 8. 7s. 
ψἐπιστότης, τος, ἡ, faithfulness, 
Jidelity, i. 8. 29. 
πίτυς, vos, ἡ, pinus, ὦ pine-tree, 
pine, ἵν. ἤ. 6. 
πλάγιος, a, ov, (πλάγος side) in ἃ 
side direction, slanting, oblique: eis 
πλάγιον obliquely: eis τὰ πλάγια to 
or against the sides or flanks, to the 
right and left: i. 8.10: iii. 4. 14. 
πλαίσιον, ov, (akin to πλατύς) ὦ 
rectangle ; of troops, ὦ square. This 
square, which could present a front to 
the enemy on each side, might be 
either hollow, or filled with troops, 





or, aS was common on a harassed 





πλανάομαι 103 ποϑέν 


march, occupied in the centre by the 
camp-followers and baggage. i. 8. 9: 
111. 2. 36; 4. 19, 43. 
πλανάομαι, ἤσομαι, πεπλάνημαι, 
(πλάνη ὦ wandering) to wander about, 
1. 2.25: v.1.7. Der. PLANET. 
πλάτος, cos, τό, (πλατύς) width, 
breadth, v. 4. 32. Cog. PLAT, PLATE. 
πλάττω, πλάσω, πέπλακα ]., to 
mould, shape: M. to fabricate, frame, 
invent, 6. g. falsehoods, 582 y, A., ii. 
6. 26. Der. PLASTIC, PLASTER. 
πλατύς, cia, ύ, ὁ. vrepos, wide, 
broad, iii. 4. 22. Der. PLATY-PUS. 
᾿πλεθριαῖος, a, ov, extending a hun- 
dred feet, i. 5.4; 7.15: iv. 6. 4. 
πλέθρον, ov, a plethron or plethrum, 
a hundred feet (in our measure, about 
101 ft., 1} in.), i. 2. 5, 23: iii. 4. 9. 
πλείων or πλέων more, πλεῖστος 
most, see πολύς, i. 1.63; 8. 7. 
πλέκω," ἔξω, plecto, plico, to plait, 
braid, A., iii. 3.18. Der. coM-PLEX. 
wheov-extéw, ow, πεπλεονέκτηκα, 
(πλέον ἔχω) to have or get more, have 
the advantage, gain the ascendency, 
G. ἢ. of respect, iii. 1. 87: v. 4. 15. 
πλευρά, ἂς, a rib (pl. side or sides); 
a side or flank of an army: iii.2.36s: 
iv. 1.18; 7.4. Der. pLEuRIsy. 
πλέω," πλεύσομαι or -σοῦμαι, πέπλευ- 
κα, ἃ. ἔπλευσα, to sail, go by sea, ἐν, 
πρός, &e., i. 7.15; 9.17: v. 1. 10. 
πλέων, πλέον, see πολύς, i. 2. 11. 
πληγή, fis, (πλήττω) plaga, a blow, 
i. 5.11; ii. 4.11. Der. pLacus. 
πλῆθος, cos, τό, fulness, abwndance, 
multitude; great quantity, extent, or 
number ; amount, total, number or 
numbers ; the multitude, mass, main 
or common body; i.5.9; 7.4; 8.13: 
ili. 1. 37: iv. 4.8: v. 5. 4. 
πλήθω in pr. and ipf., (πλέως full) 
to be full, i. 8.1: ii. 1.7: see ἀγορά, 
πίμπλημι. Der. PLETHORIC. 
πλήν " (πλέον more than) adv. as 
prep., except, save, G., i. 1.6; 8.6: 
—conj., except, but ; except that, save 
that ; 1. ἃ. 24: 8. 20, 25; 9. 29. 
πλήρης, ες, (πλέως full) plénus, 
full, com-plete, filled with, abounding 
in, G., 1.2.7; 4.9; 5.1; 8.9: ii. 8. 
10: vii. 5.5. Cog. PLENARY, PLENTY. 
trAnorate, dow, πεπλησίακα, to come 
or draw near, approach, D., i. 5.2: 
iv. 6.6: vi. 5. 26. 


adv. πλησίον, near, nigh, close by, α., 
i. 8.1: v. 2.11: also used w. the art. 
as an adj. (c. πλησιαίτερος, 5. -alraros), 
near, neighboring, nearest, D., i. 10.5: 
11. 4.16: iv. 8. 13:—fr. πέλας near. 
πλήττω," πλήξω, 2 pf. πέπληγα, 
2a. p. ἐπλήγην, to strike, smite, wound, 
A., V. 8. 2, 4,12: vi. 1.5 (stronger 
than παίω). Der. APo-PLEXY. 
taAlvOvos, 7, ov, made or built of 
brick, iii. 4. 11. 
πλίνθος, ov, ἡ, a brick, whether 
baked by fire or dried in the sun, ii. 
4.12: ii. 4.7. Der. ΡΙΙΝΤΗ. 
πλοῖον, ov, (πλέω) a vessel, esp. ὦ 
merchant or transport vessel, more 
oval in form than the ship of war 
(ναῦς or τριήρης) and chiefly propelled 
by sails ; ὦ ship of burden, transport ; 
a boat, (as for fishing, crossing or 
bridging a river, &c.), canoe; i. 2.5; 
4.78, 18; 7.15: v. 4.11: μακρὸν π. 
a long vessel, i. e. ship of war, in dis- 
tinction from the rounder ship οἵ 
burden, v. 1. 11. 
πλόος, ov, contr. πλοῦς, οὔ, ὁ, (πλέω) 
a voyage, sailing ; hence, sing. and pl., 
weather for sailing: G., εἰς, ἐξ : v. 7. 
δεν, θϑυ 4.9 
[-πλοος -fold, akin to πλέκω, 240. 4.} 
᾿Ἰπλούσιος, a, ον, 6., rich, wealthy, 
1.9.16: vii. 3.18; 7. 28. 
ἐπλουσίως adv., in wealth, iii. 2. 261 
ἱπλουτέω, tow, πεπλούτηκα, to be or 
become rich, to possess or acquire wealth, 
G., 1.9.19: ii. 6.21: vii. 7. 9, 28, 42. 
tarhourl{w, low 1, πεπλούτικα, to 
make rich, enrich, A., vii. 6. 9. 
[πλοῦτος, ov, ὁ, (πλέος full) wealth, 
riches. Der. PLuTUus. ] 
ἱπνεῦμα, aros, τό, wind, breath, iv. 
5.4: vi.1.14; 2.1. Der. PNEUMATICS, 
πνέω," πνεύσομαι, πέπνευκα, to blow, 
breathe, iv. 5. 8. Der. Dys-PN@A. 
: tvtyw,* tw, to choke, drown, A., V. 
. 25, 
πο-δαπός, ἡ, dv, (πός ; & δάπεδον 
ground, or ἀπό) cujas? of what coun- 
try ? iv. 4. 17. 
ἱποδ-ήρης, ες, (dp-) reaching to the 
feet, i. 8. 9. 
ἱποδίζω, low 1, to fasten by the feet, 
fetter, ili. 4. 35. 
ποδός, ποδῶν, &c., see πούς, i. 2. 8. 
πόθεν ; (πός ;) unde, whence? v. 4. 7. 
ποθέν encl., (és) from any place or 





[πλησίος, a, ov, poet., near :] hence 


quarter, vi. 3. 15. 





ποθέω 110 


twoble, jow, πεπόθηκα 1., to long, 
earnestly desire, be anxious, 1., Vi. 4. 8. 
πόθος, ov, ὁ, fond desire, longing for, 
G., iii. 1. 3. 
trol encl., (34s) to some or any place, 


πολλαπλάσιος 


ποῖος, a, ον, interrog., (πός ;) quialis ? 
of what kind! what kind or state of ? 
what? ii. 5. 7,13: iii. 1. 14. 

Tt πολεμέω, ow, πεπολέμηκα, to war, 
make or carry on war, be at war, per- 


in any direction, some- or any-where|form in war, D. AE., πρός or ἐπί, i. 1. 


(= -whither), v. 1.8: vi. 3. 10. 
wow, how, πεποίηκα, to MAKE 
or DO, but translated variously acc. 
to the connection: thus, to MAKE, 
Sorm, construct, erect, appoint, ren- 
der, institute, organize ; to cause, pro- 
duce, secure, give, induce, influence, 
enable (x. uh to prevent); to make in 
fancy, suppose; A. D., 2 A. (or A. & 
adj.), 1. (A.), ὥστε: i.1.2; 6. 2,6; 
δ. 8. 8: We 128s v7.69 VA. 4D: 
mw. ἐκκλησίαν to call an assembly, i. 4. 
12; φόβον x. to strike terror, i. 8.18: 
—to DO, perform, accomplish, effect, 
execute; to do (good, evil, &c.), be- 
stow, inflict; to act, proceed; AR. 
(esp. neut. adj.) A., D.; 1.1.11; 5.2, 
7; 9.11: iv. 2.23; w. εὖ, κακῶς, &e., 
to treat, serve, do well or ill by, do 
good or evil to, benefit, injure, &c., A., 
1.4.8; 6.9: M. to MAKE or DO 
for one’s self, make one’s own; in 
general like the act., but more sub- 
jective, and oftener used with an acc. 
as = a verb cognate w. the acc. (ἐξέ- 
τασιν ποιεῖσθαι or ποιεῖν to make a 
review, to review, i. 2.9,14); A., 2 A.; 
1.1.6; 7. 2,20; 9. 20: iv. 5. 28: 
σπονδὰς ποιεῖν to offer a libation, but 
σπονδὰς ποιεῖσθαι to offer a libation 
together, to make a treaty or truce, ii. 
3. 8: iv. 3. 14: — to cause to be made, 
have or procure made, A., 581, v. 3. 
5:—to put, place, bring, set, station, 
form, ch. in expressing military posi- 
tion or arrangement, A., i. 6.9; 10. 
9: vi. 5.53, 18,25; ὀρθίους ποιεῖσθαι 
or ποιεῖν to form in columns, iv. 8:10, 
12,148; τριχῆ ποιεῖσθαι to form in 
three divisions, iv. 8. 15 (cf. dixa); ἐν 
ἀποῤῥήτῳ ποιεῖσθαι to put under seal 
of secrecy, vii. 6. 43 : — in expressing 
value, to make to one’s self, make of 
account, esteem, regard, account, A., 
I. περί, παρά, i. 9. 7,16: 11. 8.18 : vi. 

1.11; 6.11. Der. ΡΟΕΜ, Port. 
ψποιητέος, a, ov, to be or that must be 
made or done (one must make or do), 
D. A., i. 3.15: iii. 1. 18, 85: vi. 4.12. 
ποικίλος, 7, ov, variegated, many- 


5, 8s; 3.4; 6.1, 6: iv. 1.1. 

trodeptxds, ἡ, dv, s., warlike, skilled 
or able in war, fitted for war, ii. 6. 1, 
7: τὰ w. warlike affairs, iii. 1. 38: 
σημαίνειν τὸ π. to give the signal for 
attack, sound the charge, iv. 3. 29: 
ἀνέκραγε πολεμικόν gave a war-shout, 
vii. 3. 33. Der. POLEMICS. 

$ πολεμικῶς, 5, wrara, hostilely : π. 
ἔχειν to be hostile or on terms of hostil- 
ity, vi. 1. 1. 

Ἱπολέμιος, a, ov, c., s., relating to 
war ; hostile, at war with ; belonging 
to an enemy, of enemies, the enemy’s : 
subst. πολέμιος an enemy, οἱ π. the 
enemy, % πολεμία [sc. χώρα] the ene- 
my’s country, τὰ π. the affairs of war 
or military affairs: D., G.: i. 2.19; 
4.5; 5.16; 6.1: iii. 3.5: iv. 7. 19s. 

πόλεμος, ov, ὁ, (τπολέω to hawnt) bel- 
lum, war, warfare, πρός : τὰ els τὸν 
π. ἔργα warlike exercises: ὁ θεῶν π. 
the hostility of the gods: i. 6.6; 9. 5, 
14: 11. 5.7: ili. 2. 8: iv. 4.1. 

trokl{w, low ιῶ, to build up into a 
city, colonize, A., vi. 6. 4. 

ἱπολι-ορκέω, How, (elpyw) to hem in 
a city, besiege, invest, beleaguer, block- 
ade, A., 1.1.7; 4.2: 111. 4.8: iv. 2.15. 

πόλις, ews, ἡ, (akin to πολύς) a city, 

town, comm. fortified, and often dis- 
tinguished in the Anab. as inhabited 
or deserted (several cities on the route 
being in the latter condition from war 
or political changes); a body of citi- 
zens, state ; a citadel (the Acropolis at 
Athens being sp. so called); i. 1. 6,85: 
ii. 6.13: vii. 1.27. Der. NA-PLEs. 

ψμπόλισμα, aros, τό, (πολίζω) that 
which is built up like a city, a city, 
town, usu. of the smaller size, iv.7.17. 

ἐπολϊτεύω, evow, to be a citizen, live 
or dwell as a citizen, iii, 2. 26. 

ψμπολέτης, ov, a citizen, v.3.9s. Der. 
POLITICS. 

πολλάκις many times, often, fre- 
quently, repeatedly, i. 2.11: vii. 3. 41. 

ἱπολλα-πλάσιος, a, ov, (wAdrTw to 
form) manifold, manifold more ; many 
times as much, many, or numerous: 





colored, embroidered, tattooed, i. 5. 8. 


πολλαπλάσιοι ὑμῶν many times your 





πολλαχῆ 111 πορίζω 


own number: ἱ. ἢ. 8: iii. 2, 14,16: 
vii. 7. 25, 27. 

ἱπολλαχῆ or χῇ in many places or 
cases, often, Vii. 3. 12. 

Ἱπολλαχοῦ in many places, on many 
occasions, often, iv. 1. 28. 

ἵπολυ-άνθρωπος, ov, populous, ii. 4.13. 

Τπολυ-αρχία, as, (ἄρχω) a command 
vested in many, multiplicity of com- 
mand, many commanders, vi. 1. 18. 

t IloAv-xparns, cos, Polycrates,a trust- 
ed and useful lochage from Athens, iv. 
5. 24: v. 1. Πολυβώτης or -βάτης. 

tIIod%-vixos, ov, Polynicus, an en- 
voy to the Cyreans from the Spartan 
commander Thibron, vii. 6. 1, 39. 

ἱπολυ-πραγμονέω, How, (πρᾶγμα) to 
be busy about many things, meddle, 
intrigue, AE.: w. Tt to engage in some 
intrigue, v. 1. 15. 

πολύς," πολλή, πολύ, Cc. πλείων or 

πλέων, 5. πλεῖστος, (akin to πλέως full) 
much ; many or numerous, ch. in pl.; 
also, acc. to the subject, large, great, 
in great quantity or numbers, in abun- 
dance, abundant, plentiful, extensive, 
long, deep, loud, &.; 1.1.6; 2.18; 
3. 2, 7,14; 7. 4: sometimes pleonas- 
tically used or followed by καί q. v., 
702 ¢, li. 5.9; 3.18: iv. 6. 27 (ef. iii. 
5.1): πολλοί many, of πολλοί the 
many, the most, the majority, iii. 1. 3, 
10: πολλή, sc. ὁδός, a long way or 
journey, Vi. 3.16: of πλεῖστοι or πλεῖ- 
oro (533 6) plurimi, the most (also 7. 
very many), i.5.2,13:— πολύ subst. 
or adv., much, a great part, greatly, 
very, a great distance, far, long; so 
πολύ or πολλῷ often w. the compar. ; 
ἐκ πολλοῦ, sc. διαστήματος, from a dis- 
tance ; 1.5.28; ii. 5. 32: 1ϊ, 8.9: iv. 
1.11: see ἄξιος, ἐπί: τὸ πολύ the 
much, the [great] greater part, the 
most, 1.4.13: vil. 7.36: ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ 
πολύ as things are for the most part, 
comnunly, 711, ili. 1. 425 3 πολλά 
many things, much, often, διὰ πολλά 
for many reasons, i.9.22: iv.3.2:— 
πλεῖον or πλέον plus, subst. or adj. 
(often as indecl. 507 6), or adv., more, 
i. 2.11; 4.14 (by pleonasm): ἐκ πλεί- 
ovos from a greater distance, sooner, i. 
10. 11 :— πλεῖστον or πλεῖστα subst. 
or adv., the most, farthest ; very much ; 
most or very plentifully; ii. 2.12: 
ili. 2. 31: vii. 6.35; 7.1. See ποιέω. 


jIloAb-orparos, ov, Folyctratue, an 
Athenian, father of Lycius, iii. 3. 20. 
ἐπολυ-τελής, és, (τέλος) expensive, 
costly, rich, i, 5. 8. 
πόμα or πῶμα, aros, τό, (πίνω) a 
drink, iv. 5. 27. 
πομπή, 7s, (πέμπω) a sending forth, 
a solemn procession, v.5.5. Der. POMP. 
tarovéw, iow, πεπόνηκα, to labor, toil, 
incur toil, undergo hardship ; to ob- 
tain by toil, A.: i. 4.14: 9.19: ii. 6. 
6: vii. 6. 10, 41. 
tarovnpds, 4, dv, causing toil or hard- 
ship (or in this sense wévypos); hence 
bad, evil, disastrous, ‘mischievous, 
wretched, worthless, troublesome, dan- 
gerous ; base, vile, villanous, wicked, 
unprincipled, evil-disposed, πρός : ii. 
5. 21: iii. 4.19, 35: vii. 1.39; 4.12. 
Ἱπονήρως or πονηρῶς, with toil or 
difficulty, iii. 4. 19. 
πόνος, ov, ὁ, (πένομαι) toil, labor, 
hardship, trouble, difficulty : ot ἡμέτε- 
po w. the fruits of our toil: ii. 5.18: 
iii. 1.12: vii. 6. 9. Der. GEO-PONICS. 
πόντος, ov, ὁ, &@ sea or sea-basin 
(while θάλαττα signifies rather the 
water of the sea, or the body of sea- 
water); hence, even the region about 
ὦ sea, as its basin: ὁ Πόντος the Pon- 
tus, sp. used for ὁ Πόντος Evtewos the 
Eusxine or Black Sea, or its basin or 
surrounding region, iv. 8.22: v.1.1; 
6. 15s, 19s. Der. Pontic. 
taropela, as, a journey, march, pas- 
sage, course, route, way, mode of trav- 
elling : τὴν π. ποιεῖσθαι to make the 
march, pursue one’s journey, to march, 
proceed: i. 7. 20: ii. 2.10: iii. 1.5; 
4. 36, 44: iv. 4.18: v. 6. 12. 
taropevréos, a, ov, necessary to be 
passed or crossed, which one must cross, 
D.: πορευτέον (ἐστίν) it is necessary to 
march or proceed, one must, &¢., AE.: 
li, 2.12; 5.18: iv. 1.2; 5.1. 
εὔω, εύσω, ἃ. p. asm. ἐπορεύθην, 
(πόρος) to make go, convey: M. to go, 
proceed, march, advance, set forth, 
journey, travel, esp. by land, Ak., 
διά, ἐπί, παρά, πρός, &c., 1.2.1, 4; 3. 
4,7: ii. 2.118,14: iii. 4. 46: v. 3.1. 
πορθέω, ήσω, πεπόρθηκα, (πέρθω to 
ravage) to ravage, lay waste, plunder, 
A., V. 7. 14: vii. 7. 8, 12. 
taroplta, iow ιῶ, πεπόρικα, to provide, 
supply, furnish, bestow, A. D., ii. 3.5: 





Der. POLY-GON, POLY-GLOT. 


iii.3.20 ; 5.8: —WM. to provide for one’s 





πόρος 112 


self, supply one's self with,” procure, 
A., ll. 1. 6: iii. 1. 20. Der. ports. 
πόρος, ov, ὁ, (πέρα) @ way across or 
through, passage, ford ; hence, a re- 
source, provision, means, πρός : ii. 5. 
20: iv. 3. 13, 20. Der. ΡΟΒΕ. 
πόῤῥω (later for πρόσω, old Att. 
πόρσω, 104, 157) far from, G., 1.3.12. 
ὕρεος, ἔα, cov, contr. ods, ἃ, 
οὔν, (πορφύρα the purple-fish) purpu- 
reus, purple, i.5.8. Cog. PORPHYRY. 
[πός an old indef.and interrog. pron., 
remaining in πού, ποῦ, πή, πῆ, &c.] 
ποσί, see πούς, i. 5. 3. 
πόσος, 7, ov, interrog., (πός ;) quan- 
tus ? how much? how large or great? 
li. 4. 21: vii. 8.1: in exclam., vi. 5. 
20: πόσον ; how far? vii. 3. 12. 
οὔ, ὃ, (words, as if drink- 


able water) a river, i. 2. 5,78: see| busi 


522i. Der. MEso-PoTaMIA. 
ποτέ encl. indef. adv., (és) at some 
or any time, once, ever ; sometimes 
strengthening a direct or indirect in- 
terrog., as ὅποι ποτέ where in the 
world ; i. 5.7 (δή π., also written δή- 
sis 9. 6: ili. 4.10 (ef. 7); 5. 13. 
a, ov, (πός ;) which of two? 
hence adv., πότερον or πότερα in in- 
quiry between two suppositions (the 
second, which is connected by 4%, be- 
ing sometimes understood), whether, 
usu. expressed in Eng. in indirect 
question only (cf. Lat. utrum. . an), 
1, 4.13: ii. 1.10, 21; 5.17: v. 8. 4. 
ψποτέρως in which way or on which 
supposition of two? εἰ... ἢ εἰ, vii.7.30. 
tT sear ov, a drinking-cup, vi. 1.4. 
, ov, (πο- in πίνω) drinkable, 
POTABLE, to drink: subst. ποτόν or -ά 
drink : i. 10. 18: ii. 8. 27: iv. 5. 8? 
ψπότος, ov, ὁ, a symposium or ban- 
quet, drinking, ii. 3.15: vii. 3. 26. 
Der. POTATION. 
ποῦ interrog. adv., (rés;) ubi? 
where? ii. 4.15: v. 8. 2. 
πού encl. indef. adv., (πός) some- 
where, anywhere ; hence, as a general 
indef., perhaps, I suppose; i. 2. 27: 
ii. 3. 6: iv. 8. 21 (of time)? v. 7. 13. 
πούς," ποδός, ὁ, pes, Sans. pad, a 
FOOT: ἐπὶ πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν to retreat 
[stepping back upon the foot] facing 
the foe or without turning. As a 
measure of length, the standard Greek 
foot (the Olympic) was about 4 of an 


πρέσβυς 


about 4 of an inch shorter, than our 
own. i. 2.8; 5.3: iv. 6.12: v. 2.32. 
Der. ANTI-PODES, TRI-POD, POLY-PUS. 

πρᾶγμα, aros, τό, (πράττω) a thing 
done, deed, affair, event, occurrence, 
circumstance, case, matter : pl. affairs, 
state of affairs, business, troublesome 
business ; hence, trouble, annoyance, 
dificulty: i.1.11; 8.3; 5.18: iv. 
1.17: vi. 3. 6. Der. PRAGMATIC. 
ἐπραγματεύομαι, εύσομαι, πεπραγμά- 
τευμαι, to be busy about, labor to effect, 
A., Vil. 6. 35. 

πραέων, see πρᾶος, i. 4. 9. 

πρανής, és, (πρό) pronus, inclined 
forward, PRONE; steep in descent: 
τὸ 1. the steep, slope, place or grownd 
below : i. 5. 8: iii. 4. 25: iv. 8. 28. 

πρᾶξις, ews, ἡ, (πράττω) transaction, 
ness, undertaking, enterprise, i. 8. 
16, 18s: vii. 6.17. Der. pRAXIs. 

πρᾶος (or πρᾷος), mpacia, πρᾶον, 
gentle, tame, i. 4. 9. 

πράττω, πράξω, πέπρᾶχα, (repdw) 
to pass through an action, incident, 
or course of conduct or fortune; to 
do, transact, PRACTISE, perform, effect ; 
to manage, bargain, negotiate ; to take 
or pursue a course; AE. διά, περί, 
&c.; 1.6.6: ii. 5.21: vii. 2.12:— to 
exact, DEMAND, require, 2 A., vii. 6. 
17 :— to do for one’s self, fare, succeed, 
εὖ or καλῶς, κακῶς, οὕτω, ἀγαθά, τάδε 
(as follows), &c., 1. 9.10 : iii. 1.6; 4. 
6: vi. 3.2: ἃ πράττοι how he was 
succeeding, vii. 4.21. Tow refers 
rather to the effect produced, and 
πράττω to the occupation through 
which it is produced ; while ποιέω 
refers more to the effect produced 
upon another than πράττω. To ex- 
press definite acts, ποιέω is more used ; 
but to express a cowrse of action or 
fortune, πράττω. Der. PRACTICAL. 
πράως or πράως, (πρᾶος) mildly, 
calmly, i. 5. 14. 
πρέπω, έψω, to swit, become, beseem, 
ch. impers., D., 1.,i.9.6: iii. 2. 7, 16. 
tr, a, as, an embassy, vii. 3.21. 
t ς, οὔ, an ambassador, en- 
voy, vi. 3.10: v. 1. πρεσβύτης. 
ἱπρεσβεύω, εύσω, πεπρέσβευκα, to be 
an ambassador or envoy, or to go, come, 
or act as one, D., παρά, ii. 1. 18: vii. 
2. 23; 7. 6. 
us," ews, wv, v, pl. es, ὁ (in 





inch longer, while the Roman was| 


——_—  ςἙῬ -.«. 


sing. poet. , 238 8), c. ὕύτερος, 8. ύτατος, 


πρεσβύτης 118 προέχω 


(πρέπω ἣ old ; as subst., (since old men 
were ch. so sent) an ambassador, en- 
voy, deputy : c. older, elder, elderly ; 
subst., an elder: 5. oldest, eldest : i. 
1.185: 9.5: ii. 1.10: ii. 1. 14, 28, 
34. Der. PRESBYTER, PRIEST. oe 

πρεσ᾽ ς, ov, an old man, vi. 8.10 
arty ke. to buy, see ὠνέομαι. 
ἱπρίν " adv. or conj., prius, before, 
before that, ere, sooner than, until, 
even used after words already express- 
ing precedence (πρόσθεν, φθάνω, &c.); 
comm. w. a finite mode after nega- 
tion, but otherwise 1I.(A.), 703a; 1. 1. 
10; 2.2, 26; 4.13,16; 8.19: i. 5. 
33 : iv. 5. 1 (πρὶν ἤ ὃ), 30. 

πρό" prep. w. gen., (cf. pra, pro) be- 
fore : local, before, in front of (to pro- 
tect, r. as a defence against, &c.), 1. 2. 
17; 4.4: vii.8.18:— temporal, before, 
i.7.13 : — causal, &c., in behalf of, for, 
vii. 6. 27,36; cf. νἱ. 1. 8. In compos., 
before, beforehand, previously, for- 
ward, forth, publicly, in behalf or de- 
fence of. — Hence, c. & 8. adjectives 
πρό-τερος, (πρό-ατος) πρῶτος, q. V., 
262d; cf. pre, prior, primus, fore, 
former, foremost or first. Der. ῬΒΟ- 
PHET, PRO-EM. 

προ-αγορεύω, evow, ἠγόρευκα, (comm. 
f. ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρηκα, 2 a. εἶπον) to say or 
announce before others, proclaim, pub- 
lish, communicate publicly, A. D., ὅτι, 
i. 2.17: ii. 2. 20: vil. 7. 18. 

προ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, 
to lead or proceed forward, advance, 
A., iv. 6. 21: vi. 5. 68, 11. 

προ-αιρέω," How, ἥρηκα, 2 a. εἷλον, 
to take before: M. to choose before, 
select, A., vi. 6. 19. 

προ-αισθάνομαι," θήσομαι, ἤσθημαι, 
2a. ἠσθόμην, to perceive or discover be- 
forehand, A. P., i. 1. 7. 

προ-αν-αλίσκω," -ἀλώσω, -ήλωκα, 
to spend in advance, A., vi. 4. 8? 

προ-απο-τρέπω," έψω, τέτροφα, 2 a. 
m. ἐτραπόμην, to turn back previously, 
P., vi. 5. 31. 

προ-άρχομαι, ἄρξομαι, ἦργμαι, to be- 
gin first or before the rest, 1., i. 8. 17 

mpo-Balyw,* βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to step or go forth or forward, 
advance, proceed, iii. 1.13: iv. 2. 28? 

προ-βάλλω", βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw before: M. to throw 
before one’s self; to bring forward, 


Ψ 


ward or hold forth one’s arms, to pres 
sent arms; προβεβλημένος, sc. τὴν 
ἀσπίδα, having thrown his shield be- 
fore, πρό" i.2.17: iv. 2,21: vi. 1.25; 
2.6. Der. PRO-BLEM. 
ἱπροβάτιον, ov, dim., a small sheep, 
vi. 3. 22: v. 1. πρόβατον. 
πρόβατον, ov, (προ-βαίνω) usu. pl., 
animals that go forth to pasture, cat- 
tle; ch. of small cattle, esp. sheep ; 
ii, 4. 27: 111. 5.9: vi. ὃ. 3,32? 4. 22. 
προ-βολή, ἢς, (προ-βάλλω) the pre- 
sentation of arms, a charge, vi. 5. 25 ? 
προ-βουλεύω, εύσω, βεβούλευκα, to 
plan in advance or behalf of another, 
lead in counsel, G., iii. 1. 37. 
πρό-γονος, ov, ὁ, (γίγνομαι) a fore- 
father, ancestor, iii. 2. 11, 13: vii. 2. 
22. Cog. PRO-GENITOR. 
προ-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα 
(δῶ, &c.), to give forth, give up, sur- 
render, betray, desert, forsake, aban- 
don, A. D., i. 3. 5: iii. 1. 2,14; 2. 2. 
προ-διώκω, * fw or ξομαι, δεδίωχα, to 
follow forth, advance in pursuit, iii. 3. 
10: v. 1. διώκω. 
ἱπρο-δότης, ov, a betrayer, traitor, 
ii. 5. 27: vi. 6. 7. 
προ-δοῦναι, -Sovs, see προ-δίδωμι. 
προ-δραμών, see προ-τρέχω, 1. 5. 2. 
ψμπρο-δρομή, 7s, a running forth, out- 
run, sally, iv. 7. 10. 
προ-δώ, -δώσω, see προ-δίδωμι. 
προ-ειλόμην, see προ-αιρέω, Vi. 6. 19. 
πρό-ειμι," ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμι) to go for- 
ward or before, go on, advance, pro- 
ceed, precede, ἀπό, els, &c., i. 2.17; 
3.1; 4.18: ii. 1. 2, 6, 21? 2.19. 
προ-εἶπον, 2 a. to mpo-a'yopedw or 
προ-λέγω, i. 2. 17. 
προ-ειστήκειν, see προ-ίστημι,1.2.1 ὃ 
mpo-ehavve,* ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
to ride forward or before, push on or 
forward, advance, i. 10.16: vi. 3.14. 
προ-ἐλήλυθα, ελθών,566 προ-έρχομαι. 
προ-εργάζομαι," άσομαι, εἴργασμαι, 
to work out or earn before or previous- 
ly, A., vi. 1. 21. 
mpo-épxopar,* ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2a. ἦλθον, to go, come, or march for- 
ward or before, to advance, proceed, A. 
of extent, εἰς, ii. 3.3: iii. 3.6; 4. 37. 
mpo-epw, f. to προ-αγορεύω OF mpo- 
λέγω, vii. 7. 18 : cf. 3. 
προ-έσθαι͵ -έμενος, see προ-ίημι. 
προ-εστήκειν, see προ-ίστημε, i. 2. 1: 








propose ; Α.; ™. τὰ ὅπλα to throw for- 
LEX. AN. angst ist 


προ-έχω͵ * ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, to have one’s 
H 





προηγέομαι 114 


προοράω 


self before another, to surpass, have|xéxavxa, to burn [down] or destroy in 


the advantage of, G. or τ. A., iii. 2.19. 


advance or before others, i. 6. 2. 


προ-ηγέομαι, joouat, ἥγημαι, tolead| προ-κατα-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴ- 


JSorward, AE., vi. 5.10: vii. 3. 42? 
, ow, (προ-ἤγορος an 


ληφα, 2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, pf. p. εἴλημμαι, a. 
». ἐλήφθην, to seize or occupy in ad- 


aPO-ays 
advocate, fr. ἀγορά) to speak in behalf|vance or beforehand, or before or 


of others, v. 5. 7. 
προ-ἤειν, see πρό-ειμι, i. 8. 14. 
προ-ῆλθον, see προ-έρχομαι, ii. 3. 3. 
οὗ θεύσομαι, to run or hurry 
on before or forward, v. 7. 21? 8. 13. 
ἱπρο-θυμέομαι, joouc, a. προὐθυμή- 
θην, to be eager, earnest, zealous, very 
desirous, anxious; to desire or seek 
earnestly or ardently, wrge; 1. (A.): 
to be closely attentive, observe or watch 
closely, ei: τὸ προθυμεῖσθαι eagerness : 
1. 9, 24: ii. 4.7: iti. 1.9: vi. 4. 22? 
ἵπρο-θυῦμία, as, readiness, good-will, 
alacrity, eagerness, zeal, περί, i. 9.18 : 
vn. 6.11; 7. 45. 
πρό-θῦμος, ov, c., s., having a for- 
ward mind, with good-will, willing, 
Sorward, ready, prompt, earnest, eager, 
zealous, 1.3.19; 4.15; 7.8: iii. 2.15. 
ἐπρο-θύμως, c. drepov, willingly, 
readily, earnestly, eagerly, zealously, 
1.4.9; 10.10: iii. 1.5: v. 2. 2. 
mpo-Giopatr, ὕσομαι, to direct a sac- 
rifice, Vi. 4. 22: v. 1. προθυμέομαι. 
προ-ίδοιμι, -ίδωμαι, see προ-οράω. 
προ-ιέναι, -ἰών, see πρό-ειμι, i. 3. 1. 
προ-ίημι͵, " How, ela, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &c.), 
to send forth, send or grant to one, D. 
I., vil. 2.15% M. to give up one’s self 
or one’s own, surrender, commit, in- 
trust ; to bestow first or freely ; to give 
up, betray, desert, abandon; A.D., 1. 9. 
9s, 12: v. 8.14: vii. 3. 31; 7. 47. 
προ-ίστημι͵ "στήσω, ἕστηκα, ἴο place 
before : pf. pret., to stand or be at the 
head of or in command of, preside 
over, lead, rule, command, G., i. 2.1: 
vi. 2.9; 6.12: vii. 1. 30; 2. 2. 
προ-καίω ἃ Att. xdw,* καύσω, xé- 
καυκα, to burn or kindle before, a. πρό, 
vil. 2.18: v. 2. καίω. 
mpo-Kahéw,* καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
ch. M., to call forth to one’s self, a. 
ἐκ, Vil. 7.2: v. 1. προσκαλέω. 
προ-καλύπτω, ψω,(καλύπτω 0 cover) 
to place a@ covering before, cover, veil, 
A., lil. 4. 8. 
προ-κατα-θέω," θεύσομαι, to [run 
along] make an excursion in advance, 
vi. 3.10: v. 1. καταθέω. 


against others, to pre-occupy, secure 
A. D., i. 3.14, 16: ii. δ. 18: iii, 4. 38, 
_ πρό-κειμαι, " κείσομαι, to lie forth, 
jut out, év, vi. 4. 3. 
as ἘΝῚ a κεκινδύνευκα, 
incur danger ore| in defence or 
behalf of another, vii. + 31. ‘ 
Προ-κλῆς, éovs, Procles, a descend- 
ant of the Spartan Damaratus, and 
prince of Teuthrania in Asia Minor, 
who befriended the Cyreans, ii. 1. 3. 
mpo-Kptve,* xpivd, xéxpixa,a. p. éxpt- 
θην, to select before, prefer, A., vi. 1. 26. 
mpo-héyw, * λέξω, to tell, bid, or warn 
publicly, vii. 7.3. Der. PROLOGUE. 
προ-μαχεών, Gros, ὁ, (μάχομαι) pro- 
pugnaculum, ὦ rampart, battlement, 
vil. 8.13: v. 1. προμαχών. 
προ-μετωπίδιον, ov, (uér-wror fore- 
head, fr. Sy eye) a covering for the 
forehead, frontlet, head-piece, i. 8. 7. 
προ-μνάομαι, ἃ. ἐμνησάμην, ipf.mpov- 
μνώμην, (μνάομαι Ἐ to sue) to solicit or 
plead for another, AE., vii. 3. 18. 
προ-νοέω, how, νενόηκα, also M., to 
think or consider for, take thought or 
provide for or in behalf of, G. AE., Vii. 
7. 33, 37. 
πρό-νοια, as, (νόος) forethought, kind 
or provident care, vii. 7. 52. 
προ-νομή, 7s, [an arranging forth] 
a regular foray or foraging party, v. 
1.7: for σὺν π., v. 1. συμπρονομεῖν. 
trpo-Eevéw, iow, προὐξένηκα, to act as 
a πρόξενος in setting forth an enter- 
tainment ; hence, to set before, A. D., 
vi. 5. 14. - 
πρό-ξενος, ov, 6, a public guest-friend 
or agent, a citizen of one state, who 
acted as a patron or agent, and enter- 
tainer, for the citizens or ruler of an- 
other state, receiving privileges and 
honors in return, v. 4. 2; 6. 11. 
Πρόξενος, ov, Proxenus, a Cyrean 
general from Thebes in Beeotia, and 
an intimate friend of Xenophon, who 
writes his eulogy without concealing 
his defects as a commander, i. 1. 11; 
5.14: ii. 1.10; 6.16: iii. 1. 4, 
προ-οίμην, see προ-ίημι, i. 9. 10. 





προ-κατα-καίω & Att. κάω," καύσω, 


προ-οράω," ὀψομαι,ἑώρἄκαοτι ἑύράκα, 


προπέμπω 


2 ἃ. εἶδον, to see in front or before one, 
perceive beforehand, see coming, i. 8. 
20: so M., vi. 1. 8? 

προ-πέμπω, "πέμψω, wérouda,toserd 
before, forward, or forth; to attend, 
accompany, escort; A.; li. 2.15: iv. 4. 
5: vi.1.23:— WM. to send forward, as 
if intending to follow, A., vii. 2. 14. 

προ-πένω, " πίομαι (ἴ), πέπωκα, 2 a. 
ἔπϊον, to drink first, then passing the 
cup to another, the usual Greek meth- 
od of drinking his health ; hence, to 
drink to one, drink one’s health, A. D., 
iv. 5. 32: vii. 2. 23; 3. 26s. 

προ-πονέω, How, πεπόνηκα, to labor 
in advance or behalf of another, lead 
in toil, G., iii. 1. 37. 

πρός " (πρό, 689i) prep., (a) w. 
GeEn., in front of (esp. w. the idea of 
some action or influence proceeding 


from), in sight of, before, by, from, on [ 


the part of, i. 6. 6: ii. 5. 20: hence to 
express agency, W. pass., &c., i. 9. 20: 
ii. 3.12? 18: in adjuration, as πρὸς 
(τῶν) θεῶν by the gods, ii. 1.17: iii. 1. 
24:—in the direction fronting, in the 
direction of, on the side of, towards, 
iv. 3. 26; πρὸς τοῦ τρόπου in (the di- 
rection of] accordance with the char- 
acter, i. 2.11:— (Ὁ) w. Dat., in front 
of, on the frontier of, face to face with, 
near, by, at, beside ; besides, in addi- 
tion to; i. 2.10; 8. 4,14: 11.8.4: iil. 
2. 383: iv. 5. 9, 22:—w. dat. om., as 
adv., 703b, besides [this], moreover, 
further, iii. 2.2:—(c) w. Acc. of 
PERSON (so esp. used), sometimes of 
PLACE, TIME, Or THING, to the front 
of, towards, to, before, at, near, 
against, upon, with, (πρός Ww. acc. 
often = dat., esp. w. words of motion, 
of address, or of friendly or hostile 
action or relation), i. 1. 3,58; 2.1; 
3.4,9; 4.11; 5. 7,18; 9. 22: ii. 4. 
25; 6.12: iv. 5. 21: —hence, in gen- 
eral, of the object to or towards which 
anything is directed or related in view, 
thought, feeling, purpose, &c. , in view 
of, in respect to, concerning, about, for, 
to, in comparison or accordance with, 
i. 4.9; 10.19: ii. 8.115; 5. 20, 29: 
vii. 7. 41; πρὸς ταῦτα in view of or m 
reply to these things, im respect to this, 
to or upon this, thereupon, accordingly, 
i. 3. 195: ii. 3. 21; τὰ πρὸς σέ, as to 


115 ππροσελαύνω 


towards, against, besides. Der. ῬΒΟΒ- 
ELYTE, PROS-ODY. See φιλία. 
προσ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2a. ἤγαγον, 
to lead to or against, bring forward, 
introduce, apply, urge, A. els, πρός : 
w. acc. om., as intrans., to advance : 
i. 10. 9: iv. 1. 23; 8.11: vi. 1. 14. 
προσ-αιτέω, ήσω, ἤτηκα 1., to ask in 
addition or besides, ask for more, 2 A., 
i. 8. 21: vii. 3. 31; 6. 27. 
προσ-αν-αλίσκω," -ἁλώσω, -ἥλωκα, 
to expend besides, A., vi. 4. 8? 
-αν-εἰπεῖν, as aor. of προσ-αν- 
ayopebw, εύσω, to [speak up] proclaim 
or announce besides, ΟΡ., vii. 1. 11: 


see φημί. 
προσ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, to 
step against or upon, πρός, iv. 2. 28 ? 
προσ-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw or strike against, to 
throw one’s self] advance against; 
assault, attack, make an attack, πρός, 
iv.2.11; 6.13; 7.2: v.2.4: vi. ὃ. 7. 
προσ-βατός, 7), dv, (βαίνω) accessible, 
iv. 3.12; 8. 9. 
προσ-βολή, fs, (βάλλω) an attack, 
assault, charge, iii. 4. 2: vi. 5. 25? 
προσ-γίγνομαι," γενήσομαι, γεγένη- 
μαι & 2 pf. γέγονα, 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην, to be 
added, joined, or attached to, to join, 
esp. as an ally, D., iv. 6. 9: vii. 6. 29. 
προσ-δανείζω, elow, δεδάνεικα, (da- 
νείζω to lend) to lend in addition: M. 
to borrow an additional swum, 581, Vii. 
5. 5. 
mpoo-Stw,* δεήσω, δεδέηκα, to need 
in addition : impers. προσδεῖ there is 
need besides, there is further or addi- 
tional need, G., iii. 2.34: v. 6.1: — 
M. to need or desire as an addition or 
beyond what one has, G., vi. 1. 24. 
προσ-δίδωμι͵," δώσω, δέδωκα, to give 
besides or in addition, to add, A., i. 
9. 19. 
προσ-δοκάω, jow, δεδόκηκα 1., (akin 
to δοκέω, the simple doxdw not used) 
to think towards, expect, look or wait 
for, A., τ. (A.), iii. 1. 14: vii. 6. 11. 
προσ v, see προσ-τρέχω. 
προσ-ε ηφα, 866 προσ-λαμβάνω. 
πρόσ-ειμι," ipf. ἤειν, (εῖμε 4. v.) to 
go or come to or towards, come up or 
on, come near, approach, advance, D., 
els, πρός, i. 5.14; 7.5; 8.11: ii, 4. 2. 
προσ-εἐλαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
to ride or march to, towards, up, for- 





the things concerning you, towards 
you, vii. 7. 80 : --- (Δ) in compos., to, 


ward, or against, i.5.12; 7.16: vi.3.7. 














προσέρχομαι 1 


προσ-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 a. ἦλθον, to come or go to or towards, 
come up or near, come on or forward, 
approach, advance, D., εἰς, i. 3.9; 8.1: 
iv. 4.5; 8. 2,4. Der. PROS-ELYTE. 
προσ-ετάχθην, see προσ-τάττω. 
͵προσ-εύχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι or 
niryuat, to pray to, D., vi. 3. 21. 
προσ-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 a. ἔσχον, 
to [hold to] apply, A. D.: προσέχειν 
(τὸν νοῦν) to apply or direct the mind 
or attention, give thought or heed, give 
or pay attention, show regard, be in- 
tent upon, i. 5. a li. 4.2: v. 6. 22. 
προσ-ἥειν, -yerav or -yoav, see 
Mimics... 
προσ-ήκω, ἥξω, ἧκα l., to come, ex- 
tend, appertain, or belong to, be related 
to, D., ἐπί, 1.6.1: iii. 1. 31 (he has noth- 
ing to do with): iv. 8. 28 :---προσ-ήκει 
at belongs to, befits, becomes, behooves, is 
Jiting or proper, D. 1. (A.), iii. 2. 11, 
15s: vii. 7. 18. 
προσ-ήλασα, see προσ-ελαύνω. 
προσ-ῇσαν or -ἥεσαν, -ἣτε, see πρόσ- 
equ, 1. 8.11: vii δ. 24. i: “a 
πρόσθεν adv. of PLACE and oftener 
TIME, (πρό, mpés) before, in front of, 
previously, formerly, i. 3. 18; 6.1: 
πρόσθεν... πρίν [previously . . before] 
before that, before, until, (w. neg.) 
703%, 1.1.10: ii. 2.29: iv. 3.12: 
πρόσθεν... ἤ sooner than, before, ii. 1. 
10:—6 π᾿ the previous, preceding, fore- 
going, or former, i. 3.19: ii. 3. 1, 22: 
ol π. [those in] who were in front, v. 
8.16: τὰ π. the [things in] front, the 
van, 11. 2. 36: εἰς τὸ π. to the front, 
in advance, forward ; in front of, G.; 
1.10.5: iii. 1. 33; 4. 38: — τὸ m. as 
adv., previously, before, i. 10. 10s. 
προσ-θέσθαι, see προσ-τίθημι,1ϊ.6.10. 
προσ-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run to, to- 
wards, or up, v. 7. 21? vii. 1. 15. 
προσ-(ασι(ν), -ἰών, see πρόσ-ειμι, i. 
ὅ.14: iv. 8. 12s. 
προσ-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, to let go to, 
permit to approach, ad-mit to, A. πρός, 
iv. 5. 5:— M. to let come to one’s self, 
receive, admit, permit, a., iii. 1. 30 
(els ταὐτόν to the same place, rank, or 
ofice, to companionship): iv. 2.12: v. 





προσ-καλέω," καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
to call to, summon, invite, A., i. 9. 28: 


16 προστερνίδιον 


προσ-κτάομαι, ήσομαι, κέκτημαι, to 
ey or acquire additional, A. D., v. 
0. . 

προσ-κυνέω, How, -κεκύνηκα 1., (κυ- 
véw™ to kiss) to kiss the hand to, 
salute, worship, adore, do homage or 
reverence to, bow down or (in oriental 
fashion) prostrate one’s self before, A. 
i. 6.10; 8. 21: iii. 2. 9, 18. 

προσ-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, to take, receive, or obtain 
besides, in addition, or as an aid ; to 
take hold besides, take part ; A. πρός: 
i. 7.3: ii. 3.118: vii. 6. 27, 32. 

προσ-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to wait 
Sor, await, A., Vi. 6.1: σ᾿. ἐ. ἀναμένω. 
_ προσ-μίγνυμι," μίξω, to mingle or 
join with, join or come up to, iv. 2. 16. 

πρόσ-οδος, ov, ἡ, access, approach ; 
approach or procession for worship, act 
of worship, πρός " income, revenue, 
gain, profit, reditus ; i. 9.19: v.2.3: 
vi. 1, 11: vii. 1. 27; 7. 36. 

προσ-όμνυμι," ὀμοῦμαι, ὁμώμοκα, a. 
ὥμοσα, to swear besides or in addition, 
I., i. 2. 8. 

προσ-ομολογέω, How, ὡμολόγηκα, to 
rat to terms, submit, surrender, vii. 

προσ-περονάω, ow, (περόνη a pin) 
to pin or skewer to, A. mpés, vii. 3. 21. 
προσ-πίπτω, ἢ πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
to fall towards, rush to, D., vii. 1. 21. 
προσ-ποιέω, How, πεποίηκα, to make 
over to: M. to make over to one’s self, 
to take to one’s self what does not so 
belong, pretend, feign, make a feint, 
make as if one would, profess, 1., i. 8. 
14: ii. 1.7: iv. 3. 20; 6. 13. 
προσ-πολεμέω, How, πεπολέμηκα, to 
-_ or prosecute ὦ war against, A.? i. 
προσ-σχών, see προσ-έχω, Vii. 6. 5. 
Ἱπροστατεύω, εύσω, to manage, use 
one’s influence, bring it about, ὅπως, 
v. 6. 21. 
trpocraréw, tow, to preside over, 
manage, G., iv. 8. 25. 
προστάτης, ov, (προ-ἰστημι) a lead- 
er, chief, manager, G., vii. 7. 31. 
προσ-τάττω, τάξω, τέταχα, a. p. 
ἐτάχθην, to appoint to or enjoin upon 
any one, command, A. D., i. 6. 10. 
προσ-τελέω, τελέσω τελῶ, τετέλεκα, 
to pay besides, A., vii. 6. 80. 





— M. to call to one’s self, a. ἐκ, vii. 7. 
2 (v. 1. mpoxadéw). 


προ-στερνίδιον, ov, (στέρνον) a breasts 


| plate, breast-piece, for a horse, i. 8. 7. 


προστίθημι 11 


προσ-τίθημι͵," θήσω, τέθεικα, 2 ἃ. mM. 
ἐθέμην, to add to: M. to add one’s 
self to, accede to, agree to, concur in, 
D., i. 6. 10. 

προσ-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2a. ἔδραμον, to run to, run up to, D., 
iv. 2.21; 3.10: vii. 4. 7. 

προσ-φέρω, " οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, to bring 
to, apply, A., V.2.14:— M. to bear or 
conduct one’s self towards, to address 
one’s self or apply to, D., πρός, ν. 5.19: 
vii. 1. 6. 

προσ-χωρέω, ow, Kexwpnka, to go 
or come to, surrender, submit, v. 4. 30. 

πρόσ-χωρος (v. 1. mpb-xwpos), ον, 
neighboring, Υ. 3. 9. 

πρόσω adv., ὁ. προσωτέρω, 5. -«τάτω, 
(πρό, mpbs) forward(s), forth; forth 
from, far from, far off, at a distance, 
at the outposts, G.; far ito, G., 420a; 
ii. 2.15: iv. 1.3; 3.28: vii. 3.42: τοῦ 
πρόσω (430a) or els τὸ πρόσω [for or 
to the region forward] forward, in ad- 
vance, farther, i.3.1: v.4.30:—e. far- 
ther, farther off, iv. 3. 34: vii. 7. 1:— 
ὅποι ἐδύναντο προσωτάτω as far as they 
could, 553 ¢, vi. 6. 1. 

προσ-ώμοσα, See mpog-buvijt, ii. 2.8. 

πρόσ-ωπον, ov, (wy) the face, cown- 
tenance, looks ; so plur., ii. 6.11. Der. 
PROSOPO-PG@IA. 

προ-τελέω, τελέσω τελῶ, τετέλεκα, 
to pay beforehand or in advance, A. D., 
vii. 7. 25. 

ἱπροτεραῖος, a, ov, preceding : τῇ π., 
sc. ἡμέρᾳ, on the day before, ii. 1. 3. 

πρότερος, a, ov, (πρό 4. Vv.) prior, 
former, preceding, previous; with adv. 
force (509 a), or (τὸ) πρότερον as adv., 
before, sooner, previously, G.; i. 2.258; 

4.12; 7.18: iv. 4.14: vii. 8. 22. 

mpo-Tipaw, how, τετίμηκα, f. m. τι- 
μήσομαι (ch. as p., 576 8), to honor be- 
fore or above others, prefer, select, 
esteem, i. 4.14; 6. 5. 

προ-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔδραμον, to run forward or before, 
outrun, G., ἀπό, i. 5.2: iv. 7. 10: 
v. 2. 4. 

arpov- by crasis for mpo-e, v. 8. 9. 

προὐδεδώκειν, see προ-δίδωμι, 111.1.2. 

προ-φαίνω," φανῶ, πέφαγκα, to show 
before or forth: M. to appear before or 
beforehand ; to appear in front, in the 
distance, or in prospect ; to come im 
sight, make one’s appearance ; D.; i. 8. 


7 Πυθαγόρας 


ἱπροφασίζομαι, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, ἕο plead 

or urge as an excuse, A., iii. 1. 25. 
πρό-φασις, EWS, ἡ; (φημί) α pr e-text, 

pre-tence, excuse, G., 1., 1.1.73 2.1: 

ii. 3. 21: vii. 6. 22. 

προ-φύλαξ, axos, ὁ, ὦ sentinel in 


front, advanced or outer guard, out- 


guard, vedette ; pl. an outpost, picket, 
&e.; ii.3.2; 4.15: iii. 2.1: vi. 4. 26. 
προ-χωρέω, ow, κεχώρηκα, to go for- 
ward, advance, prosper, succeed ; to be 
favorable or useful, suit one’s conven- 
ience or be for his advamtage ; D.; 1.9. 
18 : vi. 4. 21: vil. 3. 26. 
πρύμνα, ns, (Ep. πρυμνός hindmost) 
the stern of a vessel, v. 8. 20. 
πρωΐ adv., c. mpwialrepov, contr. 
πρῴ, mpyatrepov, (πρό) early in the 
morning, ii. 2.1: iii. 4. 1 (earlier than 
usual, very early, 514): vi. 5. 2. 
mpapa, as, (πρό) prora, the forepart 
of a vessel, PROW, bow, v. 8. 20. 
μπρῳρεύς, éws, ὁ, the commander in 
the-prow, prow-officer, Vv. 8. 20. 
ἱπρωτ-αγός, οὔ, ὁ, ὦ van-leader, ii. 2. 
16: v. 1. πρῶτος. 
ἐπρωτεύω, evow, πεπρώτευκα ]., to be 
first, hold the first place, παρά, ii.6.26. 
πρῶτος, 7, ov, (πρό q. V.) primus, 
first, in place, rank, or time, foremost, 
chief, earliest ; often w. adverbial force 
(509); i. 8.1; 6.9: 11. 2. 12, 16? 6. 
17, 26 : — τὸ πρῶτον subst. , the first ; 
ἀπὸ or ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου from or at the 
first, iv. 3. 9; (τὸ) πρῶτον as adv., or 
as an appositive to a sentence, jirst, 
at (the) first, in the first place, as the 
first thing, i. 2. 16; 9. 2, 5, 7; 10. 10: 
ii. 5.7: iii. 2.1: vi. 3. 28, 25: so πρῶ- 
ra, iii. 2.27? Der. PROTO-TYPE. 
πταίω, πταίσω, ἔπταικα, (akin to 
πίπτω) to fall, strike, or dash against 
or upon, iv. 2.3: v. 1. παίω. 
πτάρνυμαι," 2 a. a. ἕπταρον, to 
sneeze, iii. 2. 9. 
πτέρυξ, vyos, ἡ, (πτερόν wing, fr. 
πέτομαι) the wing of a bird; a flex- 
ible skirt or flap at the bottom of 
the Greek corselet, usu. of leather 
strengthened by metallic plates ; i. 5. 
3: iv. 7. 15 (v. 1. dim. πτερύγιον). 
πυγμή, fis, (wit) pugnus, the Jist ; 
boxing (rendered more severe among 
the Greeks by the use of the cestus), 
iv. 8.27. Der. PYGMY. 
Πυθαγόρας, ov, Pythagoras, a Spar- 





1: ii. 3.13 (v. 1. φαίνω). 


tan admiral, i. 4. 2. The commander 














πυκνός 118 πώς 


of this fleet is named Σάμιος or Σάμος 
in Hel. 3. 1.1; Diod. 14. 19. 

πυκνός, ή, dv, (πύκα closely, cf. riz) 
close or near together,dense, thick, com- 
pact, firm, in close array: πυκνά adv., 
often : ii. 3. 3: iv. 8. 2: v. 2. 5. 

πύκτης, ov, (rit) pugil, a boxer, 
PUGILIST, v. 8. 23. 

πύλη, 7s, one fold of a double gate : 
comm. pl., gate or gates; hence, en- 
trance, pass, passage, esp. & narrow 
entrance or pass into a country, some- 
times really barred by gates ; as πύλαι 


τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας the Gates of 


Cilicia and Syria, the Syro-Cilician 
Gates, a narrow between Mt. 
Amanus and the Gulf of Issus, barred 
by two walls with gates, of which 
those on the Syrian side are specially 
called ai Σύριαι πύλαι ; i. 4. 48: v. 2. 
16, 23; 5.19s: vi. 5.1: vii. 1. 15s. 
Der. THERMO-PYLA&, PYL-ORUS. So 

}IltAas, sc. ai Βαβυλώνιαι, the [Ba- 
bylonian} Gates, Pyle, a into 
Babylonia, on the north side of the 
Euphrates and, as some think , through 
the Median Wall, i. 5. 5. — The Cili- 
cian Pass (πύλαε τῆς Κιλικίας), over 
Mt. Taurus into Cilicia, ‘‘ perhaps,” 
says Ainsworth, ‘one of the most re- 
markable amd picturesque mountain- 
passes in the world,” while Chesney 
adds that it is one of the longest and 
most difficult, is mentioned, i. 2. 21 ; 
now Golek-Boghaz. 

πυνθά »* πεύσομαι, πέπυσμαι, 
2 ἃ. ἐπυθόμην, to learn by inquiry, 
hear, ascertain ; to ask, inquire, in- 
quire into; G. CP., A. P., I.(A.), περί: 
1.5.15; 7.16: iv. 6.17: vii. 6. 11. 

πύξ adv., with the fist, v. 8. 16. 

πῦρ," πῦρός, τό, FIRE: pl., Dec. 2, 
πυρά, -ὥν, -ois, fires, esp. watch-fires : 
ii. 5.19: iv. 1.11. Der. EM-PYREAN. 

ψπυρά, ἂς, a funeral PYRE or mound, 
vi. 4.9: om. by some. 

ἐπυραμίς, δος, ἡ, a flame-shaped 
structure, @ PYRAMID, iii. 4. 9. ne 
of the most prominent objects among 
the Ninevite ruins is the pyramid or 
conical mound here mentioned, situ- 
ated at the northwest corner of the 
great a on which the wonder- 
ful palaces of Nimrid were erected, 
and still, after the wear of so many 
centuries, about 150 feet high. It 


LA 


at the base, erected doubtless as a 
sepulchral or religious monument. 
ὕραμος, ov, ὁ, the Pyramus, the 
largest river of Cilicia, rising in Cata- 
onia, breaking through Mt. Taurus, 
and carryingsomuch sliuviae through 
its fertile plain, that Strabo quotes an 
oracle that at length its deposits 
would unite Cyprus to the mainland, 
i.4.1. || The Jeihain, about 160 miles 
long. 
ἱπυργο-μαχέω, ow, (μάχομαι) to as- 
sault or storm a tower, vii. 8. 18. 
: πύργοι, ov, 0, & tower, castle, vii. 
w, ἔξω, πεπύρεχα, (πυρετός 
Sever, fr. πῦρ) to have or be in a fever, 
vi. 4. 11. 
ἱπύρινος, ἡ, ov, made of wheat, 
wheaten, iv. 5. 31. 
πυρός, οὔ, ὁ, (πῦρ, fr. the color ὃ 
comm. pl., wheat, i. 2. 22: iv. 5. δ. 
Ilvpplas, ov, Pyrrhias, an officer 
from Arcadia, vi. 5. 11. 
ῥίχη, ns, (fr. Πύῤῥιχος or Πύῤ- 
pos, the inventor ?) the Pyrrhic or war 
dance, in which armed dancers imi- 
tated the movements of attack and 
defence, keeping time with music, 
vi. 1. 12. 
σεύω, εύσω, (πυρσός torch, fr. 
πῦρ) to light torches, kindle beacon- 
Jires, or make signals by them, vii. 
8. 15. 
πώ encl. adv., (orig. dat. of és: 
by any means) yet, up to this time, 
hitherto ; used w. a neg. (often writ- 
ten w. it as one word, cf. dum), not 
yet, never yet, &c.; i. 2. 26; 5. 12. 
πωλέω, iow, (πέλω to be in business) 
to sell, A. D., i. 5. 5: v. 7.13: vii. 3. 
8; 7.56. Der. MONO-POLY. 
πῶλος, ov, ὁ ἡ, a colt, filly, young 
horse, iv. 5. 24, 35. Cf. pullus, roa. 
ΠΠῶλος, ov, Pédlus, a Spartan ad- 
miral, successor to Anaxibius, vii. 2. 5. 
πῶμα, drink, see πόμα, iv. 5. 27 ? 
πώ-ποτε ever yet, ever, at any time, 
stronger than ποτέ: comm. w. a neg. 
(sometimes written w. it as one word, 
cf. unquam), i. 4.18; 9.188: v. 4.6? 
πῶς interrog. adv., (πός ;) quomodo? 
how? in what way, manner, or condi- 
tion? 1.7.2: ii. δ. 20: iii, 2. 271 4. 
40: --- ἴῃ exclamation, quam! how / 
vi. 5. 19 ? 





was once a lofty tower 167 feet square 


πώς encl. indef. adv., (πός) in some 





ῥάδιος 119 Σάμιος 


or any way or manner, by any means, 
somehow ; hence, for some reason, 
somewhere, nearly, perhaps: ὧδέ πως 
somehow thus, to this effect: 1.7.9: 
ii. 3.18; 5.2; 6.3: iv. 1.8; 8. 21? 
vi. 2.17. See ἄλλως, τεχνικῶς. 


P. 


ῥάδιος, a, ov, 6. ῥᾷων, 8. ῥᾷστος," 
ok 6. 24: iv. 6. 12 ; 8. 18. 
ἐῥᾳδίως, c. ῥᾷον, 5. ῥᾷστα, easily, 
readily, iii. 5.9: iv. 6. 10 : vi. 3. 7. 
“Ῥαθίνης, ov, Rhathines, a general 
of the Bithynian satrap Pharnabazus, 
vi. 5.7. He afterwards made a suc- 
cessful attack on the cavalry of Agesi- 
laus, Hel. 3. 4. 13. 
tpqdvpéw, ow, to live at ease, lead a 
life of ease or indolence, ii. 6. 6. 
tpqdupla, as, indolence, sloth, a life 
of ease, ii. 6. 5. an 
t[q-Oupos, ov, of easy mind, indolent. | 
ῥᾷον, ῥᾷστον, see ῥάδιος, iv. 6. 12. 
εἐῥᾳστώνη, ns, love of case, indolence, 
laziness, sluggishness, v. 8. 16. 
ῥέω," ῥεύσομαι & ῥυήσομαι, ἐῤῥύηκα, 
2a. a. or p. ἐῤῥύην, (cf. ruo, rush) fluo, 
to flow, run (of water), ἀπό, διά, &c., 
i. 2.78, 23; 4.4; 7.15; νἱ. 4. 4. Der. 
RHEUM, DIAR-RHG@A. 
ῥήτρα, as, (fe-to say) a saying, pre- 
cept, ordinance, agreement, vi. 6. 28. 
ῥῖγος, cos, τό, frigus, 141, the cold, 
frost, v. 8. 2. Cf. rigeo, rigidus. 
ῥίπτω ἃ ῥιπτέω," ῥίψω, ἔῤῥιφα, a. 
ἔῤῥιψα, to throw, cast, hurl, throw off 
or down, throw over or about, A.D., els, 
i. 5. 8: ili. 8.1 : iv. 7.13: vii. 3. 22? 
pts, pivds, ἡ, the nose, vii. 4.3. Der. 
RHINO-CEROS. : 
“Ῥόδιος, a, ov, Rhodian: “Ῥόδιος 
subst., a Rhodian, a man of Rhodes 
(Ῥόδος, from ῥόδον rose 3), a large and 
important island near the southwest 
coast of Asia Minor, colonized by the 


Dorians, and having a city of the|p 


same name (built B. c. 408), at the 
entrance of whose harbor stood the 
famed Colossus. The Rhodians were 
famed as slingers. iii. 3. 16s; 5. 8. 

podéw, tow or ἥσομαι, to sup up, 
suck, iv. 5. 32. 

ῥνθμός, οὔ, ὁ, (cf. ῥέω, & ῥυ- to draw) 
RHYTHM, musical time, ὦ regular move- 


rhythm, πρός : v. 4. 14: vi. 1. 8, 10s: 
vii. 3. 32. 

pipa, aros, τό, (ῥυ- to draw) a draw- 
ing, shot: ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος from the 
distance of a bow-shot, iii. 3. 15. 
tpopy, ns, strength, a military force, 
iii. 8. 14. Some compare Roma. 
[ῥώννυμι," ῥώσω 1., pf. p. ἔῤῥωμαι, 
to strengthen ; see ἐῤῥωμένος. 
*‘Pwrapas, ov or aRhoparas, satrap 
of Babylonia, vii. 8. 25: perhaps the 
same with Gobryas, i. 7. 12. 


=. 


σά, see σός, vii. 7.44. — σᾶ or σώα, 
see σῶς, v. 1. 16. 
σάγαρις, ews, ἡ, (fr. Pers.) a dattle- 
axe, halberd, bill, iv. 4.16: ν. 4. 18. 
σακίον or σακκίον, ov, (dim. of σά- 
kos saccus, ὦ SACK) a small bag, a 
wrapper of sackcloth, iv. 5. 36. 
Σαλμνυδεσσός, of, ὁ, Salmydessus, 
the Thracian coast of the Euxine 
from the Bosphorus to the Thynian 
cape, dangerous from its shoals, lack 
of harbors, and predatory wreckers, 
and contributing largely to the early 
ill-repute of this sea, vil. 5.12. The 
name was also given to a town on 
this coast, now Midia. 
ἰσαλπιγκτής or σαλπικτής, οὔ, a 
trumpeter, iv. 8. 29, 32: vii. 4. 19. 
σάλπιγξ, (γγος, ἡ, tuba, a trumpet, 
trump, usu. of bronze and straight, 
while the κέρας (cornu, horn) was 
curved. It was greatly used in Greek 
armies to direct and inspirit their 
movements. iii.4.4: iv.2.7s: vii.3.32. 
foadmitea,* σαλπίσω)]., a. ἐσάλπιγξα, 
to sound or blow with a trumpet, AE.: 
ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, sc. ὁ σαλπιγκτής, when 
the srumpeter blew, at the sound of the 
trumpet, 571b: i. 2. 17: vii. 3. 32. 
Σάμιος, ov, ὁ, @ Samian, a man of 

Samos (Σάμος), one of the most im- 
ortant islands in the Agéan, colo- 
nized by the Ionians, and early famed 
for its arts, commerce, and maritime 
power, standing with the neighboring 
Milétus and Ephesus at the head of 
the Ionian states. Its chief city and 
harbor had the same name. It was the 
birthplace of Pythagoras. Its patron 
deity was Héra (Jiino), who had here 





ment or tune: ἐν ῥυθμῷ in time or 


her greatest temple. 1.7. 5. ||Samo. 








Σαμόλας 120 Σιλανός 


Σαμόλας, ov or a, Samolas, a Cyre- 
an officer from Achaia, v. 6. 14. 
Σάρδεις, εων, ai, Sardes or Sardis, 
an ancient city on the Pactdlus, the 
capital of Lydia, the luxurious resi- 
dence of Creesus, the chief city of the 
dominions of Cyrus the Younger, and 
later the seat of one of the early 
churches ; still showing, in its ruins, 
traces of its former magnificence ; i. 
2.2s,5; 6.6: iii. 1. 8. || Sart. 
Σάρος v. 1. for Ψάρος, i. 4. 1. 
toatpatretw, εύσω, to be a satrap, to 
rule or govern as satrap, G., A., 4724, 
i. 7.6: iii. 4. 31. 
σατράπης, ov, (fr. Pers.) @ SATRAP, 
a Persian viceroy or governor of a prov- 
ince, ruling at the pleasure of the 
king, but with largely discretionary 
egy over life and property. Acc. to 
dt. (3. 89), Darius I.,the great organ- 
izer of the Persian Empire, divided 
it into 20 satrapies. i. 1.2; 9. 7. 
ov, ὁ, a Satyr, a fabulous 
being combining the forms of a man 
and a goat, an attendant upon Bac- 
chus, and devoted to the pleasures of 
sense, i. 2. 13. 
σαυτοῦ, -@, -dv, see σεαυτοῦ. 
σαφής, és, clear, plain, manifest, 
evident, iii. 1. 10. 
joadas clearly, plainly, manifestly, 
evidently, certainly, i. 4.18: ii. 5. 4. 
σέ te, thee, you, see σύ, ii. 5. 8 5. 
joe-avrod,* 7s, contr. cavrod, js, 
refl. pron., of thyself or yourself ; in 
gen. often = tuus, your own: ἡ ceav- 
TOU, SC. χώρα, your own country : i. 6. 
7: ii. 5.16: vii. 2. 37; 7. 23; 8. 3. 
Zetvois, οὔντος, ὁ, (céNivor parsley) 
Selinus, the name of a small river 
flowing by the temple of Diana at 
Ephesus ; and of another (now the 
Crestena) flowing through the grounds 
consecrated to her at Scillus ; v. 3. 8. 
σέσωσμαι, see σώζω, v. 5. 8. 
Σεύθης, ov, Sewthes 11., a Thracian 
prince, son of Mesades and descendant 
of Teres, assisted by the Cyreans to 
recover his paternal dominion, but far 
better to promise than to bestow a 
recompense. He afterwards sent 500 
troops to aid Dercyllidas in Bithynia ; 
and had later, B. c. 390, a quarrel with 
his former patron Medocus, which 
Thrasybilus reconciled, bringing both 
into friendship with Athens. v. 1.15. 





Σηλυβρίαον Σηλυμβρία, as, Sely[m]- 
bria, a Megarian city on the north 
shore of the Propontis, vii. 2. 28; 5. 
15. || Selivri. 

σημαίνω, avd, σεσήμαγκα ]., a. ἐσή- 
μήνα or -ἄνα 152 Ο, (σῆμα sign) to make 
or give a sign or signal ; to indicate or 
show by an omen or other sign, signi- 
Sy, give notice ; often referring to ὁ 
σαλπιγκτής implied, as ἐσήμηνε [the 
trumpeter gave the signal] the signal 
was given, 571 Ὁ ; AE., Ὁ. I. (w. as), 
CP.; li. 1.2; 2.4: iii. 4. 4: iv. 3. 29, 
32: vi. 1. 24, 31; 3.15: vii. 2. 18. 

σημεῖον, ov, (σῆμα sign) signum, a 
sign, mark, signal, standard, i. 10.12: 
li. 5. 32: vi. 2. 2. 

tonodpivos, 7, ov, made from sesa- 
mé, iv. 4. 13. 

σήσαμον, ov, SESAME, oil-seed, sing. 
and pl., the seed of the sesamum, an 
oriental leguminous plant still much 
cultivated for the food and the excel- 
lent and abundant oil furnished by 
its seed, i. 2. 22: vi. 4. 6. 

totyd{w, dow, 1. exc. in pres., to try 
or endeavor to silence, A., vi. 1. 32? 

totydw, ἥσομαι, σεσίγηκα, to be or 
remain silent, keep silence, v. 6. 27. 

otyh, 7s, silence, i. 8.11: ii. 2. 20. 

σίγλος, ov, ὁ, (akin to Heb. shekel) 
a siglus, = 74 Attic oboli, or about 
25 cents, i. 5. 6. 

tov8ypela, as, the working in iron, 
v. 5. 1. 

Ἰσιδήρεος, da, cov, contr. ods, ἃ, οὖν, 
made of tron or steel, v. 4. 13. 

[σίδηρος, ov, ὁ, ferrum, iron. ] 

Σικυώνιος, ov, ὁ, a Sicyonian, a 
man of Sicyon (Σιεκυών), a very ancient 
city, with a small territory, on the 
northern coast of the Peloponnese, 
between Achaia and Corinth. It was 
conquered by the Dorians; but re- 
tained a large Ionian element, and 
varied in its political relations and 
form of government. It was famed for 
its schools of painting and sculpture ; 
and in ported ὡς the arts of peace, 
rather than for energy in war, or the 
maintenance of liberty. iii. 4. 47. 
|| Vasilika. 

Σιλᾶνός, of, Sildnus, a soothsayer 
from Ambracia in Epirus, more shrewd 
than trustworthy, i. 7.18: v. 6. 16s. 
— 2. A youthful trumpeter from Ma- 
cistus in Triphylian Elis, vii. 4. 16. 








σίνομαι 121 


σΐνομαι," Ion. σινήσομαι, to harm, 
do harm or damage, inflict injury, iii. 
4. 16. 

twwereds, dws, ὁ, a Sinopean, iv. 8. 
22: v.3.2; 6.1: vi.1.15: a man of 

Σινώπη, ns, Sindpe, a Milesian col- 
ony on the Paphlagonian coast, the 
most prosperous and powerful city on 
the shores of the Euxine. It had a 
great commerce and valuable fisheries, 
and sent out itself several colonies. 
It was the birthplace of the Cynic 
Diogenes, and of Mithridates the Great. 
v.5.7: vi.1.15. || Sinub, still of some 
consequence from its excellent harbor. 

Σιός Laconic for θεός : τὼ Σιώ the 
twin gods, Castor and Pollux, by 
whom, as natives of Lacedemon, the 
Spartans were wont to swear, vi. 6. 34: 
vii. 6. 39? see οὑτωσί. 

cir-aywyds, dv, (σῖτος, ἄγω) carry- 
ing corn, for the conveyance of grain, 
i. 7. 15. 

Σιτάκη, ns, see Σιττάκη. 

Σιτ-άλκας, ov, the Sitaleas, a mar- 
tial song of the Thracians, prob. in 
honor of a prince Sitalcas, vi. 1. 6. 
See ᾽Οδρύσης. 

totrevtds, ἡ, dv, (σιτεύω to feed, fat- 
ten) made fat, very fat, v. 4. 32. 
ἱσϊτηρέσιον, ov, money for buying 
bread, provision-money, Vi. 2. 4. 
ἱσϊτίον, ov, bread, food, i. 10.18: 
pl. provisions, supply of food, vi. 2. 4? 
σῖτος, ov, ὁ, corn or grain, esp. 
wheat, whether unground, simply 
ground, or cooked; hence, flour or 
meal, bread, and, in general, food ; i. 
4.19; 5.5s8,10: 11.1.6: iii.1.3:—pl. 
σῖτα (τά, 226b) victuals, provisions, 
Sood, ii. 3. 27 : 1. 2. 28: ---ἡμέρας σῖτος 
a day's subsistence or supply of food, 
vii. 1. 41; so pl. vi. 2. 4 (v. 2. σιτία). 
Der. PARA-SITE. 

Σιττάκη, 7s, Sittace, a large and 
populous city on the west bank of the 
Tigris, ii. 4.13: v. 1. Σιτάκη. || Near 
Akbara or, acc. to some, Sheriat-el- 
Beidha. . 

σιωπάω, jooua, σεσιώπηκα, (σιωπή 
silence) to be or remain silent, keep si- 
lence, 1. 3. 2: v. 8. 25. 

σκεδάννυμι," σκεδάσω σκεδῶ, a. ἐσκέ- 
daca, pf. p. ἐσκέδασμαι, to scatter or 
disperse, trans., 111. 5. 2. 

σκέλος, εος, τό, ὦ leg, iv. 2.20; 7.4: 
v. 8.10. Der. 1S0-SCELES. 


LEX. AN. 6 





Σκιλλοῦς 


σκέπασμα, ατος, τό, (σκέπη shelter) 
ὦ covering, tent-cover, i. 5. 10? 
toxerréos, a, ov, necessary to consider : 
σκεπτέον ἐστί impers., one or we must 
consider, ὅπως, i. 3.11: iv. 6. 10. 
σκέπτομαι, comm. oKotéw* (-έομαι 
v. 2. 20), σκέψομαι, ἔσκεμμαι, a. ἐσκε- 
ψάμην, specio, to look intently, observe 
closely, view, see, discern, examine, 
spy, reconnoitre, explore, ascertain ; to 
look out or for, look out for, keep a 
lookout, watch, provide ; to look or see 
to, consider, regard ; A., CP., πρός : i. 
9.22: ii. 4. 24: iii. 1.18; 2.20: v.1. 
9; 7.32. Der. SKEPTIC, MICRO-SCOPE. 
Τσκευάζω, dow, to prepare, dress up, 
equip, vi. 1. 12. 
toKevh, ἧς, equipment, attire, dress, 
iv. 7. 27. 
σκεῦος, eos, τό, an article of furni- 
ture, equipment, or baggage, utensil : 
pl. baggage, luggage, iil. 1. 30; 2. 28. 
ἐσκενοφορέω, ow, to carry baggage, 
be a porter, ili. 2. 28; 3. 19. 
foxevo-dpos, ov, (φέρω) carrying 
baggage : subst. τος a baggage-carrier, 


porter ; -ov, sc. κτῆνος, a common beast 


of burden; τὰ σκευφόρα the baggage- 
animals, baggage-train, baggage ; i. 8. 
7; 10.3, 5,17: iii. 2. 28, 836; 3.19. 
toxnvde, jow, = σκηνέω, v.3.9? vii. 
4.12? 
ἱσκηνέω, iow, ἃ σκηνόω, dow, ἑσκή- 
νωκα, to pitch or to occupy a tent (the 
former sense belonging rather to σκη- 
vow, and the latter rather to σκηνέω), 
encamp or be encamped, quarter or be 
quartered, lodge, ἐν, κατά, &c., i. 4.9: 
ll. 4.14: iv. 4.14; 5. 28, 83; 7. 27. 
σκηνή, ἧς, a tent: al o. the tents, 
camp: i. 2.178; 4.3. Der. scENE. 
φἐσκηνόω, dow, see σκηνέω, iv. 5. 23. 
ἐσκήνωμα, aros, τό, a tent: pl. tents, 
quarters, encampment, ii. 2. 17. 
toxymrds, οὔ, ὁ, a thunderbolt, iii. 
LAL 
ton trod os, ov, ὁ, (σκῆπτρον a staff, 
SCEPTRE, ἔχω) ὦ sceptre-bearer, wand- 
bearer, usher, a Persian household- 
officer, comm. a eunuch, i. 6. 11. 
[σκήπτω, iw, to lean, fall, dart. 
Σκιλλοῦς, odvros, ὁ, (σκίλλα SQUILL), 
Scillus, once a city οὗ Triphylian Elis, 
near Olympia. It joined Pisa, B.c. 572, 
in warring with the Eleans, but the 
latter conquered and destroyed both 
cities. Long after, the Spartans took 





σκίμπους 122 σπάνιος 


the territory of Scillus under their 
control, and here gave Xenophon a 
delightful rural residence under their 
protection, about 393 B.c. This con- 
tinued till the Eleans regained posses- 
sion, after the battle of Leuctra (B. c. 
371); and during this quiet period, 
the works of Xenophon were doubt- 
less for the most part written or re- 
vised. He spent his time, says La- 
értius, in hunting, entertaining his 
friends, and writing histories. The 
visit of Megabyzus to Olympia, prob. 
in the year 392 B. c., gave him a new 
object of interest. Pausanias, more 
than 500 years after, found the temple 
of Diana still at Scillus, and upon a 
tomb near it, a marble statue, which 
the inhabitants said was Xenophon’s. 
v. 3.7: see Ξενοφῶν. || In the vale of 


σκίμ-πους, modos, ὁ, (σκίμπτω = 
σκήπτω) a low couch, a litter, vi. 1. 4 1 
σκληρός, d, dv, (σκέλλω to dry) hard, 
rough, iv. 8. 26. Der. sCLEROTIC. 
μξσκληρῶς in hardship, with dificulty, 
iil. 2. 26: v. 1. ἀκλήρους-. 
σκόλοψ, οπος, ὁ, a stake, pale, pali- 
sade, v. 2. 5. 
σκοπέω in pr. & ipf., see σκέπτομαι. 
σκοπός, οὔ, ὁ, (σκέπτομαι) a scout, 
spy, sentinel, ii. 2.15: νἱ. 8.11. Der. 
SCOPE. 
σκόροδον, ov, garlic, pl. vii. 1. 37. 
texoraios, a, ov, in the dark, before 
morning or after nightfall, ii. 2.17: 
iv. 1. 5, 10. 
σκότος, cos, τό, darkness, the dark : 
ἐστὶ or γίγνεται σκότος it is or becomes 
dark: ii. 2.7; 5. 7,9: iv. 5.17. 
Σκύθης, ov, a Scythian, one of the 
nomadic barbarians who occupied the 
most-northern known parts of eastern 
Europe and western Asia. From their 
skill as bowmen, their name was ap- 
plied by the Greeks to a kind of arch- 
ers armed and trained in Scythian 
fashion : Σκύθαι τοξόται, or Σκυθο-το- 
ξόται, Scythian archers. iii. 4. 15 (as 
adj.): om. by some. 
᾿Σκνϑινοί, ay, οἱ, the Scythini, or 
-inians, ἃ mountain tribe, not far from 
the southeast shore of the Euxine, 
perhaps of Scythian origin, iv. 7. 18 ; 
8.1: v. 1. Σκυθηνοί, Σκυθῖνοι. 
ἘΣκυθο-τοξότης, ov, a Scythian arch- 
er, ill. 4.15? See Σκύθης. 





oKvreto, εύσω, (σκῦλον spoil) to de- 
spoil, strip off the arms of an enemy, 
A., vi. 1. 6. 

σκύταλον, ov, (Edw? see téw) a staff, 
club, cudgel, mace, vii. 4. 15. 

σκύτινος, 7, ov,( σκῦτος a hide) made 
of leather, leathern, v. 4. 13. 

σμῆνος, cos, τό, a bee-hive, a swarm 
of bees, iv. 8. 20. 

Σμίκρης, yros, Smicres, an Arcadian 
commander, vi. 3. 4s. 

Σόλοι, wy, ol, Soli, an important 
maritime city of Cilicia, built by Ar- 
gives and Rhodians; who at length 
spoke such bad Greek, from mingling 
with the native Cilicians, as to give 
rise to the term solecism (σολοικισμό5). 
It was the birthplace of the Stoic 
Chrysippus and the poet Aratus; and 
was later named Πομπηϊούπολις from 
Pompey the Great, who here settled a 
colony of reformed pirates. i. 2. 24. 
|| Eski-Shehr (i. 6. old city) near Mezetli. 

σός, σή, σόν, (σύ) thy, your: φιλίᾳ 
τῇ σῇ love to you, 538d: τὰ σά your 
affairs or interests: vii. 7. 29, 44. 

Σοῦσα, wy, τά, (Pers. susan, lily) 
Stsa (Shushan, Neh. 1. 1) chief city 
of the province of Susiana (Elam, Dan. 
8. 2), and one of the capitals of the 
Persian Empire, comm. occupied by 
the king, from its genial climate, in 
the winter or spring, ii. 4. 25: iii. 5. 
15. || Extensive ruins at Sfis, where 
the remains of the great palace of Da- 
rius I. have been lately disinterred. 

ἸΣοφ-αίνετος, ov, Sophenetus, from 
Stymphalus in Arcadia, one of the 
oldest of the Cyrean generals. As his 
name does not appear after the Cyre- 
ans reached the Bosphorus, it is prob- 
able that he took this opportunity of 
leaving the army, perhaps displeased 
with his fine or thinking his age too 
little respected, and that Phryniscus 
was appointed in his place. He may 
have written a history of the expedi- 
tion to justify himself, since we find a 
Sophenetus mentioned as the author 
of such a history. i. 1.11: v. 8.1. 

σοφία, as, wisdom, skill, i. 2. 8. 
Der. SOPHIA, PHILO-SOPHY. 

σοφός, %}, dv, wise, intelligent, clever, 
gifted, accomplished, i. 10. 2. 

ἱσπανίζω, icw 1, to lack, want, be 
in want of, G., ti. 2. 12: vii. 7. 42. 

Ἰσπάνιος, a, ov, scarce, scanty ,i. 9. 27. 




















σπάνις 123 στάδιον 


σπάνις, ews, ἡ, scarcity, scantiness, 
want, G., vi. 4. 8: vii. 2. 15. 

Σπάρτη, ns, Sparta (on the west 
bank of the Eurétas, now the Iri), 
also called Λακεδαίμων, the capital of 
Laconia, and that city of Greece in 
which its military spirit and prowess, 
and the subordination of the individ- 
ual to the state culminated. It was 
the especial residence of the Dorian 
conquerors of Laconia, a great mili- 
tary and land-holding aristocracy (oi 
ὅμοιοι the peers, iv. 6. 14), owning 
estates throughout the province, which 
were chiefly cultivated by the con- 
quered people reduced to a state of 
serfdom under the name of Helots. 
Still a third class, the Periceci (zepl- 
οἰκοι, dwelling around the capital in 
rural villages), were personally free, 
but without political power, neither 
serfs nor citizens. The trade and 
mechanic arts of the country were 
chiefly in the hands of these. The 
Spartan citizens were so few in com- 
parison with their slaves and subjects, 
that they could hope to maintain their 
ascendency only by a thorough sys- 
tem of military and political training. 
Hence they submitted to the rigid 
and peculiar laws of Lycurgus, ob- 
served great simplicity in their per- 
sonal habits, subordinated domestic 
to public life, accounted luxury, ease, 
jor self-indulgence as crimes, dis- 
dained the protection of walls, and 
lived at Sparta as inacamp. At the 
head of the state were two kings and 
five ephors. In the government of 
their subject states, the Spartans were 
commonly disliked ; because they here 
applied to so great an extent the arbi- 
trary, selfish, unconciliatory, and in- 
human principles, and the haughti- 
ness of manner, which were observed 
at home in the government of their 
helots ; sometimes combining with 
these a self-indulgence and deceit 
which at home they would not dare 
to practise, and covetousness, even to 
the taking of bribes. At the time of 
the Cyrean expedition, the Spartans, 
having so recently conquered their 
great rival, Athens, were the undis- 
puted masters of the Greek world, 
and exercised their power arrogantly, 
wantonly, and cruelly. ii. 6.4. || New 





Sparta (near Mistra), lately built to 
cherish the memory of ancient great- 
ness. 
Σπαρτιάτης, ov, a Spartan, a man 
belonging by birth to the class of 
Spartan citizens, iv. 8. 25: vi. 6. 30. 
‘ σπάρτον, ov, (σπεῖρα a twisted cord) 
a cord, rope, iv. 7. 15. 
σπάω, dow, toraxa, pf. p. ἔσπασμαι, 
to draw: M. to draw one’s own, A.; 
ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη with drawnswords ; 
i. 8. 29; vii. 4.16. Der. spasm. 
otelpw,* σπερῶ, ἔσπαρκα ]., spargo, 
to scatter seed, sow, vi. 1.8. Der. 
SPERM. 
onévda,* σπείσω, ἔσπεικα]., a. ἔσπει- 
σα, libo, to make or offer a libation, to 
pour, iv.3.13s:— M. to make or agree 
to ὦ treaty, peace, or truce (since in 
this mutual libations were common), 
D., πρός, ἐπί, 1.9.78: iii. 5.16: iv.4.6. 
σπεύδω, σπεύσω, ἔσπευκα]., tohasten, 
make haste, press on, be in haste, be 
eager, I., & 3.14; 5.9: iv. 8. 14. 
Σπιθριδάτης, ov, a general of the 
Bithynian satrap, Pharnabazus. He 
afterwards took offence, and left his 
service for that of Agesilaus, but left 
the latter again from a new offence. 
vi. 5. 7. 
σπολάς or στολάς, ddos, ἡ, (στέλλω) 
a leathern waistcoat, worn under or 
instead of the metallic θώραξ, iii. 3. 
20: iv. 1.18. The form σπολάς ap- 
pears to be Dor., 168. 2: see λοχαγός. 
σπονδή, js, (σπένδω 4. v.) a liba- 
tion, drink-offering: pl. libations, 
hence comm., ὦ treaty, truce, or armis- 
tice, peace, i. 9.8: ii. 3.48: iv. 3. 14. 
tomovdatw, άσομαι, ἐσπούδακα, to be 
busy, zealous, or in earnest, to work 
zealously or hard, ii. 8. 12. 
towrovdaro-Aoyéw, ow, (σπουδαῖος 
earnest, λόγος) A. & M. to engage in 
earnest conversation, converse seriously, 
i. 9. 28. 
σπουδή, 7s, (σπεύδω) haste, speed, 
expedition, earnestness, i. 8.4: iv.1.17. 
torabsvoy, ov, pl. of στάδιοι & τὰ ord- 
δια, a stadium, stade, nearly a fur- 
long ; the [stopping-place] length of 
the footrace-course, which at Olympia 
(the comm. standard) was = 600 Greek, 
or 606% Eng. feet: hence, the com- 
mon or short foot-race itself, as in σ. 
ἀγωνίζεσθαι to contend in the short race 
or course: i. 4.1, 4; 8.17: iv. 8, 27. 





σταθμός 124 


ἱσταθμός, οὔ, ὁ, statio, @ STATION or 
stopping-place, esp. at night; hence, 
a day's journey or march (averaging 
in the Anab., acc. to vii. 8. 26, about 
δὰ parasangs, or 160 stadia), a stage ; 
i. 2.58; 7.14; 8.1; 10.1: ii. 2.6. 
σταίην, στάς, see lornut, v. 2. 16. 
ἐστασιάζω, dow, écraciaxa, to form 
a party or excite faction against, be fac- 
tious or contentious, be at variance or 
divided into parties, contend or quar- 
rel, D., πρός, li. 5. 28: vi. 1. 29, 32: 
vii. 1. 39; 2. 2. 
στάσις, ews, ἡ, [the standing up 
against] faction, dissension, vi. 1. 29. 
Der. APO-STASY. 
joracarns, ov, an opposer, vi. 6. 6? 
σταυρός, οὔ, ὁ, a stake, pale, or 
palisade, usu. crossing others, v. 2. 21: 
vii. 4. 14, 17. 
[poravpéa, dow, to palisade. | 
σταύρωμα, aros, τό, @ paling, line 
of palisades, v. 2. 15, 19, 27. [28. 
joréap, στέᾶτος, τό, tallow, fat, v. 4. 
toréyacpa, aros, τό, (στεγάζω to 
cover) a covering, tent-cover, i. 5. 10? 
στέγη, 7s, (στέγω tego, to cover, 
shelter) a roof, shelter under a roof, 
cover, covered house, cottage, iv. 4. 14. 
foreyvds, ἡ, dv, (créyw) covered, 
roofed, vii. 4. 12. 
στείβω (v. 1. στίβω), Ywl., (ef. stipo) 
to tread, beat, or press down, as a road, 
mattress, &c.; hence, to frequent a 
road ; A.; i. 9. 13. 
στέλλω, " ελῶ, ἔσταλκα, pf. p. ἔσταλ- 
μαι, to equip, gccoutre, fit out, despatch, 
send, A. ἐπί: M. to [send one’s self} 
set forth, proceed, journey, go, ἐπί, 
κατά: iii.2.7: v.6.5. Der. APO-STLE. 
στενός, ἡ, dv, 6. wrepos or drepos, 
257 Ὁ, narrow, strait: ἐν τῷ στενῷ or 
τοῖς στενοῖς in angustiis, in the nar- 
rows or defile, in the narrow space, 
road, or pass: i. 4. 4: iii. 4. 19, 22: 
iv.1.14; 4.18. Der. sTENO-GRAPHY. 
,orevo-xwpla, as, (x@pos) a narrow 
place, spot, road, or pass, i. 5. 7. 
στέργω," στέρξω, 2 pf. Ion. ἔστοργα, 
to love (in the higher sense), regard 
with affection, A., τὶ. 6. 28. Cf. φιλέω. 
στερέω ἃ στερίσκω, " στερήσω, ἐστέ- 
ρηκα, to deprive, A. G., ii. δ. 10 : -- P. 
& M. στέρομαι (v. 1. στερέομαι), στερή- 
Toya, ἐστέρημαι, a. ἐστερήθην, to be 
deprived of, lose, want, G., i. 4.8; 9. 
13: ii. 1.12: iii. 2. 2: iv. 5. 28. 


στράτουμα 


στέρνον, ov, (στερεός or στεῤῥός firm, 
whence STEREO-TYPE) the breast, i. 8. 
26: vii. 4.4. Der. sTeERNUM. 
στεῤῥῶς (στεῤῥός firm) firmly, stead- 
Sastly, resolutely, iii. 1. 22. 
στέφανος, ov, ὁ, (στέφω to encircle) 
a@ crown, garland, wreath, common 
among the Greeks as a prize of vic- 
tory, as a mark of honor, and as a 
festal or sacred ornament, i. 7. 7: iv. 
5. 33: vi. 4.9. Der. STEPHEN. 
ἐστεφανόω, wow, ἐστεφάνωκα, pf. p. 
ἐστεφάνωμαι, tocrown, A.: M. to crown 
one’s self : iv. 3.17; 5.33: vii. 1. 40. 
στήλη, 7s, a pillar, post, v. 3.12: 
vii. 5. 13. 
στῆναι, στήσας, see ἵστημι, i. 2.15. 
toriBds, ddos, ἡ, a bed of straw or 
leaves, a mat, mattress, vi. 1. 4? 
toriBos, ov, ὁ, a trodden or beaten 
way or path, a track (made by many 
ἴχνη, or single footsteps), i. 6. 1. 
στίβω v. 1. for στείβω, i. 9. 13. 
στίζω, lw, pf. p. ἔστιγμαι, (cf. Lat. 
in-stigo, Germ. stechen, Eng. stick, 
sting) to prick, tattoo, A. AE., v. 4. 32. 
Der. STIGMA. 
στῖφος, cos, τό, (στείβω) a throng, 
mass, dense or compact body, of men, 
i. 8. 13, 26: vi. 5. 26. 
στλεγγίς, (dos, ἡ, a strigil, fleshcomb, 
scraper, such as were used by bathers 
to cleanse the skin; or, as some think, 
an ornamental comd for the head, such 
as even men wore on some sacred oc- 
casions ; i. 2. 10. 
στολάς, see σπολάς, iii. 3. 20? 
στολή, js, (στέλλω) an equipment, 
dress, garment, robe, i. 2.27: iv. 5. 
33; 7.13: vi. 1.2. Der. ΒΊΟΙΣ. 
στόλος, ov, ὁ, (στέλλω) an equip- 
ment, preparation; an armament, 
armed force, army; an expedition, 
march, journey, voyage; i. 2.5; 3.16: 
ii. 2. 10, 12: i. 1.98; 211; 3. 2. 
στόμα, aros, τό, the mouth of a per- 
son, river, sea, pit, &c.; the outlet or 
entrance; of an army, the front or 
van ; iii. 4. 428: iv. 5. 25, 27: vi. 2. 
1; 4.1. Der. sTOMACH. 
torparela, as, @ campaign, expedi- 
tion, iii. 1. 9: v. 4. 18. 
torparevpa, aros, τό, a body led to 
war, an army, host ; a military force 
(whether larger or smaller, an entire 
army or a division of it), for which 








στράτευμα is the most general term. 




















στρατεύω 125 


Of στράτευμα, στρατιά, and στρατός, 
the first is far the most used in the 
Anab., and the last but once. i.1.7s; 
2.1, 14,25; 5.1183 7.18: v. 6. 17. 
ἱστρατεύω, εύσω, ἐστράτευκα, to lead 
to war, make war, engaye in war, 
make an expedition, march, ch. of 
leaders or commanders, ἐπί, εἰς, ii. 1. 
14; 3.20; 4.3; 6.29:—W. (oftener, 
and of both leaders and followers) to 
take the field, make or engage in war, 
make an expedition or take part in 
one, march, serve in arms or as ὦ sol- 
dier, ἐπί, els, σύν, &., 1.1.11; 2. 25: 
9. 14: 11.1.1: 11.1.10: v. 4. 84, 
ἱστρατηγέω, ἤσω, to be general or 
commander ; to lead, command, di- 
rect, or manage, as general; to take 
command ; ἃ. AE.: στρατηγεῖν διεπρά- 
taro he obtained command of? στρα- 
τηγεῖν στρατηγίαν to undertake a com- 
mand : τοῦτο ὑμᾶς πρῶτον ἡμῶν στρα- 
τηγῆσαι that your first act in taking 
command of us should be this: i. 3. 
15; 4.3: 11. 2.13; 6. 28: iii. 2. 27: 
vil. 6. 40. Der. STRATAGEM. 
terpatnyla, as, generalship, military 
command ; mode of leading an army, 
plan of operations or management of 
affairs in war ; i. 3.15: ii. 2.18: v. 
6. 25: vii. 1.41. Der. sTRATEGY. 
torpatnydw, dow, (desiderative, 
378d) to desire or seek military com- 
mand, vii. 1. 33. 
terpart-nyos, οὔ, ὁ, (ἄγω) a leader or 
commander of an army or of one of its 
larger divisions, a general ; the com- 
mander of the troops of a Persian prov- 
ince (also termed xdpdavos), according 
to the theory of the empire a different 
person from the satrap for the sake 
of mutual restraint, but in practice 
often the same; G. In mercenary 
service, the pay of a general appears 
to have usu. been four times that of a 
private. i. 1.2; 2.15: vii. 6. 7. 
torparid, ds, an army, host, comm. 
of an entire army, or of its mass in 
distinction fr. the officers or fr. an 


excepted part (hence ἡ στρατιά = πᾶν 


τὸ στράτευμα, Vi. 6. 2, 27); also used 
as a collective, = στρατιῶται soldiers ; 
i, 3. 12, 97; 3.20; 4.5: ii. 2.18: v. 
2.30: νἱ. 8.19; 6.26: see στράτευμα. 
torparwrns, ov, a soldier, esp. a 
private or common soldier, i. 1.9; 2. 
17; 3.78, 21: iii. 2.2: vii. 2. 86. 





συγγενής 


ἸΣτρατο-κλῆς, ¢ous, Stratocles, from 
Crete, the commander of a serviceable 
body of archers, iv. 2.°28. 

totparo-medetw, εύὐσω, ἐστρατοπέ- 
δευκα, to make a camp: comm. M. to 
encamp, be encamped; pf. to lie in 
camp ; avd, ἐν, els, παρά, &c,: i. 3.7: 
li, 2.15; 4.1,10: vi. 4.7: vii. 6. 24. 

torparé-reSov, ov, (πέδον ground) 
the ground occupied by an encamped 
army, &@camp, encampment ; by meton. 
for the army encamped; i. 10.1, 5: 
iv. 8. 23: vi. 4. 27: so pl. vii. 3. 84. 
στρατός, of, ὁ, (akin to στρώννῦμι 
sterno, STREW ? cf. stratus) a body of 
men encamped, hence, an army, host, 
= στρατιά q.V.,1.5.7: see στράτευμα. 
στραφείς, see στρέφω, i. 10. 6. 
ἱστρεπτός, 7, dv, twisted, wreathed : 
subst. orperrds, sc. κύκλος, torquis, 
a wreath, necklace, collar, chain, 1. 2. 
27; 5.8; 8. 29. 
στρέφω," έψω, ἔστροφα 1., pf. p. 
ἔστραμμαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐστράφην, (τρέπω) 
to turn, twist, wreathe, braid, ρίατέ, 
A., iv. 7. 15:— A. intrans. & M., w. 
2a. p., of soldiers, to turn, wheel, face 
about, πρός, 1.10.6? iii.5.1: iv. 3. 26, 
32. Der. STROPHE, CATA-STROPHE. 
στρουθός, of, ὁ ἡ, a field-bird, esp. 
sparrow ; an ostrich (fully o. ὁ μέγας 
the great bird), i. 5. 2,3. 
στρωματό-δεσμος or -ov, ov, ὁ or τό, 
(στρῶμα bed) a bed-sack, in which the 
bed-clothes were carried or kept, v. 4. 
13. 
στυγνός, 7, dv, (στυγέω to hate) hate- 
ful, repulsive, gloomy, stern: τὸ στυ- 
γνόν the gloom or sternness ; ii. 6. 9, 11. 
Στυμφάλιος, ov, ὁ, a Stymphalian, 
a man of Stymphalus, a city near a 
lake of the same name in northeastern 
Arcadia. It was one of the fabled la- 
bors of Hercules to destroy the mon- 
strous birds which haunted this lake. 
i. 1.11. || Ruins in the vale of Zaraka. 
σύ" (σοῦ, col, σέ, encl.), pl. ὑμεῖς, 
tu (tui, tibi, te), vos, THOU, YOU, i. 
3.38; 6.68: ii. 1. νας με ate 
- or ξυγ-, the form which σύν 
sie compos. before a palatal, 150. 

tovyyévea, as, relationship, kin, vii. 

3. 39. 
-γενής, és, (γένος) joined by birth, 
of “the τὰν race, related, akin: pl. 
eveits subst., relatives, relations, 
kinsmen, kinsfolk : i.6.10: vii. 2.31, 





συγγίγνομαι 126 


συγ-γίγνομαι," γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι 
& 2 pf. γέγονα, 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην, to come 
to be with, have intercourse, acquaint- 
ance, or an interview with ; to be with, 
associate or confer with, become ac- 
quainted with ; to be wnder one’s in- 
struction ; to come together, meet ; D.; 
i. 1.9; 2. 12, 27: ii. 5. 2; 6. 17. 
συγ-κάθ-ημαι," καθήσομαι, to sit to- 
gether, v. 7. 21. 
συγ-καλέω," καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
ἃ. ἐκάλεσα, to call together, convoke, 
convene, assemble, A. εἰς, i. 4. 8; 6. 4. 
συγ-κάμπτω, κάμψω, (κάμπτω to 
bend) to bend together, to bend up, A., 
v. 8.10: wv. 1. συν-ανα-κάμπτω. 
συγ-κατα-καίω & Att. -Kdw,* καύ- 
ow, κέκαυκα, to burn up with them, 
A., iii. 2. 27. 
συγ-κατα-σκεδάννυμι," σκεδάσω 
σκεδῶ, A. or M. to sprinkle or throw 
down with another, A. G.? vii. 3. 32? 
συγ-κατα-στρέφω, * ἐψω, ἔστροφα |. ; 
M. to assist in subduing or reducing, 
D., li. 1. 14: see κατα-στρέφω. 
συγ-κατ-ἐεργάζομαι͵, " άσομαι, elpya- 
σμαι, ἃ. εἰργασάμην, to assist in gain- 
ing, A. D., Vii. 7. 25: v.l. κατεργάζομαι. 
σύγ-κειμαι," κείσομαι, (as pass. of 
συν-τίθημι) to be laid down mutually, 
to be agreed upon: els τὸ συγκείμενον, 
86. χωρίον, to the place agreed upon, 
to the rendezvous, vi. ὃ. 4: τὰ ovyxel- 
μενα the (things agreed on] agreement, 
vii. 2. 7. 
συγ-κλείω, elow, κέκλεικα, to shut 
together (e. g. the two leaves of a 
double gate), to close, A., vii. 1. 12. 
συγ-κομίζω, low ιῶ, κεκόμικα, to 
bring together, collect : so M. (for one’s 
own benefit), A., vi. 6. 37? 
συγ-κύπτω, κύψω, κέκῦφα, to bend 
together or towards each other, ap- 
proach, converge, iii. 4. 19, 21. 
συγιχωρέω, ow, κεχώρηκα, to go 
with, concur, assent, acquiesce, Υ. 2. 9. 
σύειος, a, ov, (cis) obtained from 
swine, iv. 4.13: τ. l. σύϊνος, Ke. 
Σνέννεσις, cos, Syennesis, a king of 
Cilicia, who tried to pursue ὩΣ a 
course that he should not lose his 
crown, whether Cyrus or Artaxerxes 
prevailed. Diodorus states (14. 20) 
that he secretly sent a son to the 
king to assure him of his fidelity, to 
report the doings of Cyrus, and to say 
that whatever he had himself done 


συμβουλή 


for the latter, had been done through 
compulsion. Syennesis appears to 
have been a common name of the Ci- 
lician kings. i. 2. 12, 26s: vii. 8. 25. 

σῦκον, ov, a fig, vi. 4.6; 6.1. Der. 
SYCA-MORE, SYCO-PHANT. 

συλ- or ξυλ-, the form which σύν 
takes in compos. before A, 150. 

συλ-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, to take by bringing the 
hands together, seize, arrest, appre- 


‘hend, capture, A., 1.1.3; 4.8; 6.4: 


iii. 1. 2,35: iv. 4.16. Der. SYL-LABLE. 
συλ-λέγω, * λέξω, εἴλοχα, pf. p. εἴλε- 
yuo, 2 ἃ. p. ἐλέγην, (λέγω lego, to 
LAY, gather) to gather together, collect, 
levy, assemble, convene, trans., A., i. 1. 
7,9: ii. 4.11: iii. 1.39:—MM., w. 2 ἃ. 
p., to assemble, congregate, come or get 
together, collect, gather, convene, in- 
trans. ; to be assembled, &c.; iv. 1.108; 
5.1, 12; 8.9: v. 7.3: vi. 3. 6. 
jovddoyh, 7s, an assembling, levy, i. 
1. 6 


φξσύλλογος, ov, ὁ, a gathering, assem- 
bly, assemblage, meeting, v. 6.22; 7.2 
(not summoned, cf. ἐκκλησία). Der. 
SYLLOGISM. 

συμ- or Eup-, the form which σύν 
takes in compos. before a labial, 150. 

συμ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to come together, meet, occur, 
happen, result, iii. 1. 13. 

συμ-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to cast, dash, or bring together, 
collect, A., iii. 4. 831: — M. (of mutual 
or joint action) to contribute, give a 
suggestion or hint, agree upon, con- 
tract, A. D., περί, i.1.9: iv. 6.14: vi. 
3.3; 6.35. Der. SYMBOL. 

συμ-βοάω, ἥσομαι, BeBdnxa l., to call 
aloud or shout to each other, A., vi. 
3. 6. 

“συμ-βοηθέω, How, βεβοήθηκα, to 
help together or in a body, join in as- 
sisting, hasten to add assistance, ἐξ, 
iv. 2.1: vii. 8. 17. 

συμ-βολή, 7s, (συμ-βάλλω) a dash- 
ing together, encounter in arms, vi. 5. 
32. 

tovp-Bovreiw, εύσω, βεβούλευκα, to 

lan with, cownsel, advise, D. A., I. 
(a.), i. 6. 9: ii. 1.178: iii, 1.5:—M. 
to consult or confer with, ask one’s ad- 
vice, Ὁ. CP., i. 1.10; 7.2: ii. 1. 16 8. 

συμ-βουλή, 7s, consultation, counsel, 





advice, Vv. 6. 4, 11. 




















σύμβουλος 


φσύμβουλος, ov, ὁ, a counsellor, ad- 
wiser, 1. 6. 5. 
συμ-μανθάνω," μαθήσομαι, μεμάθη- 
κα, 2 ἃ. ἔμαθον, to become familiar with 
or accustomed to, iv. 5. 27. 
tovppaxéa, how, (σύμμαχοΞ) to be or 
become an ally, form an alliance with, 
v. 4. 30. 
συμμαχία, as, (σύμμαχος) an alli- 
ance, offensive and defensive, v. 4. 3, 
8: vil. 3. 35. 
συμ-μάχομαι," μαχέσομαι μαχοῦμαι, 
μεμάχημαι, to fight together, with, or 
by one’s side, D., V. 4.10: vi. 1. 13. 
lovppaxos, ον, fighting with, au«ili- 
ary, allied, in alliance with ; τὰ σύμ- 
paxa the aids, advantages, or fe- 
sowrces, in war: σύμμαχος subst., 
an ally; auxiliary: D., G., ἐπί: 1.3. 
6; 7.3: ii. 4.68; 5.11: v. 4.9, 
συμ-μετ-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 28. ἔσχον, 
to partake or have a share in with 
others, G., vii. 8.17: v. 7. μετέχω. 
συμ-μίγνῦμι or -ὕω," μίξω, μέμιχα l., 
to mingle or unite with (trans. or in- 
trans.), join, form a junction with, 
meet (as friends or enemies), join bat- 
tle with, Ὁ. ἐν, els, ii. 1.2; 3.19: iv. 
6. 24: vi. 8. 24: vii. 8. 24. 
συμ-παρα-σκευάζω, dow, to co-operate 
by preparing, providing, or procuring, 
A., V. 1. 8, 10. 
συμ-παρ-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 a. 
ἔσχον, to join in giving, producing, or 
procuring, A. D., Vil. 4. 19; 6. 30. 
σύμ-πᾶς, doa, ἂν, all together, the 
whole together, entire, in all: τὸ σύμ.- 
παν adv., altogether, throughout : i. 2. 
9; 5.9: iv. 3.2: vil. 8. 26. 
συμ-πεδάω, tow, (πέδη) to fetter, 
confine, iv. 4.11: v. 1. συμ-ποδίζω. 
συμ-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send or despatch with another, A. D., 
i. 2.20: iii. 4. 42s: v. 5.15: 6. 7, 21. 
συμ-περι-τυγχάνω, " τεύξομαι, τετύ- 
“κα, to [fall in with round about] 
succeed in surrounding, D., vii. 8. 22% 
συμ-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι,πέπτωκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔπεσον, to fall together, fall in, col- 
lapse ; to meet in close conflict, grapple 
or close with; i. 9.6: iv. 8.11? v. 2. 
24. Der. SYMPTOM. 
σύμ-πλεως, wy, (πλέως " full) [filled 
together] quite or very full of, filled 
with, abounding in, G., i. 2. 22: v, 1. 
ἔμ-πλεως. 
συμ-ποδίζω, low ιῶ, (ods) to tie the 


127 σύν 


feet together, confine, encumber, im- 
pede, A., iv. 4.11: v. 1. συμ-πεδάω. 
συμ-πολεμέω, ow, πεπολέμηκα, to 
war or make war with as an ally, as- 
sist in war, D. ἐπί, πρός, i. 4. 2. 
συμ-πορεύομαι, εύσομαι, πεπόρευμαι, 
to proceed or march with, take part in 
an expedition, i. 3.53; 4. 9, 
συμποσί-αρχος, ov, ὁ, (dpxw, συμ- 
πόσιον banquet, fr. πίνω) rex convivii, 
the president of a banquet, a symposi- 
arch; an office for which Spartans 
were more rarely selected, from their 
lack of social vivacity ; vi. 1. 30. 
συμ-πράττω, diw, πέπρᾶχα, to co- 
operate with, assist, aid ; to assist im 
effecting or obtaining ; to join in ar- 
ranging, agree ; Ὁ. AE. περί, ὥστε : 1. 
1.8: v. 4.9; 5.28: vii. 4.13; 8. 23. 
συμ-πρέσβεις, εων, οἱ, (πρέσβυς “) 
fellow-ambassadors, colleagues in an 
embassy, Vv. 5. 24. 
συμ-προ-θυμέομαι, ἥσομαι, ipf. προὐ- 
θυμούμην, to join in urging, add one’s 
influence or efforts, τ. (A.), AE., ὅπως, 
iii. 1.9: vii. 1.5; 2. 24. 
συμ-προ-νομέω, ow, (νέμω) to forage 
together, v. 1.7: v. Ll. σὺν προνομαῖς. 
aig γα οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, a. ἤνεγκα 
or -ον, pi. ». ἐνήνεγμαι, to bring to- 
gether, gather, collect, contribute; to 
contribute good, be advantageous, bene- 
ficial, switable, or suited, sometimes 
impers.; to bear or share with ; A. D., 
ἐπί, πρός, ii. 2.2: iii, 2.27; 4. 31: 
vi. 4.9: vii. 3. 37; 6. 20; 8. 4. 
σύμ-φημι," φήσω, to [say with an- 
other] assent to, acknowledge, A., 0. 8. 
8: vii. 2. 26. 
σύμφορος, ov, (συμ-φέρω) advanta- 
geous, beneficial, useful, D., Vii. 7. 21% 
σύν " prep., old Att. ξύν 170, cum, 
with, together with, at the same time 
with, in company or connection with, 
with the help or favor of, wnder the 
command of ; w. Dat. of person (com- 
panion, helper, counsellor, command- 
er, military force, &c.), instrument, 
dress, circumstance, feeling, means, 
manner, &c., i. 1.11; 2.15; 3.58; 8. 
4: ii. 1.12: iii. 1.23; 3.18, 14. In 
compos. (cvy- before a palatal, συμ- 
bef. a labial, συλ- bef. A, συρ- bef. p, 
συ- or συσ- bef. o, 150, 166), con-, 
with, at the same time, together, alto- 
gether, sometimes strengthening such 





an idea already in the simple verb. 





συναγείρω 128 συνέλεξα 


συν-αγείρω, pf. ἀγήγερκα 1., a. ἤγει- 
ρα, γ΄ assemble together, collect, A. D., 
1. 5. 9. 

συν-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, to 
bring together, collect, assemble, con- 
vene ; to bring together or join the 
edges of, close; a. ἐξ: i. 3. 2, 9; 5. 
10: ili. 5. 14: iv. 4.19: vi. 2. 8. 

συν-αδικέω, ἥσω, ἠδίκηκα, to commit 
injustice with another, join in wrong- 
doing, be an accomplice in evil deeds, 
D., ii. 6. 27. 

συν-αθροίζω, οίσω, ἤθροικα, to gather 
together, collect, esp. troops, A., Vii. 2. 
8:— WM. to flock together, vi. δ. 30. 

συν-αιθριάζω, dow, (aldpia) to bivowac 
together in the open air, iv. 4. 10? 

συν-αινέω," dow, (αἰνέω to speak) to 
agree with, promise, concede, grant, 
A. D., vil. 7. 31. 

συν-αἱρέω," ow, ἥρηκα, 2 a. εἷλον, 
to take together, com-prehend : ὡς συν- 
ελόντι εἰπεῖν, sc. λόγῳ, to speak in 
comprehensive language, to say all in 
α word, iii. 1. 38: see asf. 

συν-ακολουθέω, How, ἠκολούθηκα, to 
go tn company with, follow closely, ac- 
company, D., ii. 5. 30, 35: vii. 7. 11. 

συν-ακούω͵," ούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, to hear 
mutually, α., v. 4. 31. 

συν-λίζω, a. ἥλισα, a. p. ἡλίσθην, 
to gather together, collect, a., vii. 3. 48. 

συν-αλλάττω," diw, ἤλλαχα, 2 a. p. 
ἠλλάγην͵ (ἀλλάττω to change, fr. ἄλλος) 
to change so as to bring together, 
reconcile: M., w. 2a. p., to become recon- 
ciled, come to an agreement, make 
peace, πρός, i. 2. 1. 

συν-ανα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 
2 a. ἔβην, to go up with, D., i. 8. 18. 

συν-ανα-κάμπτω, κάμψω, to bend up 
together, v. l. for συγ-κάμπτω, v. 8.10. 
_ συν-ανα- πράττω, diw, πέπρᾶχα, to 
jom im exacting or requiring what is 
due, A. παρά, vii. 7. 14. 

συν-αν-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2a. 
ἔστην, to raise up with: M., w. pf. 
and 2a. act., to rise or stand up with, 
vii. 3. 35. 

συν-αντάω͵ how, ἤντηκα, (dvrdw to 
meet, fr. ἀντί) to meet [and speak with], 
i. 8.15: vii. 2. δ. 

συν-άπ.-ειμι." ipf. jew, (εἶμι) to de- 
part or return with, ii. 2. 1. 

συν-απο-λαμβάνω͵," λήψομαι, εἴλη- 
$2, to receive at the same time what is 
due, vii. 7. 40. 


συν-άπτω, ἅψω, to fasten together ; 
to join (battle), engage in, A. D., i. 5. 
16. 


συν-άρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρχα, to be associ- 
ated in command with, D., vi. 1. 82. 
σύν-δειπνος, ov, ὁ, (δεῖπνον) a table- 
companion, guest at table, ii. 5. 27. 
συν-δια-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔβην, to cross with others, vii. 1. 4. 
συν-δια-πράττω, diw, rémpaxa, to 
accomplish with: M. to negotiate with, 
ὑπέρ, iv. 8. 24. 
συν-δοκέω," δόξω, to seem good in 
like manner, be likewise approved, D., 
vi. 5. 10. 
συν-δραμοῦμαι, see συν-τρέχω. 
σύν-δυο indecl., two together, two by 
two, vi. 3. 2. 
ovv-e-: for augmented forms thus 
beginning, look under evy- before a 
palatal, συμ- bef. a labial, συλ-, συρ-, 
bef. A, p, and συ-(σ) bef. o, 151, 166. 
συν-εγενόμην, see συγ-γίγνομαι. 
συν-έδραμον, see συν-τρέχω, v. 7. 4. 
συν-εἶδον, -adévar, see συν-οράω. 
συν-είλεγμαι, see συλ-λέγω, iv. 3. 7. 
συν-είληφα, -εἴλημμαι, see συλ-λαμ- 
βάνω, iii. 1. 2, 35. 
σύν-ειμι," ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be with, 
associate with, D.: οἱ συνόντες associates 
or followers : ii. 6. 20, 23: vi. 6. 35. 
σύν-ειμι," ὕειν, (εἶμι) to go or come 
together, come or advance for an en- 
counter, P., i. 10. 10: iii. 5. 7? 
συν-ειπόμην, see συν-έπομαι, v. 2. 4. 
συν-εισ-έρχομαι, ἢ ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλή- 
λυθα, 2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to enter together with, 
πρὸς... εἰς... σύν, iv. 5. 10, 
συν-εισ-πίπτω͵ " πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔπεσον, to fall, rush, or plunge 
into together with others, εἴσω... σύν, 
v. 7. 25: vii. 1. 18. 
συν-εκ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, to 
go forth together with, ἐπί, iv. 8. 22. 
συν-εκ-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, to join 
in lifting out, assist in extricating, Α., 
i. 5. 7. 
συν-εκ-κόπτω, κόψω, κέκοφα, to join 
in cutting down, Α., iv. 8. 8. 
συν-εκ-πίνω," πίομαι (f), πέπωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔπϊον, to drink with another to the 
bottom of the cup, vii. 3. 32. 
συν-εκ-πορίζω, iow 1d, πεπόρικα, to 
aid im procuring or supplying, A. D., 
v. 8. 25: v. 1. συνεξευπορέω, Kc. 





A a see συλ-λαμβάνω, iii. 2. 4. 
συν -ελέγην, see συλ-λέγω. 








συνελήλυθα 


συν-εἐλήλυθα, -ελθεῖν, see συν-έρχο- 
μαι, ii. 1.2: iii. 1. 36. 


129 συντάττω 


συν-ῆλθον, see συν-έρχομαι, ii. 2. 8. 
συν-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, τεθέᾶμαι, to 


συν-ἐλόντι, see συν-αιρέω, iii. 1. 88. | join in inspecting, A., vi. 4. 15. 


συν-έμιξα, see συμ-μίγνῦμι, ii. 3. 19. 
συν-ενεγκών, -ενήνεγμαι, see συμ- 
φέρω, iii. 4. 31: vi. 4. 9. 
συν-εξ-έρχομαι, ᾿ ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυ- 
θα, to go out with, join in an excur- 
sion, D., vii. 8. 11. 
συν-εξ-ευ-πορέω, 70, (πόρος) to aid 
in procuring relief, A. D., ν. 8. 25 ? 
συν-επ-αινέω," dow, ἤνεκα, (αἰνέω to 
speak) to join in approving, A., Vii. 3. 
36. 
συν-επ-εύχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι Or 
ηὗγμαι, to vow moreover at the same 
time, I., iil. 2. 9. 
συν-επι-μελέομαι, ἤσομαι, μεμέλημαι, 
to take or have the joint charge of, G., 
vi. 1. 22. 
συν-επι-σπέσθαι, see συν-εφ-έπομαι. 
συν-επι-σπεύδω, εὐσω, to assist in 
hastening forward, A., 1. 5. 8. 
συν-επι-τρίβω, τρίψω, rérpipa, (τρί- 
Bw to rub) to crush together, destroy ut- 
terly, ruin, A., V. 8. 20. 
συν-έπομαι," ἕψομαι, ipf. εἱπόμην, 
to follow with or closely, follow, ac- 
company, attend, D., i. 3.9; 4. 17. 
cuv-er-duvipt,* duoiuar, ὀμώμοκα, 
to swear at the same time yet further, 
to add the further oath, 1., vii. 6. 19. 
συν-εργός, dv, (ἔργον) working with : 
oumpele subst., a co-worker, assistant, 
helper, coadjutor, D. G., 1. 9. 20s. 
συν-εῤῥύην, -εῤῥνήκειν, see συῤ-ῥέω. 
συν-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 a. ἦλθον, to go or come together, as- 
semble, convene, meet, παρά, ws P., il. 
1.2; 28; 3.21; 5.3: ΒΕ 1. 382. 
συν-εσ-: for most words thus be- 
ginning, look under ov-e-: e. g., 
συν-έσπων, see συ-σπάω, i. 5. 10. 
συν-εστάθην, -ἔστην, -ἔστηκα, see 
συν-ίστημι, iii. 1. 8: vi. 5. 28, 30. 
συν-εφ-έπομαι," ἕψομαι, ipf. εἰπό- 
μην, 2a. ἐσπόμην, to follow close upon, 
follow closely, accompany, D., iii. 1. 2 
(v. 1. cvv-éropat): iv. 8.18: vii. 4. 6. 
συν-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, to hold or 
keep together, A., vii. 2. 8. 
συν-εώρων, see συν-οράω, iv. 1. 11. 
pes pet see συν-άγω, i. 3. 2. 
συν-ήδομαι͵ f. ». ἡσθήσομαι, torejoice 
with, con-gratulate, D. ὅτι, v.5.8: vil. 
7. 42; 8.1. 


συν-θέμενος, -θέσϑαι, see συν-τίθημι, 

π 6.8: ¥. Ὶ 12, 
φςἰσύν-θημα, aros, τό, an agreement or 

thing agreed upon, token, watchword, 
password, i. 8.16: iv. 6.20: vi. 5. 25. 

συν-θηράω, dow, τεθήρᾶκα, to hunt 
with another, join in the chase, v.3.10. 

συν-θοῖτο or -θεῖτο, see συν-τίθημι. 

συν-ιδεῖν, see συν-οράω, i. 5. 9. 

συν-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, ipf. ἕην or ἵειν, 
to put together, wnderstand, A., vii. 
6. 8. 

συν-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, ἃ. p. ἐστάθην, to [bring together 
as friends] present or introduce to, A. D., 
11.1.8: vi. 1.23:— JM, w. act. 2a.& 
pf. (pret.), to stand together or in a 
body ; to assemble, gather, collect, com- 
bine, unite, intrans.; to exist in ἃ 
body, be embodied or organized ; ἐπί, 
&c.; v. 7. 2,16: vi. 2.9, 118; 5. 28,30: 
vii. 6. 26. Der. SYSTEM. 

σύν-οδος, ov, ἡ, a way or coming 
together, meeting, encounter, shock of 
arms, εἰς, 1.10.7: vi.4.9. Der. SYNOD. 

σύν-οιδα, see cuv-opdw, i. 3. 10. 

συν-οίσω, see cuu-pépw, vii. 8. 4. 

συν-ολολύζω, ύξομαι,(ὀλολύζω ululo, 
HOWL) ἐο join in a loud cry, iv. 8. 19. 

συν-ομολογέω, How, ὡμολόγηκα, to 
agree upon with another, agree with 
or to, assent to, concert, A. D., iv. 2.19: 
v. 7.15: vii. 5.10; 8. 3. 

συν-όντων, see σύν-ειμι (εἰμί), ii. 6.23. 

συν-οράω, " ὄψομαι, éwpaxa or ébpa- 
ka, ipf. ἑώρων, 2 a. εἶδον, to see at the 
same time, mutually, or in a compre- 
hensive view; to observe, keep an eye 
upon, or watch each other; to per- 
ceive; A.,P.; 1.5.9: iv. 1.11:—2pf. 
pret. σύν-οιδα (inf. συν-ειδέναι, &c.) 
conscius sum, to know or be cognizant 
with another, be conscious to one’s self, 
Ὁ. P., el, 1.3.10: ii.5.7: vii. 6.11, 18. 

συν-ουσία, as, (εἰμί) the being to- 
gether, an interview, conversation, con- 
ference, ii. 5. 6. 

συν-τάττω, τάξω, Téraxa, pf. p. τέ- 
ταγμαι, to arrange together, form or 
draw up in military order (esp. order 
of battle), array, marshal, A., 1. 2.15: 
συντεταγμένοι drawn up, in battle- 
array, i. 7.14: iv. 2.7:—WM., of a 





συν-ἥειν, see σύν-ειμι (εἶμι), 1.10. 10. 
Lex. AN. 6° 


leader, to draw up his own troops, A.; 
I 


~ --- ------ -ὀα--ς---ς.-. --,-- 





συναγείρω 128 


συν-αγείρω, pf. ἀγήγερκα 1., a. ἤγει- 
ρα, ‘ assemble together, collect, A. D., 
1. 5. 9. 

συν-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, to 
bring together, collect, assemble, con- 
vene ; to bring together or join the 
edges of, close; a. ἐξ: i. 8. 2,9; 5. 
10: ili. 5.14: iv. 4.19: vi. 2. 8. 
᾿ συν-αδικέω, how, ἠδίκηκα, to commit 
ungustice with another, join in wrong- 


συνέλεξα 


συν-άπτω, ἅψω, to fasten together ; 
to join (battle), engage in, A. D., i. 5. 


συν-άρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρχα, to be associ- 
ated in command with, D., vi. 1. 32. 
σύν-δειπνος, ov, ὁ, (δεῖπνον) a table- 
companion, guest at table, ii. 5. 27. 
συν-δια-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔβην, to cross with others, vii. 1. 4. 
συν-δια-πράττω, άξω, πέπρᾶχα, to 





doing, be an accomplice in evil deeds, 
D., i. 6. 27. 

συν-αθροίζω, οίσω, ἤθροικα, to gather 
together, collect, esp. troops, A., a 2. 
8:—WM. to flock together, vi. 5. 30. 

συν-αιθριάζω, dow, (aldpia) to bivowac 
together in the open air, iv. 4. 10? 

συν-αινέω," έσω, (αἰνέω to speak) to 
agree with, promise, concede, grant, 
A. D., vii. 7. 31. 

συν-αιρέω," yow, ἥρηκα, 2 a. εἷλον, 
to take together, com-prehend : ὡς συν. 
ελόντι εἰπεῖν, sc. λόγῳ, to speak in 
comprehensive language, to say all in 
ὦ word, iii. 1. 38: see asf. 

συν-ακο @, ow, ἠκολούθηκα, to 
90 in company with, follow closely, ac- 
company, D., 11. 5. 30, 35: vii. 7. 11. 

συν-ακούω,͵ " ούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, to hear 
mutually, α., v. 4. 31. 

συν-ἅλίζω, a. ἥλισα, a. p. ἡλίσθην, 
to gather together, collect, A., vii. 3. 48. 

συν-αλλάττω," άξω, ἤλλαχα, 2 a. p. 
ἠλλάγην, (ἀλλάττω to change, fr. ἄλλος) 
to change so as to bring together, 
reconcile: M., w. 2a. p , to become recon- 
ciled, come to an agreement, make 
peace, πρός, i. 2. 1. 

συν-ανα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔβην, to go up with, D., i. 8. 18. 

συν-ανα-κάμπτω, κάμψω, to bend up 


accomplish with: M. to negotiate with, 
ὑπέρ, iv. 8. 24. 
συν-δοκέω," δόξω, to seem good in 

like manner, be likewise approved, D., 
vi. 5. 10. 

συν-δραμοῦμαι, see συν-τρέχω. 

σύν-δνο indecl., two together, two by 
two, vi. 3. 2. 

ovv-e-: for augmented forms thus 
beginning, look under evy- before a 
palatal, συμ- bef. a labial, συλ-, συρ-, 
bef. A, p, and συ-(σὴ bef. o, 151, 166. 
συν-εγενόμην, see συγ-γίγνομαι. 
συν-έδραμον, see συν-τρέχω, v. 7. 4. 
συν-εῖδον, -ειδέναι, see συν-οράω. 
rns “y συλ-λέγω, iv. 3. 7. 
συν-ε -ε ι, see συλ-λαμ- 
ἀμ τὰ 8° 4 

σύν-ειμι͵, " ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be with, 
associate with, D.: οἱ συνόντες associates 
or followers : ii. 6. 20, 23: vi. 6. 35. 
σύν-ειμι," ἤειν, (εἶμι) to go or come 
together, come or advance for an en- 
counter, P., i. 10. 10: iii. 5. 7? 
συν-ειπόμην, see συν-έπομαι, Vv. 2. 4. 
συν-εισ-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλή- 
λυθα, 2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to enter together with, 
πρὸς... εἰς... σύν, iv. 5. 10. 
συν-εισ-πίπτω, * πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔπεσον, to fall, rush, or plunge 
into together with others, εἴσω... σύν, 


together, v. 1. for συγ-κάμπτω, v.8.10.|v. 7. 25: vii. 1. 18. 


συν-ανα-πράττω, diw, πέπρᾶχα, to 


συν-εκ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, to 


join tm exacting or requiring what is|go forth together with, ἐπί, iv. 3. 22. 


due, A. παρά, vii. 7.14, . 


συν-εκ-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, to join 


συν-αν-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 ἃ. | in lifting out, assist in extricating, A., 
ἔστην, to raise up with: M., w. pf. |i. δ. 7. 


and 2a. act., to rise or stand up with, 
vu. 3. 35. 


συν-αντάω, how, ἤντηκα, (ἀντάω to 


συν-εκ-κόπτω, κόψω, κέκοφα, to join 


in cutting down, A., iv. 8. 8. 


συν-εκ-πίνω," πίομαι (f), πέπωκα, 


meet, fr. ἀντί) to meet [and speak with], 2 ἃ. ériov, to drink with another to the 


i. 8.15: vii. 2. 5. 
συν-άπ-ειμι," ipf. jew, (εἶμι) to de- 
part or return with, ii. 2. 1. 


bottom of the cup, vii. 3. 32. 


συν-εκ-πορίζω, low 1d, πεπόρικα, to 


aid in procuring or supplying, A. D., 


συν-απο-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, efAn-| v. 8. 25: v. 1. συνεξευπορέω, &c. 


ga, to receive at the same time what is 
due, vii. 7. 40. 


συν-έλαβον, see συλ-λαμβάνω, iii. 2. 4. 





συν-έλεξα, -ελέγην, see συλ-λέγω. 


συνελήλυθα 129 


συν-εἐλήλυθα, -ελθεῖν, see συν-έρχο- 
pot, ii. 1. 2: ili. 1. 36. 
συν-ἐλόντι, see cvv-aipéw, ili. 1. 38. 
συν-έμιξα, see συμ-μίγνῦμι, ii. 3. 19. 
συν-ενεγκών, -ενήνεγμαι, see συμ- 
φέρω, iii. 4. 81 : vi. 4. 9. 
συν-εξ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυ- 
θα, to go out with, join in an excur- 
sion, D., vii. 8. 11. 
συν-εξ-ευ-πορέω, ow, (πόρος) to aid 
in procuring relief, A. D., V. 8. 25? 
ovy-err-arvew,* ἔσω, ἤνεκα, (αἰνέω to 
speak) to join in approving, A., Vii. 8. 
36. 
συν-επ-εύχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι or 
ηὖγμαι, to vow moreover at the same 
time, 1., iil. 2. 9. 
συν-επι-μελέομαι, ἥσομαι, μεμέλημαι, 
to take or have the joint charge of, G., 
vi. 1. 22. 
συν-επι-σπέσθαι, see cuv-ep-érroua. 
συν-επι-σπεύδω, evow, to assist in 
hastening forward, A., 1. 5. 8. 
συν-επι-τρίβω, τρίψω, rérpipa, (τρί- 
Bw to rub) to crush together, destroy ut- 
terly, ruin, A., Vv. 8. 20. 
συν-έπομαι," ἕψομαι, ipf. εἱπόμην, 
to follow with or closely, follow, ac- 
company, attend, D., 1.3.9; 4. 17. 
συν-επ-ὀόμνῦμι," ὀμοῦμαι, ὀμώμοκα, 
to swear at the same time yet further, 
to add the further oath, 1., vii. 6. 19. 
συν-εργός, dv, (ἔργον) working with : 
συνεργός subst., a co-worker, assistant, 
helper, coadjutor, D. G., 1. 9. 20 5. 
συν-εῤῥύην, -εῤῥνήκειν, see συῤ-ῥέω. 
συν-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2a. ἦλθον, to go or come together, as- 
semble, convene, meet, παρά, ws P., ii. 
1.2; 2.8; 3.21; 5.3: iii. 1. 88 5. 
συν-εσ-: for most words thus be- 
ginning, look under συ-σ-: e. g., 
συν-έσπων, see συ-σπάω, 1. 5. 10. 
συν-εστάθην, -“ἔστην, -ornKa, see 
συν-ίστημι, iii. 1. 8: vi. 5. 28, 30. 
συν-εφ-έπομαι," ἕψομαι, ipf. εἰπό- 
μην, 2a. ἐσπόμην, to follow close upon, 
follow closely, accompany, D., iii. 1. 2 
(v. 1. συν-ἐπομαι) : iv. 8. 18: vil. 4. 6. 
συν-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, to hold or 
keep together, A., Vii. 2. 8. Γ 
συν-εώρων, see συν-οράω, iv. 1. 11. 
a see συν-άγω, i. 3. 2. 
συν-ήδομαι, f. ». ἡσθήσομαι, torejoice 
with, con-gratulate, D. ὅτι, v.5.8: vii. 
7.42; 8.1. 


συν-ῆλθον, see συν-έρχομαι, ii. 2. 8. 
συν-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, τεθέᾶμαι, to 
join in inspecting, A., vi. 4. 15. 
συν-θέμενος, -θέσϑαι, see συν-τίθημι, 
i. 6. 8: ¥. Ὁ 12 
jovv-Onpa, aros, τό, an agreement or 
thing agreed upon, token, watchword, 
password, i. 8.16: iv. 6.20: vi. 5. 25. 
συν-θηράω, dow, τεθήρᾶκα, to hunt 
with another, join in the chase, v.3.10. 
συν-θοῖτο or -θεῖτο, see συν-τίθημι. 
συν-ιδεῖν, 566 συν-οράω, 1. ὅ. 9. 
συν-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, ipf. ἵην or lew, 
to put together, wnderstand, A., Vil. 
6. 8. 

συν-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, ἃ. p. ἐστάθην, to [bring together 
as friends] present or introduce to, A. D., 
iii. 1.8: vi. 1.23:— JZ, w. act. 2a.& 
pf. (pret.), to stand together or in a 
body ; to assemble, gather, collect, com- 
bine, unite, intrans.; to exist in a 
body, be embodied or organized ; ἐπί, 
&e.; v. 7. 2,16: vi. 2.9, 11s; 5. 28,30: 
vii. 6. 26. Der. SYSTEM. 

σύν-οδος, ov, ἡ, α way or coming 
together, meeting, encounter, shock of 
arms, εἷς, 1.10.7: vi.4.9. Der. SYNOD. 

σύν-οιδα, see συν-οράω, i. 3. 10. 

συν-οίσω, see συμ-φέρω, vii. 8. 4. 

συν-ολολύζω, ύξομαι,(ὀλολύξω ululo, 
HOWL) fo join in a loud cry, iv. 8. 19. 

συν-ομολογέω, How, ὡμολόγηκα, to 
agree upon with another, agree with 
or to, assent to, concert, A. D., iv. 2.19: 
v. 7.15: vii. 5.10; 8. 3. 

συν-όντων, see σύν-ειμι (εἰμί), ii. 6.23. 

συν-οράω, " ὄψομαι, éwpaxa or ébpa- 
κα, ipf. ἑώρων, 2 a. εἶδον, to see at the 
same time, mutually, or in a compre- 
hensive view; to observe, keep an eye 
upon, or watch each other ; to per- 
ceive; A., P.; 1.5.9: iv. 1.11:—2 pf. 
pret. σύν-οιδα (inf. συν-ειδέναι, &c.) 
conscius sum, to know or be cognizant 
with another, be conscious to one’s self, 
Ὁ. Ρ., εἰ, 1.8.10: ii. 5.7: vii. 6. 11, 18. 

συν-ουσία, as, (εἰμί) the being to- 
gether, an interview, conversation, con- 
ference, ii. 5. 6. 

συν-τάττω, τάξω, τέταχα, pf. p. τέ- 
ταγμαι, to arrange together, form or 
draw up in military order (esp. order 
of battle), array, marshal, A., 1.2.15: 
συντεταγμένοι drawn up, in battle- 
array, i. 7.14: iv.2.7:—WM., of a 





συν-ἤἥειν, see σύν-ειμε (εἶμι), 1.10.10 
LEX. AN. 6* 


leader, to draw up his own troops, A.; 
I 














συντίθημι 130 


of soldiers, to draw themselves up, ar- 
ray themselves, form in military order 

(intrans.), ἐξ, ws εἰς" 1.3.14; 8.14; 
10. 5, 8: iv. 4.1: vi. 3. 21: vil. 1. 35 
(= v. 1. συντίθεμαι). Der. SYNTAX. 

συν-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, 2 ἃ. ml. 
ἐθέμην (θείμην or θοίμην, θέσθαι, &c.), 
to put together: M. to put together 
mutually, arrange or agree with any 
one, agree upon, make an agreement 
or compact, A., Ὁ. 1. (A.), 1.9.7: i1. 5. 
8: iv.2.1s: vii.1.35? Der. SYNTHETIC. 

σύν-τομος, ov, S., (Téuyw) con-cisus, 
cut so as to come closer together, con- 
cise, short, ii. 6. 22. 

συν-τράπεζος, ov, = ὁμο-τράπεζος 
4. V., 1. 9. 31. 

συν-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, dedpdunxa, 
2 ἃ. ἔδραμον, to run together, v. 7. 4. 

συν-τρίβω, ίψω, rérpipa, (τρίβω to 
rub) to rub or crush together: συντε- 
τριμμένοι σκέλη Kal πλευράς with legs 
and ribs crushed or broken, iv. 7. 4. 

συν-τυγχάνω," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 
to happen or fall in with, happen upon, 
meet with, find, D., 1.10.8: vii. 8. 22? 

συν-ωφελέω, jow, ὠφέληκα, to join 
in benefiting, AE. εἰς : σ. οὐδέν to con- 
tribute no benefit or service, iii. 2. 27. 

Συρᾶκόσιος, or Συρᾶκούσιος, ov, ὁ, 
a Syracusan, a man of Syracuse (Συ- 
ράκουσαι), the greatest city of Sicily, 
founded upon the east coast by a Co- 
rinthian colony, B. c. 734, and having 
two excellent harbors. It was the 
birthplace of Theocritus and Archi- 
médes, and was famed for two sieges, 
in one of which it repelled the Athe- 
nians (B. c. 413), but in the other, 
after long, brave, and ingenious resist- 
ance, was taken by the Romans under 
Marcellus (B. c. 212). i. 2.95 10. 14. 
|| Siracusa. 

ἸΣυρία, as, Syria (Aram, Numb. 
23.7), a great country in Asia, of 
remarkable interest in both sacred 
and profane history, lying east of the 
Mediterranean and north of Arabia, 
and in its early extent reaching even 
to the Tigris (later bounded by the 
Euphrates). It was chiefly inhabited 
by the Semitic race. i. 4.4: vii. 8. 25. 

ἸΣύριος, a, ov, Syrian, i. 4. 5. 

Σύρος, ov, ὁ, a Syrian, i. 4. 9. 

συῤ-ῥέω," ῥεύσομαι & ῥυήσομαι, ἐῤῥύ- 
ηκα, 2a. a. or p. ἐῤῥύην, (σύν) to flow, 


σφάγιον 


σῦς, σὕός, or ὗς, ‘ids, ὁ ἡ, 139, 141, 
sus, ὦ SWINE, hog, boar, sow, υ. 2. ὃ; 
8. 108. 7. 24. 

συ-σ- or ξυ-σ-, the form which, in 
compos., the prep. σύν takes with σ᾽ 
followed by a consonant, 166. 

συ-σκευάζω, dow, to collect baggage : 
—M. to collect one’s own baggage, pack 
up, make ready for a start, A.; some- 
times pf. or aor. pt., all packed up, 
ready for a start ; i. 3.14: 11.1.2; 2. 
4; 8, 29; iii. 4.36; 5.18: vii.1.11. 

σύ-σκηνος, ov, ὁ, (σκηνή) con-tuber- 
nalis, a tent-companion, tentmate, com- 
rade, v. 7.15; 8. 5s. 

συ-σπάω, dow, ἔσπακα, to draw to- 
gether, sew together, A., 1. 5. 10. 

συ-σπειράω, dow, pf. p. ἐσπείρᾶμαι, 
(σπεῖρα a coil, SPIRE) to coil together, 
draw up in close order: συνεσπειρά- 
μένος in close array, i. 8. 21. 

συ-σπουδάζω, άσομαι, ἐσπούδακα, to 
join in earnest effort, ii. 3. 11. 
συ-στάς, see συν-ίστημι, v. 7. 16. 
συ-στρατεύω, εύσω, ἐστράτευκα, to 
join in making war : — M. to take the 
field, march, campaign, carry on war, 
or serve as soldiers WITH ; to join an 
expedition, take part in a campaign ; 
Ὁ.» ἐν, ἐπί, σύν" 1.4.3: V.6.24: vii.3.14. 

συ-στράτηγος, ov, or -στρατηγός, 
ov, 6, a fellow-general, colleague in 
command, ii. 6. 29: v. l. στρατηγός. 

συ-στρατιώτης, ov, ὁ, a fellow-sol- 
dier, comrade in war, i. 2. 26. 

συ-στρατοπεδεύομαι, εύσομαι, ἐστρα- 
τοπέδευμαι, to encamp together, σύν, ii. 
4. 9. 

συ-στρέφω," έψω, ἔστροφα 1., 2 a. 
p. ἐστράφην, to turn together: M., w. 
2a. p., to turn to each other, rally, 1. 
10. 6: v. 1. στρέφω. 

συχνός, 4, dv, (συν-εχής continuous ? 
fr. ἔχω) considerable in quantity, 
length, number, &c., like πολύς, but 
less strong; much, long: pl. many, 
not a few, quite a number of, quite 
numerous: συχνόν, sc. χωρίον, at 
quite a distance, at considerable dis- 
tances or intervals: i. 8.8, 10: v. 4.16. 

ἰσφαγιάζω, dow, A. ἃ oftener M., to 
slay a victim, to sacrifice, offer sacrt- 
fice, D., els, iv. 3.18; 5.4: vi. 4. 25. 
toddyov, ov, an animal sacrificed, 
victim : τὸ, σφάγια the omens or indi- 





cations from victims (esp. fr. their mo- 


run, or flock together, els,iv.2.19 : v.2.3. itions, while τὰ ἱερά refers rather to 


σφάζω 131 


the omens fr. the entrails), the ap- 


pearance of the victims, i. 8.15: iv. 3. 


19: vi. 5. 8, 21. 

σφάζω ἃ later Att. rparra,* άξω, to 
cut the throat, esp. in sacrifice; hence, 
in general, to kill, slay, slaughter ; A. 
eis: ii. 2.9: iv. 5.16; 7. 16. 

σφαιρο-ειδής, ἐς, (σφαῖρα ball, 
SPHERE, εἶδος) ball-shaped, having a 
ball, α. of material? v. 4. 12. 

σφάλλω," ara, ἔσφαλκα L, δα. ν. 
ἐσφάλην, (cf. fallo, Eng. fall, fail) to 
trip up, throw down: P. & M. to be 
thrown down, fall, fail, meet with a 
reverse or mishap, AE., Vil. 7. 42. 

σφάττω, see σφάζω, iv. 7. 16. 

σφεῖς, σφῶν, σφίσι (encl.), σφᾶς, 
they, themselves, comm. reflex., pl. to 
οὗ q. v., 1.7.8; 8.2: iii. 5. 16: iv. 
3.28: v. 4.33; 7.18: vii. 2.16; 5.9. 

todevSovdw, ow, to sling, use or 
discharge the sling, throw or hurl with 
a sling, D. of missile, iii. 3. 7, 15s. 
σφενδόνη, 7s, funda, a sling; by 
meton., the missile of a sling (stone, 
leaden ball, &c.); iii. 3. 16, 18; 4. 4. 
ξσφενδονήτης, ov, funditor, a sling- 
er, iii. 8. 6s, 16, 20; 4. 2, 26. 

σφίσι(ν) encl., see σφεῖς, i. 7. 8. 

σ és, d, dv, vehement, exceeding, 
extreme, severe, pressing, i. 10. 18 :— 
σφόδρα (neut. pl. w. accent changed) 
adv., vehemently, exceedingly, extreme- 
ly, greatly, very much, very, implicit- 
ly, closely, ii. 3.16; 4.18; 6. 11. 

toyxeSla, as, a temporary structure, 
esp. a raft or float, i. 5. 10: il. 4. 28. 
σχεδόν adv., of distance, time, 
number, or degree, close at hand, 
nearly, almost, about, mostly, i. 8. 25 ; 
10. 15: iii. 2.1: iv. 7.6; 8. 15. 
σχεῖν, σχήσω, see ἔχω, ili. 5. 11. 
φἰσχέτλιος, a, ov, holding out, un- 
sparing, cruel, outrageous, vii. 6. 30. 
ἰσχῆμα, aros, τό, habitus, form, 
shape, figure, i.10.10. Der. SCHEME. 

σχίζω, low, pf. p. ἔσχισμαι, ἃ. p. 
ἐσχίσθην, scindo, to split, cleave, di- 
vide, A., 1.5.12: vi.3.1. Der. SCHISM. 

ἰσχολάζω, dow, ἐσχόλακα, to be at 
leisure, il. 8. 2. Der. SCHOLASTIC. 
ἰσχολαῖος, a, ov, leisurely, slow, iv. 
1. 18. 

ἰσχολαίως, c. ότερον, slowly, tardily, 
leisurely, i. 5. 8s. 

σχολή, fis, (σχ- in ἔχω) leisure, 
spare time, 1.: σχολῇ at leisure, slow- 





σωφρονίζω 


ly: 1.0.9: iii. 4.27: ἱν.1.16: νἱ. 1.9. 
Der. SCHOOL, SCHOLAR. 
σῷ or σῶοι,͵ see o@s, li. 2. 21. 

trdte,* σώσω, σέσωκα, pf. p. σέσω- 
σμαι or σέσωμαι, a. p. ἐσώθην, to save, 
rescue, preserve, keep safe, conduct 
safely, A., i. 10.3: iil. 2. 4, 10, 39 : — 
P. & M. to be saved, rescued, preserved, 
ke.; to save one’s self, escape, arrive 
or return safely; pf. to have been 
saved, to be safe; els, ἐξ, ἐπί, &c.; ii. 
1.19; 4.6: iii. 2.3,11: vi. 3.16; 4.8. 

ἸΣω-κράτης, cos, Socrates, an Athe- 
nian philosopher, eminent for wisdom 
and virtue, teacher of Xenophon, 
Plato, &c. He drank the fatal hem- 
lock, B. c. 399, a short time only be- 
fore the probable return of Xenophon 
from the Cyrean expedition. iii. 1, 5, 
7.—2. An Achean general in the 
Cyrean army, of good repute, but not 
of great prominence, i.1.11: 11. 6. 90. 

toapa, ατος, τό, (σώζω, as that which 
is recovered of the slain, in Hom. 
corpse) the body ; also translated per- 
son or life (σώματα ἀνδρῶν by periphr. 
for ἄνδρας, iv. 6. 10); i. 9. 12, 23, 27. 

σῶς," σῶν, pl. σῷ, σᾶ (contr. fr. σά- 
ος, ον, ot, a), OF σῶος, a, ov, salvus, 
SAFE, ii. 2.21: iii. 1.32: v. 1.16; 
2.32; 8.4: vii. 6. 32. 

᾿Σῶσις, cos, or Σωσίας, ov, Sosis or 
Sosias, a Syracusan, who brought 300 
hoplites to Cyrus. In which division 
these were incorporated does not ap- 
pear, nor is his name again mentioned. 
i. 2.9: v. 1. Σωκράτης, &e. 

Lowrhp, ἤρος, ὁ, (σώζω) a preserver, 
savior, deliverer, a surname of Ζεύς 
q. v., i. 8. 16: iii. 2. 9: iv. 8. 25. 

jowrnpla, as, safety, preservation, 
deliverance, ii. 1.19: iii. 1.26; 2. 8s. 

}ZwrnplSas or -ἢς, ov, Soteridas or 
-es, a Sicyonian, properly rebuked by 
Xen. and his own comrades, iii. 4. 47. 

μἐσωτήριος, ov, saving, salutary, prom- 
ising or indicative of safety: σωτήρια, 
sc. lepd, thank-offerings for safety or 

deliverance: ii. 6.11: iii. 2.9; 3. 2. 

ἰσωφρονέω, jow, σεσωφρόνηκα, to be 
wise, prudent, or discreet, AE.: σ. τὰ 
πρός to perform discreetly one’s duties 
towards: v.8.24: vii.7.30 (v.l. φρονέω). 

Ἰσωφρονίζω, low ιῶ, to bring to rea~ 
son, teach discretion, reform, correct, 
be effectual in correcting, A., Vi. 1. 28: 
vil. 7. 24. . 











σωφροσύνη 


σωφροσύνη, ys, practical wisdom, 
discretion, self-control, i. 9. 3. 


ἰσώ-φρων, ov, g. ovos, (σῶς, φρήν 
mind) of sound mind, discreet, wise. | 


T. 


τ᾿ or θ᾽, by apostr. for τέ, i. 8. 9. 

[τ- the, that, a great pronominal 
root, of which the regular stem rés is 
not found in use. } 

ἐτά, τά-δε (τάδ᾽), ταῖς, ταῖσ-δε, see 
ὁ, ὅδε, 1.1.68; 4.13; 6. 9. 

τἀ- by crasis for τὰ d- or τὰ é-: as 

τἀγαθά = τὰ ἀγαθά, iii. 2. 26. 

τάλαντον, ov, (ταλα- in τλάω to bear 
up) talentum, @ TALENT, = 60 μναῖ or 
6000 δραχμαί : acc. to the Att. stan- 
dard, as a weight, = about 57 Ibs. 
avoirdupois ; as a sum of money, the 
value of this weight of silver (unless 
otherwise stated), = about $1200; G.; 
i. 7.18: ii. 2. 20: vii. 1. 27; 7. 58. 

τἄλλα or τἄλλα = τὰ ἄλλα, i. 8. 29. 

ταμιεύω, evow, (ταμίας distributer, 
steward, fr. réuyw) to be a steward: 
M. to carve or divide off as a steward, 
parcel out, determine, A. or CP., ii. 5. 
18. 

Taps, ὦ, or Tapes, &, an Egyptian 
from Memphis, who was, in the year 
412 B.c., governor of lonia under 
Tissaphernes ; but afterwards went 
over to Cyrus, as did most of the 
Ionian cities, and was appointed his 
admiral. He returned from Cilicia, 
to take the charge, intrusted to him 
during the absence of Cyrus, of these 
cities and the neighboring coast ; but 
on the approach of Tissaphernes after 
the death of Cyrus, he put his treas- 
ures and his children except Gliis into 
triremes, and sailed to Egypt, whose 
king Psammitichus was under obliga- 
tion to him. But the ungrateful king 
slew both him and his children, in 
order to obtain possession of the 
treaasure and fleet. i. 2. 21: ii. 1. 3. 

τἀναντία = τὰ ἐναντία, iv. 3. 32. 

tragfl-apxos, ov, ὁ, (ἄρχω) a com- 
mander of a division (τάξις), a@ taai- 
arch, iii. 1. 37: iv. 1. 28. 

τάξις, ews, ἡ, (τάττω) arrangement, 

order, good order, discipline; esp. 


132 τάττω 


jile, ranks, line ; the post or proper 
place of a soldier; a rank or line of 
soldiers ; a division, corps, body, or 
band of troops, usu. larger than a 
λόχος: 1. 2.16, 18; 8.3, 8, 21: ii, 9.91: 
ili. 2.17, 38; v. 4.20. Der. syn-rTax. 
Tdoxor, wy, (Tdo, Diod. 14. 29, the 
ending -xoe perhaps originating as in 
Καρδοῦχοι q. v.) the Taochi or -ians, 
a mountain tribe of Armenia, dwell- 
ing in strongholds, independent and 


region have recognized remains of 
their name and habits. iv. 4. 18. 
Tramavés, ἡ, dv, lowly, humble, sub- 
missive, D., ii. 5. 13. 
ἐταπεινόω, wow, τεταπείνωκα 1., to 
humble, abase, A., vi. 3. 18. 

τάπις, dos, or tals, dos, ἡ, tapes, 
acarpet, rug, often elaborately wrought, 
vii. 3. 18, 27. Der. TAPESTRY. 

τἀπιτήδεια = τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ii. 3. 9. 

ταράττω, diw, rerdpaxa 1., pf. p. 
τετάραγμαι, a. p. ἐταράχθην, turbo, to 
disturb, disorder, trouble, make trou- 
ble, throw into disorder or confusivn, 
A., AE., li. 4.18: iii. 4.19: vi. 2. 9. 

jrdpaxos, ov, ὁ, disturbance, agita- 
tion, i. 8. 2. 

Taptxevw, εύσω, (rdpixos preserved 
meat) to preserve by salting, smoking, 
drying, &c., to pickle, Α., v. 4. 28. 

Tapool, dy, oi, or Ταρσός, οὔ, ἡ, 
Tarsi or Tarsus, a city of very an- 
cient fame, the capital of Cilicia, 
situated on both sides of the.Cydnus, 
in a fertile plain at the foot of Mt. 
Taurus. It became later a great seat 
of Greek learning and philosophy, 
vying with Athens and Alexandria ; 
and was much favored by the Roman 
emperors. It was the birthplace of 
not a few eminent men, the Apostle 
Paul at their head. i. 2.23. || Tarstis. 

τάττω," τάξω, réraxa, pf. p. réra- 
γμαι, a. p. ἐτάχθην, to arrange, order, 
appoint, assign, place or station in or- 
der; esp. to arrange, draw up, form, 
post, or station in military order, to 
array, marshal ; A. 1., ἐπί, els, κατά, 
πρό, &c.: τεταγμένοι drawn up, ap- 
pointed, in order, assigned to their 
places, &c.; τὰ τεταγμένα the arrange- 
ments made: M. to station one’s self, 
take one’s station or post ; to arrange 
or station as one’s allies, A. ἐπί": i. 2. 





military arrangement or order (pl. 
tactics, ii. 1.7), battle-array, rank and 


15s; 5.7; 6.6; 7. 9, 11: iii. 2. 36; 


warlike. Recent travellers in this . 


ταῦρος 199 


8. 18 (ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ in the place as- 
signed ; υ. Ll. ἐντεταγμένῳ) : iv. 3. 80 ; 
8. 108: v. 4. 22. Der. TAcTICcs. 
ταῦρος, ov, ὁ, taurus, ὦ bull, il. 2.9. 
ταῦτα, ταύτας, ταύταις, ταύτης, Χο., 
see οὗτος, i. 2.4; 9. 14. 
ταὐτά, ταὐτό or ταὐτόν (109), ταὐ- 


Tepevirns 


τεθ- in redupl. for θεθ-, 109 ἃ. 
τέθνηκα, -νατον, -νᾶσι, -νάναι, -νεώς, 
see θνήσκω, i. 6. 11 : ἱν. 1. 19 : 2.17. 
τεθραμμένος, see τρέφω, ν. 4. 82. 
τέθρ-ἱππον, ov, (τέτταρες, ἵπποΞ) a 


four-horse chariot, iti. 2. 24. 


telvw,* τενῶ, τέτακα, tendo,to stretch, 


τῷ, = τὰ αὐτά, τὸ αὐτό, τῷ αὐτῷ, i. 5. | push on, pursue one’s way, continue, 


2: ii. 1. 22s. Der. TAUTO-LOGY. 
ταύτῃ dat. of οὗτος : asadv., sc. ὁδῷ 


iv. 3.21. Der. TONE, TONIC, TUNE. 
ἱτειχίζω, low ιῶ, τετείχικα, to wall, 


or χώρᾳ, in this or that way, direc-| fortify, vil. 2. 36. 


tion, or respect, by this or that way or 
route, thus ; in this or that place, here, 
there ; 1.10. 6: ii. 6.7: iii. 2. 32: iv. 
2.4; 3. 5, 20; 5. 36; 8. 12. 
inv, see θάπτω, v. 7. 20, 

ψτάφος, ov, ὁ, a grave, tomb, i. 6. 11. 
Der. EPI-TAPH. 

ψ{τάφρος, ov, ἡ, a ditch, trench, i. 7. 
14s: 1]. 3.10; 4. 13. 

ταχ- in ταχθῆναι, -els, see τάττω. 
traxa adv., quickly, forthwith, pres- 


τεῖχος, eos, τό, (akin to τεῦχος) a 
wall, walls, esp. for defence; a walled 
town, castle, fortress; i. 4.4: iii. 4. 
7,10: vii. 3.19: see Μηδία. --- Νέον 
τεῖχος Veontichus(New-castle), a forti- 
fied harbor on the Thracian shore of 
the Propontis, vii. 5. 8. || Ainadsjik. 
τεκμαίρομαι, αροῦμαι, (τέκμαρ sign) 
to infer from a sign, judge, conjecture, 
iv. 2. 4. 
| Texphptoy, ov, a sure sign, evidence, 


ently, soon; perhaps ; i. 8.8: ν. 2.17. |proof, 1. 9. 29, 30: ili. 2, 13. 


traxéws, oftener ταχύ, adv., c. θᾶτ- 
Tov, 8. τάχιστα, quickly, rapidly, speed- 
ily, suddenly, soon, i. 2. 4,17; 5. 3,9: 
iii. 4. 15,27 : — ὡς τάχιστα as soon as, 
as soon (quickly, &c.) as possible (so 
ὅτι τάχιστα), 553 b,c, 1. ὃ. 14: iv. 2. 
1; 3.9, 29: ὅπη δύναιντο τάχιστα in 
whatever way they could most rapid- 
ly, as rapidly as possible, iv. 5.1: 
ἐπεὶ (ἐπὰν, ἐπειδὰν) τάχιστα, AS soon 
as, 553 b, ili. 1. 9: iv. 6. 9: vi. 3. 21. 
See βάδην, ὅς, ὅτι, ws. 
traxos, cos, τό, swiftness, speed, ii.5.7. 
ταχύς, εἴα, U, C. θάττων, 85. τάχι- 
στος, swift, rapid, speedy, quick: τὴν 
ταχίστην, sc. ὁδόν, in the quickest 
way, as quickly or soon as possible, 
most speedily, immediately : i. 2. 20: 
ii. 6.29: 111. 8.158: iv. 4.22. See διά. 
τέ," by apostr. τ᾿ or θ᾽, post-pos. ἃ 
encl. conj., (cf. et, -que) and, both: 
τὲ... τέ, and stronger τὲ... καί, both 
. . and (stronger, and also, and even, 
&ec.), as well .. as, not only. . but 
also (even, especially, &c.); but τέ 
sometimes not translated (esp. where 
other connectives might have been 
used, 705, i. 8.8: ii. 1.7): 11.325; 
5.14: iv. 5.12; 8.13: τέ followed by 
δέ, v.5.8: vii.8.11. When joined with 
other words, τέ has in Att. its own 
connective force, except in dre, olds 
τε, ὥστε, and gre, 389]. See καί, ἐάν, 


τέκνον, ov, τό, (τεκ- in rixrw to beget, 
bring forth; cf. bairn and bear) a 
child, i. 4. 8 : iv. 5. 28s. 
tred€0w in pr. and ipf., poet., to arise, 
become, be, be favorable, iii. 2. 3 (v. 1. 
ἐλθεῖν) : vi. 6. 36 (v. 1. ἐθέλει γενέσθαι). 
treXevtraios, a, ov, final, last, hind- 
most, rearmost : ot τ. the rear: iv. 1. 
5,10; 2.16; 3. 24. 
ἐτελευτάω, How, τετελεύτηκα, to end, 
jinish ; to finish life, die: τελευτῶν 
making an end, finally, at last: i. 1. 
9: 9.1: ii, 1.1, 4: iv. 5.16: vi. 3. 8. 
tredeurh, ἧς, the end, termination ; 
one’s end, death ; i. 1.1: ii. 6. 29. 
tredéw, dow ὥ, τετέλεκα, to finish, coms 
plete, fulfil; to fulfil an obligation, 
pay; A.D.; iii. 3.18: vii. 1.6; 2.27. 
τέλος, eos, τό, (τέλλω to accomplish) 
the accomplishment, completion, ful- 
jilment, end, conclusion, close, result ; 
the completion of civic rank,authority, 
pl. by meton. the authorities, rulers (at 
Sparta, the Ephors): τ. ἔχειν to have 
or come to an end, to close: τέλος adv., 
at the end, at last, finally: i. 9.6; 
10. 18, 18: ii. 6.4: v. 2.93 6.1: vi. 
5.2; 6.11: see dud. Der. TELIC. 
τέμαχος, eos, τό, (τέμνω) ὦ slice, esp. 
of fish, v. 4. 28. 
Tepevirns, ov, a Temenite, a man 
of Temenus (Téuevos), a place in Sici- 
ly, afterwards included in Syracuse, 





εἴτε, μήτε, οὔτε. 


iv. 4.15: changed by some editors te 


ee? 20 2 


mene 


νι 


= πὸ «πᾶς rer ene 


— a 
LF nee 


OT SEIT ET tg LO το 


> 








τέμνω 194 τίθημι 


Τημνίτης, a man of Τῆμνος, an Aolian 
town of Asia Minor, near the mouth 
of the Hermus ; and by others to T7- 
μενΐτης, a man of Τημένιον, a small 
town at the head οἵ the Argolic Gulf. 
τέμνω," τεμῶ, τέτμηκα, 2 a. ἔταμον 
or ἔτεμον, to cut, ν. 8.18. Der. A-ToM. 
: oo eos, τό, (relvw ?) a shoal, vii. 
τερεβίνθινος or τερμίνθινος, 7, ον, 
(τερέβινθος or τέρμινθος the terebinth or 
turpentine tree) from the terebinth, of 
turpentine, iv. 4. 13. 
teoo- v. /. for later Att. rerr-. 
τετ- in redupl. forms : as, reraypé- 
vos (τάττω), i. 2.16; τέτηκα (τήκω), 
iv. 5..15; τετραμμένος (τρέπω), iii. 5. 
15; τετρωμένος (τιτρώσκω), ii. 5. 33. 
tréraprtos, 7, ov, fourth, iii. 4. 31. 
trerpaxto- (Aron, αι, a, (τετράκις four 
times) four thousand, i. 1.10; 2. 3. 
Ἱτετρακόσιοι, a, a, (ἑκατόν) four 
hundred ; so sing. w. ἀσπίς, 2404; i. 
4.3; 7.10. 
trerpa-poipla, as, (μοῖρα share) a 
fourfold portion, four times as much, 
vii. 2. 36; 6. 1. 
trerpa-thdos, όη, dor, contr. ois, ἢ, 
ov, quadruple, fourfold, vii. 6. 7. 
trerrapdxovra indecl., forty, i.5.13. 
τέτταρες," pa, g. ρων, quatuor, four, 
i. 2.12,15. See ἐπί. Der. TETR-ARCH. 
Τευθρανία, as, Teuthrania, a dis- 
trict in the southwest part of Mysia, 
about the Caicus, including a town 
of the same name. Its chief town, 
however, was Pergamum. ii. 1. 3. 
τεύξομαι, see τυγχάνω, i. 4.15: iii. 
2. 19. 
τεῦχος, cos, τό, (τεύχω to make) a 
receptacle, vessel, pot, jar, chest, v. 4. 
28: vii. 5.14. Der. PENTA-TEUCH. 
trexva{w, dow, to use art, practise 
artifice or concealment, dissemble, de- 
ceive, vii. 6. 16. 
τέχνη, ns, (rex- in τίκτω to produce) 
art, device, means: πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ 
μηχανῇ by every art and device, by all 
means, iv. 5.16. Der. TECHNICAL. 
{τεχνικῶς artfully, skilfully: τ. πως 
in α certain artful way, quite artis- 
tically, vi. 1. 5. 
τέως adv., (r-) for a while, for some 
time ; up to this or that time, until 
then, previously ; iv. 2.12: vii. 5. 8, 13. 
ἢ, τῇδε, dat., sometimes as adv.; 





Th f 
see ὁ, ὅδε : iv. 8.10: vii. 2. 13. 


Thkw,* τήξω, to melt, THAW, trans. ; 
but 2 pf. rérnxa intrans., iv. 5. 15. 

ἸΤηλεβόας, ov or a, the Teleboas, an 
Armenian affluent of the Eastern Eu- 
phrates, iv. 4.3. ||The Kara-Su, in 
the district of Mish. 

Typevtrns or Τ᾿ημνίτης, see Τεμενί- 
Tns, ἸΥ. 4. 15. 

τήμερον adv., (τ-, ἡμέρα) on this 
day, to-day : ἡ τήμερον ἡμέρα the pres- 
ent day: 1.9.25: ili. 1.14: iv. 6. 8s. 

τηνικαῦτα adv. , (τηνίκα fr. τ-, αὐτός) 
at that very time, just then, iv. 1. 5. 

Tpys, eos or ov, eres, a king of 
the Odrys about 500 B. c., who made 
this kingdom powerful, and an ances- 
tor of Seuthes, vii. 2. 22; 5. 1 (here, 
acc. to some, a later prince). 

Τηρίβαζος, ov, see Τιρίβαζος, iv. 4. 4. 

τί; tlencl., see ris, τὶς, i. 6. 8. 

τιᾶἄρα, as, tidra, the tiara, a Persian 
cap, erect and high as worn by the 
king, but flexible as worn by his sub- 
jects, ii. 5. 23. 

ψτιᾶρο-ειδής, és, (εἶδος) shaped like a 
tiara, v. 4. 13. 

Τιβαρηνοί, dv, the Tibaréni, a tribe 
inhabiting the coast of the Euxine 
about Cotyéra. They were of milder 
spirit than most of the tribes found 
by the Cyreans, and were characterized 
as great laughers. v.5.1s: vii. 8.25. 

ἰγρης, ητος, (also Τίγρις, ιδος) ὁ, 
the Tigris (i. 6. the arrowy stream, 
from its swiftness; the Hiddekel, 
Dan. 10. 4), an important river of 
western Asia, flowing by the sites of 
the great cities of Nineveh, Seleucia, 
Ctesiphon, and Bagdad (the seats, 
through so many ages, of oriental em- 
pire), uniting with the Euphrates be- 
ow Babylon, and discharging its wa- 
ters into the Persian Gulf after an 
estimated course of 1150 miles. It 
was the guide of the Greeks through 
much of their retreat. i. 7.15: ii. 2. 
3. || Dijleh. — In iv. 4. 3, an eastern 
branch of the Tigris is meant, now 
Bitlis-Su. 

τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθηκα (θῶ, 
θείς, &c.), 2 ἃ. m. ἐθέμην, to put, place, 
set, institute, A., i. 2.10; 5.13:— WM. 
to place one’s own or upon one’s own: 
τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα to ground arms ; 
either, in line of battle, to rest the 
shield and spear upon the ground, 
ready to be instantly taken up for 


Τιμασίων 


action (hence, to rest arms, stand in 
arms, halt under arms, the commander 
being sometimes said to do what he 
orders his men to do); or, for pur- 
poses of rest, to deposit one’s arms 
upon the ground, as in a special part 
of the camp, &c. (hence, to stack or 


pile arms, to lay aside one’s arms) : 


A., els, ἐν, ἐπί, κατά, &c.: 1.5.14,17; 
6.4; 10.16: ii. 2.8, 21: iv. 2.16; 
3.17: vii. 3.23. Der. THEME, THESIS. 
tTipactwv, wvos, Timasion, an exile 
from Dardanus in Troas, chosen suc- 
cessor to Clearchus, and with Xeno- 
phon the youngest of the Cyrean gen- 
erals; a gallant officer, but not always 
consistent in his course of proceeding. 
He had served in Asia Minor, under 
Clearchus and Dercyllidas, before the 
Cyrean expedition. iii. 1. 47; 2. 37. 
tripdo, jow, reriunxa,to honor ,esteem, 
value, prize ; to bestow honor, to favor, 
reward ; A. AE. or D. of the honor, 
διά: 1. 8.8; 9.14. Der. Timo-THY. 
tiph, fis, (τίω to pay, esp. honor) 
honor, reward, price, 1. 9. 29: 11.1.17; 
5. 38: vii. 5.2; 8. 6. 
| Tipynot-Oeos, ov, Timesitheus, a Tra- 
pezuntian who befriended the Cyre- 
ans, v. 4. 28. 
jrtptos, a, ov, honorable, precious, 
honored, i. 2. 27; 3. 6. 
|ripwpéw, jow, τετιμώρηκα, (τιμωρός 
{taking pay] avenging, fr. τιμή & αἴρω 
to avenge: M. to avenge one’s self upon, 
take vengeance on, punish, A. G., ὑπέρ, 
i. 3. 4; 9.18: vii. 1. 25; 4. 23:—P. 
to be punished, ii. 5. 27; 6. 29. 
| tipwpla, as, (see τιμωρέω) vengeance, 
punishment, 11. 6. 14. 
τινός encl., τίνος ; see τὶς, τίς. 
Τιρίβαζος, ov, Ziribazus, a satrap 
of western Armenia, and high in the 
favor of Artaxerxes 11. It was through 
his influence, acc. to Plutarch, that 
the king was induced to renounce his 
purpose of retreating before Cyrus into 
Persia, and to risk the battle of Cu- 
naxa. He was afterwards satrap in 
the west of Asia Minor, and greatly 
influential in establishing the peace 
of Antalcidas. Accused by Orontes 
of misconduct in the war against Eva- 
goras of Cyprus, he was honorably ac- 
quitted. But enraged by Artaxerxes’ 
twice promising him a daughter in 
marriage, and twice marrying that 





135 Τισσαφέρνης 


daughter himself, he engaged with the 
young prince Darius in a plot against 
the king’s life and thus lost his own. 
iv. 4. 4,7: vii. 8.25: v. 2. TyplBagos. 

τὶς," τὶ, ρ΄. τινός or τοῦ, d. τινί or 
τῷ, indef. pron., post-pos. & encl., (cf. 
quis) some, any, a, @ certain, a sort 
of, so to speak, i. 2.20; 5.8; 8.8: iii. 
1. 4,12: vi. 5.20: — τὶς subst., some 
or any one or person, a certain one, 
one, ὦ person, each one, i. 3.12; 5. 2, 
8s, 12; 8.18: ii. 2.4; sometimes in 
place of a definite expression, as for 
Κῦρος, ὑμεῖς, or ἡμεῖς, 1. 4.12: 11.3.3; 
4. 40: ---- τὶ subst., something, aay- 
thing, somewhat, some or any part, a 
certain part (the context often supply- 
ing or suggesting a more specific noun, 
as ὑποσχέσθαι τι to make any promise), 
i. 8.18; 9.7: iv.1.14; often as adv. 
or acc. of spec., somewhat, at all, in 
any respect, iii. 4. 23 (see δέω) : iv. 8. 
26. With some adjectives or adverbs, 
τὶς has an indefinite force which may 
be variously translated, or rather felt 
than translated : οἱ μέν τινες some few, 
οἱ δέ τινες some others, iii. 3.19: ii. 3. 
15: els τις any single one, ii. 1.19: 
πόση τις about how large, ii. 4. 21: 
ὁποῖόν τι whatever without exception, 
ii. 2.2; what kind of an omen, iii. 1. 
13: ὁποῖοί τινες what sort of persons, 
v. 5. 15 (cf. vii. 6. 24): rowatrn tis 


) | somewhat like this,v.8.7: ὀλίγοι τινές 


some few, but few, v.1.6% ἕκαστός τις 
every individual, vi. 1.19? ἧττόν τι 
at all the less, v. 8.11: οὐδέν τι not in 
the least, vii. 3. 35: οὐ πάνυ τι by no 
means whatever, vi. 1.26: σχεδόν τι 
pretty nearly, vi. 4. 20. 

ιτίς," τί, g. τίνος or τοῦ, interrog. 
pron. (always orthotone), quis? who? 
which? what? what kind of? τί as 
adv., [on account of what, or as to 
what] why? how? τί γάρ; quid enim? 
what indeed? ri οὖν ; what then? i. 4. 
18s: ii. 1.11; 2.10; 4.3: in. 2. 16, 
36; 5.14: v.7.10; 8.11: vii. 6. 4. 

Τισσαφέρνης," (€0s) ous, εἰ, mv, ἢ, 
Tissaphernes, satrap of Caria, and 
commander of a fourth part of the 
king’s forces; one of the ablest of 
his officers, but wily, deceitful, and 
treacherous. From his first command 
in the west of Asia Minor, B. c. 414, 
he showed these qualities in his deal- 
ings with the Greeks; and no less 








ee τρίπηχυς 
so far, only so much or far as|vert, change the direction of, direct, 
het Acre 8.13 iii. 1, 45 ΜῈ 87 drive back, A. ἀπό, πρός, iii. 1. 41; 5. 
(cf. iv. 8. 12): --- τοσούτῳ w. compar.,|15: v. 4. 23: τ. els φυγήν in fugam 
by so much, so much the, the, i. 5.9. |vertere, to put to flight, i. 8. 24 [— 
τότε adv., (7-) tum, tunc, at that|M., w. 2 a. ἐτραπόμην, to turn (in- 
time, then, i. 1.6; 3.2; 6.10: οἱ rére|trans.), turn aside, betake one’s self, 
the men of that time, ii. 5.11 :— with|take to flight, resort, have recourse to, 
accent changed, τοτὲ μὲν... τοτὲ δέ αὐ indulge in; w. 1 a. ἐτρεψάμην, to 
one time . . at another, now .. and|turn from one’s self, drive back, put 
now, vi. 1. 9. to Slight, rout, A.; els, ἐξ, ἐπί, πρός - 
τοὐ- by crasis for τὸ ἐ- or τὸ ὀ- : [1]. 6. δ: iii. 5.13: iv. 5. 80; 8.19: v. 


τοσοῦτος τότε 137 


afterwards in his conduct towards Cy-| τολμάω, iow, τετόλμηκα, (τόλμα 
rus and the Cyreans, where he appears | courage, fr. rhdw to bear) to dare, ven- 
as the διάβολος of the narrative. Af- ture, be bold enough, presume; to have 
ter his return to Asia Minor, invested | the courage, boldness, heart, or hardi- 
with the authority which had before | hood s 10; 11.2.12: iv. 4.12: vii. 7. 46. 
belonged to both Cyrus and him- {Τολμίδης, ov, Tolmides, an Elean, 
self, he was engaged in war with the|a herald of unsurpassed excellence, ii. 
Spartans as friends of the Ionian ci-| 2. 20 - ili. 1. 46: v. 2. 18. 

ties ; but with so little success that at ΤἸτόξευμα, aros, τό, that which is shot, 
length Artaxerxes, dissatisfied, and|an arrow, 1.8.19: iii. 4.4: iv. 2. 28. 
urged on by Parysatis, sent out Ti- trofebw, εύσω, to use the bow, shoot 


thraustes to put him to death and 
succeed him im his government, B. Ὁ. 
395. He was slain in his bath, and 


with a bow, shoot arrows, A., ἀπό, διά, 
els: P. to be shot with an arrow : i. 8. 
20: iii. 3. 7,10: iv. 1.18; 2. 12, 28. 





τοὐλάχιστον = τὸ ἐλάχιστον, V. 7. 8 5/4. 


τοὔμπαλιν = τὸ ἔμπαλιν, 1. 4.15; τοῦ- 


16: vi. 1. 13, 18. Cf. IN-TREPID. 
τρέφω," θρέψω, rérpopa, pf. p. ré- 


voua = Td ὄνομα, Vv. 2.29; τοὔπισθεν  θραμμαι, 2 a. p. ἐτράφην, to nourish, 


his head sent to the king, a punish- trofixds, 4, dv, relating to the bow: 
ment deserved for his many crimes. | subst. τοξική, sc. τέχνη, the use of the 
Tithraustes was himself succeeded by | bow, bowmanship, archery, i.9.5 : [τοξι- 
Tiribazus, B. Ο. 393. 1.1. 2s, 6,8; 2. [κόν toxicum, poison, orig. for arrows, 
4s: li. 5. 3, 31. whence IN-TOXICATE, i. e. to poison. | 

TitpécKw,* τρώσω, τέτρωκα 1., pf. τόξον, ov, arcus, the bow, the comm. 
D. τέτρωμαι, a. p. ἐτρώθην, to wound, weapon of more distant warfare among 
hurt, inflict wounds, a. διά, els, i. 8. | the ancients, as the gun among the 
26: 1.2.14; 5.33: iii.3.7: iv.3.33s. moderns ; but used more by the bar- 

τλήμων, ov, g. ovos, (rhdw to bear) | barians than by the Greeks or Romans. 


= wer, iii. 3. 10. nurture, rear, bring up, support, 
paver τοῦ-δε, τούσ-δε, see ὁ, 5-de:| maintain, A. D., ἀπό, ἐξ, 1.1. 98: 7 
τοῦτο, τούτου, τούτῳ, τούτω, ToUTwy,|2.13: iv. 5, 25, 34: v. 1. 7 :— M. 
rovrov-l, rovrov-l, &c.,see οὗτος, οὑτοσ-ί. | to ἊΣ "pe s self, subsist, D. of means, 
aros, τό, (τραγ- in τρώγω vi. 5. 20. Ξ 
to eat Without poate αν ;pl.| τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, ῥόον, 2 ἃ. 
dainties, dried fruit, dessert, sweet- ἔδραμον, curro, to run, els, = ig 
meats, ii. 3.15: v. 3. 9. i. 5. 2, 8, 13: Iv. 5. 18; 8.26: cf. θέω, 
πράλλεις, εων, al, Tralles, a strong| more frequent in pres. Der. gar κε 
iii and wealthy city in the south of Lydia| tpéw, dow, (cf. terreo, an er 
“sheath ae a ag Among the Greeks, the Cretans were (sometimes assigned to Caria), between | tremo, to tremble) ch. poet., to tre 
τό, τό-δε, τόν-δε, τοῖς, see 6, 5-de. | the most famed for archery, and were Mt. Messogis and the Meander, i. 4. αὐ, be afraid of, shrink from, A, i. 9.6. 
τοί " adv. post-pos. & encl., (old| fabled to have been taught the art by 8. || Ruins by the modern and flour-| τρία, τριῶν, τρισί, see τρεῖς, i. 4. 1. 
ok ni ee o) injApollo. itt. 8. 155 4.17: iv. 4. 16. ishing town of Aidin. |rptdxovra indecl., triginta, thirty, 
truth, indeed, truly, surely, certainly, {τοξότης, ov, a bowman, archer. As Τρανίψαι, Gv, the Tranipse, a peo-|i. 2.9, 11; 4.5; 10. 4. 
1,1. 19; 5.19: iii. 1. 18, 37. archers had not the left hand at lib- le in the eastern part of Thrace, per-| |rptaxdvr-opos, ον, (épérrw to row) 
pai σκιαὶ ταβ τας ἔξ ρκι., ee carry the shield, they were aps the Neato. of Hdt. (4. 93), vii. |thirty-oared: ἣ 1., sc. ναῦς, thirty- 
therefore, accordingly, so for example, | lightly armed for rapid advance and 2. 32: v. I. Θρανίψαι. oared galley, v. 1.16: vii. 2. 8. 
i. 9. 9, 15, 18: ii. 6. 20. retreat, and were often covered by the : τράπεζα, ns, (τέτταρες, πέζα foot) a| ψτριᾶκόσιοι, αι, a, (ἑκατόν) trecenti, 
ρας “τὰ ee ee pesvy-ermed. i. 2. 9 3 8.9: ili. 4. 2, table, as so often four-footed, iv. 5.31:|three hundred, i. 1.2; 2. 9. 
Sore, then, now, accordingly ; more-|15, 26. See Σκύθης. vi 2.30; SSta, ΗΝ | eee (roto to ruB) constant 
over, further ; ii. 1. 22; 5. 41: iii. 1.| τόπος, ov, ὁ, ὦ spot, place, district, t Tpametowvrios, ov, ὁ, a Trapezun-| practice or exercise, v. 6. 15. 
36s; 2. 27, 39: iv. 8.5: v. 1. 2,8, 18. region, 1.5.1: iv.2.19; 4.4; 6.2: y. tian, iv.8.23: v.1.15; 4.2: aman οἵ] trpi-fpns, es, (dp-, or épérrw to row) 
[τοῖος, a, ov, demonst. pron. of qual-| 7.16. Cf. χώρα. Der. topic, U-ropta. | Tpamefois, οὔντος, ἡ, Trapezus, an|triply fitted or rowed : 4 τι» 80. vais, 
τορός, ά, by, (relpw to vez) sharp, important commercial city (as even at|tri-rémis, the trireme, the chief war- 


ity, (r-) talis, swch.] Hence, : 
}rovde-Be,* ἄδε, dvde, usu. prospec- | smart, ready-tongued, vi. 6. 28 ? the present time) on the southeast| vessel of the Greeks, a galley with 
coast of the Euxine, a Sinopean col-|three banks of oars, which gave it 


tive, such as follows, of this kind, the| [és the, that, not in use, see T-.] ch g 
Sollowing, as follows, i. 3. 2, 9 ey aS priv a ἢ, ov, demonst. pron. of ony. From 1204 to 1461 A.D., it was| great swiftness, and made it, like the 
v. 4. 51. — Much oftener, quantity, tantus, so much, so great ; the capital of a fragment of the Greek |modern steamer, independent of the 
Empire (called the Empire of Trebi-|wind; while it could yet take ad- 


ἐτοιοῦτος," τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτον or -ro, | pl. tot, so many.] Hence, . 
(αὐτός) usu. retrospective, referring to ἐτοσόσ-δε," ade, ὀνδε, more deictic, zond). iv. 8. 22: v. 2.28; 5. 14.|vantage of this by its sails. It had 
|| Trebizond (or Tarabozan). 


what has been already stated or im-|so much or great as you see; pl. so 
plied, such, of this kind, the same or many as you see, so many only or so τραποίμην, 566 τρέπω, vii. 1. 18. 


like in kind, as precedes, as above, | few, ii. 4.4: vi. 5. 19. — Much oftener, 
thus; of such a character, such in ἐτοσοῦτος͵ " τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτον or -το, 


a sharp metallic-pointed beak, which 
was often driven with great force 


τραῦμα; ατος, τό,(τιτρώσκω) awound, |against other vessels and thus sunk 


i. 8. 26: iv. 6. 10. 5. 8: vii. 4. 9.|them. Some vessels were also fitted 


rank, position, influence, conduct, &e., 
παρά, περί: 1.3.14: 11.6.8: iii. 1.30: 
Vii. 6. 88 : els τὰ τοιαῦτα for such ser- 
vices or emergencies, iv. 1.28: ἐν (τῷ 
τοιούτῳ in such a situation or crisis, 
1.7.5: v. 8. 20. 

τοῖχος, ov, ὁ, (akin to τεῖχος) the 


(αὐτός) more emphatic (usu. retro- 
spective or explained by a dependent 
clause), just or only so much, so much 
as above, so much, so great, so large, 
so long ; pl. so many ; ὅσος, ws, ὥστε, 
&c.; 1.9.11: ii. 1. 16; 5.15,18: iii. 
5.7: iv. 1. 20: — neut. τοσοῦτο(ν) so 





wall of a building, vii. 8. 14. 


much, so much space, so great a dis- 


i i i rt of 
X , 6, the neck, throat, i.|as triremes for the rapid transport 
= a, & (akin to ῥήγνῦμε to| troops or of military supplies. 1. 2. 
break) rough, harsh, ii. 6.9: iv. 3.65/21; 8.17; 4. 7s: vi. 2. 18 8. 


6.12. Der. TRACHEA. Saige 
* pla, g. τριῶν, tres, Sans. 

swt Ged, drei, THREE, i. 1. 10. 
τρέπω," έψω, τέτροφα, pf. p. τέτραμ- 





ἐτριηρίτης, ov, a ship-man, a man 


belonging to a trireme, esp. as oars- 
man or soldier, vi. 6. 7. 


ἱτρί-πηχυς, v, g. cos, three cubits 


μαι, a. p. ἐτρέφθην, verto, to turn, di-|long, iv. 2. 28. 








τριπλάσιος 138 ὑβρίζω 


ἐτρι-πλάσιος, a, ov, (πλάττω to form) 
three-fold, triple, thrice as great, vii. 4. 
21. 
ἐτρί-πλεθρος, ov, (πλέθρον) three ple- 
thra (300 ft.) long or wide, v. 6. 9. 
ἐτρί-πους, ovy, g. ποδος, three-footed : 
masc. subst., @ TRIPOD, a three-footed 
table, stool, or vase, vii. 3. 21. 
τρίς adv., (τρεῖς " also for τρεῖς in 
compos.) ter, THRICE, three times: eis 
τρίς to thrice, even to the third time, 
vi. 4. 16, 19. See 
ξἐτρισ-άσμενος or τρὶς ἄσμενος, 7, ov, 
thrice happy, very glad, most gladly, 
iii. 2. 24. 
ξτρισ-καί-δεκα indecl., or τρεῖς καὶ 
δέκα, thirteen, i. 5. 5. 
ψτρισ-μύριοι, αι, a, thirty thousand, 
vii. 8. 26. 
μετρισ-χίλιοι, a, a, three thousand, 
i. 6.4; 7. 18. 
ἱτριταῖος, a, ov, on the third day, 
240. 3, Vv. 3. 2. 
τρίτος, 7, ov, (τρεῖς) third: τὸ τρί- 
τον, as adv., the third time: τῇ τρίτῃ, 
sc. ἡμέρᾳ, on the third day: ἐπὶ τῷ 
τρίτῳ, sc. σημείῳ, on the third signal : 
i. 6.8; 7.1, 19: ii. 2. 4: iv. 5. 8. 
τρίχα or τριχῇ adv. , (τρεῖς) in three 
parts or divisions, iv. 8.15: vi. 2. 16. 
tpixivos, 7, ov, (θρίξ, " g. τριχός, 
hair) made of hair, hair, iv. 8. 3. 
τρι-χοίνικος, ἡ, ov, (τρίς, χοῖνιξ) 
containing three chenices, three-quart, 
vii. 3. 23. 
Τροία, as, Troja, Troy, v. l. for Tpy- 
ds, and used in the same sense,vii. 8. 7. 
Trpératov, ov, tropeum, ὦ TROPHY, 
a memorial of the defeat of an enemy, 
usu. made ch. of captured arms, G., 
iii. 2.13: iv.6.27: vi. 5.32: vii.6.36. 
τροπή, is, (τρέπω) the turning or 
flight of an enemy, defeat, rout, i. 8. 
25: iv. 8.21. Der. TROPIC. 
τρόπος, ov, ὁ, (τρέπω) the turn, di- 
rection, way, manner, method, disposi- 
tion, temper, character, or habit of a 
person or thing ; often in the modal 
dat. or adv. acc.; i. 1.9; 2.11 (see 
wpos); 9.22: ii. 2.17; 6.8: ἐκ παν- 
τὸς τρόπου [from] by every way, at any 
rate, no matter how, iii. 1. 48 : vii. 7. 
41: κατὰ πάντα τρόπον by all means, 
vi. 6. 30. Der. TROPE. 
τροφή, fis, (τρέφω) nourishment, 


support, sustenance, subsistence, i. 1.9: 


τροχάζω, dow, (τρέχω) to run for. 
ward, vii. 3. 46. 

τρυπάω, ow, (τρῦπα a hole) to bore, 
A., ἮΙ. 1. 31. Der. TREPAN. 

Tpwas or Tpwds, ddos, ἡ, (Τροία) 
Troas or the Troad, a district in the 
northwest of Mysia, including the site 
of ‘‘ Old Troy, — long since perished, 
but immortal in verse,” v. 6. 28 8. 
τρωκτός, ἡ, dv, (τρώγω to eat raw) 
eatable, edible; as applied to trees, 
instead of their fruit, productive for 
eating or of edible fruit, v. 3. 12. 
τρωτός, 7, dv, (τιτρώσκω to wound) 
vulnerable, liable or exposed to wounds, 
iii. 1. 23. 
τυγχάνω," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 2 a. 
ἔτυχον, to happen or chance upon, meet 
with, find, hit, obtain, attain, acquire, 
receive, 2 G., A. (ταῦτα vi. 6.32), παρά, 
i. 4.15: ii. 6.29: i. 2.19: v. 5.15; 
7. 33:— oftener w. a pt., to happen, 
chance, the pt. being usu. translated 
by the inf., 658. 1 (παρὼν ἐτύγχανε 
happened to be present, i. 1. 2); or else 
by a finite verb, and τυγχάνω by an 
adv. or adverbial phrase, as by chance, 
perchance, just then or now, just, then, 
now, 677 6 (ἐτύγχανον λέγων I was 
just saying, iii. 2.10, the idea of 
chance being expressed far oftener 
in Greek than in Eng.); while the pt. 
is sometimes understood, ch. ὦν, 677 ἃ 
(ἐτύγχανεν chanced to be or to rest, 
iii. 1. 3); i. 5. 8,14: 1.1.78; 2. 14, 
17: — pt. τυχόν abs., i happening so, 
hence, as adv., perchance, perhaps, vi. 
1. 20. 

Τυραῖον, Τυριαῖον, or Τυριάειον, ov, 
Tyrawm (-teum, -iaéum) a town in 
the southeast of Phrygia (or in Lyca- 
onia), i. 2.14. ||Iighin. 

τυρός, οὔ, ὁ, a cheese ; pl. ii. 4. 28. 

τύρσις, cos, εἰ, ἐν, pl. evs, 218, ἡ, tur- 
ris, ὦ TOWER, castle, TURRET, iv. 4.2: 
v. 2. 5, 27: vii. 2. 21; 8. 12s. 

τυχεῖν, -ὦών, -dv, see τυγχάνω, Ii. 3. 2. 

jrixn, ns, fortiina, fortune, luck, 
chance, ii. 2.13: v. 2. 25. 

τώ, TH, τῷ-δε, τῶν, see ὁ, ὅ-δε, i. 1. 
15: --- τῷ 610]. = τινί, see τὶς, i. 9. 7. 


a 


toPplta, low ιῶ, ὕβρικα, to be insolent, 





v. 6. 82: vii. 3.8. Der. A-TROPHY. 


wanton, audacious, abusive, or so to 


UBpts 139 


act or treat another ; to insult, abuse, 
maltireat, outrage; A. AE.; iii. 1. 18, 
29: v. 8.1, 3, 22: vi. 4.2. 
ὕβρις, ews, ἡ, (ὑπέρ ἢ cf. super-bus) 
insolence, wantonness, abuse, ili. 1. 21. 
μἐὑβριστής, οὔ, ὁ, as adj., insolent, 
wanton, audacious, abusive; ὁ. & 8. 
ὑβριστότερος, ὑβριστότατος, 259a (yet 
referred by some to a rare ὕβριστος), 
v. 8. 3, 22. 
ὑγιαίνω, avd, (ὑγιής sanus, healthy) 
to be healthy, sound, strong, in full 
vigor, or in good condition (of body), 
iv. 5. 18. 
ὑγρότης, ητος, ἡ, (ὑγρός moist) moist- 
ure, suppleness, perspiration, ν. 8. 15. 
tidSpogopéw, yow, to carry water, iv. 
5. 9 


ἐὑδρο-φόρος, ov, ὁ ἡ, (φέρω) a water- 
carrer, iv. 5. 10. 
ὕδωρ," ὕδατος, τό, (ὕω to rain) wa- 
ter: b. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ rain: i. δ. 7,10: 
iv. 2.2. Der. HYDRANT, HYDRO-GEN. 
t ὑϊδέος, ov, contr. ὑϊδοῦς, of, ὁ, (also 
viidots or υἱδοῦς) a son’s son, grandson, 
v. 6. 37: v. 1. vids. 
υἱός," οὔ, ὁ, filius, ὦ son, iv. 6. 1. 
“vAn, ns, (cf. silva) wood, a wood or 
Sorest, bushes, shrubbery, i.5.1: iii. 5. 
10s: v. 2. 31. 
“vpets, -@v, -tv, -Gs, YOU, see σύ. 
j‘upérepos, a, ov, your, yours: οἱ 
ὑμέτεροι your subjects or countrymen : 
τὰ ὑμέτερα what belongs to you, your 
property, money, or affairs: ii.1.12s: 
v. 5.19: vii. 3.19; 6. 16, 18, 33. 
ὑπ᾽, id’, by apostr. for ὑπό, i. 3. 13. 
ὑπ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, to lead under 
the pressure of followers, keep out of 
the way of others, keep ahead, lead or 
press on (acc. to some, fo lead on slow- 
ly), ili. 4. 48: iv. 2.16: — WM. to lead, 
urge, or suggest insidiously or craftily, 
AE., ἃ... 1.1.18; 4. 3. 
ὑπ-αίθριος, ov, (αἰθρία) under the 
sky, in the open air,v. 5.21: vii. 6. 24. 
ὑπ-αίτιος, ov, (αἰτία) under blame : 
ὑπαίτιόν τι a ground of censure, πρός, 
iii. 1.5: v. 2. ἐπ-αίτιος. 
ὑπ-ακούω, ούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, to hear 
under the call of another, obey, pay 
attention, regard, listen, hearken, G., 
iv. 1.9: vii. 3. 7. 
ὑπ-ανα-τείνω, *revd,réraxa, to stretch 
up [under] for the blow, A., vii. 4. 9? 
ὑπ-ανα-χωρέω, ow, κεχώρηκα, to 


ὑπερβαίνω 


ὑπ-αντάω, iow, ἤντηκα, & ὗπ-αντι- 
άζω, dow, (ἀντάω & ἀντιάζω to meet, 
fr. ἀντί) to come to meet and sustain, 
come to assist, come to the relief, come 
up, iv. 3. 34: vi. 5. 27. 

ὕπ-αρχος, ov, ὁ, (ἄρχω) α lieutenant 
either in the command of an army or 
of a satrapy, @ vice-satrap (ruling over 
a district, but under the satrap), pro- 
vincial governor, prefect, chief officer, 
i. 2.20; 8.5: iv. 4. 4. 

ὑπ-άρχω, ἄρξω, to begin beneath or as 
a foundation, take the initiative, com- 
mence, P.; hence, to be already a sup- 
port for, to support, favor, D.; to be on 
hand to begin with or rely upon (while 
εἰμί is simply ¢o be), be or exist already, 
be present, exist, be (have, cf. εἰμί), dD. 
els: ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων from the means 
at hand: 1.1. 4: ii. 2.11; 3.23: vi. 4.9. 

ὑπ-ασπιστής, οὔ, (ἀσπίς) a shield- 
bearer, armor-bearer, an attendant not 
only upon commanders, but also upon 
some privates ; cf. the esquire of me- 
dizval chivalry ; iv. 2. 20. 

ὑπ-είκω, εἴξω, a. εἶξα, (εἴκω to yield) 
to submit to, D., vii. 7. 31. 

ὕπ-ειμι͵, " ἔσομαι, ipf. ἦν, to be or lie 
underneath, iii. 4.7: v. 1. εἰμί, &e. 
trr-eLatve,* ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, a. 
ἤλασα, to ride up to ἃ superior, ws, i. 
8.15: v. Ll. πελάζω. 
ὑπ-ελήλυθα, see ὑπ-έρχομαι, v. 2. 30. 
ὑπέρ," prep., (akin to ὑπό, both 
marking vertical relation, cf. altus, 
high, deep) super, Germ. iiber, OVER : 
— (a) w. GEN., over in place, above, 
From above, i. 10. 12, 14 (ὑ. τοῦ λόφου 
seen from above the hill, i. 6. beyond 
wt): li. 6.2: iv. 7. 4: v. 4.13 (ὑ, yo- 
νάτων not reaching below the knee) : — 
over to protect, in defence of, in behalf 
of, on account of, in the name of, for 
the sake of, for, i. 3.4; 7.3? 8. 27: 
iv. 8.24: v. 5.13; 6. 278: --- (b) w. 
Acc., [going over] beyond, above (= 
beyond), of place, oftener of number, 
measure, age, &c., 1.1.9 (v. 1. ὑ. Ἑλλη- 
σπόντου): ν. 3.1: vi.2.10; 5.4. In 
compos., as above. Der. HYPER-. 
ὑπερ-άλλομαι," ἁλοῦμαι, to leap or 
jump over, A., vii. 4. 17. 
ὑπερ-ανα-τείνω," τενῶ, réraxa, to 
stretch up over another, A., vii. 4. 9 ? 
ὑπερ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go or pass over, cross, A. els, 





retreat somewhat or slowly, els, tii. 5.13 ἢ 


παρά, Vii. 1.17; 3. 43; 8. 7. 





ὑπερβάλλω - 140 


ὑπερ-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔβαλον, to throw one’s self over, to 
cross OF pass over, A., κατά, πρός, iv. 
1.7; 4.20; 5.1: vi.5.7: vi. 5.1. 

μὑπερ-βολή, 7s, @ crossing, mountain 

passage or pass, G., els, i. 2. 25: iii. 5. 
18: iv. 6. 5s. Der. HYPERBOLE. 

ὑπερ-δέξιος, ov, over or above the 
right (hand, wing, &c.), iii. 4. 37: iv. 
8. 2 (v. Ll. ὑπὲρ δεξιῶν): ν. 7. 31. 

ὑπερ-έρχομαι, ἢ ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to pass over or beyond, cross, 
A., iv. 4. 3. 

ὑπερ-έχω, ἢ ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, to be, rise, 
or project above, D.; to overhang ; iii. 
5.7: iv. 7. 4. 

ὑπερ-ήμισυς, eva, v, above half, vi. 
2.10: Ὃν. 1. ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ. 

ὕπερθεν adv., (ὑπέρ) from above, 
above, i. 4. 4. 

ὑπερ-κάθημαι * pf. m. pret., f. pf. 
ήσομαι ]., pip. ἐκαθήμην or καθήμην, 
to be seated or posted above, G., ἐπί, 
v. 1.93 2 1. 

ὑπερ-όριος, ov, or os, a, ov, (ὅρος ὦ 
bound) beyond the boundaries, for- 
eign: ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας, sc. γῆς, from 
our foreign territory or from abroad, 
vii. 1. 27. 

ὑπερ-ύψηλος, ov, exceeding high, very 
lofty, ili. 5. 7. 

ὑπ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, to 
go under pursuit, retreat, A. of dis- 
tance, v. 2. 30. 

ὑπ-εσχόμην, see ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. 

ὑπ-έχω, " ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to 
have one’s self under, submit to, un- 
dergo, A. D., Vv. 8. 1, 18: see δίκη. 

ὑπ-ήκοος, ov, (ὑπ-ακούω) obedient, 
submissive, subject: masc. subst., a 
subject, vassal: Ὁ. G.: 1. 6.6: v. 4. 6. 
in-fv, see ὕπ-ειμι, 111. 4.7: v. 1. ἦν. 
ἵὑπ-ηρετέω, How, ὑπ-ηρέτηκα, to serve, 
do or render service, supply, D. AE., 
i. 9.18: ii. 5.14: iii. 5. 8: vii. 7. 46. 
ὑπ-ηρέτης, ov, (ἐρέτης rower, fr. ἐρέτ- 
τω to row) an under-rower; hence 

(among so commercial a people), in 
ἢ general, a servant, attendant, assistant, 
1. 9. 18, 27: ii. 1.9; 5.14. 

ὑπ-ισχνέομαι," ὑπο-σχήσομαι, ὑπ- 
ἐσχημαι, (ἔχω or ἴσχω) to hold one’s 
self under obligation, to promise, en- 
gage, D. A., 1. (Α.), CP., 1.2.2; 7. 5, 
18: 11.8.20: v.6.35s: vii.2.25; 7.46. 

ὕπνος, ov, ὃ, somnus, sleep, iii. 1.11. 
Der. HYPNOTIC. 


ὑπολαμβάνω 


ὑπό * prep., by apostr. ὑπ᾿ or ὑφ᾽, 
sub, under: (a) w. GEN., from under 
in place, from beneath, as ὑπὸ ἁμάξης 
from under [a wagon] the yoke, vi. 4. 
22, 25 ;—usu., from under the effect 
or influence of, by (esp. w. pass. verbs, 
or equivalent verbs or phrases, 586d, 
575), by reason of, through the effect 
of, through, from, of, with, i. 1.10; 
3. 4,13; 5.4s: iii. 1.3: vil. 6.15, 33: 
ὑπὸ pacrtywy under (the compulsion 
of) the scourge, iii. 4. 2 : --- (Ὁ) w. 
Dat., under (of situation or of subjec- 
tion), beneath, i. 2.8; 8.10: vi. 4. 4: 
vii. 2. 2: — (Ὁ) w. Acc., under or be- 
neath, with the idea of motion or ex- 
tension, i. 8.27; 10.14: iii. 4. 37: 
vii. 4. 5, 11; 8. 21:— (d) in compos., 
under, beneath ; sometimes expressing 
diminution, inferiority, privacy, se- 
crecy, or action under the pressure or 
influence of others, somewhat, a little, 
underhand, behind, ἕο. Der. HYPO-. 
ὑπο-δεής, és, (δέω to want) somewhat 
wanting ; found in ὁ. ὑποδεέστερος in- 
ferior, lower in rank, 1. 9. 5. 
ὑπο-δείκνῦμι," δείξω, δέδειχα, to 
show somewhat, begin to show, give-in- 
dications, threaten, v. 7. 12. 
ὑπο-δέχομαι, δέξομαι, δέδεγμαι, to 
receive under one’s roof or protection, 
welcome, A., i. 6.3: vi. 5. 31. 
ὑπο-δέω," δήσω, δέδεκα, to bind be- 
neath, shoe, A.: ὑποδεδεμένοι with their 
shoes on, iv. 5. 14. 
μἐὑπό-δημα, aros, τό, a protection for 
the foot, shoe, sandal, iv. 5. 14. 
ὑπο-ζύγιον, ov, (ζυγόν Jugum, YOKE, 
fr. ζεύγνῦμι) an animal under the yoke, 
beast of burden or draught ; pl. bag- 
gage cattle or animals, as Oxen, asses, 
&e.; ἰ. 8.1; 7.20: ii. 1.6; 2. 4,15. 
ὑπο-κατα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔβην, to descend somewhat, go ὦ 
little lower, vii. 4. 11. 
ὑπο-κρύπτω, ύψω, κέκρυφα, to hide 
under: M. to conceal one’s own, hoard, 
i. 9.19: v. 1. ἀπο-κρύπτω. 
ὑπο-κύπτω, κύψω, κέκῦφα, to stoop 
under or before another, bow low, iv. 
5. 82: v. 1. κύπτω or ἐπι-κύπτω. 
ὑπο-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα,32 8. 
ἔλαβον, to take under one’s protection, 
A.; sc. τὸν λόγον, to take [under one’s 
direction] up the discourse, reply, an- 
swer, retort: μεταξὺ ὑ. to interrupt an- 
other in the midst: i.1.7: iii. 1.27, 31. 





ὑπολείπω 141 


ὑπο-λείπω," ψω, λέλοιπα, 2 ἃ. ἔλι- 
πον, pf. p. λέλειμμαι, ἃ. p. ἐλείφθην, 
to leave behind, Α.: P. & M. to be left 
behind, fall or lag behind, remain be- 

hind, G., i. 2. 25: iv. 5.15: v. 4. 22. 

ὑπο-λόχᾶγος, ov, ὁ, a sub-lochage, 

lieutenant, v. 2. 18 (cf. iii. 4. 21). 

ὑπο-λύω, λύσω, \édAVKa, to loosen be- 
low: M. to untie or take off one’s shoes 
or sandals, iv. 5. 13. | 

ὑπο-μαλακίζομαι, f. p. ισθήσομαι 1., 

(μαλακός soft) to soften under or some- 
what, stoop to or act a less manly part, 
curry favor, lose courage, ii. 1. 14. 

ὑπὸ-μένω, " μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a. ἔμεινα, 
to remain behind or in place, halt, 
await an attack, make a stand, stand 
one’s ground ; to wait for, A.; ili. 4. 
21: iv. 1.185, 21; 4. 21: vi. 5. 29. 

ὑπό-μνημα, aros, τό, (μιμνήσκω) ἃ 
private or suggestive reminder or 
memorial, reminiscence, i. 6. 3. 

Τ᾿ b6-teprros, ov, sent covertly or in- 

sidiously, ili. 3. 4 ἕ 

ὑπο-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send covertly, artfully, or under a 
false pretext, A., li. 4. 22. 

ὑπο-πέίνω, πίομαι (ἴ), πέπωκα, to 
drink somewhat freely, vii. 3. 29 : v. 1. 
ὑπο-πίπτω to fall back or withdraw a 
little. 

ἡ ὑπ-οπτεύω, evow, ipf. ὑπ-ώπτευον, 
su-spicor, to suspect, apprehend, mis- 
trust, be suspicious or apprehensive, 
An E{a.), oH Δ. 15 8.11.5 15; 
5. 28: iii. 1.5: iv. 2. 15. 
ὕπ-οπτος, ov, (ip-opdw) suspicious, 
to be suspected, iii. 3. 4? 

ὑπο-στῆναι, -στάς, see ὑῴφ-ίστημι. 
ἱὑπο-στρατηγέω, ow, to command 
under, be liewtenant-general to, D., v. 
6. 36. 

ὑπο-στράτηγος, ov, (v. 1. ds, οὔ) ὁ, 
a lieutenant-general, iii. 1. 32. 

ὑπο-στρέφω, " ἐψω, ἔστροφα 1., 2 a. 
p. ἐστράφην, to make an unobserved, 
adroit, or sudden turn, to avoid a 
snare, ii. 1.18: vi. 6.38: so 2 a. p. as 
m., vii. 4. 18. 

ὑπο-σχεῖν, see ὑπ-έχω, v. 8. 1. 

ὑπο-σχέσθαι, see ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. 

ὑπουργός, dv, (ὑπό, ἔργον) working 
under another, assisting, contributing, 
or conducive to, D., v. 8. 15. 

ὑπο-φαίνω, " φανῶ, πέφαγκα, to show 
a little, begin to dawn or appear, 


ὑφίστημι 


ὑπο-φείδομαι, φείσομαι, πέφεισμαι]., 
(φείδομαι to spare) to spare somewhat, 
ei, iv. 1. 8. 
ὑπο-χείριος, ov, (χείρ) under the 
hand or power of, in the hands of, 
subject to, D., iii. 2. 3: vii. 6. 43. 
ὕπ-οχος, ov, (ἔχω) held under, sub- 
ject to, D., ii. 5. 7. 
ὑπο-χωρέω, ow, κεχώρηκα, to go 
under the pressure of others, retire 
before, make way for, retreat, D., 1. 4. 
18; 7.17: iv. 5. 20. 
ὑπ-οψία, as, (ὑφ-οράω) suspicion, 
mistrust, distrust, apprehension, ὅτι, 
i, 3. 1: i. 4.10; 5. Te, 6+ ῪΝ 1. ΣῈ 
Ὑρκάνιος, a, ov, (Ὑρκάνοί the Hyr- 
cani) Hyrcanian, pertaining to Hyr- 
cania, a rude province of the Persian 
Empire, southeast of the Caspian, 
whose men were excellent horsemen, 
vii. 8. 15. 
ts, ‘ibs, ὦ swine, see σῦς, v. 2. 3. 
tiorepaios, a, ov, following in time, 
subsequent, next: often (esp. in dat.) ἡ 
torepata, sc. ἡμέρα, the following or 
next day, i. 2.21: ii. 3. 25: 111. 5. 18. 
tiorepéw, ow, ὑστέρηκα, to be or 
come too late for, arrive after, G., 1.7. 
12. 
tiorepl{a, low 10, to be or arrive too 
late, be behindhand, vi. 1. 18. 
ὕστερος," a, ov, (referred as c., with 
s. ὕστατος last, to ὑπό) post-erior, 
later, behind, afterwards, after, subse- 
quently, 509, G., i. 5.14: 111. 4. 21: 
vi. 4. 9: — so neut. ὕστερον as adv., 
i. 3.2; 5.16; 6.7; 8.8: iv. 3. $4. 
ὑφ᾽ by apostr. for ὑπό, before an 
aspirated vowel, i. 3. 10. 
ὑφ-εῖμαι, -eluny, see ὑφ-ίημι, vi.6.31. 
{ἐὑφειμένως submissively, humbly, 
softly, vii. 7. 16. 
Ὁ see ὑπ-έχω, vi. 6. 15. 
ὑ -ηγέομαι, ἤσομαι, ἥγημαι, to lead 
forward moderately or with others close 
behind, iv. 1.7: vi. 5. 25. 
ὑφ-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &c.), 
2 ἃ. m. εἵμην, sub-mitto, to submit, 
admit, concede, give up, A. 1., iii. 5.5: 
— M. to submit or give up one’s self, 
submit or surrender (intrans.), yield, 
give way, be remiss or spiritless, D. 1.» 
iii. 1.17; 2.38: v. 4. 26: vi. 6. 31? 
ὑφ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, to place under, station men 
covertly : — M. (w. pf., plp., and 2 a. 





~ 


dawn, iii. 2.1; iv. 2.7; 3. 9. 


act.) to stand up under an attack, 





142 Pacis 


responsibility, &c.; to withstand, D.; 
to under-take, A.; to volunteer ; to post 
one’s self covertly, stand aside, ἐν " iii. 
2.11: iv. 1. 14, 26s: vi. 1. 19. 
ὑφ-οράω," ὄψομαι, édpaxa or ἑόρᾶκα, 
su-spicor, to look under lest some mis- 
chief be hidden, to suspect, A., ii. 4. 10. 
ἐύψηλός, ἡ, dv, s., high, lofty: τὸ 
ὑψηλόν, sc. χωρίον, the high ground, 
height: ἄλλεσθαι ὑψηλά to leap high 
(leaps): i. 2. 22: iil. 4. 24s: vi. 1. 5. 
ὕψος, eos, τό, (ὕψι on high, akin to 
ὑπέρ) height, altitude, ii. 4. 12: iii. 4. 
7, 95: cf. edpos. 


Φ. 
ite Sans. bha-, Lat. fa-,to enlighten. | 
Y 


εἶν, 2a. of ἐσθίω, to eat, ii. 3.16: 
iv. 5. 8. Der. SARCO-PHAGUS. 
φαιδρός, ά, dv, (pa-) bright, brightly 
shining, beaming, animating, cheering, 
ii. 6. 11. 
nv, see φημί to say, i. 3. 7. 
νω, φανῶ, πέφαγκα, a. ἔφηνα, 
2 ἃ. p. ἐφάνην, to bring to light, show, 
reveal, A., iv. 3.13: — P. & M. to be 
brought or come to light, appear, be 
seen, show or present one’s self, be in 
prospect or pretended, D., 1., P., ἐν, &e. 
(the pt. here implying reality, but 
not the inf., 657k; as φαίνεται εἶναι 
he appears to be, though he may not 
be; but ὧν ¢. [being he so appears] 
he appears to be, as he really 1s, he is 
seen or shown to be, he evidently or 
manifestly is; while both εἶναι and ὧν 
are often om., esp. before an adj. or 
appositive), i. 3.19; 6.1,11; 9.19: 
iii. 1.24; 4.2: v. 4.29: vii. 6. 37. 
Der. PHENOMENON, PHASE, FANCY. 
φάλαγξ, αγγος, ἡ, the line of battle, 
in which the front was extended, 
and the depth comm. small (of 4 men 
i. 2. 15, of 8 men vii. 1. 23) ; a body 
of troops (esp. hoplites) so arranged, 
a line, main line or body, PHALANX 
(cf. κέρας a body in column, ὄρθιον : 
ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, κατὰ or els φάλαγγα, 
in or into line of battle. In open or- 
der, it was usual to allow each hoplite 
a space 6 feet g tt but in close 
array, as for a battle charge, only 
3 feet square. i. 2.17; 8.17s: ii. 1.6; 
3.3: iii. 3.11: iv. 3. 26; 8. 9s. 
Φαλῖνος, ov, Phalinus, a Greek from 





the island Zacynthus (now Zante), in 
the service of Tissaphernes, ii. 1. 7. 
φανείς, -fvat, -οῦμαι, see φαίνω. 
φανερός, ά, ὄν, apparent, visible, 
conspicuous, manifest, evident, plain, 
i. 7.17; 9.6: often in personal for 
impers. constr., w. a pt., 573, as 
στέργων φανερὸς ἦν (he was apparent 
loving] it was apparent that he loved, 
or he evidently loved, ii. 6. 23; cf.i. 6. 
8; 9.11,16; and δῆλος : ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 
in public, openly, i. 3.21: εἰς τὸ φ. 
into a conspicuous position, vii. 7. 22. 
{ἐφανερώς openly, i. 9. 19. 
τρα, as, (φέρω) pharetra, a 
quiver, comm. of leather, with a lid, 
and slung behind the shoulder or on 
the left side, iv. 4. 16. 

φάρμακον, ov, a drug, whether heal- 
ing or poisonous, medicine, vi. 4. 11. 
Der. PHARMACY. 

ἐφαρμακο-ποσία, as, (πίνω) the drink- 
ing of drugs, taking medicine or phys- 
ic, iv. 8. 21. 

Φαρνάβαζος, ov, Pharnabazus, sa- 
trap of Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia, 
or of the northwest part of Asia Mi- 
nor (as early as B. C. 412), a man of 
far higher character than his neighbor 
Tissaphernes, and at length honored 
with the hand of Apama, the king’s 
daughter. He rendered valuable aid 
to the Spartans during the later years 
of the Peloponnesian War. After the 
Cyrean expedition, he was somewhat 
involved in the war with the Spartans, 
and was engaged in unsuccessful ex- 
peditions for the reconquest of Egypt, 
— the last B. c. 374. v. 6. 24. 

ol(v), φατέ, φάναι, see φημί. 
tPacravol, ὧν, the Phasiani, or Pha- 
sians, a people dwelling about the 
river Phasis, iv. 6. 5: v. 6. 36. 

Pacis, cdo or tos, ὁ, the Phasis (now 
Pasin-Su, thought by some the Pison 
of Gen. 2.11), called in its lower course 
the Araxes (now Aras), a river of Ar- 
menia, uniting with the Cyrus (now 
Kafr) and flowing into the Caspian, iv. 
6. 4.— 2. A noted river of Colchis, 
anciently regarded as the boundary 
between Asia and Europe, now called 
Rién or Faz. Xenophon seems to 
have regarded the Armenian Phasis 
as the upper part of this river, and 
calls the dwellers upon both Saciavol. 
The name of the river was also given 


φάσκω 143 φιλία 


to a Milesian trading settlement near 
its mouth, and to the surrounding 
region. The pheasant is said to have 
been brought from this region by the 
Argonauts, and hence to have derived 
its name (ὄρνις Φασιᾶνός the Phasian 
bird). v. 6. 36; 7.1, 7, 9. 

φάσκω (a strengthened pres. for 
φημί * q. v.) to say, state, declare, af- 
jirm, allege, ch. used in the pt., 1., 
mm. ὃ. 17: iw. 4. 31; 8. 4: v.86. 

φαῦλος, 7, ov, (cf. paulus) trifling, 
of small account, vi. 6. 11 8. 

φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, a. ἤνεγκα or 
-ov, a. p. ἠνέχθην, fero, to BEAR, carry, 
bring, endure, produce (of land), carry 
off (hence, receive as pay), A. D., ἐπί, 
φρόε, &c., i.2.22; 3.21: 11.1.17: iti. 
1. 23; 4.32: to carry one, hence of a 
road or entrance, to lead, ἐπί, εἰς, ili. 
5.15: ὁ φέρων the bearer, i. 9. 26: 
χαλεπῶς φέρειν were ferre, to bear up 
with difficulty, to be dejected, deeply 
concerned or afflicted, or greatly ex- 
cited, Ὁ. 456, 1.3.3: see ἄγω, βαρέως: 
— P. or M. to be borne, carried, &c.; 
to be borne on, thrown, hurled, or sent, 
to rush, fly (of missiles) ; i. 8. 20: iii. 
3. 16: iv. 7. 65, 14: — M. to bring in 
for one’s own use, A., Vi. 6.1: vii. 4. 3. 
Der. PERI-PHERY, META-PHOR. 

φεύγω," φεύξομαι & φευξοῦμαι, 2 pf. 
wépevya, 2 a. ἔφυγον, fugio, to flee, 
ἤν, take to flight, run away, retreat, 
A., ἀπό, did, els, ἐξ, ἐπί, &c.; to flee 
one’s country, be or become an exile, 
go into exile, be banished : οἱ φεύγοντες 
the fugitives, exiles: 1.1.7; 2.18; 3. 
3; 10.1: iii. 2.35; 3.9, 19; 4. 35. 
Φεύγω denotes rather an attempt to 
escape by open flight ; and διδράσκω 
(only in compounds), by secret de- 
parture or concealment. Cf. ἀπο- 
φεύγω, ἀπο-διδράσκω. Der. FUGITIVE. 

φημί * (pres. encl., exc. 2 sing. φής 
or φῇ) & strengthened φάσκω q. v., 
φήσω, ipf. ἔφην (usu. as aor.; 2 sing. 
ἔφησθα), rarer a. ἔφησα, (pa-) to say, 
state, declare; to affirm, assent, say 
yes, (cf. aio): w. οὐ (which comm. 
modifies rather a dependent verb, 
6620), to say that. . not, say no, deny, 
refuse (see ov, and cf. nego): 1. (A., 
sometimes without the inf., which may 
yet be understood), ΟΡ. (r., vii. 1. 5) ; 
but often placed parenthetically and 
sometimes pleonastic, 574 (cf. guoth): 


ji. 2.258; 3.1,7s8,18; 6.68: i1.1.98; 
δ. 245: v.8.5.—To φημί are usu. 
referred the f. ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρηκα, εἴρημαι, 
and 1 ἃ. εἶπα (ind. 2 sing., and imv. 
exc. 2 sing., esp. used), oftener (exc. 
as above) 2 a. εἶπον (εἴπω, -οιμι, -é, 
-eiv, -wv); but these often correspond 
in their use more closely to Aéyw or 
ἀγορεύω (hence also, to mention, tell, 
bid, advise, propose, &c.; and A. D., 
ΟΡ. &c., 659 h*): i. 2.5; 3.5, 7,14: 
ii. 1. 15, 21; 3.2: εἴρητο charge had 
been given, Ὁ. I., 111. 4.38. Cf. fari, 
fama, FAME. 
φθάνω, " φθάσω & φθήσομαι, ἔφθακα, 
la. ἔφθασα, 2 ἃ. ἔφθην, to anticipate, 
get the start of, be or get before an- 
other, arrive before, outstrip, surprise, 
A. P. (often translated by a finite verb, 
and φθάνω by such expressions as be- 
fore, first, previously, beforehand, soon- 
er, too soon, by anticipation or surprise, 
677f), πρίν : φ. καταλαβόντες to antici- 
pate in getting possession, or to get pos- 
session first, i. 3.14: φθάσαι πρὶν πα- 
θεῖν to [get the start] act before suffer- 
ing, ii. 5.5: φθάσαι πρῶτος to [out- 
strip, so as to] be foremost, 509 d, iii. 
4.20: ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντας to take by 
surprise, 677f, iv. 6.11: see, also, 
ἯΙ. 4. 49: iv. 1. 4, 21: v. 7. 16. 
φθέγγομαι, έγξομαι, ἔφθεγμαι, to ut- 
ter ὦ sound (esp. a loud, clear sound), 
raise ὦ cry, cry out, shout, scream, 
sound, make one’s self. heard, D., i. 8. 
18: iv. 5.18: vi. 1. 23: vii. 4. 19. 
Der. DI-PHTHONG, APO-PHTHEGM. 
φθείρω," φθερῶ, ἔφθαρκα, to destroy, 
lay waste, A., iv. 7. 20. 
φθονέω, ow, (φθόνος envy) to envy, 
D., i. 9.19: v. 7. 10. 
φιάλη, 7s, patera, a broad, shallow 
cup or bowl, saucer, for drinking or 
libation, iv. 7.27. Der. PHIAL, VIAL. 
thalrepos c. of φίλος, i. 9. 29? 
Torro, how, πεφίληκα, to love, with 
a pure love, as of friendship ;. more 
emotional in sense than ἀγαπάω, less 
passionate than épdw, and less strong 
than στέργω" A.; i. 1.4; 9. 25, 28. 
ἐφιλήσιος, ov, Philesius, an Ache- 
an, chosen as successor to Menon, and 
one of the oldest of the Cyrean gen- 
erals, but not one of the most promi- 
nent or highly esteemed, iii. 1. 47. 
tora, as, friendship, attachment, 





affection, love, ἃ. or possessive pron., 





φιλικός 144 


both subjective and objective (cf. love 
47), 444, 538d, i. 3.5: ii. δ. 8, 24: 
v. 6. 11: vil. 7. 29 (love to you) : — 
πρὸς φιλίαν [in accordance with 
friendship] in a friendly manner, in 
peace or friendship, i. 3.19 (or to a 
Sriendly country, see pidtos). See διά. 

Γφιλικός, ή, bv, befitting a Si riend, of 
@ friendly nature, friendly, iv.1. 9: 
v. 5. 25 (v. 1. ἐπιτήδειος). See φίλιος. 

ἐφιλικῶς in a friendly manner, on 
friendly terms, as a friend, ii. δ. 27 : 
vi. 6. 35. 

Ἰφίλιος, a, ov, of a friend or friends, 
friendly, in amity or at peace, esp. 
opposed to πολέμιος, and often applied 
to places (as φιλικός rather to acts, 
and φίλος to persons), D.: διὰ φιλίας 
τῆς χώρας through the country as 

riendly or in peace, 523 Ὁ: i. 3.14; 
6. 3 (of a person): ii. 3.26; 5.18: v. 
7.138, 33: φιλία, sc. χώρα or γῆ, a 
friendly country, region, or land, ii. 
ὃ. 27: vi. 6. 38: vii. 3.13. See φιλία. 

᾿φίλιιππος, ον, s., fond of horses, 
i. 9.5. Der. ΡΗΠῚΡ, ΡΗΠΗΡΡΙΟ. 

tAs-Onpos, ov, s., (θήρα hunting) 
Sond of hunting or the chase, i. 9. 6. 
torro-xepSiw, ow, (κέρδος) to love, 
seek, or be greedy of gain, i. 9. 16. 
toeAro-xlvBivos, ov, s., fond of dan- 
ger, venturesome, adventurous, i. 9. 6. 
torro-pabfs, és, c. έστερος, 8. éora- 
Tos, (μανθάνω) fond of learning, eager 
to learn, i. 9.5. Der. PHILOMATH. 
ἐφιλο-νεικία, as, (νεῖκος strife) love 
of strife, rivalry, emulation, iv. 8. 27: 


v. L. φιλο-νϊκία, as, (νίκη) eagerness for 
victory. 
ἐφιλό-ξενος, ov, Philoxenus, a good 


soldier from Pelléne in Achaia, v. 2.15. 

Γφιλο-πόλεμος, ov, fond of war, war- 
loving, passionate for war, ii. 6. 1, 6. 

os, ἡ, ov, c. & 8. φιλαίτερος or 

φίλτερος, -raros,* amicus, friendly 
(cf. φίέλιος), well-disposed, attached : 
subst. φίλος, ov, a friend, adherent, 
favorite: D. (as subst., also w. G.): 
1.1.2,5; 3.6,12; 4.2; 6.6; 7.68; 
9. 10, 20s, 27s, 29(c.), 81: iv. 4. 4. 
τα τ garg 

4 ov, fond of wisdom: 
subst. φιλόσοφος, ov, a PHILOSOPHER, 
ii. 1. 13. 

pee gr ov, a friend to 
the soldiers, the soldiers’ friend, vii. 6. 
4, 39. 


φοινίκεος 


εφιλοτίμέομαι, ἥσομαι »πεφιλοτίμημαι, 
a. ἐφιλοτιμήθην, (φιλό-τῖμος honor-lov- 
ing, ambitious, jealous, fr. τιμή) to be 
“airs piqued, or resentful, to resent 
τέ, i. 4. 7. 

ἐφιλο-φρονέομαι, ἥσομαι, a. ἐφιλο- 
φρονησάμην or -ἤθην, (φιλό-φρων friend- 
ly-minded, fr. φρήν mind) to be kindly 
disposed, express good-will or Sriend- 
ship, show kindness or favor ; to treat 
or greet as a friend, A.; ii. 5. 27: iv. 
5. 29, 32, 84. 

Φλιάσιος, ov, ὁ, a Phi jasian, ἃ man 
of Phlius (Φλτοῦς), a city with a small 
territory in the northeast of the Pe- 
loponnese, on the Asdpus (now the 
St. George). It was commonly jealous 
of its neighbor Argos, and in alliance 
with Sparta. vii. 8.1. {| Ruins near 
the village of St. George. 

thrvapéw, ow, (φλύαρος) to talk 
nonsense, speak absurdly, iii. 1. 26, 29. 

Prvapla, as, (= Pridpos baddling, 
fr. φλύω bullio, to bubble up) pl. nu- 
ge, idle talk, absurdities, fooleries, 
mere trifling, nonsense, i. 3. 18. 

thoBepds, d, dv, s., frightful, fearful, 
alarming, terrible, formidable, to be 
feared, D.1., μή, ii. δ. 9: iii. 4. δ: v. 
*s bobla, 7; ἢν 8, 

, how, to ighten, terrify, 
scare, A.,iv. 5.17 nde el PA ἑὰς 
πεφόβημαι, a. ἐφοβήθην, to be Sright- 
ened, terrified, alarmed, afraid, ap- 
prehensive, or wnder the influence of 
Sear ; to fear; A. μή, 1., περί, διά 7d 
φοβεῖσθαι τὴν τιμωρίαν the fear of pun- 
ishment ; i. 3.17; 8.18: ii. 4. 18; 5. 
5; 6.14,19: v. 5.7: vii. 1.2; 8. 20. 

φόβος, ov, ὁ, (φέβομαι to ἤθε) fear, 
dread, fright, alarm, panic, terror, 
G., I., CP., ii. 2.19; 4.3: iii. 1.18: 
vii. 4.1: pl. terrors, fearful threats, 
iv. 1. 28 : τὸν ἐκ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοὺς 
βαρβάρους φόβον the terror [struck from 
the Greeks as the source, into the bar- 
barians] with which the Greeks struck 
the barbarians, i. 2.18 ; ef. vii. 2. 37. 
Der. HYDRO-PHOBIA. 

towtkeos, da, cov, contr. φοινϊκοῦς, 
ἢ, οὖν, purple-red, purple or crimson, 
a color early prepared by the Phe- 
nicians from the murex of the neigh- 
boring sea, and chosen by the Greeks 
for war-garments from its brilliant 
effect and its disguising blood, i. 2.16: 





v. l. powixds, powitxios. 


Φοινίκη 145 φυλακή 


ἱ Φοινίκη, ns, Phoenicia or Phenice, a 
narrow strip on the Syrian coast of 
the Mediterranean, peopled by a Se- 
mitic race, illustrious for their early 
commerce, arts, inventions, and colo- 
nies. They founded Carthage, ‘‘ Rome’s 
great rival,” and imparted letters to 
Greece. i. 4.5; 7.12: vii. 8. 25. 

ἱφοινϊκιστής, οὔ, purpuratus, a pur- 
ple-wearer: . βασίλειος a wearer of 
purple at the king’s cowrt from his 
high rank, i. 2.20. Some translate 
(after Zonaras) a dyer of purple, or (as 
Larcher) ὦ bearer of the purple stand- 
ard. 

Φοίνιξ or Φοῖνιξ, ixos, ὁ, Phenician: 
subst., a Phenician, i. 4.6. Hence, 
ὃ φοίνιξ the date-palm, date-tree, palm, 
as bearing the Phenician fruit, since 
dates were brought in commerce from 
Pheenicia to Greece (yet some explain 
rather Φοινίκη as the date-land), i. 5. 
10. Of this tree, so great an orna- 
ment to the country where it grows, 
and so invaluable to the inhabitants, 
Strabo says that a Persian poem sang 
the uses to the number of three hun- 
dred and sixty. Der. pHa@NIX. 

Φολόη, 7s, ἃ mountain range on 
the boundary between Elis and Ar- 
cadia, fabled as the scene of a battle 
of Hercules with the Centaurs, and 
as named by him from one of them 
who was here buried, Pholus, v. 3. 10. 
|| Mauro Bouni, or Xiria. 

φορέω, ἤσω, πεφόρηκα 1., (φέρω) 
iterative, fo carry habitually, wear ; 
to bring in successive loads; A.; i. 8. 
29: v. 2. 26: vii. 4. 4. 

, ov, ὁ, (φέρω) tribute, v. 5. 7. 

ορτίον, ov, (φέρω) a burden, load, 

v. 2. 21: vii. 1. 37. 

φράζω," dow, réppaxa, to TELL, 

bid, direct, state, declare, mention, D. 

I., A. ΟΡ, 1.6.3: ii. 3.3; 4.18: iv. 
5. 29, 34: vi. 6. 20. Der. PHRASE. 

4Ppactas, ov, Phrasias, an officer 

from Athens, vi. 5. 11. 


φρέαρ, ppédros, τό, a well, cistern, 
iv. 5. 25 


φρονέω, ήσω, πεφρόνηκα, (φρήν mind) 
to think, understand, perceive, discern, 
be wise or sagacious, A. of neut. adj., 
li. 2.5: μέγα φ. to think [big] loftily, 
to be high-minded, elated, or proud, 
ἐπί, iii. 1. 27: v.6.8: πλέον φ. to be 
superior in wisdom, vi. 3. 18. 


LEX. AN. 7 





φφρόνημα, aros, τό, thought, spirit, 
confidence, iii. 1. 22; 2. 16. 

φρόνιμος, ov, thoughtful, prudent, 
discreet, sensible, judicious, sagacious, 
self-possessed, i. 10.7: ii. 5.16; 6. 7. 

tpovrlta, low ιῶ, πεφρόντικα, (ppov- 
τίς thought, solicitude) to take thought, 
be anxious or solicitous ; to consider, 
devise, contrive, ὅπως : ii. 8. 25; 6. 8. 
᾿Γφρούρ-αρχος, ov, ὁ, the commander 
or commandant of a garrison, i. 1. 6. 

thpovpéw, ήσω, to guard, keep under 
guard, A., 1. 4. 8 : v. 5. 20. 

ἱφρούριον, ov, dim. in form only, 
ὦ garrisoned post, fortress, gurrison, 
i. 4.15: v. 1. φρουρά, as, a garrison. 

φρουρός, οὔ, ὁ, (προ-οράω, 159 g, h*) 
a watcher, guard, garrison-soldier, 
vii. 1. 20; 8. 15 (om. by some). 

φρύγανον, ov, (φρύγω frigo, to parch) 
a dry stick, or twig ; pl. firewood, fag- 
ots, &c., iv. 3. 11. 

Φρυγία, as, (Φρύξ) Phrygia (Great, 
or Proper) a large inland country, the 
western part of the great table land 
of Asia Minor. It appears to have 
been the native region of the flute- 
music (which early vied with that of 
the lyre, see Mapovas), and of some of 
the rites of Bacchus and Cybele. i. 2. 
6s; 9.7.—2. Lesser Phrygia, a name 
given to the northern part of Mysia, 
extending along the coast of the Pro- 
pontis to the Hellespont, with the 
Troad sometimes included. This was 
part of the satrapy of Pharnabazus, 
while Great Phrygia was given to 
Cyrus, and afterwards to Tissaphernes. 
v. 6. 24. — See Φρύξ. 

Φρυνίσκος, ov, Phryniscus, an 
Achean, appointed general during the 
latter part of the retreat, prob. in 
place of Scphenetus, vii. 3.15; 5.10. 

Φρύξ, vyis, ὁ, a Phrygian. The 
Phrygians were an ancient people, of 
quiet agricultural and pastoral habits, 
who, according to some, had crossed 
from Thrace into Asia Minor. i. 2. 13. 

tovyds, ἀδος, ὁ, a FUGITIVE, exile, 
i. 1. 8,31 3:7. 8: ἄν, 8. 18. 

tovyh, ἢς, fuga, flight ; banishment, 
exile ; 1. 8. 24: iv. 2.12: vii. 7. 57. 

byw, -οιμι, -εἶν, -ών, see φεύγω. 

t ὥς γι watch ’(whether act, 
time, place, or persons engaged, 363 h), 
guard, ward, custody, guard-station, 
garrison, sentinels, G., πρός. The 

7 





φύλαξ 146 χαλεπός 


Greeks usu. divided the night into 
three watches, as the Romans into 
four. i.1.6; 4.4: ii. 4.17; 6.10: 
iv. 1.5; 5.21, 29: v. 8.1: vii. 6. 22. 

ἐφύλαξ, axos, ὁ ἡ, a guard (the in- 
dividual, as φυλακή the company), 
watcher, sentinel, custodian; pl. a 
guard (collectively), body-guard, gar- 
rison, &c.; 1.2.12: iv. 2.58: vi. 4.27; 
5.4: λόχος φύλαξ (as adj.) a company 
on the watch or of reserve, vi. 5. 9. 

φυλάττω, άξω, πεφύλαχα, to guard, 
watch, garrison, keep, keep guard. or 
watch, A. D., AE., ἐπί " φυλακὰς φυ- 
Adrrew to keep, maintain, or stand 
guard ; i. 2.1, 21s; 4. 4s: i. 6. 10: 
v.1.2; 3.4:— WM. to guard one’s self 
against another, be or keep on one's 
guard against, beware of, guard 
against, keep watch upon, guard or keep 
guard for one’s own safety, take care, 
A. (of object guarded against), AE., 
μή, ws, ὥστε, 1.6.9: 11.2.16; 5.3, 37: 
vii. 3.35; φ. πᾶσαν, sc. φυλακήν, to 
take every precaution, to be on the 
strictest guard, vii. 6. 22. Der. PHy- 
LACTERY. 

diode, jow, a. p. ἐφυσήθην, (pica 
a blast, bellows) to inflate, blow up, 
A., iii. 5. 9. 

Φύσκος, ov, ὁ, the Physcus, a stream 
by Opis, ii. 4. 25. || The canal Katur, 
or Nahr-Awan ; acc. tosome, the river 
Adhem. 

ἱἐφυτεύω, εύὐσω, πεφύτευκα 1., (φυτόν 
a plant) to plant, A., v. 3. 12. 

φύω (i),* φύσω, répixa, 2 a. ἐφύν, 
to bring into being, produce, A., 1. 4. 
10: but in pf. and 2 a., to come into 
being, cf. fui. Der. PHYSICS, PHY- 
SICIAN, PHYSIO-LOGY. 

Pwxals, δος, ἡ, ὦ Phocean woman, 
from Φώκαια, Phocea (now Foggia or 
Fokia), an Ionian city of great com- 
mercial enterprise and great prosperi- 
ty until its capture by the army of 
the elder Cyrus, when a large part of 
its inhabitants, embarking in their 
vessels, sought new homes in the dis- 
tant west (among others, Marseilles). 
The Phocean mentioned in i. 10. 2 
was named Milto from her brilliancy 
of complexion, but by Cyrus Aspasia 
after the favorite of Pericles. She 
had been brought up by her father 
Hermotimus in poverty and without 
a mother’s care; and when brought 





by force to Cyrus, won his affection 
by her wisdom and virtue, ever more 
than by her remarkable beauty. Af- 
ter his death, she became also a fa- 
vorite of Artaxerxes, who, it is stated, 
had specially ordered her capture ; 
but when he had associated with him- 
self upon the throne his son Darius, 
the latter asked that he would also 
grant him Aspasia. Artaxerxes prom- 
ised to do this, since, according to 
usage, the first request of a successor 
elect could not be denied; but, in- 
stead of fulfilling his promise, made 
her a priestess (acc. to Plutarch, of 
Anitis, the Persian Diana). This so 
enraged the disappointed son that he 
joined with Tiribazus in seeking his 
father’s life, but lost his own. i. 10. 2. 

φωνή, js, (pa-) vox, a sound of the 
voice, voice, speech, language, ii. 6.9: 
iv. 8. 4. Der. PHONETIC, EU-PHONY. 

φῶς, φωτός, τό, (pa-) light of day, 
a fire, &c., iii. 1.12: vii. 4.18: φῶς 
ἐγένετο daylight came, ἐξ became light, 
vi. 3.2. Der. PHOTO-GRAPH. 


xX. 


χαίρω," χαιρήσω, κεχάρηκα, to re- 
joice, P., Vii. 2.4: to take leave, depart 
(from the common expression in leave- 
taking, χαῖρε farewell); hence, ἐᾶν 
χαίρειν to let go, bid farewell to, vii. 3. 
28 : χαίρων rejoicing, with impunity, 
v. 6. 32. 

“Χαλδαῖοι,ων, ol, theChaldwi, or-wans, 
a warlike and independent people of 
Armenia, perhaps the remains in their 
early seat of the powerful tribe that 
conquered Babylonia, and becoming 
effeminate were themselves conquered 
by the Medes and Persians. They 
seem to have been also called XdXv- 
Bes ; and Xenophon uses both names, 
apparently for the same tribe. iv. 3. 
4: v.5.17: vii. 8.25. See Χάλυψ. 

txareralvw, avd, to be severe, angry, 

indignant, displeased, provoked, im- 
censed, or enraged, Ὁ. G., ὅτι, 1. 4.12; 
5.11, 14: vii. 6.32: so a. p. as m. 
ἐχαλεπάνθην, iv. 6. 2. 

χαλεπός, 4, dv, c., s., HARD to do, 
bear, take, &c.; difficult, irksome, 
troublesome ; grievous, severe, stern, 
harsh, violent, bitter, cross, fierce, 


χαλεπῶς 147 


cruel, dangerous: τὸ χαλεπόν the se- 
verity, harshness, fierceness: 1.: i. 3. 
12: 11.6.9,1l1s: iii.1.13; 4.35: v.1.7. 

lxaderas hardly, with difficulty, 
grievously, severely: x. ἔχειν to be 
grievously affected, deeply concerned, 
or greatly distressed: see φέρω : 1. 3. 
3: iii. 3.13; 4.47: v. 7.2: vi. 4. 16. 

χαλϊνόω, wow, κεχαλίνωκα l., (xa- 

λινός @ bridle) to bridle, A., iii. 4. 35. 

χάλκεος, έα, cov, contr. χαλκοῦς, ἢ, 
οῦν, brazen or rather bronze, of brass 
or bronze, i. 2.16: v. 2. 29. 

tXadrxySovla, or Καλχηδονία, as, 
Chalcedonia, the territory about the 
city of Chalcédon and belonging to it, 
vi. 6. 38. 

tXadxndév, or Καλχηδών (167 b), 
évos, ἡ, Chalcédon, a city in Bithynia, 
founded by the Megarians, Β. c. 674, 
on the Propontis at the entrance of 
the Thracian Bosphorus. Though it 
became a considerable city, it was 
sometimes called the ‘‘City of the 
Blind,’ because its founders over- 
looked the superior advantages of the 
nearly opposite site of Byzantium. 
vii. 1. 20; 2. 24, 26. || Kadi-Keui. 

χαλκός, οὔ, ὁ, 2s, copper ; but more 
commonly bronze, an alloy of copper 
and tin (usu. about § copper to 4 tin) 
greatly used by the ancients, and ad- 
mitting a harder temper than the 
more modern brass, an alloy of copper 
and zine. The latter term is, how- 
ever, common in translation. Χαλκός 
τις ἤστραπτε [some bronze glistened] 
there was a gleaming of brass or brazen 
armor, i. 8. 8. 

ἰχάλκωμα, aros, τό, a brazen (or 
bronze) utensil, iv. 1. 8. 

XdXos, ov, ὁ, the Chalus, a river in 
Syria. i. 4.9. ||The Koweik, the 
river of Aleppo. 

Xérvy, vBos, ὁ, a Chalybian, or one 
of the Chalybes, a people so skilled in 
workingiron that they either gave their 
name to steel (χάλυψ, as if Chalybian 
iron), or were themselves named from 
it: οὗ, οἱ σιδηροτέκτονες Χάλυβες, Asch. 
Prom. 714. Some of the Chalybes (also 
called Χαλδαῖοι, v. 5.17) were the 
bravest people found by the Cyreans; 
while others, west of Trebizond, were 
few in number and subject to the 
Mossyneci. iv. 4.18; 6.5; 7.15: 
v. 5.1: vii. 8.25. Der. CHALYBEATE. 





Χειρίσοφος 


χαράδρα, ας, (χαράττω to cut, fur- 
row, whence CHARACTER) ὦ ravine, 
gorge, usu. furrowed by water, iii.4.1. 
χαράκωμα, aros, τό, (χάραξ stake, 
fr. χαράττω to cut) a paling, palisad- 
ing, line of palisades, v. 2. 26. 
Ttxaples, ίεσσα, lev, g. levros, ιέσσης, 
gratiosus, graceful, agreeable, pleasing, 
clever, ingenious, iii. 5. 12 (v. Ll. χάριεν). 
Τχαρίζομαι, ἔσομαι ιοῦμαι, κεχάρισμαι, 
gratificor, to grant one a favor, grati- 
Sy, favor, oblige, please, indulge, D. 
AE., 1.9.24: ii.1.10; 3.19: vii.1.25. 
χάρις, * cros, ἡ, (χαίρω) gratia, grace, 
favor; obligation for a favor, gratitude, 
thanks: χάριν εἰδέναι (see dpdw) to rec- 
ognize a favor or obligation, esteem it a 
Savor, be grateful : χάριν ἔχειν to have 
gratitude, feel grateful: Ὁ. G.: i. 4. 
15: ii.5.14: 11.8.14: vi. 1. 26: vii. 4. 
9; 6.32. Der. EU-CHARIST. 
Xappavbn, ys, Charmande, a large 
city on the Arabian side of the Eu- 
phrates, thought by most to be the 
city called by Hdt. “Is, now Hit, re- 
markable for its bitumen springs, 
which furnished cement for the walls 
of Babylon, and which still seem in- 
exhaustible, i. 5.10. The Euphrates 
and Tigris are still crossed in the man- 
ner here stated by Xenophon. 
pivos, ov, Charminus, an en- 
voy from the Spartan commander 
Thibron to the Cyreans, vii. 6. 1, 39. 
χειμών, vos, ὁ, (xéw to pour, cf. 
χιών) hiems, winter, wintry weather, 
storm, cold, i.7.6: iv.1.15: vii. 3.13. 
χείρ," χειρός, ἃ. pl. χερσί, ἡ, the 
hand; εἰς χεῖρας ἰέναι or ἔρχεσθαι to 
come to [hands] blows or to close en- 
counter or combat, but w. dat., [to 
come into hands to any one] to put 
one’s self in the hands or power of any 
one: περὶ ταῖς χερσίν about the [hands] 
wrists: ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν to throw 
[from] with the hand merely, as darts 
(but ἐκ x., v. 4. 25, hand to hand, in 
close combat) : i. 2.26; 5.8,15: iii. 3. 
15: iv. 7.15: vi. 3.4: see δέχομαι. 
Der. CHIRO-GRAPHY, SURGEON. 
jXepl-codos, ov, Chirisophus, a 
general sent from Sparta to Cyrus 
with auxiliary troops, in return for 
the zealous and liberal aid which he 
had rendered in the Peloponnesian 
War. He was the chief leader of the 
van in the retreat, and was at one 





χειροπληθής 148 χράω 


time chosen sole commander of the 
Cyreans. After the death of Clear- 
chus, he was considered the first of 
the generals in dignity, as Xenophon 
was first in influence; and the two 
worked together with great harmony 
for the salvation of the army. i. 4. 3. 

ψχειρο-πληθής, és, (τλήθω) filling the 
hand, as large as can be held in the 
hand, iii. 3. 17. 

}xetpo-trolnros, ov, (ποιέω) made by 
hand, iv. 3. 5. 

{ἐχειρόω, wow, 4A. and oftener M., to 
handle, master, overpower, subdue, vii. 
3. 11. 

4xelpoy,* ov, (c. referred to κακός " 
8. xelpioros) worse, inferior: χεῖρόν 
ἐστιν a’rgit is worse with him, he is 
less to be prized or worth less, πρός : 
v. 2.13: vii. 6. 4, 39. 

Χεῤῥό-νησος, ov, ἡ, later Att. for 
χερσό-νησος (χέρσος νῆσος a shore- 
island), a peninsula, vi. 2.2. — 2. In 
a special sense, the Chersonese, a long, 
fertile peninsula on the Thracian side 
of the Hellespont. This was early 
colonized by the Greeks (especially 
the Athenians), who were often at war 
with the Thracians or with each other 
for its protection or possession. It 
was at length defended by a wall built 
across its isthmus. i.1.9: ii.6.2: vii. 
1. 13. || Peninsula of the Dardanelles. 

χηλή, jis, a hoof ; hence, from some 
resemblance, a sloping structure of 
stone to protect a wall from the vio- 
lence of waves, a breakwater, mole, or 
pier, vii. 1. 17. 

X4v, χηνός, 6 ἡ, anser, Germ. Gans, 
α goose, i. 9. 26. 

χθές adv., YESTER-day, vi. 4. 18 ἢ 

χίλιοι, a, a, α thousand, i. 2. 3, 6, 
9; 6.2: ii. 2.6. Der. CHILIAST. 

χῖλός, οὔ, ὁ, grass cut for feeding 
animals, fodder, forage: ξηρὸς x. dry 
grass, hay: 1.5.7; 9. 27: iv. 5. 33. 

}xtAde, wow, to feed with cut grass, 
to fodder, A., vii. 2. 21. 

χίμαιρα, as, (χίμαρος a goat of the 
Jirst year ; fr. χεῖμα winter, as if a 
winter's kid?) a she-goat of the first 
year, female kid, iii. 2.12. Der. 
CHIMERA. 

Χῖος, ov, ὁ, α Chian, a man of 
Chios (Χίος, now Scio), one of the 
larger islands of the Aigean, near the 
coast of Ionia. It was colonized by 





the Ionians, and formed a powerful 
maritime state, until its conquest and 
cruel devastation by the Persians, 
B. C. 493. On recovering its liberty 
through the battle of Mycale, B.c. 479, 
it became for a long period one of the 
closest allies of Athens. It has since 
repeatedly suffered the evils of war, 


and most severely from its brutal - 


desolation by the Turks in 1822 a. p. 
Of the many places that claimed the 
birth of Homer, Chios, except perhaps 
Smyrna, seems best entitled to the 
honor: ‘‘The blind old man of Scio’s 
rocky isle” (Byron). iv. 1. 28. 
χιτών, vos, ὁ, tunica, a tunic, 


frock, the common under- or working- 


garment of the Greeks and Romans, 
ch. of wool, and often short or drawn 
up by the girdle ; hence, in general, 
a garment worn next the skin; i. 2. 
16; 5.8: v.2.15: vii. 4.4 (where the 
term is extended to the Thracian 
breeches or trousers). 
ἐχιτωνίσκος, ov, ὁ, dim., @ small or 
short tunic, v. 4. 13. 
χιών, dvos, ἡ, (xéw to pour) snow, 
iv. 4.8,11; ὅ. 885. Cf. χειμών ; and 
Hima-laya, the abode of snow. 
χλαμύς, vdos, 7, a short cloak or 
mantle, esp. worn by horsemen, vii. 
4, 4, 
χοῖνιξ, cxos,  (v. 1. 6) a cheniz, or 
a quart very nearly, χἷς of a μέδιμνος. 
This was a common daily allowance 
of corn to a soldier. i. 5.6. Some re- 
duce the χοῖνιξ to εἷς of the μέδεμνος. 
Txolpeos, a, ov, of swine: κρέα xol- 
pera swine’s flesh, pork, iv. 5. 31. 
χοῖρος, ov, ὁ 7), porcus, a tame swine, 
esp. young, ὦ pig, vii. 8. 5. 
Ἰχορεύω, εύσω, κεχόρευκα, to dance, 
esp. in a choir, iv. 7. 16: v. 4. 17. 
χορός, οὔ, ὁ, ὦ CHOIR, band, troop, 
or row of dancers, v. 4.12. Der. 
CHORUS, CHORAL. 
χόρτος, ov, ὁ, fodder, forage, grass, 
herbage, 1.5.5: ii. 4. 11: see κοῦφος. 
Xpaw* (des ys, &c., 120g), ήσω, 
κέχρηκα, to supply need: hence, — 
(a) M. xpdopar, joouar, κέχρημαι, a. 
ἐχρησάμην, itor, to supply one’s own 
need by using what is required, fo use, 
employ, make use of, make useful or 
of use, have the use or service of ; to 
experience, enjoy, find ; to treat, man- 
age, practise upon, take advantage of ; 














χρήζω 149 χῶρος 


D. (and appositive or adj., w. or with- 
out ws or ὥσπερ) AE., εἰς, ἀντί : 1.3.5; 
4.815; 6.3; Ὁ. δὲ 37: 0.1.0, 3283 
6. 25: iv. 4.13: χρῆσθαί τι to make 
any use of, use or employ for any ser- 
vice, use or treat in any way, 1.3.18: 
ii. 1.14: vi. 6.20: πολεμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο 
experienced [as hostile] the hostility of, 
ii. 5.115; so πειθομένοις (πιστοτάτῳ) 
ἐχρῆτο received obedience (the most 
faithful service) from, ii. 6.13: iv. 
6.3: μαχαίρᾳ x. to flourish a sword, 
vi. 1.5: ἀγορᾷ x. to subsist by a 
market, vii. 6.24. — (Ὁ) impers. χρή 
(χρῇ, χρείη, χρῆναι, χρεών), f. χρήσει, 
ipf. ἐχρῆν or χρῆν, it supplies need, ἐέ 
is useful or necessary, it must or ought 
to be, one must, should, or ought, 1. 
(Α.), 1.3.11; 4.14: 1.1.7; 2.24, 36. 
Der. CHRESTO-MATHY. 
χρήζω, vow not Att., (χρεία usus, 
use, need, akin to xpdw) to need, want, 
wish, desire, 1.,1. 3. 20: iii. 4. 41. 
ἰχρῆμα, aros, τό, a thing used (ef. 
mpayua); usu. pl. things of value, 
goods, possessions, effects, booty, spoil, 
property, wealth, esp. money; i. 1. 9; 
3.14; 4.8; 10.3: li. 4. 27; 6. 5s. 
ἐχρηματιστικός, 7, dv, (xpnuarifoua 
to make money) money-making, prom- 
ising wealth, indicative of gain, vi. 1. 
23. 
χρῆναι, χρῆσθαι, see χράω, i. 4. 14s. 
1xphotpos, 7, ov, s., useful, of use 
or value, serviceable, D., 1.6.1: ii.5.238. 
Txptpa or χρῖσμα, aros, τό, ointment, 
unguent, iv. 4.13. Der. CHRISM. 
Xptw, iow, xéxpixa 1., to anoint: 
M. to anoint one’s self, iv. 4.12. Der. 
CHRISTIAN. 
χρόνος, ov, ὁ, time, 1.3.2; 8.8: 
πολλοῦ χρόνου [within | for a long time, 
1.9.25: ἡμίσει χρόνῳ [with, by means 
οἵ] in half the time, 1. 8. 22: χρόνῳ 
by time, by protracted siege, iii. 4. 12. 
See viv. Der. CHRONIC, CHRONICLE, 
CHRONO-LOGY. 
txpiceos, da, cov, contr. χρυσοῦς, ἢ), 
οῦν, of gold, golden, covered or plated 
with gold, gilded, i. 2.10, 27; 10. 12. 
ἰχρῦσίον, ov, dim., gold in small 
pieces for money, gold money, amount 
of gold, 1.1.9; 7.18: vii. 8. 1. 
tXpiod-rodts, ews, ἡ, Chrysopolis, 
a town of Chalcedonia, on the Thra- 
cian Bosphorus, opposite Byzantium ; 
said to have been so named, because 





the Persians made it a place of deposit 
for gold collected from Europe as trib- 
ute or booty. vi. 3. 16. || Scutari. 
χρῦσός, οὔ, ὁ, gold, iii. 1.19. Der. 

CHRYSO-LITE, CHRYSALIS. 

i xpioro-xaXtvos, ov, (χαλῖνός bridle) 
with gold-studded bridle, i. 2. 27. 

χρώμαι, -pevos, see xpdw, i. 4. 8. 

χώρα, as, a place, esp. a country, 
region, province, district, territory, 
land; a place, position, or post, in 
military disposition (see card); i. 1. 
11; 5.5, 03 8.22: i 4238s μὲ} 
14: iv. 8.15: see pidvos : — so of po- 
sition in respect to rank, influence, 
&c., as ἐν ἀνδροπόδων χώρᾳ in the con- 
dition of slaves, v. 6.13; ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ 
χώρᾳ ἔσονται will be nowhere or of no 
account, v. 7.28. A country some- 
times borrows the name of its inhabi- 
tants: τὴν χώραν εἷναι Χάλυβας that 
the country was, i. 6. belonged to the 
Chalybes, iv. 5. 34. Χώρα and τόπος 
are related to each other much as, in 
Eng., place and spot; but their uses 
blend, since there is no dividing line 
between the larger and the narrower 
sense. 

txwpéw, jow or ἥσομαι, κεχώρηκα, to 
give room, make room for others ; hence, 
to move on, advance, march, proceed, go, 
pierce, διά, ἐπί : to give room for the re- 
ception of, contain, hold, A.:i.5.6: 10. 
13: iv. 2.15, 28. Der. AN-CHORET. 

txopl{w, iow 1, (xwpls) to separate, 
detach, A. 1., vi. 5.11: κεχωρισμένος 
separated, removed, differing, G., Vv. 4. 
94. 

χωρίον, ov, dim., a limited space, 
extent, or distance ; esp. a particular 
place or spot, as a stronghold (so often), 
hold, town, height, pass, military po- 
sition, tract of land (pl. lands, sur- 
rounding country, region), landed estate, 
domain ; 1. 2.24; 4.6: ii. 5.18: iii. 
3. 9,15; 4. 24,37: iv.5.15; 7.18, 
6, 20: v. 3.78: vi. 4. 88, 27. 

χωρίς adv., apart (so as to leave 
room), separately, singly, by one’s self; 
apart from, G.; i. 4.18: iii. 5.17: 
vi. 6. 2. 

X@pos, ov, ὁ, room, space, open 
ground, field; place, esp. country 
place or estate, country in distinction 
from city; rare in Att. prose, exc. 
Xen.; v. 3. 11, 13: vii. 2.3: see κατά 
Der. CHORO-GRAPHY. 





Ψάρος 


Ψ. 


Ψάρος, ov, ὁ, the Psarus, one of the 


150 ὥρα 


thus cool) the cold ; pl. frigora, fr 
00 ; p. a, frost 
\cold ; iii. 1. 23: iv. 5. 12 vii 4 3. 


. 


chief rivers of Cilicia, rising north of » fg. 


Mt. Taurus, breaking through this 


range, and entering the sea southeast 
of Larsus, 1. 4.1: v. 1. Σάρος, ᾧ 
|| Seihain. —— 
ψέγω, ψέξω, to blame, censure, re- 
proach, A., vii. 7. 43. 
ψέλιον or ψέλλιον, ov, (ψάω to rub) 
a bracelet, armlet, a favorite ornament 
among the Persians, worn even by 
men, 1. 2. 27; 5.8; 8. 29. 
Γψευδ-ενέδρα, as, a false or pretended 
ambush or ambuscade, v. 2. 28. 


ἱψευδής, és, false: ψευδῆ subst., 


falsehoods, lies’: ii. 4. 24; 6. 26. 


ὦ O, the familiar interjection of ad- 
dress, used far more in Greek than in 
Eng., and hence often untranslated 
i. 4.16 ; 6.7. —d subj. of εἰμί, 1.3.6 
: age sing. of és, i. 3. 12. 

€ adv., (6-de q. v.) thus, so, as 
Jollows, in this or the Jollowing man- 
ner, usu. referring to what follows, i. 
1. 6 ; 5. 10 ; 6.5: ii. 5. 15: see πώς. 
φδή, 4s, (ᾷδω) a song, chant, iv.3.27. 
er. ODE, MEL-ODY, PROS-ODY. 

Ὁ, φήθην, see οἴομαι, i. 4. 5. 
ὠθέω, ἢ" dow, ἔωκα 1., to push, shove, 





Ψεύδω, ψεύσω, pf. p. & m. ἔψευσ 
. Ὁ. Ἶ μαι, | thrust, trans. —M. to push or thrus 
a. p. ἐψεύσθην, a. m. ἐψευσάμην, to another, in order to a his iilaee 


cheat, deceive, disappoint, A. AE., 1.8. | A. ἐξ to 


Sorce one’s way, push, intrans Ὄ 


11: ili. 2.31:—WM. to be or prove| iii. 4. 48: v. 2. 18 (v. 1. εἰσωθέω). 


Jalse, speak or act falsely, misstate 
Salsify, deceive, lie, pins ΒΕ falsely, 
break one's word, disappoint, A. A¥., 
πρός, wepl,i.3.5,10; 9.7: ii. 6. 22, 28: 
v. 6. 35. Der. PskUD-oNYM. 
ἐψηφίζω, low 1, ἐψήφικα, to reckon : 
— M. to vote (by casting a pebble into 
the urn, raising the hand, &e.), and 


thus to resolve, decide, determine, de-| 5é 


creé, A., 1. (A.), el, i. 4.15: iii. 2. 31, 
33: v.1.4: vii. 6.14; 7. 18. 
ψῆφος, ov, ἡ, (ψάω to rub) a worn 
stone, pebble, often used as a counter 
or ballot ; hence, a ballot, vote, sen- 
tence, decree, v. 8. 21: vii. 7. 57. 
yr h, dv, (akin to Ydw to rub, 
as if rubbed bare) bare, not covered 
by armor, vegetation, &c.; hence, wn- 
protected or little protected by armor 
(as the head without a helmet, but 
merely covered with the tiara), light- 
armed ; without or bare of vegetation ; 
1.5.5; 8.6: iii. 3.7. Der. E-PsILoN,. 
ἐψιλόω, wow, to make bare, strip, 
clear, separate from, A. G., i. 10.13: 
lv. 3. 27. 


ἱψοφέω, 


I wod w, ἐψόφηκα, to resound, 
ring, iv. 3. 29. 


tree ou, 6, α noise, sound, iv. 2. 4. 
Fe A diy ogg eee 

iritus, » life, soul, spirit, 
heart, iii. 1. 23, 42; 2. 20: vii. 7. 43. 
Der. PSYCHO-LOGY. 


ἐὠθισμός, ov, ὁ, (ὠθίζω = ὠθέω) a 
pushing, crowding, pressing, v. 2. 17. 
φκοδομήμην,͵ see οἰκο-δομέω, iii. 4.7. 
@KOUV, wKOUpNY, See olkéw, iii. 4. 7. 
τειρον, see οἰκτείρω, i. 4. 7. 

ὦμεν, see εἰμί to be, iv. 8. 11. 
Τὠμο-βόειος, a, ov, ΟΥ ὠμο-βόϊνος, η, 
ov, (Bois) of raw or untanned ox-hides: 
ρματα w. raw ou-hides: iv. 7.22, 26. 
ὠμός, ἡ, dv, raw, as uncooked or 
untanned ; hence, unsoftened in char- 
acter, unfeeling, harsh, cruel; ii. 6 
12: iv. 8. 14. 
ὦμος, ov, 6, humerus, the shoulder 
with the upper arm, vi. 5. 25. 
apora, see ὄμνυμι to swear, ii. 2. 8s. 
ὧν, see εἰμέ, i. 1.8. — ὧν, see bs, 1.1.8. 
ὠνέομαι," ἥσομαι, ἐώνημαι, (ὦνος 
price) 2 ἃ. ἐπριάμην (akin to πιπράσκω), 
to buy, purchase: ὠνούμενος buying, by 
purchase : A. D., 6. of price, ἐξ, ὑπό: 
1. 5.6: ii. 3. 268: iii. 1.20: v. 3. 7. 
ὥνησα, see dvivnu, vi. 1. 32. 
ὦνιος, a, ov, (dvos price) to be bought, 
Sor sale: τὰ ima the articles for sale, 
goods, wares, vendibles, i. 2. 18. 
φόμην or ᾧμην, see οἴομαι, iv. 2. 4. 
Oms, dos, ἡ, Opis, a large city of 
Assyria, on the Physcus, not far from 
the Tigris, li. 4.25. || Near Eski- 
Bagdad (i. e. Old Bagdad) or, acc. to 
some, Kaim. 


ὥρα, as, hora, season, proper or jit- 





Pixos, cos, τό, (ψόχω to blow and 


ting time, time (of year, day, &c.), 


ὡραῖος 151 


HOUR, D. I. (w. ἐστί often om.) : ἡνίκα 
or ὁπηνίκα τῆς ὥρας at what or what- 
ever point of [the] time: i. 3. 11s; 4. 
10: ii. 3.18: δὶ 4. 34, 40; 5.18: 
iv. 8. 21. Der. HORO-SCOPE. 
ja@patos, a, ov, at the proper season 
(of life, the year, &c.), in the prime or 
bloom of youth, ripe, 1.6.28: v.3.12: 
τὰ ὡραῖα the produce of the season, 
ripe fruits, v. 3. 9. 
ὥρμημαι, -ησα, -ὦμην, see ὁρμάω. 
ὡς * proclitic, (ὅς) ut, quam, quod, 
&c., as, how, that, so that, &c.: — I. 
Ret. Apv. (a) expressing MANNER, 
and hence circumstance, degree, occa- 
sion, time, cause, &c., AS, like as, 
as if, as it were, as much as, as far 
as, when, as soon as, since, inasmuch 
as, i,1.4; 4.5,7: iv. 7. 8,12: in 
some of these uses, regarded by some 
as a temporal or causal conj. ‘As, like 
our as, is used in many elliptical forms 
of expression, 711, i.2.4; 5.8; often 
performing the office of — (Ὁ) an AP- 
PROXIMATE ADV., W. expressions of 
quantity, esp. numerals, as ἐξ were, 
about, 711b, i. 2.38: vi. 5. 11:— 
(c) an ADV. OF DEGREE, w. the su- 
perl., as . . as (the comparison being 
made with possibility, if not other- 
wise stated, and ὡς thus becoming in- 
tensive, cf. quam), 553 Ὁ, 6, ἃ ; 6. δ. 
ὡς τάχιστα ἕως ὑπέφαινεν AS soon as 
the dawn began to appear, iv. 3. 9 
‘cf. i. 8.15); ὡς ἐδύνατο τάχιστα as 
rapidly as he could, iii. 4. 48; ws τά- 
xwra as quickly or soon as possible, 
i. 3.14; ws ἂν δύνηται πλείστους as 
many as he could, i. 6.3; ws πλεῖστοι 
as many as possible, ili. 2, 28 : — (d) 
a PREP. = πρός, to, w. acc. of person, 
711 6, ws βασιλέα i. 2. 4: cf. vil. 7.55? 
—or (e) a MODAL SIGN, as, as if, as 
though, for, considering (but not al- 
ways translated), bef. a modifier, 65 ἃ ; 
as bef. an appositive or adj., 1. 1. 2; 
6. ὃ ; bef. a prepositional phrase, 1. 2. 
1; 8.1, 23: v. 4, 2: ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν 
[considering it wa, wnong the moun- 
tains] as or for mountaineers, iv.3.31. 
This modal use of ὡς is esp. frequent 
before the PARTICIPLE (even if abs.), 
to express appearance, pretence, opin- 
ion, purpose (w. pt. fut.), cause, &c.; 
and here is also translated apparently, 
on pretence of or that, on the ground 


ὥσπερ 


the design of, since, inasmuch as, that, 
&c.; while the pt. is often translated 
by an inf. or finite verb ; 6. g. ws ἀπο- 
κτενῶν [as about to put] with the intent 
to put him to death, 598 Ὁ, i. 1.3; ὡς 
ἐπιβουλεύοντος T. on the ground that T. 
was plotting, ὡς βουλόμενος [as if wish- 
ing] on pretence that he wished, ws πο- 
λεμήσων pretending that he was about 
to make war, i. 1. 6,11; ws ἀπηλλαγ- 
μένοι inasmuch as they were delivered, 
iv. 3. 2 (cf. i. 2.19); ὡς ὀλίγοι ὄντες 
[as they were few] being so few, vi. 5. 
28; ws ἐμοῦ ἰόντος that I shall go, i. 3. 
6 (cf. ii. 1.21); see 680. — (f) Hence, 
also, the use of ὡς bef. the INFINI- 
TIVE, with an office like that of a final 
or consecutive conjunction bef. a finite 
verb, in order to or that, so that, so as 
to (yet sometimes not translated), 
671; 6. g. ws συναντῆσαι in order to 
meet or that he might meet, so as to 
meet, to meet, 1. 8.15, cf. 10; ὡς μὴ 
δύνασθαι so that they could not, ii. 3. 
10; βραχύτερα ἣ ws ἐξικνεῖσθαι [shorter 
than so as to reach] too short a distance 
to reach, 5134, iil. 3.7; ὡς ἀναπαύ- 
εσθαι for or as if for resting, li. 2. 4; 
see suvaipéw. — (g) This rel. adv. is 
also used as COMPLEM. (563), how, in 
what manner or degree, 1.6.5: 11.1.1; 
3.11: iii. 1. 40: vi. 6. 32. 

IJ. Cong. (h) Complem., that, less 
positive, direct, or actual than ὅτι, 
702 a, 1.1.3; 3.5: vii. 5. 8 (bef. inf.? 
659 e):— (i) Final, ὧν order that, so 
that, that, i. 3.14; 6.9: i. 5.16; os 
μή that not, lest, iii. 1. 47: vii. 6. 23: 
cf. f:— (1) Causal, as, since, imas- 
much as, il. 4.17: v. 8.10: cf. a:— 
(k) Consecutive, so that, ὡς ἐδόκει, vi. 
1. 5 (v. 2. inf.); cf. f. 

ὥς definitive adv., (6) = οὕτως, thus, 
so, in this way or case, in these circwm- 
stances, then; used after οὐδέ not even, 
i. 8. 21: iii. 2. 23: vi. 4. 22. 

jao-atrws (ὁ αὐτός the same) in the 
same or like manner, like-wise, just 
80, iii. 2.28: iv. 7.13: v. 4.9 (also, by 
tmesis, ws δ᾽ αὔτως) : vid. 3. 22. 

ὧσ-εἰ as if, abowi, iid. 4.3: v. 1. ὅσον. 

ὥσθ᾽ for ὥστε, by apostr. bef. an 
aspirated vowel, ii. 3. 25. 

ὦσι(ν), see elul. — ὠσί(ν), see οὖς. 

ὥσ-περ * rel. adv., (ws strengthened, 
in its more direct rel. uses) just as, 





that, in view of, for the purpose of, with 


even as, as indeed, us, much used in 





ὥστε 


comparisons ; just as if, as if, as 
though, esp. w. a pt. (sometimes abs. ; 
ὥσπερ ἐξόν as if it were permitted, iii. 1. 
14); as it were, like, apparently ; 1. 3. 
9,16; 5.1,3,8; 8.8,29: iv.3.11. 
do-re* conj. & rel. adv., (ὥς re and 
so), by apostr. ὥστ᾽ or ὥσθ᾽, (a) w. the 
IND. (r. oPT.), 80 that, that, and so, 
consequently, usu. of an actual con- 
sequence, i. 1.8: ii. 4.58; 5.15: iii. 
4. 37: — (b) w. the INF. (often trans- 
lated by the ind. or potential), so as 
to, so that, that, as, of a consequence 
that, from the nature of the leading 
action, would, should, or might fol- 
low, whether actually following or 
not, 671, 1. 1. δ ; 4. 8 (ὥστε ἑλεῖν 80 as 
to take, so that I can take, or for tak- 
ing); 5.13: ii. 2.17. (ὁ) “Ὥστε is 
sometimes used w. the inf. where it 
seems not to be required, and is not 
always translated; as ἐποίησα ὥστε 
δόξαι I made [so that it should seem] 
it seem best, i. 6. 6, cf. 2, & 7.4; ὥστε 
μὴ ὀλισθάνειν σχήσει will keep [so 
that you should not slip] you from 
slipping, iii. 5.11. (d) As used w. 
the inf. in expressing anticipated re- 
sult, it sometimes marks a purpose or 
condition ; πονεῖν ὥστε πολεμεῖν to toil 
[so as to be] for the sake of being in 
war, ii. 6.6; ὥστε ἐκπλεῖν [so that 
they should or would sail out] ¢o secure 
or on condition of their departure, v. 
6.26. (ὁ) Ὥστε ἔχειν καλῶς [so as to 
have itself well] favorably, satisfac- 


ap 
torily, v. 8. 26: εὔπορα ὥστε ἀποχω- 
ρεῖν easy for retreat, vi. 5. 18. 

ὦτα, ὠσί, see οὖς car, iii. 1. 31. 

ὅτε (also written @ τε, dat. sing. 
neut. of the relative ὅσ-τε who, which) 
in the phrase ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε (= ἐπὶ τούτῳ 
ὥστε, 5574) on this condition or for 
this purpose that, in order to, and 
hence taking an inf., 671 a, vi. 6. 22: 
see ἐπί Ὁ. 

ὠτειλή, fis, (οὐτάω to wound; w- 
Dor. for ov-, see Aoxayés) a wound, 
mark from a wound, scar, i. 9. 6. 

τινι, see ὅσ-τις, 11]. 5. 32. 

arts, ίδος, ἡ, (ods ear) a kind of 
bustard with long ear-feathers, prob. 
the Great Bustard, Otis Tarda, Fr. 
outarde, a large bird, far better in 
running than flying, and still hunted 
for its meat, i. 5. 2s. 

ὄφελε O that! see ὀφείλω, ii. 1. 4. 
ὀφελέω, How, ὠφέληκα, (ὄφελος) to 
benefit, be of service or advantage to, 
aid, assist, help, A. AE., ἀντί, 1.1.9; 
3. 4,6: v. 1.12; 6. 30: vii. 6. 11. 
μἐὠὀφέλιμος, ov, r. os, ἡ, ον, advanta- 
geous, useful, serviceable, expedient, i. 
6. 2: iv. 1. 28. : 
ὄφθην a. p., see dpdw to see, vi. ὅ. 10. 
λον, see ὀφλισκάνω, v. 8. 1. 

φχόμην, see οἴχομαι, ii. 6. 3. 

[ὦψ, dards, ὁ or ἡ, (dm-, see opdw) the 
face, countenance. Hence perhaps ἄν- 
θρωπος, as one who has ἀνδρὸς ὦπα, 
the outward form of a man, though 





he may not be a true ἀνήρ. 





PosTscRIPT. 
(-os, ov, ὁ, the Cayster, now perhap 
Kavorpov 


Kaierpov (i. 2. 11) 


of a people (-ot, wv, οἱ, the Ceramt or 
(κέραμος, ov, ὁ, clay, α tile), Tile-market : cf. 
look under ἀνοίγω ; and for δύω, in the place 
—To the words cited from various readings 


conjecture Κεράμων ᾿Αγοράν 
New-market. — For ἀνέῳγον, 
belonging to δύνω and δύομαι. 


may be the name of a small stream 


s the Akkars-Su), on or near which was 
Πεδίον, i. 6. Caijster-field. —Kepapov (i. 2. 10) may be the name 


-ians), unless with some we read by 


may be added ém-fetyvipr = ζεύγνῦμι, i. 2.5: μειζόνως (fr. μείζων) with 


greater fame, vi. 1. 20: γναύσταθμος, 


= ναῦλον, V. 


ov, 6, or -ov, ov, a naval station, or here 


1.12: σταφίς, ἰδος, ἡ, or σταφίδιον, ov, = ἀ-σταφίς, iv. 4. 9. 








™ STTY LIBRARIES 



























































-᾿ : 
ὰ = 
Ε Ε- - ὕω * ὃ » 
δ are 
% i 4 
7 μ᾿ " 
»- 5 ~ 
‘ ks ᾿ 
. : . 
. 
uy t 
ΕΠ i 
Sea} : = τ τ 


+. 
Beg r (mepe 


an 


πῶσ ee 
> 


ηψρσνήρηνῃ 




















. ἣν ες Ἷ a . . 
Ρ τον, ὦ 
= ἐν att : εἶ ἑ 
» - 4 ᾿ + 
Ss Pa etal = 2 
a 1, 
eee | Ε Ά ΕΣ, 3 Fs a 
¥ e Σ 
ω a 7 7 
% 
= δ τ 2 ᾿ Ἦ . Β ᾿ 
7 ~. > ὦ . : c 
5 : ; Fy i 
Ἢ > : . ἢ a ~ 
. oT . ᾿ ν ; - v5 δ 3 ha 
C 7 tz 
¥ - ᾿ τ . Ὰ ©; 
᾿ \ - : 5 + i 


